Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2011 with funding from
Boston Library Consortium IVIember Libraries
http://www.archive.org/details/coursecatalog6061nort
Northeastern University
Catalogs of
College of Liberal Arts
College of Business Administration
College of Engineering
College of Education
University College
Lincoln Institute
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
Arts and Sciences
Education
Business
Engineering
^CgigHWMflJ
iTJTfflni'mnirr-T ^ ii
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
COLLEGES OF
Liberal Arts
Education
Business Administration
Engineering
BULLETIN
1960-1961
(COEDVCATIO^AL)
BOSTON 15, MASSACHUSETTS
January, 1960
Office Hours
INTERVIEW PERIODS: Monday through Friday . 9:00 a.m.- 4:00 p.m.
Saturdays (by appointment) 9:00 a.m.- 1 1:00 a.m.
Guided tours of the University are scheduled on weekdays at 1 1:00 a.m.,
2:00 P.M., and 3:00 p.m.
The office is closed on all legal holidays and on Saturdays during the summer.
Requests for Catalogs and information should be addressed to
THE DIRECTOR OF ADMISSIONS
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
360 Huntington Avenue, Boston 15, Massachusetts
Office: 150 Richards Hall COpley 7-6600
Gifts and Bequests
Northeastern University will welcome gifts
and bequests for the following purposes:
{a) For its building program.
{b) For general endowment.
(c) For specific purposes which may espe-
cially appeal to the donor.
It is suggested that, when possible, those con-
templating gifts or bequests confer with the Presi-
dent of the University regarding the University's
needs before legal papers are drawn.
The legal name of the University is "North-
eastern University." However, in the making of
gifts and bequests to Northeastern the following
wording is suggested: "Northeastern University,
an educational institution incorporated under
the laws of Massachusetts and located in Boston,
Massachusetts."
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
Table of Contents
The Colleges Page
Map of the University 2
Academic Calendar 3
The Board of Trustees 4
General University Committees 5
Administrative Organization 6
Administrative and Instructional StalT 8
Aims and Scope of the University 22
Buildings and Facilities 24
The Co-operative Plan 25
Admission Requirements 28
College Expenses 32
Financial Aid 34
Student Activities 43
Reserve Officers' Training Corps 50
General Information 56
The Alumni Association 61
College of Liberal Arts 63
College of Education 85
College of Business Administration 92
College of Engineering 101
Courses of Instruction 112
Index 196
THE COLLEGES
Freshman Academic Calendar
September, 1960, to September, 1961
Schedule for Division S Schedule for Division N
TERM 1 — 10 WEEKS
TERM 1 — 10 WEEKS
September 7 (Wed.): Registration for
Div. S. Students must register by noon
on this date if they wish places reserved
for them in the entering class.
September 7-9 (Wed.-Fri.): Orientation
Week Exercises. Attendance of all Div. S
Freshmen is required.
September 12 (Mon.): Classes
1 p.m. on special schedule.
October 12 (Wed.): Columbus
classes.
November 11 (Fri.): Veterans'
classes.
November 14-19 (Mon. -Fri.): Final exami-
nation period for Term 1.
begin at
Day. No
Day. No
TERM 2 — 10 WEEKS
November 21 (Mon.): Classes begin at
1 p.m. on special schedule.
November 24 (Thurs.): Thanksgiving Day.
No classes.
December 23 (Fri.): Classes end at 5 p.m.
for Christmas recess and reconvene
December 28 at 9 a.m.
January 2, 1961 (Mon.): New Year's Day.
No classes.
January 23-27 (Mon. -Fri.): Final exami-
nation period for Term 2.
TERM 3—10 WEEKS
January 30 (Mon.): Classes begin at 1 p.m.
on special schedule.
February 22 (Wed.): Washington's Birthday.
No classes.
April 3-7 (Mon. -Fri.): Final examination
period for Term 3.
SOPHOMORE YEAR
Students take either APRIL or
AUGUST term
TERM 4 — 5 WEEKS
April 10 (Mon.): Classes begin at 1 p.m. on
special schedule.
April 19 (Wed.): Patriots' Day. No classes.
May 13 (Sat.): End of April five-week term
for Div. S students.
TERM 4—5 WEEKS
August 7 (Mon.): Beginning of optional
five-week term for those students who
did not attend in April. Classes begin
at 1 1 a.m. on special schedule.
September 4 (Mon.): Labor Day. No classes.
September 9 (Sat.): End of August summer
term.
September 11 (Mon.): Registration for
Div. A Upperclassmen. Classes begin
at 1 p.m. on special schedule.
November 16 (Wed.): Registration for
Div. N. Students must register by noon
on this date if they wish places reserved
for them in the entering class.
November 16-18 (Wed.-Fri.): Orientation
Week Exercises. Attendance of all Div N.
Freshmen is required.
November 21 (Mon.): Classes begin at
1 p.m. on special schedule.
November 24 (Thurs.): Thanksgiving Day.
No classes.
December 23 (Fri.): Classes end at 5 p.m.
for Christmas recess and reconvene
December 28 at 9 a.m.
January 2. 1961 (Mon.): New Year's Day.
No classes.
January 23-27 (Mon. -Fri.): Final exami-
nation period for Term 1.
TERM 2
10 WEEKS
January 30 (Mon.): Classes begin at 1 p.m.
on special schedule.
February 22 (Wed.): Washington's Birthday.
No classes.
April 3-7 (Mon. -Fri.): Final examination
period for Term 2.
TERM 3 — 10 WEEKS
April 10 (Mon.): Classes begin at i p.m. on
special schedule.
April 19 (Wed.): Patriots' Day. No classes.
May 30 (Tues.): Memorial Day. No classes.
June 12-16 (Mon. -Fri.): Final examination
period for Term 3.
SOPHOMORE YEAR
Students take either JUNE or
AUGUST term
TERM 4 — 5 WEEKS
June 19 (Mon.): Classes begin at 1 1 a.m. on
special schedule.
July 4 (Tues.): No classes.
July 22 (Sat.): End cff June five-week term
for Div. N students.
TERM 4—5 WEEKS
August 7 (Mon.): Beginning of optional
five-week term for those students who
did not attend in June. Classes begin at
1 1 a.m. on special schedule.
September 4 (Mon.): Labor Day. No classes.
September 9 (Sat.): End of August summer
term.
September 11 (Mon.): Registration for
Div. A Upperclassmen. Classes begin at
1 p.m. on special schedule.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
The Board of Trustees
Byron K. Elliott, Chairman
Robert Gray Dodge, Honorary Chairman
Frank Lincoln Richardson, Vice-Chairman
Asa Smallidge Knowles, President of the University
Carl Stephens Ell, President Emeritus
and Chancellor of the University
Lawrence H. Martin, Treasurer
Lincoln Carr Bateson, Secretary
Class of 1960
George R. Brown
Robert Gray Dodge
David Frank Edwards
Robert Loring Johnson
James Augustus Morton
Frank Lincoln Richardson
Harold Bours Richmond
Robert Gregg Stone
Class of 1961
Lincoln Carr Bateson
S. Bruce Black
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Robert Greenough Emerson
Merrill Griswold
Ernest Henderson
Ray E. Johns
Harry Hamilton Kerr
DwiGHT Parker Robinson, Jr.
Class of 1962
Class of 1963
George Louis Barnes
Godfrey Lowell Cabot
William Converse Chick
Carl Stephens Ell
Frank L. Farwell
George Hansen
Adrian O'Keeffe
Russell Bangs Stearns
Robert T. P. Storer
F. Gregg Bemis
Louis Wellington Cabot
Byron K. Elliott
Chandler Hovey
Lawrence H. Martin
AuGUSTiN Hamilton Parker, Jr.
William McNear Rand
Earl Place Stevenson
Asa Smallidge Knowles, Ex Officio
Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees
George R. Brown
Louis Wellington Cabot
Willl^m Converse Chick
Edward Dana
Robert Gray Dodge
David Frank Edwards, Chairman
S. Bruce Black, Vice Chairman
Carl Stephens Ell
Robert Greenough Emerson
Lawrence H. Martin
William McNear Rand
Frank Lincoln Richardson
Earl Place Stevenson
THE COLLEGES
General University Committees
The Executive Council of the University
Asa Smallidge Knowles, Chairman
William Crombie White, Vice-Chairman
Lincoln Carr Bateson, Secretary
John Stephen Bailey F. Weston Prior
Albert Ellsworth Everett Kenneth Gilmore Ryder
Edward Snow Parsons Loring Moore Thompson
Arthur Andrew Vernon
University Cabinet
William Crombie White, Chairman
Gurth Irving Abercrombie Rudolph Magnus Morris
William Thurlow Alexander Carl Frederick Muckenhoupt
John Stephen Bailey Rudolf Oscar Oberg
Lincoln Carr Bateson Edward Snow Parsons
Thomas James Cavanagh Philip Winston Pendleton
Dorothy Gilette Dissell F. Weston Prior
Albert Ellsworth Everett Daniel Joseph Roberts, Jr.
Herbert Wendell Gallagher Kenneth Gilmore Ryder
Gilbert Clayton Garland George Alden Speers
Emil Anton Gramstorff Myron Jay Spencer
Roger Stanton Hamilton Richard E. Sprague
George William Hankinson j. Kenneth Stevenson
Charles William Havice Descomb Tozier Stewart
Christopher Francis Kennedy William Mitchell Stewart
Wilfred Stanley Lake Loring Moore Thompson
Gilbert George MacDonald Lester Seth Vander Werf
Donald Hershey Mackenzie Arthur Andrew Vernon
George Arthur Mallion roy L. Wooldridge
Roland Herbert Moody
Asa Smallidge Knowles, Ex Officio
Library Committee
Roland Herbert Moody, Chairman
William Thurlow Alexander Kenneth Gilmore Ryder
Albert Ellsworth Everett Lester Seth Vander Werf
Roger Stanton Hamilton Arthur Andrew Vernon
Wilfred Stanley Lake William Crombie White
Robert Gregg Wilfong
University Advisory Committee on Faculty Policy
Chester Packard Baker, Chairman
Joseph Manuel Golemme, Secretary
Louis Cooperstein Arthur Rowe Foster
E. Lawrence Durham Carlo Edward Gubellini
Robert Gregg Wilfong
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Administrative Organization
Officers of the University
Asa Smallidge Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D President of the University
Office 139 Richards Hall
Carl Stephens Ell, A.B., M.S., Ed.M., Sc.D., LL.D., L.H.D President Emeritus and
Chancellor of the University
Office 184 Richards Hall
William Crombie White, S.B., Ed.M., Eng. D. Vice-President and Provost of the University
Office 115 Richards Hall
General Officers of Administration
John Stephen Bailey, B.S. M.B.A. Director of Public Relations and Personnel
Office 139 Richards Hall
Lincoln Carr Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A. Financial Officer of the University
Office 135 Richards Hall
Albert Ellsworth Everett, S.B., M.B.A., D.C.S. Dean of Adult and Continuing Education
Office 120 Hayden Hall
Edward Snow Parsons, S.B., Ed.M. Business Manager of the University
Office 135 Richards Hall
F. Weston Prior, S.B. Director of Development
Office 138 Richards Hall
Kenneth Gilmore Ryder, A.B., M.A. Dean of Administration of Day Programs
Office 115 Richards Hall
LoRiNG Moore Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D. Director of University Planning
Office 138 Richards Hall
Arthur Andrew Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D. Dean of the Graduate School
Office 102 Graduate Center
Deans of Colleges and Principal Administrative Staff
William Thurlow Alexander, S.B., M.A., Eng.D., P.E. (Mass.) Dean of Engineering
Office 155 Richards Hall
Roger Stanton Hamilton, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. Dean of Business Administration
Oj^ce 154 Richards Hall
Wilfred Stanley Lake, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. Dean of Liberal Arts
Office 152 Richards Hall
Lester Seth Vander Were, A.B., M.A., Ed.D. Dean of Education
and Director of Graduate Study in Education
Office 102 Graduate Center
Albert Ellsworth Everett, S.B., M.B.A., D.C.S. Dean of University College
Office 120 Hayden Hall
Donald Hersey Mackenzie, B.Ch.E., S.B., Ed.M. Dean of Lincoln Institute
Office 102 Hayden Hall
Carl Frederick Muckenhoupt, A.B., B.S., Ph.D. Dean of Research Administration
Office 205 Graduate Center
THE COLLEGES
Emil Anton Gramstorff, S.B., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)
Office 102 Graduate Center
ROV L. WOOLDRIDGE, S.B., Ed.M.
Office 253 Richards Hall
Gilbert Clayton Garland, S.B., Ed.M., Ed.D.
Office 150 Richards Hall
Gilbert George MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M.
Office 358 Richards Hall
Dorothy Gilette Dissell, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Office 357 Richards Hall
Christopher Francis Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M.
Office 358 Richards Hall
Charles William Havice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D., D.D.
Office 101 Science Hall
Rudolph Magnus Morris, S.B., Ed.M.
Office 254 Richards Hall
Myron Jay Spencer, A.B., M.A.
Office 102 Graduate Center
Roland Herbert Moody, A.B., B.L.S.
Office 107 Dodge Library
Herbert Wendell Gallagher, S.B.
Office 104 Ell Student Center
Philip Winston Pendleton, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Director of Graduate Study in
Engineering
Dean and Director of Co-operative Education
Dean and Director of Admissions
Dean of Students
Dean of Women
Dean of Freshmen
Dean of Chapel
Registrar of the Colleges
Director of Graduate Study in Business
Director of the University Libraries
Director of Health, Physical Education and Athletics
Office 348 Richards Hall
Rudolf Oscar Oberg, S.B., Ed.M.
Office 125 Richards Hall
George Alden Speers, A.B., M.S., Ed.M.
Office 137 Richards Hall
Descomb Tozier Stewart, A.B.
Office 275 Richards Hall
J. Kenneth Stevenson, B.C.S.
Office 156 Richards Hall
William M. Stewart, B.S.
Offiice 41 Richards Hall
Richard E. Sprague, S.B., B.B.A., M.B.A., Ed.M.
Office 115 Richards Hall
Daniel Joseph Roberts, Jr., S.B., M.B.A., Ed.M.
Office 135 Richards Hall
Director of the Counseling
and Testing Center
Director of Alumni Relations
Director of the University Press Bureau
Editor and Director of the Office
of University Publications
Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds
Manager of the Bookstore
Secretary of the Faculty
Bursar of the University
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Administrative and Instructional Staff
Assistant Professor of Modern Languages
Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Israel Aluf, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Office 304 Dodge Library
Gaylord Gealon Ambrose, Sgt., U.S.A.
Office 238 Forsyth Building
William Brighton Anderson, Major, U.S.A., A.B.
Associate Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Office 203 Greenleaf Building
Roger Marcel Antoine, M.A., Ing.
Office 345 Richards Hall
Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Assistant Professor of Accounting
Seth a. Armen, B.S., C.P.A.
Office 202 Hayden Hall
Richard Frederick Armknecht, B.S.C.E., M.C.E., P.E. (R. I.) Associate Professor of Civil
Engineering
Office 200 Botolph Building
Sidney Fairbanks Austin, S.B.
Office 253 Richards Hall
Assistant Professor of Co-ordination
Assistant Professor of Research in Communications
Assistant Professor of Research in Communications
Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Ralph E. Bach, Jr., B.S., M.S.
Office 103 Greenleaf Building
Alan Douglas Bailey, S.B., M.S.
Office 100 Greenleaf Building
Abraham Leon Bain, Sgt., U.S.A.
Office 4 Greenleaf Building
Charles Oscar Baird, Jr., B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)
Professor of Civil Engineering and Chairman of the Department
Office 100 Botolph Building
Mollis Semple Baird Assistant Professor of Physics
Office 302 Graduate Center
Chester Packard Baker, S.B., M.A., P.E. (Mass.)
Professor of Chemical Engineering and Chairman of the Department
Office 1 Science Hall
David A. Baldwin, A.B., M.A. Instructor in English
Office 205 Dodge Library
Kenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M.
Office 1 50 Richards Hall
Joseph E. Barbeau, B.S.
Office 252 Richards Hall
David Wright Barkley, A.B., M.A
Office 108 Science Hall
Ernest Vincent Barrasso, B.S.
Office 252 Richards Hall
James Thomas Barrs, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.
Office 207 Dodge Library
Eugene Rice Bartlett, B.S., M.S.
Office 102 Greenleaf Building
Philip Francois Beaulieu, Sgt., U.S.A., B.S
Office 238 Forsyth Building
Vincent F. Benson, B.S.
Office 253 Richards Hall
Assistant Director of Admissions
Instructor in Co-ordination
M.P.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Government
Instructor in Co-ordination
Associate Professor of English
Research Associate
Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Instructor in Co-ordination
THE COLLEGES
Theodore Herman Bergeron, Lt. Colonel, U.S.A., A.B.
Office 203 Greenleaf Building Associate Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Morton S. Berk, M.D. Assistant University Physician
Office 30 The Fenway
C. Harold Berry, B.S.M.E., M.M.E., P.E. (Mass. and N. Y.)
Office 75 Richards Hall
Corre Williams Berry, B.A., M.A.
Office 302 Graduate Center
Stuart Wilson Birch, Capt., U.S.A.
Office 201 Greenleaf Building
Wallace Putnam Bishop, A.B., M.A., Ph.D
Office 103 Science Hall
Eugene Joseph Blackman, S.B., M.A.
Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Assistant Professor of Physics
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Assistant Professor of History
Associate Professor of English and Chairman
of the Department of Drama, Speech and Music
Office 225 Richards Hall
Ralph Sumner Blanchard, Jr., S.B., M.S.
Office 22 Forsyth Building
Raymond Earl Blois, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Office 206 Dodge Library
Fletcher Schofield Boig, S.B., M.S., Ed.M.
Office 456 Richards Hall
Edward J. Booth, A.B., Ed.M.
Office 325 Richards Hall
Neil H. Borden, Jr., B.A., M.B.A.
Office 1\?, Hayden Hal!
Alvah Kenneth Borman, B.S.
Office 253 Richards Hall
Joseph Aurelien Bourgeois, Sfc, U.S.A.
Office 203 Greenleaf Building
Kenneth Edward Bourque. B.S.
Office 114 Hayden Hall
John Raymond Brand, Lt. Col., U.S.A^ B.S.
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Office 204 Greenleaf Building
BoiT Lincoln Brannen, B.S., Ed.M. Associate Professor of Psychology
Office 354 Richards Hall
Robert B. Brendze, M.D. Instructor in Hygiene and Assistant University Physician
Office 218 Commonwealth Avenue
Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Assistant Professor of English
Associate Professor of Chemistry
Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Instructor in Marketing
Associate Professor of Co-ordination
Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Instructor in Electrical Engineering
William D. Brohn, A.B., M.Mus.
Office 225 Richards Hall
FRANK.LYN K. BROWN
Office 400 Dodge Library
William O. Bruehl, B.S., M.E.
Office 23 Forsyth Building
William Thomas Burke, B.A., M.A.
Office 205 Dodge Library
Marcello John Carrabes, B.S., M.S.
0#ce 114 Hayden Hall
Richard Ivan Carter, S.B., M.S.
Office 109 Hayden Hall
Nancy J. Caruso, B.S., Ed.M.
0#ce 212 Hayden Hall
Instructor in Music
Assistant Professor of Graphic Science
Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Instructor in English
Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering
Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering
and Director of the Computation Center
Assistant Professor of Secretarial Studies
10 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Saverio Cerullo, B.S., M.B.A. Associate Professor of Finance
Office 209 Hayden Hall
SzE-Hou Chang, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Professor of Research in Communications
Office 108 Greenleaf Building
Chai Y. Choo, B.S., M.S. Instructor in Chemical Engineering
Office 1 Science Hall
Bruce Buckler Claflin, B.A., M.S. Instructor in Mathematics
Office 345 Richards Hall
Laurence Fuller Cleveland, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)
Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
Office 8 Hayden Hall
Robert W. Cloutier, B.S., M.Ed. Assistant Director of Admissions
Office 150 Richards Hall
Basil Lambert Cochrun, B.S. Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering
Office 100 Greenleaf Building
Stephen Robert Cohen, B.Ch.E., M.S., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Office 456 Richards Hall
Thomas Christopher Coleman, B.S., P.E. (Mass.) Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
Office 200 Botolph Building
John Joseph Connelly, B.S. Assistant Professor of Physical Education
Office 111 Cabot Physical Education Center and Coach of Baseball
David R. Cook, B.S., M.S., Ed.D. Assistant Professor of Education and
Counselor in Testing and Counseling Center
Office 348 Pvichards Hall
Edward Marks Cook, A.B., M.A. Associate Professor of Mathematics
Office 325 Richards Hall
Quentin Leroy Coons, A.B., M.B.A. Associate Professor of Advertising
Office 218 Hayden Hall
Louis Cooperstein, A.B., M.A. Associate Professor of Modern Languages
Office 304 Dodge Library
Arthur Edward Cotter, Lt. Col., U.S.A.
Office 201 Greenleaf Building Associate Professor of Military Science and Tactics
James Richard Critch, Sfc, U.S.A. Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Office 3 Greenleaf Building
Robert Lee Crosby, 1st Lt., U.S.A., B.S., M.S.
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Office 3 Greenleaf Building
Robert Michael Crowe, B.S., M.S. Instructor in Insurance
Office 209 Hayden Hall
Leonard Duncan Cummings, M. Sgt., U.S.A. Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Office 2 Greenleaf Building
Otis French Cushman, B.S., M.S. Associate Professor of Graphic Science
Office 400 Dodge Library
Elmer Henry Cutts, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of History and Chairman of the Department
Office 103 Science Hall
Hope F. Danielson, B.A., Ed.M. Assistant Professor of Education
Office 302 Hayden Hall
Roland Rice Darling Staff Specialist on Occupational Information
Office 348 Richards Hall
Ronald C. Davis, A.B., Ed.M. Assistant Professor of Art
Office 415 Hayden Hall
THE COLLEGES
11
Sidney Sloan Davis, Col., U.S.A., B.S.
Office 203 Greenleaf Building
Warren Clifton Dean, A.B., M.A.
Office 325 Richards Hall
Horace Leland deRivera, B.S., M.A.
Office 345 Richards Hall
J. James Devine, B.S., M.S.
Office 400 Dodge Library
Vincent C. Dilego, B.S.
Office 202 Hayden Hall
Ladislav Dolansky, Ing., E.E., M.S.
Professor of Military Science and Tactics
and Chairman of the Department
Associate Professor of Mathematics
Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Associate Professor of Graphic Science
Instructor in Accounting
Ph.D., P.E. (Mass.) Associate Professor of Research in
Communications
Office 103 Greenleaf Building
Paul Dube, B.S., M.A. Assistant Professor of Co-ordination
Office 252 Richards Hall
Charles Henry Dufton, A.B., M.A.
Professor of Marketing and Advertising and Chairman of the Department
Office in Hayden Hall
Richard E. Dukeshire, B.A. Assistant Professor of Physical Education and
Office 1 1 1 Cabot Physical Education Center Coach of Basketball
James Edward Dunderdalf, Sfc, U.S.A. Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Office 205 Greenleaf Building
Ellen H. Dunlap, B.A. Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Office 345 Richards Hall
Robert William Dunlay, Major, U.S.A., B.A.
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Office 203 Greenleaf Building
E. Lawrence Durham, A.B., M.A. Associate Professor of Social Science
Office 302 Hayden Hall
John M. Dutton, B.S., M.B.A. Instructor in Management
Office 206 Hayden Hall
Martin White Essigmann, S.B., M.S.
Professor of Electrical Engineering and Chairman of the Department
Office 112 Hayden Hall
Andrew Faulkenberry, Sp4, U.S.A.
Office 4 Greenleaf Building
A.M.
Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Associate Professor of Government
(on leave of absence 1959-60)
Edmund Winthrop Fenn, A.B.
Office 108 Science Hall
G. Raymond Fennell, B.S., B.B.A., M.B.A.
Associate Professor of Economics and Adviser to the Student Union
Office 205 Ell Student Center
Alfred John Ferretti, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)
Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Chairman of the Department
Office 75 Richards Hall
Robert Joseph Ferullo, B.S., Ed.M.
Office 225 Richards Hall
Charles Francis Field, S.B.
Office 253 Richards Hall
Arthur Rowe Foster, S.B., M.Eng.
Office 21 Forsyth Building
David Roger Freeman, B.S.
Office 104 Forsyth Building
Instructor in Speech
Associate Professor of Co-ordination
Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering
12
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Job E. Fuchs, M.D.
Office 203 Commonwealth Avenue
James A. Fuller, B.A., M.A.
Office 205 Dodge Library
NORBERT Luc EN E FULLINGTON, B.A., M.A.
Office 103 Science Hall
Oscar Robert Giordano, Capt., U.S.A
Assistant to the University Physician
Instructor in English
Assistant Professor of History
B.S.
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Assistant Professor of Physics
Instructor in Electrical Chemistry
, U.S.A., B.S.
Associate Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Office 201 Greenleaf Building
Samuel Merritt Giveen, A.B., M.A.
Office 325 Richards Hall
Michael Juda Glaubman, M.S., Ph.D.
Office 302 Graduate Center
Arthur Glazer, B.S.
Office 1 14 Hayden Hall
Mandel Nathaniel Goldstein, Lt. Col.
Office 201 Greenleaf Building
Joseph Manuel Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A.
Professor of Accounting and Chairman of the Department
Office 202 Hayden Hall
Charles Martel Goolsby, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
Office 422 Science Hall
Joseph Edward Gordon, M. Sgt., U.S.A.
Office 2 Greenleaf Building
Norman D. Greenwald, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Office 108 Science Hall
William E. R. Greer, M.D.
Office 203 Commonwealth Avenue
John Paul Gregg, M. Sgt., U.S.A.
Office 202 Greenleaf Building
Richard Edward Grojean, B.S., M.S.
Office 302 Graduate Center
Carlo Edward Gubellini, B.S., M.B.A.
Office 206 Hayden Hall
Charles Francis Haley, B.S., Ed.M.
Assistant Professor of Education and Director of Student Teaching
Office 302 Hayden Hall
Assistant Professor of Biology
Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Assistant Professor of Government
Assistant to the University Physician
Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Associate Professor of Physics
Associate Professor of Business Management
Myron C. Hamer, B.S., A.M.
Office 345 Richards Hall
Kenneth Royden Hancock, Jr., B.S.
Office 252 Richards Hall
Harry Newton Hardsog, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)
Office 302 Graduate Center
Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Assistant Professor of Co-ordination
Assistant Professor of Physics
Leonard Milton Havens, Capt., U.S.A.
Office 201 Greenleaf Building
Sidney Herman, B.S., M.A.
Office 221 Hayden Hall
Wheaton Arnold Holden, A.B., M.A.,
Office 415 Hayden Hall
B.S.
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Assistant Professor of Economics
Assistant Professor of Art
THE COLLEGES 13
Frederick William Holmes, A.B., M.A.
Professor of English and Chairman of the Department
Office 206 Dodge Library
Morris A. Horowitz, B.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Economics and Chairman of the Department
Office 213 Hayden Hall
Vincent Paul Hounsell, M. Sgt., U.S.A. Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Office 202 Greenleaf Building
James Francis Houston, Sfc, U.S.A. Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Office 4 Greenleaf Building
Calvin Ray Howard, B.S. Research Associate
Office 103 Greenleaf Building
David Moore Howell, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Chemistry
Office 474 Richards Hall
Victor Elliott Howes, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of English
Office 101 Dodge Library
Ve-Shuen Hsiang, M.S., Eng.D. Assistant Professor of Graphic Science
Office 400 Dodge Library
Julian Ernest Jackson, B.A., M.B.A., LL.B., LL.M. Professor of Business Law
Office 212 Hayden Hall
Elmer Everett Jones, Ph.B., B.S., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Office 456 Richards Hall
Earl Leslie Jordan, Jr., M. Sgt., U.S.A. Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Office 2 Greenleaf Building
William Emmitt Justice, Sgt., U.S.A. Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Office 132 Forsyth Building
Kerkor Kassabian, B.S. Instructor in Physical Education and Athletic Team Trainer
Office 1 1 1 Cabot Physical Education Center
Arthur Elmer Keating, S.B., P.E. (Conn.)
Professor of Industrial Engineering and Chairman of the Department
Office 104 Forsyth Building
Lyman Albert Keith, B.S., M.A., M.B.A.
Professor of Business Management and Chairman of the Department
Office 206 Hayden Hall
Nicholas Peter Kernweis, B.E.E., M.S. Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering
Office 1 1 1 Hayden Hall
George Khiralla, S.B., M.A. Assistant Professor of English
Office 207 Dodge Library
Barkev Kibarian, B.S., M.B.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Marketing and Advertising
OffiicellS Hayden Hall
Hugh Ba.xter Killough, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Visiting Professor of Economics
Office 221 Hayden Hall
Robert David Klein, B.A., M.S. Assistant Professor of Research in Communications
Office 107 Greenleaf Building
R. Stevens Kleinschmidt, B.S., M.S., Sc.D. Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
Office 101 Botolph Building
Borah Leonard Kreimer, S.B., Ed.M. Assistant Professor of Graphic Science
Office 400 Dodge Library
Reginald Gage Lacount, S.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Physics and Chairman of the Department
Office 302 Graduate Center
14
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Assistant Director of Admissions
Eleanor Watts Lambert, B.S., M.B.A.
Office 150 Richards Hal!
Daniel Joseph Lane, M. Sgt., U.S.A.
Office 2 Greenleaf Building
George Martin Lane, M.D. Associate Professor of Hygiene and College Physician
Office 314 Commonwealth Avenue
Robert Stevenson Lang, B.S., Ed.M.
Office 400 Dodge Library
Giovanni Lanza, Ph.D.
Office 302 Graduate Center
Earle R. Laste, B.S., M.S.
Office 114 Hayden Hall
Frank David Leary, Sfc, U.S.A.
Office 202 Greenleaf Building
Joseph Anthony Leary, B.S., Ed.M.
Office 345 Richards Hall
Thomas Joseph Leary, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Office 221 Hayden Hall
Mary Josephine Lee, B.A., Ed.M.
Office 302 Hayden Hall
Joseph Harold Lenney, S.B., M.S.
Office 101 Botolph Building
Homer Charles Littlefield, B.S.
Office 252 Richards Hall
John William Lloyd, B.S.
Office 12 Hayden Hal!
Walter Hans Lob, B.S., M.S.
Office 107 Greenleaf Building
Bertram Seymour Long, B.S., M.S.
Office 21 Forsyth Building
Norman Bertram Lovejoy, Capt., U.S.A., B.S., M.S.
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Office 204 Greenleaf Building
Jack Augustine Lucido, 1st Lt., U.S.A., B.A.
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Office 201 Greenleaf Building
W. Fay Luder, A.B., Ph.D.
Office 474 Richards Hall
Joseph John Lynch, Sfc, U.S.A.
Office 4 Greenleaf Building
Ivory L. Lyons, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.
Office 221 Hayden Hall
Lawrence Howard Malchman, S.B.
Office 202 Hayden Hall
Robert Joseph Mangones, Capt., U.S.A., B.C.E.
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Office 204 Greenleaf Building
Pasquale Marino, B.S. Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
Office 75 Richards Hall
Frank Eugene Marsh, Jr., A.B., Ed.M., Ed.D. Assistant Professor of Education
Office 302 Hayden Hall
Everett Carter Marston, A.B., M.A. Professor of English
Office 308 Ell Student Center
Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Assistant Professor of Graphic Science
Associate Professor of Physics
Instructor in Electrical Engineering
Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Assistant Professor of Economics
Instructor in Education
Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
Assistant Professor of Co-ordination
Instructor in Electrical Engineering
Associate Professor of Research in Communications
Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Ed.M., C.P.A
Professor of Chemistry
Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Assistant Professor of Economics
Associate Professor of Accounting
THE COLLEGES
15
Larkin Daniel Martin, Lt. Col., U.S.A., B.S.
Office 204 Greenleaf Building
Robert N. Martin, B.S., M.S.
Office 1 1 1 Hayden Hall
James Watt Mayor, Jr., S.B., M.S.
Office 22 Forsyth Building
Norman Smart McCallister, A.B., Ed.M,
Office 345 Richards Hall
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Instructor in Electrical Engineering
Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Associate Professor of Mathematics
Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Senior and Alumni Placement Officer
Associate Professor of Co-ordination
Professor of English
Lecturer in History
Charles McCormick, M. Sgt., E8, U.S.A.
Office 203 Greenleaf Building
Thomas Joseph McEneaney, B.S.
Office 276 Richards Hall
Thomas Edward McMahon, S.B.
Office 253 Richards Hall
Harold Wesley Melvin, A.B., M.A.
Office 206 Dodge Library
Lois B. Merk, B.A., M.A.
Office 108 Science Hall
George Harris Meserve, Jr., S.B., Ed.M.
Office 415 Hayden Hall Professor of Art and Chairman of the Department
Charles William Henry Meyer, Jr., M. Sgt., U.S.A.
Office 201 Greenleaf Building Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Antonio Libero Mezzacappa, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Modern Languages and Chairman of the Department
Office 304 Dodge Library
William Henry Miernyk, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. Professor of Economics and Director
Office 213 Hayden Hall of the Bureau of Business and Economic Research
Ernest Elford Mills, S.B., M.S. Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Office 75 Richards Hall
John G. Miserlis, B.S.
Office 1 Science Hall
Prudie Rae Moore, B.S., M.A.
Office 150 Richards Hall
John Christie Morgan, B.S., M.B.A., P.E. (Mass.)
Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering
Office 1 Science Hall
Jack Elsworth Mowery, Capt., U.S.A., B.S.
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Instructor in Government
Instructor in Chemical Engineering
Assistant Director of Admissions
Office 204 Greenleaf Building
John R. Mulkern, B.A., M.A.
Office 103 Science Hall
Thomas E. Murray, M. Sgt., U.S.A.
Office 135 Forsyth Building
A. Howard Myers, B.A., M.A., Ph.D
Office 206 Hayden Hall
Louis Joseph Nardone, S.B., M.S.
Office 100 Greenleaf Building
John Joseph Nazzaro, Major, U.S.A., B.S.,
Office 203 Greenleaf Building Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
George Anthony Nigro, Capt., U.S.A., B.S.
Associate Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Office 201 Greenleaf Building
Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Associate Professor of Industrial Relations
Associate Professor of Research in Communications
16 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Joseph Albert Nordstrom, B.S., M.S. Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering
Office 104 Forsyth Building
Franklin Norvish, B.S., M.A. Associate Professor of English
Office 204 Dodge Library
Harry James O'Brien, Major, U.S.A., B.A.
Office 3 Greenleaf Building Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
William John O'Brien, Lt. Col., U.S.A., B.S.
Associate Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Office 3 Greenleaf Building
Lawrence Joseph O'Connor, S.B., M.S. Research Associate
Office 107 Greenleaf Building
J. Rosson Overcash, B.A., A.M.T. Assistant Professor of Physical Science
Office 321 Science Hall
Edward Rosario Pelletier, Sfc, U.S.A. Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Office 4 Greenleaf Building
Philip Winston Pendleton, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Psychology and
Director of the Testing and Counseling Center
Office 348 Richards Hall
Benjamin Max Perles, S.B., M.B.A. Assistant Professor of Economics
Office 221 Hayden Hall
Thomas E. Phalen, Jr., B.S., M.S. Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Office 75 Richards Hall
Donald Stevenson Pitkin, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Sociology
(on leave of absence 1959-60)
Office 101 Science Hall
Paul L. Poston, B.S., M.S., M.B.A., D.B.A. Assistant Professor of Management
Office 206 Hayden Hall
Paul Merton Pratt, B.S. Instructor in Co-ordination
Office 253 Richards Hall
Norman Alexander Preble, A.B., M.S., Ph.D. Professor of Biology
Office All Science Hall
Edward Frank Quarrington, A.B. Instructor in Journalism
Office 207 Dodge Library (on leave of absence 1959)
Judith Marie Rehm, B.Ed., A.M. Instructor in English
Office 205 Dodge Library
David Edward Reid, M. Sgt., U.S.A. Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Office 205 Greenleaf Building
Robert Edwin Reordan, Major, U.S.A., B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Office 201 Greenleaf Building
Dorothy Jane Reuter, S.B. Assistant Professor of Physical Education and
Director of Physical Education for Women
Office 1 1 1 Cabot Physical Education Center
William Hooper Reynolds, S.B., M.A. Assistant Professor of English
Office 205 Dodge Library
THE COLLEGES
17
Roy Morene Rich, Capt., U.S.A.
Ojfice 203 Greenleaf Building
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Walter George Riley, Jr., 1st Lt., U.S.A., B.S.
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Ojfice 2 Greenleaf Building
Nathan Wendell Riser, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.
Professor of Biology and Chairman of the Department
Office All Science Hall
Louis Edward Roberts, A.B., A.M.
Office 205 Dodge Library
William Ernest Roberts, S.B.
Office 245 Richards Hall
Joseph Anthony Robichaud, Sfc, U.S.A.
Office 238 Forsyth Building
Edward William Robinson, B.S., Ed.M.
Office 358 Richards Hall
J. Spencer Rochefort, S.B., M.S.
Office 107 Greenleaf Building
Instructor in English
Assistant Professor of Accounting and
Assistant to the Bursar
Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Director of Financial Aid for Students
Associate Professor of Research in Communications
GusTAV Rook, S.B. Professor of Graphic Science and Chairman of the Department
Office 400 Dodge Library
Sumner Maurice Rosen, A.B., Ph.D.
Office 221 Hayden Hall
Norman Rosenblatt, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Office 103 Science Hall
Donald Charles Ross, M. Sgt., U.S.A.
Office 132 Forsyth Building
Morton Rubin, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Office 101 Science Hall
Barnet Rudman, A.B., Ed.M.
Office 345 Richards Hall
Angel N. Rugina, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Office 209 Hayden Hall
Richard McKee Rush, S.B., M.S.
Office 302 Graduate Center
Theodore Stanley Russell, Sgt., U.S.A.
Office 204 Greenleaf Building
James Joseph Ryan, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Office 304 Dodge Library
Assistant Professor of Economics and
Research Associate
Assistant Professor of History
Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Assistant Professor of Sociology
Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Associate Professor of Finance
Associate Professor of Physics
Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Assistant Professor of Modern Languages
Albert Edward Sanderson, Jr., S.B., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)
Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
Office 101 Botolph Building
Bertram Scharf, B.S., Ph.D.
Office 354 Richards Hall
H. Stephen Schloss, A.B.
Office 325 Richards Hall
Assistant Professor of Psychology
Instructor in Mathematics
18
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Richard Colfax Schnorf, Capt., U.S.A. Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Office 3 Greenleaf Building
Daniel Charles Scioletti, B.A., M.Ed., LL.B
Office in Hayden Hall
Ronald Edwin Scott, S.B., M.A., Sc.D.
Office 114 Hayden Hall
H. Wade Seaford, Jr., A.B.
Office 101 Science Hall
Charles Freeman Seaverns, Jr., A.B.,Ed.M.,C.A.G.S.
Office 252 Richards Hall
Assistant Professor of Accounting
Professor of Electrical Engineering
Lecturer in Sociology
Associate Professor of Co-ordination
Robert Alan Seelye, Capt., U.S.A., B.S.
Office 204 Greenleaf Building
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Mac Elliott Seldner, Major, U.S.A., B.A.
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Office 201 Greenleaf Building
Melvin Charles Shefftz, B.A., M.A.
Office 103 Science Hall
Instructor in History
Robert Andrews Shepard, B.S., Ph.D.
Professor of Chemistry and Chairman of the Department
Office 456 Richards Hall
Francis B. Shepardson, B.A., M.Ed.
Office 345 Richards Hall
William H. Shirley, B.A.
Office All Science Hall
Louis M. Shotkin, B.S.M.E., M.S.
Office 302 Graduate Center
Lloyd Albert Skiffington, A.B., M.A.
Office 107 Dodge Library
Albert Slavin, B.S., Ed.M., C.P.A.
Office 202 Hayden Hall
Edward Smith, Sgt., U.S.A.
Office 201 Greenleaf Building
Donald Chadsey Soule, Sfc, U.S.A.
Office 205 Greenleaf Building
Joseph Spear, A.B., M.A.
Office 345 Richards Hall
Ernest Lincoln Spencer, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.) Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
Office 101 Botolph Building
Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Instructor in Biology
Instructor in Physics
Assistant Professor of English
Associate Professor of Accounting
Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Professor of Mathematics
John Spiegel, A.B., M.A.
Office 304 Dodge Library
Efthall\ J. Spinos, B.S., M.S.
Office 456 Richards Hall
Norman Anton Spiro, Capt., U.S.A., B.A.
Instructor in Modern Languages
Instructor in Chemistry
Office 1 Greenleaf Building
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
THE COLLEGES
19
Carl Edward Staab, M. Sgt., U.S.A.
Office 203 Greenleaf Building
Victor Richard Staknis, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Office 325 Richards Hall
John Edward Stanis, Major, U.S.A., B.S.
Office 238 Forsyth Building
Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Associate Professor of Mathematics
Assistant Professor of Military Science
and Tactics
Frederick Arlington Stearns, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)
Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Office 75 Richards Hall
Descomb Tozier Stewart, A.B.
Office 275 Richards Hall
Assistant Director of Public Relations
Harold Leroy Stubbs, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Mathematics and Chairman of the Department
Office 345 Richards Hall
Raimundas Sukys, B.S.
Office 103 Greenleaf Building
Gerald Russell Tatton, S.B., M.B.A.
Office 104 Ell Student Center
V/illiam Maxfield Tripp. Sfc. U.S.A.
Office 202 Greenleaf Building
John Edward Trott, Jr., B.S.
Office 1 1 1 Hayden Hall
Research Assistant
Associate Professor of Physical Education and
Head Coach of Track and Cross Country
Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Instructor in Electrical Engineering
EIalph Anderson Troupe, S.B., M.S., Ph.D., P.E. (Te.xas)
Research Professor of Chemical Engineering
Office 1 Science Hall
Frank E. Truesdale, B.S.
Office 400 Dodge Library
Meng Chi Tsen, B.S., M.S.
Office 1 1 1 Hayden Hall
Donald Kent Tucker, B.S., M.Ed.
Offiue 348 Richards Hall
Donald Skeele Tucker, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.
Office 209 Hayden Hall
Paul John Uhlinger, A.B., B.D., Ph.D.
Office 101 Science Hall
Joseph Anthony Vaccaro, A.B., M.S.
Office 205 Dodge Library
Patricia M. Vajda, A.B., M.A.
Office 206 Dodge Library
Alfred Viola, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Office 456 Richards Hall
Assistant Professor of Graphic Science
Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering
Assistant Professor of Education and Assistant
Director of the Testing and Counseling Center
Visiting Professor of Business Finance
Lecturer in Philosophy
Instructor in English
Instructor in English
Assistant Professor of Chemistry
20 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Louis Vrettos, B.S., M.A., Ed.D. Assistant Professor of Co-ordination
Office 253 Richards Hall
Harold Arthur Walker, A.B. Assistant Professor of Physical Education and
Assistant Director of the Department
Office 1 1 1 Cabot Physical Education Center
Joseph Everett Wallace, Capt., U.S.A., B.A., M.Ed.
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Office 3 Greenleaf Building
Thomas Homkowycz Wallace, S.B., A.M., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Physics
Office 302 Graduate Center
William Wallace, S.B., M.A. Associate Professor of Mathematics
Office 325 Richards Hall
A. Bertrand Warren, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Psychology and Chairman of the Department
Office 354 Richards Hall
WooDROW N. Warren, Major, U.S.A., B.A., M.A.
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Office 2 Greenleaf Building
Edward Thurston Watling, Capt., U.S.A., B.S.
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Office 2 Greenleaf Building
George Baker Welch, B.S., Ph.D. Professor of Physics
Office 302 Graduate Center
Annie M. Welles, B.S. Instructor in Physical Education for Women
Office 1 1 1 Cabot Physical Education Center
Hershel Eugene Wells, Sfc, U.S.A. Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Office 201 Greenleaf Building
Robert LivsEY Wells, B.S., M.A. , Assistant Professor of Art
Office 415 Hayden Hail
Robert Newman Wiener, A.B., M.S., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Office 475 Richards Hall
R. Gregg Wilfong, A.B., M.A.
Associate Professor of Government and Chairman of the Department
Office 108 Science Hall
Edwin Alvin Wilkins, M. Sgt., U.S.A. Instructor in Military Science and Tactics
Office 2 Greenleaf Building
Edward Rice Willett, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Finance and Chairman of the Department
Office 209 Hayden Hall
ROYCE COURTLAND WiLLIAMS, Capt., U.S.A., B.S.
Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics
Office 202 Greenleaf Building
Jacob Wiren, B.S., M.S. Assistant Professor of Research in Communications
Office 100 Greenleaf Building
THE COLLEGES
21
Kenneth S. Woodard, B.S.
Office 400 Dodge Library
Robert Lawrence Wright, Jr., B.S.
Office 23 Forsyth Building
Alvin Jay Yorra, B.S., M.S.
Office 75 Richards Hall
Joseph Peter Zabilski, B.S.
Office 104 Ell Student Center
Harold Seymour Zamansky, B.S., Ph.D.
Office 354 Richards Hall
Saverio Zuffanti, B.S., M.A.
Office 456 Richards Hall
Manuel Zymelman, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
Office 111 Hayden Hall
Instructor in Graphic Science
Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Professor of Physical Education and
Assistant Director of Athletics
Assistant Professor of Psychology
Professor of Chemistry
Assistant Professor of Economics
Professors Emeriti
Robert Bruce, B.C.S., M.C.S.
Joseph Arthur Coolidge, S.B., M.A.
Carl David Johnson, A.B., M.A.
Professor Emeritus of Accounting
Res. 12 Elliot St., Winthrop
Professor Emeritus of Physics
Res. 20 Martin St., Cambridge
Professor Emeritus of Physics
Res. Lakeland, Florida
Joseph William Zeller, S.B., M.E., P.E. (Mass.)
Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering
Res. 1471 Washington St., West Newton
22 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Aims and Scope of the University
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY is incorporated as a philanthropic institution
under the General Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature, by
special enactment, has given the University general degree granting
powers.
The Corporation of Northeastern University consists of men who occupy
responsible positions in business and the professions. This Corporation elects
from its membership a Board of Trustees in whom the control of the institution
is vested. The Board of Trustees has four standing committees: (a) an Executive
Committee which has general supervision of the financial and educational policies
of the University; (b) a Committee on Facilities which has general supervision
over the building needs of the University; (c) a Committee on Funds and In-
vestments which has the responsibility of administering the funds of the Uni-
versity; (d) a Committee on Development which is concerned with furthering the
development plans of the University.
Founded in 1898, Northeastern University, from its beginning, has had as its
dominant purpose the discovery of human and social needs and the meeting of
these needs in distinctive and highly serviceable ways. While subscribing to the
most progressive educational thought and practice, the University has not
duplicated the programs of other institutions but has sought "to bring education
more directly into the service of human needs."
The following is a brief outline of the principal types of educational oppor-
tunities offered by the University.
In the Field of Liberal Arts
The College of Liberal Arts offers majors in the usual fields of the arts and
sciences leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. With
the exception of pre-professional programs, day curricula are normally five years
in length and operated on the Co-operative Plan. However, in all majors except
Chemistry and Physics, qualified students, with the approval of the Dean, may
elect to complete the requirements for the degree on a full-time plan in four years.
The College of Liberal Arts offers certain of its courses during evening hours,
constituting a program of three years' duration equivalent in hours to one-half
the requirements for the A.B. or S.B. degree. The degree of Associate in Arts
is conferred upon those who complete this program. A complete A.B. program
is also offered in the evening division with curricula in Economics, English,
History and Government, and Sociology.
The Division of Arts and Sciences of the Graduate School provides evening
programs of graduate study in Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics and Labor
Economics leading to the degree of Master of Arts or Master of Science.
In the Field of Education
The College of Education offers the option of study on the conventional
four-year full-time plan or on the five-year Co-operative Plan. Both programs
lead to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education. These are designed
THE COLLEGES 23
particularly to meet the needs of high school graduates who desire to pre-
pare themselves for teaching and administrative positions in elementary and
secondary schools.
During late afternoons, evenings, and Saturday mornings, the Division of
Education of the Graduate School also sponsors graduate courses for teachers
in service and leading to the degree of Master of Education.
In the Field of Business
The College of Business Administration offers five-year co-operative curricula
in Accounting, Business Management, Finance and Insurance, Industrial Rela-
tions, and Marketing and Advertising leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Business Administration.
The School of Business — operated during evening hours — offers under-
graduate curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Business Administration
in Accounting, Management, Law and Business, Engineering and Management,
Liberal Arts and Business. For students who because of occupational reasons
desire shorter programs concentrating in specific areas. Institutes awarding the
certificate are offered in various fields.
The Division of Business of the Graduate School provides an evening program
of graduate study leading to the degree of Master of Business Administration.
hi the Field of Engineering
The College of Engineering offers five-year co-operative curricula in Civil,
Mechanical, Electrical, Chemical, and Industrial Engineering leading to the
degree of Bachelor of Science with specification according to the department in
which the student qualifies.
Graduate co-operative curricula in Civil, Mechanical and Electrical Engineer-
ing are also offered for a limited number of students.
The Division of Engineering of the Graduate School offers during evening
hours graduate programs of instruction leading to the degree of Master of Science
in Civil, Mechanical, and Electrical Engineering, in Engineering Management, in
Communications and in Engineering Mechanics. These curricula are designed
to provide engineering graduates with opportunities for further professional
development.
The Lincoln Institute offers during evening hours programs leading to the
degrees of Associate in Science in Chemistry and Associate in Engineering in
Civil, Mechanical, Electrical, Electronic, and Industrial Engineering.
24 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Buildings and Facilities
Location
Northeastern University is located on Huntington Avenue in the Back Bay
section of Boston. The main administrative offices of the University are located
in Richards Hall.
The chief railroad centers of Boston are the North and South Stations. To
reach the University from the North Station, board an MTA subway car going
to Park Street and transfer there to any Huntington Avenue car. To reach the
University from the South Station, board a Cambridge-bound subway train
and transfer at Park Street to a Huntington Avenue car. The "Northeastern"
station is the first stop outside the subway.
Huntington Avenue Campus
The principal educational buildings of Northeastern University are located
on a sixteen-acre site in the Back Bay section of Boston. Only one block to the
west of the University lie the famous Boston Museum of Fine Arts and the beau-
tiful public gardens-park reservation known as "The Fenway." The newer
buildings of the Huntington Avenue Campus are pictured in the center spread
of this catalog, following page 5 1 .
Following a long-range development plan. University facilities have expanded
substantially in recent years. In addition to the seven buildings constructed within
the last two decades, several modernized older buildings are available for spe-
cialized uses. The newer buildings on the campus are interconnected by means
of tunnels, so that the students may go from building to building without going
out of doors in inclement weather. All of the buildings are used in common by
the students of the four colleges.
In addition to classrooms and instructional offices, the principal buildings
include the following:
Botolph Building — Civil Engineering Laboratories
Cabot Physical Education Center — Gymnasium, Cage, Rifle Range
Dodge Library — Library, Drawing Rooms
Ell Student Center — Student Activities, Health Department, Chapel, Audi-
torium, and University Commons.
Forsyth Building — Industrial and Mechanical Engineering Laboratories
Graduate Center — Administrative Offices of the Graduate School, Physics
Laboratories, and Cafeteria.
Greenleaf Building — ROTC Headquarters, Research Facilities
Hayden Hall — Evening Division Offices, Business, Education, and Elec-
trical Engineering Laboratories, Art Studio.
Richards Hall — Administrative Offices, Mechanical Engineering, Psychol-
ogy and Chemistry Laboratories, Bookstore
Science Hall — Chemical Engineering and Biology Laboratories
THE COLLEGES 25
The Co-operative Plan
What It Is
The Co-operative Plan of Education is founded on the educational philosophy
that supervised employment in the occupational field for which a student is
training enhances comprehensive learning and vocational adaptation. It utilizes,
in addition to the usual classroom and laboratory exercises, the practical values
of the work-a-day-world environment, thereby enabling the student not only to
become acquainted with certain job skills and operations concurrently with his
academic training but also to develop his confidence and capacity to arrive at
intelligent conclusions based upon a knowledge of practice as well as of theory.
The Co-operative Plan is particularly designed to serve the needs of the recent
high school graduate rather than the older, more mature student who already
may have had considerable work experience.
All Northeastern co-operative curricula are five years in length, comprising a
freshman year of three consecutive ten-week terms of academic study followed
by four upperclass years on the Co-operative Plan.
How It Works
The Co-operative Plan works in the following manner. Upperclassmen, includ-
ing both men and women, are divided into two nearly equal groups, one of which
is called Division A and the other Division B. Each student is assigned a job
with some business or industrial concern. The Division A students start the
college year with a term of classroom work, while the Division B students start
the year with a term at co-operative work. At the end of that term, the Division A
students go out to work with a co-operating firm, while their places in the class-
rooms are then taken by their alternates, the corresponding Division B students.
When the next term has passed, the Division A students return to college and the
Division B students resume their co-operative work. The alternation of work
and classroom study continues throughout the year so that each upperclass-
man has two terms of ten weeks and one of five weeks at college, two terms —
one of ten weeks and one of sixteen weeks — at co-operative work, and a one-
week vacation.
Similarly, each co-operating employer is thus assured of continuous service
of a pair of co-operative students alternating with each other throughout the
calendar year. This assurance naturally tends to stabilize employment and en-
courages the co-operation of employers.
Faculty Co-ordinators
Each student is assigned to a co-ordinator who is responsible for all phases of
the co-operative work program for his group of students. He interviews them
during the freshman year and discusses with them various vocational objectives
and answers such questions as the students may have in regard to the many
activities of business and industry. He studies them in the light of their physical
condition, scholastic attainment, interests, aptitudes, and other factors bearing
upon their qualifications for vocational assignment. These interviews culminate
in an agreement between the student and his co-ordinator regarding the co-oper-
ative assignment on which the student will be placed. During each of the terms
at college immediately succeeding a term at co-operative work, the co-ordinator
26 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
confers with the student concerning the job experiences acquired and other
matters relating to vocational adjustment or personal problems while on the
job. The reports of the employer on the achievements and performance of the
student are discussed and interpreted in the interest of further co-ordination and
more effective learning. In this way the progress of all students is observed and
co-ordinated with their college work to the end that maximum values are obtained
from their training at Northeastern.
Placement
The co-ordinator visits co-operating firms and arranges with them for the
employment of students under his charge. The range of opportunities available
to Northeastern students is wide, including practically all occupational activities
for which their academic training, personal attributes, and vocational aptitudes
qualify them. In general, the first year of co-operative work can be expected to
be of a routine nature through which students may prove their fitness for more
responsible work. A job assignment directly related to the student's field of
study and vocational training is the prime objective of the co-ordinator. The
jobs upon which Northeastern students are employed are in no sense protected
opportunities or purely observational assignments. They are regular jobs under
actual business conditions and are held in competition with other sources of
supply. The only special privilege accorded Northeastern students is that of
attending college on the Co-operative Plan and the opportunity to merit by
superior performance progressive advancement on the job.
Because of uncertainties of business conditions, as well as other reasons beyond
its control, the University cannot and does not guarantee to place students. How-
ever, past experience has demonstrated that students who are wiUing and capable
of adapting themselves to existing conditions are almost never without employ-
ment except in periods of severe industrial depression.
Supervision and Guidance
While the University does not adopt a paternal attitude toward co-operative
work, it nevertheless assumes certain responsibilities toward students and co-op-
erating firms. Co-ordinators visit regularly each job to which students in their
charge are assigned. They solicit from the employer an oral report upon the
student's progress and achievement. This supplements the card report sent to
the co-ordinator at the close of each work term. Any adjustments that may have
seemed necessary or advisable are arranged at this time. Progress on assign-
ments, schedules of training, advancement, and transfers to new responsibilities
are discussed and evaluated.
Through a series of co-operative work reports prepared during their working
periods, students are led to analyze their jobs and to develop a thoughtful and
investigative attitude toward their working environment. A most important phase
of co-operative work is the opportunity aff"orded for guidance by the frank dis-
cussion of actual problems encountered on the job. The intimate contact between
co-ordinator and student is of great worth in helping the student to get the most
value from the co-operative work assignment. While the University endeavors
to provide every possible opportunity for its students, it expects them at the
same time to take the initiative and to assume the responsibility involved in their
individual development. To every student are available the counsel and guidance
THE COLLEGES 27
of the faculty, and every resource at its disposal. But the faculty does not coerce
students who are uninterested or unwilling to think for themselves.
The Co-operative Plan is thus designed specifically to provide actual working
opportunities which afford the students practical experience, give meaning to
their program of study, and train them in reliability, efficiency, and teamwork.
Location of Work
It is the policy of the University to assign students to co-operative work within
commuting distance of their homes. This is not always possible, however, and at
times it may be necessary for students to live away from home in order to obtain
satisfactory and desirable co-operative work assignments.
Types of Co-operative Work
In so far as possible students are placed at co-operative work in that general
field for which they express preference provided that aptitude, physical ability,
temperament, and other personal qualities appear to fit them for this field.
Usually students are placed first in those jobs of an organization where they may
learn the fundamental requirements of the business.
For example, the first year of a training program in a manufacturing establish-
ment might be as an operator of machines. This provides the opportunity to
acquire intimate knowledge of the equipment, methods, and operations of some
of the processing departments of raw materials and products in process of
manufacture. The second year might be as an expediter or on assignments with
the maintenance and installation department. Such work would require contact
with the several production and operating departments of the plant and would
provide the opportunity for a comprehensive and correlated study of all opera-
tions, plant layout, routing of raw, semi-processed, and finished materials —
in other words, a perspective view of the interrelationship of departments. By
this time, the student will have progressed to the academic stage where "appli-
cation" courses will be included in the program and the next year of co-operative
work might be devoted to testing, inspecting, methods analysis, or the like. The
last year would be devoted to initial training in that department for which the
student was aiming ultimately to qualify. Thus, in the course of a period of
four years of co-operative training, the student would have the opportunity to
acquire a substantial background in at least some of the functions of the factory
administration. This progressive type of training is ordinarily obtained in the
employ of one company. A change of company each year usually proves more
a change of environment than a progression of experiences.
All types of enterprises employ Northeastern co-operative students. The
limitation is determined by the interests and career objectives of the students
enrolled at the time. They include engineering firms, manufacturing companies,
public utilities, banks, railroads, insurance companies, wholesaling and retailing
outlets, hospitals, social agencies, publishers and advertising houses, libraries,
schools, development and research organizations, etc. Definite training schedules
have been established with several of the co-operating companies. The ultimate
objective of such schedules is absorption of the graduates into the permanent
employ of the company, although such absorption is based on merit rather than
guarantee.
28 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Admission Requirements
Applicants for admission to the Freshman Class must qualify by graduation
from an approved secondary school and must earn the recommendation of
their principal or guidance counselor for the particular program to which they
have applied. The most important single factor among the credentials submitted
to the Committee on Admissions is the candidate's record of achievement in
high school or preparatory school.
Application for Admission
A combined Application for Admission and School Record form may be
obtained by writing to the Director of Admissions, or may be secured at the time
of the admissions interview at the University. Directions for the proper use of
these forms are included on the blank. The Application for Admission should be
filled out in ink, properly signed, and forwarded with a non-returnable ten-dollar
fee to the Director of Admissions, Northeastern University, Boston 1 5, Massa-
chusetts. Checks should be made payable to Northeastern University.
Entrance Examinations
All candidates are required to write both the morning aptitude tests and the
afternoon achievement tests of the College Entrance Examination Board. All
applicants are required to write the English Composition achievement test. Two
other achievement tests which you write will be determined by the particular
college or program of studies to which you have applied. The following may be
referred to as a guide:
Engineering
Liberal Arts (Mathematics and Science) / Advanced Math.
Education (the Teaching of Math and Science) \ Physics or Chem.
Liberal Arts (Premedical, Predental, Biology, j Inter. Math, or
Premedical Technology, Psychology) 1 rh ' f
Liberal Arts (Non-science fields)
Business Administration Choice of two
Education (Elementary Education, Soc. Studies)
Applicants for admission should write the aptitude tests in December, Janu-
ary, or February. Normally, the achievement tests should be written in March.
In some instances, however, they may be written in May. The earlier achieve-
ment testing date is preferred except for those students who are candidates for
the second section of the Freshman Class which registers in November. You are
advised to discuss with your guidance counselor plans for completing the Col-
lege Entrance Examination Board testing requirement. There is a growing trend
among high schools to encourage tests in the junior year. These tests results
may be sent to the Admissions Committee for purposes of counseling and guid-
ance if the applicant so wishes.
For full testing information and an application form, candidates may make
arrangements through their schools or may write directly to this address:
College Entrance Examination Board
P. O. Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey
You should request the Board to send your scores on each set of examina-
tions to Northeastern University.
THE COLLEGES 29
College of Liberal Arts
The College of Liberal Arts offers three broad areas of study. Since the fresh-
man year program is different in each of these areas, entrance requirements also
vary.
All curricula:
Subject Units
English (4 years) 3
Foreign language (2 years) 2
Mathematics (at least 1 year) 1
Science (at least 1 year) 1
Other college preparatory subjects 4
Electives, not more than 4
15
The following curricula must include these mathematics and science units:
Biological science curricula (including Premcdical, Predental, Premedical
Technology, Biology)
Algebra, through quadratics, and
Plane Geometry 3 units
Biology or Chemistry 1 unit
Science curricula (Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics)
Algebra, through quadratics; Plane
Geometry and Trigonometry 3'/2 units
Physics 1 unit
College of Education
While secondary school students who complete a college preparatory program
are, in general, preferred, admission to the College of Education is open to
others as well. Important to the future teacher is high ability in the communica-
tion skills and adequate strength in the field of special interest. As important as
the pattern and quality of an applicant's preparation are the personal qualifica-
tions which contribute to success in teaching.
All applicants are expected to have completed the following subject matter
units:
Subject Units
English (4 years) 3
Mathematics (at least I year) 1
Science (at least 1 year) 1
Other college preparatory subjects 6
Electives, not more than 4
15
Students who wish to major in the teaching of mathematics and science must
be able to present these mathematics and science units:
Algebra, through quadratics; Plane
Geometry and Trigonometry "iVi units
Physics 1 unit
30 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
College of Business Administration
Preferred as applicants to the College of Business Administration are those
students who are graduates of college preparatory programs of study. Other
applicants may be admitted on the recommendation of their principals and
guidance officers. The following subjects are, generally, prescribed as entrance
requirements:
Subject Units
English (4 years) 3
Mathematics 1
Science 1
College preparatory subjects 6
Electives 4
15
College of Engineering
It is important that applicants for admission to the College of Engineering
complete successfully the full sequence of secondary school courses in English,
Mathematics, and Science. The following subjects are required:
Subject Units
English (4 years) 3
Physics 1
Algebra (through quadratics) 2
Plane Geometry and Trigonometry IVi
Other college preparatory subjects 5Vi
Electives 2
15
Other Requirements
Formal requirements are necessary and desirable in that they tend to pro-
vide all entering students with a common ground upon which the first year of
the college curriculum can be based. But academic credits alone are not an
adequate indication of a student's ability to profit by a college education. Conse-
quently, the Department of Admissions takes into consideration a student's
interests and aptitudes in so far as they can be determined, capacity for hard
work, attitude toward classmates and teachers in high school, physical stamina
and, most important of all, character. In this way the University seeks to select
for its student body those who not only meet the academic admission require-
ments but who also give promise of acquitting themselves creditably in the
rigorous program of training afforded by the Co-operative Plan and of becoming
useful members of society.
Personal Interview
Effective guidance depends in large measure upon a complete knowledge of
a student's background and problems. Although a personal interview is not
required, except for scholarship applicants and those who apply for admission
to the College of Education, applicants are cordially welcome to come to the
University to discuss their educational plans. The Admissions Office, 150
Richards Hall, is open on Monday through Friday from 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
and on Saturday morning by appointment. Appointments for weekday inter-
views are made upon request.
THE COLLEGES 31
Registration
Freshmen will register at the University on Wednesday, September 7, 1960,
and Wednesday, November 16, 1960. Students are not considered to have met
the requirements for admission until they have successfully passed the required
physical examination. Registration must be in person.
Transfer or Advanced Standing
As a basic policy, students who wish to transfer to Northeastern in the same
area of study, whether they seek credit or not, must have completed a satisfactory
record in the institution in which they previously studied. Transfer students are
admitted only in September or in November.
The Co-operative Plan makes transfer of credits dithcuit, since it is impossible
to carry a combination schedule of freshman and upperclass subjects. A candi-
date for advanced standing should, therefore,
1. Have had courses which enable him to enter at the beginning of a year
and thereafter continue as a regular student.
2. Have earned average grades or better in his previous college work. (No
credit is given for the lowest passing mark.)
3. Have satisfactorily written recently the College Board examinations.
Persons who already have a bachelor's degree, regardless of their field of spe-
cialization, are not ordinarily accepted for admission as undergraduates.
Outline of Freshman Courses
The first year is a period of full-time study during which the student must
demonstrate fitness for the program which has been elected. For students enrolled
in the Colleges of Liberal Arts, Education, Business Administration, or Engineer-
ing, the Co-operative Plan of training on the job begins with the second year.
Students who are unsuccessful in the basic courses of the freshman year will not
be permitted to continue with their advanced program, but will be advised to
change their goal and type of training. In some instances this will mean change
to another curriculum at Northeastern; in others, withdrawal from the institution.
The freshman courses are so arranged as to permit change of objective during or at
(he end of the first year with a minimum loss of time.
32 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
College Expenses
Tuition and Fees
Freshmen — The charge for tuition for all freshmen is $250.00 per term, pay-
able as indicated in the schedule below.
Engineering Upperclass Students — The charge for tuition for all Engineering
upperclassmen is $340.00 per regular term and $170.00 per summer term.
Liberal Arts, Education, and Business Administration Upperclass Students —
The charge for tuition for all Liberal Arts, Education, and Business Administra-
tion upperclassmen is $300.00 per regular term and $150.00 per summer term.
Student Teaching — The charge for student teaching in the College of Education
is $150.00.
Schedule of Tuition and Fee Payments, i^60-icf6i
For Freshmen
Tuition and
DIVISION S Fee DIVISION N
September 7, 1960 $250 November 16, 1960
November 21, 1960 250 January 30, 1961
January 30, 1961 250 April 10, 1961
The first term of the sophomore year, a five-week summer term, may be taken by Division S
freshmen either in April immediately following the freshman year or in August, and by
Division N freshmen either in June or August. Payments are due on the first day of the
term in which the work is taken. Payment for tuition in this five- week term is one-half of Upper-
class tuition for ten- week term.
For Upperclassmen (Co-operative Plan)
Tuition and Fee
Liberal Arts,
Tuition and Fee Education and
DIVISION A Engineering Business Admin.
September 12, 1960 $340 $300
January 30, 1961 340 300
♦August 7, 1961 170 150
DIVISION B
November 21, 1960 $340 S300
April 10,1961 340 300
*June 19,1961 170 150
♦Summer term (five weeks).
Full-Time Plan
Certain students in the Colleges of Liberal Arts and Education may elect non-
co-operative full-time programs. Tuition rates are the same as for students on the
Co-operative Plan, and payments are due on the corresponding dates.
THE COLLEGES 33
Tuition Deposit
Applicants accepted for admission must upon request pay a nonreturnable
tuition deposit of lifty dollars (S50.00) as evidence of their intention to enroll,
and this will be applied on their first tuition payment.
Payment of Tuition
All payments should be made at the Bursar's Office which is located on the
second floor of Richards Hall. Checks should be made payable to Northeastern
University. Students are not eligible to attend classes beginning with the second
week of any term unless their tuition has been paid or specific arrangements have
been made with the Registrar for a plan of deferred payment. Deferred payment
of tuition entails a fee of two dollars.
Accident and Sickness Insurance
An excellent low cost accident and illness insurance covering "in-hospital"
care is available to all Northeastern University students through a group insur-
ance plan. The cost of this insurance is SI 8.00 for the calendar year, payable in
advance. Students living away from home are required to participate in the plan;
commuters may do so if they wish. Circulars giving details of the insurance
coverage will be sent to all candidates at the time their applications for admission
to the University are accepted.
Chemical Laboratory Deposit
Freshmen taking chemistry make a Chemical Laboratory deposit of fifteen
dollars (SI 5.00) at the beginning of the year from which deductions are made
for breakage, chemicals, and destruction of apparatus in the laboratory.
Upperclassmen taking chemistry or chemical engineering laboratory work
make deposits at the beginning of each such term as follows:
Sophomores and Middlers SI 0.00
Juniors 20.00
Seniors 1 5.00
Reserve Officers' Training Corps — Uniform Deposit
Freshmen enrolling in ROTC make a deposit of ten dollars to cover loss of
or damage to ROTC uniform and equipment. Any loss or damage exceeding the
deposit will be charged to the student.
Application Fee
A fee of ten dollars (SI 0.00) is required when the application for admission is
filed. This fee is nonreturnable.
hate Registration Tee
A fee of S5.00 will be charged for failure to register in accordance with pre-
scribed regulations on the dates specified in the college registration bulletins.
Registration must be made in person.
34 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Graduation Fee
A fee of twenty dollars ($20.00) covering graduation is required by the Uni-
versity of all candidates for a degree. This fee must be paid before the end of the
fifth week of the last scholastic term in the senior year.
Estimated College Expenses for a Freshman
The following data, compiled from expense returns submitted by the student
body, give an idea of freshman expenditures under ordinary conditions:
Application Fee $ 10.00
Tuition and Fees 750.00
Chemical Laboratory Deposit 15.00
Books and Supplies 60.00
Accident and Sickness Insurance (optional for commuters) 18.00
ROTC Deposit (for those electing ROTC only) 10.00
$863.00
{Engineering students should add approximately $50.00 for drawing instruments
and equipment.)
Living Expenses Per Ten Week Term for a Freshman
Residing in a University Dormitory
Room Rent
,^ . $240.00
and Board
Students should allow an additional amount for clothing, incidentals and
personal expenses. This amount will vary with individual tastes and spending
habits.
Refunds
The University provides all instruction and accommodations on an academic
term basis; therefore, no refunds are granted except in cases where students are
compelled to withdraw on account of personal illness or other reasons beyond their
control. A student must complete an official withdrawal application before
being considered for refund. Questions regarding refunds should be discussed
with the Dean of Students.
Financial Aid
Scholarships and Awards for Freshmen
Applicants who are interested in freshman scholarships are required to submit
the Parents' Confidential Statement in support of their application for scholar-
ship aid. This College Scholarship form is distributed by the secondary schools.
It should be filled out by the parents or guardian of the applicant and mailed
to the College Scholarship Service, Box 176, Princeton, New Jersey, not later
THE COLLEGES 35
than February 15 of the current year. Scholarship applicants are expected to
write the College Board Aptitude Tests in December or January and the Achieve-
ment Tests in March.
Trustee Scholarships
Established in 1928 by the Board of Trustees of Northeastern University. Each
year the University grants in the four Day Colleges full and partial tuition
scholarships to entering freshmen who have demonstrated throughout their
preparatory or high school course superior scholastic attainment. For additional
information relative to these scholarships, communicate with the Director of
Admissions.
Regional Scholarships
Secondary school students who reside outside the normal commuting distance
to Northeastern University, who have demonstrated superior achievement in
their studies, and who are strongly endorsed by their principals and guidance
officers, may qualify for a Regional Scholarship. Scholarships range in amount
from $700 to $1200. Recipients are required to live in University sponsored
residence halls. Interested students should request complete information and
application forms from the Department of Admissions.
Scholarships for Women
In addition to the Trustee awards, certain special scholarships for young
women entering the freshman classes are made available each year. These
scholarships are awarded to well-qualified young women who expect to enter the
Colleges of Liberal Arts, Education, Business Administration, and Engineering.
High scholastic standing, evidence of leadership ability, and financial need are
important considerations.
The Northeastern Faculty Wives Scholarship — each year the Faculty Wives
Club of Northeastern University offers a half-tuition scholarship to a young
woman of limited financial resources who has demonstrated a likelihood of suc-
ceeding in her chosen professional field.
Charles Hayden Memorial Scholarships
The Charles Hayden Foundation, created by the will of the late Charles
Hayden, an alumnus of the Boston English High School, off"ers annually memo-
rial scholarships to freshmen at Northeastern University. The scholarships are
awarded to "deserving boys" whose parents are unable to finance the entire cost
of their education. Full particulars concerning these scholarships may be obtained
from the Director of Admissions of Northeastern University.
General Motors Scholarships
General Motors has a vital interest in higher education in America. Under
its "College Plan" one four-year, full-time scholarship is granted to a high school
senior of high ability who has been admitted to one of Northeastern's Day Col-
leges. Under its "National Plan" high school seniors of exceptional promise who
contemplate entering Northeastern are eligible to write the competitive examina-
tion of the Educational Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey. Winners are
awarded four-year scholarships for study in the fields of their choice. Full par-
36 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
ticulars concerning these scholarships may be obtained from your high school
guidance counselor or by writing to the Northeastern University Director of
Admissions.
Henry B. Alvord Memorial Scholarship in Civil Engineering
Established in 1940 in memory of the late Henry B. Alvord, Professor of Civil
Engineering and Chairman of the Department for eighteen years. The award
is made annually to a student graduating from an accredited secondary school
who has demonstrated superior academic ability and gives promise of succeeding
in civil engineering. The grant of two hundred and fifty dollars is made only to
an entering freshman who is qualified for and plans to study civil engineering.
The M.K.M. Scholarships
Established in 1953. The M.K.M. Knitting Mills, Incorporated, Manchester,
New Hampshire, offers annually two scholarships in the amount of $250.00 each
to employees of the Company, to sons and daughters of employees, and to high
school seniors residing in Hillsboro County, New Hampshire. Scholarship re-
cipients will be expected to complete at least three work periods with M.K.M.
Knitting Mills, Inc., or one of its subsidiaries. The purpose of these scholarships
is to provide an opportunity for qualified students to further their education in
the fields of Mechanical Engineering or Business Administration, and to help
prepare these students for supervisory and executive positions in the knitting
industry.
The Sheffield Corporation Scholarships
Established in 1953. The Sheffield Corporation of Dayton, Ohio, offers an-
nually a number of Northeastern University scholarships to employees of the
Company and its subsidiaries, sons and daughters of employees, and high school
seniors residing in Franklin County, Massachusetts. Each scholarship is in the
amount of $1,200.00. Recipients are expected to complete at least three work
periods with the Threadwell Tap and Die Company in Greenfield, Massachu-
setts. The purpose of the SheflSeld Scholarship Plan is to provide an opportunity
for young men and women to further their education in the fields of Mechanical
and Industrial Engineering and to train them for positions in the precision tool
and gauge manufacturing industry.
National Defense Act Student Loans
National Defense Act Student Loan Funds are now available to qualified
incoming freshmen. Applicants are required to show evidence of financial need
and must follow the usual procedure of submitting the Parents' Confidential
Statement to the College Scholarship Service, Princeton, New Jersey. High
School seniors may receive full information from their guidance counselors.
Scholarships, Prizes, and Awards for Upperclassfnen
Students in classes above the freshman year may apply for financial aid to
the Director of Financial Aid for Students. All scholarship applicants are re-
quired to give evidence of financial need.
Prizes and awards are determined by appropriate committees usually headed
by the Dean of Students. Financial need is not a requirement, and students do
not apply for prizes and awards.
THE COLLEGES 37
President' s Awards
Established in 1929. Annually in each division at the Dean's List Dinners four
scholarships of one hundred dollars each, known as the President's Awards, are
presented to the students with the outstanding records in the sophomore,
middler, junior and senior classes. The scholarships are accompanied by a
congratulatory letter from the President.
Sears B. Condit Hojtor Awards
Established in 1940 through the generosity of Sears B. Condit. In the fall of
the year at a University convocation Sears B. Condit Honor Awards, not less
than twenty in number, are awarded annually to outstanding students in the
upper three classes of the College of Liberal Arts, the College of Education, the
College of Business Administration, and the College of Engineering. Each award
carries a stipend of not less than one hundred dollars as well as a certificate of
achievement.
Tau Beta Pi Award
Massachusetts Epsilon Chapter of Tau Beta Pi Association, national honorary
society in engineering, offers annually a scholarship of one hundred dollars to
the sophomore in the College of Engineering who, during the previous year as a
freshman, made the highest scholastic record.
The Sigma Society Award
The Sigma Society, the honorary society of the College of Business Adminis-
tration, offers annually a scholarship of one hundred dollars to the sophomore
in the College of Business Administration who, during the previous year as a
freshman, made the highest scholastic record.
The Academy Award
The Academy, the honor society of the College of Liberal Arts, offers annually
a scholarship of one hundred dollars to the sophomore in the College of Liberal
Arts who, during the previous year as a freshman, made the highest scholastic
record.
Woman oj the Year Award
The Omega Sigma Society sponsors annually a scholarship of one hundred
dollars to the senior woman student who, by high scholastic attainment and by
demonstration of the quality of leadership, has proven herself the outstanding
woman student of the year.
Alumni Awards for Professional Promise
Established in 1947 by the Alumni Association of the Day Colleges. These
awards are presented annually at the University convocation sponsored by the
Alumni of the Day Colleges. The awards are made to the outstanding seniors
in each of the four Day Colleges who have demonstrated unusual professional
promise through their character traits, scholastic achievement, and co-operative
work performance.
38 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
ROTC Scholarships and Awards
Scholarship awards totaling $975 are available to ROTC cadets each year.
The University offers nine $50 scholarships annually. They are: one to the out-
standing freshman cadet, four to sophomores (one in each branch and division),
two to middlers (one to each branch), and two to juniors (one to each branch).
Scabbard and Blade (the cadet officers' honorary society) offers four $125 scholar-
ships annually to middlers. The Pershing Rifles (the basic course honorary society)
offers a $50 scholarship to a sophomore Pershing Rifles cadet.
Academic Achievement Awards are won by each cadet in the top ten per cent
of ROTC classes. This award, an embroidered wreath, is worn on the right sleeve
of the uniform during the year immediately following. Leadership Achievement
Awards, consisting of letters of commendation, are awarded to each cadet in
the top ten per cent in leadership potential.
Many medals and trophies are also awarded by other organizations to ROTC
cadets for achievement in diverse fields.
Boston Society of Civil Engineers Scholarship in Memory
of Desmond FitzGerald
Established in 1931 by the Boston Society of Civil Engineers in memory of
Desmond FitzGerald, a former president of the Society and an eminent hydraulic
engineer with a distinguished record of service. It has been awarded annually
since 1931 to an outstanding Northeastern University senior or junior student
in the Department of Civil Engineering of the College of Engineering. The presen-
tation is made by the President of the Boston Society of Civil Engineers at a
College of Engineering convocation in the spring of the year.
William J. Alcott Memorial Award
Established in 1934 by members of the faculty and other friends to perpetuate
the memory of William Jefferson Alcott, Jr., a brilliant member of the Depart-
ment of Mathematics in Northeastern University from 1924 until his death in
1933. The award is made annually from the income of the fund for outstanding
scholastic achievement during the preceding year, either in a particular field of
interest or for a superior academic record.
William Lincoln Smith Scholarship Fund
Established in 1947 by Farnham Wheeler Smith, Class of 1924, Benjamin
Lincoln Smith, Class of 1923, Thomas HoUis, Jr., Class of 1941, and other
members of the family in honor of Dr. William Lincoln Smith who served long,
faithfully, and with distinction as chairman of the Department of Electrical
Engineering at Northeastern University. The income from the fund is to be used
for an annual scholarship award to a student enrolled in the Department of
Electrical Engineering who has demonstrated excellence in some aspect of elec-
trical research or who stands high in his courses or who otherwise exhibits promise
of future competence in the field. The award shall preferably be granted to a
student who needs financial assistance to continue his college work.
THE COLLEGES 39
Clara and Joseph F. Ford Scholarship
Established in 1947 by friends and employees of Clara and Joseph F. Ford
to provide tuition scholarships for worthy, needy, and well-qualified students
who have demonstrated a democratic and tolerant spirit and who are well dis-
posed toward people of all creeds and races.
The Henry Francis Barrows Scholarships
EstabHshed in 1949, the Henry Francis Barrows Scholarships at Northeastern
University, provided under the will of Fanny B. Reed, offer Protestant young
men, born and brought up in New England, four scholarships of S250.00 each.
Good scholastic standing, good character, and need must be demonstrated by
recipients of the scholarships.
Blonder-Tongue Foundation Scholarship Award
Established in 1957. The Blonder-Tongue Foundation, supported by Blonder-
Tongue Laboratories, Incorporated, has established an annual scholarship of
$250.00. This scholarship will be awarded to a junior or senior student in recog-
nition of high scholastic attainment and demonstration of outstanding potential
in the field of electronics. The character and financial need of the student shall
be considered in determining the recipient each year. Other factors being equal,
preference shall be given to a member of the senior class. This scholarship award
will be made during the latter half of the academic year by the Dean of Students
with the advice and counsel of the Department of Electrical Engineering.
Roland Guyer Porter Memorial Fund
This fund was established in 1953 by colleagues and friends of the late Pro-
fessor Roland G. Porter, for many years Head of the Department of Electrical
Engineering. Interest on the fund provides an annual award to a student in the
Department of Electrical Engineering who best exemplifies the qualities of mind
and character which Professor Porter did so much to develop in his lifetime.
The Mr. and Mrs. Emil Mattheiv Bauer Fund
Established in 1954. The interest of the fund is to be used for granting scholar-
ships or other financial assistance to students of German birth or of German
extraction for studies at Northeastern University. The scholarships are avail-
able to either men or women students enrolled in any year of the University.
Westinghouse Achievement Scholarship
in Electrical Engifieering
Established in 1954. This annual scholarship of S500.00 per year is to be
awarded to a junior in Electrical Engineering on the basis of high achievement
in his academic work and demonstrated qualities of leadership. The recipient will
40 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
be selected by a committee of the faculty. The scholarship is paid in two install-
ments of $250.00 at the beginning of the first and second semester of the stu-
dent's senior year.
The Harold D. Hodgkinson Achievement Aivard
EstabUshed in 1954. The Harold D. Hodgkinson Achievement Award of
$400.00 is granted annually to a junior student for his senior year. The winner
of the award is known as the Hodgkinson Scholar for the year in which he is
chosen. The award is based primarily upon distinguished scholastic achievement
with due consideration of character, personality, qualities of leadership, co-opera-
tive work experience, military record, if any, and service in voluntary organiza-
tions and activities. Student leadership accomplishments and professional
potential are evaluated in connection with these criteria. Other qualifications
being equal, a relative of the donor or a candidate connected with Filene's by
co-operative work or relationship is given preference. The Hodgkinson Scholar
is chosen by a committee of administrative , members of the faculty. An ap-
propriate certificate is presented to the recipient as a permanent record of his
selection.
Columbian National Life Insurance Company Scholarship
Established in 1 956 by the Columbian National Life Insurance Company as an
incentive for students majoring in the field of mathematics who are interested in
the possibility of a career in the actuarial field. This scholarship, of up to $500.00,
will be given annually to an outstanding young man or woman who will be judged
on scholastic achievement, leadership potential, financial need, as well as career
objective. The amount of the grant will be determined by the Committee on
Scholarships of the University.
Avrom Aaron Leve Memorial Scholarship
Established in 1957 in memory of Dr. Avrom Aaron Leve, former Assistant
Professor of Psychology. The interest of the fund will be used annually to provide
scholarships to be awarded to upperclass students majoring in the field of psy-
chology. The award will be made on the basis of academic achievement, financial
need, and character.
United States Rubber Company Foundation Scholarships
The United States Rubber Company Foundation has established scholarships
to be awarded to students in the Colleges of Engineering, Business Administra-
tion, and Liberal Arts who qualify on the basis of academic performance and
potential, need for financial assistance, demonstration of interest for a career in
industry, and leadership and character. Recipients assume a moral obligation to
repay at least 25% of any scholarships received to the University Scholarship
Fund after graduation. Students must have completed at least two years of their
undergraduate program. Further information regarding these scholarships may
be obtained from the Dean of Students Office.
THE COLLEGES 41
Gardner A. Caverly Scholarship Fund
Established in 1957. Qualified students will be selected in the following order
of preference:
1 . Son or daughter must be an employee of the Rutland (Vermont) Rail-
way Corporation.
2. A graduate of Rutland, Vermont High School.
3. A graduate of the Laconia, N. H. High School.
4. A graduate of any high school in New England.
Frank B. Sanborn Scholarship Fund
Established in 1958. The Frank B. Sanborn Scholarship Fund was established
to provide a scholarship or scholarships of not more than S500.00, to worthy
and needy students, as selected by the University, without restrictions as to
race, creed, or geographic origin, but with preference to students in the following
order: Electrical, Mechanical, Civil, and Industrial Engineering.
Each recipient must be willing to assume a moral obligation to reimburse the
fund as he may be able to, in order to make similar financial aid available for
other students in later years. There shall be no interest charged nor time specified
for reimbursement.
J. M. Rosen Scholarship
Established in 1958. A scholarship of S400.00 to be granted to a student or
students in the Colleges of Engineering, Business Administration, Liberal Arts,
or Education, with due regard for need and capacity to profit by attendance at
college but without restrictions as to race, creed, or geographic origin.
Electrical Manufacturers Kepresentatives Club
of New England Inc., Scholarship
Established in 1958. A scholarship of S475.00 to be granted to a student or
students majoring in electrical engineering, without regard to race, creed, or color.
To qualify, students must have real financial need and excellent scholastic
standing.
Ruth E. Phalen Memorial Award Fund
Established in 1959 by Thomas E. Phalen, Jr., a member of the faculty, in
memory of his wife. The income of this fund will be used yearly as a cash award
to a senior, junior, or middler, preferably in the College of Engineering, who
maintains at least a 2.0 academic average, shows outstanding ability in one or
more varsity sports, and demonstrates excellent campus citizenship.
Harold A. Mock Award
Established in 1959 by Harold A. Mock, a distinguished alumnus of the
University. An annual award of S200.00 will be made to an outstanding member
of the junior class in the College of Business Administration. The Committee
on scholarships will choose the recipient on the basis of high academic standing
and co-operative work achievement, participation in University extracurricular
activities, personality and character.
42 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
The New England Paper Merchants, Inc., Scholarship
Established in 1959 by the New England Paper Merchants Association, Inc.
An annual scholarship of $150 to be awarded to a student in the College of Busi-
ness Administration for his junior or senior year, who has demonstrated by his
Co-operative Work achievement and his extracurricular activities an interest
and potential in the field of sales. The recipient shall also be a student who has
financial need, a substantial academic record, and high character.
Loan Funds
Student Loan Fund
The University has established a revolving loan fund to assist students who are
faced with unexpected financial problems in meeting their tuition payments.
Loans to meet tuition and to be repaid after graduation may be arranged when
unforeseen emergencies arise. Further information may be obtained from the
Director of Financial Aid for Students in the Dean of Students Office.
Jewish Vocational Aid Society
The Jewish Vocational Aid Society has estabhshed a $1,000.00 revolving
scholarship loan fund for Northeastern University to assist deserving and needy
students. This fund is to be used for both men and women, regardless of creed or
racial origin, residing in the Greater Boston area and for vocational study.
Loans are not to exceed $300.00 in any one school year. Recipients will be re-
quired to sign notes to repay, after graduation, amounts granted without interest.
Applications must be made directly to the Society.
National Defense Student Loan Program
Any student in good standing who can demonstrate financial need is eligible
to apply to the Director of Financial Aid for Students for assistance under this
program. Special consideration will be given to superior students in Education,
Engineering, and in Liberal Arts for Science, Mathematics, and Foreign Lan-
guage majors. Loans to borrowers who teach in elementary and secondary
schools after graduation will be canceled up to a maximum of 50 per cent at the
rate of 10 per cent for each year of such teaching. No interest is charged on loans
until one year after graduation; after that 3 per cent is charged. Borrowers may
have up to 10 years to repay.
Higher Education Loan Plan (HELP)
The Massachusetts Higher Education Assistance Corporation was chartered
in 1956 by the Massachusetts legislature to aid young men and women of Massa-
chusetts to complete their programs of higher education. Students who are domi-
ciled in Massachusetts and who have satisfactorily completed the freshman year
are eligible for HELP loans. Ordinarily, HELP loans will be limited to $500.00
in any one academic year, with an overall limitation of $1500.00. Further infor-
mation and application blanks may be obtained from any commercial bank in
Massachusetts.
Further information and applications pertaining to scholarships listed above
may be obtained from Dean of Students Office in Richards Hall.
THE COLLEGES 43
Student Activities
Northeastern University regards student activities as an integral part of its
educational program. One of the main departments of the University, the Student
Activities Department is charged with the responsibility of co-ordinating the
various types of activities and of administering the social, musical, literary,
and athletic organizations in such a way as to enable each to contribute in a
wholesome, worthwhile manner to student life at Northeastern. Every student is
encouraged to participate in such activities as may appeal to him.
Members of the faculty also are interested in extracurricular activities. A
faculty adviser is appointed for each student organization. His function is to
encourage the students in the development of their programs, and to give them
the benefit of his experience and mature point of view in integrating these pro-
grams with other important phases of college life.
One of the outstanding contributions of the Co-operative Plan in the field of
higher education has been its capacity to develop in students those powers of
social understanding that are so essential to success in professional life. At
Northeastern the program of student activities is made to contribute to this end
in a very real way. It is a conscious aim of the student activities advisers to de-
velop among their advisees those quahties of personality and character which will
enhance their usefulness as future professional men and citizens. Students have
splendid opportunities to develop administrative and executive ability as leaders
of undergraduate organizations. No academic credit is awarded for any student
activity. This has been no deterrent, however, to student participation in extra-
curricular activities, for a substantial majority of the undergraduate body par-
ticipates annually in one or more forms of student activity.
Athletics
The University maintains both varsity and freshman teams in baseball, basket-
ball, cross-country, football, hockey, and track. Games and meets are arranged
with many eastern colleges. A well-rounded program of intramural sports is
available for men students and a program of intramural sports and dance is
offered to women students. The girls also play basketball with girls from other
colleges in the Boston area.
Athletic policies for the University are determined by the Faculty Committee
on Student Activities. This committee determines the eligibility of students
to participate in athletics, approves the various sports schedules, and approves
awards of letters and numerals to qualified athletes.
Honor Societies
Six honorary societies are chartered in the colleges:
Tau Beta Pi, in the College of Engineering (Massachusetts Epsilon Chapter).
Eta Kappa Nu, in the Department of Electrical Engineering (Gamma Beta
Chapter).
Pi Tau Sigma, in the Department of Mechanical Engineering (Northeastern
Tau Kappa Chapter).
Phi Alpha Theta, in the College of Liberal Arts, History Department (North-
eastern Zeta Tau Chapter).
44 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
The Sigma Society, in the College of Business Administration.
The Academy, in the College of Liberal Arts.
Election to the college honorary societies is based primarily upon scholarship
but, before a man or woman is privileged to wear the honorary society insignia,
there must be evidence of an integrity of character and an interest in the extra-
curricular life of the University as well as an acceptable personality. The socie-
ties have memberships consisting of the outstanding men and women in the col-
leges. Election to an honorary society is the highest honor that can be conferred
upon an undergraduate.
Publications
'''The News" — -A college newspaper, the Northeastern News, is published each
week throughout the college year by a staff selected from the student body. The
copy is prepared, edited, and published by the students themselves with the
counsel of a faculty adviser. Opportunity is afforded for the students to express
their opinions on subjects relating to study, co-operative work, social events, or
topics of the day. Positions on the News staff and promotions are attained by
competitive work. The paper is in part supported by advertising, both national
and local, and in part by a portion of the student activities fees. The Northeastern
News is a member of the Eastern Intercollegiate Newspaper Association and
sends one of its editors to the annual convention of this association each year.
Copies of the News are mailed to upperclassmen when they are at co-operative
work and to freshmen after the close of their college year.
"The NUWriter'' — A literary magazine whose editors select for publication the
best examples of creative writing submitted by the student body.
""The Cauldron'' — The combined senior class publishes annually a college year-
book. The Cauldron. It is distributed without charge to the seniors and contains
a complete review of the college year with class histories, pictures of all seniors,
of the faculty, and of undergraduate groups, as well as a miscellany of snapshots
and drawings contributed by students.
Student Council
Student government of the Colleges at Northeastern University is vested
in the Student Council, composed of elected representatives from the various
classes. The Council is the authority on all matters relating to student policies
not definitely connected with classroom procedure. It has jurisdiction, subject
to faculty approval, over all such matters as customs, privileges, and campus
regulations.
Student Union
The purpose of the Northeastern Student Union is to deepen the spiritual lives
of Northeastern men and women through the building of character, to create and
promote a strong and effective Northeastern University spirit in and through a
unified student body, to promote sociability, and to emphasize certain ethical,
social, civic, intellectual, and avocational values.
All students are encouraged to participate in the activities of the Union, no
matter what their religious faith, as the work of the Union is entirely nonsectarian.
The Chapel Committee assists the Dean of Chapel and Director of Music in
conducting the voluntary and interfaith services held on Wednesdays from
THE COLLEGES 45
8:20 A.M. to 8:45 a.m. in the Bacon Memorial Chapel. This committee also has
charge of special chapel programs at the Christmas and Easter seasons.
Professional Societies and Clubs
To assist in the promotion of social, cultural, and intellectual advancement
through informal channels, many professional societies and clubs are sponsored.
The following partial list is given to indicate the variety of opportunities available:
Accounting Society — All students interested in accounting are invited to become
members of this club. Problems involving accounting are presented and dis-
cussed at club meetings. Upperclassmen present problems arising out of thesis
or co-operative work experience, and able practitioners from the professional
world are invited to present papers and lead the student discussions.
Advertising Society — Affiliated with the Junior Advertising Club of Boston and
with the National Industrial Advertisers' Association through the Technical
Advertising Association of Boston, this Student Chapter is committed to the
development of professional associations and interests among, its members.
American Finance Association (N.U. Student Chapter) — The purpose of this
society is to increase knowledge of the investment field by providing opportu-
nities for discussions and by arranging for supplementary talks by outstanding
personalities in the professional world of finance. All interested students arc
welcome at the meetings, which are held regularly during each ten-week term.
The Armed Forces Communications and Electronics Association (AFCEA) —
This is a national professional society composed of the leaders of industry and
of the departments o[ the Armed Forces concerned with communications, elec-
tronics, and pliotography. It is sponsored by the Signal Corps Branch of ROTC.
Membership is open to any student who is interested in communications, elec-
tronics, and photography. They take many field trips and have prominent
speakers at regular meetings.
Art Club — The Art Club is open to all Northeastern students interested in
sketching or painting. Weekly meetings are organized to pro\ide instruction
and guidance in pencil and charcoal sketching, water coloring, and oil painting.
The regular program includes several field trips for practice in sketching or
painting seascapes and landscapes. Several exhibitions of the work of members
are held during the year.
Auto Club — The Auto Club runs special programs for sports car and antique
auto enthusiasts.
Biology Club — The Biology Club (Nu-Beta) serves to stimulate interest in the
biological sciences by presentations of motion picture films, lecturers, and field
trips. Membership is open to all students without restriction.
Camera Club — The Camera Club welcomes all men and women interested in
photography. Weekly discussions and special evening lectures by guest artists
are part of the yearly program. Field trips, monthly photo contests, and a general
exhibition add to the interest and progressive work of this organization.
Chemistry Society — The Chemistry Society is a student affiliate chapter of the
American Chemical Society. Membership is open to upperclassmen majoring
in chemistry or chemical engineering. Meetings are held twice during each term,
at which times talks and motion pictures are given on various chemical subjects.
46 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Chess Club — The Chess Club gives both beginners and experts an opportunity
to enjoy the game. Yearly tournaments are held among the members and from
time to time the Club engages in intercollegiate competition.
Debating Society — The purpose of the Debating Society is "to foster and pro-
mote an interest and facility in formal argumentation; to develop an impartial,
unbiased, and intellectual consideration of questions and issues of current in-
terest; and to sponsor intercollegiate relationships and competition in the debat-
ing field." Membership is open to all students of the colleges.
Dramatic Club — The Silver Masque affords an opportunity for those students
interested in dramatics to participate in the production of several pieces in the
course of the college year. Qualification for the cast and for positions on the
business staff" is through competition under the direction of the faculty adviser.
Student N. E. A. — A professional association for college students actively pre-
paring to teach. Its aim is to provide experiences which help develop professional
awareness and competency and assist in guiding students into proper areas of
specialization.
Engineering Societies, National — Students in the several professional curricula
of the College of Engineering operate Northeastern University Sections of the
appropriate national professional societies. Chief among these are the following:
American Society of Civil Engineers
Boston Society of Civil Engineers
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
American Institute of Electrical Engineers
American Institute of Chemical Engineers
American Institute of Industrial Engineers
Society of Women Engineers
Members of the engineering faculty who hold membership in the parent or-
ganizations serve as advisers to these student groups. Meetings are held regularly
and practicing engineers are invited to address the sections. Occasionally appro-
priate motion pictures are shown or the group visits some current engineering
project in the vicinity of Boston. The College of Engineering encourages these
student sections of the technical societies in the belief that they provide a whole-
some medium for social intercourse as well as a worthwhile introduction to pro-
fessional life.
Husky Key — This organization for the promotion of school spirit provides
special services at athletic events and for visiting teams and other groups.
Hus-Skiers — The purpose of the Hus-Skiers is to hold an integrated program
of ski activity, including weekend outings during the winter season. A tourna-
ment and carnival are held near the close of the season in which all members
are eligible to take part. The club holds charter membership in the New Eng-
land Intercollegiate Ski Conference. Skiing is recognized as a minor sport.
International Relations Club — The International Relations Club was founded
for the purpose of studying and discussing those current national and inter-
national events and issues which vitally concern our American life and institu-
tions. The club maintains contacts with similar organizations in other colleges.
THE COLLEGES 47
Jazz Society — This group is primarily interested in contemporary American
music and sponsors festivals, small "live" concerts, speakers, and recent re-
cordings.
Marketing Association — Students in the College of Business Administration
maintain a student chapter of the American Marketing Association for the purpose
of enhancing the professional development of its members. Meetings are held
each ten-week period at which executives from Greater Boston firms discuss
current issues in the field.
Mathematics Club — The Mathematics Club encourages the study of topics
of mathematical interest which are either outside or beyond the scope of the
regular mathematics courses.
Military Affiliated Radio System (MARS) — This activity, known as MARS,
is a world-wide organization of amateur radio operators, sponsored by the U. S.
Army Signal Corps. It operates station AAIWAS at Northeastern University.
Membership is open to all "ham" operators who have or desire to obtain ama-
teur licenses. It co-operates with the Radio Club.
ROTC Flight Training Program — ROTC Flight Training is offered to physically
qualified, specially selected cadets enrolled in MS IV. Cadets are given training
in the basic principles of "contact flying" and successful completion of the pro-
gram leads to a Civil Aeronautics Administration private pilot's certificate.
Musical Clubs — The Department of Student Activities sponsors musical clubs,
such as the following: concert orchestra, band, chorus, and dance orchestra,
for which all students with musical ability are eligible. Membership in the various
musical clubs is attained by competitive effort.
Women's Societies — The social activities for women are centered in two so-
cieties. Omega Sigma and Gamma Delta. Each society has its own program of
banquets, teas, informal parties, general meetings, and social service projects.
The societies co-sponsor activities such as a mid-winter dance. One of the primary
objectives of the societies is to offer the women students at Northeastern Uni-
versity opportunity for closer friendship, for spirited participation in whole-
some activity, and for leadership development.
Pershing Rifles — This is an honorary society open to ROTC freshmen and
sophomore cadets who distinguish themselves. The national society was founded
in 1 894 at the University of Nebraska and now has about 1 30 chapters at colleges
and universities throughout the country. Company A, 12th Regiment, at North-
eastern University was chartered in 1952. It encourages, promotes, and develops
citizenship and the highest ideals of the military profession. The Rifles have a
crack drill team that participates at University and local civil ceremonies.
Student Section of the American Institute of Physics — Membership is open to
all students having physics as one of their primary interests. Meetings are held
regularly. The program consists of student and guest speakers, demonstrations,
films, and tours through local centers of research.
Politics Club — This club provides students with opportunities to become better
acquainted with current political issues and to hear outstanding speakers from the
national and state political organizations.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Psychology Society — An organization in which interests in technical psychology
are pursued. The membership is open principally to majors in the field of psy-
chology, but this does not preclude from participation any or all students who
have an active interest in psychology.
Radio Club — One of the most popular undergraduate activities is the Radio
Club. Members are provided opportunity for code practice and are encouraged
to obtain their amateur licenses. The club owns and operates station WIKBN,
a short-wave transmitter, located in the Radio Laboratory in the penthouse of
Hayden Hall. Meetings are held about once a month for the discussion of techni-
cal matters. Practicing radio engineers are frequently invited to address the club
at evening meetings, when students in both divisions may attend.
Rifle Club — Recognized as a minor sport, the club offers opportunities for inter-
collegiate competition on the varsity level, as well as intramural matches for
various club teams. ROTC cadets participate in Army area matches and the
women's rifle team in National Rifle Association competition.
Scabbard and Blade — This is the ROTC cadet officers' honorary society. The
National society was founded in 1905 at the University of Wisconsin and there
now are over 128 chapters at colleges and universities throughout the United
States. Company H, II th Regiment, at Northeastern was chartered in 1954.
Membership is restricted to advanced course cadets and is by invitation only.
Scabbard and Blade is the most important ROTC activity because of its high
standards of performance and fellowship. Its membership furnishes the key cadet
oflScers in the Corps. It sponsors the Annual Military Ball.
The Society of American Military Engineers {SAME) — This is a national pro-
fessional society composed of civilian industrial leaders and officers of the Armed
Forces concerned with military and industrial construction and military engi-
neering. Membership is open to all engineering students. It is sponsored by the
Corps of Engineers Branch of ROTC. They take many field trips and have promi-
nent speakers at regular meetings.
Sociology Society — This organization provides an opportunity for sociology
majors, as well as interested students from other fields, to join with faculty mem-
bers of the department to explore matters of common concern that pertain to the
field.
Society for Advancement of Management (N. U. Student Chapter) — The pur-
poses of this professional society are to stimulate student interest in the profes-
sion of management and to present to the student a picture of management
problems and functions through lectures, plant visitations, group discussions,
and the like. Membership is open to all upperclassmen interested in the profession
of management. The N. U. Student Chapter is sponsored by the Boston Chapter
ofS.A.M.
University Band — Open to all students with musical ability, it performs at Uni-
versity events such as convocations, football, basketball, and hockey games, and
at parades and ROTC reviews.
Yacht Club — The Yacht Club is a member of the Intercollegiate Yacht Racing
Association. The club participates in regattas held in the Charles River Basin
and also in regattas held at other colleges. Sailing is recognized as a minor sport.
THE COLLEGES 49
Class Organization and Activity
Each of the classes in the Day Colleges elects its officers and carries on activi-
ties as a class. Dances are sponsored by the classes at regular periods through-
out the year. One of the highlights of the social program is the Junior Promenade,
held each spring at one of the Boston hotels.
Senior Week is the culmination of five years of class activities. Informal
dances, beach outings, a moonlight cruise, and the formal Senior Promenade
are held during the week prior to Commencement.
Convocations
These meetings are normally held in Symphony Hall. There will be a Presi-
dent's Convocation for Freshmen during the Orientation Period. Meetings for
the entire University, known as the Fall Convocation and the Honors Convoca-
tion, are held during the year on Wednesdays from 12-1. and bring before the
student body some of the ablest and foremost leaders of our country. Attend-
ance is compulsory. Other convocations may be announced during the year.
These meetings are under the direction of the Dean of Students Office.
Nonsectarian Chapel Services
The period from 8:20 to 8:45 on Wednesdays throughout the year is re-
served by the University for nonsectarian chapel services. Northeastern was
founded upon inclusive and broad religious principles, and spiritual values are
regarded as indispensable to good citizenship. Attendance at chapel services is
therefore encouraged though not required.
The Bacon Memorial Chapel is located in the Ell Student Center. Adjoin-
ing it the Dean of Chapel has his office, where he is available to all students upon
appointment.
For over three decades eminent leaders of religion — ministers, priests, and
rabbis alike — have participated in this interfaith service. A Chapel choir is led
by the director of music, and students of various religious backgrounds assist
in the order of worship.
The Northeastern Chapel program enjoys the distinction of having recognition
through charter membership in the National Association of College and Uni-
versity Chaplains.
Fraternities
There are at present nine local Greek letter fraternities chartered by North-
eastern University. Each fraternity is provided with a faculty adviser who is
responsible for the proper administration of the fraternity house under the rules
and regulations established by the faculty. The list of fraternities in the order of
their establishment is as follows:
1. Beta Gamma Epsilon 4. Sigma Kappa Psi 7. Sigma Phi Alpha
2. Alpha Kappa Sigma 5. Phi Beta Alpha 8. Kappa Zeta Phi
3. Nu Epsilon Zeta 6. Phi Gamma Pi 9. Gamma Phi Kappa
Elected representatives from each fraternity make up an Inter-Fraternity
Council, a body which has preliminary jurisdiction over fraternity regulations.
Its rulings are subject to the approval of the Faculty Committee on Student
Activities.
50 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Reserve Officers^ Training Corps
General Objectives
The Department of Military Science and Tactics is the instructional depart-
ment of the Colleges which administers the Reserve Officers' Training Corps
Program (ROTC) and conducts instruction in Military Science and Tactics. The
Reserve Officers' Training Corps is regarded by Northeastern University as an
integral part of its educational program, and the aim is to make ROTC available
on a voluntary basis to all male undergraduate students of the Colleges who are
otherwise qualified. The University believes that the leadership, citizenship, and
other military training available to students taking ROTC is beneficial in their
overall development as future leaders and, therefore, encourages enrollment.
The courses outlined in this section, accordingly, are available to students in all
colleges of the University.
The Reserve Officers' Training Corps of the United States Army exists for
the purpose of developing officers — leaders of men. It offers courses of instruc-
tion leading to a commission as a second heutenant in the United States Army
Reserve or the Regular Army. The mission of ROTC is to have ready in time of
national emergency a corps of educated, trained leaders for our nation. The
Northeastern ROTC is an Army, Senior Division, Class CC (Civilian College)
unit with branches in the Corps of Engineers and Signal Corps. Enrollment in
ROTC is entirely voluntary.
The greatest benefit to the individual from ROTC training is its development
of leadership qualities. Leadership — the ability to organize and direct the activi-
ties of others — is in high demand by business, industry, the social fields, the
military service — almost all human enterprises.
Although the Department of Military Science and Tactics is an instructional
department of the Colleges, it is also interested in many extracurricular student
activities as part of its overall leadership development program. There exists,
therefore, close association with the Department of Student Activities, and activi-
ties associated with ROTC (listed under "Professional Societies and Clubs")
have Army officers assigned by the University as Faculty Advisers. Also, ROTC
students who gain positions of leadership on the campus in activities not directly
associated with ROTC, such as publications, dramatics, athletics, or student gov-
ernment, have thereby displayed leadership achievements which are valuable in
ROTC training and which can be recognized in ROTC leadership potential rat-
ings. The overall progress of a student in the University, as well as his military
progress, is always considered in ROTC training. Among the ROTC activities,
the Annual Military Ball is one of the most colorful campus events of the year.
The Fall Awards Ceremony in honor of the University President, at which he
presents ROTC scholarships and the Spring Awards Ceremony, at which Dis-
tinguished Military Student badges and other awards are presented by University
officials and representatives of donor societies, also are colorful events open to
the entire "University Family."
The staff and faculty of the Department of Military Science and Tactics con-
sist of officers, noncommissioned officers, and civilians, assigned to Northeastern
University by the Department of the Army, and of civiUans furnished by the
University. All military members are especially selected because of professional
Instructor and student in the Advertising Laboratory
Commencement in the Boston Garden
77?^ Huntington Avenue Development as seen by the Architect
The Husky Highliters bring news of the day
Northeastern' s Varsity basketball team in one
of its many intercollegiate contests
THE COLLEGES 51
competence, educational background, and ability to fit into the "University
Family." Officers are individually nominated for assignment to the University
and are assigned only after records have been reviewed and each individually
has been accepted by the University.
The Department Chairman and Professor of Military Science and Tactics is a
United States Army officer whose appointment has been mutually agreed upon
by the University President and the Department of the Army.
Courses of Study
The program of instruction consists of a basic course and an advanced course,
presented in two branches of the United States Army, Corps of Engineers and
Signal Corps. Only Army ROTC is available at Northeastern. The basic course
(MS I & MS II) requires three hours of instruction per week during the freshman
year and four hours during the sophomore year. The Corps of Engineers limits
its ROTC to students enrolled in engineering courses, but the Signal Corps, while
especially desiring electrical and other engineering students, also accepts non-
technical students for ROTC. There are many command, administrative, per-
sonnel, business management, and other position openings in the Signal Corps
for non-technical college graduates. At Northeastern, students majoring in Civil,
Mechanical, and Industrial Engineering are enrolled for Corps of Engineers in-
struction, while those majoring in Electrical and Chemical Engineering and all
non-engineering majors in the Colleges of Business Administration, Education,
and Liberal Arts are enrolled for Signal Corps instruction.
The basic course includes instruction common to all branches of the Army.
Students completing the basic course are awarded a "Military Training Certifi-
cate" as evidence of successful completion of this course. This certificate indicates
one's patriotic accomplishments and has positive value in many ways. Branch
instruction starts with the advanced course for Corps of Engineers or Signal
Corps. The advanced course (MS III & MS IV) is presented during the Middler,
Junior, and Senior years. Graduates of the advanced course receive commis-
sions as second lieutenants in the U. S. Army Reserve or Regular Army.
Rnrolhnent in Basic Course
Enrollment in ROTC basic course is voluntary and is open to all male under-
graduate students of the Colleges who are citizens of the United States, are physi-
cally qualified, and who can qualify for appointment as Second Lieutenant prior
to reaching 28 years of age. The basic course may be entered only at the begin-
ning of the freshman year, except for veterans for whom some or all of the basic
course may be waived.
Eligibility for the Advanced Course
The ROTC advanced course is available to male undergraduate students of
the Colleges who complete the basic course, or to honorably discharged veterans
whose service can be substituted for the basic course, who: are citizens of the
United States and will not have reached 28 years of age at the time of commis-
sioning; successfully complete such survey and general screening tests as may be
prescribed; have three academic years to complete for graduation (two for full
time); are selected by the PMST and the University within quotas available in any
year; execute a written contract with the government; and successfully complete a
U. S. Army physical examination.
52 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Eligibility for ROTC Flight Training
Northeastern University was among the original group of Universities and
Colleges in the U. S. at which the Army ROTC Flight Training Program was
introduced in 1956. This training is available during the senior year to specially
selected cadets who successfully complete U. S. Army Aviator aptitude and
physical tests. Flying instruction is conducted on an extracurricular basis by
civilian flying schools, under contract to the University and U. S. Army. An
Army Aviator Faculty Member supervises the program. Cadets successfully com-
pleting the course receive a Civil Aeronautics Administration Private Pilot's
certificate.
Veterans
Honorably discharged veterans (enlisted) may be enrolled in ROTC with one
or both years of the basic course waived, depending on prior service. They must
be co-aligned in ROTC with other members of their class in the University cur-
ricula. Veterans are a distinct benefit to the Corps of Cadets because their actual
experiences lend color to the program and help to orient cadets without such
service. They are especially desired and are appointed cadet noncommissioned
officers or officers upon enrollment. Certain credits are available to veterans
depending upon service. Former commissioned officer veterans are not eligible
for ROTC. However, if they are reserve officers, they can earn inactive duty
credits by participating in ROTC on a free-time basis. They may apply to the PMST.
Transfer Students
Students transferring into Northeastern University from other institutions,
where ROTC similar to that at Northeastern has been taken, are allowed credits
for their work. The student's former records are obtained from his former PMST.
Such transfer students must be co-aligned in ROTC with other students in their
classes.
Uniforms and Equipment
An Army officer's type uniform is issued without cost to ROTC students in
the basic course. Advanced course students are individually fitted to a uniform,
which becomes their personal property upon commissioning, and they continue
to wear it as an officer after graduation. The Government furnishes $100.00
towards this uniform and the student pays a small additional charge. All other
equipment, textbooks, etc., required for instruction is provided without charge
throughout the five-year program. These items remain the property of the Gov-
ernment, and students must safeguard them and use them in accordance with
University and ROTC regulations. A $10.00 deposit is required temporarily from
all basic course students enrolling in ROTC until uniforms and property are
returned in good condition. Any loss or damage to ROTC uniforms and equip-
ment, exceeding the deposit, will be charged to the student.
Academic Credit
Academic credit is given for all ROTC work — a total of 24 hours during five
years. The basic course may be substituted for physical education as a prerequisite
for graduation. Eighteen credit hours are granted for the advanced course and
twelve of these can be substituted for certain other courses as a prerequisite for
graduation. Thus, time spent in the advanced course is not all over and above
the regular curriculum. Many of the credit hours can be substituted for other
elective academic work.
THE COLLEGES 53
Pay and Other Benefits
ROTC benefits are both tangible and intangible. "Pay," earned by advanced
course students, is actually a non-taxable allowance for subsistence at the rate
of $.90 daily. It is paid in increments of $27.00 monthly during actual advanced-
course instruction and also during Co-op terms up to a total of 595 days. Camp
pay is $78.00 monthly over and above housing, messing, and medical care, which
are free at camp. Transportation to and from camp is paid at the rate of $.05
per mile. Total income from ROTC amounts to over S700.00 paid over the final
three years of ROTC. This (over $2.00 per hour for the 300 hours of the advanced
course) is an important supplement to co-operative work income in off"setting
tuition costs. Cadets also compete for ROTC scholarships with a total value
of $975.00.
Intangible benefits are even more important than "pay" in the long run, espe-
cially leadership development. The ROTC student is trained to be confident and
self-reliant, especially in the advanced course. He becomes a cadet officer as he
enters the advanced course in his middler year. For the final three years he gets a
concentrated course in command, leadership, and personality development under
senior Regular Army officers who have been selected personally for their abilities
in this respect. Cadets respond quickly to this personalized training. They learn
to stand up before classmates and to talk. This helps them to obtain positions
of leadership on the campus, in the community, or at their places of business.
As cadets progress, they participate in troop command and management, in
public speaking, in exercises requiring understanding of practical and applied
psychology, and in other similar fields leading to leadership and personality
development. Each year brings increased responsibilities. In the senior year, cadets
are promoted to positions of high leadership in the Corps of Cadets. They com-
mand the brigades, regiments, battalions, companies, and platoons, or serve in
Cadet Grades from First Lieutenant to Brigadier-General. Top leaders in ROTC
usually are top leaders on the campus.
There are many social activities and benefits associated with ROTC. Cadets
are eligible for selection to honorary military societies such as Pershing Rifles
and Scabbard and Blade. ROTC students compete for medals and other aca-
demic and leadership awards. They associate with many other cadets in the
University ROTC Band, the University Rifle Club (Varsity, Freshman, Girls'
and ROTC Rifle Teams), the Military Affiliate Radio System for "ham" radio
operators, student chapters of national professional societies sponsored by the
Armed Services, such as the Armed Forces Communications and Electronics
Association and the Society of American Military Engineers, and in military
news movies.
Draft Dejer?nents
Public Law 51 (Universal Military Training and Selective Service Act of 1951
as amended by the Reserve Forces Act of 1955) permits students enrolled in
ROTC, who are expected to attain appointments as commissioned officers in the
Army Reserve, to be deferred from service for as long as they remain in good
standing. ROTC deferment remains in eff"ect until graduation or withdrawal
from the University. An ROTC deferment is a matter of law and is not dependent
upon the conditions pertaining in any one Selective Service Board at any one
time.
54 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Distinguished Military Students
There are "military honors" for ROTC graduates similar to "academic honors"
for regular graduates. Honor graduates of ROTC are called "Distinguished
Military Graduates." If physically qualified and they apply for it, they can be
commissioned in the Regular Army, instead of the Army Reserve, and enter into
a Regular Army career exactly the same as graduates of the United States Military
Academy at West Point. This is a splendid opportunity for those who are in-
terested in the many advantages of a Regular Army career. However, since ROTC
is primarily for students who pursue civilian careers, the Distinguished Military
Graduate who does not desire a Regular Army career benefits from his Com-
mencement "military honors" as he would from any other Commencement
honors. This honor is hmited to about 1 5% of the senior class.
Cadets are eligible to be designated "Distinguished MiUtary Students" in their
junior year, when they possess outstanding qualities of leadership, high moral
character, and definite aptitude for the military service; have attained an academic
standing in the upper half of the class and in the upper third of their ROTC class,
and, further, have demonstrated leadership abihty through achievements while
participating in recognized campus activities. Such cadets, who maintain credit-
able standing up to graduation, are designated "Distinguished Military Gradu-
ates."
The Army as a Career
By following any curricula leading to a degree, and by completing the ROTC
Program, a student may qualify for a full-time career in the Regular Army.
Cadets who have been designated Distinguished Military Students may apply in
September of the senior year for an appointment in the Regular Army. They are
notified as to selection before Christmas, subject to graduation, designation as
Distinguished Military Graduates, and physical qualification. They then become
Regular Army Officers, with all conditions and opportunities for graduate edu-
cation, etc., exactly the same as for graduates of the U. S. Military Academy at
West Point. There are many advantages and opportunities in a Regular Army
career. Pay and allowances compete favorably with civilian pay, and the retire-
ment pay and benefits, after 30 years, are much higher than for most other
careers. Since it is never too early to begin planning a career, students who are
interested in a Regular Army appointment should make that fact known to the
PMST as soon as possible.
An Army career as a Reserve Officer on extended Active Duty also is possible.
Many graduates do not request a Regular Army appointment originally, but find
Army service enjoyable and satisfying while serving their obligated tours of Ac-
tive Duty. Those officers who request continuation and are accepted, serve in the
Active Army as Reserve Officers, with the same pay, responsibilities, and oppor-
tunities for promotion as Regular Army OflScers.
Most ROTC graduates pursue civilian careers and serve only limited tours of
Active Duty. However they, too, can benefit from their part-time Army careers by
participating in Reserve Unit training activities during evenings and at summer
camp. They receive pay and accrue credit towards retirement at age 60 (after 20
years' service). Such part-time careers may result in eligibility for retired pay each
month for the rest of their lives. This is a real financial security benefit, which is
equivalent to a sizable annuity and is worth while for any person to seek.
THE COLLEGES
Curriculum in Basic ROTC
F lST year
Term 1
( Course
6 )I Military Science I
Mil. Fundamentals
& Drill
3:OND YEAR
Term 4*
5 0 Military Science II
Mil. Fundamentals
& Drill
a. Cr.
1 (2) 1
1 (2) 1
1 (2) 1
1 (2) 1
Term 2
No. Course
61-02 Military Science I
Amer. Mil. History
Term 3
No. Course
61-03 Military Science I
Wpns & Marks-ship
Term 5
Term 6
61-11 Military Science II
61-
12 Military Science II
Wpns & Gunnery
1 (1) 1
Map Reading
NCO Drill
0 (2)
Elem. Comm. &
Tactics
1 (3) 1
CI. C.
1 (2) 1
1 (2) 1
1 (2)
1 (1)
1(T)
Curriculum in Signal Corps Advanced ROTC
r RD YEAR
Term 7*
1 0 Military Science III
Intr. to Leadership
:jRTH YEAR
Term 10*
0 Military Science III
Signal Orders
ra
YEAR
Term 13*
I 9 Military Science IV
Military Law
Term 8
61-21 Military Science III
Applied Comm.
Leadership & Cmd.
Mil. Teaching Mtds.
Term 1 1
61-31 Military Science III
Radio Fundamentals
Cmd. Speech & Psy.
Term 14
61-41 Military Science IV
Mil. Admin. & Staff
Procedures
Logistics
Leadership & Cmd.
0 (2)
3 (2) 3
3
0 (2)
3 (2) 3
1 1
2 2
0(2)
1 (2) 1
Term 9
Military Science III
Allied Comm.
Comm. Security
Term 12
61-32 Military Science IV
Mil. Radio Systems
Advanced Comm.
Term 15
61-42 Military Science IV
Mil. Tel. Systems
Service Orientation
Curriculum in Corps of Engineers Advanced ROTC
1RD YEAR
Term 7*
1 ) Military Science III
Intr. to Leadership
I irth year
Term 10*
I ) Military Science III
Mil. Explosives
1 m YEAR
Term 13*
) Military Science IV
Staff Procedures
3 (2) 3
61-61
Term 8
Military Science HI
Mil. Teach. Mtds.
Field Fortifications
Leadership & Cmd.
T
0 (2)
2
1
61-62
Term 9
Military Science III
Mine Warfare
Mil. Structures
1
3
3
(2)
3
4
61-71
Term 1 1
Military Science III
Mil Construction
Cmd. Speech &. Psy.
3
0
(2)
3
61-72
Term 12
Military Science IV
Log. & Mil Const.
Mil. Adm.
3
1
3
(2)
3
4
61-81
Term 14
Military Science IV
Military Law
Buildings & Utilities
Leadership & Cmd.
2
1
0
0
0
(2)
2
1
61-82
Term 15
Military Science IV
Opns. of Eng. Units
Service Orientation
3
1
i 'eek Term. ( ) indicate drill and practice.
e: Div. A curriculum is listed. Div. B diners with a spring rather than fall drill term and sequence of instruction in 10-
week terms is reverse of Div. A. Therefore transfers between divisions require individual consideration.
56 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
General Information
Policy on Changes of Program
The University reserves the right to withdraw, modify, or add to the courses
offered or to change the order or content of courses in any curriculum.
The University further reserves the right to change the requirements for gradu-
ation, tuition, and fees charged, and other regulations. However, no change in
tuition and fees at any time shall become effective until the school year following
that in which it is announced.
Any changes which may be made from time to time pursuant to the above
policy shall be applicable to all students in the school, college, or department
concerned, including former students who may re-enroll.
Textbooks and Supplies
The Northeastern University Bookstore, located on the ground floor of Rich-
ards Hall, is a department of the University and is operated for the convenience
of the student body. All books and supplies which are required by the students
for their work in the University may be purchased at the Bookstore.
Part-time Work
Students who find it necessary to accept part-time jobs while attending college
may obtain such work through the Dean of Students Office.
Students are not justified in assuming that the University will take care of
their expenses or guarantee to supply them with work sufficient to meet all their
needs.
A student should have available funds adequate to enable him to meet the
expenses of the freshman year. This should amount to at least the first year's
tuition plus books and supplies, room and board for thirty weeks.
Grades and Examinations
Exam inations
Examinations covering the work of the term are usually held at the close of
each term. Exceptions may be made in certain courses where, in the opinion of
the instructor, and with the approval of the Dean of the College concerned, final
examinations are not necessary.
THE COLLEGES 57
Condition Examinations
Condition examinations are usually given once each year for each division.
The charge is three dollars ($3.00) for each condition examination.
The responsibility for the removal of a condition rests with the student, who
is required to ascertain when and how the condition can be removed.
A student may take only one condition examination to remove a failure in a
given course.
Special Final Examinations
Students who have been given permission to make up missed final examina-
tions will be charged a single fee of S5.00 covering all of the examinations missed
during a given final examination period during a given period of illness.
Senior Condition Examinations
No condition examinations in last term senior courses are offered at the end
of the last term. This means that a failure in a last term senior course cannot be
made up before Commencement.
Grades
A student's grade is officially recorded by letter, as follows:
A outstanding attainment
B above-average attainment
C average attainment
D poor attainment, lowest passing grade
J F failure, removable by condition examination (students are permitted
to take only one condition examination in a given course)
I incomplete, used for intermediate grades only to signify that the
student has not had time to make up work lost through excusable
enforced absence from class
L used in all cases of the removal of a failure by condition examination
or by attendance at summer term
WP Withdrew from course — passing
WF Withdrew from course — failing
Students who acquire more than three uncleared failures or whose weighted
average for the year is below 1.4 will not be permitted to register for advanced
work.
The responsibility for the removal of a condition rests with the student, who is
required to ascertain when and how the condition can be removed.
Deati's List
A Dean's List, issued at the end of each term, contains the names of upperclass
students who have a 3.0 weighted average in all subjects with no grade below C
during the preceding period. Freshmen who meet the same standards in their
work are included on a Freshman Honor List. No student subject to disciplinary
action is eligible for either list.
58 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Reports on Scholastic Standing
Reports for all students are issued at the end of each grading period. Questions
relative to grades are to be discussed with the student's faculty adviser.
Students are constantly encouraged to maintain an acceptable quality of col-
lege work. Parents and students are always welcomed by the college officers and
faculty advisers for conference upon such matters.
Parents or guardians will be notified whenever students are advised or required
to withdraw from the University. If parents so request, report cards will be sent
to them instead of to the student.
General Conduct
Conduct
It is assumed that students come to the University for a serious purpose and
that they will cheerfully conform to such regulations as may from time to time
be made. In case of injury to any building or to any of the furniture, apparatus,
or other property of the University, the damage will be charged to the student
or students known to be immediately concerned; but if the persons who caused
the damage are unknown, the cost for repairs may be assessed equally upon all
the students of the University.
Students are expected to observe the accepted rules of decorum, to obey the
regulations of the University, and to pay due respect to its officers. Conduct
inconsistent with the general good order of the University or persistent neglect
of work may be followed by dismissal; if the offense be a less serious one, the
student may be placed upon probation. The student so placed upon probation
may be dismissed if guilty of any further offense.
It is desired to administer the discipline of the University so as to maintain
a high standard of integrity and a scrupulous regard for truth. The attempt of
any student to present any work which is not his or her own, or to pass any
examination by improper means, is regarded as a most serious offense and ren-
ders the offender liable to immediate expulsion. The aiding and abetting of a
student in any dishonesty is also held to be a grave breach of discipline.
Attendance
Students are expected to attend all exercises in the subjects they are studying
unless excused in advance.
No cuts are allowed. A careful record of each student's attendance upon class
exercises is kept. Absence from regularly scheduled exercises in any subject will
seriously affect the standing of the student. It may cause the removal of the subject
or subjects from the student's schedule.
Laboratory work can be made up only when it is possible to do so during hours
of regularly scheduled instruction.
Absences from exercises immediately preceding or following a recess are espe-
cially serious and entail severe penalties.
Attendance at all mass meetings of the student body is compulsory. Exceptions
to this rule are made only when the student has received permission from the
Director of Student Activities previous to the meeting in question.
THE COLLEGES 59
Freshman Counseling
Freshman Orientation Period
In order that freshmen may be ready to pursue their academic work with
greater composure and be somewhat accHmated before the beginning of scho-
lastic work, three or four days prior to the first term are devoted to a freshman
orientation period. All freshmen are required to attend all exercises at the Uni-
versity scheduled during the orientation period.
Freshman Orientation Class
All freshmen attend an orientation class once each week for the first fifteen
weeks. This class is designed to instruct the student in the traditions, activities,
and procedures of the University. Time is devoted to the proper methods of
study for success in college and stress is placed on attitudes for success in later
life. About a third of the classes are devoted to techniques and procedures of work
under the Co-operative Plan.
Physical Examination
All freshmen receive a physical examination at the University during the
orientation period. All students are expected to report promptly at the appointed
time for examination. Those who fail to appear at the appointed time will be
charged a special examination fee of two dollars (S2.00).
Freshman Counselors
At the time of matriculation each freshman is assigned to a personal adviser,
a member of the faculty, who serves as an interested and friendly counselor during
the perplexing period of transition from school to college. The aim of the fresh-
man advisory system is primarily to guide students through their first year. Gen-
eral counseling is under the direction of the Dean of Freshmen and the Dean of
Students, assisted by a clinical psychologist, who handles the diagnosis and
remedial treatment of difficult problem cases. Direct counseling of women
students is under the supervision of the Dean of Women.
Individual Attention to Freshmen
Attention is given not only to the scholastic problems of the student, but also
to personal problems in which advice is needed and desired. The aim is to help
the student to the fullest possible personal development.
The college records of all students are periodically analyzed in the light of
what may reasonably be expected from them in view of their previous school
record, their scores on psychological tests, and all other factors in their situations.
If they are not doing their best work, investigations are made to determine and
eliminate the causes.
60 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Testing and Counseling Center
The University through its Testing and Counseling Center is prepared to pro-
vide guidance for students who are uncertain about their educational objectives.
This service is available without charge to all regularly enrolled students who de-
sire such assistance. Students seeking help should apply through the Dean of
Students Office.
Vocational counseling services are also available on a fee basis to high school
students by referral from the Department of Admissions or by direct contact
with the Testing and Counseling Center. Adults wishing vocational guidance are
also served by this Center on a fee basis.
Occupational Information Service
The Occupational Information Service is equipped to provide information ~
about various fields of work and about the educational requirements for these
fields. Students may browse through books and pamphlets or may listen to tape
recordings on various occupations. Of special interest are the recordings which
describe life and activities at Northeastern as well as others which present in-
formation about the various programs of study available at Northeastern.
Student Housing
The University maintains dormitory facilities for both men and women
students. These are located near the Huntington Avenue campus, but they ac-
commodate only a portion of the men students who live away from home. The
residences for women students are sufficient to provide for all girls who need
such accommodations while they are at the University.
Women s Residences
Women's residences, under the supervision of house directors, are maintained
by the University. Board (including three meals daily) and room is $240.00 per
ten-week term. Upperclass students whose co-operative work assignments are in
the Boston area may live in the residences during work periods. Information re-
garding the residences may be secured from the Department of Admissions.
Women students living away from home are required to live in the women's
residences unless other arrangements are approved in advance by the Dean of
Women.
Freshman Aieij's Residence
The new dormitory for men is located on Hemenway Street within a four-
minute walk of the University. Board (including three meals daily) is $240.00 for
each ten-week term, payable the first of that term. A room reservation non-
returnable deposit of $50.00 is required as soon as notice of definite room
assignment is made. (This will be applied against the bill for the first term.)
Applications for the men's residence may be filed with the Department of Admis-
sions after a student has been accepted. Definite notice of room assignment is
sent by the Dean of Freshmen in June. Students should write to the Department
of Admissions for further information and Application for Residence.
Fraternity Housing
Certain fraternities provide excellent opportunities for room and board for
men at reasonable rates. Information regarding these housing facilities may be
obtained from the Dean of Students Office.
THE COLLEGES 61
Regulations Concerning Rooming Houses
Inasmuch as some men students who are Hving away from home cannot be
cared for in the present University dormitories or fraternity houses, the Dean
of Students' Office is charged with the responsibiUty of assisting such students
to find suitable rooms in the vicinity of the University campus. The following
rules and regulations apply to such arrangements:
1. A list of rooming houses which have been inspected and approved for use
by Northeastern University students is maintained by the Dean of Stu-
dents' Office. General information as to price, type of room, and location,
can be obtained in advance of registration, and the student may visit
several possible rooms before making his decision.
2. First year students who are unable to be housed in the Freshman Men's
Residence must live in a residence inspected and approved by the Uni-
versity, unless they furnish the Dean of Students a statement from their
parents permitting them to live elsewhere.
3. If a student has rented a room obtained through the assistance of the
Dean of Students' Office, he must notify the Registrar of his local address.
4. Although the University does not encourage students to rent apartments,
it is recognized that this living arrangement is acceptable to many
parents. The rental of apartments by groups of students will therefore
be approved for upperclassmen only under the following conditions:
(a) Upperclassmen over 21 years of age may rent apartments if they
have an approved request filed in the Dean of Students' Office.
(b) Upperclassmen under 21 years of age may rent apartments only after
they have a written consent from their parents filed with the approved
request in the Dean of Students' Office.
5. The University is concerned to know the conditions under which students
away from home are living and to pro\ ide landladies with necessary in-
formation about University regulations and about reporting students
who may need medical care, it is the responsibility of every student to
keep the Registrar's Oflice informed at all times as to his residence while
he is enrolled at the University.
The Alumni Association
The 12,000 alumni of the Colleges are organized to promote the welfare of
Northeastern University and to perpetuate the spirit of fellowship among mem-
bers of the Alumni Association. Headquarters of the Association are in the
Alumni Office located in Room 125 of Richards Hall, where records and addresses
of alumni are on file.
The official publication is the Northeastern Alumnus, which is published quar-
terly and is sent to all subscribers to the annual Alumni Fund. Once a year the
alumni are solicited through the Alumni Association. The funds are used to pro-
vide an annual gift to the University, finance the activities of the Alumni Asso-
ciation, and publish the Alumnus.
62
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Regional Alumni Clubs have been established from Maine to California. These
clubs meet periodically, often in conjunction with visits of members of the faculty
and the athletic teams to the various club centers.
The Association presents annually, at the Alumni Convocation, the Alumni
Award for professional promise to a senior in each of the four Day Colleges.
The climax of the year's activities is the Alumni Federation Day held in the
spring. Reunions of various classes are also conducted during June.
The Alumni Association of the Day Colleges is a member of the Alumni Fed-
eration, which consists of the Alumni Association of the Day Colleges, of the
School of Business, and of the School of Law.
The organization of the Alumni Association is as follows:
Officers
President
Charles M. McCoombe '26
Senior Vice-President
Donald C. Moody '23
Vice-President — Alumni Affairs
Kenneth C. Perkins '51
Vice-President — Alumni Clubs
Harvey S. Miller '41
Secretary
Nancy J. Caruso '52
Treasurer
Albert J. Oliva '30
Hyman H. Burstein '36
Frank C. Harrington '24
John J. Heavey, Jr. '51
Executive Committee
Joseph C. Lawler '44
Abraham Foley '25
Lor en B. Sjostrom '35
Alumni Council
Harry Cikins '17
Eben O. Smith '17
Norman E. Cheney '21
C. Roger Pearson '22
Waldo Engstrand '23
Howard L. Leavitt '24
Page Sanderson '26
George F. Marden '27
John E. Bobula '28
Hyman Silverman '29
James J. Leahy '30
Stephen Haseltine, Jr. '31
Alfred E. Lonnberg '32
Lorrin M. Pittendreigh '34
Paul A. Hillman '35
James L. Dallas '36
Albert A. Shames '37
Philip A. Small '38
Joseph F. Clancy '39
Curtis R. Ganong '40
Stuart B. Matheson '41
Robert L Brown '42
Richard E. Carvill '43
Donald H. Feener '44
S. Robert Convisor '45
Arnold P. Weiner '46
Walter Bordewieck '47
Frank Lambert '48
Augustus Ventre '49
Peter S. Sikalis '50A
Robert B. Thomson '50CFT
Sidney Cashton '50C
Frank J. Rando '51
James L. Nevins, Jr. '52
William F. Lynch '53
John R. Mulkern '53
Norman H. Martin, Jr. '54
Robert E. Mattson '55
Alfred J. Duratti, Jr. '56
John R. Paradis '57
Francis E. Wrightington '58
Director of Alumni Relations
Rudolf O. Oberg '26
Assistant to the Director of Alumni Relations
Chester W. Storey '59
THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 63
THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Aims
IN PROVIDING the means to a modern liberal education, the College of Liberal
Arts of Northeastern University has a threefold objective: first, intellectual
growth; second, the development of a well-rounded personality; and third,
preparation for a vocation.
Intellectual growth rests upon the foundation of a sound general education.
Through the required and elective courses of all curricula, students are guided
toward an understanding of the leading ideas, significant facts, and the habits of
thought and methods of work in the areas of language, natural science, social
science, and the humanities. With this training the student will appreciate more
fully the basic values upon which civilization and culture rest, and perceive and
accept his responsibilities as an active participant in social groups — the family,
the community, the nation, and the world. At the same time the student is aided
in the development of a resourceful and independent mind, the ability to use as
well as to accumulate knowledge, and the awareness of his mental strengths and
weaknesses.
The College of Liberal Arts endeavors to assist each student in attaining the
goal of an emotionally balanced, well-rounded personality. Its academic, extra-
curricular, and co-operative work programs provide experiences conducive to
the development of strength of character and a sense of personal responsibility —
including such personal qualities as self-reliance, integrity, perseverance, and the
ability to work with others.
Since liberal arts colleges were originally established for the purpose of train-
ing for certain professions, the College of Liberal Arts holds that there is no
inconsistency between a truly liberal education and preparation for a vocation.
Today it is widely accepted that a liberal education must prepare both for the
art of living and the obtaining of a living. Through its academic program coupled
with co-operative work experience, the College of Liberal Arts offers young men
and women a sound training either for further graduate study or for immediate
entrance upon graduation into some vocation.
Methods
To enable each student to plan a college program in keeping with his own
interests and aptitudes, a wide range of clectives is offered. This does not mean
that students are free to elect courses indiscriminately, for if they are to obtain
a liberal education they must have training in several basic fields. Therefore, a
definite series of basic courses in each curriculum is required by the faculty.
These required courses are largely concentrated in the first two years of the
curriculum.
Through a comprehensive guidance program students are directed in their
selection of courses so that they obtain the proper preparation for their intended
vocations. Specialization in a major field is emphasized during the latter part of
the curriculum and is facilitated by the opportimlty for electing certain coiarses
in the other Colleges of the University.
64 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Through the Northeastern plan of co-operative education for upperclassmen,
the student makes early contact with actual working conditions and profits by
the wholesome experience of earning at least part of the money to defray college
expenses. Viewed as a whole, then, the college years surround the student not
with an artificial atmosphere of cloistered scholarship but with an environment
very close to that which he or she will enter after graduation, and thus tend to
make for more ready employment, an essential element of vocational competence.
Evening Division
In order to serve men and women who are engaged in full-time employment
during the day, a number of the regular courses are off'ered in the evening.
Curricula are offered leading to the associate and baccalaureate degrees in certain
non-science fields.
Preparation for a Career
The curricula in the College of Liberal Arts afford not only a broad cultural
training but also the necessary foundation for a wide range of vocations for both
young men and young women. Some of the career opportunities open to the
graduates of the College of Liberal Arts together with the academic programs
needed are indicated below and in the pages which follow.
Art — The courses in art provide a liberal education in the history of art, and
train men and women for professional work in industrial drafting and tracing,
advertising design, commercial art, or teaching, dependent upon the nature of
the elected program. An appreciation of art is developed through progressive
courses in art history which include studies of materials, techniques, and
methods used by master craftsmen. Paralleling these academic studies, courses
in applied art provide adequate training for employment in engineering drafting
rooms or commercial art studios.
Business — The value of a liberal arts preparation for a business career is clearly
shown by the fact that a very large proportion of all graduates of liberal arts
colleges enter business. Within recent years there has arisen an increasing
demand for liberal arts graduates by the largest and most progressive corpora-
tions in the country. For their training programs in manufacturing, merchan-
dising, selling, and other fields, many companies are seeking adaptable young men
and women with the breadth of background of a liberal arts education.
Students planning either to go to a graduate school of business administration
or to enter business directly upon graduation should major in economics and
should elect courses in English, government, and psychology. A limited number
of specialized courses in the College of Business Administration such as adver-
tising, business law, finance, industrial management, insurance, investments,
marketing, and merchandising may be taken by students who have had the
necessary prerequisites.
Biological Sciences — Students who major in biology can arrange programs
which will lay the foundation for the following careers: teaching, dentistry,
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 65
medicine (see premedical curriculum), veterinary medicine, public health, sani-
tation and laboratory methods; research in biology with universities, private
"esearch institutions, and governmental agencies under state and federal con-
;rol; agriculture; and professional work in zoology and its applied fields such as
fisheries, animal husbandry, and biology survey. Graduate study is essential for
Tiost of these careers.
Chemistry — The subject matter of the chemistry curriculum is composed of
four broad fields: inorganic chemistry, analytical chemistry, organic chemistry,
md physical chemistry. Chemists are employed in research, development, pro-
duction, sales, market research, purchasing, and teaching. Women chemists
find openings in some of these fields as well as in medical research and as tech-
nical librarians. Students who choose a chemistry major at Northeastern, a
urogram accredited by the American Chemical Society, will be prepared to
jnter these fields upon graduation.
The same program provides a thorough foundation for those who wish to
;ontinue in graduate studies for a higher degree.
Dentistry — The minimum requirement for admission to dental schools is two
years of preliminary study in an approved college. Since the requirements of
individual dental schools vary, students should familiarize themselves with the
specific requirements of the schools in which they are interested. For most
dental schools a candidate for admission must offer at least one year of work in
English, physics, and biology, and one and one-half years of v\ork in chemistry,
including organic chemistry.
Predental students at Northeastern will be able to meet these requirements by
taking the two-year predental program. A third year may be taken by those
students who desire to obtain a broader educational background, and who wish
to qualify for the B.S. degree under the Combined Program described on page 70.
Government Service — Government service is a very comprehensive term since
the numerous activities of modern government require all types of trained
workers. For more and more of these positions a college education is essential
as shown by the fact that only college graduates are eligible to take many civil
service examinations in such fields as biology, business analysis, economics,
editing, fiscal analysis, mathematics, physics, psychology, social work, sociology,
and statistics.
The distinctive governmental career field is that of public administration since
the need for college trained personnel in administrative governmental posts of
all types, political or nonpolitical, is being increasingly recognized. While
graduate training is desirable, an undergraduate program with a major in history-
government and a minor in economics will provide the necessary foundation for
a career in government service at home or abroad.
For career opportunities in the United States Army see page 54.
Journalism — Many of the nation's leading editors now advise students pre-
paring for a career in journalism to obtain a broad liberal arts education rather
than to concentrate on specific training in the routines of journalism in their
undergraduate programs. It should be observed that opportunities in journalism
today are not restricted to the urban or rural newspaper fields. Publishing houses,
trade journals, house organs, advertising departments and agencies, radio and
66 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
television studios, and the various types of public relations work need college
graduates with the same basic training.
Students who desire to enter journalism should choose the English-journalism
major with a minor in economics, history, or government. They may elect courses
in advertising in the College of Business Administration.
Law — Approved law schools now require at least three years of acceptable
college work for admission. Since admission requirements of law schools vary,
all prelegal students should ascertain the specific requirements of the law school
of their choice.
The prelegal curriculum listed on page 80 will prepare a student for admission
to any law school requiring three years of college work. Under the combined
program described on page 70 it is possible for most students to obtain both the
A.B. and LL.B. degrees in six years.
Library Work — Professional training for library work now demands at least
one year of graduate study in a library school following a broad undergraduate
foundation. Although many students planning on this field major in English,
excellent opportunities are available for students who have majored in any area.
Mathematics — A recent bulletin of the United States Department of Labor
lists the following occupational titles in fields other than teaching for those who
have majored in mathematics: Actuarial statistician, actuary, computer, mathe-
matical aide, mathematical assistant, mathematician, statistical clerk, and
statistician. Opportunities for such positions are to be found in government
service, insurance companies, and industry. A rapidly developing new field for
mathematics majors is programming for digital and other types of modern
computers and data-processing devices. For advanced types of mathematical
work graduate study is necessary.
Medical Technology — To be eligible to take the examination for certification
as a Medical Technologist by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the
American Society of Clinical Pathologists, a candidate must have completed a
three-year college program including specified work in biology and chemistry
prior to taking technical training in medical technology for at least twelve con-
secutive months in a school of medical technology approved by the Council on
Medical Education and Hospitals of the American Medical Association.
The program on page 82 has been approved by the Registry of Medical
Technologists as meeting their requirements for basic college preparation.
Qualified candidates then enter a school of medical technology in an approved
hospital and receive their technical training in biochemistry, hematology,
bacteriology, parasitology, histology, serology, and other subjects. Upon the
successful completion of this work the candidate is eligible to take the examina-
tion for certification as a Medical Technologist (M.T.) by the Registry of Medical
Technologists, recognized as the authoritative qualifying body for this field.
Medicine — In order to be eligible for admission to a medical school according
to the Committee on Education of the American Medical Association, a candidate
must have attended an approved college and have included certain specific
work in his program. The minimum course requirements include year courses in
each of the following fields: English, inorganic chemistry, organic chemistry,
physics, and a foreign language. Since some medical schools impose additional
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 67
requirements, premedical students should obtain full information from the
medical school of their choice about the courses which must be offered for
admission.
The premedical curriculum listed on page 81 will enable students to meet all
the above standard requirements. The electives make it possible to obtain any
particular additional courses required by some medical schools.
Students are cautioned that the successful completion of the required pre-
medical program by no means insures admission to a medical school. Since
most medical schools have far more applicants than they can admit, standards
of selection are most rigorous and take into consideration not only the quahty
of the applicant's academic record and instructor's recommendations but also
his or her medical-aptitude test score and the results of a personal interview.
Premedical students should note the combined program described on page 70.
Ministry — Preparation for the ministry today requires a theological school
training following graduation from an approved college of liberal arts. The
American Association of Theological Schools states that the appropriate foun-
dation for a minister's later professional studies lies in a broad and compre-
hensive college education and that the normal place for a minister's professional
study is the theological school. Recommended fields of study include English,
economics, education, government, history, foreign languages, one of the natural
sciences, philosophy, psychology, and sociology.
While students who major in English, economics, psychology, or sociology
will be able to arrange programs meeting the above recommendation, it is urged
that preministerial students obtain counsel from the dean of the theological
school of their choice since some schools have further specific requirements.
Modem Languages — A major in Modem Languages is available for those stu-
dents who have obtained a strong foundation in one language (French, German
or Spanish) in high school and begin a second one in the freshman year at
college.
Besides secondary school teaching, there are other fields, such as certain
branches of government service, international business relations, journalism,
and library science, in which a knowledge of foreign languages is either required
or desirable.
Physics — As a result of the rapid developments in physics in recent years, there
are increasing opportunities in applied physics on the technical staffs and in the
research laboratories of the electrical, electronics, missile, radio, optical indus-
tries, and in many government research agencies for the liberal arts graduate who
has majored in physics. Graduate study is necessary for those who plan on re-
search in pure physics.
Psychology — A wide variety of career opportunities exists for persons trained
in psychology. Many psychologists are engaged in teaching at the university and
junior college level. In the field of public school education, the demand is expand-
ing for school psychologists, and for guidance and vocational counselors.
Increasing numbers of psychologists are employed in business and industry, in
such areas as marketing research, advertising, personnel work, and employee
selection. State and federal hospitals, as well as child guidance clinics, employ
large numbers of psychologists who deal with the diagnosis and treatment of
68 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
the emotionally ill. Many psychologists are engaged in full-time research, study-
ing various aspects of human behavior.
It should be noted that most of these positions require that the applicant have
academic training beyond the undergraduate level, and a large number required
that he have the Ph.D. degree. Those who aspire to a career in psychology
should view their undergraduate work as preparatory for advanced study in the
area. The student who does not expect to obtain graduate training will find, in
an undergraduate concentration in psychology, an opportunity to obtain a
well-balanced education, as well as an increased understanding of his own and
others' behavior.
Secretarial Work — Today there are excellent opportunities for college gradu-
ates, regardless of their majors, who can qualify for secretarial positions. A
sequence of elective courses in secretarial studies is open to all students in the
College of Liberal Arts who wish to prepare themselves for this avenue to
advancement.
Sociology — Sociology majors find their undergraduate training of value, and
are increasingly in demand in such important and interesting fields of work as
college teaching, social work, social research projects, personnel work in busi-
ness and industry, and government positions in a wide range of areas.
For those desiring to do further work in the first three fields, graduate training
for at least one or two years is almost always required. For other fields of work,
however, little or no graduate training is necessary.
Statistical Work — The growing emphasis upon statistics in business, education,
social service, and government has opened a new career field for the student who
majors in mathematics and obtains preparation in statistics. Similar training is
necessary for students who wish to enter the actuarial field.
Teaching {Secondary School) — While a major in education is not offered in the
College of Liberal Arts, a minor in this field is available, from courses off'ered by
the College of Education, which meets the requirements of the Department of
Education of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for teachers in secondary
schools. Students from other states should familiarize themselves with the
requirements of their own state, as these requirements are constantly being
increased.
Most small secondary schools, in which the graduate must begin, expect
teachers to be able to teach at least two, and often three, subjects. Consequently
programs should provide for the common combinations of related subjects. A
major should be selected from the following fields: biology, chemistry, English,
history-government, modern languages, or mathematics-physics. Qualified
seniors will be able to do supervised student teaching in lieu of co-operative work.
Students who desire to become teacher-coaches may minor in physical edu-
cation, provided they elect the required courses in education.
Teaching {College) — Students who plan to enter the college teaching profession
will find that each of the major programs affords an excellent preparation for
graduate study in the leading universities of the country. Since graduate schools
usually require a reading knowledge of French or German, frequently both,
students should elect adequate work in these languages. Seminar and research
courses are strongly recommended for their training in research techniques.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 69
Admission Requirements
Applicants for admission to the freshman class must qualify by graduation
from an approved course of study in an accredited secondary school, including
prescribed subjects listed on page 29.
Requirements for Graduation
Degrees
The College of Liberal Arts awards the Bachelor of Arts degree to qualified
candidates who have majored in economics, English, English-journaUsm, history
and government, modern languages, psychology, or sociology.
The Bachelor of Science degree is awarded to qualified candidates who have
majored in biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, or have taken the pre-
medical curriculum.
Quantity Requirements
Candidates for a degree must have completed one of the curricula listed on
pages 71-84. Each curriculum provides for at least 48 credit hours of advanced
work in a major field and at least 24 credit hours of prescribed or relative upper-
class courses in a minor field.
All candidates for a degree must have satisfactorily completed in college one
year of a modern foreign language above the elementary level.
Students who undertake co-operative work assignments must meet the re-
quirements of the Department of Co-operative Work before they become eligible
for their degrees.
No student transferring from another college or university is eligible to receive
a degree until at least one year of academic work immediately preceding gradua-
tion has been completed at Northeastern.
Quality Requirements
An average grade of C is required for graduation.
Graduation with Honor
Candidates who have achieved distinctly superior attainment in their academic
work will be graduated with honor. Upon special vote of the faculty a limited
number of this group may be graduated with high honor or with highest honor.
Students must have been in attendance at the University at least three years
before they may become eligible for honors at graduation.
70 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Curricular Requirements
The following fields of study are approved as major fields in the College of
Liberal Arts: biology, chemistry, economics, English, English-journalism, history
and government, mathematics, modern languages, physics, premedical, psy-
chology, and sociology. In addition, programs are approved for predental,
prelegal and premedical technology students.
Students may elect their minor fields after consultation with their faculty
advisers. In addition to the major fields listed above, the following subjects are
available as minors: art, education, French, German, philosophy, physical
education, and Spanish.
The required courses in each curriculum are indicated on the following pages.
Upon petition to the faculty, substitutions may be permitted in exceptional
cases when required by the specific vocational objective of the student.
During the last year students in all curricula are required to take 50-10 Place-
ment Techniques designed to prepare them for placement in specific positions
in their chosen vocational field. Under expert guidance each student prepares
a complete personnel record, studies himself or herself and the opportunities
that are open, and works out a complete campaign for obtaining after-gradua-
tion employment. Qualified students planning to go to graduate school may be
excused upon petition to the faculty.
Combined Program with Professional Schools
Students entering after September 1, 1953, who have completed before enter-
ing an approved professional school of dentistry, law, or medicine at least three-
quarters of the work required for the baccalaureate degree at Northeastern
University, of which at least two-thirds has been earned in residence here and
who have fulfilled all other graduation requirements, will be granted the bachelor
of arts or the bachelor of science degree upon receipt of the professional degree.
The residence requirement at Northeastern University must have been com-
pleted immediately prior to entrance into the professional school. Under this
plan pre-professional students may reduce by one year the time ordinarily
required for obtaining both degrees.
Four-Year Plan
Except for Pre-professional Programs, all curricula in the College of Liberal
Arts are normally organized on the five-year Co-operative Plan which is the
distinctive feature of Northeastern University.
However, in all majors except chemistry and physics, qualified students may
be excused from the Co-operative Plan by the Dean and may complete the
requirements for the degree in four years.
('
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
71
Cjirriculmn in
Biology
RST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
7. Course
CI. (
Cr.
No. Course
Cl. Cr.
No. Course
Cl. Cr.
-01 English
3
3
30-02 English
3 3
30-03 English
3 3
-01 Gen. Chem.
3 (3)
4
11-02 Gen. Chem.
3 (3) 4
11-03 Gen. Chem.
3 (3) 4
-21 Basic Math.
3
3
14-22 Basic Math.
3 3
14-23 Basic Math.
3 3
-01 Gen. Biol.
2 (3)
3
10-02 Gen. Biol.
2 (3) 3
10-03 Gen. Biol.
2 (3) 3
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
3
3
Elective
3 3
Elective
3 3
-10 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
16-11 Phys. Ed.
0 (2) 0
16-12 Phys. Ed.
0 (2) 0
14 (8)
16
14 (8) 16
14 (8) 16
JCOND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term 6
-04 Gen. Biol.
3 (3)
2
10-55 Comp. Anat.
3 (3) 4
10-56 Comp. Anat.
3 (3) 4
-05 Gen. Chem.
3 (3)
2
11-26 Org. Chem.
3 (3) 4
11-27 Org. Chem.
3 (3) 4
-11 Gen. Phys.
6
3
15-12 Gen. Phys.
3 (3) 5
15-13 Gen. Phys.
3 (3) 5
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
3
IVi
Elective
4 4
Elective
4 4
15 (6)
8>/2
13 (9) 17
13 (9) 17
iIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Term 8
Term 9
Elective
5
2V2
10-40 Physiology
3 (3) 4
10-41 Physiology
3 (3) 4
Elective
5
2'/2
11-28 Org. Chem.
4 (3) 5
11-45 Biol. Chem.
4 4
Elective
5
21/2
Elective
4 4
Elective
4 4
Elective
4 4
Elective
4 4
MTRTH VPAR
15
71/2
15 (6) 17
15 (3) 16
)URTH YEAR
Term 10*
Term 11
Term 12
Elective
5
2'/2
10-61 Embryology
3 (3)
4
10-62 Embryology
Elective
5
2'/2
10-59 An. Histol.
3 (3)
4
10-60 An. Histol.
Elective
5
21/2
11-17 Quant. Anal.
3 (3)
4
11-18 Quant. Anal.
Elective
4
4
Elective
15
71/2
13 (9) 16
FTH YEAR
Term 13*
Term
14
Term
15
Elective
5
21/2
10-20 Gen. Bact.
3 (3) 4
10-21 Gen. Bact.
3 (3) 4
Elective
5
21/2
Biol. Elect.
4 4
Biol. Elect.
4 4
Elective
5
2'/2
Elective
Elective
50-10 Place. Tech.
4 4
4 4
2 1
Elective
Elective
4 4
4 4
15
1^/1
17 (3) 17
ummer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
Jl physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROTC
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advanced
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of 12
credits.
72
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Curriculum in Chemistry
FIRST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
No. Course
CI.
Cr.
No. Course
CI.
Cr.
No. Course
CI. (
30-01 EngUsh
3
3
30-02 English
3
3
30-03 English
3
11-01 Gen. Chem.
3
(3)
4
11-02 Gen. Chem.
3
(3) 4
11-03 Gen. Chem.
3 (3)
14-61 Math. I
5
4
14-62 Math. 11
5
4
14-63 Math. Ill
5
15-51 Physics
3
3
15-52 Physics
3
3
15-53 Physics
3
32-01 El. German
3
3
32-02 El. German
3
3
32-03 EI. German
3
16-10 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
16-11 Phys. Ed.
0
(2) 0
16-12 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
17
(5)
17
17
(5) 17
17, (5)
SECOND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term 6
11-05 Gen. Chem.
3
(3)
2
11-51 Organic Chem.
3
(6) 5
11-52 Organic Chem.
3 (6)
14-64 Math. IV
5
21/2
14-05 Diff. Calc.
4
4
14-06 Int. Calc.
4
15-54 Physics
5
21/2
15-05 Physics
4
(3) 5
15-06 Pliysics
3 (3)
32-04 El. German
3
IV2
32-15 Inter. Ger.
4
4
32-16 Inter. Ger.
4 1
16
(3)
8 1/2
15
(9) 18
14 (9)
THIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Term 8
Term 9
Elective
5
21/2
11-53 Org. Chem.
3
(3) 4
11-62 Phys. Chem.
3 (3)
Elective
5
21/2
11-61 Phys. Chem.
3
(3) 4
15-15 Ad. Physics
3 (2)i
Elective
5
21^
15-14 Ad. Physics
3
(2) 4
20-12 Economics
3
20-11 Economics
3
3
Elective
4
11-45 Biochem.
15
71/2
12 (8) 15
13 (5)
FOURTH YEAR
Term 10*
11-70 Quant. Anal.
Elective
Elective
5 (6) 3
5 21/2
5 21/2
Term 11
11-63 Phys. Chem.
11-71 Quant. Anal.
11-41 Chem. Lit.
Elective
or
14-07 Diff. Eq.
3 (3) 4
3 (6) 5
3 3
3 3
Term 12
11-64 Phys. Chem.
11-76 Inst. Anal.
11-56 Org. Chem.
Elective
or
14-08 Diff. Eq.
3 (3)
3 (6)
3
3
15 (6) 8
H YEAR
Term 13*
Elective
5
21/2
Elective
5
21/2
Elective
5
21/2
12 (9) 15
Term 14
11-91 Special Topics 3(3) 4
11-93 Nuclear Chem. 3 3
11-57 Qual. Org. Anal. 0 (9) 3
11-81 Inorg. Chem. 3 3
50-10 Place. Tech. 2 1
Elective 4 4
Term 15
11-82 Inorg. Chem.
11-92 Special Topics
11-58 Org. Prep.
29-03 Eff. Speaking
Elective
15
71^
15(12)18
12 (9)
3
3
0 (9)
3
4
13 (9)
At least 28 credits of electives must be non-science.
*Summer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
tAll physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROTC w
not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advanc
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of
credits.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
73
Curriculum in Economics
RST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
. Course
CI
Cr.
No. Course
CI
Cr.
A'^D. Course
CI.
Cr.
01 EngUsh
3
3
30-02 English
3
3
30-03 EngUsh
3
3
01 West. Civ.
4
4
23-02 West. Civ.
4
4
23-03 West. Civ.
4
4
01 Am. Natl. Gov.
3
3
22-02 Am. Natl. Gov
3
3
22-03 Am. Natl. Gov
3
3
01 Surv. Sci.
3
3
17-02 Surv. Sci.
3
3
17-03 Surv. Sci.
3
3
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
3
3
Elective
3
3
Elective
3
3
10 Phys. Ed.
0
(2)
0
16-11 Phys. Ed.
0
(2)
0
16-12 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
16
(2)
16
16
(2)
16
16
(2)
16
COND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term 6
04 Surv. Sci.
4
2
20-06 Ec. Prin. &
20-07 Ec. Prin. &
Prob.
4
4
Prob.
4
4
04 West. Civ.
4
2
25-01 Int. Psych.
4
4
25-02 Gen. Psych.
4
4
Mod. Lang.
26-01 Prin. Soc.
4
4
26-02 Prin. Soc.
4
4
Elective
3
Wi
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
04 English
5
IVi
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
16
8
16
16
16
16
[IRD YEAR
Term 7*
Term 8
Term 9
Elective
5
2'/2
20-29 Inter. Econ.
4
4
20-30 Inter. Econ.
4
4
Elective
5
21/2
20-16 Acct. Prin.
3
(2)
4
20-17 Acct. Prin.
3
(2)
4
Elective
5
21/2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
15
71/2
15 (2) 16
15 (2) 16
URTH YEAR
Term 10*
Term 1 1
Term 12
Elective
5
. 2'/2
20-20 Statistics
3 (2) 4
20-21 Statistics
3 (2) 4
Elective
5
2V2
20-18 Am. Ec. Hist.
4 4
20-28 Econ. Syst.
4 4
Elective
5
2V4
Elective
4 4
Elective
4 4
Elective
4 4
Elective
4 4
15
7'/i
15 (2) 16
15 (2) 16
=TH YEAR
Term 13*
Term 14
Term 15
Elective
5
2'/2
20-24 Mon. & Bk.
4
4
20-25 Bus. Cycles
4
4
Elective
5
21/2
20-31 Ad. Ec. Theo.
4
4
20-32 Ad. Ec. Theo.
4
4
Elective
5
21/2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
50-10 Place. Tech.
2
1
15
71^
18
17
16
16
immer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
11 physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROTC
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advanced
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of 1 1
credits.
74
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Curriculum in E.nglish and English-Journalism
FIRST YEARt
Term 1
No. Course
30-01 English
23-01 West Civ.
22-01 Am. Natl. Gov.
17-01 Surv. Sci.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
16-10 Phys. Ed.
CI
3
4
3
3
Cr.
3
4
3
3
3
0 (2)
Term 2
No. Course
30-02 English
23-02 West. Civ.
22-02 Am. Natl. Gov
17-02 Surv. Sci.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
16-11 Phys. Ed.
CI.
3
4
, 3
3
Cr.
3
4
3
3
3
0 (2)
Term 3
No. Course
30-03 English
23-03 West. Civ.
22-03 Am. Natl. Gov
17-03 Surv. Sci.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
16-12 Phys. Ed.
CI. (
3
4
, 3
3
3
0 (2)
16 (2) 16
16 (2) 16
SECOND YEAR
Term 4*
17-04 Surv. Sci.
23-04 West. Civ.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
30-04 English
16
11/2
21/2
Term 5
20-06 Ec. Prin. &
Prob.
23-17 Am. Hist.
30-33 Eng. Lit.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
16
16
Term 6
20-07 Ec. Prin. &
Prob.
23-18 Am. Hist.
30-34 Eng. Lit.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
16
THIRD YEAR
Term 7'
Elective
Elective
Elective
21/2
21/2
21/2
Term 8
30-21 Inter. Writ.
26-01 Prin. Soc. or
30-51 Int. Jour.
Elective
Elective
Term 9
4 4 30-22 Inter. Writ. 4
4 4 26-02 Prin. Soc. or 4
4 4 30-52 Int. Jour. 4
4 4 Elective 4
4 4 Elective 4
15
71/2
16
16
16
FOURTH YEAR
Term 10*
Term 11
Term 12
Elective
5
21/2
30-29 Found. Eng.
30-30 Found. Eng.
Elective
5
21/2
Lang, or
4
4
Lang, or
4
Elective
5
21/2
30-53 Tech. of Jour.
4
4
30-54 Tech. of Jour.
4
30-35 Am. Lit.
4
4
30-36 Am. Lit.
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
15
71/2
16
16
16
FIFTH YEAR
Term 13*
Term 14
Term 15
Elective
5
21/2
30-43 19th Cen. Pr.
4
4
30-44 19th Cen. Pr.
4
Elective
5
21/2
30-61 Shakespeare
4
4
30-62 Shakespeare
4
Elective
5
21/2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
50-10 Place. Tech.
2
1
15
71/2
n
17
16
♦Summer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
fAll physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROT
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advanc
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of
credits.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
75
Curriculum in History-Government
IRST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
Term
3
^0. Course
a.
Cr.
No. Course
CI.
Cr.
A^o. Course
CI.
Cr.
D-01 English
3
3
30-02 English
3
3
30-03 English
3
3
3-01 West. Civ.
4
4
23-02 West. Civ.
4
4
23-03 West. Civ.
4
4
2-01 Am. Natl. Gov
3
3
22-02 Am. Natl. Gov
3
3
22-03 Am. Natl. Gov
3
3
7-01 Surv. Sci.
3
3
17-02 Surv. Sci.
3
3
17-03 Surv. Sci.
3
3
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
3
3
Elective
3
3
Elective
3
3
6-10 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
16-11 Phys. Ed.
0
(2)
0
16-12 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
16 (2)
16
16
(2)
16
16 C2)
16
ECOND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term
6
7-04 Surv. Sci.
4
2
20-06 Ec. Prin. &
20-07 Ec. Prin. &
Prob.
4
4
Prob.
4
4
3-04 West. Civ.
4
2
23-17 Am. Hist.
4
4
23-18 Am. Hist.
4
4
Mod. Lang.
30-33 Eng. Lit.
4
4
30-34 Eng. Lit.
4
4
Elective
3
l'/2
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
0-04 English
5
2>/2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
16
8
16
16
16
16
HIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Term 8
Term
9
Elective
5
2Vi
22-11 For. Gov.
4
4
22-12 For. Gov.
4
4
Elective
5
2'/2
23-11 Eur. Hist.
4
4
23-12 Eur. Hist.
4
4
Elective
5
2'/2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
•
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
15
IVi
16
16
16
16
OURTH YEAR
Term 10*
Term 11
Term
12
Elective
5
2Vi
22-13 Pol. Theory
4
4
22-14 Pol. Theory
4
4
Elective
5
21/2
23-13 Eng. Hist.
4
4
23-14 Eng. Hist.
4
4
Elective
5
2'/2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
15
71/2
16
16
16
16
IFTH YEAR
Term 13*
Term 14
Term
15
Elective
5
2'/2
22-20 Pub. Adm.
4
4
22-21 Pub. Adm.
4
4
Elective
5
2'/2
or
or
Elective
5
2'/2
23-09 Anc. Greece
4
4
23-10 Anc. Rome
4
4
22-17 Int. Pol.
4
4
22-18 Int. Org.
4
4
or
or
23-19 Lat. Am. His.
4
4
23-20 Lat. Am. His.
4
4
1
1
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
50-10 Place. Tech.
2
1
15
IVz
18
17
16
16
Summer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
All physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROTC
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advanced
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of 12
credits.
76
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Curriculum in Mathematics
FIRST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
No. Course
a.
Cr.
No. Course
CI.
Cr.
No. Course
CI. C
30-01 English
3
3
30-02 Enghsh
3
3
30-03 English
3
11-01 Gen. Chem.
3 (3)
4
11-02 Gen. Chem.
3
(3) 4
11-03 Gen. Chem.
3 (3) ,
14-61 Math. I
5
4
14-62 Math. 11
5
4
14-63 Math. Ill
5
15-51 Physics
3
3
15-52 Physics
3
3
15-53 Physics
3
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
3
3
Elective
3
3
Elective
3
16-10 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
16-11 Phys. Ed.
0
(2) 0
16-12 Phys. Ed.
0(2)
17 (5)
17
17
(5) 17
17 (5) ^
SECOND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term 6
11-04 Gen. Chem.
3 (3)
2
30-33 Eng. Lit.
4
4
30-34 Eng. Lit.
4
14-64 Math. IV
5
21/2
14-05 Diff. Calc.
4
4
14-06 Int. Calc.
4
15-54 Physics
5
21/2
15-05 Physics
4
(3) 5
15-06 Physics
3 (3)
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
3
IV^
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
16 (3)
81/2
16
(3) 17
15 (3) 1
THIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Term 8
Term 9
Elective
5
21/2
14-07 Diff. Equa. I
4
4
14-08 Diff. Equa. II
4
Elective
5
2^A
14-31 Geometries
4
4
14-17 Inf. Series
4
Elective
5
IVi
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
.4
15
71/2
16
16
16
RTH YEAR
Term 10*
Term 11
Term 12
Elective
5
21/2
14-15 Adv. Calc.
4
4
14-16 Adv. Calc.
4
Elective
5
21/2
15-17 Mechanics
4
4
15-18 Mechanics
4
Elective
5
21/2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
15
71/2
16
16
16
FIFTH YEAR
Term 13*
Term
14
Term 15
Elective
5
21/2
Math. Elec.
4
4
Math. Elec.
4
Elective
5
21/2
14-28 Math. Stat.
4
4
14-29 Math. Stat.
4
Elective
5
21/2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
50-10 Place. Tech.
2
1
15
71/2
18
17
16
•Summer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
tAU physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROT<
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advancei
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of 1!
credits.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
11
Curriculum in Mode
rn
Languages
[RST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
o. Course
a.
Cr.
No. Course
Cl.
Cr.
No. Course
Cl.
Cr.
)-01 English
3
3
30-02 Enghsh
3
3
30-03 English
3
3
1-01 West. Civ.
4
4
23-02 West. Civ.
4
4
23-03 West. Civ.
4
4
•-01 Am. Natl. Gov
3
3
22-02 Am. Natl. Gov
3
3
22-03 Am. Natl. Gov
3
3
'-01 Surv. Sci.
3
3
17-02 Surv. Sci.
3
3
17-03 Surv. Sci.
3
3
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
3
3
Elective
3
3
Elective
3
3
i-10 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
16-11 Phys. Ed.
0
(2)
0
16-12 Phys. Ed.
0
(2) 0
16 (2)
16
16 (2)
16
16
(2) 16
5COND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term 6
'-04 Surv. Sci.
4
2
20-06 Ec. Prin. &
20-07 Ec. Prin. &
Prob.
4
4
Prob.
4
4
(-04 West. Civ.
4
2
23-17 Am. Hist.
4
4
23-18 Am. Hist.
4
4
Mod. Lang.
30-33 Eng. Lit.
4
4
30-34 Eng. Lit.
4
4
Elective
3
Wi
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
)-04 English
5
21/2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
16
8
16
16
16
16
HIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Term 8
Term 9
Elective
5
2'/2
31-21 Fr. Lit.
4
4
31-22 Fr. Lit.
4
4
Elective
5
2«/2
32-21 Ger. Lit. or
4
4
32-22 Ger. Lit. or
4
4
Elective
5
2'/2
33-21 Span. Lit.
4
4
33-22 Span. Lit.
4
4
31-17 Fr. Conv.
2
2
31-18 Fr. Conv.
2
2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
f'.
15
-I'A
18
18
18
18
OURTH YEAR
Term 10*
Term 11
Term 12
Elective
5
-i-Vi
31-23 Fr. Class.
4
4
31-24 Fr. Class.
4
4
Elective
5
2Vi
32-23 Ger. Lit. or
4
4
32-24 Ger. Lit. or
4
4
Elective
5
21/i
33-23 Span. Lit.
4
4
33-24 Span. Lit.
4
4
32-17 Ger. Conv. or
2
2
32-18 Ger. Conv. or
2
2
33-17 Span. Conv.
2
2
33-18 Span. Conv.
2
2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
15
7Vi
18
18
IFTH YEAR
Term 13*
Term
14
Term
15
Elective
5
2Vi
31-25 Fr. Rom.
4
4
31-26 Fr. Rom.
4
4
Elective
5
21/2
32-25 Ger. Lit. or
4
4
32-26 Ger. Lit. or
4
4
Elective
5
21/2
33-25 Span. Lit.
4
4
33-26 Span. Lit.
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
50-10 Place. Tech
2
1
15
71/2
18
17
16
16
Jummer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
\.ll physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROTC
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advanced
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of 12
credits.
78
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Curriculum in Physics
FIRST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
No. Course
CI. <
Cr.
No. Course
CI. Cr.
30-01 English
3
3
30-02 English
3
3
11-01 Gen. Chem.
3 (3)
4
11-02 Gen. Chem.
3 (3)
4
14-61 Math. I
5
4
14-62 Math. II
5
4
15-51 Physics
3
3
15-52 Physics
3
3
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
3
3
Elective
3
3
16-10 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
16-11 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
17 (5)
17
17 (5)
17
SECOND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
11-04 Gen. Chem.
3 (3)
2
30-33 Eng. Lit.
4
4
14-64 Math. IV
5
21/2
14-05 Diff. Calc.
4
4
15-54 Physics
5
21/2
15-05 Physics
4^(3)
5
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
3
11/2
Elective
4
4
16 (3)
81/2
16 (3)
17
THIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Term 8
Elective
5
21/2
15-16 Elect. & Mag.
3
3
Elective
5
21/2
15-17 Mechanics
4
4
Elective
5
21/2
14-07 Diff. Equa. I
4
4
Lib. Elec.
4
4
Term 3
No. Course CI <
30-03 English 3
11-03 Gen. Chem. 3 (3)
14-63 Math. Ill 5
15-53 Physics 3
Mod. Lang.
Elective 3
16-12 Phys. Ed. 0 (2)
17 (5)
Term 6
30-34 Eng. Lit. 4
14-06 Int. Calc. 4
15-06 Physics 3 (3)
Mod. Lang.
Elective 4
15 (3)
Term 9
15-24 Electronics 3 (3)
15-18 Mechanics 4
14-08 Diff. Equa. II 4
Lib. Elec. 4
15
71/2
15
15
15 (3)
FOURTH YEAR
Term 10*
Term 11
Elective
5
21/2
15-26 Mod. Physics
4 4
Elective
5
21/2
15-20 Optics
3 (3) 4
Elective
5
21/2
Math. Elec.
Lib. Elec.
4 4
4 4
Term 12
15-27 Mod. Physics 4
15-21 Optics 3 (3)
Math. Elec. 4
Lib. Elec. 4
15
71/2
15 (3) 16
15 (3)
FIFTH YEAR
Term 13*
Term 14
Elective
5
21/2
15-31 Nucl. Physics
4
4
Elective
5
21/2
15-33 Quant. Mech.
4
4
Term 15
15-32 Nucl. Physics 4
15-34 Quant. Mech. 4
Elective
15-25 Electronics 3 (3) 4
21/2 Math. Elective 4 4
Elective 4 4
50-10 Place. Tech. 2 1
15-28 El. Instr. 2 (4)
Math. Elective 4
Elective 4
15
71/2
18 17
or 17 (3) 17
16
or 14 (4)
""Summer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
tAll physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROT
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advanc
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of
credits.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
79
■IRST YEARf
Term 1
^o. Course
0-01 English
1-01 Gen. Chem.
4-21 Basic Math.
0-01 Gen. Biol.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
6-10 Phys. Ed.
Two- Year Predental Curriculum
a.
3
3
3
2
(3)
(3)
Cr.
3
4
3
3
3
0 (2)
Term 2
No. Course
30-02 English
11-02 Gen. Chem.
14-22 Basic Math.
10-02 Gen. Biol.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
16-11 Phys. Ed.
CI. Cr.
(3)
(3)
3
0 (2)
Term 3
No. Course
30-03 English
11-03 Gen. Chem.
14-23 Basic Math.
10-03 Gen. Biol.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
16-12 Phys. Ed.
CI. Cr.
(3)
(3)
3
0 (2)
14 (8) 16
14 (8) 16
14 (8) 16
;econd year
Term 4*
0-04 Gen. Biol.
1-05 Gen. Chem.
5-11 Gen. Phys.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
3 (3) 2
3 (3) 2
6 3
3 IVi
15 (6) 81/2
Term 5
10-55 Comp. Anat.
11-26 Org. Chem.
15-12 Gen. Phys.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
3 (3) 4
3 (3) 4
3 (3) 5
13 (9) 17
Term 6
10-56 Comp. Anat.
11-27 Org. Chem.
15-13 Gen. Phys.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
(3)
(3)
(3)
13 (9) 17
Term
5-A
10-40 Physiology
3
(3)
4
Eng. Elect.
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
15 (3) 16
»Jote: Predental students who wish to continue for a degree may be excused from the Co-operative Plan and
may complete requirements for a degree in four years, or may take a third year to qualify for a degree
under the Combined Program described on page 70.
Summer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
All physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROTC
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advanced
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of 12
credits.
80
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Prelegal Curriculum
FIRST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
No. Course
CI.
Cr.
N^o. Course
CI.
Cr.
No. Course
CI. C
30-01 English
3
3
30-02 English
3
3
30-03 EngUsh
3
23-01 West. Civ.
4
4
23-02 West. Civ.
4
4
23-03 West. Civ.
4
22-01 Am. Natl. Gov.
3
3
22-02 Am. Natl. Gov
3
3
22-03 Am. Natl. Gov
3
17-01 Surv. Sci.
3
3
17-02 Surv. Sci.
3
3
17-03 Surv. Sci.
3
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
3
3
Elective
3
3
Elective
3
16-10 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
16-11 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
16-12 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
16 (2)
16
16 (2)
16
16 (2)
SECOND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term 6
17-04 Surv. Sci.
4
2
20-06 Ec. Prin. &
20-07 Ec. Prin. &
Prob.
4
4
Prob.
4
23-04 West. Civ.
4
2
23-17 Am. Hist.
4
4
23-18 Am. Hist.
4
Mod. Lang.
30-33 Eng. Lit.
4
4
30-34 Eng. Lit.
4
Elective
3
HA
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
30-04 English
5
21/2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
16
8
Term 5-A
25-01 Intro. Psych.
26-01 Prin. Soc.
Elective
Elective
16
4
4
4
3
15
16
4
4
4
3
15
16
THIRD YEAR
Term 8
Term 8-A
Term 9
22-11 For.Gov.
4
4
Gov. Elect.
4
4
22-12 For. Gov.
4
23-13 Eng. Hist.
4
4
Hist. Elect.
4
4
23-14 Eng. Hist.
4
29-01 Public Speaking
4
4
Elective
4
4
29-02 PubUc Speakin
g 4
Elective
4
4
Elective
Elective
4
4
4
4
Elective
4
il!
«
i(
K
i
16
16
20
20
16
^
Note: Prelegal students who have completed the above program may qualify for the A.B. degree under th
Combined Program described on page 70 or by continuing for a fourth year as a History-Government majo
•Summer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
fAll physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROT'
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advance
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of 1
credits.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
81
Premedical Curriculum
[RST YEARf
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
. b. Course
a.
Cr.
No. Course
CI.
Cr.
No. Course
CL Cr.
■'(-Ol English
3
3
30-02 English
3
3
30-03 English
3
3
-01 Gen. Chem.
3
(3)
4
11-02 Gen. Chem.
3 (3)
4
11-03 Gen. Chem.
3 (3)
4
t-21 Basic Math.
3
3
14-22 Basic Math.
3
3
14-23 Basic Math.
3
3
)-01 Gen. Biol.
2 (3)
3
10-02 Gen. Biol.
2 (3)
3
10-03 Gen. Biol.
2 (3)
3
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
3
3
Elective
3
3
Elective
3
3
)-10 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
16-11 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
16-12 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
14
(8)
16
14 (8)
16
14 (8)
16
ECOND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term 6
)-04 Gen. Biol.
3
(3)
2
10-55 Comp. Anat.
3 (3)
4
10-56 Comp. Anat.
3 (3)
4
1-05 Gen. Chem.
3
(3)
2
11-26 Org. Chem.
3 (3)
4
11-27 Org. Chem.
3 (3)
4
5-1 1 Gen. Phys.
6
3
15-12 Gen. Phys.
3 (3)
5
15-13 Gen. Phys.
3 (3)
5
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
3
Wi
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
15
(6)
81/2
13 (9)
17
13 (9)
17
HIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Term 8
Term 9
Elective
5
2Vi
10-40 Physiology
3 (3)
4
10-41 Physiology
3 (3)
4
Elective
5
21^
11-28 Org. Chem.
4 (3)
5
Elective
4
4
Elective
5
2V^
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
15
7Vi
15 (6) 17
15 (3) 16
OURTH YEAR
Term 10*
Term 1 1
Term 12
Elective
5
2'/2
10-61 Embryology
3 (3) 4
10-62 Embryology
3 (3) 4
Elective
5
2'/2
11-17 Quant. Anal.
3 (3) 4
11-18 Quant. Anal.
2 (3) 3
Elective
5
2>/2
Elective
4 4
Elective
4 4
Elective
4 4
Elective
4 4
IFTH YEAR
Term 13*
Elective
Elective
Elective
15
15
7Vi
2'/2
2'/2
2Vi
71/2
14 (6) 16
13 (6) 15
Term
14
Bio. Elec.
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Term 15
Bio. Elec.
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
16
16
16
16
Iote: Premedical students may be excused from the Co-operative Plan and may complete this program in
four years, or after three years may take advantage of the Combined Program described on page 70.
Summer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
All physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROTC
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advanced
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of 12
credits.
82
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Three-Yea
r Premedical Technology Curriculum
FIRST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
Cl. <
No. Course
Cl. Cr.
No. Course
Cl. Cr.
No. Course
30-01 Englisli
3 3
30-02 English
3
3
30-03 English
3
11-01 Gen. Chem.
3 (3) 4
11-02 Gen. Chem.
3 (3)
4
11-03 Gen. Chem.
3 (3)
14-21 Basic Math.
3 3
14-22 Basic Math.
3
3
14-23 Basic Math.
3
10-01 Gen. Biol.
2 (3) 3
10-02 Gen. Biol.
2 (3)
3
10-03 Gen. Biol.
2 (3)
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
3 3
Elective
3
3
Elective
3
16-10 Phys. Ed.
0 (2) 0
16-11 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
16-12 Phys. Ed.
0 (2) '
14 (8) 16
14 (8)
16
14 (8) i
SECOND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term 6
3 (3)
10-04 Gen. Biol.
3 (3) 2
10-20 Gen. Bact.
3 (3)
4
10-21 Gen. Bact.
11-05 Gen. Chem.
3 (3) 2
10-55 Comp. Anat.
3 (3)
4
10-56 Comp. Anat.
3 (3) j
30-04 Int. to Lit.
5 21/2
11-26 Org. Chem.
3 (3)
4
11-27 Org. Chem.
3 (3) '
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
3 IVz
Elective
4
4
Elective
l-\
14 (6) 8
Term 5-A
10-40 Physiology
Elective
Elective
■ Elective
13 (9)
3 (3)
4
4
4
15 (3)
16
4
4
4
4
16
13 (9) :
THIRD YEAR
Term 8
Term 8-A
Term 9
11-28 Org. Chem.
4 (3) 5
Elective
4
4
11-45 Biol. Chem.
4
10-59 An. Histol.
3 (3) 4
Elective
4
4
10-41 Physiology
3 (3)
Elective
4 4
Elective
4
4
10-60 An. Histol.
3 (3)
Elective
4 4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4 1
15 (6) 17
16
16
14 (6) ;
Note: Students who enter an approved hospital school of medical technology after the above program and sati|
factorily complete the year course will be allowed 24 credit hours
of work toward the B.S. degree
upon thel
return to Northeastern. They will be able to qualify for the degree after
one year o^ the Co-operative Pla
*Summer term — 5 weeks. ( )
tAIl Dhvsicallv Qualified male freshi
indicate laboratory hours,
nen mav elect ROTC if thev so
desire
Students accented for
the ROTI
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advance
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of 1
credits.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
83
Curriculum in Psychology
IRST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
'o. Course
CI.
Cr.
No. Course
CI.
Cr.
No. Course
CI.
Cr.
D-01 English
3
3
30-02 English
3
3
30-03 English
3
3
3-01 West. Civ.
4
4
23-02 West. Civ.
4
4
23-03 West. Civ.
4
4
4-21 Basic Math.
3
3
14-22 Basic Math.
3
3
14-23 Basic Math.
3
3
D-01 Gen. Biol.
2
(3)
3
10-02 Gen. Biol.
2 (3)
3
10-03 Gen. BioL
2
(3) 3
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
Elective
3
3
Elective
3
3
Elective
3
3
5-10 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
16-11 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
16-12 Phys. Ed.
0
(2) 0
15
(5)
16
15 (5)
16
15 (5) 16
ECOND YEAR
«
Teum 4*
Term 5
Term 6
)-04 Gen. Biol.
3
(3)
2
20-06 Ec. Prin. &
20-07 Ec. Prin. &
Prob.
4
4
Prob.
4
4
»-04 West. Civ.
4
2
25-01 Intro. Psych.
4
4
25-02 Gen. Psych.
4
4
Mod. Lang.
26-01 Prin. Soc.
4
4
26-02 Prin. Soc.
4
4
Elective
3
Wi
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
)-04 English
5
2'/2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
15
(3)
8
16
16
16
16
BIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Term 8
Term 9
; Elective
5
2'/2
25-09 Statistics
4
4
25-10 Statistics
4
4
''l Elective
5
2'/2
25-12 Exp. Psych.
3 (3)
4
25-13 Exp. Psych.
3
(3) 4
( Elective
5
2'/2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
i
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
15
7 J/2
15 (3)
16
15
(3) 16
OURTH YEAR
Term 10*
Term 11
Term 12
Elective
5
2'/2
25-17 Measurements
4
4
25-14 Exp. Psvch.
3
(3) 4
Elective
5
2'/2
25-34 Child Psych.
4
4
25-37 Child Psych.
4
4
Elective
5
2'/2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
15
71/2
16
16
15
(3) 16
FTH YEAR
Term 13*
Term 14
Term 15
Elective
5
21/2
25-31 Ab. Psvch.
4
4
25-32 Ab. Psych.
4
4
Elective
5
2'/2
25-41 Adv. Psych.
4
4
25-42 Adv. Psych.
4
4
Elective
5
2>/2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
50-10 Place. Tech.
2
1
15
71/2
18
17
16
16
ummer term — 5 \\
'ceks
( )
indicate laboratory hours.
i Jl physically qualified male fresh
Tien may elert ROTC if they so
desire.
Students accepted for the ROTC
will not be rcquii
ed to take Phvsical Training in Terms 1
2, 3, ar
id will be permitted to substitute ad\
'anced
ROTC courses for certain uppcrclass academic work as
approved by the Dean up to a maximum
of 12
credits.
84
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
FIRST YEARt
Term 1
No. Course CI. Cr.
30-01 English 3 3
23-01 West. Civ. 4 4
22-01 Am. Natl. Gov. 3 3
17-01 Surv. Sci. 3 3
Mod. Lang.
Elective 3 3
16-10 Phys. Ed. 0 (2) 0
16 (2) 16
Curriculum in Sociology
Term 2
No. Course CI.
30-02 English 3
23-02 West. Civ. 4
22-02 Am. Natl. Gov. 3
17-02 Surv. Sci. 3
Mod. Lang.
Elective 3
16-11 Phys. Ed. 0 (2)
16 (2) 16
Term 3
Cr.
No. Course CI.
3
30-03 English 3
4
23-03 West. Civ. 4
3
22-03 Am. Natl. Gov. 3
3
17-03 Surv. Sci. 3
Mod. Lang.
3
Elective 3
0
16-12 Phys. Ed. 0 (2)
SECOND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term 6
17-04 Surv. Sci.
4
2
20-06 Ec. Prm. &
20-07 Ec. Prin. &
Prob.
4
4
Prob.
4
23-04 West. Civ.
4
2
25-01 Intro. Psych.
4
4
25-02 Gen. Psych.
4
Mod. Lang.
26-01 Prin. Soc.
4
4
26-02 Prin. Soc.
4
Elective
3
11/2
Mod. Lang.
Mod. Lang.
30-04 EngUsh
5
21/2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
16
8
16
16
16
THIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Term 8
Term 9
Elective
5
21/2
26-08 Comp. Culture
4
4
26-09 Am. Culture
4
Elective
5
21A
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
Elective
5
21/2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
15
71/2
16
16
FOURTH YEAR
Term 10*
Term 11
Elective
5
21/2
26-11 Soc. Prob.
4
4
Elective
5
21/2
26-16 Criminology
4
4
Elective
5
21/2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
16
Term 12
26-12 Ind. & Soc. 4
26-17 Urban Soc. 4
Elective 4
Elective 4
15
71/2
16
16
FIFTH YEAR
Term 13*
Term 14
Elective
5
21/2
26-19 Soc. Theory
4
4
Elective
5
21/2
Soc. Elective
4
4
Elective
5
21/2
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
50-10 Place. Tech.
2
1
15
71/2
17
16
Term 15
26-20 Soc. Theory 4
Soc. Elective 4
Elective 4
Elective 4
16
*Summer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
t All physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROT
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advana
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of 1
credits.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 85
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
General Objectives
THE WIDESPREAD ANXIETY, insecurity, and confusion present in the world
suggest a need for teachers who can guide students (1) in making sense in
apparent chaos, (2) in defining and attacking urgent problems appropriate
to their level of development, and (3) in mastering a variety of skills and insights
for purposes of effective adjustment with their total environment. Teachers
today must know more about more things than ever before. In addition, they
must be able to utilize such knowledge so that understanding grows into the
nervous systems of students. Appropriate value judgments will then become
an integrating aspect of living.
In order to achieve this, teachers in our elementary and secondary schools
must be excellent examples of free men functioning in a free society, must be
intelligent, emotionally controlled and flexible, healthy, and creative. Teachers
should like people without being emotionally dependent upon them. They must
be convinced of the power of education and a teacher's value to society.
To prepare such teachers, Northeastern University will require (1) that a
considerable portion of the student's time be devoted to a broad general educa-
tion, (2) that a student know thoroughly his major field of study, and (3) that
he have a series of vital professional experiences before being declared competent
to teach. Consistent with sound learning, best judgment, and the established
policy of the University, the College of Education will attempt to correlate in
these professional exjxriences practice and theory.
It is the purpose of the College to adapt its programs to meet the individual
needs of the students whom it serves and thus to contribute in a significant way
to the increase in numbers and effectiveness of the teachers who will be needed
for the education of the constantly growing school population.
All information available suggests that there will be a continuing need for
teachers in the elementary schools of the nation for many years. In addition,
there are critical shortages of science and mathematics teachers. By I960, due
largely to the expanded enrollments in the high schools, teachers in nearly
every field will be needed.
This catalog deals chiefly with the undergraduate curricula of the College
which are designed for young men and women coming directly from high school
or returning from the armed services. Teachers who are interested in the gradu-
ate program may obtain the circular outlining these courses from the Dean of
the College.
Admission Requirements
Applicants for admission to the freshman class must qualify by graduation
from an accredited secondary school or the equivalent, including prescribed
subjects listed on page 29.
86 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Degrees
The College of Education will award the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Education to those who successfully complete the program of preparation for
teaching at elementary or secondary school levels.
Qtiantitative Requirements
The required courses in each of the undergraduate curricula in the College of
Education are indicated on the following pages. Each curriculum normally
provides for not less than 214 credit hours of classwork including 20 weeks of
student teaching. At least 36 credit hours will be required in Education, including
student teaching.
Elective Courses
Elective courses, approved by the Dean of the College of Education, will be
selected by the student from among courses in the Colleges of Liberal Arts and
Business Administration.
Qualitative Requirements
The degree conferred does not necessarily represent professional competence
but merely the formal completion of the subjects in the selected course of study.
Students in the College of Education will be expected, therefore, to maintain
an overall average of C while doing work of C+ or better in the field of speciali-
zation and in the professional sequence in order to be recommended for place-
ment. Students are warned that any failure seriously handicaps their records
and must be made up in the academic year the failure occurs.
Graduation with Honors
Candidates who have achieved distinctly superior attainment in their academic
work will be graduated with honor. Upon special vote of the faculty a limited
number of this group may be graduated with high honor or with highest honor.
Students must have been in attendance at the University at least three years
before they may become ehgible for honors at graduation.
Co-operative Plan
Students in the College of Education upon successfully completing thirty-five
weeks of academic work are urged to elect the Co-operative Plan. In this program
periods of classroom work alternate with a variety of work experiences in
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 87
industry, social service agencies, community organizations, etc. This program,
which has proved to be of inestimable value in oflfering students both the the-
oretical and practical aspects of a broad education, is consistent with the phi-
losophy of the College of Education. Increasingly students may find opportunities
for employment in school systems during several terms of their upper years.
Such an internship program will greatly enhance their confidence and effective-
ness as teachers and increase the demand for their services after graduation.
Full-time Students
Students desiring to attend the College of Education on the traditional four-
year plan will be required to attend 40 weeks in both their junior and senior
years. The third year will be comprised of four terms of academic work, the
fourth year of two terms of academic work and two terms of student teaching.
Programs of Instruction
Students in the College of Education may choose a field of specialization
in accordance with their particular interest and aptitudes. Specimen programs
are shown on the pages which follow. While all but one are presented as co-
operative programs, it is possible for full-time students to complete approxi-
mately the same programs in four years. These curricula are organized so that
each student may acquire a comprehensive background in preparation for Ele-
mentary Education, Industrial Arts Education, and the following Secondary
fields: English Education, Social Studies Education, Science Education and
Mathematics Education.
Students preparing for elementary teaching should plan either to secure an
academic major in Social Studies or English or two minors from the following:
Art, English, Social Studies, Psychology, Sociology, Modern Languages and
Physical Education. A minor in Modern Languages would require at least two
years of high school preparation in that language.
Program for Industrial Arts Teaching
In collaboration with Wentworth Institute, Northeastern University is pre-
pared to offer a unique program in the preparation of teachers in Industrial Arts
education. A student interested in this program will attend Wentworth Institute
for two years and, then, upon the presentation of proper credentials, can apply
for admission to the College of Education at Northeastern. Once admitted, he
will complete, at Northeastern, his preparation in General Education and
Professional Education, eitlier as a full-time or co-operative student.
National Teacher Examinations
All students who expect to make teaching their career will be expected to take
the general and special National Teacher Examinations in their senior year.
88
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Program in Elementary Education
FIRST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
No. Course
CI.
Cr.
No. Course CI. Cr.
No. Course CI. Ci
30-01 English
3
3
30-02 English 3 3
30-03 EngHsh 3
23-01 West. Civ.
4
4
23-02 West. Civ. 4 4
23-03 West. Civ. 4
22-01 Am. Natl. Govt
. 3
3
22-02 Am. Natl. Govt. 3 3
22-03 Am. Natl. Govt. 3
17-01 Surv. Sci.
3
3
17-02 Surv. Sci. 3 3
17-03 Surv. Sci. 3
21-60 Soc. Sci. I
3
3
21-61 Soc. Sci. II 3 3
21-62 Soc. Sci. Ill 3
16-10 Phys. Ed.
0
(2)
0
16-11 Phys. Ed. 0 (2) 0
16-12 Phys. Ed. 0 (2)
16 (2)
16
16 (2) 16
16 (2) 1
SECOND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term 6
30-04 English
5
21/2
21-51 Human Dev. I 3 3
21-32 Reading in
23-04 West. Civ.
4
2
29-01 Public Speaking 4 4
Elem. Schools 3
17-04 Surv. Sci.
4
2
21-31 El. Lg. Art 3 3
21-35 Elem. Sch. Sci. 3
21-65 Psy. of Learn.
3
Wi
21-33 Arith. for Teh. 3 3
21-52 Human Dev. II 3
—
—
23-11 Eur. Hist. 4 4
23-12 19th Cen. Eur. 4
16
8
29-02 Pubhc Speaking 4
THIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Elective
Elective
16
17 17
Term 8
4 21-53E Learn. & Teach.
4 Elem. Lab. 0 (2) 2
— 21-53 Learn. & Teach. 3 3
8 23-17 Amer. Hist.
to 1820 4 4
27-32 Creative Draw. 0 (6) 4
30-35 Amer.Lit.
to 1860 4 4
FOURTH YEAR
Term 10*
Elective
Elective
16
11 (8) 17
Term 11
4 20-06 Prin. & Prob.
4 of Econ.
— 21-37 Arts & Crafts in
8 Elem. School
21-55 Backgrounds of
Amer. Ed. I
30-33 Survey of Eng.
Lit.
Elective
17
Term 9
21-54E Learn. & Cur.
Elem. Lab. 0 (2)
21-54 Learn. & the
Curriculum 3
23-18 TheU. S. 1820-
1890 4
27-33 Theo. of Color
& Design I 0 (6)
30-36 Am. Lit. after
1860 4
11 (8)
Term 12
20-07 Prin. & Prob. of
Econ.
21-39 Elem. Sch. Soc.
Studies
21-56 Backgrounds of
Amer. Ed. II
30-34 Survey of Eng.
Lit.
Elective
FIFTH YEAR
18
Term 14
21-38 Elem. Sch. Mus. 3
Elective 4
Elective 4
Elective 4
8 18
Term 15
3 21-50 Spec. Education IVi
4 Elective 4
4 Elective 4
4 Elective 4
15 15
Terms 14A and 15A (2 Terms)!
21-40 Student Teaching and
Related Seminar 14 Credits
131/2
♦Summer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
tAll physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROT
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advanc
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of
credits.
t21-40 Student Teaching (14 credits) is required during both Co-operative Work periods of the senior year
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
89
Program in
Teaching of English
and Social Studies
qRST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
^0. Course
CI.
Cr.
No. Course CI.
Cr.
No. Course CI. Cr.
0-01 English
3
30-02 English 3
3
30-03 English 3
3
3-01 West. Civ.
4
23-02 West. Civ. 4
4
23-03 West. Civ. 4
4
2-01 Am. Natl. Govt
3
22-02 Am. Natl. Govt. 3
3
22-03 Am. Natl. Govt. 3
3
7-01 Surv. Sci.
3
17-02 Surv. Sci. 3
3
17-03 Surv. Sci. 3
3
1-60 Soc. Sci. I
3
21-61 Soc. Sci. II 3
3
21-62 Soc. Sci. Ill 3
3
6-10 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
16-11 Phys. Ed. 0
(2)
0
16-12 Phys. Ed. 0 (2)
0
16 (2)
16
16 (2)
16
16 (2)
16
lECOND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term 6
0-04 English
5
2'/2
21-51 Human Dev. I 3
3
21-52 Human Dev. II 3
3
3-04 West. Civ.
4
2
29-01 Public Speaking 4
4
29-02 Public Speaking 4
4
7-04 Surv. Sci.
4
2
23-11 18th Cent. Eng. 4
4
23-12 19th Cent. Eng. 4
4
1-65 Psy. of Learn.
3
iVi
24-01 Intr. Phil. 4
4
24-02 Prob. Phil. 4
4
16
8
30-33 Eng. Lit. 4
4
30-34 Eng. Lit. 4
4
19
19
19
19
'HIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Term 8
Term 9
Elective
8
4
21-53S Learn. & Teach.
21-54S Learn. & Cur.
Elective
8
4
Sec. Lab. 0 (2)
2
Sec. Lab. 0 (2)
2
— —
—
21-53 Learn. & Teach. 3
3
21-54 Learn. & the
16
8
23-17 Amer. Hist.
to 1820 4
4
Curriculum 3
23-18 TheU. S. 1820-
3
27-32 Creative Draw. 0
(6)
4
1890 4
4
30-35 Amer. Lit. to
27-33 Theo. of Color
1860 4
4
& Design II 0 (6)
4
—
—
—
30-36 Amer. Lit. after
11
(8)
17
1860 4
4
OURTH YEAR
11 (8)
17
Term 10*
Term 1 1
Term 12
Elective
8
4
20-06 Prins. & Probs.
20-07 Prins. & Probs.
Elective
8
4
ofEcon. 4
4
ofEcon. 4
4
—
Elective 4
4
21-50 Spec. Education IVi
2
16
8
21-55 Backgrounds of
21-56 Backgrounds of
Amer. Ed. I 3
3
Amer. Ed. II 3
3
22-11 Foreign Govts. 4
4
22-12 Foreign Govts. 4
4
or
30-27 Master of the
or
30-28 Master of the
Drama 4
4
Drama 4
4
History Elective 4
4
History Elective 4
4
or
or
English Elective 4
4
English Elective 4
4
19
19
16'/2
17
IFTH YEAR
Term 14
Term 15
22-13 Political Theory 4
4
22-14 Political Theory 4
4
or
30-21 Intermediate
or
30-22 Intermediate
Writing 4
4
Writing 4
A
30-51 Intro, to
30-52 Intro, to
JournaUsm 4
4
Journalism 4
4
or
History Elective 4
4
or
History Elective 4
A
Elective 4
4
Elective 4
4
Elective 4
4
Elective 4
4
16
16
16
16
Terms 14A and 15A (2 Terms) t
21-40 Student Teaching
an(
J
Related Seminar
14Cr©diU
90
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
FIRST YEARt
No. Course
30-01 English
11-01 Gen. Chem.
14-61 Math. I
15-51 Physics
16-10 Phys. Ed.
21-60 Soc. Sci. I
SECOND YEAR
Term 4*
1-014 Gen. Chem.
14-64 Math. IV
15-54 Physics
21-65 Psy. of Learn.
THIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Elective
Elective
Program in Teaching of Science and Mathematics
a.
3
3 (3)
5
3
0 (2)
3
Cr.
3
4
4
3
0
3
17 (5) 17
(3)
2
21/2
21/2
11/2
16 (3) 81/2
16
FOURTH YEAR
Term 10*
Elective
Elective
16
FIFTH YEAR
Term
No. Course
30-02 English
11-02 Gen. Chem.
14-62 Math. II
15-52 Physics
16-11 Phys. Ed.
21-61 Soc. Sci. II
(3)
CI
3
3
5
3
0 (2)
3
Cr.
3
4
17 (5) 17
Term 5
21-51 Human Dev. I 3 3
29-01 Public Speaking 4 4
14-05 Diff. Calc. 4 4
15-05 Physics 4 (3) 5
15 (3) 16
Term 8
14-07 Diff. Equa. 4 4
21-53 Learn. & Teach. 3 3
21-53S Learn. & Teach.
Sec. Lab. 0 (2) 2
27-32 Creative Draw. 0 (6) 4
Sci. Elective 4 4
11 (8) 17
Term 11
21-55 Backgrounds of
Amer. Ed. I
30-35 Amer. Lit. to
1860
Sci. Elective
14-15 Ad. Calculus
Elective
Term 14
Science
Mathematics
Elective
Elective
4
4
4
4
19
19
Term 3
No. Course CI.
30-03 English 3
11-03 Gen. Chem.
14-63 Math III.
,15-53 Physics
16-12 Phys. Ed.
21-62 Soc. Sci. Ill
Cr.
(3)
3
5
3
0 (2)
3
17 (5) li
Term 6
21-52 Human Dev. II 3
29-02 Public Speaking 4
14-06 Int. Calc. 4
15-06 Physics 3
(3)
14 (3) 1
Term 9
14-08 Diff. Equa. II
21-54 Learn. & the
Curriculum
21-54S Learn. & Cur.
Sec. Lab.
27-33 Theo. of Color
& Design I
Sci. Elective
0 (2)
0 (6)
4
11 (8) I
Term 12
21-50 Spec. Education
21-56 Backgrounds of
Amer. Ed. II
30-36 Amer. Lit. after
1860
Sci. Elective
14-16 Ad. Calculus
11/2
F
Term 15
Science
Mathematics
Elective
Elective
16 16
Terms 14A and 15A (2 Terms)$
21-40 Student Teaching and
Related Seminar 14 Credits
161/2
4
4
4
4
16
♦Summer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
fAll physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the KO"
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advanc
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of
credits.
^21-40 Student Teaching (14 credits) is required during both Co-operative Work periods of the senior year
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
91
Program in Teaching of Industrial Arts
FIRST TWO YEARS — At Wentworth Institute
Depending upon which program a student follows at Wentworth, he may transfer to Northeastern University
College of Education with either 40 semester hours (64 credit hours) or 60 semester hours (96 credit hours).
Plan I. The program below indicates the way a person may pursue his program at Northeastern by trans-
erring 64 credit hours. He may attend one full-time year of 30 weeks and two co-operative years of 25 weeks
;ach. In all he will need 80 weeks of academic work plus 20 weeks of student teaching.
Plan II. Transferring with 96 credit hours, a student may take three years on the Co-operative Plan (with-
)ut summer terms) or two years on the full-time plan. In any case, he will need 60 weeks of academic work
uid 20 weeks of student teaching.
rHIRD YEAR — At Northeastern
Term 8
VTo. Course CI.
1-51 Human Dev.
3-11 ISthCen. Eur.
6-01 Prins.ofSociol.
9-01 Public Speaking
:0-06 Prins. & Probs.
of Econ.
fOURTH YEAR
Term 10*
Elective
Elective
19
16
Cr.
3
4
4
4
19
IFTH YEAR
Term 13*
Elective
Elective
16
No.
Term
8A
Course
CI.
Cr.
Elective
3
3
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
3
3
18
Term 11
21-53 Learn. & Teach 3
21-53S Learn. & Teach.
Sec. Lab. 0 (2)
23-17 Amer. Hist, to
1820 4
Creative Draw. 0 (6)
Amer. Lit. to 4
1860
Term 9
No. Course CI.
21-52 Human Dev. II 3
23-12 19th Cen. Eur. 4
26-02 Prins. of Sociol. 4
29-02 Public Speaking 4
20-07 Prins. & Probs.
of Econ. 4
19
Cr.
3
4
4
4
19
27-32
30-35
11 (8) 17
Term 12
21-54 Learn. & the
Curriculum 3 3
21-54S Learn. & Cur.
Sec. Lab. 0 (2) 2
23-18 The U. S. 1820-
1890 4 4
27-33 Theo. of Color
& Design I 0 (6) 4
30-36 Amer. Lit. after
1860 4 4
11 (8) 17
Term 14
Term 15
4
30-33 Survey of Eng.
30-34 Survey of Eng.
4
Lit.
4
4
Lit.
4
4
_
21-55 Backgrounds of
21-50 Spec. Education
11/2
2
8
Amer. Ed. I
3
3
21-56 Backgrounds of
Elective
4
4
Amer. Ed. II
3
3
Elective
4
4
Elective
4
4
Elective
3
3
Elective
3
3
18
151/2 16
Terms 14A and 15A (2 Terms)t
21-40 Student Teaching and
Related Seminar 14 Credits
ummer Term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
1-40 Student Teaching (14 credits) is required during both Co-operative Work periods of the senior year.
92 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
THE COLLEGE OF
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Policy
The College of Business Administration offers programs of study to meet the
needs of young men and women who hope to fill administrative positions.
Business education shares with higher education generally the responsibility to
illuminate for the student the society in which he lives, the culture to which he
is heir and trustee, and the challenges which the world poses for himself and
his country. Business education shares with professional education generally
the obligation to impart the nature of the professional obligation, the role of
the professional in society, and the fundamental skills whose proper use justify
the title of "professional." The core curriculum of a College of Business must
meet both these sets of criteria with the highest possible standards.
The first criterion implies that courses in the Liberal Arts — English literature
and writing, history, the social sciences — are not accidental adjuncts to the
professional courses, but are an integral and essential component of the curricu-
lum. The second criterion implies that professional courses must deal with
fundamental skills, and must relate these to the broader context of the role and
responsibiUty of the business firm, rather than impart specific vocational tech-
niques. Such techniques have a legitimate place in the curriculum, but are not
of its essence; rather, they are proper subjects for special study after the more
central elements have been satisfied.
The academic content of the diff"erent curricula in the College of Business
Administration is divided roughly as follows: one half in Liberal Arts, one-
third in the social sciences, one-quarter in a special branch of business, and one-
quarter in related business subjects. Since periods of probation and apprentice-
ship are inherent in the nature of positions at the administrative level, the
Northeastern programs based upon the Co-operative Plan are especially signifi-
cant.
Aims
In keeping with current trends in collegiate business education, the educa-
tional policy of the College is directed toward the achievement of the following
purposes:
First: To offer a college program which will help students select the field of
business best suited to their aptitudes. The Co-operative Plan is particularly
effective in this respect.
Second: To build breadth of perspective and provide sufficient specialization
to meet basic professional requirements.
Third: To provide a thorough knowledge of fundamental economic laws and
an understanding of their applications in business.
Fourth: To develop the habits of accurate thinking that are essential to sound
judgment.
Fifth: To develop attitudes and ideals that are ethically sound and socially
desirable.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 93
Methods
In order that these aims may be reaUzed as fully as possible, the College
makes use of the problem and the case methods of instruction in addition to the
lecture and recitation system. Students should learn to analyze every proposi-
tion, to challenge unsupported assertions, to think independently, and to support
their thinking with logic and facts.
Hence, concrete problems and cases which executives have faced in account-
ing, marketing, organizing, and the like constitute a large proportion of class-
work in the upper years.
Admission Requirements
Applicants for admission to the freshman class must qualify by graduation
from an approved course of study in an accredited secondary school, including
prescribed subjects listed on page 30.
Requirements for Graduation
Students may qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Admin-
istration in one of the following options: Accounting, Business Management,
Finance and Insurance, Industrial Relations, and Marketing and Advertising.
Candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree must complete all of the pre-
scribed work of the curriculum in which they seek to qualify with a degree of
proficiency acceptable to the faculty. Students who undertake co-operative work
assignments must also meet the requirements of the Department of Co-operative
Work before they become eligible for their degrees.
Students transferring from another college or university are not eligible to
receive the B.S. degree until they have completed at least one academic year at
Northeastern immediately preceding their graduation.
Scholarship Kequiremeyits
The degree conferred not only represents the formal completion of the subjects
in the selected course of study but also indicates professional competence in
the designated field of specialization. Those who are clearly unable to meet
the accepted standard of attainment will be required to withdraw from the
University.
Graduation with Honor
Candidates who have achieved distinctly superior attainment in their academic
work will be graduated with honor. Upon special vote of the faculty a limited
number of this group may be graduated v^ith high honor or with highest honor.
Students must have been in attendance at the University at least three years
before they may become eligible for honors at graduation.
Thesis Option
Theses are not required of candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration. Students who show special aptitude for thesis work,
however, may be permitted to substitute an appropriate thesis for equivalent
work in class. Such permission must be obtained by the candidate from the Dean
of the College.
94 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSFTY
The Programs of Study
First Year
A full year of thirty weeks is devoted to a survey of the economic, political,
and social institutions that underlie the conduct of business.
The basic tool of business, the keeping of accounts, is introduced during the
first year to provide a practical check upon the interest and capacity of each
student in the College of Business Administration.
English is given an important place and other courses fill the personal needs of
the student and prepare him for the more advanced work. Throughout the year
each student has the friendly counsel and guidance of a faculty adviser whose
aim is to help bridge the gap between high school and college.
Upperclass Years
Under the Northeastern five-year Co-operative Plan, training on the job starts
with the second year. At the end of the second year, at the close of Term 6, stu-
dents formally elect their curricular options in accordance with their major fields
of interest and natural aptitudes. During Term 14 all students take a one credit
course, Techniques of Placement, in order to study the generally accepted
theories and methods of job placement. Each student is then encouraged under
expert guidance in Term 15 to apply the findings to himself and make use of
them in connection with his own after graduation placement.
The Professional Options
All students are required to take common courses which are deemed neces-
sary for a basic understanding of business and business administration. These
courses are pursued jointly with professional work which has been selected
with a view to meeting the changing and expanding needs of present day busi-
ness conduct. Students are required to select a professional option before the
end of their sophomore year. The purpose of the professional option is to satisfy
the diff"erent interests of students while enrolled in the College of Business Ad-
ministration and to prepare the student for his entry into the business commun-
ity. A brief statement of the nature of vocational opportunities in the various
professional fields is presented below but the reader should observe one note of
caution. Employment after graduation and success in the business world are
seldom determined solely by the student's professional option. These are more
the result of personal qualities which must be developed regardless of profes-
sional option.
/. Accounting — Many successful careers are open to professional accountants.
Their services are demanded by business, commerce, industry, and government.
Better known among the wide variety of titles descriptive of their work are
public and private accountant, controller, cost accountant, resident and travel-
ing auditor, credit manager, statistician, investigator, adjuster, and financial
accountant.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 95
//. Business Management — This option appeals to the student who is inter-
ested in a broad education in business administration. Graduates in Business
Management find positions in commercial, manufacturing, and service business.
These positions cut across the whole span of business activity depending upon
the student's interest and ability. Production planning and control, industrial
purchasing and sales, cost control, methods analysis, time study, industrial
safety, management training, self-employment, and many other vocational op-
portunities are available to graduates of this program.
///. Finance and Insurance — Financial institutions serving present-day business
and industry are its life stream. Any list of these organizations which are indis-
pensable in the conduct of business must include banks, insurance companies,
investment houses, credit concerns, financial exchanges, business forecasting
organizations, financial service institutions, mortgage companies, national and
local real estate brokerage firms, and appraisers.
The option in Finance and Insurance opens the door to a host of careers in
these institutions as well as the many governmental agencies regulating their
operations.
IV. Industrial Relations — The day is past when "anyone" can direct labor-
management relations. A host of opportunities exist, therefore, in this field, the
human side of conducting a business. Both unions and management ofi'er a wide
selection of positions in personnel, bargaining, wage administration, and public
relations. The government, too, has many openings for men and women who
have taken this program of studies.
V. Marketing and Advertising — The high levels of living of which our nation
is proud are today recognized to be the result of a business and social climate in
which business executives have traditionally taken the initiative in improving
products and in bettering the terms on which goods are off'cred to consumers.
Today more than ever in our economy the seller, rather than the buyer or
consumer, takes the initiative. Selling leadership and sales initiative thus put
into motion the series of events that result in a purchase by the consumer.
In this process marketing management plays a key role. Its function is to
create the sales that are the lifeblood of business progress. Without the highly
developed techniques of modern merchandising, advertising, and sales leader-
ship, plus skills in overall marketing direction, our present vast national pro-
duction would stumble and stagnate.
With proper training in the fertile fields of marketing administration and
sales stimulation, the student gifted with imagination and ambition sees before
him a vital and rewarding future.
Commercial Educatmi and Secretarial Studies
It is possible for qualified students in any of the above curricula to elect in
Terms 7, 10, 13, 14, and 15 certain courses in education as part qualification for
a secondary school teaching certificate in business subjects and social studies.
Women students will be given the opportunity to take a sequence of courses
in secretarial studies as part qualification for executive secretarial positions or
to teach in this field.
96
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Curriculum in Acco
unting
FIRST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
No. Course
CI.
Cr.
No. Course
CI.
Cr.
No. Course
CI. C
3
30-01 English
3
3
30-02 Enghsh
3
3
30-03 English
20-01 Econ. Geog.
3
3
20-02 Econ. Geog.
3
3
20-04 Int. to Econ.
3
22-01 Am. Natl. Govt
. 3
3
22-02 Am. Natl. Govt
. 3
3
22-03 Am. Natl. Govt
. 3
41-01 Prin. of Acct.
4
4
41-02 Prin. of Acct.
4
4
41-03 Prin. of Acct.
4
27-11 Hist. Civil.
4
4
27-12 Hist. Civil.
4
4
27-13 Hist. Civil.
4
16-10 Phys. Ed.
0
(2)
0
16-11 Phys. Ed.
0
(2)
0
16-12 Phys. Ed.
0 (2) ;
17
(2)
17
17
(2)
17
17 (2) I
SECOND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term 6
30-04 English Lit.
5
21/2
43-21 Prin. of Mktg.
3
3
43-22 Prin. of Adv.
3
20-09 Int. to Stat.
3
(6)
3
44-20 Int. to Fin.
3
3
44-22 Prin. of Ins.
3
(Graphic Pres.)
45-21 Prin. of Bus.
45-22 Prin. of Bus.
or
Mgt.
3
3
Mgt.
3 '
47-09 Typing
3
(6)
3
41-27 Acctg. State.
4
4
41-26 Inter. Acct.
4 1
27-14 Hist. Civil.
4
2
25-01 Intro, to Psych.
4
4
25-02 Gen. Psych.
4 1
12 (6)
71/2
17
17
17
THIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Term 8
Term 9
20-13 Econ. Prin.
8
4
20-14 Econ. Probs.
4
4
20-15 Econ. Probs.
4
26-07 Soc. Probs.
8
4
29-01 Public Speaking
4
4
29-02 Public Speaking
4 1
or
44-31 Bus. Finance
4
4
44-32 Bus. Finance
4
14-41 Fund, of Math.
8
4
41-37 Int. Acct.
2 (2)
3
41-38 Int. Acct.
2 (2)
41-31 Cost Acct.
2
(2)
3
41-32 Cost Acct.
2 (2)
16
8
16
(4)
18
16 (4)
FOURTH YEAR
Term 10*
Term 11
Term 12
24-40 El. of Phil.
5
21/2
20-18 Am. Ec. Hist.
4
4
20-21 Statistics
3 (2)
Elective
5
21/2
20-20 Statistics
3
(2)
4
46-42 Leg. Asp. of
Elective
5
2'/2
46-41 Leg. Asp. of
Bus. II
4
Bus. I
4
4
30-17 Lit.
3 1
41-48 Cost Acct.
3
3
41-47 Consol. State.
3
41-45 Adv. Acct.
3
3
41-55 Adv. Acct.
3
15
m
17 (2)
18
16 (2)
FIFTH YEAR
Term 13*
Term 14
Term 15
1
24-41 Probs. of Phil.
5
21/2
20-40 Bus. & Govt.
4
4
20-28 Comp. Ec. Sy.
4
Elective
5
21/2
46-57 Law of Corp.
or
Elective
5
21/2
Fin. & Ins.
46-53 Basic Fed.
4
4
20-65 Res. Meth.
46-54 Basic Fed.
4
Taxes
2
(2)
3
Taxes
2 (2)
41-43 Auditing
3
3
41-44 Audit.
3
41-61 Sem. in Ac.
3
3
41-62 Sem. in Acctg.
2
50-10 Placement
30-48 Mod. Drama
4
Techniques
2
1
15
l^A
18 (2) 18
14(2)
*Summer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
tAll physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the RO'
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advan
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of
credits.
I
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
97
Curriculum in Business Management
-IRST YEARf
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
^0. Course
a.
Cr.
No. Course
CI.
Cr.
A^o. Course
CI.
Cr.
0-01 English
3
3
30-02 English
3
3
30-03 English
3
3
0-01 Econ. Geog.
3
3
20-02 Econ. Geog.
3
3
20-04 Int. to Econ.
3
3
2-01 Am. Natl. Gov
. 3
3
22-02 Am. Natl. Gov
. 3
3
22-03 Am. Natl. Govt. 3
3
1-01 Prin. of Acct.
4
4
41-02 Prin. of Acct.
4
4
41-03 Prin. of Acct.
4
4
7-11 Hist. Civil.
4
4
27-12 Hist. Civil.
4
4
27-13 Hist. CivU.
4
4
6-10 Phys. Ed.
0
(2)
0
16-11 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
16-12 Phys. Ed.
0(2)
0
17
(2)
17
17
(2)
17
17 (2)
17
ECOND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term 6
0-04 English Lit.
5
2'/2
43-21 Prin. of Mktg.
3
3
43-22 Prin. of Adv.
3
3
0-09 Int. to Stat.
3
(6)
3
44-20 Int. to Fin.
3
3
44-22 Prin. of Ins.
3
3
(Graphic Pres.)
45-21 Prin. of Bus.
45-22 Prin. of Bus.
or
Mgt.
3
3
Mgt.
3
3
7-09 Typing
3
(6)
3
41-27 Acctg. State.
4
4
41-28 Int. to Cost
7-14 Hist. Civil.
4
2
Acctg.
4
4
25-01 Intro, to Psych.
4
4
25-02 Gen. Psych.
4
4
12
(6)
7Vi
17
17
17
17
BIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Term 8
Term 9
0-13 Econ. Prin.
8
4
20-14 Econ. Probs.
4
4
20-15 Econ. Probs.
4
4
6-07 Soc. Probs.
8
4
44-31 Bus. Finance
4
4
44-32 Bus. Finance
4
4
or
29-01 Public Speaking
4
4
29-02 Public Speaking 4
4
4-41 Fund, of Math.
8
4
25-35 Ind. Psych.
3
3
25-36 Ind. Psych.
3
3
45-35 Prod. Mgt.
3
3
45-36 Pers. Mgt.
3
3
16
8
18
18
18
18
OURTH YEAR
Term 10*
Term 1 1
Term 12
1-33 Cost for Mgt.
10
5
20-20 Statistics
3
(2)
4
20-21 Statistics
3 (2)
4
Elective
5
2>A
20-18 Am. Ec. Hist.
46-41 Leg. Asp. of
4
4
23-06 Rec. Eur. Hist.
46-42 Leg. Asp. of
3
3
Bus. I
4
4
Bus. II
4
4
24-40 El. of Phil.
3
3
24-41 Probs. of Phil.
3
3
45-37 Pers. Mgt.
3
3
20-26 Labor Ec.
3
3
15
7'/i
17 (2)
18
16 (2) 17
IFTH YEAR
Term 13*
Term 14
Term 15
1-42 Budget Proc.
5
2Vi
20-40 Bus. & Govt.
4
4
20-28 Comp. Ec. Sy.
4
4
Elective
5
21/2
43-43 Mktg. Res.
4
4
or
20-65 Res. Meth.
4
4
Elective
5
21/2
45-52 Mgt. of Sales
45-61 Sem. in Policy
2
2
46-56 Law of Merch.
30-48 Mod. Drama
4
4
4
4
and Org.
3
3
45-62 Sem. in Mgt.
4
4
30-47 Mod. Novel
4
4
50-10 Place. Tech.
2
1
—
16
16
15
71A
19
18
Summer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
\\\ physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROTC
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advanced
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of 12
credits.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Curriculum in Finance and Insurance
FIRST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
No. Course
CI.
Cr.
No. Course
CI.
Cr.
No. Course
CI
30-01 English
3
3
30-02 English
3
3
30-03 English
3
20-01 Econ. Geog.
3
3
20-02 Econ. Geog.
3
3 -
20-04 Int. to Econ.
3
22-01 Am. Natl. Govt
. 3
3
22-02 Am. Natl. Govt. 3
3
22-03 Am. Natl. Govt. 3
41-01 Pr in. of Acct.
4
4
41-02 Prin. of Acct.
4
4
41-03 Prin. of Acct.
4
27-11 Hist. Civil.
4
4
27-12 Hist. Civil.
4
4
27-13 Hist. Civil.
4
16-10 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
16-11 Phys. Ed.
0
(2)
0
16-12 Phys. Ed.
0
(2)
17
(2)
17
17 (2)
17
17
(2)
SECOND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term 6
30-04 English Lit.
5
21/2
43-21 Prin. of Mktg.
3
3
43-22 Prin. of Adv.
3
20-09 Int. to Stat.
3 (6)
3
44-20 Int. to Fin.
3
3
44-22 Prin. of Ins.
3
(Graphic Pres.)
45-21 Prin. of Bus.
45-22 Prin. of Bus.
or
Mgt.
3
3
Mgt.
3
47-09 Typing
3
(6)
3
41-27 Acctg. State.
4
4
41-28 Int. to Cost
27-14 Hist. CivU.
4
2
25-01 Int. to Psych.
4
4
Acctg.
25-02 Gen. Psych.
4
4
12 (6)
71/2
17
17
17
THIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Term 8
Term 9
20-13 Prin. of Econ.
8
4
20-14 Econ. Probs.
4
4
20-15 Econ. Probs.
4
26-07 Soc. Probs.
8
4
44-31 Bus. Finance
4
4
44-32 Bus. Finance
4
or
44-33 Life Ins.
3
3
44-34 Prop. Ins.
3
14-41 Fund, of Math.
8
4
29-01 Public Speaking 4
4
29-02 Public Speaking
4
44-35 Estate Plan.
3
3
44-36 Estate Plan.
3
and Tax.
and Tax.
16
8
18
18
18
FOURTH YEAR
Term 10*
Term 11
Term 12
24-40 El. of Phil.
5
21/2
20-20 Statistics
3
(2)
4
20-21 Statistics
3
(2)
Elective
5
21/2
20-18 Am. Ec. Hist.
4
4
20-5 la Pub. Fin.
3
Elective
5
21/2
46-41 Leg. Asp. of
Bus. I
44-41 Invest. I
20-24a Mon. & Bkg.
4
3
3
4
3
3
46-42 Leg. Asp. of
Bus. II
44-42 Invest. II
30-17 Literature
4
3
3
15
71/2
17 (2)
18
16
(2)
FIFTH YEAR
Term 13*
Term 14
Term 15
24-41 Probs. of Phil.
5
21/2
20-40 Bus. & Govt.
4
4
20-28 Comp. Ec. Sy.
4
Elective
5
21/2
46-57 Law of Corp.
or
Elective
5
21/2
Fin. & Ins.
44-52 Sec. Mkts.
44-61 Sem. in Fin.
and Ins.
23-06 Rec. Eur.
Hist.
50-10 Place. Tech.
4
3
3
3
2
4
3
3
3
1
20-65 Res. Meth.
44-62 Seminar in Fin.
and Ins.
20-25 Bus. Cycles
30-48 Mod, Drama
4
4
4
4
15
71/2
19
18
16
♦Summer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
fAll physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROT
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advanc
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of
credits.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
99
Curriculum in Industrial Relations
RST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
'. Course
a.
Cr.
No. Course
CI.
Cr.
No. Course
CI.
Cr.
•01 English
3
3
30-02 English
3
3
30-03 English
3
3
•01 Econ. Geog.
3
3
20-02 Econ. Geog.
3
3
20-04 Int. to Econ.
3
3
•01 Am. Natl. Govt
. 3
3
22-02 Am. Natl. Govt
. 3
3
22-03 Am. Natl. Govt. 3
3
•01 Prin. of Acct.
4
4
41-02 Prin. of Acct.
4
4
41-03 Prin. of Acct.
4
4
•11 Hist. Civil.
4
4
27-12 Hist. Civil.
4
4
27-13 Hist. Civil.
4
4
■10 Phys. Ed.
0
(2)
0
16-11 Phys. Ed.
0
(2) 0
16-12 Phys. Ed.
0
(2)
0
17
(2)
17
17
(2) 17
17
(2)
17
COND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term 6
•04 English Lit.
5
21/i
43-21 Prin. of Mktg.
3
3
43-22 Prin. of Adv.
3
3
•09 Int. to Stat.
3
(6)
3
44-20 Int. to Fin.
3
3
44-22 Prin. of Ins.
3
3
(Graphic Pres.)
45-21 Prin. of Bus.
45-22 Prin. of Bus.
or
Mgt.
3
3
Mgt.
3
3
•09 Typing
3
(6)
3
41-27 Acctg. State.
4
4
41-28 Int. to Cost
•14 Hist. Civil.
4
2
Acctg.
4
4
—
—
—
25-01 Intro, to Psych.
4
4
25-02 Gen. Psych.
4
4
12 (6)
i^A
17
17
17
17
IIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Term 8
Term 9
13 Econ. Prin.
8
4
20-14 Econ. Prob.
4
4
20-15 Econ. Prob.
4
4
•07 Soc. Probs.
8
4
44-31 Bus. Finance
4
4
44-32 Bus. Finance
4
4
or
29-01 Pubhc Speaking
4
4
29-02 Public Speaking
4
4
41 Fund, of Math.
8
4
45-35 Prod. Mgt.
3
3
45-36 Pers. Mgt.
3
3
25-35 Ind. Psych.
3
3
25-36 Ind. Psych.
3
3
16
8
18
18
18
18
(URTH YEAR
Term 10*
Term 11
Term 12
33 Cost for Mgt.
10
5
20-20 Statistics
3
(2) 4
20-21 Statistics
3
(2)
4
Elective
5
2Vi
20-18 Am. Ec. Hist.
46-41 Leg. Asp. of
4
4
20-26 Labor Ec.
46-42 Leg. Asp. of
3
3
Bus. I
4
4
Bus. II
4
4
45-37 Pers. Met.
3
3
23-06 Rec. Eur. Hist.
3
3
24-40 EI. of Phil.
3
3
24^41 Probs. of Phil.
3
3
15
71/2
17
(2) 18
16
(2)
17
FTH YEAR
Term 13*
Term 14
Term 15
42 Bud. Proc.
5
2Vi
20-40 Bus. & Govt.
4
4
20-28 Comp. Ec. Sys.
4
4
Elective
5
2Vi
46-55 Labor Law
3
3
or
Elective
5
2^A
42-52 Mot. & Time
45-61 Sem. in Policy
2
(2) 3
20-65 Res. Meth.
26-17 Urban Soc.
4
4
4
4
and Org.
3
3
42-62 Sem. Col. Bg.
4
4
30-47 Mod. Novel
4
4
20-25 Bus. Cycles
4
4
50-10 Place. Tech.
2
1
16
—
16
15
eeks
m 18
( ) indicate laboratory hours.
(2) 18
immer term — 5 w
11 physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire,
w/ill nnt hP! rpniiirfH tn tal-(» Phvsiral Training in Tprm<: K 7. 3. and will Y
Students accepted for the ROTC
le nermitted to suhstitnte advanced
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of 12
credits.
100
fVORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Curriculum in Marketing
and
Advertising
FIRST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
No. Course
Cl
Cr.
No. Course
Cl.
Cr.
No. Course
Cl. Cr.
30-01 English
3
3
30-02 English
3
3
30-03 English
3
20-01 Econ. Geog.
3
3
20-02 Econ. Geog.
3
3
20-04 Int. to Econ.
3
22-01 Am. Natl. Govt
3
3
22-02 Am. Natl. Govt
. 3
3
22-03 Am. Natl. Govl
t. 3
41-01 Prin. of Acct.
4
4
41-02 Prin. of Acct.
4
4
41-03 Prin. of Acct.
4
27-11 Hist. Civil.
4
4
27-12 Hist. Civil.
4
4
27-13 Hist. Civil.
4
16-10 Phys. Ed.
0(2)
0
16-11 Phys. Ed.
0
(2)
0
16-12 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
17 (2)
17
17
(2)
17
17 (2)
SECOND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term 6
30-04 English Lit.
5
21/2
43-21 Prin. of Mktg.
3
3
43-22 Prin. of Adv.
3
20-09 Int. to Stat.
3
(6)
3
44-20 Int. to Fin.
3
3
44-22 Prin. of Ins.
3
(Graphic Pres.)
45-21 Prin. of Bus.
45-22 Prin. of Bus.
or
Mgt.
3
3
Mgt.
3
47-09 Typing
3
(6)
3
41-27 Acctg. State.
4
4
41-28 Int. to Cost
27-14 Hist. Civil.
4
2
Acctg.
4
25-01 Intro, to Psych.
4
4
25-02 Gen. Psych.
4
12
(6)
71/2
17
17
17
THIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Term 8
Term 9
20-13 Econ. Prin.
8
4
20-14 Econ. Probs.
4
4
20-15 Econ. Probs.
4
26-07 Soc. Probs.
8
4
29-01 Pubhc Speaking
4
4
29-02 Public Speaking
4
or
43-30 Salesmans'p
3
3
43-31 Copy Wtg.
3
14-41 Fund, of Math.
8
4
43-32 Sales Mgt.
3
3
43-33 Sales Mgt.
3
44-31 Bus. Finance
4
4
44-32 Bus. Finance
4
16
8
18
18
18
FOURTH YEAR
Term 10*
Term 11
Term 12
24-40 EI. of Phil.
5
21/2
20-20 Statistics
3
(2)
4
20-21 Statistics
3 (2)
Elective
5
21/2
20-18 Am. Ec. Hist.
4
4
43-40 Advtg. Prod.
4
Elective
5
21/2
46-41 Leg. Asp. of
46-42 Leg. Asp. of
Bus. I
4
4
Bus. II
4
43-44 For. Mktg.
2
2
30-17 Lit. (Shake-
43-43 Mktg. Res.
4
4
speare)
43-46 Cr. & Coll.
3
3
15
71/2
17
(2)
18
17 (2)
FIFTH YEAR
Term 13*
Term 14
Term 15
24-41 Probs. of Phil.
5
21/2
20-40 Bus. & Govt.
4
4
20-28 Comp. Ec. Sy.
4
Elective
5
21/2
43-61 Seminar in
or
Elective
5
21/2
Mktg. &
20-65 Res. Meth.
4
Advtg.
3
3
46-56 Law of Merch.
4
43-53 Prob. in Adv.
3
3
43-52 Ret. Merch.
4
30-47 Mod. Novel
4
4
43-54 Prpb. in Adv.
4
23-06 Rec. Eur.
or
Hist.
3
3
43-50 Ind. Mktg.
4
50-10 Place. Tech.
2
1
15
71/2
19
\l
16
♦Summer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
fAll physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the RO
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advan
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of
credits.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 101
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
Aims and Methods
IT IS the purpose of the College of Engineering to provide educational pro-
grams which will effectively prepare students to become professional prac-
titioners, to enter graduate schools, or to accept employment in the many
industrial fields in which an engineering background is helpful. Principally con-
cerned with undergraduate instruction, the College is operated upon the Co-
operative Plan and offers five-year curricula leading to the baccalaureate degree
in civil, mechanical, electrical, chemical, and industrial engineering.
The academic program begins with a 30-week freshman year of full-time study
during which the student continues to build the foundation in mathematics, the
physical sciences, and means of expression that were begun in high school. Co-
operative work in the same general field of engineering for which he is preparing
begins with the second year and continues throughout the upperclass program.
Thus the student has an opportunity to gain some insight into problems of actual
engineering practice as he progresses through the course of study at the college.
In keeping with recent trends in engineering education, the co-operative
curricula at Northeastern comprise a balanced sequence of courses in which the
technological disciplines occupy about four-fifths of the student's program and
the humanistic or general studies about one-fifth. These two aspects of the under-
graduate curriculum are integrated throughout the entire five years so that
growth in cultural understanding proceeds hand in hand with development of
technical knowledge and skill. This plan, widely utilized in engineering educa-
tion, is quite different from that in legal or medical education in which the
general studies precede the professional training, but it has proved to be highly
effective in the preparation of engineers and industrial leaders.
The courses of study in the first year are identical for all engineering students,
and it is possible for a student to change his curriculum at the end of the fresh-
man year without loss of time. Emphasis throughout all curricula is laid upon
fundamental concepts and skills so that the student may develop an adequate
foundation upon which to base his professional development. In the under-
graduate programs relatively little time can be devoted to courses in specialized
aspects of current engineering practice. These must in the main be given in
graduate schools where specialization is appropriate and possible.
Undergraduate curricula at Northeastern are designed to develop young men
and women with well-balanced personal qualities, a sense of civic responsibility,
an understanding of industrial job requirements, and a technical competence
sufficient to begin a professional career. Instruction both in the classroom and
in the laboratory is designed to place maximum emphasis upon individual
initiative and responsibility and to develop the student's powers of analysis.
Because an engineering education teaches the student to search out the truth,
to think clearly, and to formulate conclusions based upon a solid foundation of
facts, engineers are being called upon more and more to occupy positions of
responsibility in the management of our great industrial enterprises. Even in
such diverse fields as banking, public health, and public administration, this
so-called engineering approach is in demand.
102 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Day graduate programs are available in the Departments of Civil, Mechanical,
and Electrical Engineering and of Physics leading to the Master's degree.
The former are co-operative programs in engineering similar to the under-
graduate co-operative programs. In Physics, conventional tv^'o-year half-time
fellovi^ships are available.
Admission Requirements
Applicants for admission to the freshman class must qualify by graduation
from an approved course of study in an accredited secondary school, including
the prescribed subjects listed on page 30.
Graduation Requirements
The College of Engineering offers five-year curricula, conducted on the Co-
operative Plan, leading to the following degrees:
1. Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering
2. Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering
3. Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering
4. Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering
5. Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering
These curricula are described in the following pages. Since the first year is the
same for all engineering students, final choice of curriculum need not be made
until the beginning of the second year.
Candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree must complete all of the pre-
scribed work of the curriculum in which they seek to qualify. A total of 232
credit hours (equivalent to 145 semester hours) is required for the degree.
Students who undertake co-operative work assignments must meet the require-
ments of the Department of Co-operative Work before they become eligible for
their degrees.
No student transferring from another college or university is eligible to receive
the Bachelor of Science degree until he has completed at least one academic year
at Northeastern immediately preceding his graduation.
Scholarship Requirements
The degree conferred not only represents the formal completion of the subjects
in the selected course of study but also indicates professional competence in
the designated field of specialization. Those who are clearly unable to meet
the accepted standard of attainment will be required to withdraw from the
University.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 103
Graduation with Honor
Candidates who have achieved distinctly superior attainment in their academic
work will be graduated with honor. Upon special vote of the faculty a limited
number of this group may be graduated with high honor or with highest honor.
Students must have been in attendance at the University at least three years
before they may become eligible for honors at graduation.
Engineering Curricula
A brief description of each of the five engineering curricula together with a
short statement as to the principal vocational opportunities available to graduates
is given below to assist students in choosing their fields of specialization.
I. Civil Engineering has to do with the planning and building of all kinds of struc-
tures and public works. None of the structures of civil engineers lend themselves
to quantity production in a factory. Not only are civil engineering works designed
to fit a single location, but ordinarily their value is dependent upon their ability
to resist forces tending to move them.
Civil engineering is as old as civilization itself and, until recent times, it em-
braced all phases of engineering except those of a military character. Today its
major branches include topographical, municipal, railroad, highway, structural,
hydraulic, and sanitary engineering. It covers land surveying, soil mechanics, the
building of railroads, harbors, docks, and similar structures, the construction of
sewers, water works, streets, and highways, the design and construction of flood
control projects, bridges, buildings, walls, foundations, and of all fixed structures.
Since the first step in every civil engineering project involves accurate measure-
ment of the surface features of the land, of the nature of the soil, and of the
character of the underlying rock, the study of surveying and related subjects
occupies a large place in the civil engineering curriculum. And since the primary
consideration in designing any structure is to make certain that it will withstand
safely any force to which it may be subjected, the mechanics of static bodies,
strength of materials, and theory of structures are studied in detail. The cur-
riculum is thus intended to prepare the young civil engineer to take up the work
of design and construction of structures, to solve the problems of water supply
and waste disposal in urban areas, and intelligently to undertake the supervision
of work in allied fields of engineering and in general contracting.
Upon graduation, the young engineer may expect a period of apprenticeship
either in the field, surveying and plotting, or in the oflRce, over the drafting board.
As experience is gained, the graduate is entrusted with greater responsibilities in
actual design and supervision of construction. Those who prefer a roving exist-
ence should direct their ambitions toward private fields, while those who prefer
a stable home and community life will seek opportunities in the pubhc service
of the Federal Government and the various states and municipalities.
II. Mechanical Engineering is concerned with the harnessing of power resources
by means of machinery to perform useful work. With the increasing mechaniza-
tion of all industry which has taken place during the last century, the field has so
broadened as to include all lines of industry.
104 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
In contrast to the civil engineer who deals primarily with static forces, the
mechanical engineer is more concerned with the mechanics of motion or kinetics.
And because moving parts require constant care and adjustment, the mechanical
engineer has the task not only of designing and installing complicated machinery
but also of operating it efficiently after it has been installed.
The construction and operation of furnaces, boilers, and engines, the design
of all kinds of machinery from pocket watches to steel mills, the construction and
operation of railway and other transportation equipment including automobiles
and airplanes, and even control of atmospheric conditions by means of heating
and air conditioning equipment, all fall within the field of mechanical engineering.
Since machinery is so predominantly the concern of the mechanical engineer,
the program of study is designed to give the student considerable training in the
principles underlying the design and operation of engines, power transmission
devices, machine tools, and other machinery. This, of course, implies a thorough
study of the physical laws concerning motion and transfer of energy. Applied
mechanics and thermodynamics occupy a prominent place in the curriculum.
The program of instruction thus gives the student a broad foundation in those
fundamental subjects essential to all engineering practice and, in the senior year,
provides for limited specialization.
For those students desiring to specialize in the field of industrial management,
attention is called to the curriculum in industrial engineering, the basic training
of which is essentially the same as that in mechanical engineering.
The graduate mechanical engineer generally finds employment in an industrial
plant, either in design and research or in plant operation and maintenance. And
if his abilities lie in that direction, he frequently is entrusted after a time with
greater and greater responsibility for the successful management of the enterprise.
III. Electrical Engineering is a fast-moving field, obtaining much of its impetus
from the contemporary pioneering developments in the pure sciences. For this
reason, the program of study in electrical engineering includes more work in
physics and mathematics than do the other programs and provides as well a
solid grounding in engineering fundamentals.
The field of electrical engineering, and the electrical industry which it services,
are usually divided into two main areas — power and communications. These
areas overlap in that both are concerned with electronics and control. The
electrical engineering curriculum therefore, includes courses in the generation,
transmission, and distribution of electrical energy for light and power purposes;
the design and development of communications equipment such as telephones,
radio, television, and radar; the development and operation of large-scale data-
processing equipment and analog and digital computers; servomechanisms, etc.
To provide the abstract ground necessary for these undertakings, courses cover-
ing Laplace transforms, field theory, and solid-state physics are included.
The profession of electrical engineering affords a wide diversification of em-
ployment opportunities. If one is research-minded, opportunity to develop one's
talents may be found in one of the great university or industrial laboratories;
if one is interested in industrial applications or plant problems, opportunity can
be found in the manufacturing or operating organizations; and if one is sales-
minded, he may find a career as a sales engineer.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 105
IV. Chemical Engineering has grown out of the discoveries in the chemical labora-
tories which have served as a foundation for a great many new industries whose
production processes involve chemical as well as physical changes. Petroleum
refining, coal carbonization, plastics, manufacture of nylon and cellophane, and
hundreds of other industries require men and women trained in chemistry as well
as in engineering. Moreover, much of the training received by the chemical engi-
neer is now being applied in the rapidly developing field of nuclear engineering.
Many older industries such as foods, textiles, paints and varnishes, and leather
are also employing chemical engineers.
The chemical engineer has been defined as a "professional man experienced
in the design, construction, and operation of plants in which materials undergo
chemical and physical change." It is the task of the chemical engineer to reduce
the costs, increase production, and improve the quality of the products in the
industry.
In addition to the fundamental courses in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics required of all engineering students, a considerable amount of time is
devoted to more advanced work in chemistry as a foundation for the study of
chemical technology. In recognition of the increasing interest in the production
and utilization of nuclear energy, a course in modern physics and a course in
the introduction to nuclear engineering recently have been added to the cur-
riculum. Instruction in the elements of mechanical and electrical engineering
also helps to give the student a sound engineering background. Since the field of
chemical engineering is so varied, the curriculum has been designed to give the
students a broad training in which fundamental principles are stressed. It is be-
lieved that this training will enable the students readily to acclimate themselves
to whatever industry they may choose to enter.
Because of the complex nature of many chemical processes and because of the
difficulty of translating laboratory results into full-scale plant operations, there
has been developed in many chemical plants the so-called semi-works or pilot
plant. Here new processes developed by the chemists in the research laboratory
are put to the test of actual plant conditions. And it is here that the young chemi-
cal engineers often find themselves upon graduation. If they are able to under-
stand the chemist on the one side and the plant operator on the other, and if
they are technically competent as well, they will soon find opportunities for ad-
vancement either in one of the technical branches of the industry, such as design,
development, research, and production, or in the sales and management fields in
which a knowledge of chemical engineering is essential.
V. Industrial Engineering is concerned with the application of engineering and
scientific principles to the varied problems in the field of production manage-
ment involving the intelligent utilization of men, materials, machines, and
money.
About sixty years ago, Frederick W. Taylor undertook to apply to the prob-
lems of industrial management what we now call "the scientific method" or
"the engineering approach." He reasoned that it was management's business to
know what constituted a proper day's work and that the way to get the facts was
through research and experiment on a scientific basis. He defined "scientific
management" not as any device or scheme or gadget, but as a new outlook — a
new viewpoint based upon a solid foundation of fact. The methods employed by
106 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Taylor and by those who came after him have undergone some modification, but
the concept of scientific management which he formulated has gained wider
and wider recognition from both employers and emploj^ees.
This growing recognition of the value of a scientific approach to the problems
of industrial management early created a demand for men and women trained in
engineering and science, who possessed a knowledge of business as well, to
assume positions of administrative responsibility in industry. To meet this
demand, courses were established in many engineering colleges to provide a
thorough training in engineering fundamentals together with a specialized train-
ing in business administration, which would prepare the students for managerial
responsibilities in technical industries. These curricula are variously entitled
industrial engineering, administrative engineering, or engineering administra-
tion, but all are designed to lead ultimately to positions of administrative or
executive responsibility, rather than to positions which involve highly specialized
technical engineering responsibility.
The curriculum in industrial engineering, then, provides a course of study
which is essentially the same as that for mechanical engineering in the first three
years. In the last two years, however, advanced engineering courses are replaced
by courses in business management.
Upon graduation, the young industrial engineer may find his way into such
factory staff" departments as methods engineering, production planning and
control, wage administration, quality control, or time study. If he prefers,
he may select work in cost accounting or statistical analysis; then again he
may incline towards sales engineering activity and serve in the "field" as a sales
and service representative.
More and more there is opportunity for the experienced industrial engineer
to serve industry in a consulting capacity. Upon becoming especially skilled in
his profession, he is called in by industry for assistance in the installation and
maintenance of sound management principles, and in the reorganization of
enterprises which have failed.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
107
Curriculum in Civil
Engineering
RST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
1. Course
CI. Cr.
No. Course
Cl. Cr.
No. Course
CL Cr.
•01 Gen. Chem.
3 (3)
4
11-02 Gen. Chem.
3 (3) 4
11-03 Gen. Chem.
3 (3)
4
■01 Eng'g Draw.
0 (6)
3
12-03 Desc. Geom.
0 (6) 3
12-02 Eng'g Draw.
0 (6)
3
•51 Math. I
5
4
14-52 Math. II
5 4
14-53 Math. Ill
5
5
•51 Physics
3
3
15-52 Physics
3 3
15-53 Physics
3
3
•01 English
3
3
30-02 English
3 3
30-03 English
3
3
•10 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
16-11 Phys. Ed.
0 (2) 0
16-12 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
0
14(11)
17
14(11) 17
14(11)
18
COND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term 6
•04 Gen. Chem.
3 (3)
2
1-10 Surveying
3 (3) 3
2-20 App. Mech.
4
4
•04 Mach. Drwg.
0 (6)
2
3-01 Elec. Eng'g
3 3
3-02 Elec. Eng'g
3
3
•54 Math. IV
5
21/2
14-05 Dili. Calc.
4 4
14-06 Int. Calc.
4
4
•54 Physics
5
2^A
15-05 Physics
4 (3) 5
15-06 Physics
3 (3)
4
23-30 Mod. Dem.
3 3
23-31 Mod. Dem.
3
3
13 (9) 9
17 (6) 18
17 (3) 18
IIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Terai 8
Term 9
■21 App. Mech.
6
3
1-11 Surveying
4
(3)
4
1-12 Surveying
3 (3) 3
•07 Psychology
6
3
2-22 Str. of Mat.
4
4
1-20 Hvdraulics
3 3
•15 Literature
6
3
2-80 Heat Eng'g
4
4
2-23 Str. of Mat.
3 3
3-03 Elect. Eng'g
3
3
14-07 DilT. Eq.
4 4
20-11 Economics
3
3
20-12 Economics
44-13 Constr. FIb.
3 3
2 2
18
18 (3) 18
18 (3) 18
)URTH YEAR
Term 10*
Term 11
Term 12
•13 Surveying
2(12)
3
1-21 Hydraulics
3 3
1-41 Struct. Anal.
4
4
•08 Psychology
6
3
1-40 Struct. Anal.
3 3
1-50 Concrete
3
3
■16 Literature
6
3
1-49 Cone. T. Lab.
1 (4) 3
1-54 Des. of Struc.
2 (4)
2
2-24 Adv. Mech.
3 3
1-58 Eng'g Geol.
3
3
2-43 Mat. and
3 3
2-64 Test. Mat.
1 (4)
3
Proc.
Lab.
Lib. Elect.
3 3
Lib. Elect.
3
3
14(12) 9
16 (4) 18
16 (8) 18
FTH YEAR
Term 13*
Term 14
Term 15
•03 Eff. Speaking
6
3
1-24 San. Eng'g
4
4
1-25 San. Eng'g
3 (3)
4
■03 Contracts and
1-30 Transport.
3
3
1-31 Transport.
2
2
Agency
6
3
1-42 Struct. Anal.
3
3
1-43 Struct. Anal.
4
4
Lib. Elect.
6
3
1-51 Concrete
4
4
1-56 Des. of Str.
0 (9)
3
1-55 Des. of Str.
3
(6)
3
1-57 Found. Eng'g
2
2
50-01 Prof. Devel.
3
1
1-60 Cons. Cost
3
3
18
20 (6) 18
14(12) 18
ammer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
11 physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROTC
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advanced
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of 12
credits.
108
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Curriculum in Mechanical Engineering
FIRST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
No. Course
Cl. Cr.
No. Course
Cl. Cr.
No. Course
Cl.
11-01 Gen. Chem.
3 (3) 4
11-02 Gen. Chem.
3 (3) 4
11-03 Gen. Chem.
3 (3)
12-01 Eng'g Draw.
0 (6) 3
12-03 Desc. Geom.
0 (6) 3
12-02 Eng'g Draw.
0 (6)
14-51 Math. I
5 4
14-52 Math. II
5 4
14-53 Math. Ill
5
15-51 Physics
3 3
15-52 Physics
3 3
15-53 Physics
3
30-01 English
3 3
30-02 English
3 3
30-03 EngUsh
3
16-10 Phys. Ed.
0 (2) 0
16-11 Phys. Ed.
0 (2) 0
16-12 Phys. Ed.
0(2)
14(11) 17
14(11) 17
14(11)
SECOND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term 6
11-04 Gen. Chem.
3 (3) 2
3-01 Elect. Eng'g
3 3
2-20 App. Mech.
4
12-04 Mach. Draw.
0 (6) 2
14-05 Diff. Calc.
4 4
3-02 Elect. Eng'g
3
14-54 Math. IV
5 21/2
15-05 Physics
4 (3) 5
14-06 Int. Calc.
4
15-54 Physics
5 21/2
23-30 Mod. Dem.
3 3
15-06 Physics
3 (3)
30-15 Literature
3 3
23-31 Mod. Dem.
3
13 (9) 9
17 (3) 18
THIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Term 8
Term 9
1-10 Surveying
6 (6) 3
2-22 Str. of Mat.
4
4
1-20 HydrauUcs
3
2-21 App. Mech.
6 3
2-81 Heat Eng'g
4
4
2-13 Mechanism
3
25-07 Psychology
6 3
3-03 Elect. Eng'g
3
3
2-23 Str. of Mat.
3
14-07 Diff. Eq.
4
4
2-82 Heat Eng'g
3
20-11 Economics
3
3
14-20 Adv. Math.
20-12 Economics
3
3
18 (6) 9
18
18
FOURTH YEAR
Term 10*
Term 11
Term 12
2-83 Heat Eng'g
6
3
2-27 Fluid Mech.
3
3
2-24 Adv. Mech.
3
25-08 Psychology
6
3
2-43 Mats, and
2-28 Fluid Mech.
3
30-16 Literature
6
3
Proc.
3
3
2-61 Mech. E. Lab.
0
2-84 Heat Eng'g
4
4
2-85 Heat Eng'g
4
2-60 Mech. E. Lab.
0 (3)
2
5-11 Ind. Mgt.
3
5-10 Ind. Mgt.
3
3
Lib. Elect.
3
Lib. Elect.
3
3
18
9
16 (3)
18
16
FIFTH YEAR
Term 13*
Term 14
Term 15
2-46 Metal Proc.
4 (6)
3
1-46 Structures
3
3
1-47 Structures
3
29-03 Eff. Speaking
6
3
2-14 Mach. Design
3 (3)
4
2-15 Mach. Design
3
Lib. Elect.
6
3
2-26 Eng. Dyn.
3
3
2-44 Phys. Met.
3
2-86 Heat Eng'g
4
4
2-63 Mech. E. Lab.
0
2-62 Mech. E. Lab.
0 (4)
3
2-87 Power Plant
50-01 Prof. Devel.
3
1
Eng'g
4
16 (6) 9
16 (7) 18
♦Summer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
fAU physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROT
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advanc
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of
credits.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
109
Curriculum in Electrical Engineering
[RST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
0. Course
Cl. Cr.
No. Course Cl. Cr.
No. Course
Cl. Cr.
-01 Gen. Chem.
3 (3)
4
11-02 Gen. Chem. 3 (3) 4
11-03 Gen. Chem.
3 (3) 4
;-01 Eng'g Draw.
0 (6)
3
12-03 Desc. Geom. 0 (6) 3
12-02 Eng'g Draw.
0 (6) 3
t-51 Math. I
5
4
14-52 Math. 11 5 4
14-53 Math. Ill
5 5
1-51 Physics
3
3
15-52 Physics 3 3
15-53 Physics
3 3
1-01 EngUsh
3
3
30-02 Enghsh 3 3
30-03 English
3 3
i-10 Phys. Ed.
0(2)
0
16-11 Phys. Ed. 0 (2) 0
16-12 Phys. Ed.
0 (2) 0
14(11)
17
14(11) 17
14(11)18
iCOND YEAR
Term 4*
Term 5
Term 6
-04 Gen. Chem.
3 (3)
2
3-51 Elec. Eng'g I 3 3
2-20 App. Mech.
4 4
!-04 Mach. Draw.
0 (6)
2
14-05 Diff. Calc. 4 4
3-52 Elec. Eng'g II
3 3
t-54 Intro. Calc.
5
21/2
1 5-05 Physics 4 (3) 5
14-06 Int. Calc.
4 4
i-54 Physics
5
^y^
23-30 Mod. Dem. 3 3
15-06 Physics
3 (3) 4
30-15 Literature 3 3
23-31 Mod. Dem.
3 3
13 (9) 9
17 (3) 18
17 (3) 18
HIRD YEAR
Term 7*
Term 8
Term 9
1-21 App. Mech.
6
3
2-22 Str. of Mat.
4
4
1-20 Hydraulics
3
i-53 Elec. Eng'g III
6
3
2-43 Mat. and
2-80 Heat Eng'g
4
5-07 Psychology
6
3
Proc.
3
3
3-70 Electronics I
3
3-54 Elec. Eng. IV
4
3
14-20 Adv. Math.
3
14-07 Did. Eq.
4
4
20-12 Economics
3
20-11 Economics
3
3
30-16 Literature
3
18
9
18
17
19
19
OURTH YEAR
Term 10*
Term 11
Term 12
J-90 Elec. E. Lab. I
2
(6)
3
3-15 Polyphase
3-55 Elec. Mach. I
3
3
J-80 Transients
6
3
A.C. Circ.
3
3
3-92 Elec. E. Lab. Ill
1
(3)
3
5-08 Psychology
6
3
3-91 Elec. E. Lab. II
1
(3)
3
3-93 Elec. E. Lab. IV
1
(3)
3
3-19 El. F'ld Theo.
3
3
3-29 Ad. F'ld Theo.
3
3
3-71 Electronics II
3
3
3-72 Electronics III
3
3
5-03 Ind. Mgt.
3
3
Lib. Elect.
3
3
Lib. Elect.
3
3
14
(6)
9
16 (3)
18
14
(6)
18
IFTH YEAR
Term 13*
Term 14
Term 15
J-94 Elec. E. Lab. V
4(12)
6
3-56 Elec. Mach. II
3
3
3-57 Elec. Mach. Ill
3
Ub. Elect.
6
3
3-73 Electronics IV
3
3
3-74 Electronics V
3
3-28 Trans. Lines
4
4
3-32 Filters
3
3-60 Servo
3
3
3-96 Elec. E. Lab. VII
1
(3)
3-95 Elec. E. Lab. V
2
(3)
4
29-03 Eff. Speaking
3
50-01 Prof. Devel.
3
1
46-03 Contracts and
Agency
3
3
10(12) 9
18 (3) 18
16 (3) 18
Summer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
A.11 physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROTC
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advanced
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of 12
credits.
110
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Curriculum in Chemical Engineering
FIRST YEARt
Term 1
Term 2
Term 3
No. Course
Cl. Cr.
No. Course
Cl. Cr.
No. Course
Cl. '
11-01 Gen. Chem.
3 (3) 4
11-02 Gen. Chem.
3 (3) 4
11-03 Gen. Chem.
3 (3)i
12-01 Eng'g Draw.
0 (6) 3
12-03 Desc. Geom.
0 (6) 3
12-02 Eng'g Draw.
0 (6)i
14-51 Math. I
5 4
14-52 Math. 11
5 4
14-53 Math. Ill
5 I
15-51 Physics
3 3
15-52 Physics
3 3
15-53 Physics
3
30-01 English
3 3
30-02 English
3 3
30-03 English
3
16-10 Phys. Ed.
0 (2) 0
16-11 Phys. Ed.
0 (2) 0
16-12 Phys. Ed.
0 (2)
14(11)17
14(11)17
14(11);
SECOND YEAR
Term 4
Term 5
Term 6
1
11-05 Gen. Chem.
3 (3) 2
11-51 Organic
3 (6) 5
11-54 Organic
3 1
4-50 Intro, to
14-05 Diff. Calc.
4 4
14-06 Int. Calc.
4 1
Chem. Eng.
4 2
15-05 Physics
4 (3) 5
15-06 Physics
3 (3)i
14-54 Math. IV
5 21/2
4-51 Chem. E. Lit.
1 1
2-20 App. Mech.
4
15-54 Physics
5 21/2
23-30 Mod. Dem.
3 3
23-31 Mod. Dem.
3
17 (3) 9
15 (9) 18
17 (1)1
THIRD YEAR
i
Term 7*
Term 8
Term 9
1
2-21 App. Mcch. 6
4-60 Fluid Mechanics 5
30-16 Literature 6
(3)
2-22 Str. of Mat.
11-61 Phys. Chem.
30-15 Literature
14-07 Diff. Eq.
20-11 Economics
17 (3) 9
4 4
3 (3) 4
3 3
4 4
3 3
17 (3) 18
4-52 Chem. Eng. Calc.
11-62 Phys. Chem.
15-41 Int. At. Nuc.
Phys.
14-20 Adv. Math.
20-12 Economics
(3)
17 (3)
FOURTH YEAR
Term 10*
4-70 Heat Trans.
25-07 Psychology
29-03 Eff. Speaking
5
6
6
(3)
3
3
3
Term 11
11-65 Phys. Chem.
4-71 Chem. Eng'g
Lib. Elect.
4-61 Ch. Eng. Therm
11-73 Analyt. Chem.
3
4 (4)
3
. 3
2 (3)
3
6
3
3
3
Term 12
11-56 Organic
4-72 Chem. Eng'g
Lib. Elect.
4-62 Ch. Eng. Therm
4-42 Prop, of M'tls
3
4 (4)
3
. 4
2
17
(3)
9
15 (7) 18
16(4)
FIFTH YEAR
Term 13*
25-08 Psychology
Lib. Elect.
4-80 Proc. Eng. Econ
6
6
. 6
3
3
3
Term 14
3-04 Elec. Eng.
4-63 Ch. Eng. Kinet.
4-43 Eng'g Mt'ls
4-91 Process D'sn
3 (3)
4
3
1 (6)
4
4
3
6
Term 15
3-05 Elec. Eng.
4-46 Int. Nuc. Eng.
4-82 Ch. Plant Cost
4-92 Process D'sn
3
4
3
0 (6)
or
4-93 Projects
50-01 Prof. Dev.
1 (6)
3
6
1
or
4-94 Projects
4-44 Ind. Processes
0 (6)
3
18
14 (9) 18
13 (6)
♦Summer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
tAll physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROT
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advano
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of
credits.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
111
1ST YEARt
Term 1
.. Course
'Ol Gen. Chem.
01 Eng'g Draw.
51 Math. I
51 Physics
01 English
10 Phys. Ed.
Curriculum in Industrial Engineering
a. Cr.
3 (3) 4
0 (6)
5
3
3
0 (2)
Term 2
No. Course
11-02 Gen. Chem.
12-03 Desc. Geom.
14-52 Math. II
15-52 Physics
30-02 English
16-11 Phys. Ed.
3 (3)
0 (6)
5
3
3
0 (2)
Cr.
4
3
4
3
3
0
Term 3
No. Course
11-03 Gen. Chem.
12-02 Eng'g Draw.
14-53 Math. Ill
15-53 Physics
30-03 English
16-12 Phys. Ed.
3 (3)
0 (6)
5
3
3
0 (2)
Cr.
4
3
5
3
3
0
COND YEAR
Term 4*
04 Gen. Chem.
04 Mach. Draw.
54 Math. IV
54 Physics
14(11) 17
14(11) 17
3 (3)
0 (6)
5
5
2
2
2>/2
2'/2
Term
3-01 Elec. Eng'g
14-05 Diff. Calc.
15-05 Physics
23-30 Mod. Dem.
30-15 Literature
(3)
Term 6
2-20 App. Mech.
3-02 Elec. Eng'g
14-06 Int. Calc.
15-06 Physics
23-31 Mod. Dem.
14(11) 18
(3)
IIRD YEAR
Term 7*
■21 App. Mech.
•07 Psychology
16 Literature
13 (9) 9
6 3
6 3
6 3
17 (3) 18
17 (3) li
Term 8
2-22 Str. of Mat.
2-81 Heat Eng'g
5-10 Ind. Mgt.
14-07 Dili. Eq.
20-11 Economics
Term !
1-20 Hydraulics
2-23 Str. of Mat.
2-82 Heat Eng'g
3-03 Elect. Eng'g
5-11 Ind. Mgt.
20-12 Economics
)URTH YEAR
Term 10*
■22 Proc. Plan. &
Tool Design
•22 Ind. Stat. I
•08 Psychology
18
5 (5) 3
4 (4) 3
6 3
Term 11
1-21 Hydraulics 3 3
2-43 Mat. and Proc. 3 3
5-09 Ind. Stat. II 4 3
5-17 Prod. Plan.
and Cont. 3 3
41-34 Ind. Acctg. 3 3
Lib. Elect. 3 3
Term 12
2-13 Mechanism 3
5-12 Meth. Time An. 3
41-35 Ind. Acct. 5
5-19 Pers. Admin. 3
Lib. Elect. 3
(3)
15 (9) 9
FTH YEAR
Term 13*
-30 Determinants
& Matrices
5
3
-03 Contracts &
Agency
6
3
Lib. Elect.
6
3
19
Term 14
5-27 Operations
Research 4
2-67 Mech. E. Lab. 0 (4)
17 (3) U
5-13 Meth. Time An. 3 (3) 4
5-18 Qual. Cont. 3 (2) 3
5-20 Wace Admin. 3 3
50-01 Prof. Devel. 3 1
Term 15
2-44 Phys. Met.
5-23 Plant Lavout
& Mat. Hdlg.
5-25 Eng'g Econ.
5-26 Seminar
29-03 EfiF. Speaking
(3)
(6)
17
16(9) 18
15 (9) 18
lummer term — 5 weeks. ( ) indicate laboratory hours.
Vll physically qualified male freshmen may elect ROTC if they so desire. Students accepted for the ROTC
will not be required to take Physical Training in Terms 1, 2, 3, and will be permitted to substitute advanced
ROTC courses for certain upperclass academic work as approved by the Dean up to a maximum of 12
credits.
112 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
On the pages which follow are given in numerical order the synopses of courses
offered in the several curricula of the Day Colleges. Although not all courses
are offered every year, all will be offered during the normal period of each stu-
dent's curriculum. The term "preparation" indicates a course that must be taken
before undertaking the advanced course to which it applies.
A credit hour equals approximately three clock hours of work: ordinarily one
hour of class and two hours of preparation a week for a term of 10 weeks. Labora-
tory and drawing courses normally require fewer hours of outside preparation
and, therefore, carry less credit than lecture courses. Since the summer terms are
onlv 5 weeks long, courses offered in the summer carry one-half of the credits
carried by courses which meet the same number of hours per week in the regular
10- week terms. Credit hours can be converted into standard semester hours by
multiplying by 10/16, the ratio of the number of weeks in the term to the usual
number of weeks in the semester.
The University reserves the right to withdraw, modify, or add to the courses
offered or to change the order or content of courses in any cuiTiculum.
Civil Engineering
1-10 Surveying — This first course in surveying is divided into two portions:
classroom instruction and surveying field work.
Basic surveying principles are stressed in the lecture portion of this course
covering the following topics: taping, the compass, the level, differential leveling,
profile leveling, the transit, closed traverse, stadia, traverse calculations, and
plotting of survey data.
The surveying field work portion of this course covers such topics as taping,
differential leveling, running closed traverse, and the location of physical details
from the closed traverse by angle and distance or by stadia. Prep. 14-53, 3 Class
Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
1-11 Surveying — Like Course 1-10, this course in surveying is divided into two
portions: classroom instruction and the drafting room.
Simple, compound, and reverse horizontal curves, and spiral easement curves,
both from the standpoint of a railroad curve and of a circular arc, are studied.
Also included in the classroom instruction are vertical curves and earthwork
solutions.
In the drafting room, data collected in the field portion of Course 1-10 are
calculated as a closed traverse, plotted, and traced as a finished plan. Prep. 1-10;
4 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
1-12 Surveying — This course is a continuation of Course 1-11 and it is divided
into classroom instruction and field surveying.
In the classroom the following are studied: a review of spherical trigonometry;
observations on the sun for latitude, time, and azimuth; and the basic principles
of photogrammetry and geodesy.
CO URSES OF INSTR UCTION 1 1 3
The field work consists of a random traverse being run, from which the physical
details are located. A map is prepared, using collected data; a location line de-
termined, and then the location Une is staked out, with a profile of the location
Mne being run. Prep. 1-11; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
1-13 Surveying — This course, likewise, is divided into two portions: classroom
instruction and surveying practice (field and office work).
In the classroom, the theory and use of the plane table, precise leveling, pre-
cise taping, and use of the Ephemeris tables are studied.
The surveying practice portion includes the following: precise and Coast and
Geodetic leveling; cross sections; earthworks calculations; mass diagram solution;
plane table problems; observations on the sun for latitude, time, and azimuth;
observation on Polaris for azimuth; and basic problems of photogrammetry in-
cluding differential parallax measurements. Prep. 1-12; 2 Class Hrs.; 12 Lab. Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
1-20 Hydraulics — A basic course in hydraulics dealing with the laws of hydro-
statics and hydrokinetics.
In hydrostatics the following topics are studied: pressure gauges; differential
manometers; pressure intensities; total pressures; location of center of pressure
(horizontally and vertically); total pressures on curved and inclined surfaces;
hoop tension and end tension; simple dams; and flotation problems.
While in hydrokinetics, Bernoulli's theorem; the Venturi meter, orifices; short
tubes; pipe lines; and open channel flow are studied. Prep. 2-21; 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
1-21 Hydraulics — This course is a continuation of Course 1-20, where the fol-
lowing subjects are studied: equivalent pipes; the Hardy Cross method of analy-
sis; weirs; dimensional analysis; model analysis by Froude's number and by
Reynold's number; flow of fluids through closed conduits; the hydraulic jump;
and the drawdown and backwater curves. Prep. 1-20; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
1-24 Sanitary Engineering — This is a general course in water supply engineering
where the following items are studied: forecasting the future population; the
quality and quantity of water; rainfall; runoff; the collection and storage of
ground water and surface water supplies; slow sand and rapid sand filters; treat-
ment of waters for the removal of hardness, iron, and other impurities; dismfec-
tion of waters; and the distribution system. Prep. 1-21 ; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
1-25 Sanitary Engineering — This is a companion course to 1-24. It deals with
the collection and disposal of sewage and storm water, including the following
items: the quantity of sewage and storm water; sewerage systems; the collection
of data necessary for design and construction of collection systems; and a dis-
cussion of the modern methods of sewage treatment and the operation of these
treatment plants.
The laboratory portion of this course is designed to familiarize the student
with the proper method of collecting, storing, and transporting water and sewage
samples; and the basic principles of water and sewage analysis for both chemical
and sewage samples; and the basic principles of water and sewage analysis for both
chemical and bacterial properties. Prep. 1-24; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
114 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
1-30 Transportation — This course consists of a discussion of traffic engineering,
administration, surveys, and plans of modern highiways. The economics of high-
way rates of grade and general layout features, such as vertical curves, horizontal
curves, superelevation, traffic control, accidents, and general highway safety are
discussed.
Roadway foundations, grading, and excavating equipment as well as highway
drainage problems are also considered.
A study is made of soil tests and classiiications. The elementary principles of
soil mechanics as they are applied to highway and airport design and construc-
tion are considered.
The manufacture and testing of bituminous products as well as the construc-
tion of low cost road types (earth and gravel) and methods of soil stabiUzation
are included. Prep. 1-12; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
1-31 Transportation — A course which is a continuation of 1-30 and includes
a detailed discussion of the design and construction of the higher cost types of
roadways such as penetrated macadam, Portland cement concrete, and asphaltic
concrete pavements. A brief discussion of airport design and layout concludes
the course.
The application of the latest research developments is considered throughout
all phases of the material as given in both this course and 1-30. Prep. 1-30;
2 Class Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
1-40 Structural Analysis — This, the first of a series of four courses in structural
analysis, is devoted to a review and expansion of algebraic and graphical methods
of determining reactions, shears, bending moments, and stresses developed by
loads acting upon all forms of planar and statically determinate beams and
frame structures. Prep. 2-22; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
1-41 Structural Analysis — A continuation of 1-40, covering a discussion of
roof loads encountered in practice and the determination of design stresses for
a typical roof truss. Consideration is given to the various types of girder, simple
truss, and subdivided truss, highway and railway bridges embracing the treat-
ment of dead load stresses developed in such structures. A complete study of
influence lines is undertaken, together with their function in determining the
shears, bending moments, and stresses produced by moving load systems, both
distributed and concentrated, with attention to their dynamic or impact effect.
Upon conclusion of these studies a discussion of design stresses is included.
Prep. 1-40; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
1-42 Structural Analysis — A continuation of 1-41, covering the slope and
deflection of beams and girders due to bending, by the method of work, the
moment-area process, and the method of elastic weights. The deflection of
statically determinate framed structures is studied by the method of work and
by the Williot-Mohr process. Prep. 1-41; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
1-43 Structural Analysis — Continuation of 1-42, embracing the analysis of
continuous beams, simple statically indeterminate trusses and frameworks
(without and with side sway) by the methods of least work, slope-deflection, and
moment distribution.
CO URSES OF INSTR UCTION 1 1 5
A study is made of the shears, moments, and stresses developed in tall building
frames by the various approximate methods of treatment. Prep. 1-42; 4 Class
Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
1-46 Structures — This course, designed for mechanical engineering students,
comprises a study of loads and the analysis of ordinary building frames and
trusses encountered in this field. The complete determination of design stresses
for a typical roof truss is carried out. Assumptions for making approximate
solutions of mill building bents are considered. The use of influence lines for
stress analysis under moving loads is studied. The application of influence lines
to simple and overhanging beams is stressed. Maximum shears and moments due
to moving, concentrated, and distributed loads are considered, as v/ell as the
absolute maximum moment in a beam. Prep. 2-23; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
1-47 Structures — This course covers the basic principles and assumptions of
structural design for a clearer understanding of design problems encountered
in mechanical engineering. It consists of the theory and practice of designing
connections for various structural elements, using rivets and welds. It also deals
with the design of tension and compression members, giving consideration to
direct and flexural stresses. A complete study of a plate girder for a building
is made. Prep. 1-46; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
1-49 Concrete Testing Laboratory — This laboratory course covers the testing
(ASTM and AASHO Standards) of Portland Cement concrete and aggregates
used in making concrete.
The tests on the aggregates (fine and coarse) consist of specific gravity, absorp-
tion, surface moisture, mortar-making properties, organic impurities, bulking,
unit weight, and abrasion loss (Los Angeles).
Concrete mix variables such as the water-cement ratio law, effect of varying
percentages of sand and varying maximum size aggregate on the cement factor
are studied by means of laboratory exercises. Strength is determined by com-
pression and flexural testing.
The strength-developing characteristics of the different cement types, effect
of curing temperature, and methods of curing as well as air-entrained concrete
are included in the laboratory work.
Complete reports are required at the conclusion of all tests. Prep. 2-23; 1
Class Hr.; 4 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
1-50 Concrete — The fundamental principles involved in the theory of rein-
forced concrete behavior are thoroughly reviewed and investigated, and the
transformed area method of analysis and design is developed. This is followed by
the application of this method to the analysis and design of elementary members
such as rectangular beams, tee beams, and beams reinforced in compression.
Shear, bond, and anchorage are also treated. In addition, a discussion of specifi-
cations and current practice is included. Prep. 2-23, 1-49; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit
Hrs.
1-51 Concrete — This course, a continuation of 1-50, beginning with a study of
the effects of diagonal tension and the design of vertical and inclined stirrups.
The analysis and design of axially loaded columns on the basis of elastic behavior,
followed by consideration of the influence of shrinkage and plastic flow. A com-
116 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
plete analysis of members subjected to combined bending and axial effects are
studied. At this stage formulas and graphs are developed for aids in designing.
Methods of analysis for the design of the most frequent types of continuous rein-
forced concrete structures are considered. The interpretation of the "ACI
Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" as affecting such con-
struction is carried on throughout this course. Prep. 1-50; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit
Hrs.
1-54 Design of Structures — This first course consists of lectures and problem
work in the theory and practice of designing connections for various structural
elements using rivets and welding. Connections with concentric and eccentric
loadings are considered. Prep. 2-23; 2 Class Hrs.; 4 Lab. Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
1-55 Design of Structures — This course, a continuation of 1-54, considers the
design of moment connections for fixed ended beams. Following this, the work
consists principally of the design of the individual members in a structural
framework such as tension members, compression members, and flexural mem-
bers. In the design of these members the effect of combined loadings is care-
fully considered. Shop drawings are made for the members as designed. Prep.
1-54; 3 Class Hrs.; 6 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
1-56 Design of Structures — This course, the third one in the Design series,
treats the complete design and drawing of a plate girder for a building or bridge.
The tabular or office procedure method of design of reinforced concrete beams
is developed. The design of reinforced concrete footings, both isolated and com-
bined, are included. The design of continuous beams, both steel and concrete,
concludes the course. Prep. 1-55; 9 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
1-57 Foundation Engineering — ■ By means of lectures and assigned readings, the
following topics are considered: types of piles, pile driving equipment, pile load-
ing capacity, marine borers, various types of caissons, cofferdams, methods of
underpinning, and ground water control in foundation construction. Considera-
tion is given to dredging operations.
The latest developments in the field of soil mechanics as related to the above
topics are treated. 2 Class Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
1-58 Engineering Geology — A discussion of the important minerals in the earth's
surface, classification of rocks, geologic structure of the rocks including rock
weathering. Other topics considered are subsurface water, landslides, river and
river action, shore lines and beaches, dams and reservoirs, as well as geological
maps. In all topics discussed, the engineering phases will be emphasized. 3 Class
Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
1-60 Construction Costs — This course begins with an introduction to the
organization of the construction mdustry and companion matters. There follows
a discussion of approximate and detailed estimate of construction cost methods,
both direct and indirect. Types of construction agreements by contract, day
labor, etc., are examined, as well as bidding procedure. Some consideration is
given to cost keeping, reports, debt retirement, and depreciation as affecting
costs. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 117
Mechanical Engineermg
2-13 Mechanism — Mathematical and graphical solutions of problems of linear
and angular velocities, vector analysis, linkages, cams, rolling contact, gears,
gear tooth design, epicyclic trains, belt rope and chain drives, and miscellaneous
motions. Prep. 2-21; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
2-14 Machine Design — Application of theoretical principles previously studied
to familiarize the student with practical details which must be considered in
design work, such as keys, pins, cotters, press and shrink fits, weldments, chains,
and brakes. Prep. 2-24, 2-43; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
2-15 Machine Design — A continuation of the application of theoretical mechan-
ics and materials to problems of lubrication; leaf springs; helical springs; shaft-
ing; couplings; crankshafts; flywheels; spur, helical, and worm gearing; and
dynamic loading. Prep. 2-14; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
2-20 Applied Mechanics (Statics) — Analysis of colinear, parallel, concurrent, and
non-concurrent force systems in two and three dimensions; the determination of
the resultant of such systems by both algebraic and graphical methods, the
string polygon method being used for coplanar systems. In addition, friction,
first and second moments, including the allied topics of radius of gyration, polar
moments, transfer of axes, rotation of axes, and principal axes, are considered.
Prep. 14-05, 15-02; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
2-21 Applied Mechanics (Kinetics) — Kinetics and dynamics of bodies in trans-
lation, pure rotation, and general plane motion under conditions of uniform or
variable acceleration, including discussion of center of percussion, work and
energy, linear and angular momentum, impulse and impact. Prep. 2-20, 14-06;
6 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
2-22 Strength of Materials — Definition and discussion of unit stress and strain,
physical properties of materials, the stress-strain diagram, axially loaded mem-
bers, resilience, indeterminate axially loaded members, stresses in thin cylinders
and spheres, riveted and welded connectors, torsion in circular members, shear
and bending moments in beams, bending stresses in beams, and beam design.
Prep. 2-21; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
2-23 Strength of Materials — Derivation of the elastic curve for determinate and
indeterminate beams under various systems of loading both by the double inte-
gration and by the moment area methods; derivation of the Theorem of Three
Moments and its application to continuous beams; combined bending and axial
loads; column action, and the elastic energy theory. Prep. 2-22, 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
2-24 Advanced Mechanics — Analysis of stress at a point by analytical and
graphical (Mohr's Circle) methods with emphasis on plane stress; theories of
failure; and their applications to such problems as thick hollow cylinders, shaft-
ing under combined bending and twisting, curved bars in bending, non-symmet-
rical bending, non-circular bars in torsion, and flat plates. Prep. 2-23; 3 Class
Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs,
118 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
2-26 Engine Dynamics — Review of momentum principles and the application
to gyroscopes; development and applications of Coriolis' law; balancing of
rotating parts; a detailed treatment of vibrations involving the single degree of
freedom for free or forced vibrations, with or without damping of viscous or
Coulomb type; and an introduction to problems involving more than single
degree of freedom. Prep. 2-2I5 14-20; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
2-27 Fluid Mechanics — Flow through weirs; dimensional analysis; model analy-
sis; flow of fluids through closed conduits; impulse and momentum as applied
to fluid flow; applications to pumps and hydraulic turbines. Prep, 1-20; 3 Class
Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
2-28 Fluid Mechanics — Dimensional analysis and linear momentum; two-dimen-
sional flow of an ideal fluid; superposition of flow patterns as a preliminary to
the Kutt-Joukowsky lift theorem for flow past a rotating cylinder; extension of
the theory to three dimensions; including the Prandtl vortex theory, von Karman
vortex sheet, and the elementary boundary layer theory. Prep. 1-22 (or 2-27),
14-20; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
2-43 Materials and Production Processes — The physical properties, composition,
and methods of production of the ferrous and non-ferrous metals and their
alloys; plastics; timber; lime, cement, and concrete; the selection of materials
for specific service; and the techniques, processes, and machines used in the manu-
facture of articles including the processes of welding, hot and cold working, die
casting, and modern foundry practice. Prep. 11-04; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
2-44 Physical Metallurgy — The relation between the crystalline structures and
the physical properties of metals; the theory of crystallization and some of the
equilibrium diagrams of the ferrous and non-ferrous metals; the preparation by
polishing and etching of metallic specimens for examination by microscope and
metallograph; the heat treatment methods in use for the common metals and
their eff"ects on the crystalline structure. Prep. 2-43; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
2-46 Metal Processing — Methods of processing metals in industry, including a
study of small tool characteristics, machine tools, metal working costs, most
effective methods for the removal of metal, the heat treatment of tools, the use
of jigs and fixtures in the operation of modern manufacturing processes as well
as actual operations and demonstrations of representative machine tools as
lathes, milling machines, grinders, shapers, planers, and gear cutters. Prep.
2-43; 4 Class Hrs.; 6 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
2-60 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory — A preliminary laboratory course to
famiharize the student with methods available for the measurement of standard
characteristics, such as pressure, speed, temperature, flow rates, heats of com-
bustion, thickness, and other linear dimensions, friction factors, heat transfer
coefficients; gauge calibration, valve and controls setting, and strain gauging.
Prep. 1-20, 2-23, 2-82, 2-83; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
2-61 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory — This laboratory course and those
following are designed to enable the student to conduct tests on power plant
equipment in accordance with accepted standards, such as the ASME Power
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 119
Test Codes or the ASTM Standards, and to write and to submit adequate engi-
neering reports. Tests are conducted on typical steam engines, pumping machin-
ery, air compressors and blowers, and gasoline engines. Prep. 2-60, 2-84; 3 Lab.
Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
2-62 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory — Tests are conducted on typical air-
conditioning units; refrigeration machines of the vapor compression type; Diesel
engines; material tests of tension, torsion, and impact resistance of metals; and
fluid mechanics. Prep. 2-24, 2-28, 2-60, 2-84, 2-85; 4 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
2-63 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory — Tests are conducted on transverse
bending of steel beam; compression of metal and timber; lubricating oils; CFR
test engine; vibrations; and fluid mechanics. Prep. 2-26, 2-62; 4 Lab. Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
2-64 Testing Materials Laboratory — A detailed study is made of standard meth-
ods of inspecting and testing metals and woods of importance in structural engi-
neering; tests are made to determine tensile properties, hardness, transverse
strength, torsional resistance, column action, impact resistance, and bending
properties; non-standard tests are included to demonstrate research methods
applied to specific questions. Prep. 2-23, 2-43; 1 Class Hr.; 4 Lab Hrs.; 3 Credit
Hrs.
2-67 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory — A short course in mechanical labora-
tory tests to meet the special needs of the students in Industrial Engineering
with emphasis on materials testing. Prep. 2-23, 2-43, 2-82; 4 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit
Hrs.
2-80 Heat Engineering — An introduction to the principles of thermodynamics;
including the first and second laws, perfect gases, vapor tables, and simple ther-
modynamic processes; a study of the various types of equipment used in modern
power plants such as boilers, engines, etc. Prep. 14-06, 15-06; 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
2-81 Heat Engineering (Thermodynamics) — The fundamentals of thermody-
namics; including the general theory of heat and matter, the first and second
laws of thermodynamics, availability of energy, entropy, equations of state of
fluids, laws of perfect gases, specific heats, properties of liquids and vapors with
the development and use of vapor tables and charts, thermodynamic processes
of materials and the general equations of thermodynamics. Prep. 14-06, 15-06;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
2-82 Heat Engineering — This is the first of a series of courses in which the prin-
ciples of thermodynamics are applied to the various phases of heat engineering.
The theory of vapor engines is thoroughly treated with emphasis on the simple
Rankine, reheat, regenerative, and binary vapor cycles; an analysis of the types
of actual engines used with their controlling devices and their opwating charac-
teristics, efficiencies, and capacity measures. Steam boilers, feed water heaters,
and other power plant auxiliaries are considered from the equipment and per-
formance viewpoints; treatment is also made of the theory of gas and vapor
flow through orifices and nozzles. Prep. 2-81; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
120 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
2-83 Heat Engineering {Heat Transfer, Air Conditioning) — An introduction to
the principles of heat transfer; mean temperature differences, composite walls,
conductivities, over-all heat transfer coefficients, convection, radiation. The
principles of heating, ventilation, and air conditioning of buildings including
studies of warm-air, steam, and hot-water systems; heating boilers; stokers and
burners, combustion, and automatic controls. Prep. 2-81; 6 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit
Hrs.
2-84 Heat Engineering {Refrigeration, Compressors) — A detailed study of the
vapor compression system of refrigeration, evaporator and condenser design, low
temperature refrigeration cycles both multi-stage and cascade types, multiple
evaporator and compressor combinations, dual compression, absorption refrig-
eration and controls. General principles of gas compression and the application
to the air compressor and to the air refrigeration cycle. Prep. 2-82; 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
2-85 Heat Engineering {Internal Combustion Engines) — A study of the internal
combustion engine including an analysis of gasoline and Diesel engine construc-
tion, cycles, combustion theory, air-fuel mixtures, carburetion, detonation, valve
timing, and fuels; and the effect of these items on the power output, efficiency,
and design. Consideration is given to the data compiled from various research
sources as well as to the theoretical aspects. Prep. 2-82; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit
Hrs.
2-86 Heat Engineering {Turbines) — A study of the various types of steam tur-
bines, the dynamic action of jets on moving blades, and velocity diagrams; cal-
culations of turbine efficiencies including the influence of friction; a study of the
turbine losses; lubrication; governing mechanisms, and other constructional
details; problems in the design of a turbine and the principles, performance, and
constructional details of gas turbines. Prep. 2-82; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
2-87 Power Plant Engineering — Topics and problems taken from engineering
practice are discussed to give the student an understanding of the principles and
methods of analyzing power plant problems, efficiencies, and costs of operation
of different types of plants such as steam, hydro-electric, and Diesel to determine
the type best suited for the conditions and location involved. Prep. 2-85, 2-86;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
Electrical Engineering
3-01 Electrical Engineering — This course covers the basic principles of d-c and
a-c circuits. Along with 3-02 and 3-03, it constitutes a three-course series de-
signed to meet the needs of the non-electrical engineering student. Topics covered
include d-c circuit theory, complex notation, real and reactive power, power
factor, resonance phenomena, and three-phase circuits. Prep. 15-03, 15-04;
3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
3-02 Electrical Engineering — This course continues the study begun in 3-01,
and covers magnetic circuits, transformers, polyphase induction motors, syn-
chronous machines, d-c machines, small motors, and special machines. Some
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 121
time is devoted to the discussion of applications of these devices in industry.
Prep. 3-01; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
3-03 Electrical Engineering — Emphasis in this course is placed on the applica-
tion of electron tubes, motors, and related devices to industrial control problems.
Topics treated specifically are high-vacuum tubes, thyratrons, phototubes,
amplifiers, instrumentation, and electrical control. Prep. 3-02; 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
3-04 Electrical Engineering — This course is designed to meet the needs of the
chemical engineering student in the application of electrical engineering to indus-
trial processes. Basic d-c and a-c circuit theory is studied, as well as the elemen-
tary theory of electron tubes. Included in this is a study of the characteristics
and associated circuits of the high-vacuum diode and triode, the thyratron, and
the phototube.
A set of laboratory exercises accompanies the lecture course, and the experi-
ments include work on d-c and a-c circuits, resonant conditions, diode and triode
characteristics, rectification and filtering, voltage amplifiers, transient phenomena,
and the characteristics and use of the phototube and the thyratron. Prep. 15-03,
15-04; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
3-05 Electrical Engineering — This course is a continuation of 3-04 and develops
the application to industrial processes of those devices studied in the previous
course. Included also are the operating characteristics of d-c motors and gener-
ators, a-c motors, transformers, as well as the control and regulation of motor
speed and generator voltage, and the basic theory of feedback as applied to
industrial processes. Laboratory demonstration periods accompany the lectures.
Prep. 3-04; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
3-15 Polyphase A-C Circuits — This course deals with polyphase circuits. Volt-
age, current, and power relations in polyphase circuits are studied in detail with
emphasis on three-phase circuits. Both balanced and unbalanced conditions are
considered. Particular attention is given to the methods of measuring three-
phase power, and to the application of symmetrical phase components to the
solution of unbalanced polyphase circuits. Prep. 3-53; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
3-19 Electromagnetic Field Theory — This course is designed to equip the student
with a working knowledge of electromagnetic theory. It covers four principal
topics: electrostatics, magnetostatics, vector analysis, and Maxwell's equations.
Included under these general headings are such items as Gauss' law, the law of
Biot and Savart, and the equation of continuity. Much use is made of vector
analysis which is essential for obtaining the solutions of practical problems.
Prep. 14-20; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
3-28 Transmission Lines — This course deals with the fundamental principles
and applications of the transmission lines, throughout the entire range of fre-
quencies, to the point where circuit theory must be replaced by field theory.
The traveling wave phenomenon is discussed first to distinguish the trans-
mission line from the lumped circuits. This is followed by the consideration
of the steady state solutions in various forms. Under lines with no reflection,
the concepts of characteristic impedance and propagation function are intro-
duced. Under lines with reflections, the important phenomenon of standing
waves and their elimination are discussed. Both rectangular and circular trans-
122 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
mission line charts are used to solve problems of lossy and lossless lines. Special
considerations are given to radio-frequency, telephone and telegraph, and power-
transmission lines. Prep. 3-29; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
3-29 Advanced Field Theory — This course is a continuation of 3-19 Electro-
magnetic Field Theory. Maxwell's equations are applied to wave propagation,
reflection, radiation, wave guides, and antennas. Prep. 3-19; 3 Class Hrs.; 3
Credit Hrs.
3-32 Networks and Filters — This course is a continuation of 3-28, beginning
with a review of network analysis and characteristics of passive four-terminal
networks. The ladder filters are discussed in detail, including constant-K and
M-derived types. A very brief introduction of modern network synthesis will
be given, using the stagger-tuned ampUfiers as an example. Prep. 3-28; 3 Class
Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
3-51 Electrical Engineering I — An introductory course to electric-circuit theory
covering Kirchhoff 's laws, networks, solutions by the loop and nodal methods.
The general problem of the solution of linear simultaneous equations as applied
to resistance methods is thoroughly discussed, as well as such useful theorems as
Thevenin's, Norton's, and reciprocity. Discussion of typical networks. Prep.
15-03, 15-04; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
3-52 Electrical Engineering II — A study of transient phenomena of the first and
second order for the various combinations of resistance, inductance, and capac-
itance. Singularity functions and impulse response. Complex representation
of sinusoids. Prep. 3-51; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
3-53 Electrical Engineering III — This is a continuation of 3-52. The behavior of
circuits when excited in the sinusoidal steady state is studied. Impedance as
viewed in the frequency domain, with treatment of such items as resonance,
magnitude and frequency scaling, vector diagrams, and mutual inductance.
Energy and power, both active and reactive, are also thoroughly covered. Prep.
3-52; 6 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
3-54 Electrical Engineering IV — Principles of magnetic circuits with d-c and/or
a-c excitation. Permanent magnets. Air-core transformers and magnetic coupling.
Single-phase power-transformer theory and application. Audio transformers.
Prep. 3-53; 4 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
3-55 Electrical Machinery I — Introduction to a unified theory of electrical
machinery wherein the rotating machine is regarded as a general electromechani-
cal energy-conversion device. D-c machines; the analysis of their performance,
control, and application aspects. Prep. 3-54, 3-15; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
3-56 Electrical Machinery II — This course is a continuation of 3-55. It deals
with the construction, general theory, and operating characteristics of synchro-
nous generators and synchronous motors, and their applications. Prep. 3-55; 3
Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
3-57 Electrical Machinery III — The material of 3-55 and 3-56 is extended to
include polyphase induction motors, fractional-horsepower a-c motors, and
special purpose machines such as the amplidyne and rototroL Prep, 3-56; 3
Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 123
3-60 Servomechanisms — An introductory treatment covering the analysis and
design of simple servomechanisms through the use of the Laplace transform.
Topics considered include system adjustments, compensation methods, and
optimum design techniques. Typical automatic-control devices are discussed
and some are demonstrated. Prep. 3-80; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
3-70 Electronics I — This course introduces electron tubes and transistors. It is
concerned with the motion of electrons in electric and magnetic fields, the ele-
ments of solid-state physics, the static and dynamic characteristic curves for
vacuum tubes and transistors, the graphical location of operating points, and the
incremental-parameter equivalent circuits. The object of the course is to give the
student a thorough understanding of the physical operation of vacuum tubes
and transistors and to demonstrate the basic techniques used for solving elec-
tronic-circuit problems. Prep. 3-53; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
3-71 Electronics U — This course is a detailed study of the design, calculation,
and operation of the basic vacuum-tube and transistor circuits. Grounded cath-
ode, grounded-plate, and grounded-grid vacuum-tube circuits are considered
along with their counterparts, grounded-emitter, grounded-collector, and
grounded-base transistor circuits. Direct-coupled, R-C coupled, and trans-
former-coupled stages are examined in detail. Problems are solved involving
practical circuits and the student acquires practice in both equivalent circuits
and graphical methods of solution. Prep. 3-70; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs,
3-72 Electronics III — This course includes a discussion of video amplifiers,
r-f tuned amplifiers, and feedback amplifiers. The compensation of vacuum-
tube and transistor amplifiers for shunt capacitance, coupling capacitance, and
temperature effects is covered in detail. Vacuum-tube and transistor tuned ampli-
fiers are considered (both narrow band and stagger tuned). Feedback amplifiers
are discussed in terms of Bode's general formulas. The object of the course is to
acquaint the student with the limitations and ultimate capabilities of electronic
circuits. Prep. 3-71; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
3-73 Electronics IV — The first part of this course will deal with vacuum-tube
oscillators and will include criterion for oscillation, various types of oscillators,
and frequency stabilization. The latter part of this course deals with broadcast
receivers and includes the theory of amplitude and frequency modulation, and
detection. Prep. 3-72; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
3-74 Electronics V — This course will cover the pulse circuits commonly used in
television, radar, pulse-modulated communication systems, and digital com-
puters. Prep. 3-73; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
3-80 Transients in Electric Circuits — The theory of the Laplace transform is
developed from fundamental concepts, and the principles so established are
applied in the solution of some typical lumped-parameter electric-circuit prob-
lems. Supporting topics covered include partial-fraction expansions, solutions
to higher-order algebraic equations, singularity functions, and convolution meth-
ods. Prep. 3-53, 14-20; 6 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
124 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
3-90 Electrical Engineering Laboratory I — Included are experiments on series
and parallel a-c circuits, instrument calibration, resistance measurements, net-
work theorems, and transformer testing. Prep. 3-54; 2 Class Hrs.; 6 Lab. Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
3-91 and 3-92 Electrical Engineering Laboratories II and III — These courses
include experiments in the general areas of electrical measurements and basic
electronic circuits. Nine experiments drawn from these areas are performed in
Term 11, and nine additional ones are performed in Term 12. Prep. 3-70; 1 Class
Hr.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs. per term.
3-93 Electrical Engineering Laboratory IV — This course includes experiments
in the general areas of three-phase circuits, magnetic devices, and control en-
gineering. Prep. 3-15, 3-54; 1 Class Hr.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
3-94 Electrical Engineering Laboratory F— The experiments in this course are
about equally divided between the fields of power and communications. Power
topics covered include the basic principles of operation of some energy-conver-
sion devices, such as d-c motors and generators, elementary a-c machines, etc.
In the area of communications, coverage is given to microwave circuits and de-
vices, pulse circuits, frequency modulation, analog and digital computers, etc.
Prep. 3-55, 3-29, 3-72; 4 Class Hrs.; 12 Lab. Hrs.; 6 Credit Hrs.
3-95 Electrical Engineering Laboratory VI — This course is primarily designed to
show the application of electronic control and regulatory circuits (including
servomechanisms). Minor attention is given to pulse- forming and delay lines, and
to slotted lines for u-h-f impedance measurements. Prep. 3-29, 3-55; 2 Class Hrs.;
3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
3-96 Electrical Engineering Laboratory VII — Included in this course are ex-
periments on synchronous generators and motors, and induction motors.
Prep. 3-56; 1 Class Hr.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
Chemical Engineering
4-42 Properties of Materials — Consideration of some of the modern theories
of solid state physics, emphasizing the molecular concepts on which the physical
properties of engineering materials depend. Prep. 11-65, 15-41; 2 Class Hrs.;
2 Credit Hrs.
4-43 Engineering Materials — A study of the various materials which are en-
countered in the chemical engineering profession. The effect of composition,
heat treatment, and mechanical work upon the physical properties of metals and
their alloys is emphasized. Other materials are studied in a similar manner.
Prep. 11-04, 15-41, 4-42; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
4-44 Industrial Processes — The major chemical process industries will be
studied with emphasis on the kinetic and thermodynamic principles involved in
the design and operation of the plant. Comprehensive problems will be assigned.
Prep. 4-62, 4-63; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
4-46 Introduction to Nuclear Engineering — Brief review of nuclear physics
followed by a consideration of nuclear fission, the nuclear chain reactor, reactor
theory, radiation shielding, materials of construction, reactor instrumentation
and control, the separation of stable isotopes, chemical separations and process-
ing, and special techniques of nuclear engineering. Prep. 15-41; 14-06; 4 Class
Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 125
4-50 Introduction to Chemical Engineering — The primary purpose of this course
is to present to the student a broad perspective of the fundamentals of the chem-
ical engineering profession. The humanistic side as well as the scientific side of
the profession is considered. Mathematical tools and stoichiometric relations
are introduced and emphasized through problems. Prep. 11-02, 15-02; 4 Class
Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
4-51 Chemical Engineering Literature — The course introduces the student to
sources of information available to chemical engineers through a series of Utera-
ture search problems. Prep. 4-50; 1 Class Hr.; 1 Credit Hr.
4-52 Chemical Engineering Calculations — A study of such chemical engineering
fundamentals as: material balance, energy balance, static equilibria, dynamic
equilibria, and economic balance. This is essentially a problem course. Prep.
4-50; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
4-60 Fluid Mechanics — Development of the fundamental principles of fluid
mechanics. A study of the methods of determining rates of flow and power con-
sumption of fluids flowing through pipe lines. This course diff"ers from the usual
course in hydraulics chiefly in the amount of emphasis placed on the flow of
gases and oils. Laboratory work is included. Prep. 15-02, 4-50; 5 Class Hrs.;
3 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
4-61 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics — The first law is developed for
batch and flow systems. Heat effects in physical and chemical processes are dis-
cussed. Equations are derived relating the thermodynamic functions of fluids to
variables of state. The second law, and preparation of tables and charts of thermo-
dynamic properties from equations, is considered. Prep. 4-52, 14-07; 3 Class
Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
4-62 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics — Charts and tables of thermo-
dynamic properties of substances are used to analyze and solve process problems.
Physical and chemical equilibria are stressed. Applications of the first and second
laws, particularly those involving compression and expansion of fluids, are con-
sidered. Prep. 4-61; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
4-63 Chemical Engineering Kinetics — Distinctions between rates and equilibria,
units of reaction rates, the reaction velocity constant, and methods of determining
reaction orders are treated. The chemical engineering principles of reactor design
are developed and applied to homogeneous batch and flow reactions. Catalysis
theory, transfer of heat and mass in catalytic beds, catalytic reactor design, and
uncatalyzed heterogeneous reactions are considered. Prep. 4-62; 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
4-70 Heat Transfer — A study is made of the basic concepts of heat transfer by
conduction, convection, and radiation. Resistance to heat transfer of fluid films
is stressed. Laboratory experiments are performed to illustrate the basic principles
of heat transfer. Prep. 4-60, 4-52; 5 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
4-71 Chemical Engineering — A study of the application of chemical engineering
fundamentals to mechanical separations, evaporation, air conditioning, and
drying. Laboratory experiments are performed to illustrate fundamental prin-
ciples. Students take an active part in planning the mode of operation of the
equipment and the data to be taken. Report writing is stressed. Prep. 4-60, 4-52,
4-70; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Lab. Hrs.; 6 Credit Hrs.
126 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
4-72 Chemical Engineering — A study of mass transfer techniques stressing the
physical mechanisms involved in the transfer of material between homogeneous
phases. Specific topics studied include absorption, distillation, and extraction.
Laboratory work is included. Prep. 4-71; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Lab. Hrs.; 6 Credit Hrs.
4-80 Process Engineering Economics — The fundamentals of economics and
statistics previously acquired by the student are specifically applied to research,
raw materials, markets, labor, power, water, transportation, labor relations, and
similar economic factors as related to the process industries. Laws relating to
waste disposal, atmospheric and stream polution, and patents are discussed.
Prep. 4-51, 20-12; 6 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
4-82 Chemical Plant Costs — Students estimate the capital required and the
operating cost for a plant to produce a specified annual tonnage of one or more
chemical materials. Equipment necessary to carry out the processes is selected
and buildings required to house the plant are determined. Sources of cost data
available without inquiry to manufacturers are searched out and drawn upon
fully in making the estimates. Each student submits a report of his evaluation of
the venture based upon these data and sound economic principles. Prep. 4-51,
4-80; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
4-91 Process Design — Principles of process design engineering will be taught
using as a basis the fundamentals of engineering science and economics studied
in previous courses. The preparation of process flaw sheets, complete material
and energy balances, the selection of equipment, and the actual design of small
chemical processing units will be assigned to the student. Prep. 4-71, 4-72; 1 Class
Hr.; 6 Lab. Hrs.; 6 Credit Hrs.
4-92 Process Design — A continuation of 4-91 in which the scope will be ex-
tended to the actual process design of a complete chemical plant and the evalua-
tion of the economic factors involved. Prep. 4-91; 6 Lab. Hrs.; 5 Credit Hrs.
4-93 Projects — Individual research related to some phase of chemical engineer-
ing. Open only to those students selected by the department head on the basis
of scholarship and proved ability. Research topic will be selected by mutual
agreement of the student and his supervising professor. Prep. 4-71, 4-72; 1 Class
Hr.; 6 Lab. Hrs.; 6 Credit Hrs.
4-94 Projects — A continuation of the research work undertaken in 4-93. Prep.
4-93; 6 Lab. Hrs.; 5 Credit Hrs.
Industrial Engineering
5-09 Industrial Statistics II — A continuation of 20-22, this course examines
further the drawing of inferences from samples, takes up simple linear correla-
tion and fundamentals of statistical quality control. Prep. 20-22; 4 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
5-10 Industrial Management — The administrative and managerial aspects of
plant operation are given thorough treatment in this course. Due consideration
is given to such topics as: background and evolution of modern industrial man-
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 127
agement; ownership of industry; plant location and buildings; factory layout
and equipment; the purchasing function; production planning and control. The
course is designed to bring to the student an understanding of the problems
facing management today. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
5-1 1 Industrial Management — A continuation of 5-10, including such topics as:
inspection and quality control functions; motion and time study; classification
systems; cost accounting; maintenance; wage and salary administration; indus-
trial safety. Prep. 5-10; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
5-12 Methods Time Analysis — This course presents in detail the functions of
the factory staff department commonly known as the Methods Department.
These include process analysis through the use of process charts and flow dia-
grams; the operation analysis through the use of operation charts, man-and-
machine charts, and micromotion study; the application of the principles of
motion economy to all phases of factory operation, clerical and mechanical.
Complete laboratory facilities provide opportunity for the student to apply
the subject matter of the course to a typical factory operation set up for this
purpose. Prep. 5-11; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
5-13 Methods Time Analysis — The student is thoroughly trained in time
study techniques and procedures; the use of the stop watch and other timing
devices; performance rating; the application of allowances for unavoidable lost
time and the computation of a fair work standard. The student is also taught
the technique of setting standards by means of predetermined time systems.
Prep. 5-12; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
5-14 Methods Engineering — This course is designed for students in Mechanical
Engineering to show the proper use of work simplification and time study. The
student is instructed in the use of process analysis, operation analysis, man-
machine analysis, and micromotion analysis. This is accomplished through
lectures, discussions, and actual laboratory projects.
Time study is discussed and the student is instructed in its correct use and
how this tool can be used as an aid to management. Prep. 5-10; 1 Class Hr.;
2 Lab. Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
5-17 Production Planning and Control — This course deals with the highly
important "operating management" activity of planning and controlling the
flow of materials through the shop, and the utilization of the equipment and
manpower to best advantage.
Essential to this is a thorough knowledge of: factory organization, factory
planning, nomenclature, stores keeping control, development and engineering,
planning procedure, scheduling, routing, dispatching, the use of special control
charts and boards, forecasting, and budgeting. Actual case problems are ana-
lyzed by the students. Prep. 5-11; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
5-18 Quality Control — The materials presented in this course are designed to
give the student a knowledge of the problems involved in setting up a Quality
Control department within the factory. The subject matter includes fundamentals
of statistical quality control, theory and application of various types of control
charts, probability theory, sampling methods, and the statistics of reliability.
Prep. 5-09; 3 Class Hrs.; 2 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
128 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
5-19 Personnel Administration — The purpose of this course is to survey the
personnel function as an element of management. Thi'> course deals with the
humanistic side of personnel relations as opposed to the technical aspects. Em-
phasis is placed on the development of a sound philosophy of employer- employee
relations. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
5-20 Job Evaluation and Wage Incentives — A study of job evaluation techniques
and the problems of installing and maintaining job and position evaluation sys-
tems and wage incentives in industrial enterprises. Prep. 5-11; 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
5-22 Process Planning and Tool Design — The principles and procedures of
planning productive processes to manufacture articles at lowest cost consistent
with volume; operation analysis; tool layout; design of jigs, fixtures, and other
special tools; use of synthetic time standards in tool design. Prep. 2-43; 5-11;
5 Class Hrs.; 5 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
5-23 Plant Layout and Material Handling — The design of an industrial plant
from consideration of geographical location through collection and analysis of
necessary data to formulate processing, selection of equipment, and arrangement
of production and service facilities for economy of manufacture with full regard
to material handhng problems, safety and working conditions. An actual plant
layout is carried through in the laboratory. Prep. 5-11, 5-22; 3 Class Hrs.; 6
Lab. Hrs.; 5 Credit Hrs.
5-25 Engineering Economy — The use of economic analysis in formulating
business policies with particular emphasis on engineering aspects; criteria and
technique of engineering economy as related to cost, economy of design, economy
of selection, and application of engineering projects. Prep. 5-13, 5-18, 5-20;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
5-26 Seminar — Summation and correlation of prior work with particular
emphasis on its relation to the over-all management problem and the health of
the enterprise; selected topics from the current problems and literature in in-
dustrial engineering. Prep. Senior standing in industrial engineering; 2 Class
Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
10-01 General Biology — This course is designed to give the student an acquaint-
ance with the fundamental principles of, and an introduction to, the various fields
of biology beginning with the physical, chemical, and biological characteristics
and behavior of protoplasm and cells; general plant and animal histology; ir-
ritability and conduction. The laboratory periods parallel the lecture materials.
2 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
10-02 General Biology — Plant and animal metabolism; maintenance of the
internal environment; gametogenesis and cell division. Laboratory work begins
a survey of the plant and animal kingdoms. Prep. 10-01 ; 2 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
10-03 General Biology — Principles of genetics and eugenics; basic patterns of
embryology; plant life histories. Laboratory work is devoted to a study of am-
phibian morphology with general comparisons to man. Prep. 10-02; 2 Class Hrs.;
3 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 129
1 0-04 General Biology — Life histories of animals; organic evolution; bioecology.
Laboratory parallels lectures. Prep. 10-03; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
10-09 Evolution — A consideration of the theories of the origin of life and its
diversity. Early concepts are discussed together with Darwinism and Neo-
Darwinism. Emphasis is placed upon the importance of homology, taxonomy,
paleobiology, embryology, morphology, and genetics as supportive evidence
for organic change. 5 Class Hrs.; 2'/i Credit Hrs.
10-15 Conservation — A consideration of the basic biological relationships
existing between man and his living and non-hving environments, with an
evaluation of land-use practices and various methods employed in the conserva-
tion of biological resources. 5 Class Hrs.; 2V2 Credit Hrs.
10-20 General Bacteriology — The biology of microorganisms, emphasizing the
bacteria. The course deals with the preparation of media, the methods of sterili-
zation, staining, isolation, and identification of pure cultures together with studies
on the biochemical activities and effects of physical agents. The laboratory
studies are correlated closely with lecture topics and serve to develop in the stu-
dent the proper technique of handling, observing, and working with non-patho-
genic microorganisms. Prep. 10-04; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
10-21 General Bacteriology — An introduction to the bacteriology of water,
sewage, air, and milk. The course includes a consideration of standards, plate
counts, and physiological tests for water and milk; a bacterial analysis of air and
the treatment and proper disposal of sewage. The laboratory illustrates the types,
names, chemical reactions, and prevalence of organisms associated with each
aspect of the course as revealed from actual samples collected by the student.
Prep. 10-20; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
10-40 Physiology — A course in human physiology including the study of
protoplasm and life processes, enzymes, tissues, translocation, and utilization of
materials; control of tissue activity; the study of the circulatory, respiratory,
excretory, and digestive systems; protein, carbohydrate, and fat metabolism.
The laboratory work consists of blood counts, hemoglobin determination, tests
for blood, hemolysis, urinalysis; general and specific tests for proteins, carbo-
hydrates, and fats. Prep. 10-04; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
10-41 Physiology — A course in muscle-nerve physiology, physiological proper-
ties of nerves, neuro-anatomy of the spinal cord and brain, the physiology of
the central and peripheral nervous system, autonomic nervous system; the special
senses organs; endocrine and reproductive systems. The laboratory consists of
practice of the use of apparatus, with experiments on muscle-nerve stimulation
and the special senses. Prep. 10-40; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
10-55 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy — The development and significance of
the structural and physiological changes in the chordate groups; homology,
analogy, metamerism, cephalization; general features of embryological develop-
ment of the chordates, the basic principles of phylogenesis, the geological time
scale provide a broad background for the interpretation of the significant mor-
phological changes occurring in the exoskeleton, endoskeleton, and muscle sys-
tems. Prep. 10-02; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
130 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
10-56 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy — Continued discussions of the com-
parative anatomy and general treatment of the embryological and phylogenetic
development of the digestive, circulatory, respiratory, excretory, reproductive,
and nervous systems, tracing the chief evolutionary and ontogenetic sequences
of these systems in the main vertebrate classes. The laboratory work consists of
a detailed dissection of the systems of the mammal. Prep. 10-55; 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs,
10-57 Invertebrate Zoology — A study of the classification, structure, and life
histories of various forms selected from the major divisions of the invertebrates.
Prep. 10-04; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
10-58 Invertebrate Zoology — A continuation of 10-57. Prep. 10-57; 3 Class
Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
10-59 Animal Histology — A study of the normal microscopic anatomy of the
tissues and organ systems of the body, including studies of the microscopic
anatomy of cells, cell division, cytomorphosis, and cell differentiation. A general
survey of the characteristics of the main varieties of tissues and detailed studies
of the morphology and function of epithelial, connective, and vascular tissues.
The laboratory periods are used in the study of selected slides and a general
introduction to the principles of microscopy. Prep. 10-56; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab.
Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
10-60 Animal Histology — Further considerations of the microscopic anatomy
of animals by a study of characteristics and functions of muscle and nervous
tissues with the histology of the lymphatic, vascular, digestive, endocrine,
reproductive, and sense organs. The laboratory work consists of continued studies
of slides illustrating the cellular characteristics of organs and systems. Prep.
10-59; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
10-61 Embryology — The descriptive embryogeny of amphioxus and the
morphological development of the organ systems in the chick, pig, and man,
principles of embryonic development are discussed with topics on histogenesis,
organogenesis, and the consideration of factors influencing development. A
detailed study is made in the laboratory of organogenesis in the chick by means
of serial sections, whole mounts, and models representing significant stages of
early development. Prep. 10-56; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
10-62 Embryology — The development of man including the subjects of sp)erma-
togenesis and oogenesis; the endocrine factors influencing ovulation; the deter-
mination of sex; the period of the ovum, blastulation, and gastrulation; develop-
ment and functional significance of the foetal membranes and circulation, and
consideration of the embryology of the several systems of the body. The labora-
tory periods are devoted to a study of organogenesis in the pig with demonstra-
tions of significant stages of human development. Prep. 10-61; 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
10-65 Genetics — The study and discussion of variation, the laws of inheritance
as found in animals and plants, and their application to human relations, includ-
ing the observational, experimental, cytological, statistical, and developmental
approaches. The laboratory includes methods of culturing, handling, and experi-
mental crossing of Drosophila. Prep. Senior standing; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 131
10-66 Genetics — A detailed study of the gene and its physiological aspects in
relation to development and behavior. The consideration of population genetics
and evolution. The laboratory work includes an extension of the work on
Drosophila and a statistical analysis of data. Prep. 10-65; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab.
Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
10-69 Histological Technique — The fundamentals of histological technique, by
laboratory means, introducing the student to the general methods of tissue
preparation for purposes of microscopic study. The preparation of solutions
and stains, the microtome and its operation together with specific directions for
fixation, clearing, hardening, embedding, section-cutting, and staining of tissues.
Prep. 10-56; 6 Lab. Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
10-70 Histological Technique — Practical application of the basic principles of
tissue preparation and sectioning with exercises on the preparation of several
tissues of the animal body portraying the qualities of selected stains and their
combinations. Prep. 10-69; 6 Lab. Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
10-71 History of Biology — An historical survey of the development, trends,
and theoretical principles of biological thought. The purpose is to present, as
inclusively as possible, the progressive development of biology, emphasizing
the specific contributions that have been made, beginning with the philosophers
of Greece and Babylonia and Rome, continuing in sequence through the Middle
Ages, the Renaissance, and the eighteenth, nineteenth, and twentieth centuries.
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
10-80, 10-81 Senior Research — Experimental work in biology under the
direction of staff" members. Approval of department head necessary. Each
course carries 2 to 4 hours credit and extends through a single term.
10-82, 10-83 Seminar (^Biology) — Discussion of the development, trends, and
theoretical principles of biological thought. Approval of department head neces-
sary. 2 Class Hrs.; 1 Credit Hr. (each term).
Chemistry
1 1-01 General Chemistry — Fundamental ideas of matter and energy, states of
matter, changes of state, symbols, equations, chemistry of hydrogen, oxygen,
water, and early ideas of atoms and molecules. Study of subatomic particles
and periodic classification of elements. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
11-02 General Chemistry — Chemical equilibrium, solutions, redox reactions,
ionic equilibrium, acids and bases, properties and reactions of halogens and
sulfur. Prep. 11-01; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
11-03 General Chemistry — Chemistry of nitrogen, qualitative analysis of cat-
ions, electrochemistry, principles of metallurgy, properties and reactions of
alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, and boron family. Prep. 11-02; 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
132 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
11-04 General Chemistry — Study of chemistry of carbon and group properties
of silicon, tin, and lead, terminology of organic chemistry, open-chain compounds
and their derivatives, petroleum and its refining, closed-chain hydrocarbons and
derivatives, elements of polymer chemistry including rubber substitutes and plas-
tics. Prep. 11-03; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
11-05 General Chemistry — Chemistry of carbon, silicon, tin and lead. Princi-
ples of ionic reactions and ionic equilibrium. Redox reactions in aqueous solu-
tion. Prep. 11-03; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
11-17 Quantitative Analysis — Theory and practice of volumetric analysis,
standardization, neutralization, redox titrations. Prep. 11-05; 3 Class Hrs.; 3
Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
11-18 Quantitative Analysis — Elements of instrumental analysis. Theory and
use of colorimeter, absorption instruments, pH measurements, and chromatog-
raphy. Prep. 11-17; 2 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
1 1-26 Organic Chemistry — The hydrocarbons, alcohols, and phenols. Molecular
structure, nomenclature, properties, and reactions of aliphatic, alicyclic, and
aromatic hydrocarbons. Synthesis and reactions of alcohols and phenols. Prep.
11-05; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
11-27 Organic Chemistry — Monofunctional compounds. Synthesis, properties,
and reactions of halides, ethers, aldehydes, ketones, acids, ester, fats, amines,
amides, nitriles, and azo compounds, with some attention to biological signifi-
cance. Prep. 11-26; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
11-28 Organic Chemistry — Polyfunctional compounds. Substituted acids,
quinones, dyes, stereoisomerism, amino acids, carbohydrates, and proteins, with
special emphasis on biological significance. Prep. 1 1-37; 3 Class Hrs.; 6 Lab. Hrs.;
5 Credit Hrs.
1 1-41 Chemical Literature — Uses of abstracting journals, types and sources of
publications, patents as sources of information, sources of financial, statistical,
and industrial information. Preparation of a detailed bibliography on an original
topic. Preparation of written progress reports, typical research reports, etc.
Prep. 11-54; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
11-43, 11-44 Senior Research — Experimental work under direction of staff"
members. Approval of department head necessary. Each course carries 3 credits
and extends throughout a single term. 9 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
1 1-45 Biological Chemistry — The chemistry of metabolism. Electrolytic equilib-
rium, elementary reaction mechanisms, catalysis, oxidation-reduction. Enzymes.
Metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins, fats, and nucleic acids. Prep. 11-53 or
11-28; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
11-51 Organic Chemistry — Study of the more common functional groups in
aliphatic compounds. Modern electronic theory is used to give the student a
better understanding of the chemical behavior of molecules containing these func-
tional groups. Family relationships, methods of preparation, nomenclature, and
chemical behavior are stressed. The laboratory preparations are selected to illus-
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 133
trate the chemical behavior of the functional groups and also to teach the more
common techniques used in the preparation of organic compounds. Prep. 11-05;
3 Class Hrs.; 6 Lab. Hrs.; 5 Credit Hrs.
1 1-52 Organic Chemistry — Chemistry of aromatic rings and their mutual effect
on the common functional groups. Modern electronic theory is used to interpret
the chemical behavior of these groups. Selected laboratory experiments illustrate
the preparation and chemistry of the carbocyclic aromatic compounds. Prep.
11-51; 3 Class Hrs.; 6 Lab. Hrs.; 5 Credit Hrs.
11-53 Organic Chemistry — An advanced course designed to give the student a
more thorough understanding of the fundamentals of organic chemistry. Special
topics are selected to acquaint the student with the best sources of chemical in-
formation available. Some of the topics covered are: a detailed study of aromaci-
ty, reaction mechanisms and catalysis, free radicals, alicyclic chemistry includ-
ing spiro, dispiro, and bicyclo compounds, terpenes, steroids and the chemistry
of five- and six-membered heterocyclic ring compounds. Prep. 11-52; 3 Class
Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
1 1-54 Organic Chemistry — This course covers the same class material as 1 1-52
but does not include any laboratory. Prep. 11-51; 3 Class Hrs. 3 Credit Hrs.
11-56 Organic Chemistry — Topics included in this course are: carbohydrates,
fats, proteins, dyes, synthetic resins, commercial solvents and other important
industrial products such as petrochemicals. The most recent industrial methods
are discussed to keep the student abreast with current literature in chemistry.
Prep. 1 1-52 or 1 1-54; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
1 1-57 Qualitative Organic Analysis — Qualitative analysis of organic compounds
having one of two functional groups. Single liquids, single solids, liquid mixtures,
solid mixtures, and some industrial products are analyzed by each student.
Techniques are developed for making physical measurements, solubility tests,
classification tests, literature surveys, and preparation of derivatives. Prep.
11-52; 9 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
11-58 Organic Preparations — Advanced organic preparations, based on recent
literature, and selected to teach the laboratory techniques necessary for graduate
school or industrial organic research. Prep. 1 1-52; 9 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
11-61 Physical Chemistry — The three states of matter: gases, liquids, solids.
Solutions: solubility, boiling points, colligative properties. Prep. 11-52 or 11-54;
3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
11-62 Physical Chemistry — Colloidal dispersions. Physical properties and
molecular constitution. Thermodynamics: the first law, thermochemistry, en-
tropy. Prep. 1 1-61; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
11-63 Physical Chemistry — Continuation of thermodynamics: free energy,
chemical equilibrium, phase diagrams. Chemical kinetics. Prep. 11-62; 3 Class
Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
1 1-64 Physical Chemistry — Solutions of electrolytes: transference and conduct-
ance, theory of electrolytic solutions, ionic equilibria, electromotive force, elec-
trolysis and polarization. Prep. 1 1-63; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
134 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
1 1-65 Physical Chemistry — This course covers the same class material as 11-63
but does not include laboratory. Prep. 11-62; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
11-70 Quantitative Analysis — Theory and practice of gravimetric analysis.
Analysis of certain inorganic elements in rocks and alloys. Use of electrolytic
methods. Prep. 11-62; 5 Class Hrs.; 6 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
11-71 Quantitative Analysis — Theory and practice of volumetric analysis. Use
of the analytical balance, calibration of glassware, acidimetry and alkalinity,
neutralization and precipitation methods, and the use of indicators. Prep. 11-70;
3 Class Hrs.; 6 Lab. Hrs.; 5 Credit Hrs.
11-73 Analytical Chemistry — ^ A brief course in the use of instrumental and
physicochemical methods in analytical chemistry, including the types of instru-
ments available, the theory of their operation. Prep. 11-62; 2 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab.
Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
1 1-76 Instrumental Analysis — A course in the use of instrumental and physico-
chemical methods in analytical chemistry, including the types of instruments
available, the theory of their operation. Prep. 11-71; 3 Class Hrs.; 6 Lab. Hrs.;
5 Credit Hrs.
11-81 Inorganic Chemistry — Electronic structure, the periodic tables, nature
of covalent and electro valent bonds as illustrated by the chemistry of non-metals.
Prep. 11-62; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
11-82 Inorganic Chemistry — Electronic structure, the periodic table, and the
nature of covalent and electrovalent bonds as illustrated by the chemistry and
structure of metals. Prep. 11-81; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
11-91 Special Topics — Discussion of advanced topics in organic chemistry.
Topics vary fromyear to year. Prep. 1 1-54; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
1 1 -92 Special Topics — Discussion of advanced topics in physical chemistry.
Topics vary from year to year. Prep. 11-91; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
11-93 Nuclear Chemistry — Radioactivity, nuclear reactions, atomic fission,
properties of isotopes, use of radioactive tracers. Prep. 11-64; 3 Class Hrs.; 3
Credit Hrs.
Graphic Science
12-01 Engineering Drawing — A course in fundamentals of the graphic lan-
guage as applied in engineering. It comprises a thorough study of multi-planar
orthographic shape description as a foundation for the later study of working
drawings. The work is laid out to include the following divisions: care and use
of drawing equipment, freehand lettering, geometric constructions, elements of
nomography, vector diagrams, multiview orthographic drawing, including
primary and secondary auxiliary views, and freehand technical sketching. 6 Lab.
Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
12-02 Engineering Drawing — This is a continuation of Course 12-01 and
includes a study of pictorial dravidng, working drav^ings, and applications of
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 135
A.S.A. standards. Isometric, oblique, and parallel and angular perspective are
studied in the pictorial field. Sections, dimensioning, screw threads, fasteners,
and ink tracing are applied to simple detail and assembly drawings. Pencil work
on vellum is made suitable for the various reproduction processes. Prep. 12-01;
6 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
12-03 Descriptive Geometry — This is a course in the theory of projection draw-
ing. It is designed to develop powers of visualization and to solve, by revolution,
auxiliary and direct method problems involving space relationships. In addition
to problems with point, line, and plane, the course includes a study of intersec-
tion and development of surfaces, shadows, mining problems, graphic solutions
of stresses in framed structures, and other problems of a practical nature.
Prep. 12-01; 6 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
1 2-04 Machine Drawing — Detail working drawings of machine parts and
assembly drawings of simple machines are made according to recommendations
of the American Standards Association. Elements of fundamental design and
such simple phases of mechanism as are essential to a complete understanding
of machine drawing are included in the course. Fasteners, machine parts, and
samples of small machines are made available for reference. Drawings are repro-
duced by students in blueprint, ozalid, blackline, and photograph. Prep. 12-01,
12-02; 6 Lab. Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
1 2-05 Graphic Representation — A study of fundamentals of the graphic language
intended to familiarize the student with the solution of problems involving
scientific data using graphical methods. The course includes a study of the
purpose and use of drafting equipment, geometric and projective constructions
including the conies, lettering, scalars and vectors, graphical scales including
simple nomography and charts, empirical and periodic curves, elements of
orthographic and axonometric drawing, and inking as applied to presentation
of data. 3 Class Hrs.; 6 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
Geology
13-04 Historical Geology — How and when did the earth begin and what
changes have taken place since its beginning will be the major concern of this
course. The various geologic periods will be discussed as to land form changes,
the forces causing these changes, and the particular plants and animals common
to each period. Emphasis will be placed on the geologic history of the eastern
United States. 5 Class Hrs.; 21/2 Credit Hrs.
1 3-05 Physical Geology — This course is concerned with the structure of the
earth and those forces which are acting to shape the various topographical
formations. After an introduction to rocks and minerals the geological principles
of weathering, erosion, diastrophism, and volcanism will be discussed. 5 Class
Hrs.; l^A Credit Hrs.
Mathematics
14-05 Differential Calculus — This course continues from 14-54. Topics include
differentiation of algebraic, trigonometric, exponential, and logarithmic func-
136 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
tions; successive, implicit, explicit, partial, total differentiation; curvature;
points of inflection; related rates; velocity, acceleration; maxima and minima;
indeterminate forms; infinite series; applications in geometry, physics, and
mechanics. Prep. 14-54; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
14-06 Integral Calculus — The course deals with integration as the inverse of
differentiation as well as the limit of summation. Topics include methods of
integration; successive, indefinite, definite integrals; constant of integration;
rectangular and polar coordinates; areas, center of gravity; moment of inertia;
length of arc; volumes; areas of surfaces of revolution; multiple integrals.
Prep. 14-05; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
14-07 Differential Equations — The elementary theory and solution of ordinary
differential equations is offered as a general course in mathematics. Although
principally a problem course, properties of equations and of their solutions are
deduced and various applied problems are analyzed. Series solutions are ob-
tained for some differential equations. Prep. 14-06; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
14-08 Differential Equations — A second course which includes special cases of
first order equations; first order higher degree with envelopes; special loci;
particular curves; applications in mechanics; algebra of linear differential
operators; general second order linear equations with some special methods;
elementary partial differential equations of the first and second orders. Prep.
14-07; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
14-1 1 Theory of Equations — A first course in theory and analysis of equations
and polynomials; continuity; complex numbers in all forms; some theory of
numbers; solution of equations of higher degree; discriminants; theorems on
roots; proof of the fundamental theorem of algebra; some symmetric functions.
Prep. 14-06; 5 Class Hrs.; 21/2 Credit Hrs.
14-14 History of Mathematics — A survey of the development of the various
branches of mathematics, with special attention to the lives of men who have
made outstanding contributions to mathematical science; relations between the
growth of mathematical knowledge and the development of civilization. Prep.
14-06; 5 Class Hrs.; 21/2 Credit Hrs.
14-15 Advanced Calculus — This and the following course are essential to
advanced study in both pure and applied mathematics. Some of the topics are
theorems on limits and continuity; differentiabihty; mean-value theorems of
both differential and integral calculus; Riemann definite integral; differentiation
of integrals; Taylor's formula with remainder; indeterminate forms. Prep. 14-06;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
14-16 Advanced Calculus — A continuation of 14-15. Topics include partial
differentiation, especially for implicit and composite functions; extrema with
constraints, and Lagrange's method and multipliers; Taylor's series for two
variables; Jacobians; line integrals; transformation of multiple integrals; improper
integrals, including the gamma function and Laplace transforms. Prep. 14-15;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 137
14-17 Infinite Series — Study of limits; infinite series; tests of convergence and
divergence; algebraic operations with series; integration and differentiation;
integration by means of series; applications and uses of special series, including
power and Fourier series; solution of differential equations by series including
Legendre's and Bessel's equations. Prep. 14-07; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
14-20 Advanced Mathematics for Engineers — ■ Further study in differential
equations; solution by infinite series; Fourier series; Gamma function; Bessel's
and Legendre's equations; solution of partial differential equations by separation
of variables, with initial and boundary conditions; Fourier-Bessel and Fourier-
Legendre expansions; vector analysis. Prep. 14-07; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
14-21 Basic Mathematics I — A course in algebra for Liberal Arts students,
which stresses basic mathematical concepts as well as applications. Logical de-
velopment of the real and complex number systems; solution of linear and quad-
ratic equations and simultaneous equations; exponents, radicals, and logarithms.
3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
14-22 Basic Mathematics II — A continuation of 14-21. The algebra of sets;
permutations and combinations; fundamentals of plane trigonometry, including
law of sines and law of cosines; elements of analytic geometry including equa-
tions of straight line and circle. Prep. 14-21; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
14-23 Basic Mathematics III — A continuation of 14-22. Functions and their
graphs; sequences and limits; introduction to differential and integral calculus
with applications; fundamentals of probability and statistics. Prep. 14-22; 3 Class
Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
14-28 Mathematical Statistics — The elements of probability theory for discrete
and continuous distributions; basic principles of statistical inference; classifica-
tion of data; moments of empirical and theoretical distributions; moment-gen-
erating functions; binomial, Poisson, and normal distributions; random sampling;
testing of hypotheses with large samples; empirical linear correlation and re-
gression. Prep. 14-06; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
14-29 Mathematical Statistics — A continuation of 14-28. The normal distri-
bution for two variables as a model for correlation and regression; the chi-square
distribution and its applications; confidence interval estimation; Student's t-dis-
tribution for small samples; Snedecor's F-distribution; brief introduction to
analysis of variance, sampling inspection, sequential analysis, and non-parametric
methods. Prep. 14-28; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
14-30 Determinants and Matrices — This course is for Industrial Engineers. An
introduction to logic, sets, probability theory, determinants, and matrices.
Prep. 14-06; 5 Class Hrs.; 21/2 Credit Hrs.
1 4-3 1 Geometries — A survey of the development of various systems of geometry
from a common foundation, and a study of the geometry and calculus of three
dimensions. The course emphasizes the role of the parallel postulate in the
geometry of Euclid and in the non-Euclidean geometries of Bolyai, Lobachevsky,
and Riemann. The space geometry covers cylindrical and spherical as well as
rectangular coordinates, and analyzes planes, surfaces, and curves, finding
tangent and normal planes and lines, and volume and surface integrals. Prep.
14-06; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
138 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
14-33 Vector Analysis — Topics included are vector algebra, differentiation of
vectors, integration of vectors, the del operator, line integrals, and an introduc-
tion to vector spaces. Prep. 14-06; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
14-35 Numerical Analysis — Several methods are utilized for the approximate
solution of algebraic, transcendental, and differential equations as well as
definite integrals and the analysis of tabulated data. Prep. 14-07; 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
14-37 Abstract Algebra I — Study of algebraic systems; groups, integral do-
mains, rings, and fields. Includes an axiomatic treatment of the real number
system. Prep. 14-06; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
14-38 Abstract Algebra II — A continuation of 14-37. Topics include: vector
spaces, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, and systems of linear
equations. Prep. 14-37; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
14-41 Fundamentals of Mathematics I — An introductory course for Business
Administration and Liberal Arts students, which stresses basic mathematical
concepts as well as applications. Logical development of the real and complex
number systems; solution of linear and quadratic equations and simultaneous
equations; exponents, radicals, and logarithms; elements of analytic geometry,
including equations of straight line and circle. 8 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
14-42 Fundamentals of Mathematics II — A continuation of 14-41. The algebra
of sets; permutations and combinations; fundamentals of plane trigonometry,
including law of sines and law of cosines; further topics in analytic geometry;
functions and their graphs. Prep. 14-41; 5 Class Hrs.; 2V^ Credit Hrs.
14-43 Fundamentals of Mathematics III — A continuation of 14-42. Sequences
and limits; introduction to differential and integral calculus with applications;
fundamentals of probability and statistics. Prep. 14-42; 5 Class Hrs.; 2Vi Credit
Hrs.
14-51 Mathematics I — A first course in college mathematics for Engineering
students. Plane trigonometry through the solution of right triangles; introduction
to analytic geometry; locus problems; equation of straight line and circle; review
of related topics in algebra. Prep. 3Vi units of college preparatory mathematics;
5 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
14-52 Mathematics II — A continuation of 14-51. Permutations and combina-
tions; introduction to probability and statistics; determinants; further study of
trigonometric functions and their inverse functions; compound angles; trig-
onometric identities and equations; complex numbers; continuation of analytic
geometry with study of the conic sections. Prep. 14-51; 5 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
14-53 Mathematics III — A continuation of 14-52. Introduction to differential
calculus; slope of secant and tangent lines; differential and derivative of algebraic
functions; maximum and minimum values of functions with applications; addi-
tional topics in algebra; introduction to infinite series and vector algebra. Prep.
14-52; 5 Class Hrs.; 5 Credit Hrs.
14-54 Mathematics IV — A continuation of 14-53. Graphs of trigonometric,
exponential, and logarithmic functions; polar coordinate curves. Continuation
of differential calculus; differentiation of implicit functions, products, fractions.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 139
trigonometric functions; successive derivatives with applications; introduction
to integration. Prep. 14-53; 5 Class Hrs.; 2Vi Credit Hrs.
14-61 Mathematical Analysis I — A first course for Chemistry, Physics, and
Mathematics majors. An introduction to analytic geometry and differential
calculus. A review of related topics in algebra and trigonometry. Prep. SVi units
of college preparatory mathematics; 5 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
14-62 Mathematical Analysis II — A continuation of 14-61. Theory of equa-
tions, analytical trigonometry, exponential functions, and logarithmic functions.
Curve sketching and maxima and minima problems. Prep. 14-61; 5 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
14-63 Mathematical Analysis III — A continuation of 14-62. Indefinite inte-
gral, progressions, definite integral, and areas. The conic sections and polar
coordinates. Prep. 14-62; 5 Class Hrs.; 5 Credit Hrs.
14-64 Mathematical Analysis IV — A continuation of 14-63. Hyperbolic func-
tions, De Moivre's theorem, permutations, combinations, probabiHty, and
statistics. Prep. 14-63; 5 Class Hrs.; IV2 Credit Hrs.
14-65 Mathematical Analysis V — A continuation of 14-64. Methods of inte-
gration, approximate integration, volume of revolution, length of arc, surface
area of revolution, and average value of a function. Parametric equations,
determinants, and vector analysis. Prep. 14-64; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
14-66 Mathematical Analysis VI — A continuation of 14-65. Total differential,
partial derivatives, multiple integrals, indeterminate forms, and definite series.
Prep. 14-65; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
Physh
tcs
15-05 Physics — A first course in the study of light, the basic principles of
wave motion, reflection and refraction of light, mirrors, prisms, lenses, types
of spectra and the spectroscope, color, optical instruments, interference and
diffraction effects, the diffraction grating, X-ray diffraction, polarization, and
light sources are the topics discussed. Lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory
experiments on selected topics in mechanics and light. Prep. 15-54; 4 Class Hrs.;
3 Lab. Hrs.; 5 Credit Hrs.
1 5-06 Physics — A first course in sound and heat. The subjects covered in
sound are types of wave motion, characteristics of sound, vibrations in strings,
rods and air columns, resonance, musical scales and intensity levels. In heat,
the topics covered are temperature scales, calorimetry, change of state, expan-
sion of solids, liquids, and gases, the general gas laws, humidity, mechanical
equivalent, and transfer of heat. Lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory
experiments on selected topics in sound, heat, electricity, and radioactivity.
Prep. 15-54; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
15-11 General Physics — The general topic of consideration is a survey of
Newtonian mechanics. Specific topics include methods of measurement, laws
of rectilinear motion, uniform circular motion, equations of equilibrium, and
140 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
mechanics of liquids. Lectures and demonstrations are coupled with problems
solvable by algebraic or trigonometric methods only. Prep. 14-23; 6 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
15-12 General Physics — A survey of the topics of heat, vv'ave motion, sound,
and light with some discussion of the laws of X radiation and radioactivity.
Lectures, demonstrations, problems, and laboratory experiments are performed
by the students on the above topics and those of 15-11. Prep. 15-11; 3 Class
Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 5 Credit Hrs.
15-13 General Physics — A study of the topics of electricity and magnetism
and introductory electronics. Ohm's Law, induced E.M.F.'s, alternating current,
telegraphy, and simple vacuum tubes are among topics discussed. Lectures,
demonstrations, problems, and laboratory work on the above topics. Prep.
15-12; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 5 Credit Hrs.
15-14 Advanced Physics — A study of gaseous conduction and its applications,
electron emission and basic electron tubes, including the fundamental circuits
of electron tubes. This course is for Chemistry majors only and the use of
chemistry in the manufacture of electron tubes is stressed. The course time is
equally divided between class and laboratory periods. Prep. 14-06, 15-06; 3
Class Hrs.; 2 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
15-15 Advanced Physics — A brief study of experimental spectroscopy. The
topics discussed are the general optical principles of spectroscopic apparatus,
prism spectroscopes and spectrographs, the photographic process, sUt width
and illumination, the diffraction grating, types of mounting for the grating, the
Bohr-Sommerfeld atom, the origin of atomic spectra, the spectra of the hydrogen
and sodium atoms and quantum numbers. Lectures and laboratory experiments.
For Chemistry majors only. Prep. 14-06, 15-06; 3 Class Hrs.; 2 Lab. Hrs.; 4
Credit Hrs.
15-16 Electricity and Magnetism — Selected topics not covered in 15-53 and
1 5-54 are studied, including work in electrostatics, magnetism, direct and alter-
nating currents, electrical units, and Maxwell's equations. This course serves
as an intermediate between Courses 15-54 and 15-24. Prep. 15-06, 14-06; 3
Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
15-17 Mechanics — Vector analysis, Newton's laws of motion, kinematics and
dynamics of particles, kinetic and potential energy, conservative forces, central
forces, moving co-ordinate systems. Prep. 15-54, 14-06; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
15-18 Mechanics — Kinematics and dynamics of systems of particles and rigid
bodies, simple and compound pendulums, first and second moments, generalized
coordinates, Lagrange's equations, small oscillations. Prep. 15-17, 14-07; 4 Class
Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
1 5-20 Optics — After a brief consideration of wave motion, a detailed study
is made of interference and Fraunhofer diff"raction of light. A thorough under-
standing of the fundamental principles of physical optics, which the student is
encouraged to use in attacking theoretical and experimental problems, is the
objective of the classroom discussions. All topics are illustrated by laboratory
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 141
experiments, designed to acquaint the student witli optical techniques and the
handling of instruments of high precision. Prep. 14-06, 15-06; 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
15-21 Optics — A continuation of 15-20, with the same general objectives.
Diffraction gratings, Fresnel diffraction, and polarization are studied in detail.
The latter part of the course is devoted to a consideration of a special topic, for
example, spectra, dispersion, Maxwell's equations, which is chosen by the class.
All topics are illustrated by laboratory experiments, with increased emphasis
on handling instruments of high precision. Prep. 15-20; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
15-22 Vibration and Sound — This course includes a detailed mathematical study
of the modes of vibration of strings, pipes, and membranes, with a consideration
of vibrating systems in general. A thorough understanding of fundamental prin-
ciples, which the student is encouraged to use in attacking theoretical and
experimental problems, is the objective of the classroom discussions. All topics
are illustrated by laboratory experiments, with comparatively simple apparatus,
designed to acquaint the student with acoustical techniques. Prep. 14-06, 15-06;
3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
15-23 Vibration and Sound — A continuation of 15-22, with the same general
objectives, this course applies the principles previously studied to the problems of
speech, audition, filters, loud-speakers, musical instruments, and the acoustics of
auditoriums. All topics are illustrated by laboratory experiments, with more
complicated apparatus than that used in the preceding course. Prep. 15-22; 3
Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
15-24 Electronics — This course is designed to make the student familiar with
the principles, operation, and application of electronic devices. Electron emis-
sion, diodes, triodes, tetrodes, pentodes, followed by voltage amplifiers at radio
and audio frequencies. Rectifier and filter circuits complete the course. Experi-
ments are performed on all of these topics. Prep. 15-16; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab.
Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
1 5-25 Electronics — Continuing the work of the first term with power amplifiers,
oscillators, photo tubes, thyratrons. The power amplifier topic includes negative
feedback, push pull and radio frequency types. Oscillators are studied at both
radio and audio frequencies and of several types. Comprehensive experiments
are done on all topics. Prep. 15-24; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
1 5-26 Modern Physics — A study of molecular relationships, atomic nature of
matter and electricity, the corpuscular nature of radiant energy, quantum
mechanics, wave theory of matter, atomic structure, spectroscopy and X-ray
production and measurement. Prep. 14-06, 15-06; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
15-27 Modern P/iysics — Atomic spectra, molecular spectra, periodic system,
radioactivity, alpha-beta-gamma ray spectra, nuclear structure and devices for
studying these phenomena are presented. Some time is also given to artificial
transmutation processes, fission and cosmic rays. Prep. 15-26; 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
1 5-28 Electrical Instruments — This is a laboratory course to acquaint the
student with the numerous electrical and electronic instruments that are used in
research. Their correct use and limitations are carefully studied. Use is made
142 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
of common d-c and a-c instruments, vacuum tube voltmeters of various types,
audio oscillators, radio-frequency generators, cathode ray oscilloscopes, audio
and radio-frequency bridges, and impedance bridges. The latter part of the
course covers the use of several of the instruments in each problem. Prep. 15-25;
2 Class Hrs.; 4 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
1 5-29 Thermodynamics and Kinetic Theory — An introduction to heat and the
laws of thermodynamics. Kinetic theory as a basis for the thermodynamic laws.
Applications. Prep. 14-07, 15-06; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
1 5-30 Statistical Mechanics and the Solid State — The fundamental concepts of
Maxwell-Boltzmann, Fermi Dirac and Einstein-Bose statistics with applications
to the solid state. Prep. 15-29; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
15-31 Nuclear Physics — A chronological outline of the development of theories
of the nucleus. Alpha, beta and gamma ray spectra and their interaction with
matter. Introduction of the neutrino, pair formation and mesons. Scattering
and cross sections. Prep. 14-07, 15-27; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
15-32 Nuclear Physics — Introduction to those parts of quantum theory and
relativity having a bearing on the study of the nucleus. Nuclear structure,
statistics and forces. Majorana, Heisenberg forces and, if time permits, more
modern theories. Prep. 15-31; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
15-33 Quantum Mechanics — A study of the breakdown of clasical theory, the
origin of the quantum theory, wave pockets and DeBroglie waves, the uncer-
tainty principle, the Shrodinger equation and solution of one dimensional prob-
lems. Prep. 14-08, 15-27; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
15-34 Quantum Mechanics — This course continues the work of 15-33 and con-
siders three dimensional problems, the hydrogen atom, time independent theory
and application to the helium atom. Prep. 15-33; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
15-41 Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear Physics — Equivalence of mass and
energy, the quantum theory, wave nature of particles, kinetic theory, atomic
structure, periodic system, nuclear structure, radioactivity, radioactive decay
laws, nuclear reactions, and cross sections. Prep. 14-06, 15-06; 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
1 5-5 1 Physics — The concept of the simple motion of a particle. Displacement,
constant and variable velocity and acceleration, relative motion, harmonic mo-
tion. Newton's laws, operational concept of momentum and the law of gravita-
tion. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
15-52 Physics — Vector and scalar products, physical concept of work, energy,
impulse and momentum and the conservation laws. Solution of problems by the
above principles and by dynamics. Prep. 15-51; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
15-53 Physics — Application of the above principles to rigid bodies, center of
mass and gravity, movement of inertia, torque and conservation of angular
momentum, rotational energy. Fluid mechanics, Bernoulli's principle, kinetic
theory of gases, gas laws, temperature, heat conduction, isothermal and adiabatic
processes. Prep. 15-52; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
15-54 Physics — The equations of wave motion, reflection, refraction and in-
terference, resonance, Doppler effect, characteristics of sound, oscillations and
intensity measurements. Prep. 15-53; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 143
Physical Education
16-10, 11, 12 Physical Education — All first-year students are required to take
Physical Education or ROTC. Health, strength and vitality do not come by
chance but by constant attention to those factors involved in their development.
It is very essential for the student to acquire good habits of living.
The course consists of participation in athletic games and sports.
The program for women consists of team and individual sports, dance, and
posture improvement.
Students wishing to be excused from Physical Training because of physical
defects are required to present a petition to the faculty supported by a physician's
certificate. 2 Lab. Hrs.; 0 Credit Hrs.
16-21 Principles of Physical Education — The course considers the place of
physical education in the educational program in the United States. The devel-
opment of physical education programs based on the changes in society from
primitive to modern times is discussed, careful attention being given to the needs
of the individual, as well as to the needs of the group. Relationship between
medical service and the physical education department is considered, and
methods of coordination between these two important departments are in-
vestigated. The course also includes a consideration of the proper place occupied
by interschool and intercollegiate athletics in the physical education program.
Required of all students electing Physical Education as a minor field. 4 Class
Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
1 6-23 History of Physical Education — To provide a valuable background for
students in this field, this course traces the whole history of physical education
from the days of the Greeks and Romans up to the present. Attention is given
to special systems of training which have been developed in the United States
as well as in foreign countries.
The course is required of all students electing Physical Education as a minor
field. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
16-24 Administration of Physical Education — This course is designed to acquaint
students in the field of physical education with many of the administrative
problems which are likely to arise in connection with their work. The subject
matter includes a consideration of the objectives of the physical education
program, personnel required, and various allied subjects, such as gymnasia,
athletic fields and the construction and maintenance of these units. The conduct
of the athletic program, including requirements for equipment, arrangements of
schedules, coaching, meets, etc., is also included.
Required of all students electing Physical Education as a minor field. 4 Class
Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
16-25 Football — This course is designed to furnish the student interested in
football coaching with a thorough knowledge of the sport. Careful consideration
is given to the fundamentals in discussing the plays of each position in the line
and backfield. Various well-known offensive and defensive systems are discussed
for the purpose of considering their general merits, as well as adaptations to
144 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
particular situations. Training and conditioning, rules and interpretation, and
officiating are given proper attention. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
16-26 Track and Field Events — This course considers the care and training of
track athletes. Practice schedules, selection of material, conduct of meets, etc.,
are discussed. The viewpoint from which the topics are treated is that of the
student of coaching technique. In connection with this course, action pictures
taken from actual performances by world champions, together with moving
pictures, are of great value in demonstrating the style and technique of track
and field events. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
16-27 Basketball and Baseball — The baseball section of the course covers with
reasonable completeness the job of the coach in either high school or college to
properly administer the sport. The techniques of individual and team play in
fundamentals and strategy are covered to make for a well-rounded program.
The basketball section of the course deals with organization and conducting
basketball as a phase of interschool competition. Basic fundamentals and tech-
niques as well as the different systems of individual and team play as employed
in the major schools of the country are stressed. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
Natural Sciences
17-01 Survey of Physical Sciences — This sequence of courses is designed to
give students a broad understanding and appreciation of the various physical
sciences. This term begins with an introduction to the nature of science and how
science develops with most illustrations drawn from the history of astronomy.
Current astronomical ideas follow the historical background and the term closes
with a study of the laws of motion and their appUcations in astronomy and cur-
rent experimentation in space vehicles. Demonstrations, visual aids, and field
trips are used in this and the succeeding terms whenever applicable. 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
17-02 Survey of Physical Sciences — A continuation of 17-01 with major empha-
sis placed in the field of physics. The study of simple machines, work and power
is followed by an introduction to basic principles of heat and electricity. A study
of sound waves and of physical and geometric optics completes this term.
3 Class Hrs; 3 Credit Hrs.
17-03 Survey of Physical Sciences — In this term the rock and mineral composi-
tion of the earth and the forces which govern the physical features of the earth
are studied. Following this introduction to physical geology a study is made of
the atmosphere, weather elements, and weather forecasting. 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
1 7-04 Survey of Physical Sciences — This short term is devoted to a study of
chemistry. After an introduction to basic chemical concepts the attention is
directed to nuclear chemistry with emphasis being placed on a better understand-
ing of atomic energy. 4 Class Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 145
17-11 Introduction to Natural History — This course is designed (as is the one
following) specifically for the elementary school teacher. The primary purpose
is to provide the teacher with a fund of knowledge in natural history on which
she can draw when confronted by the innumerable questions of the elementary
school child. In this term attention will be directed to animals of the seashore,
spiders, insects, amphibians, and reptiles. In each of these groups specific ani-
mals will be studied in detail as to their identifying characteristics, life history,
special peculiarities, ecological relationships and economic importance. 3 Class
Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
17-12 Introduction to Natural History — In this course the study of fish, birds
and mammals completes the study of the natural history of the animal kingdom.
The latter half is devoted to the natural history of algae, fungi, mosses, ferns,
and higher plants. In 17-11 and 17-12 considerable emphasis will be placed
on individual and group field trips. At least one special project will be required
in each course. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
Economics
20-01 Economic Geography — After a presentation of the broad field of study
in economic geography, this course concentrates upon the fundamental geo-
graphic and geologic facts and principles that are necessary to an understanding
of basic economic institutions. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
20-02 Economic Geography — This course continues the study in economic
geography by examining the available and potential resources and institutions
of the different countries and areas of the world. Prep. 20-01; 3 Class Hrs.; 3
Credit Hrs.
20-04 Introduction to Economics — This course will discuss the problems basic
to all economic societies. It is intended to gi\e the student a survey of the more
important aspects of the American economy. Attention will be given to such
topics as national income, its fluctuations, the banking system, labor, business
organization, etc. The course approach will primarily be an institutional one.
3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
20-05 Economic Geography — This course analyzes the geography and the eco-
nomic resources of the world, particularly those of the United States. Emphasis
is placed upon the part played by these factors in the development of our modern
industrial society and upon world affairs. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
20-06 Principles and Problems of Economics — An introduction to economic
theory and the major problems confronting the United States economy. Topics
studied include the major institutions of our economy, business cycles, money
and the banking system, fiscal policy, and the factors affecting economic growth.
Analysis of fluctuations in national income is the principal focus of study.
Textbook and supplementary readings are required. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
146 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
20-07 Principles and Problems of Economics — A course in the principles of
price determination under competitive and monopolistic conditions, the distribu-
tion of wealth and income, the nature of international trade, problems of
economic development, and comparative economic systems. Textbook and
supplementary readings are required. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
20-09 Introduction to Statistics {Graphical Presentation) — This course presents
the fundamentals of the graphic language as it is employed in business and
industrial relationships and is intended to facilitate a better understanding
between the fabrication and marketing phases of industrial products. It includes
a study of drawing equipment and its use, lettering, geometric constructions,
multiplaner orthographic projection, freehand and technical sketching, pictorial
representation, and elements of dimensioning, with a study and interpretation
of drawings from the various industrial fields. 3 Class Hrs.; 6 Lab. Hrs.; 3
Credit Hrs.
20-1 1 Economics — After an analysis of the main characteristics of our modern
economic order, attention is focused on the problems of the determination of
national income, the causes and consequences of business cycles, inflation and
deflation, the banking system, and monetary and fiscal policy. 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
20-12 Economics — A continuation of 20-1 1. Analysis of the principles of price
determination; the distribution of income into wages, rent, interest and profits;
the nature of international trade; problems of economic development; and
comparative economic systems. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
20-13 Economic Principles — This course is designed to give the student a
thorough grounding in the fundamental laws and principles of economic analysis.
The main topics will be microeconomic in nature including the topics of demand,
supply, and pricing under various market conditions. In addition to price theory,
the student will be introduced to the basic concepts of distribution, particularly
with respect to the demand for productive factors and the returns to these factors.
The entire area of microeconomic analysis will be unified into a total equilibrium
concept. 8 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
20-14 Economic Problems — In this course the application of economic principles
to some of the major economic problems of modern society is emphasized. The
problems studied include consumption, international economic relationships,
labor problems such as wages, unemployment, social security, and collective
bargaining and the business cycle. Prep. 20-13; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
20-15 Economic Problems — A continuation of 20-14 Economic Problems.
Among the problems considered are the following: price stabilization, the
agricultural problem, the relation of government to business, including the
control of monopolies and public utilities, public finance, and proposals for the
remodeling and improving of the economic system. Prep. 20-14; 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
20-16 Accounting Principles — A course in accounting designed for those who
must have a fundamental knowledge of accounting procedures and techniques.
It covers both the recording and the interpretative aspects of accounting. 4 Class
Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 147
20-17 Accounting Principles — A continuation of 20-16 in which the student
is presented with a more comprehensive coverage of the accounting for partner-
ship and corporate forms of business organization. The financial and interpreta-
tive aspects of partnership and corporation accounting are presented. Prep.
20-16; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
20-18 American Economic History — The economic development of the United
States is traced from the colonial period to the present with special emphasis
upon the period since the Civil War. Stress is laid upon the importance of eco-
nomic factors and changes in our history in the description of the development
of manufacturing, agriculture, domestic and foreign commerce, finance and
banking, transportation and labor organizations. Consideration is given to
European developments which have been closely related to those of the United
States. Prep. 20-11 or 20-13; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
20-20 Statistics — This course is intended to give the student an understanding
of statistical principles and methods and their practical application. A study is
made of the nature, sources, collection, and organization of statistical facts;
the presentation of such facts in tabular or graphic form; the various averages,
measures of dispersion; and probability theory, including the bases of quality
control. Laboratory periods provide an opportunity for each student to demon-
strate his ability to apply the principles studied. 3 Class Hrs.; 2 Lab. Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
20-21 Statistics — The major portion of this continuation of 20-20 involves
three subjects: time series analysis, including methods of obtaining trends,
seasonal indexes, and the measurement of cyclical variation; correlation analysis
and the construction and use of index numbers. Prep. 20-20; 3 Class Hrs.;
2 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
20-22 Industrial Statistics I — The increasing use of statistics in business and
in the field of industrial engineering makes essential an understanding of the
fundamental methods and applications of statistical analysis. These are studied
from the point of view of the user of statistical data. A study is made of the
nature, sources, collection, and organization of statistical facts; the presentation
of such facts in tabular or graphic form; the various averages and measures of
dispersion. A part of the course is devoted to time series analysis and a basic
presentation of the construction and use of index numbers. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Lab.
Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
20-24 Money and Banking — This course covers the institutional aspects of
our monetary and banking system. Considerable attention is also directed
toward the problems and policies of central banking in the United States.
Prep. 20-07 or 20-15; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
20-25 Business Cycles — This course covers the causes of unstable equilibrium
and the ways it is measured, with its effect on our economy. Methods of making
short-range and long-range forecasting; sources of material on business condi-
tions and sequence and amplitude of this material are covered next. Finally the
forecasting services are analyzed and current business conditions studied. Prep.
20-15; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
148 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
20-26 Labor Economics — This course covers an analysis of the labor force and
of the development of unions and collective bargaining as a part of American
industry; management and union policies in labor relations; the content and
issues in bargaining over agreements; the labor market in relation to employ-
ment, wages and income levels; government influence in regard to management-
union relations, union responsibility, industrial disputes and labor standards.
Prep. 20-14; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
20-27 International Economic Relations — A systematic survey of the develop-
ment of international commercial policies in recent times. Changes in the structure
of the world economy are examined, especially those that have occurred since
World War I. The basic principles needed to understand modern commercial
policy are developed, and the policies of individual nations and international
organizations are analyzed in the light of these principles. F*rep. 20-14; 4 Class
Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
20-28 Economic Systems — After developing criteria for evaluating the different
economic systems, the course proceeds to a comparative analysis of capitalism,
co-operation, socialism, communism, and fascism. The problems of economic
planning receive particular attention. Prep. 20-15; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
20-29 Intermediate Economic Theory — This course encompasses the traditional
areas of classical equilibrium theory. The determination of price under varying
market conditions is examined under partial equilibrium assumptions along
with production theory. Under demand analysis the utility and indifference
techniques are compared; while the use of iso-curves is extended into the area
of production and the demand for productive factors. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
20-30 Intermediate Economic Theory — This is a continuation of 20-29 com-
pleting the theory of distribution and finishing microeconomic analysis with
the presentation of the Walrasian System of total equilibrium. The material
then shifts to macroeconomic models, with emphasis upon employment levels,
national income analysis, interest rates, and savings-consumption-investment
problems. Some examination is carried out of statistical consumption functions
and in the final phase Keynesian economics is compared with the classical
models. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
20-31 Advanced Economic Theory — This course introduces the advanced
elements of macroeconomics. National income concepts are carefully reviewed
and theories of income determination assayed. The importance of aggregative
relationships (consumption, saving, and investment) in the theory of employ-
ment is emphasized. The principal concern is the presentation and development
of modern analytical instrumentalities of analysis within the framework of
macroeconomics. Prep. 20-30; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
20-32 Advanced Economic Theory — This course introduces the advanced
elements of microeconomics. Demand and supply concepts are reviewed com-
prehensively with respect to neo-classical partial equilibrium analysis. The
modern treatments of utility maximization within the household, profit maxi-
mization within the individual firm, and the differentiation among equilibrium
solutions within varying market structures are stressed. Simple presentations
of advanced analytical techniques employing more than bi-variable relation-
ships are included. Prep. 20-21; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 149
20-40 Business and Government — This course is directed toward the develop-
ment of an understanding of the part played by government (local, state, na-
tional) in economic affairs, both directly and indirectly, and of the relationships
between business and government. The attitude of government toward business
and toward the economic institutions affecting business, as evidenced by legisla-
tive, judicial, executive and administrative actions will be analyzed. Prep. 20-15;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
20-51 Public Finance — This course deals with the problems of taxation and
expenditure on federal, state and local levels. Fiscal policies of the federal
government and intergovernmental fiscal relationships are also considered.
Prep. 20-07 or 20-15; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
20-54 Introduction to Marketing — A study of the selling principles and prac-
tices of our markets. 5 Class Hrs.; 2'/2 Credit Hrs.
20-55 Introduction to Advertising — A study of the underlying principles of
advertising and the tools used in applying these principles. 5 Class Hrs.; 2^2
Credit Hrs.
20-57 Business Management — An introductory survey of the principles and
problems of business management. (Not open to students who have had 45-21
Principles of Business Management.) 5 Class Hrs.; 2'/i Credit Hrs.
20-58 Personal Finance — This course will deal with the planning of personal
expenditures, setting up an insurance program, and building an estate. Prep.
20-12 or 20-13; 5 Class Hrs.; IVi Credit Hrs.
20-59 Federal Income Taxes — This course is designed to provide a brief survey
of the Federal tax structure and to provide some training in the application of
tax principles to specific problems. (Not open to Accounting majors.) Prep.
20-17 or 41-03; 5 Class Hrs.; IVi Credit Hrs.
20-65 Research Methods — This course provides a thorough grounding in the
methods of statistical inference and their application to business and economic
research. The theory of probability, the basic tests of significance, Chi-square
and analysis of variance are co\ered. The theory of sampling and some prac-
tical problems encountered in making sample surveys are also discussed. Admis-
sion is limited to qualified seniors on approval of the instructor. Prep. 20-21;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
Education
Methods and Materials in the Teaching Major — For Secondary
School Teaching
21-20 English 21-25 Social Studies
21-21 Foreign Languages 21-26 General Business
21-22 Science 21-27 Secretarial Science
21-23 Mathematics 21-28 Industrial Arts
To apply the understanding of teaching principles previously developed to
the specific teaching major, to utilize the sources and materials available to
150 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
meet such problems as setting up developmental programs in the subject field.
3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
Specialized Areas for Elementary School Teaching
21-31 Elementary Language Arts — An intensive study of the methods and
materials for the teaching of the language arts in the elementary school program.
Available tools and resources are emphasized. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
21-32 Reading in Elementary Schools — A study of the specific methods and
materials necessary to develop a sound and continuous program of reading in
the elementary grades, including techniques, tools and ways of meeting in-
dividual differences. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
21-33 Elementary School Arithmetic — An intensive study of the methods and
materials now available to develop a sound and meaningful program in elemen-
tary arithmetic. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
21-35 Elementary School Science — A study of ways in which interest in and
understanding of the elementary school students' natural environment can be
developed. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
21-37 Arts and Crafts in Elementary Schools — Students will be expected to
work with materials appropriate to an art program at the elementary school
level such as stenciling, block printing, lettering, crayon, papier-mache, etc.
3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
21-38 Music in the Elementary School — A course designed to emphasize method
and materials helpful in developing an elementary school music program,
3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
21-39 Elementary School Social Studies — An intensive study of materials,
resources, tools and methods needed to organize a thoroughly sound program
in elementary social studies. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
21-40 Student Teaching with Related Seminar — Here the student is provided
opportunity in a public school to assume responsibility for organizing learning
experiences in his major area under expert supervision. Separate seminars for
elementary and secondary majors meeting weekly will run concurrently with the
student teaching periods and deal with problems encountered in the classroom.
14 Credit Hrs.
21-45 Growth and Development — Consideration is given to the major factors
related to human growth and development. These include heredity, maturation
emotions, social relationships, and intelligence. Emphasis is placed upon the
importance of learning and adjustment in relation to growth and development.
8 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
21-49 Health and Recreation — A basic course covering the scope, methods
and materials of the elementary school physical education program. Consider-
ation will be given to general first aid measures. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
21-50 Special Education — To acquaint the student with the nature and prob-
lems of exceptional children, including the retarded, the gifted, those with
speech and hearing defects, brain injury, etc. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 151
21-51 Human Development and Learning I — Designed to familiarize students
with the developmental processes of elementary school children. Particular at-
tention will be given to physical growth, intellectual growth, language develop-
ment and social development. Prep. Social Science or Sociology; 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
21-52 Human Development and Learning II — This course will consider changing
attitudes and concepts during adolescence. Attention will be given to individual
differences in development and performance, as related to physical, social and
psychological factors. Prep. 21-51; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
21-53 Learning and Teaching — Major emphasis is upon intensive study of the
learning process. Conditions for eflFective retention and transfer of learning, uses
of sociometric techniques, and the teacher's role within the total school setting
are included. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
21-53E Learning and Teaching — Elementary Laboratory — A laboratory course
for students preparing to teach in the elementary school and concurrently en-
rolled in 21-53. Emphases are upon the development of principles for transfer,
an examination of studies in perception and retention, construction of socio-
metric devices, and evaluation of various teaching procedures. 2 Lab. Hrs.;
2 Credit Hrs.
21-53S Learning and Teaching — Secondary Laboratory — A laboratory course
for students preparing to teach in the secondary school and concurrently en-
rolled in 21-53. Emphases are upon the development of principles for transfer,
an examination of studies in perception and retention, construction of socio-
metric devices, and evaluation of various teaching procedures. 2 Lab. Hrs.;
2 Credit Hrs.
21-54 Learning and the Curriculum — The relationship of principles of learning
to curriculum development is studied. Topics treated include: the concept of
unit organization; the functions of measurement and evaluation; procedures of
classroom management; and sources of authority for curriculum building. 3
Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
21-54E Learning and the Curriculum — Elementary Laboratory — A laboratory
course for students preparing to teach in the elementary school and concurrently
enrolled in 21-54. Emphasis is upon the application of curriculum theory through
the development of units and such related implements as lesson plans, evaluation
instruments, and audio-visual materials. Opportunity is provided for planned
classroom observation in an elementary school. 2 Lab. Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
21-54S Learning and the Curriculum — Secondary Laboratory — A laboratory
course for students preparing to teach in the secondary school and concurrently
enrolled in 21-54. Emphasis is upon the application of curriculimi theory through
the development of units and such related implements as lesson plans, evaluation
instruments, and audio-visual materials. Opportunity is provided for planned
classroom observation in a secondary school. 2 Lab. Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
21-55 Backgrounds of American Education I — A study of the historical and
philosophical roots of American schools, their old world origins, the early formu-
lations of American education up to the Civil War. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
152 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
21-55S Backgrounds of American Education I — A course for summer students
comparable with 21-55. 5 Class Hrs.; 2Vi Credit Hrs.
21-56 Backgrounds of American Education II — An extension of 21-55, especially
the development of education in America since 1865, together with the develop-
ing and conflicting philosophies of idealism, realism, pragmatism. Major current
issues are analyzed and discussed. Prep. 21-55; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
21-56S Backgrounds of American Education II — A course for summer students
comparable with 21-56. 5 Class Hrs.; IVz Credit Hrs.
21-60 Social Science I — The biological evolution of man and factors influencing
his development. Types and relationships of early men. Origins and signifi-
cance of races. The meaning of evolutionary processes and consideration of
the concept of progress in evolution. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
21-61 Social Science II — Factors influencing the cultural development of man.
Methods of analysis utilized by anthropologists. The significance of culture
and society; language; cultural transmission, dtff"usion, variability, and change.
Specific studies of contemporary primitive peoples, illustrating various cultural
levels. Prep. 21-60; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
21-62 Social Science III — The contributions of social scientists in developing
understanding of formal and informal social relations. Consideration of the
individual in society, communities, institutions, social classes, social processes
and change, contemporary trends and problems. Emphasis upon modern society.
Prep. 21-61; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
21-65 Psychology of Learning — A first course in the psychological principles
and processes involved in efi'ective learning and thinking. Topics such as: Kinds
of learning, problem-solving behavior and concept formation are considered.
3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
Government
22-01 American National Government — The term's work consists of a study of
the Constitution, civil rights, and problems of Federalism. Upon this founda-
tion, the remainder of the term is concerned with Political Parties and Public
Opinion. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
22-02 American National Government — A study is made of the organization and
work of the Legislative, Executive, and Judicial branches of the government. In
addition, problems in personnel, finance, and foreign relations are discussed.
3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
22-03 American National Government — This term's work is concerned with the
scope and purpose of government activities and how these activities promote the
general welfare. Specific topics such as government concern with business, agri-
culture, conservation and labor will be studied. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 153
22-06 State and Local Government — The legal bases of state and local govern-
ment as determined by constitutions are studied. After considering the structure
of state and local government the remaining time will be spent in studying the
various services of state and local government. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
22-08 Current Political Issues — This course is designed to present a broader
understanding of contemporary national and international issues. Conflicting
ideologies, protection of civil rights, and specific issues in American foreign
affairs are covered. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
22-10 American Political Parties — A study of the origin, development, organi-
zation, principles, and programs of political parties in the United States. Con-
sideration is also given to the influence of pressure groups on party government.
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
22-1 1 Foreign Governments — This course is concerned with the origin and
development of parliamentary government as found in England and France.
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
22-12 Foreign Governments — This course is primarily concerned with the
government of the Soviet Union. The government of Germany or Italy is studied
in concluding the term's work. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
22-13 Political Theory — This course is concerned with such basic ideas as
justice, liberty, and the organization of the state as expressed by writers from
Plato through Machiavelli. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
22-14 Political Theory — The course opens with the writers of the Protestant
Reformation followed by Royalist and anti-Royalist theorists; social contract
writers, and the utilitarians. Communist political philosophy and Democracy's
answer to it concludes the course. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
22-15 American Constitutional Law — This course is a case study of American
federalism; judicial review; the commerce, fiscal, military, and other powers of
Congress and the powers of the President in domestic and foreign affairs. 4
Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
22-16 American Constitutional Law — This course is a case study of state power
to regulate economic affairs and to tax; rights of the accused; freedom of ex-
pression; electoral process; citizenship and alienage; intergovernmental im-
munities; interstate relationships. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
22-17 International Politics — This course considers the principles underlying
international politics. Foundations of power such as geography, ideas, and
nationalism are analyzed. The problem of world law and order in the con-
temporary international setting is emphasized. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
22-18 International Organization — This course covers historical backgrounds;
the League of Nations; the structure, functions, and problems of the United
Nations and its specialized agencies. It concludes with an analysis of world
government. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
154 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
22-20 Public Administration — The existing administrative structure and efforts
at reorganization are studied. The course explores those principles which should
determine administrative organization and practice, and considers problems
of finance administration. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
22-21 Public Administration — This course develops personnel administration
in some detaU and examines the problem of holding administrative officers
responsible by means of statutory limitations, judicial review, and other less
formal methods. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
22-22 International Law ■ — This course studies such topics as recognition,
treaties, relation of international law to municipal law, treaties, state responsi-
bility, and interpretation of the United Nations Charter. Problems inherent in
modernizing the law of nations are stressed. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
22-23 American Foreign Policy — This course concentrates on the role of the
United States in world politics. Analysis of factors affecting American foreign
policy, governmental mechanism for its conduct, and specific contemporary
problems receive stress. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
22-24 American Political Thought — This course traces the development of
formative political ideas from the colonial period to the CivU War. Topics for
study include: Puritanism, enlightenment theories of representation and revolu-
tion, constitutionalism, Jeffersonian and Jacksonian democracy, and theories
supporting national union and states' rights. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
22-25 American Political Thought — This course continues the examination of
political theory in the United States from the post-Civil War period to the present
time. Topics include economic Uberalism, progressivism, pragmatism, con-
cluding with an examination of current theories of liberalism and conservation.
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
22-28 Modern Middle East — A political and historical survey of the Modem
Middle East. Special reference will be made to the problems of feudalism and
nationaUsm, and to ethnic and religious minorities. This survey will include the
Arab States and Principalities, Iran, Israel, and Turkey. 2Vi Class Hrs.; 5
Credit Hrs.
22-30 Soviet Foreign Policy — This course concentrates on the role of the Soviet
Union in world politics from 1917 to the present. Historical background and
analysis of factors afiecting Soviet foreign policy, governmental mechanism for its
conduct, and specific contemporary problems receive stress. 2V2 Class Hrs.; 5
Credit Hrs.
History
23-01 Western Civilization — This course traces human development from stone
age cultures to the emergence of democracy in Greece. Religious and institu-
tional contributions of ancient Near Eastern civilizations, and political, artistic,
and philosophical contributions of Greece to modem civilization are studied.
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 155
23-02 Western Civilization — This course studies the rise and decline of Roman
civilization, the background and development of Christian ideas and institutions,
the Germanic and Islamic assault on Europe, and the consequent collapse and
new beginnings of Western Civilization during the Middle Ages. 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
23-03 Western Civilization — This course examines the steps in the transforma-
tion of Europe, socially, politically, and intellectually in the era beginning with
the high Middle Ages and ending with the early aspects of the Age of Science.
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
23-04 Western Civilization — This course emphasizes the compelling intellectual
basis for economic, social, and political changes in Europe during the revolu-
tionary 18th and 19th centuries. Study of the industrial revolution and the
Darwinian intellectual revolution renders the 20th century more understandable.
4 Class Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
23-05 Recent American History — This course emphasizes the important role
which must be assigned to the Darwinian intellectual revolution in shaping 20th
century American political, social, and economic ideas and legislation as well
as the international developments resulting in American leadership in the
free world against totalitarianism. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
23-06 Recent European History — This course concerns Europe in the turbulent
years since 1914 when the Darwinian spirit of conflict has been dominant.
MiHtary aspects of both World Wars, postwar dislocations, Communism,
Fascism, and European attempts to achieve unification are major topics. 3 Class
Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
23-07 History of Soviet Russia — The objectixe of this course is the creation
of an understanding of the forces which molded and continue to mold Soviet
Russia. The course begins with the closing decade of Imperial Russia and con-
siders social, economic, and intellectual factors in close correlation with impor-
tant political developments. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
23-08 Contemporary Orient — This course concerns 20th century India and
the Far East, their basic heritage, present institutions and programs, and their
importance to American foreign policy. Special emphasis is placed upon the
career of Gandhi and his non- violent alternatives to war. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit
Hrs.
23-09 Ancient Greece — This course concerns the origins and development of
Greek civilization; the political evolution of Hellenic society from tribal to city-
state organization; and the growth and apphcation of Greek religious, political,
and ethical ideas. Prep. 23-01; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
23-10 Ancient Rome — This course examines Roman civilization in two se-
quences; the rise of Roman power under the Republic; the decline of Roman
power under the Empire. Inquiry is made into the social, economic, intellectual,
and religious expressions of each sequence. Prep. 23-02; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
156 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
23-11 Eighteenth Century Europe {1700-1815) — This is a study of Europe in
the Age of Enlightenment when Newtonian concepts were advanced to suggest
sweeping changes in government and society. The course emphasizes the French
Revolutionary era and its impact on European thought and institutions. 4
Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
23-12 Nineteenth Century Europe (1815-1914) — This is a study of Europe
during a century of dramatic transformation. The Post-Napoleonic reaction,
the Industrial Revolution, Liberalism, Socialism, Nationalism, the rise of im-
perialism, and the diplomatic background of World War I are major topics.
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
23-13 England to 1720 — This course studies English history from its beginnings
to the Age of Walpole. Church versus State; the growth and transformation of
English social classes; and the origin and growth of English constitutional and
political ideas receive emphasis. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
23-14 England since 1720 — This course emphasizes the determining role of
the Newtonian and Darwinian intellectual revolutions in shaping English ideas
leading to the Age of Reform and the emergence of England in the 20th century
as a socialist democracy. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
23-15 English Constitutional History — This course studies the English consti-
tution and common law; local government versus central government; the
origin and growth of Parliament; the development of the British cabinet system;
and a comprehensive study of statutes and documents. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit
Hrs.
23-16 American Constitutional History — This course concerns the historical
development of the Constitution of the United States with particular emphasis
on its progressive adjustment to the changing social and economic order.
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
23-17 American History to 1820 — This course examines the foundations and
early development of modern American institutions, ideals, and mores with
emphasis on the growth of a distinct American character and the gradual evolu-
tion of American democracy. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
23-18 The United States 1820-1890 — This course concerns the Civil War, its
background and its aftermath. The rise of democracy, the sectional struggle,
the era of geographical and economic expansion, and American social problems
are seen against this backdrop. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
23-19 Latin America to 1810 — This course emphasizes the American Indian
and Spanish cultures and their fusing in the New World subsequent to Spanish
conquest. The forces, both American and European, which gave rise to the
Latin American wars of independence receive special study. 4 Class Hrs.; 4
Credit Hrs.
23-20 Latin America since 1810 — This course deals with the rise of the great
nations of Latin America, the development of extreme nationalism, foreign
ideologies, and relationships between the United States and Latin American
nations. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 157
23-21 History of Mexico — This course will include a brief treatment of the
background of modern Mexico, with the main emphasis on the events since
the Mexican Revolution of 1910 and on relations with the United States. 4 Class
Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
23-22 The Early Middle Ages — This course traces the history of Europe from
the decline of the Roman Empire through the early years of the thirteenth
century. Particular attention will be paid to the classical heritage of the Middle
Ages, the development of Christianity and the growth of the Medieval Church,
the rise of trade, commerce and towns, and the emergence of universities in
Western Europe. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
23-23 The Renaissance and Reformation — This course traces the history of
Europe from the thirteenth to the seventeenth centuries. The decline of the
church and the rise of the Protestant sects, Humanism and the various aspects
of the new learning, the development of the nation states, the growth of inter-
national trade and capitalism, and the Turkish threat to the West will all be
emphasized. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
23-25 Eastern Civilization to 1000 A.D. — This course concerns the origin and
growth of civilization in India, Iran, China, and Japan to 1000 A.D. Basic
religious and philosophical ideas which helped to mold social patterns, political
institutions, and creative literature and art receive emphasis. 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
23-26 Eastern Civilization since 1000 A.D. — This course studies the impact
of Islam upon Iran and India; the Mongol and Turkish conquests; and the
decline of Asiatic power resulting from European explorations and imperialism.
Study of the culture conflict between Eastern and Western civilizations 'con-
cludes the course. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
23-28 History of Primitive Religion — This course studies theories concerning
the origin of religion in the light of anthropological studies into the religious
beliefs and practices of selected primitive societies in Australasia, Africa, Asia,
the Artie, and the Americas. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
23-29 History of State Religions of Antiquity — This course examines the
earliest historical religious growth beyond the primitive whereby state govern-
ments undertook, through religious rites, to insure the welfare of citizenries.
Examples studied include Egyptian, Sumero-Babylonian, Greek, Roman,
Chinese, Japanese, and early American-Indian state religions. 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
23-30 Modern Democracy — The central theme in the courses, 23-30 and 23-31,
is the struggle between Communism and Democracy. The first term deals with
the development of Communism in Russia and elsewhere and its struggle against
Democracy. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
23-3 1 Modern Democracy — This course deals with the background, rise and
evolution of American Democracy. Emphasis is given to its strengths and weak-
nesses in its conflict with Communism. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
158 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Philosophy
24-01 Introduction to Philosophy — Basic meanings, issues, and structures are
first presented. The chief fields, the interpenetrations with the several arts and
sciences, the schools of thought, and the methodologies are then studied. Pre-
sented both as a body of knowledge and as a way of thinking, philosophy is
viewed in this course as a set of data and values essential to the better under-
standing of human experience. Epistemological and teleological considerations
are emphasized. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
24-02 Problems of Philosophy — Problems arising both from what we do know
and from what we do not know about the complex nature of human experience
are studied and systematized. Data from such fields as semantics, logic and
psychology are introduced to throw light on the problems at hand. The per-
sistent problems in epistemology, teleology and metaphysics are examined. The
vaUdity of knowledge, the mind-body dilemma, and freedom of will are repre-
sentative topics. Prep. 24-01; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
24-03 History of Philosophy — Historical survey, beginning with the early
Greek period. The personalities and principles are studied as a basis for con-
structing a continuing sense of philosophical thought and comparative analysis.
The course progresses through the patristic and scholastic eras. Prep. 24-02;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
24-04 History of Philosophy — Studying the transitional era follovidng the
Medieval period, the historical survey considers the great ideas and systems
of thought down through the modern era. Special attention is given present-day
contributions. Prep. 24-03; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
24-05 Philosophy of Religion — Types of religious belief and practice are ana-
lyzed and evaluated from the philosophical point of view. Problems related to
the nature of God, validity of religious claims, human freedom, immortaUty,
and natural evil are studied. Theological and ethical considerations are intro-
duced. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
24-06 Logic — Modified or practical logic is stressed in this course; formal
and classical structures are given limited attention. Fallacies resulting from
semantic confusion and methodological error are noted. The meanings of
causality and the several types of thinking are examined. Practice drills in ef-
fective thought processes and clearer verbaUzation are emphasized. 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
24-13 Ethics — To clarify the meaning of morality in social relations is the
aim of this study. Right and wrong conduct is analyzed in the fight of the
highest values for human society. Moral laws are discussed and the various
systems of ethics are evaluated. Scientific attitudes are encouraged in order
that one's moral judgments may be compatible with one's best reflective thought.
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
24-14 Ethics — Problems arising from differences in moral standards found in
the various social groups will be examined. The question of ethical relativism
and determinism will be considered. A selected number of specific problems in
social ethics will be discussed. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 159
24-40 Elements of Philosophy — After discussing the preliminary concepts and
categories, the nature and spirit of philosophy are considered. The relation-
ships to other fields are examined, especially the connections with history,
literature, psychology, and religion. The philosophical impUcations of evolution
are presented; mechanistic, vitaUstic, and emergent theories are explained. Such
types of philosophy as idealism, realism, and pragmatism are then studied. 3
Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
24-41 Problems of Philosophy — Beginning with a study of the nature of prob-
lem solving in philosophy, the course proceeds with a systematic presentation
of problems in epistemology and ways of knowing, problems in the realm of
values, problems of freedom and determinism, and finally problems in meta-
physics. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
24-42 Foundations in Ethics — Following the study of the origin and develop-
ment of morality, the role of ethics in contemporary society is discussed. Psy-
chological, biological, and cultural factors are presented. The relationships
between ethics and religion are clarified. Then follows a study of the important
schools of thought, such as authoritarianism, naturalism, hedonism, formalism,
intuitionism, relativism, and self-realization and eclecticism. Selected problems
in ethics are analyzed. 6 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
Psychology
25-01 Introductory Psychology — TTiis course with its companion course, Gen-
eral Psychology (25-02), presents the major concepts from most areas of psycho-
logical investigation. In this first term the emphasis is placed upon the experi-
mental approach to the study of behavioral data including growth and develop-
ment, learning, perception and motivation. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
25-02 General Psychology — Continuing the emphasis on general concepts, this
course considers the sensory basis of response, individual and group diff"erences,
mental testing, attitude formation, and personal adjustment. Prep. 25-01;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
25-04s Social Psychology — The relationship of man to the group; a study of
his patterned social behavior, his morale, customs and myths, his social struc-
tures and institutions, and his conscious and unconscious motives and motiva-
tion. Prep. 25-02; 5 Class Hrs.; 21/2 Credit Hrs.
25-06s Psychology of Adjustment — A beginning course devoted to problems
and principles of adjustment to life. Not recommended for students who have
taken other psychology courses. 5 Class Hrs.; 2Vi Credit Hrs.
25-07 Psychology — This is an introduction to psychology. The aim is to present
to engineers a broad overview of the wide and varied interests, eff"orts, pursuits
and problems of psychology and psychologists. Among those discussed are
such key problems as growth and development, motivation, individual differ-
ences, measurement, and statistical concepts, psychology of sensation and
perception. Wide general reading will be required. 6 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
25-08 Psychology — A continuation of 25-07. Selected topics for discussion
emphasize the psychology of group behavior, personality development and
integration. Wide reading will be required. Prep. 25-07; 6 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
160 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
25-09 Statistics in Psychology — An introductory course dealing with elementary
descriptive statistics, graphs, significant numbers, measures of central tendency
and dispersion, types of distributions, and elementary correlation. Laboratory
work in computational techniques and the use of computing machines will be
included. Prep. 25-02; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
25-10 Statistics in Psychology — An advanced course in which consideration is
given to product moment, biserial, tetrachoric, and rank order correlation.
Errors of sampling, statistical hypotheses, and tests of significance are treated
with reference to experimental methods in psychology and education. Prep.
25-09; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
25-11 Individual Differences — An account of the scientific principles basic to
the investigation of human differences. Attention is directed to the history of
the field, the techniques which have evolved, and the bearing which this field has
upon the special disciplines within psychology, such as experimental, educational,
clinical, measurements, and child. Prep. 25-02; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
25-12 Experimental Psychology — This course emphasizes research methods
and techniques for investigating the conditions of learning. Examples of topics
which are covered are learning as a function of motive-incentive conditions,
age, sex, kind of material, amount of material, and the mode of attack. These
factors are considered in the light of current learning theory. Laboratory reports
are required. Prep. 25-02; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
25-13 Experimental Psychology — This course emphasizes methodology. Topics
covered in class and laboratory sessions include attention, the nature of il-
lusions, perception of form, color, and space, and reading as a problem in per-
ception. Laboratory reports are required. Prep. 25-02; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
25-14 Experimental Psychology — The structure and function of the sense
organs. Emphasis is placed on the methods of investigating the sensory proc-
esses of vision, hearing, olfaction, taste, and the skin senses. Laboratory reports
are required. Prep. 25-02; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
25-15 Educational Psychology — The introductory course in educational psy-
chology is studied as an applied psychology in the field of education. It is in-
tended not only for the preparation of future professional teachers, but for all
those who may have an interest in the education of youth. Child develop-
ment and personality, guidance, theories of learning and motivation, and basic
principles of mental hygiene are special topics which are surveyed in this course.
Prep. 25-02; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
25-16 Educational Psychology — Problems indigenous to the concept of the
school as an important aspect of the growing child's environment are considered.
The course is research oriented in the sense that information on such problems
is sought in the research literature. Learning, motivation, pupil adjustment,
subject disability, and pupil evaluation are some of the areas explored. Prep.
25-15; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
25-17 Measurements — A practical workshop course in the theory, selection,
administration, scoring, and interpretation of individual intelligence tests.
Each student is required to test a substantial series of subjects provided by the
department. Training will be given in the Wechsler-Bellevue Scale, the Stanford-
Binet, and various developmental scales. Prep. 25-09; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 161
25-18 Measurements — An intensive workshop course in the theories under-
lying personality evaluation by psychometric means. Each student will be re-
quired to act as a subject for and administer a variety of personality instruments.
The course will emphasize the clinical approach to the study of the individual
personality. In addition to obtaining thorough familiarity with conventional
questionnaires and tests in the field of personaUty, some introductory informa-
tion concerning projective techniques is provided. Prep. 25-09; 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
25-19 Measurements — A workshop course in the theories underlying aptitude
testing. The course will deal with objective evaluative instruments, with special
emphasis upon the use of standardized testing procedures in industry. Each
student will be required to act as a subject, and to administer and score a variety
of tests. Prep. 25-02; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
25-20 Measurements — More intensive practice under supervision with the
Wechsler-Bellevue and the Binet and their alternate forms. Experience is offered
with group tests of intelligence and with various other evaluative psychological
instruments and techniques. Emphasis is upon the development of skill in the
selection of instruments appropriate to the case. Prep. 25-17; 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
25-29 Psychology of Personality — A systematic study of normal personality
growth. Approaches to the understanding of personality are made through
a review of the physical, mental, and emotional development of the individual
and of the social influences upon him. Several of the more prominent theories
in the field are considered and some case material is presented. Prep. 25-02;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
25-31 Abnormal Psychology — The study of personality deviants. Attention is
directed to the historical development of the field with emphasis upon the de-
velopment of theories of abnormal behavior and their classification, the rise
of institutional care of the mentally ill, and the beginnings of humanitarian
concepts of deviancy. Prep. Two Years of Psychology; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
25-32 Abnormal Psychology — This course consists of systematic exploration
of concepts of normality and abnormality. The etiology and dynamics of the
various patterns of psychological disturbances are described and discussed. The
relationship existing between psychological disturbances and the socio-cultural
order are carefully defined. Prep. 25-31; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
25-33 Social Psychology — A study of the psychological principles underlying
human relations with emphasis upon motivation, nature and development of
groups, social movements and institutions, antisocial behavior, social controls,
leadership, co-operation, war, propaganda, and prejudice. In addition, the
course seeks to elucidate the methods and techniques which yield trustworthy
data regarding social phenomena. Prep. 25-02; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
25-34 Child Psychology — An introduction to the growth and development of
infants and young children. Systematic study is made of their characteristic
patterns of behavior, motivations, and needs. Prep. 25-02; 4 Class Hrs.; 4
Credit Hrs.
25-35 Industrial Psychology — A study of the basic principles and techniques
of the application of psychology to industrial efficiency and employee satisfac-
162 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
tion. The presentation is thoroughly practical and realistic, with emphasis
upon psychological tools that management finds serviceable in the selection,
placement and motivation of employees. Attention is paid to the role of psycho-
logical tests in choosing employees, the prevention of industrial "fatigue," the
management of specific problems such as absenteeism, voluntary restriction of
output, accident-proneness, alcoholism, recreation and other special problems.
The role of government and union in industrial operations is taken into account.
Prep. 25-02; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
25-35a Industrial Psychology — A study of the application of psychological
principles and techniques to the industrial situation. Emphasis is placed on such
traditional areas as job analysis, time and motion work, employee evaluation,
rating methods, safety, and the selection and use of psychological tests in the
hiring and placement of workers. Prep. 25-02; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
25-36 Industrial Psychology — An intensive course in personnel counseling
and other preventive and remedial procedures for keeping the worker on the
job and producing at high eSiciency. Emphasis is placed upon working with
the problem individual, but some attention is given to methods and techniques
for dealing with problems in the group situation. Actual problems, as they have
occurred in various industrial settings, are presented by films and records. Prep.
25-02; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
25-36a Industrial Psychology — This course focuses on the social-psychological
aspects of the industrial situation. While such topics as leadership, training, and
small groups are considered, the major emphasis is upon role playing and group
decision methods. Actual problems as they have occurred in various industrial
settings are presented and discussed. In addition, members of the class participate
in role playing and group participation demonstrations and analyses. Prep. 25-02;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
25-37 Adolescent Psychology — A further systemic exploration of developing
patterns of behavior in later childhood and adolescence, and their implications
for adult life. The interrelationship of the adolescent with his parents, his peer
groups, and with various institutions of society such as school and church are
studied and discussed. Prep. 25-34; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
25-38 Physiological Psychology — A survey of the pertinent physiological fact
and theory oriented to the relation of neuro-anatomy and psychology. The
structural and functional aspects of receptors, muscles, glands and nervous
tissue (peripheral nerves, spinal cord, and brain) will be emphasized. (Permission
of the instructor required.) 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
25-39 Physiological Psychology — A continuation of 25-38. The integrative
action of the central nervous system and the problem of variability of behavior
will be the main topics. Prep. 25-38; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
25-41 Advanced Psychology — The current status of psychology among the
sciences is considered in the Ught of its history. Emphasis is placed upon the
period from Descartes (circa 1650) to the early 1900's and attention is directed
to the philosophical and physiological antecedents of the emergence of psy-
chology as a scientific discipline. Prep, two years of Psychology; 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 163
25-42 Advanced Psychology — A critical survey of the major schools of psy-
chology which have influenced the development of modern psychology. Con-
temporary systematic trends are evaluated in the light of their historical devel-
opment. Major schools or systems considered are Structuralism, Functionalism,
Behaviorism, Gestalt Psychology and the Depth Psychologies. Prep. 25-41;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
25-50 Reading Improvement — A course designed to assist students who wish
to improve their study and reading habits. Areas to be considered will be in-
formational concepts, reading rate, comprehension and vocabulary and study
techniques. Specific exercises will be based upon consideration of the individual
student's needs. 3-5 Class Hrs.; 0 Credit Hrs.
25-61, 25-62 Directed Study — Independent study under the direction of a
member of the department. Open to above average seniors majoring in Psy-
chology, with the approval of the chairman of the department. Credit to be
arranged.
25-71, 25-72, 25-73, 25-74 Seminar in Psychology — Discussion of current
problems in Psychology. Topics will be introduced by members of the depart-
ment and by guest lecturers. 2 Class Hrs.; 1 Credit Hr. (each term).
Sociology
26-01 Principles of Sociology — This introductory course concerns itself with
man's place in nature, his biological development from proto-human forms, the
nature and meaning of racial differences, the emergence and growth of culture,
and the comparison of cultural patterns in contemporary world society. Basic
concepts of anthropology are stressed. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
26-02 Principles of Sociology — (Continuation of 26-01) Following the study
of the origin and the development of man as a biological and cultural being, the
nature of man's social life is discussed. Areas to be considered are the basis of
human society, the process of individual adjustment to society and the matter
of numbers, spatial distribution and organization of people. In addition, social
institutions are discussed with an emphasis on a structural, functional analysis
of institutional life. Prep. 26-01; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
26-07 Social Problems — A survey for students taking only one course in
sociology. Among the problems considered are crime, racial and religious
prejudice and discrimination, the physically handicapped, the family, political
deviations, and natural resources. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
26-08 Comparative Culture — Utilizing the concept of culture, an examination
is made of the way people have developed different learned modes of adjust-
ment to universal human situations. Anthropological material from a wide
variety of cultures is drawn upon, showing how economic, political and religious
behavior may be understood only in the context of a people's total environment.
4 Class Mrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
26-09 American Culture — A study of modern American culture and its major
social institutions: economic, religious, governmental, familial, educational,
164 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
welfare, and recreational. Consideration is also given to social classes and
stratification, mobility, and individualism. The parts played by subcultures
and cultural integration are also examined. Prep. 26-02; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit
Hrs.
26-10 American Inter-Group Relations — The analysis of American society and
culture from the point of view of nationality and racial groups within the United
States, tracing their history, development, and probable future as well as their
influence on national life and their place in the world today. Consideration is
also given to cultural and religious cleavages in American society and the prob-
lem of assimilation. Emphasis will be given to a few selected nationality groups,
the Negro, and the American Indian. Prep. 26-02; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
26-1 1 Social Problems — A study of the elements, processes, structures, and
relationships involved in social problems and consequent public reactions.
Specific subjects covered include natural resources, physical and mental health
problems, alcoholism, and poverty. Prep. 26-02; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
26-12 The Individual and Society — Life-history studies in the adjustment of
the individual to society, dealing basically with constitutional, social, and
cultural factors affecting personality development. The relationship of the
individual to this group in terms of status, roles, rights, and obligations as these
pertain to the critical periods in the cycle of life is also studied, as is the function
of the individual in social change and the impact of social control on personal
interests. Prep. 26-02; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
26-15 Sociology of the Family — The family as a social institution in several
selected cultures is the basic orientation of this course. The interrelations of the
family and the political, economic, and educational interests are studied. The
social nature of personality, change in roles, and the efl'ects of individualism,
mobility, and urbanization are emphasized. Prep. 26-02; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit
Hrs.
26-16 Criminology — A study of the patterns and evolution of criminal be-
havior, the social forces involved, and the development of the individual criminal.
Also included is an analysis of the administration of criminal justice: law, courts,
pohce, prisons. Local penal institutions are visited. Prep. 26-02; 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
26-17 Urban Sociology — A study of the modern American city based on its
historical background and comparison with other cities of the world. Its types,
social values, and pathological elements are discussed, as are methods of city
planning. Prep. 26-02; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
26-18 Race and Culture Contact — An analysis of these problems in areas of
the world outside the United States, with emphasis on Latin America and
present and previous colonial areas of Africa and Asia; an analysis of the cleav-
ages in the various countries studied and the processes of assimilation. Among
the areas studied will be Mexico, Brazil, British West Africa, India, and the
Union of South Africa. Prep. 26-02; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
26-19 Sociological Theory — A history of sociological thought from its begin-
ning up to the early part of the 19th century. Origins, aims, and accomplishments
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 165
of the social science movement are studied. Special attention is given several of
the earlier schools of sociological thought. (Primarily for senior majors.) Prep.
26-12; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
26-20 Sociological Theory — Begiiming vi'ith influential theorists of the early
19th century, this course deals with modern and contemporary sociological
theories. The contributions of such men as Spencer, Marx, Sumner, Ward,
Gumplowicz, Durkheim, Pareto, and Thomas are studied. Prep. 26-19; 4 Class
Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
26-21 Sociology of Religion — This course deals with the bearing of religion
upon the total social structure. The socio-cultural backgrounds, the motivations
of religious belief and behavior, the interactions of social status, and the social
psychology of rehgion are studied. The social creeds of organized religions in
America are examined. Prep. 26-02; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
26-22 Principles of Social Work — Primarily offered to students who intend to
enter a school for social work upon graduation from college, this course can
be helpful also to students who are considering social work as a part-time and
nonprofessional interest. The various types of work and fields of specialization
are presented. Representatives from local agencies give occasional lectures.
Weekly field trips are assigned and reported on in class. Available only on ap-
proval by head of department. Prep. 26-12; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
26-23 Methods and Problems in Social Research — A study of the theory and
methods of social research with discussion of recent investigations and analysis
of the methods used. Open to sociology majors in senior year with approval
of department. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
26-24 Community Organization and Analysis — Development of the concept of
community in relation to physical environment, membership population, and
social institutions. The structure and function of communities and their com-
ponent parts. Relations between communities and such broader entities as
regions, political units, bureaucratic structures. Contrasts among communities
in highly industrialized and in underdeveloped areas. Emphasis on community
social action programs. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
26-56 Physical Anthropology — A survey of the races of mankind: a con-
sideration of the extinct and living varieties, together with an analysis of their
relationships, classifications, and distribution over the world in the past and
the present. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
26-57 Cultural Anthropology — Introduction to contemporary primitive peoples:
cultural patterns, diffusion, and functions. Consideration of modal personality
and deviants as reflected in primitive cultures. Analysis of the cultural diversity
of contemporary social groups. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
26-61, 62 Directed Study — Independent work under the direction of members
of the department upon a chosen topic. Limited to qualified seniors preparing
in Sociology with approval of department. 4 Credit Hrs. (each term).
26-71 Seminar — Contemporary sociological theory is studied with special
emphasis given each term to a selected school of thought. 2 Class Hrs.; 2 Credit
Hrs.
166 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
26-72 Seminar — A study of the causative factors of tensions between ethnic
and religious groups in contemporary American society. Presupposes adequate
knowledge of pertinent principles of social psychology. Several existing programs
for constructive action are evaluated, 2 Class Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
Art
27-01 Ancient Art — Beginning with a study of the materials and techniques
employed by ancient artisans in architecture, sculpture and painting, .this course
includes a survey of prehistoric art and the arts of ancient Egypt, Mesopotamia,
Crete, and Greece. Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides and include brief
historical accounts of each period under discussion. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
27-02 Early Christian and Medieval Art — This course is a continuation of
27-01, Ancient Art, although the latter is not a prerequisite course. Beginning
with Roman art, this course includes a study of Early Christian and Byzantine
art, Romanesque and Gothic art. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
27-03 Italian Renaissance Art — This course is a continuation of 27-02, Early
Christian and Medieval Art, although the latter is not a prerequisite course.
Beginning with a survey of Renaissance architecture and sculpture, the course
then concentrates on a study of Italian Renaissance painting. Lectures are
illustrated with drawings and lantern slides and include detailed discussions on
the materials, techniques, design and composition employed by various artists.
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
27-04 European Art — A continuation of Course 27-03, this course begins with
the Baroque period of art and continues with a survey of Renaissance Art in
Northern, Western and Eastern Europe and includes a study of architecture,
sculpture, painting and graphic arts up to the end of the nineteenth century.
Emphasis is placed upon the contributions of Hubert and Jan Van Eyck, Durer,
Bruegel, Rubens, El Greco, Goya, Rembrandt, Turner, Reynolds and the French
Impressionists. Lantern slides and museum visits supplement the lectures. 4
Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
27-08 American Art I — A study of the development of American art from
colonial times to about 1 860. The object of this course is to acquaint the student
with the rise of architecture, sculpture, and painting in America. Lectures include
discussion of techniques, styles, methods, and materials employed during the
periods considered. Lantern slides and visits to local museums supplement the
lectures. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
27-09 American Art II — A continuation of Course 27-08, this course begins
with the Civil War Period and includes a study of American architecture,
sculpture, and painting, up to the present. Particular attention is given to the
work of Henry Hobson Richardson, Louis Henry Sullivan, and Frank Lloyd
Wright. Lantern slides and museum visits augment the lecture material. 4 Class
Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
27-1 1 History of Civilization — This course is designed to cultivate a knowledge
and appreciation of the cultures of ancient times. Beginning with a study of the
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 167
early world and prehistoric man, it includes a study of the ancient civilizations
of Egypt, Sumer, Assyria, Chaldea, Persia, Phoenicia, Palestine, the Aegean
World, and the influence of Oriental philosophies on the West. 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
27-12 History of Civilization — This course is a continuation of 27-11, History
of Civilization. Beginning with a study of the migrating Greek tribes, the course
includes an analysis of the Greek city-states, the development of democratic
thought, Greek governmental theories, Greek art, architecture, science, and
philosophy. The course concludes with a survey of the Hellenistic world, the
rise of Rome, and the growth of the Roman Empire. Prep. 27-11; 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
27-13 History of Civilization — This course is a continuation of 27-12, History
of Civilization. It includes a study of the organization and development of the
Early Christian Church, Early Christian and Byzantine art and architecture,
the Mohammedan World, the European Feudal Age, and the Christian Crusades.
Prep. 27-12; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
27-14 History of Civilization — This course is a continuation of 27-13, History
of Civilization. Beginning with a study of the art of the Romanesque and
Gothic periods, it includes a study of the rise of European nations, the Italian
and European Renaissance periods, the Religious Revolt, and the Age of
Discovery and Exploration. Prep. 27-13; 4 Class Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
27-30 Elementary Drawing and Lettering — An introductory study of mechanical
drawing and lettering, this course is designed to provide fundamental training
upon which other applied art courses may be built. The work of the course
includes practice in the use of drawing instruments, Gothic, Roman, and Script
lettering, elementary mechanical drawing problems, and tracings in ink. 2 Class
Hrs.; 4 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
27-31 Pictorial Drawing — A continuation of Course 27-30 which is a pre-
requisite, this course includes studies in isometric drawing, oblique and cabinet
drawing, and problems in mechanical perspective. The course concludes with
some practical applications of each in the field of art and industry. Prep. 27-30;
2 Class Hrs.; 4 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
27-32 Creative Drawing — This course is a detailed study of drawing materials
and techniques. The student will execute creative drawing problems in pen and
ink, pencil, charcoal, crayon and chalk, that will offer experience in drawing
form and texture. Emphasis is placed on solving drawing problems in black and
white for commercial design such as book illustration and magazine illustration.
6 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
27-33 Theory of Color and Design I — This course is a concentrated study of
the techniques and theories of design and composition in commercial art and
creative painting, including a detailed study of the theory and color. The student
will execute color compositions, including practice and instruction in water
color and chalk. 6 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
27-34 Theory of Color and Design II — A continuation of Course 27-33 which
is a prerequisite. In this course the student will concentrate on designing with
168 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
color such problems as landscape and still life painting, costume figure composi-
tion, and illustration including book jacket design and portraiture. Prep. 27-33;
6 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
27-35 Oil Painting — A continuation of 27-34, this course concentrates on the
modes and techniques of oil painting. The work of the course includes paintings
of still life, landscape, and portraiture by local museums. 6 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit
Hrs.
27-36 Graphic Arts — Woodcuts — This course is a detailed study and execution
of the techniques of creating woodcut prints. The student will execute black
and white and color prints. The graphic work of various artists such as Durer,
Holbein, and Lucas Cranach is studied in detail. 6 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
27-37 Graphic Arts — Silk Screen — This course is an applied art course in the
technique of silk screen printing. The student will execute in color silk screen
prints. The silk screen work of various contemporary artists is studied in detail.
6 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
27-40 Ancient Art and Architecture — Beginning with a study of prehistoric art,
this course includes a survey of the art of Egypt, Mesopotamia, Greece, Rome, the
Early Christian, and the Byzantine periods. The course consists of approximately
twenty-five one-hour lectures, a majority of which are illustrated with lantern
slides and board drawings.
Although an emphasis is placed upon architecture, some lectures are devoted
to sculpture and to painting in their relationships to architectural decoration.
3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
27-41 Medieval and Renaissance Art and Architecture — A continuation of
27-40 Ancient Art and Architecture, this course begins with a study of Christian
symbolism and a survey of Romanesque and Gothic art with particular emphasis
upon architecture and sculpture. It continues with the contributions of Renais-
sance architects: Brunelleschi, Michelozzo, Alberti, Lombardo, Michelangelo,
and Palladio, and the sculptors Ghiberti, Donatello, Verrocchio, and Michel-
angelo.
A majority of the lectures in this course are illustrated with lantern slides and
board drawings. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
27-42 Renaissance and Modern Art and Architecture — This course is a con-
tinuation of 27-41 Medieval and Renaissance Art and Architecture. Beginning
with a study of Renaissance painting, the course continues with a survey of the
architectural developments in Europe and America from the Baroque period to
contemporary times. Lectures are augmented with lantern slides and board
drawings. 6 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
Music
28-01 Music Appreciation — The principal concern of this course is teaching
the student a technique for listening to music creatively. Representative works
from the standard repertory are analyzed with emphasis on listening to music
actively. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 169
28-03 Music Fundamentals — Basic facts concerning tone relationships, music
notation, and elementary chord structure are the subject matter of this course.
Class sessions are devoted to sight-singing and ear training. 4 Class Hrs.; 4
Credit Hrs.
28-04 Musical Forms — The more common musical forms such as the sonata,
theme and variations and rondo are discussed and analyzed. Examples from
the standard repertory are played in class and assigned as outside listening.
Emphasis is placed on hearing the formal structure of the composition. Prep.
28-01; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
28-05 The Classical Symphony — Structural development of the symphonic
form during the classical period is emphasized. The most significant symphonies
of Haydn, Mozart and Beethoven are used as the basis of discussion. Prep.
28-01, 28-03; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
28-06 The Classical Opera — A survey course in which operatic forms and
developments are traced, with particular attention to the opera forms of Haydn
and Mozart. The student will study in detail Haydn's "Orfeo," Mozart's "Don
Giovanni," "The Marriage of Figaro," "The Magic Flute," and "Cosi Fan
Tutti" as well as one example of the commedia dell'arte, Rossini's "The Barber
of Seville." The student will be required to listen to other works outside of class.
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
28-12 Music Masterpieces Before 1750 — This is a course designed to acquaint
the student with each important musical development from the plain chant era
through the Baroque. The student follows recordings of the various works from
individual scores. Outside listening required. 5 Class Hrs.; IVi Credit Hrs.
28-14 Music in the Romantic Era — Representative score by such composers as
Schubert, Schumann, Berlioz, Chopin, and Wagner will be analyzed in detail to
follow the development of the Romantic Movement in music. Special attention
will be given to the growth of harmonic resources, the extension of musical forms,
and the increasingly personal expressiveness of 19th century music. 4 Class
Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
28-15 Chamber Music — From duets to octets, from Mozart to Milhaud, this
survey will cover scores of some of the most intensive and serious creations in
the mainstream of Western Music. Prep. 28-01; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
28-20 American Music — This course examines the development and emergence
of an "American" school in composition. Though it centers mainly about the
twentieth century, antecedents such as folk music will be included in the course
of study. Prep. 28-01; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
28-40 Introduction to Music — This course is designed to acquaint the student
with such fundamentals as major and minor scales and basic chord relation-
ships. Melody, harmony, counterpoint, and rhythm will be analyzed. Basic
forms of musical composition comprise the second half of the course. 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
28-41 Musical Forms — A study of such forms as the fugue, the sonata, theme
and variations, and the lied paves the way for a detailed analysis of the sym-
phony, the string quartet, the opera, and the oratorio. Special emphasis is placed
170 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
on active listening. Examples will be drawn principally from the Classical and
Baroque periods. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
28-42 Contemporary Music — This course is designed to bridge the gap between
listener and composer in the 20th century. A study of the special styles of com-
position such as the 12-tone technique, the neo-classic, the neo-romantic, and
the impressionistic forms the basis of inquiry. Special attention is given to
American composers. 6 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
Speech and Drama
29-01 Public Speaking — The study and practice of the basic principles and
techniques of effective modern speaking. The class is organized as a functional
group. Emphasis is on conversational delivery and clear, concise composition.
Group procedures, impromptu speaking, and the handling of short expository
forms are practiced. The course trains for the communication requirements of
everyday business, professional, and social life. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
29-02 Public Speaking — A continuation of 29-01 with emphasis upon speech
patterns which involve effective discussion, the study of fundamental issues,
analysis, evidence, and reasoning as factors in convincing and persuading people.
Prep. 29-01; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
29-03 Effective Speaking — A short practical course designed for engineers.
The fundamentals of speaking, conferring and reporting are studied and prac-
ticed. The class is organized as a functional group with officers and agenda.
Theory is minimized; practice emphasized. 6 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.; (5-week
term); 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.; (10-week term).
29-1 1 Comparative Drama — A survey of the development of the theatre and
the drama and the relation of both to each other and to philosophical thinking
as seen by studying scripts written by major dramatists of the Western World.
This course will concern itself with the theatre and the drama of Greece and
Rome, medieval Europe, Elizabethan and Restoration England, and seventeenth
century France. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
29-12 Comparative Drama — A continuation of 29-11. This course will concern
itself with the growth and development of the proscenium theatre, the emphasis
upon naturalistic and realistic presentation, the theatre innovations of the
twentieth century. Major European and American dramatic scripts of the
eighteenth, nineteenth and twentieth centuries will be studied and analyzed so
that students will understand the relationships of theatre architecture, the arts
of the playwright and other creative artists, and the philosophical thinking of
the times. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
29-17 An Introduction to the Theatre Arts — A study of the aesthetics of the
theatre. An analysis of the nature and functions of dramatic composition and
presentation. This course will aim at developing a basis for judging dramatic
productions and will approach theatre from the point-of-view of the spectator.
Students will be required to evaluate actual stage, radio, and television plays.
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 171
29-18 Drama Criticism — A study of dramatic criticism from Aristotle to the
present. A study of the growth and development of the drama as seen through
the criticism of plays and presentations. A major topic to be considered will be
the role of the contemporary play reviewer. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
29-21 Play Production — A course dealing with the principles which underlie
theatre practice and theatre technique — selecting the play; analyzing the script;
determining the style of production; designing the floor plan and the setting;
planning the stage movement; designing the properties, the costumes, the
make-up, the lighting; coordinating the work of the production staff; planning
the budget. Students enrolled in this course will prepare a play for production
by working out a detailed Director's Prompt Book. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
29-22 Rehearsal and Performance — A course dealing with the practical appli-
cation of the theories studied in Play Production and concentrating upon the
role of the director in fusing the talents of the artists and craftsmen involved
in the production process. The function of the director, the director's relation-
ship with his associates, the conduct of rehearsals, the purpose and methods of
acting, the conduct of performance, and the evaluation of performance. Students
enrolled in this course will engage actively in the mounting of a play for produc-
tion. Prep. 29-21; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
English
30-01 English — A review of basic sentence structure, punctuation, and prin-
ciples of paragraphing. Theme assignments are planned to develop practical
skill in the expository forms. Essays and a novel are studied for comprehension,
analysis, and vocabulary development. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
30-02 English — A study of the structure, organization, and preparation of
student reports: outlining, summarizing, research techniques, evaluation, and
argumentation. E.xperimental work in each of these phases is carried out by
means of theme assignments. The course includes assigned readings and a novel.
Prep. 30-01; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
30-03 English — A study of the problems peculiar to description and narration.
Theme work in the course, in addition to these basic types, includes the writing
of business letters and a literary critique. The course includes assigned readings
and a novel. Prep. 30-02; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
30-04 Introduction to Literature — A study of the aims and techniques of various
common types of literature: the play, the short story, lyrical and narrative poetry,
and the literary essay. Instructional methods include assigned reading and
writing of short critical reports. 5 Class Hrs.; 2Vi Credit Hrs.
30-09 Report Writing — The study and practice of the principles and skills
involved in planning, writing, and delivering modern reports. Achievement of
purpose, format, organization, content, style, and documentation are principal
targets of achievement. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
172 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
30-15 Literature — Five Shakespearean plays are read and discussed with special
attention to character, motivation, situation, and adaption to the Elizabethan
stage. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
30-16 American Literature — A survey of outstanding works in American liter-
ature, in their relation to social and intellectual backgrounds. 6 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
30-17 Literature — A course consisting of a careful study of five of Shake-
speare's plays. The purpose of the course is twofold: to awaken an interest in
and an appreciation of literature, and to develop in the student effective reading
habits which will be serviceable to him in any reading he may do hereafter.
3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
30-18 Literature — A course which parallels 30-17 in purpose and method,
treats four nineteenth century American novels and develops in students the
ability to judge whether the author has been accurate in observation, skillful in
expression, and sound in ethical implication. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
30-19 Shakespeare Plays — A reading course in Shakespeare open to all upper-
class students. Five plays not included in 30-15, 30-17, 30-61 or 30-62 are studied
and discussed in class with emphasis on character, story, and significance to
modern readers. 5 Class Hrs.; 2Vi Credit Hrs.
30-21 Intermediate Writing — A practice course in the writing of the shorter
forms of composition. Each student will be given considerable latitude in
writing in the field of his individual interest. Student manuscripts will be read
and analyzed in class. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-22 Intermediate Writing — A continuation of 30-21 . Approximately a quarter
of the work assigned consists of preliminary analysis and completion of a short
story for each student on a given conflict problem. Prep. 30-21; 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
30-23 Advanced Composition — A course designed to meet the needs of ad-
vanced students who are interested in literary composition and who have proved
their ability in 30-22 Intermediate Writing. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-24 Advanced Composition ■ — A continuation of 30-23. As in the previous
course, class instruction will be supplemented by individual conferences with
the instructor. Special attention will be given to the preparation of manuscripts
for publication. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-29 Foundations of the English Language — The development of English
from and alongside other languages; cognates and derivatives. Application of
some of the principles of linguistic science, including phonetics and phonology,
to an understanding of many of the phenomena of change in English words.
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-30 Foundations of the English Language — A continued treatment of the
principles involved in 30-29, with considerable attention to the influence of
accent. An examination of English in its larger elements, and of the informative
and symbolic uses of it, with some of the implications of semantics. Prep. 30-29;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 173
30-31 Western World Literature — A survey of the principal writings of the
classic period, including the principal Greek and Latin authors from Homer to
Lucian, and passages from the Bible. Attention is given to literary force, con-
tent, and historical setting. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-32 Western World Literature — A continuation of 30-31. Included in the
readings are literary masterpieces of England, France, Germany, Norway, Spain,
Italy, and Russia. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-33 Survey of English Literature — A survey of English literature to 1800.
After a brief study of the social and political background of each literary period,
the writing of the period is considered, and the more important writers are
studied and read in detail. The purpose of the course is to give the student an
appreciation of English literature as a whole, and an intimate knowledge of its
major figures. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-34 Survey of English Literature — A survey of English literature from 1800
to the present century. The outstanding writers are read, studied, and related
to the general background of nineteenth century England. The purpose of the
course is to give the student an understanding of the writers who contributed
most to the formation and development of modern literature in England. 4 Class
Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-35 American Literature to I860 — A survey of American literature from
colonial times to the triumph of the transcendental movement in New England.
The work of Bryant, Irving, Cooper, Poe, Emerson, Thoreau, Lowell, Holmes,
Longfellow, and Melville will be emphasized. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-36 American Literature after 1860 — Continuing 30-35, the course will con-
sider the rise of realism after the Civil War, the development of American
humor, the appearance of local color writers, and modern trends since 1900.
Prep. 30-35; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-37 Nineteenth Century Poetry — A basic course in the nature and under-
standing of poetry. The poetry of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Keats and
Byron will be studied against the background of romanticism. Their poetic
theories and practices will be weighed and evaluated. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-38 Nineteenth Century Poetry — A continuation of 30-37. The Victorian
poets, especially Tennyson and Browning, will be studied for their significance
and importance in the development of poetry. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-40 Classical and Biblical Literature — The first unit of a great-books sequence.
A study of standard works of antiquity, chiefly those which continue today in
popular favor. Each of the four or five works assigned will be examined as to
meaning, tone, and historical context. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
30-41 European Literature — The second unit of a great-books sequence. In
this term will be studied five or six European works of lasting importance,
aff"ording a variety of literary types, historical periods, and national origins.
3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
174 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
30-42 Masterpieces of England and America — The third unit of a great-books
course. Study will be made of complete works too long to be considered effec-
tively in survey courses. While understanding and appreciation of text will be
the main objective of the course, attention will be given also to historical and
biographical background. 6 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
30-43 Nineteenth Century Prose — An examination of significant prose writers
of the early nineteenth century in England and their relation to the social,
political, and literary currents of the time, with consideration of background
figures like Godwin and Cobbett, the establishment of the great quarterlies
and the literary magazines, the Romantic critics and essayists, Coleridge, Lamb,
Hazlitt, and DeQuincey, and such transitional writers as Carlyle and Macaulay.
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-44 Nineteenth Century Prose — A continuation of 30-43. Examination of
the major prose writers of Victorian England in the works of Thackeray, New-
man, Ruskin, Arnold, Huxley, Pater, and Stevenson. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-45 Great English Novels of the Nineteenth Century — An appreciative and
critical study of representative works of great English novelists of the nine-
teenth century. Emphasized in the first term are Scott, Jane Austen, Emily Bronte,
Dickens, and Thackeray. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-46 Great English Novels of the Nineteenth Century — A continuation of 30-
45 with concentration on George Eliot, Meredith, Hardy, Trollope, and Conrad.
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-47 The Modern Novel — A study of some of the outstanding novels of the
twentieth century, with emphasis on the social outlook they imply. 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
30-48 The Modern Drama — A study of native and European drama since 1900,
with emphasis on the relationship between drama and history in the twentieth
century. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-50 Representative Novels — The class will read and discuss several of the
most significant novels from the time of Richardson and Fielding to the present.
The works assigned in this course are so chosen as to show the evolution of the
novel during the past two hundred years. 5 Class Hrs.; IVz Credit Hrs.
30-51 Introduction to Journalism — This course treats the functions of the
editorial department and the general tasks of an "inside" man. The student
is given extensive practice in the rewriting of news stories. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit
Hrs.
30-52 Introduction to Journalism — The problems of reporting and news-
writing, with written assignments in all types of spot news reporting. Prep.
30-51; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-53 Techniques of Journalism — Editing the news. The writing of editorials,
feature articles, and columns. Prep. 30-52; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-54 Techniques of Journalism — A general practice course in newspaper
writing, the covering of special assignments, and editorial problems. Prep.
30-53; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 175
30-55 Vocabulary Building — This course is concerned mainly with the Greek,
Latin, and Germanic elements from which modern English words are made.
It includes also some work in the history of the language and types of semantic
change. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
30-57 Introduction to Semantics — A study of the ways in which language habits
affect thinking processes and raise problems in social relationships. 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
30-58 Discussion and Debate — Practice in the round-table and panel discussion
and in intercollegiate type of debate. A study of the techniques of reasoning
based upon logic, semantics, and the modern scientific method. 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
30-61 Shakespeare — The Elizabethan period, sixteenth century London, the
Shakespearean stage and audience, and the actors' companies will be discussed.
Shakespeare's life and his development as a dramatist will be carefully consid-
ered. Five plays will be intensively studied. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-62 Shakespeare — Lectures will be given on Shakespeare's language, the
text of the plays, Shakespearean criticism, editors' problems, etc. Four plays
will be intensively studied. The sonnets will be read and discussed. Prep. 30-61;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-63 Chaucer — A study of the Canterbury Tales, with careful attention to
Middle English vocabulary, historical setting, and the rhythms and devices of
Chaucer's poetry. Included in the readings are the General Prologue and seven
Tales, with links and prologues. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-64 Chaucer — This course is principally concerned \\ ith Troilus and Criseyde,
The House of Fame, The Parliament of Fowls and certain selected parts of Boece.
Prep. 30-63; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
30-66 Eugene O'Neill — A comprehensive course tracing the development of
Eugene O'Neill as a playwright and showing the influence of Eugene O'Neill
in World Drama. Eugene O'Neill will be evaluated as a writer of tragedy, as
a naturalist, and as an experimenter. 5 Class Hrs.; 2Vi Credit Hrs.
30-70 Eighteenth Century English Literature — A study of the work and tech-
niques of the principal writers in the first half of the century. 4 Class Hrs.; 4
Credit Hrs.
30-71 Eighteenth Century English Literature — Similar in its method to 30-70
but dealing with the literary production from 1750-1800. Emphasis will be on the
motivation and techniques of the pre-Romantics. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
French
31-01 Elementary French — A beginner's course stressing the essentials of
grammar, practice in pronunciation, and progressive acquisition of a basic
vocabulary and idiomatic expressions. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
176 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
31-02 Elementary French — A continuation of 31-01, witti emphasis on the
more difficult points of grammar, particularly the uses of the subjimctive mood.
Prep. 31-01; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
31-03 Elementary French — A continuation of 31-02. Reading of simple French
prose, with written and oral exercises based on the material read. French con-
versation is encouraged whenever feasible. Prep. 31-02; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
31-04 Elementary French — A continuation of 31-03. Reading of French prose
of moderate difficulty, with practice in conversation. Prep. 31-03; 3 Class Hrs.;
1 1/2 Credit Hrs.
31-11 Introduction to French Literature — An intermediate course intended for
Freshmen who have had two or three years of high school French. A review
of grammar with practice in composition and conversation. 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
31-12 Introduction to French Literature — A continuation of 31-11, using a
history of French civilization as a basis for discussion and conversation. Prep.
31-11; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
31-13 Introduction to French Literature — A continuation of 31-12, including
intensive reading of modern prose, with emphasis on the acquisition of a reading
knowledge. Conversational practice based on the reading. Prep. 31-12; 3 Class
Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
31-14 Introduction to French Literature — A continuation of 31-13, with ad-
ditional reading and conversation. Prep. 31-13; 3 Class Hrs.; IVi Credit Hrs.
31-15 Intermediate French — Introduction to the history of French civilization
through texts of average difficulty, with some attention given to review of
grammar, and to written and oral exercises. Prep. 31-04; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit
Hrs.
31-16 Intermediate French — A continuation of 31-15. Intensive reading of
modern prose, with emphasis on the acquisition of a reading knowledge. Some
conversational practice is included. Prep. 31-15; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
31-17 French Composition and Conversation — Although some grammar review
and written work is required, this course aims primarily to develop the ability
to engage in French conversation. Prep. 31-16; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
31-18 French Composition and Conversation — A continuation of 31-17, with
emphasis on free composition, both written and oral. Oral reports serve as
bases for class discussions. Prep. 31-17; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
31-19 Readings from Contemporary French — In this course selected passages
are read from the narrative and dramatic prose of the last fifty years. Among
the writers included are Colette, Duhamel, Renard, RoUand, VUdrac, Anatole
France, Gide, Proust, Romains and Sarte. Prep. 31-16; 5 Class Hrs.; 2Vi Credit
Hrs.
31-21 French Literature from 1850 to 1900 — A study of the novel, especially
of Flaubert, Zola, Daudet, Loti and Huysmans. Selections are read also from
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 177
Sainte-Beuve, Taine and Renan. LecUires, collateral reading and reports.
Prep. 31-16; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
31-22 French Literature from 1850 to 1900 — A continuation of 31-21. A study
of the lyric poetry of the Parnassian and Symbolist schools, with selections
from Gautier, Banville, Leconte de Lisle, Heredia, Sully-Prudhomme, Baude-
laire, Verlaine, Mallarme and Rimbeau. Plays of the period are assigned for
outside reading. Lectures and reports. Prep. 31-16; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
31-23 French Classicism — A study of the background and non-dramatic
literature of the seventeenth century. The selections read are mainly from
Malherbe, Descartes, Pascal, La Fontaine, Mme. de Sevigne, Mme. de La Fay-
ette, Bossuet, and Fenelon. Lectures, collateral reading and reports. Prep. 31-16;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
31-24 French Classicism — A continuation of 31-23. After an examination of
the dramatic theories as expounded especially by Boileau, this course is devoted
to the study of the plays of Corneille, Molicre, and Racine. Lectures, collateral
reading. Prep. 31-16; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
31-25 French Romanticism — A study of the origins and development of the
Romantic movement in France. Selected poems by Lamartine, Hugo, Musset
and Vigny are read and discussed in class, while characteristic Romantic prose
is assigned for outside reading. Lectures and reports. Prep. 31-16; 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
31-26 French Romanticism — A continuation of 31-25. After an examination
of the dramatic theories expounded in the Preface de Cromwell, this course is
devoted to the study of Romantic dramas. Lectures, collateral reading and
reports. Prep. 31-16; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
German
32-01 Elementary German — A beginner's course stressing the essentials of
grammar, practice in pronunciation, and the acquisition of a basic vocabulary
and idiomatic e.xpressions. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
32-02 Elementary German — A continuation of 32-01, with emphasis on the
more difficult points of grammar, particularly the uses of the subjunctive mood.
Prep. 32-01; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
32-03 Elementary German — A continuation of 32-02. Reading of simple
German prose, with oral and written exercises based on the material read.
German conversation is encouraged whenever feasible. Prep. 32-02; 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
32-04 Elementary German — A continuation of 32-03. Reading of German
prose of moderate difficulty, with practice in conversation. Prep. 32-03; 3 Class
Hrs.; 11/2 Credit Hrs.
32-15 Intermediate German — Introduction to the history of German civiliza-
tion through texts of average difficulty with some attention given to review of
grammar and to written and oral exercises. Prep. 32-04; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit
Hrs.
178 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
32-16 Intermediate German — A continuation of 32-15. Intensive reading of
modern prose, with emphasis on the acquisition of a reading knowledge. Some
conversational practice is included. Prep. 32-15; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
32-17 German Composition and Conversation — Although some grammar review
and written work is required, this course aims primarily to develop the ability
to engage in German conversation. Prep. 32-16; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
32-18 German Composition and Conversation — A continuation of 32-17, with
emphasis on free composition, both written and oral. Oral reports serve as
bases for class discussions. Prep. 32-17; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
32-19 Scientific German — The purpose of this course is to provide students
with a reading knowledge of scientific German. Articles dealing with chemistry,
physics, mathematics and biology are read. Prep. 32-16; 5 Class Hrs.; IVz
Credit Hrs.
32-21 Modern German Literature — A survey of the main currents of German
literature since 1880. The course deals chiefly with the novel and short story
of the leading authors of the period. Lectures, collateral reading and reports.
Prep. 32-16; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
32-22 Modern German Literature — A continuation of 32-21, with the main
emphasis on the drama and poetry. Representative selections from the Natural-
istic, Impressionistic, and Expressionistic movements are read. Lectures, col-
lateral reading and reports. Prep. 32-16; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
32-23 The Classical Period of German Literature — This course traces the
development of German literature during the second half of the eighteenth
century, dealing especially with the works of Lessing and Schiller. The Storm
and Stress period also receives attention. Lectures, collateral reading and reports.
Prep. 32-16; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
32-24 The Classical Period of German Literature — A continuation of 32-23,
this course is devoted to the life and works of Goethe, with emphasis on his
lyric and dramatic poetry. Lectures, collateral reading and reports. Prep. 32-16;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
32-25 German Literature of the Nineteenth Century — This course traces the
chief tendencies in German literature from the beginning of Romanticism to
the coming of Naturalism. Representative prose works of the principal writers
of the period are read. Lectures, collateral reading and reports. Prep. 32-16;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
32-26 German Literature of the Nineteenth Century — A continuation of 32-25,
stressing the drama and poetry of the period. The selections read are mainly
from Kleist, Holderlin, Eichendorff, NovaUs, Heine, and Hebbel. Lectures,
collateral reading and reports. Prep. 32-16; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
Spanish
33-01 Elementary Spanish — A beginner's course stressing the essentials of
grammar, practice in pronunciation and progressive acquisition of basic vocabu-
lary and idiomatic expressions. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 179
33-02 Elementary Spanish — A continuation of 33-01, with emphasis on the
more difficult points of grammar, particularly the uses of the subjunctive mood.
Prep. 33-01; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
33-03 Elementary Spanish — A continuation of 33-02. Reading of simple
Spanish prose, with written and oral exercises based on the material read.
Spanish conversation is encouraged whenever feasible. Prep. 33-02; 3 Class
Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
33-04 Elementary Spanish — Reading of Spanish prose of moderate difficulty,
with practice in conversation. Prep. 33-03; 3 Class Hrs.; IV2 Credit Hrs.
33-15 Intermediate Spanish — Introduction to the history of Spanish civiliza-
tion through texts of average difficulty, with some attention given to review of
grammar and to written and oral exercises. Prep. 33-04; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit
Hrs.
33-16 Intermediate Spanish — A continuation of 33-15. Intensive reading of
modern prose, with emphasis on the acquisition of a reading knowledge. Some
conversational practice is included. Prep. 33-15; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
33-17 Spanish Composition and Conversation — Although some grammar review
and written work is required, this course aims primarily to dexelop the ability
to engage in Spanish conversation. Prep. 33-16; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
33-18 Spanish Composition and Conversation — A continuation of 33-17, with
emphasis on free composition, both written and oral. Oral reports serve as
bases for class discussions. Prep. 33-17; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
33-19 Readings from Contemporary Spanish — In this course selected passages
are read from the narrative and dramatic prose of the last fifty years. Among
the writers included are Unamuno, "Azorin," Benavente, Ibanez, Baroja, Valle-
Inclan, Ayala, and Ortega y Gasset. Prep. 33-16; 5 Class Hrs.; IVi Credit Hrs.
33-21 Spanish Literature of the Golden Age — This course deals with works of
Cervantes, particularly the Don Quixote and the Novelas Ejemplares. Lectures,
collateral reading and reports. Prep. 33-16; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
33-22 Spanish Literature of the Golden Age — A continuation of 33-21, with
emphasis on the drama of Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina and Calderon. Lec-
tures, collateral reading and reports. Prep. 33-16; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs,
33-23 Spanish Literature of the Nineteenth Century — A study of the literature
of Spain during the first half of the nineteenth century, with emphasis on the
Romantic drama and poetry. Lectures, collateral reading and reports. Prep.
33-16; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
33-24 Spanish Literature of the Nineteenth Century — A continuation of 32-23,
this course is devoted to Spanish literature of the second half of the nineteenth
century, particularly to the Realistic novel. Lectures, collateral reading and
reports. Prep. 33-16; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
33-25 Spanish American Literature — A survey of the general trends of Spanish
American literature, with particular attention to the colonial period, the period
180 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
of the struggle for independence, and the nineteenth century epic of the Gaucho
and the Indian. Lectures, collateral reading and reports. Prep. 33-16; 4 Class
Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
33-26 Spanish American Literature — A continuation of 33-25, this course
deals with the better known Spanish American writers of the Modernistic,
Realistic and Contemporary periods, with emphasis on Rub^n Dario and
Gabriela Mistral. Lectures, collateral reading and reports. Prep. 33-16; 4 Class
Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
Russian
34-01 Elementary Russian — A beginner's course stressing the essentials of
grammar, practice in pronunciation, and progressive acquisition of a basic
vocabulary and idiomatic expression. 5 Class Hrs.; 5 Credit Hrs.
34-02 Elementary Russian — A continuation of 34-01 , with emphasis on the more
difficult points of grammar, additional vocabulary, and reading of simple prose.
5 Class Hrs.; 5 Credit Hrs.
34-03 Intermediate Russian — Although some grammar review and written work
is required, this course aims primarily at developing the ability to read prose of
moderate difficulty. 5 Class Hrs.; 5 Credit Hrs.
34-04 Intermediate Russian — A continuation of 34-03, with emphasis on the
reading of scientific prose. 5 Class Hrs.; 5 Credit Hrs.
Accounting
41-01 Principles of Accounting — The purpose of this course is to offer training
in the understanding of the principles and practice of elementary accounting.
It is designed to serve the needs of those who intend to specialize in accounting
as well as those who are studying it as a tool subject. The student is acquainted
with the entire cycle of bookkeeping procedure: journalizing, posting, taking
a trial balance, preparing working papers and statements, and closing the books,
as well as the analysis of transactions. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
41-02 Principles of Accounting — This course continues the work in 41-01 with
a complete treatment of the analysis of transactions, after which attention is
directed to the more formal forms of the recording process. The course takes
up the use of special journals and ledgers, controlling accounts, accrued and
deferred items, estimating allowances for bad debts and depreciation, and the
accounting for negotiable instruments. Prep. 41-01; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
41-03 Principles of Accounting — This course continues the work of 41-02
with a discussion of the voucher system and matters related to payrolls. Then
follows an introductory treatment of the accounting features peculiar to the
individual proprietorship, the partnership and the corporation, with emphasis
on the concept of owner equity. Prep. 41-02; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 181
41-10 Principles of Accounting — This course is offered to those students who
are entering the College of Business Administration at the sophomore level.
The purpose of the course is to present the fundamental principles of account-
ing theory and practice in sufficient detail and scope to provide adequate founda-
tion for either advanced study in accounting or the accounting phases in the
study of industrial relations, management and marketing. 10 Class Hrs.; 10
Credit Hrs.
41-26 Intermediate Accounting — This course is a continuation of 41-03 with
emphasis shifting from the achievement of technical facility into the analytical,
interpretive, and managerial aspects of accounting. Emphasis is placed on the
logical development of accounting rules and principles from fundamental ac-
counting theory. The course coverage includes a comprehensive discussion of
the theory and the analysis of accounting statements, the analysis of working
capital, profit and loss analysis, and miscellaneous ratios. Prep. 41-03; 4 Class
Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
41-27 Accounting Statements — This course is a survey of the basic accounting
statements. The five areas that are covered are as follows: (1) an explanation
of the form, content, and general principles governing the construction of
financial statements; (2) a study of accounting valuation and income determina-
tion problems; (3) an extensive examination of working capital; (4) a detailed
coverage of comparative statements including trend percentages and common-
size statements; and (5) a complete study of all the standard ratios followed by
the methods and techniques of using them in analyzing and interpreting financial
and operating data. Prep. 41-03; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
41-28 Introduction to Cost Accounting — This course is a survey of the basic
cost accounting principles as it applies to non-accounting majors. It is intended
to demonstrate the principles, procedures, and management uses of cost account-
ing. The course will cover the following: manufacturing costs; nature and uses
of cost accounting; outline of the job cost plan; managerial control of material,
labor, and overhead; departmental burden rates; and financial statements.
Cost control through cost reports and an analysis and control of distribution
costs will be studied. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
41-31 Cost Accounting — Discussion of basic cost accounting terminology is
followed by the job-order cost accounting cycle which shows the flow of costs
through the general ledger and their presentation on financial statements. The
following topics are then covered; the voucher system, special ledgers, materials
inventory control, accounting for labor, and manufacturing expenses — actual
and applied. The departmentalization of the factory is studied. Prep. 41-28;
2 Class Hrs.; 2 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
41-32 Cost Accounting — This course begins with a review of the area of job-
order cost accounting. Considerable time is devoted to the area of process cost
accounting and the costing of by-products and joint products. Emphasis is
placed on the averaging method and first-in, first-out method of costing. These
are the two methods of costing used in process cost accounting. The last part of
the course introduces standard cost accounting accompanied by budgetary
control. Prep. 41-31; 2 Class Hrs.; 2 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
182 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
41-33 Cost Accounting for Management — Standard cost accounting combined
with budgetary control is today gaining widespread importance with manage-
ment. Business seeks control of many of its activities through the establish-
ment of standards and budgets. Since both have managerial control as its ob-
jective the two areas are interdependent and cannot function separately. The
first portion of the course will deal with basic budgetary procedure with emphasis
on the flexible or variable budget. This will be followed by a survey of standard
cost accounting accompanied by budgetary control. Cost control techniques
and procedures such as gross profit analysis, break-even analysis, and profit-
volume relationship will also be discussed. Prep. 41-28; 10 Class Hrs.; 5 Credit
Hrs.
41-34 Industrial Accounting — This course provides a foundation in basic prin-
ciples and procedures. Emphasis is placed on the recording of the ordinary
transactions of a trading business, the preparation of financial statements, and
the handling of controlling accounts and subsidiary ledgers. The purely clerical
work incidental to the study of basic accounting is minimized and stress is laid
on the ways in which accounting serves management in administering a business
successfully. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
41-35 Industrial Accounting — The purpose of this course is to provide engineer-
ing students with a foundation in cost accounting theory and practice. The
student is made conversant with the field and purposes of cost accounting, the
procedures in accounting for material, labor, and manufacturing expenses in a
job order cost system, process cost accounting, cost accounting with the use of
standards, cost accounting for by-products and joint products, and budgetary
practices and procedures.
Emphasis throughout the course is on the use of cost accounting data as a
tool of management in the control and possible reduction of costs and as a guide
to management in shaping future policies and operations. Prep. 41-34; 5 Class
Hrs.; 5 Credit Hrs.
41-37 Intermediate Accounting — This course in Intermediate Accounting is
designed to serve as a foundation for advanced accounting work. This calls for
a broad and thorough understanding of basic accounting theory and its general
application to business. The course begins with a series of studies describing
in detail the accounting problems relating to valuation and presentation of
corporate property, liability and equity items, as well as the related problems
of measurement of cost and revenue. Prep. 41-26; 2 Class Hrs.; 2 Lab. Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
41-38 Intermediate Accounting — This course is a continuation of 41-37. Here
fundamental theory receives extended application. The purpose of this course
is to broaden the base of the student's knowledge of subjects which are in a
transitional and controversial stage. Both sides of controversial subjects are
presented and frequent reference is made to the expressed opinions of the
American Institute of Accountants, the American Accounting Association, and
the Securities and Exchange Commission. Prep. 41-37; 2 Class Hrs.; 2 Lab. Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 183
41-42 Budget Procedure — The purpose of this course is to give consideration
to the basic principles and procedures to be applied in the preparation of a
comprehensive budget program. The principal techniques of budget construc-
tion that have general application to most business concerns are covered.
Emphasis is placed upon the practical study of these techniques including such
areas as: sales, production, purchases, labor, cost control, budget variations and
reports. Prep. 41-33; 5 Class Hrs.; IV2 Credit Hrs.
41-43 Auditing — This is a course in auditing principles and procedures de-
signed to acquaint the student with the most current auditing concepts. Emphasis
is placed on auditing objectives, the coordination of the examination of accounts,
and their effect upon the balance sheet and income statements. Practical prob-
lems developed out of public accounting practice C.P.A. examination questions
are used. Prep. 41-38; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
41-44 Auditing — This course continues the work started in 41-43. The publica-
tions of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants are used ex-
tensively as part of the text materials. Audit programs are studied and formu-
lated by the student. In addition the pronouncements and opinions of The
Institute of Internal Auditors, the American Accounting Association, and The
Securities and Exchange Commission are studied and used \vhene\er applicable.
Prep. 41-43; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
41-45 Advanced Accounting I — This is a continuation of 41-38. Course cover-
age includes formation, operation, dissolution upon ownership changes, and
liquidation of partnerships and joint ventures. The second part of the course
emphasizes special sales procedures, viz., installment sales, consignments, and
home office and branch relationships. Prep. 41-38; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
41-47 Consolidated Statements — Among many business enterprises there exists
a parent-and-subsidiary relationship. In our complex business society this
trend towards combination and control continues. It becomes necessary period-
ically to combine corresponding items of the parent and its subsidiary or sub-
sidiaries so that the end result presents a financial picture as though they were
a single economic unit. This course is concerned with a detailed study of the
accounting and economic problems involved in the preparation of these consoli-
dated statements. Prep. 41-45; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
41-48 Cost Accounting — Standard cost accounting and budgetary control are
continued in this course. The interdependence of budgeting and standard cost
accounting is stressed. Problems using standard costs with flexible budgets are
illustrated. Cost accounting as a "tool of management" is studied. Topics
included are cost control through cost reports, analysis and cbntrol of distribu-
tion costs, gross profit analysis, break-exen analysis, profit-volume relationship,
and differential cost analysis. Prep. 41-32; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
41-55 Advanced Accounting II — This course is in three parts: (1) accounting
for fiduciaries, (2) actuarial science and (3) accounting for governmental units.
Content of the first part includes statement of affairs, receiverships, statement of
realization and liquidation, estates, and trusts; the second part includes a discus-
184 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
sion of compound interest amounts, and present values; the last part of the
course consists of a brief survey of the accounting for municipalities and institu-
tions. Prep. 41-45; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
41-60 Accounting Seminar I — The attempt is made in this course and in 41-61
to study the historical progress of accounting, to relate accounting to the other
disciplines — economics, lavv', statistics, and to study the development and pres-
ent position of the basic concepts, conventions, and principles which underlie
accounting. The student selects an approved topic dealing with a specific aspect
of accounting theory or procedure and develops a detailed outhne for a paper
to be presented in 14-61. The major portion of the time is spent in discussion of
general concepts based on extensive readings in the ever-growing body of ac-
counting literature. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
41-61 Accounting Seminar II — This course is devoted primarily to the discus-
sion and presentation of research papers. This will provide the opportunity for
the free expression of views particularly in areas of controversy. The students
are encouraged to take positions, to express their views, and to bring out areas
of agreement and disagreement. 2 Class Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
Industrial Relations
42-10 Personnel — The purpose of this course is to survey the personnel function
as an element of management. This course deals with the humanistic side of
personnel relations as opposed to the technical aspects. Emphasis is placed on
the development of a sound philosophy of employer-employee relations. 3 Class
Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
42-44 Wage Administration — This course includes both practical and theo-
retical issues of wages and income; the economic and social function of wages,
wage theories, wage practices of industrial management, collective bargaining
of wage adjustments, fringe issues, legislative supplements, income security, and
national wage policy. Prep. 20-26; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
42-52 Motion and Time Study — This course is designed for students in Business
Administration to show the proper use of work simplification and time study.
The student is instructed in the use of process analysis, operation analysis,
man-machine analysis, and micromotion analysis. This is accomplished through
lectures, discussions and actual laboratory projects.
Time study is discussed and the student is instructed in the correct use of it
and how this tool can be used as an aid to management. Prep. 45-34, 45-22;
2 Class Hrs.; 2 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
42-61 Seminar in Collective Bargaining — The meetings will be devoted to
discussion of cases or reports on problems actually faced by industrial relations
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 185
departments dealing with employees through collective bargaining. Broad issues
of management authority, governmental regulation of labor-management rela-
tions, grievance procedures and arbitration will be analyzed. Research into
more specific issues will be undertaken by students. Prep. 20-26; 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
Marketing and Advertising
43-21 Principles of Marketing — The, principles and trends governing the
marketing and distribution of merchandise are introduced in this course to-
gether with detailed consideration of the place of marketing in our modern
economic order, the basic structure of markets, commodities, middlemen, and
the field of retailing. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
43-22 Principles of Advertising — The economic background of advertising and
its development are presented together with a study of the methods followed in
advertising agencies and departments to plan and prepare advertisements and
advertising campaigns. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
43-30 Salesmanship — The objective of this course is twofold: (!) To provide
the student who is interested in a career in marketing and advertising, but not
necessarily in personal selling, with a working and essentia! knowledge of sales
functions and procedures and the role of the salesman in modern marketing
process; (2) for those students interested in entering the field of personal selling
as a career, a greater knowledge of modern selling techniques, including a
thorough appreciation and understanding of the relation that exists between
personal selling and the many marketing aids and techniques contained in a
fully developed sales program. Prep. 43-21, 43-22; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
43-31 Copywriting — Facility in dealing with effective advertising copy, whether
from the point of view of creating it, selling it, or appraising it, is the aim of this
course. Consideration is given to the relation of copy and headline to layout,
the preparation of headlines and slogans and the principles of copy construction.
Emphasis is placed upon analysis and preparation of the many types of copy
required for different purposes and different kinds of advertising media. Prep.
43-21, 43-22; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
43-32 Sales Management — Training in the analysis of problems that arise in
sales and marketing programs and in the exercise of F>ersonal judgment is em-
phasized through the use of actual case material. A wide variety of case studies,
developed in cooperation with business executives by the Division of Business
Case Development, present current problems in adding or eliminating product
lines; product design, trademark, guaranty and packaging problems; policies in
selection of distribution channels; pricing, resale price maintenance, discounts;
and sales planning, 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs,
43-33 Sales Management — On an advanced level, cases designed for the ad-
vanced student encourage the analysis and evaluation in this second term of the
course of problems in sales organization and control, sales methods and cam-
paigns, and the control of sales operations. Fully as much as the course content,
the case or discussion method used in these two courses serves as a useful
186 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
bridge between preceding survey courses and the work required in the more
advanced problem and seminar courses. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
43-40 Advertising Production — Familiarity with mechanical problems and
processes in advertising, including some knowledge of production techniques
in television and radio, is the objective of this basic course. Major attention is
given to printed advertising — publication, letters, folders, booklets. Elements
of the course are: Visualizing the advertising idea; preparing the layout, includ-
ing lettering and rough sketching; selecting the illustration; the use of color;
photo-engraving and other illustrative processes; selection of type; determina-
tion of space requirements; printing and paper; and the working out of individual
advertising projects. Prep. 43-22; 4 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
43-43 Marketing Research — The scope and uses of market research and
analysis, together with their basis in scientific method, are considered at some
length to reveal specific practical applications of this modern marketing tool to
business needs. Quantitative and qualitative sales analysis, market trends,
advertising research, product analysis, territory and sales quota determination
are considered fully and related to basic methods of measuring the effectiveness
of the marketing-advertising operation. Prep. 43-32; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
43-44 Foreign Marketing — The purpose of this course is to give the student of
marketing a knowledge of the problems, policies, and techniques essential to
efi'ective sales in foreign markets. Throughout the course emphasis is placed
upon the differences in the nature of the problems encountered and the practices
followed in this highly specialized field. Prep. 43-32; 2 Class Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
43-46 Credits and Collections — This course is designed to acquaint the student
with modern methods of credit investigation, determination, and collections.
Consideration will be given to credit instruments, mercantile credit practices
and policies, mercantile and special agencies, problems and policies in retail
credit, and legal right in collecting. Prep. 43-22; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
43-50 Industrial Marketing — This senior course is designed to give those
students who elect it a knowledge and understanding of a significant and special-
ized area of marketing. In the class meetings, selected topics covering a variety
of phases of Industrial Marketing, and individual research upon these, are the
basis for discussion. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
43-52 Retail Merchandising — The purpose of this course is to study the prin-
ciples of successful retailing and to acquaint the student with the more modern
methods of operating a retail organization. The course opens with a review and
a more detailed discussion of markups, markdowns, and markons. Considera-
tion is then given to the operating statement as it applies to the retailer, the
buying function, pricing of merchandise and the development of price lines, the
control of inventory, stock turnover, the selection and management of retail
sales personjiel, and budgeting. Throughout the course merchandise planning
is discussed and illustrated. Prep. 43-33 or 45-52; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
43-53 Problems in Advertising — Using case studies drawn up by the Division
of Business Case Development, this course comprehends a wide variety of
basic promotional problems in representative industries and firms. Careful at-
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 187
tention is given to analysis and solution of divergent problems involving the
effective use of advertising in relation to the marketing strategy as a whole.
The cases illustrate significant differences in buying habits and motives and
afford opportunity to appraise a broad range of advertising and sales promotion
programs precisely as they were evolved. Prep. 43-22, 43-32; 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
43-54 Problems in Advertising — Concluding the case work carried on in 43-53,
this course seeks to develop a thorough understanding of the administrative
aspects of advertising from both the advertiser's and the advertising agent's
point of view and at the same time to develop a deeper comprehension of the
economic effects of advertising and sales promotion. Using materials designed
for advanced students, it intensifies previous study with particular respect to
media selection, and control and measurement of advertising effort. Latest
methods of sales promotion are demonstrated in class. Taking a broad view on
the basis of individual cases it also analyzes the influences of advertising and
allied promotions upon our economy. Prep. 43-53; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
43-61 Seminar in Marketing and Advertising — This seminar course, taken in
the senior year, is designed to give students majoring in the field an opportunity
to pursue further those specific aspects of marketing or advertising which are
of particular interest to the student and in which he feels the need for additional
information and training. Individual research and reports are the basis of the
seminar meetings. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
Finance and Insurance
44-13 Construction Finance — The financial problems confronting the setting
up of engineering and construction organizations and the methods of providing
funds to carry on projects constitute the subject matter to be studied. This will
include a consideration of the \arious forms of business organization from the
legal as well as the operational point of view. The uses of capital stock, mort-
gage bonds, land trust certificates, purchase money mortgages, together with the
importance of appraisals in the financing of public projects, projects of private
enterprise, public utilities, and expansion of these services are studied. The
problems of providing working capital and the use of bank credit are also con-
sidered. 2 Class Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
44-20 Introduction to Finance — An introductory survey designed to acquaint
the student with the role of finance in the economic world. The survey includes
capital formation and uses, financial institutions and their functions, descriptive
analysis of banks, investment companies, insurance companies and brokerage
houses, farm credit organizations, and consumer credit agencies. 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
44-22 Principles of Insurance — The purpose of the course is to provide a com-
prehensive knowledge of insurance principles and coverage such as will provide
a broad foundation for the student who plans to enter the business of insurance
or enable the man or woman in business to plan a satisfactory program for
personal needs or business responsibilities. Content: the basic principles of
188 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
insurance, solving the economic problems of risk, types of insurance contracts,
legal interpretation of the insurance contract, types of insurance, co-operative
organizations in the field of insurance. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
44-31 Business Finance — The fundamental principles of finance are approached
from the point of view of the business man. Methods of organizing and financing
new and old business ventures are integrated with present-day practice. Merits
of partnerships and corporations from the standpoint of liability, risk and taxes
are considered. Consideration is given to the various factors that influence
capital structure and the services of the investment banker; the Securities Ex-
change Act and Blue Sky Laws; the liabilities and privileges of stockholders
and directors. Prep. 44-20; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
44-32 Business Finance — This course covers the financial aspects of sales,
prices and markets; methods of raising short-term working capital and problems
involved in keeping it revolving. The proper administration of income to meet
the objectives of the company, and the part played by depreciation surplus and
dividend policy are considered. Methods of evaluation as applied to various
types of business from the standpoint of the buyer and seller. The course also
includes principles to be applied in consoHdating or merging companies or re-
capitalizing problems dealing with receivership and bankruptcy. Prep. 44-31;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
44-33 Life Insurance — A study of life insurance and its place in planning an
estate. A detailed study of policy provisions; how rates are made; measuring
the net cost of insurance; present-day reserve systems; how dividends are calcu-
lated; group and accident policies; investments of life insurance companies; and
legal aspects of life insurance. Prep. 44-22; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
44-34 Property Insurance — A detailed study of the fire insurance contract with
special reference to restricting clauses; warranties, waiver and added forms and
clauses; rate structure; underwriting problems; consequential losses and claim
settlement; insurance of goods in transit; kinds of policies; coverage and rate
making. Prep. 44-33; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
44-35 Estate Planning and Taxation — The property estate is considered in
respect to its distribution for the purpose of satisfying particular needs. Trust
administration, wills, etc. are considered from the viewpoint of the estate
planner. Prep. 44-22; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
44-36 Estate Planning and Taxation — A continuation of 44-35. Income, gift,
and estate taxes are considered both in their bearing on financial decisions in
business and in their relation to life insurance and estate planning. Prep. 44-35;
3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
44-41 Investments — This course is concerned with investment analysis. It
covers methods of analyzing the industry, the particular company in the industry,
and the specific securities of the company. Factors that enter into the rating of
stocks and bonds, such as number of times interest earned, capital structure and
asset value are taken up in order. Also included is a study of protective covenants
and remedies of junior and senior security holders. Prep. 44-32; 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 189
44-42 Investments — This course is concerned with the problems of managing
investment funds. Through the study of case material and readings, principles
are developed for analyzing the particular mvestment needs of an individual or
institution. Then comes the selection of securities to fit the need. The advantage
and disadvantage of stocks and bonds and all types of investments are related
to fluctuations in the business cycle and money market conditions. Prep. 44-41;
3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
44-51 Trust Management — This course deals with the creation of personal and
corporate trusts, functions of the trust officer, legal rights and duties of the
parties, problems of lifeman and remainderman, government supervision, and
investment problems. Prep. 44-42; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
44-52 Security Markets — This is a study of our security markets, how securities
are bought and sold, the future market, the brokerage house, government regula-
tion, and the problems of pricing. Prep. 44-42; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
44-61 Seminar in Finance and Insurance — This senior course is intended to
give students majoring in the field of finance and insurance an opportunity to
pursue research work in the specific aspects of this field. Each student selects
a topic in which he has a particular interest and where he feels the need of ad-
ditional information. Oral reports, group discussion. Prep. 44-42; 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
44-62 Seminar in Finance and Insurance — This course gives the student the
opportunity to continue the indi\idual research and group discussions which
began in 44-61. Prep. 44-61; 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
Business Management
45-21 Principles of Business Management — This course is intended to present
the basic principles which are Involved in the several areas of management
activity. It is designed as a first approach for students into the policies and
problems encountered in business. The study revolves about the initiation and
operation of business from the viewpoint of financing the organization of
personnel, the use of physical facilities and the operating features of a going
concern as they pertain to the use of men, macliines, and money. 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
45-22 Principles of Business Management — A continuation of 45-21 in which
emphasis is placed upon personnel evaluation, rating, and methods of payment,
the control of production and the relation of costing and sales procedures to
the efficiency and management of the enterprise. Prep. 45-21; 3 Class Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
45-35 Production Management — This course will analyze management prob-
lems in the area of production. Case studies are used as a basis for discussing
190 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
problems of plant and equipment, materials and purchasing, control of produc-
tion and cost control. Prep. 45-21, 45-22; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
45-36 Personnel — This course will analyze the development of personnel policy
and personnel administration as a tool of management. Timely, significant man-
power problems in industry and case studies are used to develop subject matter
in this field. Topics covered include the nature and scope of personnel adminis-
tration, analyzing personnel problems, wages and work assignments. Prep. 45-
21, 45-22; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
45-37 Personnel Administration — Continued development and discussion of
topics listed in 45-36. Prep. 45-21, 45-22; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
45-52 Management of Sales — This seminar course, taken in the first term of
the Senior year, is intended to give students majoring in Business Management
an opportunity to examine the organization and the operation of the firm's
sales department. Emphasis is placed upon management's interest in effective
marketing and the co-ordination of sales with other operations and departments
of the firm. Prep. 45-34; 2 Class Hrs.; 2 Credit Hrs.
45-61 Seminar in Policy and Organization — In this course senior students will
analyze and appraise a variety of simulated business problems. The purpose of
this course is to develop a way of thinking logically and meaningfully in a
given business situation. Students are required to broaden their understanding
of business principles through readings in a variety of areas. 3 Class Hrs. 3
Credit Hrs.
45-62 Seminar in Management — The purpose of this course is to present to
the senior student of Business Management an opportunity to investigate,
analyze and report on various types of problems which confront contemporary
management. The student is given the opportunity to demonstrate his capacity
to apply basic principles of management in a wide variety of business situations.
Course is limited to Business Management seniors. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
Business Law
46-03 Contracts and Agency — This course is designed to give a fundamental
knowledge of basic legal principles to the engineering student through the study
of the origin and development of law; the elements of contract, the agency
relationship and its operation; the law of workmen's liens and the origin and
expansion of the law in workmen's compensation. 6 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
46-41 Legal Aspects of Business I — Through the use of text and case materials,
the basic business law principles involved in contracts, sales, credit instruments
and creditors' rights are examined. 4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 191
46-42 Legal Aspects of Business II — This course is a continuation of the above,
and it concerns itself with a study of the legal aspects of the various forms of
business organization, including agency, partnership, and corporation, through
which contracts are made. 4 Class Hrs., 4 Credit Hrs.
46-53 Basic Federal Taxes — A comprehensive study of the latest Internal
Revenue Code and Treasury Regulations including the preparation of returns
for individuals. Problems and cases are discussed involving taxable income —
inclusions and exclusions, capital gains and losses, dividends, and expense
deductions. 2 Class Hrs.; 2 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
46-54 Basic Federal Taxes — This course is a continuation of 46-53. The sec-
tions of the Code pertaining to partnerships, corporations, and fiduciaries are
taken up including the preparation and filing of returns. Research problems
are assigned to the students in order to acquaint them with the working tools
of tax practice — the complete Federal Tax Library. Problems in policy plan-
ning for tax economies are presented. 2 Class Hrs.; 2 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
46-55 Labor Law — This course studies the historical de\elopment of legal
principles as applied to labor relations by the courts since 1800. Labor decisions
under the Sherman Act are discussed as well as the modifications set forth by
20th century labor legislation. Prep. 20-26; 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
46-56 Law of Merchandising — A study of the legal problems which arise in
connection with the marketing of merchandise including legal problems in-
volved in advertising, price-fixing, anti-trust laws, and unfair sales. Prep. 46-42;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
46-57 Law of Corporate Finance and Insurance — This course includes a study
of the legal responsibilities of public accountants for audit certificates, legal
incidents in corporate fmance, including federal and state regulation of securities,
and current problems, principles, and concepts of insurance law. Prep. 46-42;
4 Class Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
Secretarial Studies
47-01 Typing I — This course provides basic training in typewriting with
emphasis on a complete mastery of the keyboard and the development of speed
and accuracy. 3 Class Hrs.; 5 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
47-02 Typing II — This course continues the work begun in 47-01 with a re-
construction of basic skills and further development of speed and accuracy.
Instruction is given in centering, tabulation, and business letters. 3 Class Hrs.;
5 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
47-03 Typing III — Advanced problems in planning and arranging letters,
reports, and tabulations are worked out. Attention i? given to the preparation
of these and other college papers. 3 Class Hrs.; 5 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
47-04 Typing IV — The student's goal in this course is the attainment of a
high degree of proficiency to enable him to enter office employment as a compe-
tent typist. The emphasis is on office standards of speed, accuracy, and arrange-
ment. 3 Class Hrs.; 5 Lab. Hrs.; 1 Vz Credit Hrs.
192 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
47-09 Typing — This is an intensive course in beginning typing for students
who cannot take the 47-11 and 47-12 sequence. The principal aim is to give the
student a foundation of correct typing techniques sufficient for personal use.
3 Class Hrs.; 6 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
47-11 Typing A — This course provides a thorough foundation in typewriting.
Emphasis is placed on a mastery of the keyboard and the development of speed
and accuracy. Instruction is given in horizontal and vertical centering and in
simple letter forms. 4 Class Hrs.; 6 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
47-12 Typing B — This course continues the work in 47-1 1 with a reconstruction
of basic skills and further development of speed and accuracy. Instruction is
given in the typing of business letters, tabulations, and rough drafts. The typing
of manuscripts such as term reports and theses is an important part of the course.
Prep. 47-11; 4 Class Hrs.; 6 Lab. Hrs.; 4 Credit Hrs.
47-1 3 Briefliand I — The aim of this course is mastery of the principles of Brief-
hand — a rapid notetaking system using the longhand alphabet. 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
47-14 Brief hand II — The theory of Briefhand is reviewed in this course. Empha-
sis is on the building of speed in notetaking. Prep. 47-1 3; 4 Class Hrs. 4 Credit Hrs.
47-17, 47-18 Secretarial Procedures — The best current procedures and prac-
tices in secretarial work are studied so students may be prepared for employ-
ment in various businesses. 3 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
47-21 Transcription I — Development of shorthand speed is continued in this
course until the student acquires a speed sufficient for ordinary office dictation.
Transcription training is introduced with emphasis on the mailability of tran-
scribed letters. Prep. 8 credits in typing and 8 credits in shorthand; 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
47-22 Transcription II — The transcription training begun in 47-21 is continued
in this course with emphasis on the improvement of shorthand, typing, and
English skills. The objective of the course is a marketable skill enabling the
student to compete for stenographic employment. Prep. 47-21; 4 Class Hrs.;
4 Credit Hrs.
Co-ordination
50-01 Professional Development — A course designed to orient the student's
thinking along individual professional development lines, and to familiarize
him with an intelligent technique of job getting.
The professional development portion includes several lectures by professional
engineers to the combined senior class covering the Activities of ECPD and EJC,
Engineering Licensure, the U. S. Patent System, and Ethics in Engineering
Practice. At the class sessions the professional department chairmen discuss
with their own senior students the various aspects of professionalism.
Concurrently, the technique of job getting is discussed. This includes a survey
of the occupational field, a market survey of opportunities, and a study of ac-
cepted techniques for obtaining the desired position. 3 Class Hrs.; 1 Credit Hr.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 193
50-10 Placement Techniques — An over-all discussion of job-getting techniques
covering in order such items as a survey of the occupational field wherein the
students' training can be profitably applied, a market survey of opportunities,
a study of the accepted techniques related to job-getting eff'orts, such as qualifi-
cation records, prospect files, letter writing, interviews, etc., planning and
executing the job-getting campaign. 2 Class Hrs.; 1 Credit Hr.
Military Science and Tactics
61-01 Military Science I — • An introductory course in military fundamentals and
objectives required of all persons entering military service, including organization
of the Army and ROTC leadership, care of the uniform and rifle, military cour-
tesy, discipline, and drill. 1 Class Hr.; 2 Lab. Hrs.; 1 Credit Hr.
61-02 Military Science I — A Research of American Military History, outlining
important steps in the formation of the modern Army, relationship with other
governmental agencies and the exercise of command responsibilities by prominent
military leaders. 3 Class Hrs.; I Credit Hr.
61-03 Military Science I — Students are trained in care, functioning and use of
individual arms (weapons), to include marksmanship training and firing on the
indoor rifle range. 1 Class Hr.; 2 Lab. Hrs.; 1 Credit Hr.
61-10 Military Science II — Provides special drill and leadership techniques
instruction for potential non-commissioned officers within the Cadet Brigade.
1 Class Hr.; 2 Lab. Hrs.; 1 Credit Hr.
61-11 Military Science II — Students are assigned to noncommissioned officer
positions within the Cadet Brigade and receive training in small unit leadership
and command in preparation for the advanced course. Also includes training with
crew served weapons, their operation and tactical employment. 1 Class Hr.; 3 Lab.
Hrs.; 1 Credit Hr.
61-12 Military Science II — A study of basic Military tactics and elementary
communication techniques. Also includes the principles of map and aerial photo-
graph interpretation. 3 Class Hrs.; 1 Lab. Hr.; I Credit Hr.
61-20 Military Science II — Advanced course ROTC orientation emphasizing
the principles, techniques and characteristics of leadership. Moral and ethical
standards expected of officers of the Armed Forces are developed as are the
principles of military courtesy and discipline, and customs of the service. 2 Class
Hrs.; 0 Credit Hrs.
61-21 Military Science III — The new cadet officers are segregated into a special
battalion and begin an intensive, personaHzed, "officer candidate" type of
instruction under specially selected Army officers and noncommissioned and
cadet officers from the senior class. They occupy successively all positions in
the battalion learning by actual performance under close observation the prin-
ciples of leadership and command. Also familiarizes the student with principles
194 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
of military teaching to include practice teaching, and provides orientation on
communications problems in the Infantry Division. 3 Class Hrs.; 2 Lab. Hrs.;
3 Credit Hrs.
61-22 Military Science III — Orients the student in the principles of telephony
and familiarizes him vv'ith the problems encountered in the handling of mes-
sages. 4 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
61-30 Military Science III — Familiarizes the students with Signal Orders, the
written directives of the commander for administration and co-ordination of
communications. 2 Class Hrs.; 0 Credit Hrs.
61-31 Military Science III — Cadet officers are assigned to junior command
positions and continue with their closely supervised, personalized, "officer
candidate" type training. Training becomes more personalized, laggards and
leaders are separated and handled differently. Special attention is given to indi-
vidual voice development in speech and command. Principles of command
psychology are explained and developed and errors are analyzed. Duties and
requirements for final year in Cadet Brigade are taught. Also includes an ex-
amination of the principles of radio and introduction to Military Intelligence,
including gathering, evaluation, and use. 3 Class Hrs.; 2 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
61-32 Military Science IV — Familiarizes student with army radio systems and
with the communications requirements of higher headquarters. Also includes
resume of army photographic activities. 4 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
61-40 Military Science IV — Familiarizes student with principles of military
law and the operations of military courts. 3 Class Hrs.; 0 Credit Hrs.
61-41 Military Science IV — In the senior year, cadets are promoted to positions
of high leadership in the Corps of Cadets. They command the brigades, battle
groups, companies and platoons, or serve as staff officers, in cadet grades from
First Lieutenant to Brigadier General. They are responsible, under supervision
of Army officers and noncommissioned officers, for complete training and
operation of the Cadet Brigade. They put into practice the leadership and
command techniques they have learned in earlier years and gain experience,
which qualifies them for commissions in the United States Army. Also includes
study of military administration. Army staff procedures and the Army logistics
system. 2 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
61-42 Military Science IV — Familiarizes student with Army telephone carrier
systems and includes orientation in customs of the service. 4 Class Hrs.; 3
Credit Hrs.
61-60 Military Science III — Advanced course ROTC orientation emphasizing
the principles, techniques and characteristics of leadership. Moral and ethical
standards expected of officers of the Armed Forces are developed as are the
principles of military courtesy and discipline, and customs of the service. 2 Class
Hrs.; 0 Credit Hrs.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 195
61-61 Military Science III — The new cadet officers are segregated into a special
battalion and begin an intensive, personalized "officer candidate" type of in-
struction under specially selected Army officers and noncommissioned and
cadet officers from the senior class. They occupy successively all positions in
the battle group learning by actual performance under close observation the
principles of leadership and command. Familiarizes student with principles of
military teaching to include practice teaching by students. Also includes a study
of field fortifications. 3 Class Hrs.; 2 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
61-62 Military Science III — Familiarizes student with mine warfare, fixed
and floating bridges, and engineer transportation services. 4 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit
Hrs.
61-70 Military Science III — Gives student a theoretical knowledge of military
explosives. 2 Class Hrs.; 0 Credit Hrs.
61-71 Military Science III — Cadet officers are assigned to junior command
positions and continue with their closely supervised, personalized, "officer
candidate" type training. Training becomes more personalized, laggards and
leaders are separated and handled differently. Special attention is given to indi-
vidual voice development in speech and command. Principles of command
psychology are explained and developed, and errors are analyzed. Duties and
requirements for final year in Cadet Brigade are taught. Also includes a study
of construction materials and computations and maintenance of engineer equip-
ment. 3 Class Hrs.; 2 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
61-72 Military Science IV — A study of military roads and airfields to include
specifications and design criteria. Also includes an analysis of the army logistics
system and familiarization with military administration. 4 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit
Hrs.
61-80 Military Science IV — Gives student a working knowledge of the staff"
procedure of an engineer battalion. 3 Class Hrs.; 0 Credit Hrs.
61-81 Military Science IV — In the senior year, cadets are promoted to posi-
tions of high leadership in the Corps of Cadets. They command the brigades,
battle groups, companies and platoons, or serve as staff officers in cadet grades
from First Lieutenant to Brigadier General. They are responsible, under super-
vision of Army officers and noncommissioned officers, for complete training and
operation of the Cadet Brigade. They put into practice the leadership and com-
mand techniques they have learned in earlier years and gain experience which
qualifies them for commissions in the United States Army. Also includes an
examination of the engineer program for wartime buildings and utilities and a
study of military law. 3 Class Hrs.; 2 Lab. Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
61-82 Military Science IV — Gives student a working knowledge of the oper-
ations performed by an engineer battalion. Also includes orientation on military
courtesy and customs of the service. 4 Class Hrs.; 3 Credit Hrs.
196 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
INDEX
Page
Absences 58
Accident and Sickness Insurance 33
Accounting Curriculum 96
Activities 43
Administrative Officers and Staff 6
Admission Requirements 28
Advanced Standing 31
Aims and Scope of the University 22
Alumni Association 61
Application Fee 33
Application for Admission 28
Army, Department of Military Science and Tactics 50
Athletics 43
Attendance 58
Awards and Prizes 36
Biology Curriculum 71
Books and Supplies 56
Buildings and Facilities 24
Business Administration, College of 92
Business Management Curriculum 97
Calendar, Academic 2
Changes of Program, Policy on 56
Chapel 49
Chemical Engineering Curriculum 110
Chemical Laboratory Deposit 33
Chemistry Curriculum 72
Civil Engineering Curriculum 107
Class Organization and Activity 49
College Expenses 32
Committees, General University 5
Condition Examinations 57
Conduct 58
Convocations 49
Co-operative Plan 25
Counseling 60
Courses of Instruction 112
Accounting 96, 180
Art 166
Biology 71, 128
Business Law 190
Business Management 97,189
Chemical Engineering 1 10, 124
Chemistry 72, 131
Civil Engineering 107, 1 12
Co-ordination 192
Drama 170
Economics 73, 145
Education 88, 149
Electrical Engineering 109, 120
English and English- Journalism 74, 171
Finance and Insurance 98,187
French 175
Geology 135
German 177
Government 75, 1 52
Graphic Science 134
History 75, 154
Industrial Engineering Ill, 126
Industrial Relations 99, 184
INDEX 197
Page
Marketing and Advertising 100, 185
Mathematics 76, 135
Mechanical Engineering 108, 1 17
Military Science and Tactics 55, 193
Modern Languages 77
Music 168
Natural Science 144
Philosophy 158
Physical Education 143
Physics 78. 139
Preprofessional 79-82
Psychology 83, 159
Russian 180
Secretarial Studies 191
Sociology 84, 163
Spanish 178
Speech 1 70
Teaching 88-91
Credit Hour — Explanation of 112
Dean's List 57
Degrees
Business Administration 93
Education 86
Engineering 102
Liberal Arts 69
Deposits 33
Discipline 58
Economics Curriculum 73
Education, College of 85
Electrical Engineering Curriculum 109
Elementary Education Curriculum 88
Engineering, College of 101
English and English-Journalism Curriculum 74
Entrance Examinations 28
Evening Courses Inside Back Cover
Examinations 56
Expenses 32, 34
Faculty 8
Fees 32
Finance and Insurance Curriculum 98
Financial Aid 34
Fraternities 49
Freshman Academic Calendar 2
Freshman Counseling 59
Freshman Orientation 59
General Conduct 58
General Information 56
Gifts and Bequests Facing Inside Front Cover
Grades 57
Graduation Fee 34
Graduation Requirements 69, 86, 93, 102
History-Government Curriculum 75
Honor Societies 43
Housing, Student 60
Industrial Engineering Curriculum Ill
Industrial Relations Curriculum 99
Instructional Staff 8
Insurance, Health 33
Laboratory Deposits 33
Late Registration Fee 33
198 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Page
Liberal Arts, College of 63
Loans to Students 42
Location of University 24
Marketing and Advertising Curriculum 100
Marks 57
Mathematics Curriculum 76
Mechanical Engineering Curriculum 108
Military Science and Tactics 50, 193
Modern Languages Curriculum 77
Occupational Information 60
Office Hours Inside Front Cover
Part-Time Work 56
Payment of Tuition 33
Personal Interview 30
Physical Examination 59
Physics Curriculum 78
Placement 26
Predental Curriculum 79
Prelegal Curriculum 80
Premedical Curriculum 81
Premedical Technology Curriculum 82
Professional Schools, Combined Program with 70
Professional Societies and Clubs 45
Program, Policy on Changes of 56
Programs of Instruction (see Courses) Inside Back Cover
Psychology Curriculum 83
Publications 44
Refunds 34
Registration 31
Reports on Scholastic Standing 58
Requirements for Graduation 69, 86, 93, 102
Reserve Officers' Training Corps 50, 193
Scholarships for Freshmen 34
Scholarships for Upperclassmen 36
Sociology Curriculum 84
Student Activities 43
Student Council 44
Student Housing 60
Student Union 44
Synopses of Courses of Instruction 112
Table of Contents 1
Teaching of English and Social Studies Curriculum 89
Teaching of Industrial Arts Curriculum 91
Teaching of Science and Mathematics Curriculum 90
Testing and Counseling 60
Textbooks and Supplies 56
Trustees, Board of 4
Tuition 32
Tuition Deposit 33
Uniform and Equipment Deposit, ROTC 33
Vocational Guidance 60
Wentworth Institute, Combined Program with 87, 91
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
OfTers full time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan leading to the degrees of
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science; part time evening programs available
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts.
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Offers full time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Education in preparation for teaching in elementary or
secondary schools; part time evening program also available in co-operation with
the College of Liberal Arts.
THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Offers full time day curricula on the Co-opcrali\o Plan and part lime c\cning
programs, both leading to the degree of Bachcloi" ol' .Science in Business .Adminis-
tration.
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
Offers full time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan and part time evening
programs, both leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering.
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
Offers part time e\cning programs of adult education designed especially to meet
the needs of employed personnel and leading to the Bachelor of Science degree
with course specification or to appropriate associate degrees.
THE LINCOLN INSTITUTE
Offers part time e\cning curricLila in science and in engineering technology
leading to the degrees of Associate in Science and Associate in Engineering.
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
Arts and Sciences — OlTers day and evening programs leading to the degrees of
Master of Arts and Master of Science.
Business — Offers evening programs leading to the degree of Master of Business
Administration.
Education — Offers evening and Saturday morning programs leading to the
degree of Master of Education.
Engineering — OlTers day and evening programs leading to the degree of Master
of Science with course specification.
All Programs Are Open to Both Men and Women
For further inforniation
regarding any of the above schools or colleges, address
Dr. Gilbert C. G.arland. Dean and Director of Admissions
360 Huntington Avenue, Boston 15, Massachusetts, COpley 7-6600
loRTHEASTERN
University
1960-1961
University
College
Bulletin
Boston 15,
Al.BER'^
EVtW"^ °^
BOStON
■^,^^^^SSACHV3-
1, "L'^^^
friends-
Dear t
s Dean oi
Friends-. greetings ^ fur-
U»'-"^i^ to prepare VO-', ^''"Ao accep' *=
promise evei-''^ .trttctare , b is -
chaUetigo- „\ .^4,sWial St ^^ choice i-J^^^ „r
■""'"'i ^eiot those -- i„g '-"-■^ ,r, *i» '^'
promise ever-ii> tiite, 1 ^^rs -
bastness and ^^,i, ol .- ^^ ^^^ „„n
ma>^1'"°",«iUbeapar^
-*"=*'',o a stagi^-* '^'"^'^ . _ „„, the opi
diift ^"' „rovi<
er V-;:;U.t bac^«-'" ■ ^^, cpportuni -
-" ^"'° " orovides for yo^ * _^ programs
Tre. empl^tei^^^.^oationa ^^^
Ufe and -HO -^ , avaUabVe -J^,,,ii.g
'"'to proceed J-f J assistance.
very ^°^^' ^,.,^--:.Sili^«^^^^'^
,tE-e^^''''
Dean
EMBi'T or A
X)UI>T
T.EAB-S'
^1-lG • ■
jBX>lC
ateo
co^
CEPT
bec
)>IES
HEAl^l"^
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
University College
COEDUCATION AL
Evening Programs
designed especially to serve the needs of
Mature Adults
OFFICE HOURS
June 27, 1960 — August 20, 1960
Monday — Thursday 8:45 a.m.-8:30 p.m.
Friday 8:45 a.m.-5:00 p.m.
August 22, 1960 — June 24, 1961
Monday — • Friday 8:45 a.m.-S:30 p.m.
Saturdays 8:45 a.m. -12:00 noon
The office is closed on all legal holidays.
INTERVIEWS
Prospective students, or those desiring ad\ace or guidance re-
garding any part of the college work or curricula, are encouraged
to arrange for personal interviews with the Dean or other officers
of instruction. Career planning through competent guidance pro-
vides an understanding of professional requirements and develops
that definiteness of purpose so vital to success.
Address Communications to
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
360 HUNTINGTON AVENUE, BOSTON 15, MASS.
GIFTS AND BEQUESTS
Northeastern University will welcome gifts and bequests
for the following purposes:
(a) For its building program.
(b) For general endowment.
(c) For specific purposes which may especially appeal
to the donor.
It is suggested that, when possible, those contemplating
gifts or bequests confer with the President of the Univer-
sity regarding the University's needs before legal papers
are drawn.
The legal name of the University is "Northeastern Uni-
versity." However, in the making of gifts and bequests to
Northeastern, the following wording is suggested: "North-
eastern University, an educational institution incorporated
under the laws of Massachusetts and located in Boston,
Massachusetts,"
Calendar
1960
Summer session classes begin .
Commencement ....
Legal Holiday — No class sessions
Summer session classes end
Fall semester classes begin
Legal Holiday — No class sessions
Week for first term tests .
Legal Holiday — No class sessions
Legal Holiday — No class sessions
Week for second term tests
Final class session before Christmas recess
May 31
June 19
July 4
September 1
September 26
October 12
October 24-29
November 11
November 24
j November 28
I December 3
December 21
1961
First class session after Christmas recess
Final examinations, fall semester .
Spring semester classes begin .
Legal Holiday — No class sessions
Week of first term tests
Week of second term tests
Legal Holiday — No class sessions
Final examinations — spring semester
Legal Holiday — No class sessions
Summer session classes begin
Commencement ....
Summer session classes end
. January
3
. January
23-28
. February
6
. February
22
. March
6-11
. April
10-15
. April
19
. May
22-27
. May
30
. May
29
. June
18
. August
31
Table of Contents
Northeastern University, General Statement
Administrative Organization ....
Purpose and Program .....
Location .......
Page
26-27
28
University College
The Philosophy of University College
PLACEMENT SERVICE .
ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY
30
31
32
Administrative Organization
11
Administrative Policies
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS .
REGISTRATION .
TRANSFER STUDENTS .
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
HONORS ....
CLASS SESSIONS AND ATTENDANCE
EXAMINATIONS .
MARKS AND CREDITS .
TUITION AND OTHER FEES
SCHOLARSHIPS .
General Information
CLASSROOMS
STUDENT COUNCIL
WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS
32
33
33
34
35
36
37
37
41
42
38
39
42
Staff of Instruction .....
Programs of Instruction Leading to the B.S. Degree
12
46
Degree Curricula in Management
ACCOUNTING PUBLIC (c.P. A.)
ACCOUNTING COMMERCIAL OR INDUSTRIAL
ACCOUNTING COST
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
CREDIT AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT .
INSURANCE ....
MARKETING ....
6
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Curricula — Cont.
OFFICE MANAGEMENT ......
PERSONNEL AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT . . . .
PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT MATERIAL HANDLING
REAL ESTATE MANAGEMENT . . . . .
RETAILING .......
TRANSPORTATION AND TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
Page
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Degree Curricula in Technology
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY
INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY
MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
SURVEYING TECHNOLOGY
66
67
68
69
Degree Curricula in Liberal Arts and Management
ADMINISTRATION .....
PERSONNEL AND INDL'STRIAL RELATIONS
SALES .......
72
73
74
Institute — Certificate Programs
CREDIT AND FINANCIAL MANAGE.MENT INSTITUTE ... 76
INSTITUTE OF DISTRIBUTION ...... 77
INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL MATERIAL HANDLING 78
INSTITUTE OF INSURANCE ....... 79
INSTITUTE OF RETAILING ....... 80
INSTITUTE OF TRANSPORTATION .AND TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT . 81
LABOR RELATIONS INSTITUTE ...... 82
OFFICE MANAGEMENT INSTITUTE ...... 83
PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT INSTITUTE ..... 84
QUALITY CONTROL INSTITUTE ...... 85
REAL ESTATE INSTITUTE ....... 86
PROGRAMS FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SECRETARIES .... 88
SPECIAL PROGRAMS ........ 92
;ription of Courses
ACCOUNTING ......... 95
DISTRIBUTION AND MARKETING
99
ECONOMICS .....
102
ENGLISH ......
104
INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT .
106
INSURANCE .....
111
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS AND PERSONNEL
113
LAW ......
115
LIBERAL ARTS .....
115
MATHEMATICS .....
118
OFFICE MANAGEMENT ....
119
REAL ESTATE .....
121
RETAILING .....
122
TRANSPORTATION AND TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
123
Northeastern University
(Administrative Organizcttioru
The Board of Trustees
' Robert G. Dodge, Honorary Chairman
Byron K. Elliott, Chairman
Frank L. Richardson, Vice-Chairman
Asa S. Knowles, President of the University
Carl S. Ell, President Emeritus and Chancellor of the University
Lawrence H. Martin, Treasurer Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary
Class of 1960
George R. Brown
Robert G. Dodge
David F. Edwards
Robert L. Johnson
James A. Morton
Frank L. Richardson
Harold B. Richmond
Robert G. Stone
Class of 1962
George L. Barnes
Godfrey L. Cabot
William C. Chick
Carl S. Ell
Frank L. Farwell
George Hansen
Adrian O'Keeffe
Russell B. Stearns
Robert T. P. Storer
Class of 1961
Lincoln C. Bateson
S. Bruce Black
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Robert G. Emerson
Merrill Griswold
Ernest Henderson
Ray E. Johns
Harry H. Kerr
Dwight p. Robinson, Jr.
Class of 1963
F. Gregg Bemis
Louis W. Cabot
Byron K. Elliott
Chandler Hovey
Lawrence H. Martin
AuGusTiN H. Parker, Jr.
William M. Rand
Earl P. Stevenson
Asa S. Knowles, Ex Officio
Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees
David F. Edwards, Chairman
S. Bruce Black, Vice-Chairman
George R. Brown
Louis W. Cabot
William C. Chick
Edward Dana
Robert G. Dodge
Carl S. Ell
Robert G. Emerson
Lawrence H. Martin
William M. Rand
Frank L. Richardson
Earl P. Stevenson
Byron K. Elliott, Ex Officio
Asa S. Knowles, Ex Officio
Northeastern University
Qeneral University Qommittees
The Executive Council of the University
Asa S. Knowles, Chairman
William C. White, Vice-Chahman
Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary
John S. Bailey F. Weston Prior
Albert E. Everett Kenneth G. R^t)ER
Edward S. Parsons Loring M. Thompson
Arthur A. Vernon
University Cabinet
William C. White, Chairman
Gurth I. Abercrombie
William T. Alexander
John S. Bailey
Lincoln C. Bateson
Thomas J. Cavanagh
Dorothy G. Dissell
Albert E. Everett
Herbert W. Gallagher
Gilbert C. Garland
Emil a. Gramstorff
Roger S. Hamilton
George W. Hankinson
Charles W. Ha vice
Christopher F. Kennedy
Wilfred S. Lake
Gilbert G. MacDonald
Donald H. MacKenzie
George A. Mallion
Roland H. Moody
Rudolph M. Morris
Carl F. Muckenhoupt
Rudolf O. Oberg
Edward S. Parsons
Philip W. Pendleton
F. Weston Prior
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.
Kenneth G. R\tier
George A. Speers
Myron J. Spencer
Richard E. Sprague
J. Kenneth Stevenson
Descomb T. Stewart
William Kt. Stewart
Loring M. Thompson
Lester S. Vander Werp
Arthur A. Vernon
Roy L. Wooldridge
Asa S. Knowles, Ex Officio
William T. Alexander
Albert E. Everett
Roger S. Hamilton
Wilfred S. Lake
Library Committee
Roland H. Moody, Chairman
Kenneth G. Ryt)er
Lester S. Vander Werf
Arthur A. Vernon
William C. White
R. Gregg Wilfong
Louis Cooperstein
E. Lawrence Durham
University Advisory Committee on Faculty Policy
Chester P. Baker, Chairman
Joseph M. Golemme, Secretary
Arthur R. Foster
Carlo E. Gubellini
R. Gregg Wilfong
10
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY
Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D. President of the University
Carl S. Ell, A.B., M.S., Ed.M., Sc.D., LL.D., L.H.D.
President Emeritus and Chancellor of the University
William C. White, S.B., Ed.M., Eng.D. Vice-President and Provost of the University
John S. Bailey, B.S., M.B.A.
Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A.
Albert E. Everett, S.B., M.B.A., D.C.S.
Edward S. Parsons, S.B., Ed.M.
F. Weston Prior, B.S.
Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A.
Loring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D
Arthur A. Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D.
General Officers of Administration
Director of Public Relations and Personnel
Financial Officer
Dean of Adult and Continuing Education
Business Manager
Director of Development
Dean of Administration of Day Programs
Director of University Planning
Dean of the Graduate School
Deans of Colleges and Principal Administrative Staff
William T. Alexander, S.B., M.A., Eng.D., P.E. (Mass.) Dean of Engineering
Roger S. Hamilton, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Wilfred S. Lake, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Lester S. Vander Werf, A.B., M.A., Ed.D.
Albert E. Everett, S.B., M.B.A., D.C.S.
Donald H. MacKenzie, B.Ch.E., S.B., Ed.M.
Carl F. Muckenhoupt, A.B., B.S., Ph.D.
Emil a. Gramstorff, S.B., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)
Roy L. Wooldridge, S.B., Ed.M.
Gilbert C. Garland, S.B., Ed.M., Ed.D.
Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M.
Dorothy G. Dissell, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M.
Charles W. Havice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D., D.D.
Rudolph M. Morris, S.B., Ed.M.
Myron J. Spencer, A.B., M.A.
Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S.
Herbert W. Gallagher, S.B.
Philip W. Pendleton, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Rudolf O. Oberg, S.B., Ed.M.
George A. Speers, A.B., M.S., Ed.M.
Dean of Business Administration
Dean of Liberal Arts
Dean of Education
Dean of University College
Dean of Lincoln Institute
Dean of Research Administration
Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering
Dean of Co-operative Education
Dean of Admissions
Dean of Students
Dean of Women
Dean of Freshmen
Dean of Chapel
Registrar of the Colleges
Director of Graduate Study in Business
Director of University Libraries
Director of Student Activities
Director of Testing and Counseling Center
Director of Alumni Relations
Director of Press Bureau
Descomb T. Stev/art, A.B. Editor and Director of the Office of University Publications
J. Kenneth Stevenson, B.C.S. Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds
William M. Stewart, B.S. Manager of the Bookstore
Richard E. Sprague, S.B., B.B.A., M.B.A., Ed.M. Secretary of the Faculty
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., S.B., M.B.A., Ed.M. Bursar
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
c^dministrative OrganizcitiorL^
General Officers of Administration
Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., President of the University
Carl Stephens Ell, A.B., M.S., Ed.M., Sc.D., President Emeritus and Chancellor of the University
William Crombie White, S.B., Ed.M., Eng.D., Vice-President and Provost of the University
Albert Ellsworth Everett, S.B., M.B.A., D.C.S., Dean of Adult and Continuing Education
Officers of University College
Albert Ellsworth Everett, S.B., M.B.A., D.C.S., Dean
GuRTH Irving Abercrombie, B.S., Associate Dean of Adult and Continuing Education
William Taft Edgett, B.A., M.A., Registrar
John Stephen Bailey, B.S., M.B.A., Director of Public Relations and Personnel
Royal K. Toebes, B.S., Admissions Officer
Stewart L. Stokes, B.S., Administrative Assistant
Richard J. Santos, B.S., M.A., Administrative Assistant
Frank R. Porter, B.S., Ed.M., Placement and Guidance
Daniel J. Roberts, B.S., Ed.M., Bursar
J. Kenneth Stevenson, B.C.S., Supervisor of Buildings and Grounds
Rudolf Oscar Oberg, S.B., Ed.M., Director of Alumni Relations
Administrative Committee
Albert Ellsworth Everett, Chairman
GuRTH I. Abercrombie A. Howard Myers
Stephen G. Burke Franklin Norvish
Frank M. Cushman Edward T. O'Donnell
William T. Edgett _, Harry Olins
Howard F. Greene Stanley O. Robinson
Herman V. LaMark Benjamin F. Stagey
Mark Wainer
Office Administration
William Taft Edgett, Registrar
Janet C. Wagar, Secretary to the Dean
Elizabeth H. Bryant, T>'f>ist Grace E. Myshrall, Clerk-Typist
Carole Losier, Typist Agnes Nielsen, Record Clerk
Hilda F. Cann, Secretary Erika Engels, Secretary
Violet Loader, Receptionist Doris C. Perham, Secretary
Dorothy McFarlin, Recorder Barbara Pottle, Secretary
11
University College
Staff of %structioru
John P. Agnew, A.B., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois
Government
Faculty, Pine Manor Junior College - • ,
James F. Aicardi, B.B.A., M.B.A., Northeastern University
Business Economics
Trim Alloys, Inc.
Robert B. Aldrich, B.S., Boston University
Consumer Packaging, Industrial Packaging
Clock and Timer Department, General Electric Company
Joseph Alexander, B.S., University of Oklahoma; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., New
York University
Business Economics
Babson Institute
Elbert S. Alston, B.A., West Virginia State College; M.B.A., Harvard University; C.P.A.
Introductory Accounting, Intermediate Accounting
Public Accountant, in practice as Principal
Howard K. Andersen, B.S., M.A., New York University
Business Economics
St. Staff Analyst, Avco Corporation
Herbert G. Anderton, Jr., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Fidelity, Suretyship, and Crime Insurance
Research Underwriter, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
Benjamin Arac, B.S., LL.B., M.B.A., New York University
Tax Workshop
Partner, Widett &. Kruger
Former Associate Tax Editor, Federal Tax Department, Research Institute of America
Howard C. Arnold, A.B., Oberlin College; M.Ed., Northeastern University
Techniques of Supervision
Training Specialist, Personnel Development, General Electric Company, River Works,
Lynn, Mass.
Edward G. Arsnow, B.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute; M.B.A., Northeastern University;
R.P.E., Massachusetts
Plant Layout
Product Planning Engineer, Western Electric Company
Norman F. Barbeau, Bentley School of Accounting &. Finance
Materials Management Seminar
Supervisor, Information Systems, General Electric Company
David W. Barkley, A.B., M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California;
M.P.A., Harvard University
The Aging in American Society
Northeastern University
Emerson P. Barrett, B.A., University of Maine :!
Labor-Management Relations
Manager, Employment Services, Raytheon Company
William W. Battilana, Curtiss Aviation Service
Purchasing
Vice-President, Purchasing and Stores, East Coast Aviation Corporation
Peter Benton, A. A., B.S., Boston University
Business Communications
Co-ordinator of Public Relations, John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Co.
John F. Best, A.B., Boston College; Ed.M., Boston Teachers College
Man's Physical Universe
Faculty, Jamaica Plain High School
12
STAFF OF INSTRUCTION 13
Gerald J. Betro, B.S., M.B.A., Northeastern University
Managerial Accounting
Gerald J. Betro and Company
George S. Bissell, B.A., Dartmouth College; M.B.A., Harvard University
Applied Security Analysis
Research Department, Eaton &l Howard
Carl Blackman, B.S., Boston University; C.P.A.
Managerial Accounting
In practice as Principal
Eugene Joseph Blackman, B.S., M.A., Boston University
Business English
Northeastern University
C. Raymond Block, B.C.S., New York University
Budgets - Controllership
Assistant Treasurer, Acoustic Research, Inc.
Arnold Bloom, B.S., Boston University; LL.B., New York University; LL.M., Columbia
University
State and Local Taxation
Tax Attorney
Arthur P. Bonney, B.S., Harvard University
Techniqu£s of Salesmanship
Business Management Consultant
Allynn W. Bowen, Franklin and Marshall College
Principles of Production Planning, Production Control
Supervisor of Marketing Administration, Sylvania Electronic Systems
Howard A. Bridgman, A.B., Amherst College; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University
Business Economics
Faculty, Tufts University
Abraham Brooks, LL.B., Boston University
Insurance for Management
Self-employed as Lawyer and Insurance Agent
Arthur S. Browne, A.B., Harvard College; Harvard Law School
Business Economics
Former Contract Specialist, U. S. Corps of Engineers
James W. Bruce, Bentley School of Accounting &. Finance; B.B.A., Northeastern University
Managerial Accounting
Assistant Auditor, Eastern Gas &l Fuel Associates
Clifford D. Bryan
Scientific Management Office Practice
Specialist, Methods and Time Standards, General Electric Company
Wallace R. Buckley, B.B.A., Northeastern University; C.P.A.
Auditing
Supervisor, W. S. Reagan, C.P.A.
Bruce Bunten, B.S., Tufts University
Human Relations
Personnel Manager, Minneapolis-Honeywell, Inc.
David L. Burke, Bentley School of Accounting Si. Finance
Massachusetts State Taxes
Assistant Chief of Income Tax Bureau, Department of Corporations and Taxation, Com-
monwealth of Massachusetts
Stephen F. Burke
Real Estate Appraisal
Real Estate Appraiser, Director Union Federal Savings and Loan Association
Stephen G. Burke, LL.B., Suffolk University
Human Relations
Northeastern University
William T. Burke, A.A., A.B., A.M., Boston University
Literature
Faculty, Northeastern University
14 STAFF OF INSTRUCTION
Peter E. Burns, B.A., M.A., Boston College
Business English
Faculty, Solomon Lewenberg School
A. Arthur Capone, S.B., M.A., Boston University; Ed.M., Harvard University; LL.B., Boston
College
Criminology, Sociology ■ i ■
Probation Officer, Boston Municipal Court
Lyman E. Carlow, Lowell Institute
Production Processes
Supervisory Production Control Specialist, Boston Naval Shipyard
Saverio Cerullo, B.S., M.B.A., Boston University
Mathematics of Accounting
Northeastern University
William J. Chevalier, LL.B., Boston College
Real Estate: Law and Conveyancing, Investment and Management
Real Estate Consultant, Member Boston Real Estate Board
Elisha B. Chrakian, A.B., Boston University; M.A., Brown University; A.M., Ph.D. Cand.,
Harvard University; Ed.D., Calvin Coolidge College
Social and Business Ethics, Philosophy
Consulting Psychologist
Owen L. Clarke, A.B., M.A., Boston College
Massachusetts State Taxes
Chief of Bureau, Bureau of Corporations, Department of Corporations and Taxation,
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
William G. Coggan, B.S., Northeastern University; M.S., University of Utah;
Ph.D., Florida State University
Sociology, Psychology
Stow High School
Arthur M. Cohen, A.B., Harvard University; M.A., Ph.D., Boston University
Human Relations
Human Relations Center, Boston University
Victor Cohen, A.B., Union College; LL.B., Harvard University; C.P.A.
Advanced Federal Taxes
Tax Accountant, James D. Glunts and Company . .
Frederick W. Cole, B.S., Dartmouth College
Business English
Business Communications Counselor
Leon J. Comeau, Jr., Boston University
Analysis of Financial Statements . . • .
Assistant Treasurer, Lexington Corporation
Joseph P. Conlin, A.B., Holy Cross College
Labor-Management Relations
Industrial Relations Administrator, Raytheon Company
William E. Connors, A.B., Brown University; A.M., Boston University
Statistics for Business and Industry
Statistician, United States Department of Labor
Roy E. Coombs, Jr., S.B., S.M., Harvard University
Material Handling -Fundamentals, Cost Determination
Senior Plant Engineer, Western Electric Company
Louis Cooperstein, A.B., A.M., Harvard University .
Business English
Northeastern University
William S. Cowie, B.B.A., M.B.A., Northeastern University
Statistics
U. S. Government, Department of Army
Lester S. Cramer, A.B., LL.B., Harvard University
Business Economics, Labor-Management Relations, Business Law
Attorney at Law
STAFF OF INSTRUCTION 15
Frank M. Cushman, B.S., M.A., University of Pennsylvania, Wharton School of Finance
and Commerce
Transportation Practices, I.C.C. Practices and Procedures, Current Transportation Problems
Director, Frank M. Cushman Associates, Transportation Consultants
Director, Transportation and Traffic Management Institute, Northeastern University
Norman Cutler, B.S., Boston University
Tax Planning
Internal Revenue Service
Paul A. Danielson, Jr., B.S., University of Pennsylvania
Market Research, Sales Promotion
Marketing Director, Cuticura Laboratories, Potter Drug &. Chemical Corporation
John F. Dargin, Jr., LL.B., M.B.A., Northeastern University
Corporations, Partnerships and Agency; Freight Claims, Business Law
Attorney at Law
Arnold E. Daum, B.S., Northeastern University
Techniques of Salesmanship, Marketing Management Seminar
General Sales Manager, Usen Canning Company
Laurence Strout Day, Ph.B., Brown University
Credit Fundamentals, Advanced Credits and Credit Problems
Credit Manager, W. F. Schrafft and Sons Corporation
Lester Dearborn, B.S., Boston University
Psychology of Personality
Counseling Service, Boston Y.M.C.A.
Roswell L. Derby, B.B.A., Northeastern University; S.M., Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology
Retail Store Management, Retail Store Merchandising
Director of Personnel and Labor Relations, William Filene's Sons Company
Ellsworth F. Dertinger, B.S., University of Alabama
Reliability Engineering
Product Assurance Manager, Raytheon Company
Alan J. Dimond, A.B., LL.B., Harvard University
Business Law
Bernkopf, Goodman, Houghton, and Dimond
Charles D. Donley, B.B.A., M.B.A., Northeastern University
Advanced Traffic Management, Rates and Tariffs, Ocean Transportation
Tariff Analyst, New England Motor Rate Bureau, Inc.
Ben G. Doran, A.B., Washington and Jefferson
Claims Procedure
Supervising Examiner of Property Loss, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
Theodore S. D'Orlando, B.B.A., M.B.A., Northeastern University
Fire Insurance
Production Administration and Co-ordination, Fairfield &. Ellis
Stelian p. Dukakis, A.B., Bates College; M.A., Boston University
Political Parties and Politics
Medford City Manager's Office
W. John Dunnan
Real Estate Sales and Adi'ertising
President, Town and Country Homes, Inc.
James T. Dunphy, Bentley School of Accounting &l Finance
Cost Accounting
Manager, Milk Accounting Division, H. P. Hood and Sons, Inc.
WiLLLAM H. Dykstra, B.S., Boston University; C.P.A.
Managerial Accounting
Controller's Department, United Shoe Machinery Corporation
Melvin a. Dyson, B.B.A., University of Massachusetts; C.P.A.
Managerial Accounting
Supervisor, Lybrand, Ross Bros. <Sl Montgomery
16 STAFF OF INSTRUCTION
James W. Earley, A.B., Holy Cross; B.S.Ed., Massachusetts State Teachers College; M.B.A.,
Northeastern University
Human Relations
Director of Personnel Practices, Raytheon Company
Raymond Eliott, Bentley School of Accounting & Finance; C.P.A.
Introductory Accounting, Intermediate Accounting
Faculty, Becker Junior College
Walter M. Ennis, S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.B.A., Boston University
Wage Administration
Personnel Manager, Raytheon Company
Maurice Epstein, A.B., Harvard University; LL.B., Harvard Law School
Labor Legislation, Labor Relations Seminar
Attorney at Law
Stanley Epstein, A.B., LL.B., Harvard University
Contracts
Attorney at Law
Harry B. Ernst, B.S., Boston College; A.M., Boston University; Ph.D., Harvard University
Business Economics
Tufts University
Augustus H. Fenn, A.B., Bowdoin College; M.Ed., Ed.D., Wayne University f
Psychology for Business
Research and Writing
Ralph E. Fenton, B.B.A., Northeastern University
Office Management Practices
Office, Methods and Training Director, Factory Mutual Engineering Division
Ralph W. Fingar, B.S., Union College; Ph.D., University of Texas
Psychology, Man in Society
clinical Psychologist, Boston Veterans Administration Hospital
Angelo John Fiumara, A.B., LL.B., Boston College
Contracts, Law of Sales
Attorney at Law
Arthur J. Flamm, B.S., Cornell University; LL.B., Harvard University
Labor Agreement
Attorney at Law
Lewis Martin Flesher, B.S., Columbia University
Principles of Salesmanship
President, M. Flesher, Inc.
George Hutchinson Foley, A.B., LL.B., Harvard University
Labor Legislation
Attorney specializing in Labor Relations Law
Gale P. Foster, Boston University
Marketing
Account Supervisor, Sutherland-Abbott Advertising Agency
James A. Foster, B.S., University of Pennsylvania
Insurance Principles
Assistant Vice-President, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
Howard H. Freedman, A.B., Colby College; M.S., Columbia University; C.P.A.
Managerial AccoMiuing
Staff, Coven and Suttenberg
Frank J. Gable, Boston University
Selling Transportation Services
General Sales Manager, Cargo-Imperial Freight Lines, Inc.
Loring E. Garrett, Northeastern University
Puncfi Card Machine Methods
Asst. Director of Machine Accounting, Savings Bank Life Insurance Council
John A. Geary, B.S.Ed., Massachusetts State Teachers College
Industrial Safety
Asst. Superintendent of Engineering, Employers' Group of Insurance Companies
John V. Glarratana, Northeastern University
Air Cargo Transportation
Specialist, Administrative Services, American Airlines, Inc.
STAFF OF INSTRUCTION 17
Cleveland Gilcreast, B.S., M.B.A., Harvard University
Marketing
General Manager, Foods Division, H. P. Hood and Sons, Inc.
William F. Glaser, Jr., B.Mgt. Eng., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; S.M., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology
Financial Policies and Planning
Personnel Manager, H. H, Scott, Inc.
Shirley Godley, A.B., Bates College; M.A., Columbia University
India and the Far East
Doctoral Candidate, Harvard University
Bernard P. Goldsmith, B.S., University of New Hampshire; M.A., Boston University
Industrial Experimentation
Northeastern University
John J. Graham, A.B., M.A., Yale University; A.M., Boston University; LL.B., Boston
College; M.ASTT.
Government Controls in Business, Advanced Transportation Economics
Attorney at Law
Douglas A. Green, Ph.B., M.B.A., Brown University
Production Planning and Control
Management Consultant
Howard Francis Greene, Northwestern University; C.P.A.
Advanced Accounting Problems, C.P.A. Problems
Chairman, Accounting Department, University College
Principal, J. K. Lasser &. Company
Myron Greenside, B.S., Boston University; LL.B., Northeastern University; C.P.A.
Taxation
Tax Accountant, Starr, Finer Starr and Company
Thom.as G. Grogan, Northeastern University
Manufacturing Management Seminar
Specialist, Organization Control and Program Planning, General Electric Company
Sterling B. Hager, Northeastern University
Time Study
Plant Engineer, Fenwal Laboratories, Inc.
E. Forest Hallet, B.S.E., Fitchburg State Teachers College
Effective Speaking for Business
Northeastern University
Raymond F. Hamel, LL.B., Boston University
Advertising Principles, Advertising Copy
Promotion Director, Cahners Publishing Company, Inc.
David J. Harrigan, B.A., Boston College
Quality Control in Industry
Plant Quality Control Supervisor, Raytheon Company
Raymond A. Harriman, General Electric School; Boston University
Job Analysis and Evaluation
Manager, Personnel Relations, Small Aircraft Engine Department, General Electric Com-
pany
Hugh Healey, S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Work Simplification
Specialist, Manufacturing Engineering, General Electric Company
Thomas Carroll Heffernan, A.B., A.M., Boston College; LL.B., Northeastern University
Business English
Administrative Assistant to Superintendent, Boston School Department
Robert J. Hehre, B.S., M.S., Columbia University
Financing Business Operations
Assistant Manager, Discount and Credit Department, Federal Reserve Bank of Boston
Franklin C. Heinemann, A.B., Dartmouth College; M.A., Fletcher School -Tufts Uni-
versity
Business Economics
Administrative Assistant, General Radio Company
18 STAFF OF INSTRUCTION
Robert G. Hennemuth, A.B., Syracuse University; LL.B., Harvard University
Corporations, Partnerships and Agency
Director of Labor Relations, Raytheon Company
William S. Hertzmark, S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Quality Control in Industry
Department Head, Quality Control Engineering, Microwave and Power Tube Division,
Raytheon Company
Chester W. Higgins, B.B.A., Northeastern University
Personnel Management Practices
Assistant Vice-President and Personnel Director, American Mutual Liability Insurance
Company
Gordon C. Hill, B.S., American International College, C.P.A.
Managerial Accounting
Technical Advisor, Appellate Division, Internal Revenue Service
Frederick C. Holland, B.S., Boston University
Real Estate Finance
Vice-President and Mortgage Officer, Dorchester Savings Bank
Victor E. Howes, A.B., Harvard University; M.A., University ot Connecticut; Ph.D., Yale
University
Business English
Northeastern University
Graton G. Howland, B.S., M.S., Boston University
Math, for Business
Instructor, North Quincy High School
Daniel F. Hurley, A. A., LL.B., Northeastern University
Labor Agreement
Commissioner, Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service
Melvin C. Jack, B.S., M.S., University of Massachusetts
Managerial Accounting, Accounting Problems .
Head of Business Education Department, North Quincy High School
Phillip S. Jackson, S.B., LL.B., Harvard University
Contracts, Business Law . i
Attorney at Law
Dale W. Johnson, B.B.A., University of Minnesota; C.P.A.
Managerial Accounting
Vice-President and Treasurer, Bondified Systems, Inc. ■ ■ i
Robert E. Johnson, B.S., Boston University
Internal Auditing
Supervisory Auditor, Raytheon Company
John H. Judge, B.B.A., M.Ed., Boston University
Psychology
Executive Director, Beaverbrooke Academy, Inc.
Lois Kachenmeister, B.S., M.Sc, University of Toledo; M.D., Ohio State University
Anatomy
Cambridge City Hospital
Hyman Mendel Kaufman, S.B., Boston University; M.A., Columbia University; LL.B.,
Harvard University
Business Law, Creditors' Rights
Attorney at Law
Richard A. Kaye, A.B., LL.B., Harvard University
Business Law
Attorney at Law
Paul F. Keating, Bentlcy School of Accounting &. Finance; B.B.A., Northeastern University;
C.P.A.
Managerial Accounting
Controller, H. H. Scott, Inc.
David A. Kellner, Northeastern University
Advertising Principles
Vice-President and Director of Sales and Advertising, Kellner System; President and Treas-
urer, Wilton-Greene Corporation
STAFF OF INSTRUCTION 19
Arne J. KoRSTVEDT, A.B., M.A., Syracuse University
Psychology for Business
Psychologist, Judge Baker Guidance Center, Cape Cod Guidance Center
Paul D. Krensky, B.S., Tufts University; M.S., Syracuse University
Quality Control
Quality Control Consultant, L. A. Seder St Associates
Kenneth W. Lamprev, Bentley School of Accounting &. Finance; B.B.A., Northeastern
University
Analysis Financial Statements, Constructive Accounting
Controller, A. B. Sutherland Company
Thomas S. Lester, A.B., Harvard College
Literature
Eastern Gas &- Fuel Associates
Abraham Hyman Levine, B.S., Tufts University
Work Simplification
Industrial Engineer, General Electric Company
Harold Levine, B.S., LL.B., Boston University; C.P.A.
Managerial Accoiintiiig
Public Accountant and Attorney at Law, in practice as Principal
John Light, B.A., Williams College
Foreign Trade
Supervisor, Foreign Market Research, The First National Bank of Boston
Harold List, B.S., College of the City of New York; M.A., Columbia University
Career Planning
B'nai B'rith and Jewish Vocational Service
Benjamin Abbott Little, A.B., University of Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Boston University
Business English
English Department, Gloucester High School
George B. Lourie, A.B., LL.B., Harvard University
Tax Planning
Attorney at Law
Edwin H. Lovequist, Jr., B.S., Northeastern University
Production Planning and Production Control
Specialist, Production Control, General Electric Company
Edmund M. MacCloskey, A.B., Bowdoin College; A.M., Boston University
Ejfective Speaking for Business, Business English
Modern Languages, Winchester High School
James Mahoney, B.A., Harvard; Ph.D., Boston University
Man in Society
Brockton V. A. Hospital
Joseph E. Mahoney, B.B.A., Northeastern University
Production Processes
Master Mechanic, Boston Naval Shipyard
Lawrence Howard Malchman, B.S., B.A., Ed.M., Boston University; C.P.A.
Managerial Cost Control, Financial and Administrative Accounting
Northeastern University
Ernest Manchin, B.B.A., Boston University
Insurance for Management
Assistant Superintendent of Education Department, Employers Group of Insurance Com-
panies
John E. Marshall, B.S., Northeastern University
Production Control
Industrial Consultant
George M. McColgan, B.S., M.S., Calvin Coolidge College
Basic Technology for Production
Boston Trade High School
J. Ford McGowan, Ph.B., Providence College; Harvard University
Marketing
President, Ford McGowan Associates
20 STAFF OF INSTRUCTION
James R. McGowan, A.B., Providence College; LL.B., Harvard University
Income Tax Procedure
Attorney at Law, Salter &. McGowan
Thomas J. McHugh, B.S., Bowling Green University; M.B.A., Harvard University
Financing Business Operations
Franchised Agent, Josten's
James A. McLaughlin, A.B., Harvard University; Ed.M., Boston University
Business English
Counselor, Gorton Junior High School, Warwick, R. I.
John F. McLaughlin, B.L.I., Emerson College; Ed.M., Boston University; Harvard University
Business English
Winchester High School
Thomas J. McNamara, B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Northeastern University
Electronic Data Processing
Staff Assistant, Datamatic, a Division of Minneapolis-Honeywell Regulator Company
Charles A. McNeil
Techniques of Supervision
Metal Hydrides, Inc. ^
Herbert Mello, Bentley School of Accounting &l Finance
Punch Card Accounting '■■
Analyst, Electronic Data Processing, Raytheon Company
Robert E. Merrill, B.S., Harvard University
Financing Business Operations
Commercial and Industrial Loan Department, Prudential Insurance Co. of America
Albert R. Mezoff, B.S., University of Massachusetts; LL.B., Harvard Law School
Business Law
Attorney at Law
Gerald E. Miles, B.S., Washington Missionary College; A.M., Boston University; Ed.M.,
Harvard University
Employment Testing
Personnel Consultant
Cedric B. Minas, LL.B., LL.M., Boston University
Business Economics, hiegotiable Instruments, Creditors' Rights
Attorney at Law i
Robert C. Misch, B.S., M.A., Boston University; Ph.D., Clark University
Man in Society
Boston V. A. Hospital
Leslie B. Morash, B.S., M.B.A., Boston University
Commercial Warehousing
President and General Manager, Service Warehouse Company
Thomas A. Morse, B.S., M.S., Boston University
English
Assistant Principal, Winchester High School
John J. Mulkerin, Jr., A.B., St. John's University
Techniques of Supervision
Personnel Manager, Walter Baker Division, General Foods Corporation
Paul V. Mulkern, A.B., M.S., Boston College, Harvard University
Labor-Management Relations
Wage Analyst, United States Department of Labor
Joseph A. Mullen, B.B.A., M.B.A., Northeastern University
Business Conferences
Boston Naval Shipyard
Kendall B. Murray, B.S., University of New Hampshire; C.P.A.
Fund Accounting, Financial & Administrative Accounting
Supervisor, Lybrand, Ross Bros. &. Montgomery
A. Howard Myers, A.B., Cornell University; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University
Labor Relations Seminar
Northeastern University; Labor Arbitrator
STAFF OF INSTRUCTION 21
Theodore H. Needle, B.B.A., Boston University; C.P.A.
Managerial Accounting, Accounting Problems
Partner, Penn and Needle, Certified Public Accountants
William C. Nemitz, Jr., B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.B.A., Northeastern
University
Production Planning and Control
Manager, Manufacturing Planning, Westinghouse Electric Corporation
Richard W. Newman, A.B., Ph.D., Boston University; M.Ed., Boston Teachers College
Russian
Boston State Teachers College
Franklin Norvish, B.S., Colby College; M.A., Yale University
Business English
Northeastern University
Fletcher F. Oakes, Jr., Northeastern University
Human Relations
Assistant Director of Marketing, H. P. Hood and Sons, Inc.
Robert M. O'Brien, Boston University
Electronic Data Processing - Programming
Assistant to Director, Computation Center, Northeastern University
Edward T. O'Donnell, B.C.S., New York University; M.B.A., Boston University
Bttsiness Statistics
Regional Manpower and Employment Analyst, U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics
Thomas B. O'Heir, B.S., Boston ColUcge
Electronic Data Processing for Business
Systems Analyst, Minneapolis-Honeywell Regulator Company
Thomas A. O'Keeffe, A.B., A.M., Boston College; Ed.M., Boston Teachers College
English, American History
Brighton High School
Harry Olins, A.B., LL.B., Harvard University
Business Law, Contracts
Attorney at Law
John L. Olsen, Jr., S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Office Management Practices
Assistant Director, Methods Department, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
Richard C. Olson, B.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute; M.B.A., Northeastern University
Statistics
Manager, Reliability Department, Laboratory for Electronics
Louis J. O'Malley, B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; LL.B., Boston College
Business Law
Self-employed
Lester J. O'Neill, A.M.E., B.B.A., Northeastern University
Work Simplification I
Manufacturing Superintendent, General Electric Company
J. RossoN OvERCASH, B.A., A.M.T., Harvard University
Man's Physical Universe
Northeastern University
George Palken, S.B., Tufts University
Principles of Production Planning
Vice-President, Benwill Publishing Corporation
Steven A. Parks, B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology
Work Simplification
Production Superintendent, Monsanto Chemical Company
Frank T. Parrish, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Boston University
Financial Policy and Planning, Investment Principles
Investment Analyst, Fidelity Management and Research Company
R. Thomas B. Peirce, Jr., A.B., Williams College; B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Principles of Distribution
Staff Assistant, Industrial Sales, Polaroid Corp.
22 STAFF OF INSTRUCTION
Benjamin M. Perles, B.S., Northeastern University, M.B.A., Boston University
Business Statistics, Financial Policy and Planning
Northeastern University
George G. Pierce, A.B., Amherst College; LL.B., Columbia University
Business Law
Attorney at Law
Frank R. Porter, B.S., Colby College; Ed.M., Harvard University
Speed and Comprehension in Reading
Northeastern University
Gerald G. Portney, B.S., Boston University
Basic Federal Taxes
Internal Revenue Agent, Internal Revenue Service
Edward J. Powers, B.B.A., M.B.A., Northeastern University
Business Conferences
Master Electronics Mechanic, Boston Naval Shipyard
W. James Raleigh, B.S., Seton Hall University
Principles of Salesmanship
District Sales Manager, Chicopee Mills, Incorporated ^
W. Arthur Reynolds
Small Home Construction and Estimating
Head, Building Construction Department, Wentworth Institute
William Hooper Reynolds, S.B., A.M., Harvard University
Business English
Northeastern University
Louis Roberts, A.B., Bowdoin College; M.A., Boston University
English
Northeastern University
Stanley O. Robinson, B.S., Tufts University
Time Study [
President, Robinson Associates, Industrial Consultants
Frederick Rogers, LL.B., Northeastern University
Credit Fundamentals
Credit Manager, Allied Plywood, Inc.
Paul B. Rosenberg, A.B., Tufts University; M.B.A., Harvard Business School
Financing Business Operations
Consolidated Bag &. Foil Corporation
Albert H. Ross, B.S., University of Massachusetts; LL.B., Boston University
Labor Legislation - Standards and Conditions
Attorney, U. S. Department of Labor
Gerald R. Rubin, B.B.A., Northeastern University
Managerial Accounting
Partner, Greene, Engleman &. Rubin
James J. Ryan, A.B., Queens College; M.A., Ph.D., Wisconsin University
Spanish
Northeastern University
Thaddeus Sadowski, S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ed.M., Boston University
Mathematics for Business
North Quincy High School
Albert P. Sagansky, A.B., Clark University
Motor Carrier Operations
President, Boston and Taunton Transportation Company
Charles L. Sakey, A.B., Boston University; M.A., Boston University
Modern Languages, English
Boston Latin School
Richard J. Santos, B.S., Salem Teachers College; M.A., Emerson College
Effective Speaking
Northeastern University
STAFF OF INSTRUCTION 23
David M. Scheffer, A.B., University of Chicago; J.D., University of Chicago
Basic Federal Taxes
Widett &. Kruger
Richard L. Schoenwald, A.B., Syracuse University; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University
Introduction to Literature
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Herbert]. Schwartz, B.S., University of Buffalo; Advanced Management Program, Harvard
Graduate School of Business Administration
Sales Executive Training
Assistant Vice-President, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
Daniel C. Scioletti, B.B.A., Colby College; M.Ed., Boston University; LL.B., Suffolk
University
Managerial Accounting
Northeastern University
Attorney at Law
William J. Scott, B.S., Babson Institute
Financial Policy and Planning
Results Accountant, New England Telephone <Si. Telegraph Company
Henry W. Seaford, Jr., A.B., Wheaton College
American Culture
Doctoral Candidate, Harvard University
Leonard Avern Seder, S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Quality Control, Advanced Quality Control, Management of Quality Control
Quality Control Consultant
Donald Segal, Boston University
Principles of Salesmanship, Sales Management
Sales Manager, Cupples Envelope Company
Julius L. Shack, A.B., LL.B., Harvard University
Business Lavu
Attorney at Law
Samuel Shapiro, A.B., Tufts University; M.B.A., Harvard University; C.P.A.
Financial Policy and Planning, Financing Business Operations
Industrial Consultant, Public Accountant, in practice as Principal
James F. Sharkey, Boston University
Ocean Transportation
Sales Representative, Pan-Atlantic Steamship Corporation
Arthur Sherman, A.B., LL.B., Harvard University
Contracts
Attorney at Law
Vincent Silluzio, B.S., Ed.M., Boston University
Man's Physical Universe
Newton High School
Albert J. Simone, B.A., Tufts University
Business Economics
Instructor, Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Lloyd A. Skiffington, B.A., University of Maine; A.M., Harvard University
Business English
Northeastern University
Joseph Skinner, A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University
History of Civilization
Massachusetts College of Pharmacy
Hassell B. Sledd, B.A., M.A., University of North Carolina
English
Maurice E. Smith, A.B., LL.B., Harvard University, C.P.A.
Estate Planning - Tax Aspects
Attorney at Law; Partner, Waldron H. Rand and Company
Allan Spack, LL.B., Northeastern University
Contracts, hlegotiable Instruments, Creditors' Rights
Attorney at Law
24 STAFF OF INSTRUCTION
Gordon L. Spangler, A.B., Tufts University; M.A., Fletcher School -Tufts University
Business Planning and Research
Business Analyst, The First National Bank of Boston
Benjamin Franklin Stagey, A.B., Dartmouth College; M.C.S., Amos Tuck School
Business Planning and Research
Vice-President, The First National Bank of Boston
Francis C. Stagey, Jr., A.B., Harvard University; M.B.A., Harvard Business School
Production Planning and Control
General Analyst, American Mutual Liability Insurance Company
Joseph V. Stanford, LL.B., Boston College
Casualty Insurance
Superintendent - Education Department, Employers Liability Assurance Corporation
Frank A. Stickney, B.S., Boston University; U.S.A.F. Institute of Technology
Statistics
Captain, U.S.A.F., Boston Air Procurement District
Robert C. Story, George Washington University
Practical Training Methods
Training Programs Co-ordinator, Raytheon Company
Earle B. Sukeforth, B.S., Bridgewater Teachers College '
Supervisor of Instruction
Manager, Specialized Personnel Services and Director of Training, H. P. Hood and Sons, Inc.
John E. Sullivan, A.B., Boston College; Ed.M., Boston University
Marketing, Practical Training Methods, Techniques of Supervision
Regional Training Director, Internal Revenue Service
Harry C. Taft, Jr., Bentley School of Accounting &. Finance
E.D.P. for Business
Data Processing Analyst, General Electric Company
Martin S. Tagerman, LL.B., Northeastern University
Principles of Salesmanship
Divisional Sales Manager, H. P. Hood and Sons, Inc.
R. C. William Thelen, Massachusetts Institute of Technology
]ob Analysis and Evaluation, Scientific Management in Office Practice
Wage and Salary Adm., River Works, General Electric Company
Paul E. Tierney, Bentley School of Accounting &. Finance; C.P.A.
Internal Auditing
Second Vice-President and Auditor -Research, John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance
Company
Roy M. Tollefson, B.A., B.S., University of Minnesota; A.M., Columbia University;
Ph.D., University of Chicago
Soviet Union, International Relations, American Foreign Policy, Modern Political Theory
Simmons College
Bernard A. Torri, B.B.A., Northeastern University
Business Organization and Administration
Co'Ordinator, Boston Insurance Group
John A. Tyrell, Jr., B.S., Boston College; M.S.Ed., Boston Teachers College; Ed.D., Boston
University
Man's Physical Universe
Charlestown High School
William O. Uranegk, A.B., Olivet, Mich.; M.P.A., University of Michigan
Business Conferences, Creative Thinking
Training Supervisor, Semiconductor Division, Raytheon Company
Joseph A. Vaccaro, B.A., Northeastern University; M.S., Boston University
Business English
Northeastern University
Righard Vallon, D.S.C, Middlesex University
Management of Personal Finance
Sales Representative, Hooper-Kimball, Inc.
STAFF OF INSTRUCTION 25
Erwin von Allmen, B.A., University of Connecticut; M.A., Williams College; M.B.A.,
Harvard University
Principles of Distribution
Staff Consultant, Arthur D. Little, Inc.
Mark Wainer, LL.B., LL.M., Boston University
Business Law, Corporations, Partnerships and Agency
Attorney at Law
Frank J. Weiner, B.S., Boston University
}Aotor Carrier Traffic Management, l.C.C. Practices and Procedures, Transportation Practices,
Traffic Management
Transportation Consultant, Francis E. Barrett
Robert L. Wells, B.S., Tufts University; M.A., Boston University, Boston Museum School of
Fine Arts
Man's Cultural Inheritance
Northeastern University
Robert George Wertheimer, A.B., Rainer Real Gymnasium; M.B.A., Old Academy, Vienna;
Ph.D., Vienna University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University
Economic Geography, International Economics
Babson Institute
Orville F. Westover, B.B.A., M.B.A., Northeastern University
O^ce Systems and Procedures, Forms Design and Control
Comptroller, Faulkner Hospital
Kenneth P. White, B.S., Northeastern University; Ed.M., Boston University
Business Economics
Newton Junior College
Albert J. Wilde, B.S., Columbia University
Material Handling - Problem Analysis
Department Head, Technical Service, Western Electric Company
William M. Willitts, B.B.A., M.B.A., Northeastern University; R.P.E., Massachusetts
Materials Handling Fundamentals
Department Chief, Manufacturing Engineering, Western Electric Company, Inc., North
Andover, Mass.
Stephen S. Wu, B.A., St. John's University; M.A., Stanford University; A.M, Columbia
University; M.B.A., Northeastern University
Financial Policy and Planning
Senior Investment Analyst, Old Colony Trust Company
Arnold M. Zack, A.B., Tufts University; LL.B., Yale University
Labor-Management Relations
Arbitrator
Northeastern University
Qeneral Stcitemenp-^
AIMS AND SCOPE OF THE UNIVERSITY
Founded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a privately
endowed non-sectarian institution of higher learning under the General Laws
of Massachusetts. The State Legislature by special enactment has given the
University general degree granting powers. The University is governed by a
Board of Trustees who are elected by and from the Northeastern University
Corporation which is comprised of more than a hundred distinguished busi-
ness and professional men.
From its beginning Northeastern University has had as its dominant pur-
pose the discovery of community educational needs and the meeting of these
in distinctive and serviceable ways. The University has not duplicated the
programs of other institutions, but has sought to pioneer new areas of edu-
cational service.
A distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Co-operative Plan,
initiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subsequently adopted by
the Colleges of Business Administration (1922), Liberal Arts (1935), and
Education (1953). This serviceable educational method enables students to
gain valuable practical experience as an integral part of their college programs
and also provides the means by which they may contribute substantially to
the cost of their education. The plan has been extended to the graduate level
in several fields of engineering in co-operation with industrial corporations
located throughout the United States.
In the field of adult education, programs of study have been developed to
meet a variety of needs. Since 1906 evening curricula have been offered lead-
ing to the bachelor's degree in business and carefully planned to serve mature
students who are employed full time during the day but who are desirous of
broadening their educational background by part-time study. Similar evening
programs in the arts and sciences, in engineering, and in teacher education
have been added in recent years. All formal courses of study leading to de-
grees through evening programs are approved by the appropriate college
faculty and are subject to the same quantitative and qualitative standards as
the regular day curricula.
The following is a brief outline of the aims and scope of the University's
programs.
I. The Five Colleges
1. The College of Liberal Arts
The College of Liberal Arts offers majors in the usual fields of the arts and
sciences leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science.
With the exception of pre-professional programs, day curricula are nor-
mally five years in length and operated on the Co-operative Plan. In all
majors except chemistry and physics, however, qualified students with the
approval of the Dean may elect to complete requirements for the degree on
a full-time plan in four years. The College also offers a number of its courses
26
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY 27
during evening hours, constituting a program leading to the Bachelor of
Arts degree with curricula in economics, English, history and government,
and sociology.
2. The College of Education
The College of Education offers the option of study on the conventional
four-year full-time plan or on the five-year Co-operative Plan which pro-
vides for a period of teacher-internship in various school systems of the
Greater Boston area. Both programs lead to the degree of Bachelor of
Science in Education and are designed particularly to meet the needs of high
school graduates who desire to prepare themselves for teaching or adminis-
trative positions in elementary and secondary schools.
The College also offers evening curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor
of Science in Education in co-operation with the College of Liberal Arts.
3. The College of Business Administration
The College of Business Administration offers both day and evening pro-
grams of study in the principal fields of business leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration. The day programs are
offered on the five-year Co-operative Plan under which students gain sub-
stantial practical experience in the fields for which they are preparing as an
integral part of their undergraduate course of study.
Evening programs offered by the College meet the same academic require-
ments as the day curricula and lead to the same degrees. The evening pro-
grams of part-time study normally extend over approximately eight years.
4. The College of Engineering
The College of Engineering offers five-year co-operative curricula in civil,
mechanical, electrical, chemical, and industrial engineering leading to the
degree of Bachelor of Science with specification according to the engineer-
ing department in which the student qualified.
The College also offers during evening hours a full program leading to the
degree of Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering. This program ex-
tends over nine years, covers the identical courses given in the day co-oper-
ative curriculum, and meets the same qualitative and quantitative standards
of scholarship.
5. University College
University College, so called because it draws upon the resources of the
other Colleges of the University, offers courses of study leading to certifi-
cates, associate degrees, or to Bachelor of Science degrees. Programs of the
College are designed specifically to meet the needs of older, more mature
students who wish to undertake part-time programs of education during
evening hours.
Quality standards of instruction and the requirements for its degree are
wholly consistent with those of the other Colleges of Northeastern Uni-
versity. University College does not duplicate the offerings of the Colleges
of Liberal Arts, Business Administration, Education, and Engineering, but
provides curricula which cut across traditional subject matter areas and
meet the particular needs of adults desiring formal programs of professional
development on a part-time basis.
28 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
II. The Graduate School
The Graduate School of the University offers day and evening programs of
study leading to appropriate masters degrees in the fields of arts and sciences,
education, business, and engineering. Some of these programs are offered on
the Co-operative Plan; others provide teaching and research fellowships for
able candidates. Administrative headquarters for all graduate programs are
located on the first floor of the Graduate Center Building where the offices of
the Dean and of the several directors of professional programs are located.
III. Lincoln Institute
Lincoln Institute offers evening programs of study in several fields of science
and engineering technology leading to the degree of Associate in Science or
Associate in Engineering. The courses of study are of college grade and cover
much of the technological subject matter customarily included in schools of
engineering, but the curricula are less extensive in scope than those required
for the baccalaureate degree in engineering. They prepare students to work
with professional engineers in various technical capacities.
IV. Adult and Continuing Education
The Office of Adult and Continuing Education develops and offers special
educational programs and services for the civic, business, and industrial com-
munity. These include the Bureau of Business and Industrial Training, which
provides both off-campus and in-plant programs custom-built to serve specific
training needs; the Department of Special Programs, which offers on-campus
courses, seminars, conferences, and forums — usually co-operatively with
professional societies, trade associations or civic agencies — to communicate
information about current trends and the on-going needs of a changing society.
V. Research Activities
The faculty of the University are engaged upon a wide variety of basic
research projects in business, science, social science, and engineering. These
are co-ordinated by the Dean of Research Administration whose services are
University- wide and available to the faculties of all the Colleges.
Although Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate and
graduate instruction in the areas of arts and sciences, business, engineering,
and teacher education, the University believes that the most effective teach-
ing and learning takes place in an environment characterized by research
activities directed toward extending the frontiers of knowledge.
BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES
University Buildings
LOCATION
Northeastern University is located on Huntington Avenue, Boston. The
main administrative offices of the University are located in Richards Hall.
The chief railroad centers of Boston are the North and South Stations. To
reach the University from the North Station, board an MTA subway car go-
ing to Park Street and transfer there to any Huntington Avenue car. To reach
the University from South Station, board a Cambridge-bound subway train
and transfer at Park Street to a Huntington Avenue car. The "Northeastern"
station is the first stop outside the subway.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY 29
HUNTINGTON AVENUE CAMPUS
The principal educational buildings of Northeastern University are located
on a sixteen-acre site in the Back Bay section of Boston, Only one block to the
west of the University lie the famous Boston Museum of Fine Arts and the
beautiful public gardens park reservation known as "The Fenway."
Following a long-range development plan, University facilities have ex-
panded substantially in recent years. In addition to the seven buildings con-
structed within the last two decades, several modernized older buildings are
available for specialized uses. The newer buildings on the campus are inter-
connected by means of tunnels, so that the students may go from building to
building without going out of doors in inclement weather.
In addition to classrooms and instructional offices, the principal buildings
include the following:
Botolph Building — Civil Engineering laboratories
Forsyth Building — Industrial and Mechanical Engineering laboratories
Greenleaf Building — ROTC headquarters, research facilities
The Robert Gray Dodge Library — Library, drawing rooms
Science Hall — Chemical Engineering and Biology laboratories
The Carl Stephens Ell Student Center — Student Activities, Health Depart-
ment, chapel, auditorium, and University Commons
Richards Hall — Administrative offices. Mechanical Engineering, Psychol-
ogy and Chemistry laboratories, bookstore
The Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education Center — gymnasium, cage,
rifle range
Hayden Hall — Evening Division offices. Business, Education, and Electrical
Engineering laboratories, art studio
Graduate Center — Administrative offices of the Graduate School, Physics
laboratories and cafeteria
University College
^he Philosophy of University Qollege
The establishment of University College in 1960 as the fifth College in the
Northeastern University system, with academic programs designed especially
for adults, represents a pioneering move in American education. It represents
Northeastern University's commitment to the philosophy of higher educa-
tion for adults, which recognizes that the true function can be achieved only
if the characteristics which differentiate the mature adult can be reflected in
the course design and methodologies of instruction and administration.
It recognizes the true significance of the factors inherent in education for
adults — that, through knowledge and understanding gained through work
and life experiences, the adult brings to the classroom ingredients of maturity,
earnestness of purpose and understanding evolving out of a strong vocational
orientation which places special demands upon education.
It recognizes that education, to be truly realistic in serving the needs of
adults, must be flexible, unrestricted by traditional approaches, and accepts
one's total education as resulting from many contributing factors. University
College in drawing from the full resources of the University colleges will cut
across traditional educational patterns as it interprets special and changing
needs and reflects them in forward-looking programs.
Education that truly serves the mature man or woman while based upon
sound fundamentals must dig beneath the surface for supporting details —
must relate generalities of subject matter to the reality of actual practice. The
background of understanding of the mature student makes such teaching
possible and meaningful. There are many plus values which are possible in
adult education truly conceived.
Staff of Instruction
The teaching staff of University College, in addition to representing all
colleges of Northeastern University, is also recruited from business and pro-
fessional leaders of New England. Adults are demanding of their teachers in
professional competence, ability to communicate, and friendliness of attitude.
The faculty have proved their ability in their various fields of specialization
and are selected on the basis of their ability to impart knowledge to others in
an interesting, inspiring, and effective manner, drawing upon rich backgrounds
of training and experience.
The Student Body
The cross section of the student body populating University College repre-
sents a heterogeneity of backgrounds and interests which properly recognized
and utilized becomes one of the basic strengths in adult education.
The evening college student as a mature person • — ■ with real life problems —
demands an educational pattern that is closely attuned to his professional
advancement. His individual needs will vary from a specific course to a full
degree curriculum.
With a specific commitment to education for mature adults, it is planned
that those more recently graduated from high school would pursue traditional
30
THE PHILOSOPHY OF UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 31
programs in the other colleges. This makes possible in University College a
greater degree of homogeneity, resulting in higher concentration on the needs
of the adults.
With a broad age range, the average age approximates thirty; about two-
thirds of the students are married men who have realized that positions of
increased responsibility require advanced preparation. This has been conclu-
sively proved by a study which showed substantial increases in income during
the period of attendance.
Placement Service
For Students
Many requests from employers are received by the College, during normal
times, for young men and women of potential ability to fill important posi-
tions of responsibility. It is the policy of the College to serve the students
whenever possible by placing them in those positions which promise attractive
opportunities for development and advancement. The College, however, can-
not guarantee to place its students, but it does endeavor to keep in close touch
with those who desire placement service and to assist them in obtaining satis-
factory advancements in positions and income. No charge is made for place-
ment service. Those needing this assistance should arrange an appointment
with the Director of Placement and Guidance.
For Graduates
While the College cannot guarantee positions to its graduates, the number
of requests for men usually exceeds the number available in the graduating
class of any given year. The policy of the College is to find the best equipped
and qualified men and women among its graduates for the positions which the
College is called upon to fill.
The College in recommending a graduate for a position furnishes the pro-
spective employer with the facts as to the graduate's ability, character, atti-
tudes, habits, and other qualifications for the position as revealed by the
College records. In the last analysis, however, placement in a position de-
pends quite largely upon the graduate's ability to sell his services to the pro-
spective employer. Most employers prefer to consider two or more candidates
for a position and generally request the College to suggest more than one
person. Many manufacturing and commercial firms throughout New England
call upon this College to assist them in filling important executive and man-
agerial positions.
No charge is made for placement service.
University College
c5\dministrative Tolides
Requirements for Admission
All applicants whose credentials are approved by the Committee on Educa-
tion are admitted as regular or special students.
Regular Students
Applicants for admission as regular students must present evidence of the
completion of an approved secondary school course, or the equivalent
15 units.*
Matriculation as a Degree Candidate
The procedure of formal matriculation as a degree candidate is deferred to
provide the student ample opportunity to:
(1) Become adjusted to the conditions of evening study and appreciate and
accept the requirements of self-discipline necessary for successful scho-
lastic achievement.
(2) Determine under qualified guidance his major potentials translated into
his major field of professional interest.
(3) Demonstrate to his own satisfaction as well as to the College adminis
tration his ability to meet the standards established for all degree
recipients.
The conditions for admission to degree candidacy are as follows:
(1) The student will officially petition the faculty for admission to the status
of a degree candidate. A five-dollar matriculation fee will accompany
the petition.
(2) The student will have completed no less than 30 semester hours of
work in University College.
(3) Included in the 30 semester hours of course credit, the student must have
satisfactorily completed the foundation courses in the fields of English,
accounting, economics and mathematics.
(4) The student must achieve a cumulative average of 2.00 on a numerical
equivalency basis for all courses completed prior to filing his petition.
(5) Evidence of probable academic success will be demonstrated through
an educational qualification test administered by University College.
Special Students
Applicants whose needs and interests can be best served through enroll
ment in one or more courses or in a certificate program may be admitted
as special students provided they satisfy the admission requirements for reg
ular students or the equivalent in training and experience as evidence ot
their probable success and their ability to profit by the courses.
*A unit represents a year's work in any subject in any approved secondary school consti-
tuting approximately a quarter of a full year's work, or the equivalent. A four-year day high
school course is regarded as representing at least 15 units of work, or 3 units in junior high
school and 12 units in a three-year senior high school.
32
ADMINISTRATIVE POLICIES 33
Registration
Before attending classes, students must report to University College Office
'or registration. Registrations will be accepted beginning May 1st for the fol-
owing College year. Applicants are requested to register during the summer
"nonths to lessen the congestion during the opening week. No student will be
illowed to register for any course after the second session without special
permission from the Dean.
A schedule of classes may be obtained by applying at the University College
Office.
Remedial Courses
Satisfactory achievement in the degree curricula is predicated on a basic
knowledge of English and mathematics. Every student enrolling as a degree
:andidate must demonstrate a proficiency in diagnostic tests in each of these
lelds.
Remedial courses will be provided by University College for those needing
idditional preparation or refresher instruction in these areas. These courses
ivill be offered during summer terms or prior to the regular class sessions dur-
ng the regular academic year. Remedial courses will not carry degree credit.
Transfer Students and Advanced Standing Credit
Advanced standing credit in the College may be obtained in one or both
Df two ways as follows;
By Transfer of Credit. Subject to the approval of the Committee on Edu-
cation, credit may be given for work completed in other approved schools,
colleges and universities. An applicant desiring credit by transfer should
indicate his desire at the time of filing his application for admission. The
applicant should instruct the Registrar of the institution of previous at-
tendance to mail an official transcript direct to University College indicat-
ing honorable dismissal, courses completed, credits and grades.
By Examination. 1. For credit: No advanced standing credit is awarded ex-
cept for work previously completed in courses comparable to those offered
in University College or compatible with the objective of the student's
curriculum. Credit may be disallowed for work previously completed due
to the remoteness of the time of tudy. These applicants, however, will be
granted the privilege of taking an examination for credit.
2. For placement: Applicants who, as a result of previous training and
experience, may be considered to possess sufficient knowledge of a subject
will be allowed the privilege of taking a special examination in particular
courses.
The grade of B or better must be obtained in any examinations taken for
placement or advanced standing credit. Students who have been dismissed
from another institution for academic reasons must accompany their ap-
plication with a statement from the Dean or other appropriate official of
their previous institution setting forth the reasons for dismissal or proba-
tionary status with recommendation for continued study. All applications
will be considered on their own merits.
In all cases students admitted by transfer or advanced standing credit
from any other institution must meet the requirements for matriculated
status as set forth under the regulations applicable to regular students.
34 ADMINISTRATIVE POLICIES :
Resident Requirement
Every candidate for the B.S. or Associate Degree must fulfill the residence
requirement. The residence requirement is defined as the taking and satis-
factory completion in University College immediately preceding gradua-
tion of 30 consecutive semester hours of work in course; with the further
provision that at least 10 of the 30 semester hours must be in the candidate's
major field. All programs to meet the residency requirement must have the
approval of the Dean. Students whose attendance in degree programs is in-
terrupted for a period of one year or more will be reinstated into the program
in effect at the time of their re-entry into University College.
In the case of students who for causes beyond their control move outside
of the reasonable commuting area of the College, and who have completed
100 or more semester hours of credit in course, the Committee on Education
will entertain a petition to allow them the privilege of completing their degree
requirements at some other approved College. Under no circumstances will a
degree be awarded to any student who has completed less than 30 semester
hours of credit in courses in University College.
Students attending certificate programs must complete in residence the full
semester hour requirements of the programs in required courses or substitu-
tions approved by the Dean.
Attendance at Commencement
All candidates for a first degree (bachelor or associate) are required to at-
tend Commencement in the year of qualification. First degrees in absentia
are awarded only to candidates excused for personal or immediate-family
illness, military service, or employment obligations beyond the control of
the candidate.
A petition to receive a degree in absentia must be presented to the dean
of the school or college in which the candidate qualifies. Each petition will
be acted upon by the academic dean involved, the candidate having the
privilege of appeal to the Provost.
Degree Requirements
I. The Degree of Bachelor of Science (B.S.) is awarded upon completion of
130 semester hours of credit in course according to the following credit
distribution:
Semester
Hours
a. Core Courses and Sequences in Liberal Arts 74
b. Professional and Elective Courses 56
Total requirements for the degree 130
See each curriculum for specific requirements in professional area. (See
pages 50-74.)
II. The Associate Degree is awarded upon completion of a minimum of 60
semester hours of credit in course sequences approved by the faculty to
students who have satisfied the requirements for degree matriculation.
ADMINISTRATIVE POLICIES 35
Graduation with Honors
Honors are based upon the excellence of the work performed by the
students in the College. Three honorary distinctions are conferred upon
properly qualified candidates for the bachelor's degree upon graduation:
Highest honors to those who have completed all work with a quality point
average of 3.75 or better.
High honors to those who have completed all work with a quality point
average of 3.50 or better.
Honors to those who have completed all work with a quality point average
of 3.25 or better.
To be entitled to honors a student must have completed a mininuim of
60 semester hours of work in University College.
Courses credited by advanced standing, whether by transfer or by examina-
tion, will be eliminated in determining honors.
University College
Qeneral ^nformatioru
Class Sessions
Classes are held each evening, Monday through Friday, and on Saturday
morning. The normal schedule for students pursuing a degree, title or certificate
program is not more than eight semester hours per semester. Students may arrange
their schedules so as to attend classes one, two or three sessions a week, depending
upon the number of subjects taken. Students interested in the schedule of classes
should apply to the College Office.
Attendance f
The limited amount of time devoted to each subject and the rapid rate of
progress in covering the essential content of a course make it highly desirable
that students be present at every session. Because of the importance of regular
attendance and its bearing upon the quality of scholarship, the policies gov-
erning attendance are:
Students must attend 70% of the lecture sessions to be eligible to take the
final examination.
Attendance credit is granted only when the student is in attendance at
least three-quarters of the class period. Three separate absences of less than
30 minutes each constitute one complete absence.
Outside Preparation
It is expected that students will devote on the average two hours to prepara-
tion for each hour spent in the classroom. A student carrying a normal pro-
gram will, therefore, be expected to devote to outside preparation an average
of eleven to twelve hours a week. Some courses require more time for prepara-
tion than others.
Notify the Office Immediately
Of change of address.
Of withdrawal from any course — otherwise the fee for that course will be
charged.
Of withdrawal from the College, giving date of the last session attended.
Term Tests
Two one-hour tests are regularly scheduled in each semester, usually on the
sixth and eleventh sessions. These tests are regarded as part of the term or
course work. A student who, for justifiable reasons, fails to take a term test
may be allowed one make-up privilege upon petition for the same within one
week of the date of the original test. The registrar will assign the time and
place. A fee of $3.00 is charged for each make-up test, payable at the time of
filing the petition.
36
GENERAL INFORMATION 37
Final Examination
The general policies governing final examinations are:
A final examination will be held at the end of each course unless an an-
nouncement to the contrary is made.
The minimum passing grade in a regular final examination is D.
Students who, for justifiable reasons, are unable to take a final examination
will receive a grade of "incomplete" and may be allowed the privilege of a
make-up examination. This examination will be considered as the original
examination for grading purposes.
A fee of $5.00 is payable at time of filing petition for make-up examination.
Make-up Examinations
The following policies govern re-examinations:
Permission for taking a make-up examination is dependent upon the quality
of the work which the student has done throughout the course and is a priv-
ilege which the Committee on Education may grant to students.
The make-up examinations are given on specified dates. Students will be
notified of the specific dates of each examination.
A make-up examination for an incomplete grade must be taken within the
next academic year, and all grades of "Incomplete" must be cleared within
one academic year or the grade becomes N.C., and the course must be re-
peated for credit.
Marks and Credits
The following system of grading is in use:
Superior Work, A; Above Average Work, B; Average Work, C; Lowest
Passing Grade, D; Failure, F; Incomplete, Inc.; N.C., Non-Credit.
Quality Points
The requirement for graduation from University College is 130 semester
hours with attainment of a quality point average of 2.00. Although the credits
allowed for acceptable work completed elsewhere by transfer students count
towards fulfillment of quantitative graduation requirements, neither the credits
nor the grades earned in such courses are included in quality point computa-
tions for graduation.
The method of figuring quality points is as follows: Each semester course of
A grade is multiplied by 4, B grade by 3, C grade by 2, D grade by 1, and F
grade or Incomplete by 0. The total number of quality points, divided by the
total number of semester courses completed, shall be the quality point average.
Students receiving an F grade in a course must repeat the course in its
entirety including term work, examinations and attendance.
The policy is followed of mailing all grade and status reports to students
instead of issuing these reports at the College Office or over the telephone.
Probation and Discipline
The Committee on Education, in dealing with students whose work in
the College may be unsatisfactory, or whose conduct is such as to make it
inadvisable for them to continue as members o{ the student body, considers
each case upon its individual merits. The following general principles are
kept in mind in handling such cases:
Students whose scholarship in any given year is unsatisfactory may be
dropped from the College or may be placed on probation.
38
GENERAL INFORMATION
When a student is placed on probation, the probation is formally imposed
for a definite time and can only be extended by approval of the Committee
on Education.
The Administrative Committee has the authority to dismiss from the
College or place on probation at any time or to strike from the list of candi-
dates for the degree any student whom it may deem unworthy either on
account of unsatisfactory scholarship or for any great defect of conduct or
character. The Committee may ask any student to withdraw from the College
who is obviously out of sympathy with the aims and ideals of the College.
Classrooms and Libraries
The classrooms are furnished with modern equipment and are thoroughly
adapted to evening school work. Improvements in classroom facilities are
constantly being made to meet the needs of the student body.
In connection with the General Library of the University a special section
is devoted to books on business subjects. In addition, the leading trade and
business magazines are available for student use. Additions are constantly
being made to the business section of the Library in recognition of the new
demands for business education and research. The reading rooms of the
GENERAL INFORMATION
39
Library are open Monday through Friday from 8:45 a.m. to 7:30 p.m. They
close at 4:00 p.m. on Saturdays and are not open Sundays and holidays.
All members of the College are entitled to the privi'ege of using the Boston
Public Library including the Business Branch at 20 City Hall Avenue.
Textbooks and Supplies
The Northeastern University Bookstore is a department of the University
and is operated for the convenience of the student body. All books and
supplies which are required by the students for their work in the University
may be purchased at the Bookstore located in Richards Hall. In addition, the
Bookstore also carries a large number of general supplies.
Student Council
The social and extracurricular life of the College is in charge of the Student
Council, consisting of representatives from each class or school group. In
addition to arranging for occasional social affairs, special lectures and meet-
ings, the Council represents the interests of the student body. The faculty
and the officials advise with the Council in regard to College policies.
The Student Council sponsors tuv dances each year for
University College students and guests.
40 GENERAL INFORMATION j
Honor Fraternity
Sigma Epsilon Rho is the honor fraternity of University College. Its pur- j
poses are:
To promote acquaintance and good fellowship among those men who have
attained highest scholastic standing in the College.
To stimulate the student body to higher scholastic accomplishment through
the bearing, influence and work of these selected men.
To develop methods of mutual improvement and advancement among
the members of this fraternity.
To support high moral, professional and scholastic ideals.
Only honor graduates or seniors with honor standing at the end of the
junior year are eligible for admission to the fraternity. Admission is by in-
vitation after nomination by the College faculty.
An outstanding business book is awarded each year by Sigma Epsilon Rho
Fraternity to the highest ranking student at the conclusion of the junior year.
Students will receive the award only in the event that they enroll for the sub-
sequent year.
University College
guidon, ^ees and Scholarships
Tuition and fees are not transferable and are refundable only as stated
under "Refund of Tuition."
Checks and drafts for all charges are to be drawn to the order of North-
eastern University.
There are no auditors or auditor's rates in University College.
Application Fee
The University'application fee of $5.00 must accompany the initial appli-
cation for admission to the University. This fee is non-refundable.
Matriculation Fee
A matriculation fee of $5.00 must accompany the petition for degree can-
didacy filed after the completion of 30 semester hours of work in University
College and under the conditions set forth for matriculation as a degree can-
didate. This fee is non-refundable.
Tuition
Tuition for all credit courses is charged at the rate of twenty dollars ($20.00)
per semester hour of credit. Charges for registration and tuition for special
courses are at the rate and on the basis of payment specified for each course.
Tuition for degree or certificate candidates for all credit courses is charged
on the semester basis payable at the beginning of each semester. As a con-
venience, however, the tuition each semester may be payable in two (2) in-
stallments; the second installment is payable on November 15 and March 1
in the first and second semesters respectively.
Tuition for a special student registered in a special course is charged for the
entire course and is payable in a single payment at the beginning of the course
unless otherwise arranged.
Tuition Budget Payment Plans
Occasionally situations develop — usually beyond the control of the stu-
dent — which make it difficult to meet the payments in the manner outlined
above. Under such circumstances the student is advised to discuss his prob-
lem personally with the Bursar's Office where one of the budget plans or a
deferred payment agreement may be worked out. Such arrangements should
be made before the end of the first week of the semester or within one week
of the date of registration if the student enters late. Failure to take immediate
action will result in a late payment fee.
Tuition Underwritten by Employers
An increasing number of companies are underwriting in part or whole the
cost of tuition of students in their employ. In cases where payment is to be
made directly by the employer to the University, the student should furnish
to the Bursar's Office a purchase order covering his registration or a statement
from an officer of his company certifying that the company is underwriting
the tuition.
41
42 TUITION, FEES AND SCHOLARSHIPS
Late Payment Fee
Bills for tuition and fees are payable on or before Saturday of the week of
issuance. A Late Payment Fee of $2.00 is charged for all students failing to
comply unless special payment arrangements are approved by the Bursar's
Office.
Courses in Other Departments of the University
University College students assigned to courses in other departments of
the University are charged the tuition rates and other fees effective in the
departments to which they are assigned.
General Fees
A fee of $3.00 is charged for each make-up test, $5.00 for each make-up
final examination or advanced standing examination. This fee must be paid
at the time of filing the petition for the privilege.
The University graduation fee, charged to those who are candidates for
the Bachelor or Associate degree, is $20, payable on or before May 1st of the
year in which the student expects to graduate.
Expense for Books and Materials
Students purchase their own textbooks and working materials. The cost
varies according to the subjects for which the student is enrolled. The average
cost for a normal program of three subjects is about $15, with a maximum of
approximately $25. The textbooks for single courses range from $3.00 to $8.00.
General Financial Information
Checks should be drawn payable to Northeastern University.
Students are not permitted to attend class sessions or take any examination
or tests until they have paid their tuition fees or have made satisfactory ar-
rangeraients for payments.
Students will not be advanced in class standing, or permitted to re-enroll
in the University, nor will degrees be conferred until all financial obligations
to the University have been met.
No certificate of honorable dismissal will be issued to any student who has
not fully met his financial obligations to the University.
Statement of Tuition Refund Policy
The University provides all instruction and accommodations on an aca-
demic semester basis; therefore, no refunds are granted except in cases where
students are compelled to withdraw on account of personal illness or other
reasons beyond their control. In no event will a refund be made if individual's
attendance is recorded beyond the fifth class session. A student must complete
an official withdrawal application before being considered for refund. Ques-
tions regarding refunds should be discussed with the Bursar's Office.
Scholarships, Awards and Loan Funds
The following scholarships and awards are available to students enrolled
for a normal schedule of fifteen or more semester hours of classwork who
are pursuing a degree program in University College.
TUITION, FEES AND SCHOLARSHIPS 43
The Clarkson Alumni Award
This award, made available through the Alumni Association of the Uni-
versity College, is in memory of George S. Clarkson, a member of the Class of
1914 and an instructor in Accounting for many years. This award, which is
indeterminate in amount, is granted to the student who obtains the highest
cumulative average in one of the Accounting curricula at the close of his
Junior year. To be eligible, the student must have completed 30 semester
hours of credit in residence in Accounting courses. If he is eligible for an
award of greater monetary value, the Clarkson Alumni Award will be made
to the next highest ranking student who is eligible. To be eligible for this
scholarship the student must pursue a normal schedule the following year.
Dean Russell Whitney Memorial Scholarship
Alpha Chapter of the Pi Tau Kappa Fraternity sponsors an annual tuition
scholarship in memory of former Dean Russell Whitney. The award is made
available to the man in the University College whose qualities of leadership
and influence among his fellow students, whose strength of character, whose
record of scholarship and broad achievement mark him as outstanding. The
award is made available to the student who has completed a minimum of 60
semester hours. To be eligible for this scholarship the student must pursue a
normal schedule during the year in which the award is made.
Rabbi Myer O. Grunberg Scholarship Fund
This scholarship is available through a fund established by Mrs. Sarah
Grunberg in memory of her husband, Rabbi Myer O. Grunberg.
The purpose of this scholarship is to recognize the spirit of "Good Will
Towards Men" as practiced in everyday living.
The annual award will be made to that man or woman student who has
evidenced in personal, business, and student relationships those character-
istics of leadership and human relations which make for a better social order.
The recipient must be a candidate for a degree in the University College.
Kappa Tau Phi Scholarship
This scholarship award of one quarter tuition is made available by the
Kappa Tau Phi Sorority. It is granted annually to the woman student who
ranks highest in her class at the end of the Upper-Middler year unless she is
eligible for an award of greater monetary value, in which event the award
will be made to the next highest ranking woman student. To be eligible for this
scholarship, the student must be enrolled in a program of at least two evenings
per week and pursue a like schedule in the following year. She must be a
candidate for a bachelor's degree and not be eligible for assistance under the
G.I. Bill of Rights. In determining this award, grades of all courses completed
in prior years shall be considered.
Harry Olins Scholarship
The Harry Olins Scholarship Fund was established as an expression of
firm belief in the University College students and "what they stand for." The
fund, presented by Mrs. Harry Olins in recognition of her husband's long
service on the faculty, makes available an annual tuition award to that student
who in terms of scholastic achievement, character, and personal need best
typifies the spirit of Northeastern University.
To be eligible for this award the student must be a degree candidate and
carry a full academic load during the school year.
44 TUITION, FEES AND SCHOLARSHIPS
Traffic Club of New England Scholarship
The Traffic Club of New England provides four scholarships annually for
persons employed in the field of transportation and traffic management. Each
scholarship covers tuition, books, and incidental expenses involved in the
two courses, "Transportation Practices" and "Traffic Management." The
objective of the scholarship is to introduce four new persons annually to
education in the field of transportation and traffic management, after which
it is assumed that they will continue for the complete program at their own
expense. Two students each will be selected from carrier traffic departments
and industrial traffic departments annually. The scholarship proposals are
administered co-operatively by the Scholarship Committee of the Traffic Club
of New England. Applications for the scholarships must be secured from and
filed with the Secretary, the Traffic Club of New England, 210 Lincoln Street,
Boston, Massachusetts.
Alumni Loan Fund
The Alumni Association of University College has provided a loan fund
which is available to students in the Senior and Junior classes who are in need
of financial assistance in order to continue their studies. Applications for
loans should be addressed to the Dean of the college. All applications must
be approved by the Alumni Loan Fund Committee.
University College Loan Fund
By vote of the Student Council, a part of the Student Activities fees for
1937-1938 was set aside to provide a loan fund which is available to students
temporarily in need of small loans for tuition or other College charges.
Students needing assistance from this fund should confer with the Dean.
University College
Programs of Instruction-^
46 PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
Programs of Instruction
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE conducts educational programs on the under-
graduate level. The programs are designed to meet the varying needs
of students attending evening college and are represented in four
main groups:
1. The Bachelor of Science Degree (B.S.) requires 130 semester hours of
credit in course.
2. The Associate Degree in Management or Accounting requires 60 semester
hours of credit in course.
3. Certificate programs offered through the several Institutes which require
a minimum of 30 semester hours of credit in course.
4. Single courses or special programs for the special student.
Degree Requirements
I. University College programs leading to the Bachelor of Science Degree
provide opportunities for cultural and professional development equivalent
in quality and scope to those offered in the conventional four-year college
enrolling full-time students.
Semester
Hours
a. Core Courses — and Sequences in the Liberal Arts 74
b. Professional and Elective Courses 56
Total requirements for the degree 130
See each curriculum for specific requirements.
Curricula are offered in the following fields:
Accounting
Public Accounting See page 50
Commercial or Industrial Accounting See page 51
Cost Accounting See page 52
Management
Business Management See page 53
Credit and Financial Management See page 54
Industrial Management See page 55
Insurance See page 56
Marketing — Sales and Advertising See page 57
Office Management See page 58
Personnel and Industrial Relations See page 59
Production Management See page 60
Production Management — Material Handling .... See page 61
Real Estate See page 62
Retailing See page 63
Transportation and Traffic Management See page 64
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION 47
Technology
Degree Curricula in Technology
Construction Technology See page 66
Industrial Technology See page 67
Manufacturing Technology See page 68
Surveying Technology See page 69
Degree Curricula in Liberal Arts and Management
Administration See page 72
Personnel and Industrial Relations See page 73
Sales See page 74
II. The Associate Degree is awarded upon completion of a minimum of 60
semester hours of credit in course sequences approved by the faculty.
III. Programs for Administrative Secretaries See page 88
IV. Special Programs See page 92
Certificate Programs
The several Institute programs listed below are designed to serve those who
have specific needs in relatively well-defined areas. They are professionally
oriented and include courses applied to operations within the specific fields.
The certificate requirements are indicated for each Institute program.
Certificate programs with specifications in:
Institute of Credit and Financial Management .... See page 76
Institute for Business and Professional Secretaries . . See pages 88-90
Institute of Distribution See page 77
Institute of Industrial and Commercial Material Handling . See page 78
Institute of Insurance See page 79
Institute of Retailing See page 80
Institute of Transportation and Traffic Management . . See page 81
Labor Relations Institute See page 82
Office Management Institute See page 83
Production Management Institute See page 84
Quality Control Institute See page 85
Real Estate Institute See page 86
Special Programs
University College through the Department of Special Programs of the
Office of Adult and Continuing Education will make available a wide variety
of specially designed courses. These on-campus, non-credit courses are offered
to serve specific needs of the individual and frequently are co-sponsored by
professional societies, trade associations and civic agencies. Other short
courses, seminars, conferences and forums provide specialized instruction
attuned to current trends and developments. The tuition, registration fee,
length of course or program, and subject matter are dependent upon the course
objectives and design.
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
Over 2,000 persons were registered last year in such programs as State and
Federal Tax Forums, Labor-Management Forum, Workshops in the Manage-
ment of Small Business, Residential Seminar for Professional Secretaries,
Courses for X-Ray Technicians, Environmental Tests and Testing, Rubber
Technology, Glass Technology, Accident Investigation, Course for Motor
Fleet Maintenance Supervisors, Purchasing, Applied Security Analysis, etc.
Northeastern University through the Office of Adult and Continuing Edu-
cation is ideally qualified to develop all kinds of special programs on the col-
legiate level to assist in the educational needs of special groups in a period of
rapid economic, technological and social change.
Bureau of Business and Industrial Training
Another vital service Northeastern renders to local business and industry
is the in-plant program provided by the Bureau of Business and Industrial
Training under the Office of Adult and Continuing Education.
These courses, training programs, sales and management seminars in gen-
eral evolve out of specific company needs, both present and future, and are
custom-built to meet those needs.
Business firms or individuals concerned with special training needs are in-
vited to direct inquiry for further information to the Director of the Bureau.
University College
'Tro£mm5 in o^anafzcment
50
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
CORE COURSES
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING (C.P.A.)
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
semester hours
- required 50
Accounting:
Al-2 Introductory Accounting 4
Distribution:
Dl-2
Economics
Eel -2
Ec3-4
Ec5-6
English:
El -2
E3-4
Principles of Distribution 4
Business Economics 4
Financing Business Operations 4
Financial Policies and Planning 4
English and Business Communications 4
Business Writing and Reports 4
Industrial Management:
IM8-9 Production Planning and Control 4
Industrial Relations:
IR20 Labor-Management Relations 2
Law:
LI -2 Legal Aspects of Business 1 4
L3-4 Legal Aspects of Business II 4
Mathematics:
M2-3 Mathematics 4
Statistics:
Ec20 Management Statistics 2
Ec21 Management Statistics — Business Applications. 2
LIBERAL ARTS — required
LA 1-2 Man and the Physical Universe
LA3-4 Man in Society
.24
LA5-6
LA7-8
Man's Cultural Inheritance
Man and Values
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — required 46^
A3-4 Intermediate Accounting 4
A5-6 Accounting Problems 5
A7-8 Advanced Accounting Problems 5
A9-10 C.P.A. Problems 10
All Fund Accounting 2^
A12 Constructive Accounting 21
A13 Mathematics of Accounting 2^
A14-15 Cost Accounting 5
A18-19 Auditing 5
A50-51 Basic Federal Taxes 5
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — elective.
Selected from the following:
A34 Anal, of Financial Statements
A35-36 ControUership
A37 Punch Card Accounting
A52-53 Advanced Federal Taxes
D50 Credit Fundamentals
D51 Credit Problems
Ec7 Investment Principles
Ec23 Statistical Meth. in Forecasting
Ec30 International Economics
Ec31 Managerial Economics
9h
130
Ec34-35 Bus. Ping, and Research
In3 Insurance for Management
IRS Tech. of Supervision
OMl Office Mgmt. Practices
OM2 Scientific Mgmt. in Off. Prac.
OM3 Bus. Org. and Administration
OMIO Office Systems &. Procedures
OMll Forms Design and Control
OM15 Elec. Data Processing Systems
OM16 Elec. Data Programming
Courses other than those listed above may be used for elective course credit upon ap-
proval of the Dean. Students should make certain that all prerequisite requirements have been
satisfied before registering for courses.
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
51
COMMERCIAL OR INDUSTRIAL ACCOUNTING
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
semester hours
CORE COURSES — required 50
Accounting:
Al-2 Introductory Accounting 4
Distribution:
Dl-2 Principles of Distribution 4
Economics:
Eel -2 Business Economics 4
Ec3-4 Financing Business Operations 4
Ec5-6 Financial Policies and Planning 4
English:
El -2 English and Business Communications 4
E3-4 Business Writing and Reports 4
Industrial Management:
IM-9 Production Planning and Control 4
Industrial Relations:
IR20 Labor-Management Relations 2
Law:
Ll-2 Legal Aspects of Business 1 4
L3-4 Legal Aspects of Business II 4
Mathematics:
M2-3 Mathematics 4
Statistics:
Ec20 Management Statistics 2
Ec21 Management Statistics — Business Applications. 2
LIBERAL ARTS — required
LAl-2 Man and the Physical Universe
LA3-4 Man in Society
24
LA 5 -6
LA7-8
Man's Cultural Inheritance
Man and Values
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — required 41^
A3-4 Intermediate Accounting 4
A5-6 Accounting Problems 5
A7-8 Advanced Accounting Problems 5
A12 Constructive Accounting 2 J
A13 Mathematics of Accounting 2^
A14-15 Cost Accounting 5
A20-21 Internal Auditing 5
A34 Analysis of Financial Statements 2^
A35-36 Controllership 5
A50-51 Basic Federal Taxes 5
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — elective
Selected from the following:
A37 Punch Card Accounting
A52-53 Advanced Federal Taxes
D50 Credit Fundamentals
D51 Credit Problems
Ec7 Investment Principles
Ec23 Statistical Meth. in Forecasting
Ec30 International Economics
Ec31 Managerial Economics
Ec34-35 Business Ping, and Research
E12 Business Conferences
141
130
In3 Insurance for Management
IRl Psychology for Business
IRS Techniques of Supervision
OMl Office Management Practices
OM2 Scientific Mgmt. in Office Prac.
OM3 Bus. Organization and Adm.
OMIO Office Systems &l Procedures
OMll Forms Design and Control
OM15 Elec. Data Processing Systems
OM16 Elec. Data Programming
Courses other than those listed above may be used for elective course credit upon ap-
proval of the Dean. Students should make certain that all prerequisite requirements have been
satisfied before registering for courses.
52
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
CORE COURSES
COST ACCOUNTING
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
semester hours
- required 50
Accounting: -
Al-2 Introductory Accounting 4
Distribution:
Dl-2 Principles of Distribution 4
Economics:
Eel -2 Business Economics 4
Ec3-4 Financing Business Operations 4
Ec5-6 Financial Policies and Planning 4
English:
El -2 English and Business Comimunications 4
E3-4 Business Writing and Reports 4
Industrial Management:
IM8-9 Production Planning and Control 4
Industrial Relations:
IR20 Labor-Management Relations 2
Law:
LI -2 Legal Aspects of Business I 4
L3-4 Legal Aspects of Business II 4
Mathematics:
M2-3 Mathematics 4
Statistics:
Ec20 Management Statistics 2
Ec21 Management Statistics — Business Applications. 2
LIBERAL ARTS — required
LA 1-2 Man and the Physical Universe
LA3-4 Man in Society
24
LAS -6
LA7-8
Man's Cultural Inheritance
Man and Values
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — required 46^
A3-4 Intermediate Accounting 4
A5-6 Accounting Problems 5
A7-8 Advanced Accounting Problems 5
A12 Constructive Accounting 2|
A13 Mathematics of Accounting 2|
A14-15 Cost Accounting 5
A16-17 Advanced Cost Accounting 5
A20-21 Internal Auditing 5
A34 Analysis of Financial Statements 2^
A35-36 Controllership 5
A50-51 Basic Federal Taxes 5
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — elective.
Selected from the following:
A37 Punch Card Accounting
A52-53 Advanced Federal Taxes
D50 Credit Fundamentals
Ec7 Investment Principles
Ec23 Statistical Meth. in Forecasting
Ec30 International Economics
Ec31 Managerial Economics
Ec34-35 Business Ping, and Research
ln3 Insurance for Management
130
IM15 Manufacturing Mgmt. Seminar
IRS Tech. of Supervision
OMl Office Mgmt. Practices
OM2 Scientific Mgmt. in Office Prac.
OM3 Bus. Organization and Adm.
OMIO Office Systems & Procedures
OMll Forms Design and Control
OM15 Elec. Data Proc. Systems
OMl 6 Elec. Data Programming
Courses other than those listed above may be used for elective course credit upon ap-
proval of the Dean. Students should make certain that all prerequisite requirements have
been satisfied before registering for courses.
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
53
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
CORE COURSES — required
Accounting:
A30-31 Managerial Accounting 4
Distribution:
semester hours
50
Dl-2
Economics:
Eel -2
Ec3'4
Ec5-6
English:
El-2
E3-4
Principles of Distribution 4
Business Economics 4
Financing Business Operations 4
Financial Policies and Planning 4
English and Business Communications 4
Business Writing and Reports 4
Industrial Management:
IM8-9 Production Planning and Control 4
Industrial Relations:
IR20 Labor-Management Relations 2
Law:
LI -2 Legal Aspects of Business 1 4
L3-4 Legal Aspects of Business II 4
Mathematics:
M2-3 Mathematics 4
Statistics:
Ec20 Management Statistics 2
Ec21 Management Statistics — Business Applications. 2
LIBERAL ARTS — required 24
LAl-2 Man and the Physical Universe LA5-6 Man's Cultural Inheritance
LA3-4 Man in Society LA7-8 Man and Values
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — required 29^
A32 Financial and Administrative Accounting 21
A33 Managerial Cost Controls 2,
D50 Credit Fundamentals 2\
Ecl2 Government Controls 2^
Ec23 Statistical Methods in Forecasting 2
Ec34-35 Business Planning and Research 5
OMl Office Management Practices 2^
Ec31 Managerial Economics 2j-
In3 Insurance for Management 22"
IR2-3 Human Relations 5
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — electi
Selected from the following:
D5 Principles of Salesmanship
D6 Techniques of Salesmanship
D9 Sales Executive Training
DIO Market Research
Dll Mkt. Mgmt. Seminar
D20-21 Principles of Advertising
D22 Advertising Problems
D30-31 Foreign Trade
D40 Purchasing
D51 Credit Problems
Ec7 Investment Principles
Ecll Economic Geography
Ec30 International Economics
26^
130
ElO EfiFective Speaking for Business
E12 Business Conferences
IM14 Materials Mgmt. Seminar
IM15 Manufacturing Mgmt. Seminar
IRl Psychology for Business
IR4 Personnel Mgmt. Practices
IR7 Practical Training Methods
M4-5 Graphic &l Math. Tech. in Ind.
OM2 Scientific Mgmt. in Office Practice
OM3 Bus. Organization &l Adm.
OMl 5 Elec. Data Proc. Systems
OM16 Elec. Data Programming
REl Real Estate Fundamentals
Courses other than those listed above may be used for elective course credit upon ap-
proval of the Dean. Students should make certain that all prerequisite requirements have
been satisfied before registering for courses.
54
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
CREDIT AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
semester hours
CORE COURSES — required 50
Accounting:
A30-31 Managerial Accounting 4
Distribution:
Dl-2
Economics:
Eel -2
Ec3-4
Ec5-6
English:
El.2
E3-4
Principles of Distribution 4
Business Economics 4
Financing Business Operations 4
Financial Policies and Planning 4
English and Business Communications 4
Business Writing and Reports 4
Industrial Management:
IM8-9 Production Planning and Control 4
Industrial Relations:
IR20 Labor-Management Relations 2
Law:
Ll-2 Legal Aspects of Business 1 4
L3-4 Legal Aspects of Business II 4
Mathematics:
M2-3 Mathematics 4
Statistics:
Ec20 Management Statistics 2
Ec21 Management Statistics — Business Applications. 2
LIBERAL ARTS — required
LAI -2 Man and the Physical Universe
LA3'4 Man in Society
24
LA5-6
LA7-8
Man's Cultural Inheritance
Man and Values
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — required
A32 Financial and Administrative Accounting 2]
D50 Credit Fundamentals 21
D51 Credit Problems 21
Ec7 Investment Principles 2|
Ec8-9 Applied Security Analysis 5
Ec23 Statistical Methods in Forecasting 2
Ec30 International Economics 2\
Ec32 Monetary Policy 21
Ec34-35 Business Planning and Research 5
In3 Insurance for Management 2^
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — elective
29i
Selected from the following:
A50-51 Basic Federal Taxes
D5 Principles of Salesmanship
DIO Market Research
D20-21 Principles of Advertising
D22 Advertising Problems
D30-31 Foreign Trade
D40 Purchasing
D52 Consumer Credit
Ecll Economic Geography
Eel 2 Government Controls in Bus.
261
130
Ec31 Managerial Economics
ElO Effective Speaking for Business
El 2 Business Conferences
lnlO-11 Fidelity, Suretyship & Crime Ins.
OMl Office Mgmt. Practices
OM2 Scientific Mgmt. in Office Prac.
OM3 Business Org. & Administration
OMll Forms Design and Control
OMl 5 Elec. Data Processing Systems
OMl 6 Elec. Data Programming
Courses other than those listed above may be used for elective course credit upon ap-
proval of the Dean. Students should make certain that all prerequisite requirements have
been satisfied before registering for courses.
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
55
INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
semester hours
CORE COURSES — required 50
Accounting:
A30-31 Managerial Accounting 4
Distribution:
Dl-2
Economics
Ecl.2
Ec3-4
Ec5'6
English:
£1-2
E3-4
Principles of Distribution 4
Business Economics 4
Financing Business Operations 4
Financial Policies and Planning 4
English and Business Communications 4
Business Writing and Reports 4
Industrial Management:
IM8-9 Production Planning and Control 4
Industrial Relations:
IR20 Labor-Managemient Relations 2
Law:
Ll-2 Legal Aspects of Business 1 4
L3-4 Legal Aspects of Business II 4
Mathematics:
M2-3 Mathematics 4
Statistics:
Ec20 Management Statistics 2
IM20 Management Statistics — Quality Control 2
LIBERAL ARTS — required
LAI -2 Man and the Physical Universe
LA3-4 Man in Society
24
LA5.6
LA7-8
Man's Cultural Inheritance
Man and Values
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — required
A32 Financial and Administrative Accounting 2i
A33 Managerial Cost Controls 2^
IM2 Work Measurements 1 2i
IMS Work Simplification I zl
1M30-31 Plant Layout 5
IM40-41 Material Handling Fundamentals 5
IR2-3 Human Relations 5
M4-5 Graphic &. Mathematical Tech. in Industry ... 4
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — elective
29
Selected from the following:
D40 Purchasing
Ec31 Managerial Economics
IM3 Work Measurements II
IM4 Syn. Time Stds. M.T.M.
IM6 Work Simplification II
IM7 Job Analysis & Evaluation
IMIO Materials of Production
IMll Production Processes
IM13 Industrial Safety
1M14 Materials Mgmt. Seminar
IM15 Manufacturing Mgmt. Seminar
21_
130
IM21-23 Quality Control Courses
IM42-51 Material Handling Courses
In3 Insurance for Management
IR2-3 Human Relations
IRS Wage Administration
IR7 Practical Training Methods
IR21 Lab. Leg. - Union-Mgmt. Relations
IR22 Lab. Leg. - Stds. & Conditions
IR23 Labor Agreement
OM3 Bus. Organization &l Adm.
Tl Transportation Practices
Courses other than those listed above may be used for elective course credit upon ap-
proval of the Dean. Students should make certain that all prerequisite requirements have
been satisfied before registering for courses.
56
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
INSURANCE
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
semester hours
CORE COURSES — required 50
Accounting:
A30-31 Managerial Accounting 4
Distribution:
Dl-2 Principles of Distribution 4
Economics:
Eel -2 Business Economics 4
Ec3-4 Financing Business Operations 4
Ec5-6 Financial Policies and Planning 4
English:
El -2 English and Business Communications 4
E3-4 Business Writing and Reports 4
Industrial Management: f
IM8-9 Production Planning and Control 4
Industrial Relations:
IR20 Labor-Management Relations 2
Law:
LI -2 Legal Aspects of Business I 4
L3-4 Legal Aspects of Business II 4
Mathematics:
M2-3 Mathematics 4
Statistics: '
Ec20 Management Statistics 2
Ec21 Management Statistics — Business Applications. 2
LIBERAL ARTS — required
LAl-2 Man and the Physical Universe
LA3-4 Man in Society
24
LAS -6
LA7-8
Man's Cultural Inheritance
Man and Values
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — required 30
In2-3 Principles of Insurance 5
In4-5 Casualty Insurance 5
In6-7 Fire and Allied Lines 5
In8-9 Inland Marine 5
In 10-11 Fidelity, Suretyship Crime 5
Inl3-14 Claims Procedure 5
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — elective.
Selected from the following:
A32 Financial & Adm. Accounting
D5 Principles of Salesmanship
D6 Techniques of Salesmanship
D9 Sales Executive Training
D20-21 Principles of Advertising
Ec7 Investment Principles
Ec34-35 Business Ping. & Research
ElO Effective Speaking for Business
El 2 Business Conferences
IRl Psychology for Business
. 26
130
IR2-3 Human Relations
IRS Techniques of Supervision
OMl Office Mgmt. Practices
OM2 Scientific Mgmt. in Office Prac.
OM3 Business Organization &. Adm.
REl Real Estate Fundamentals
RE2 Real Estate Law & Conveyancing
RE3 Real Estate Mgmt. <Sl Investment
RE4 Real Estate Finance
Ec23 Statistical Methods in Forecasting
Courses other than those listed above may be used for elective course credit upon ap-
proval of the Dean. Students should make certain that all prerequisite requirements have
been satisfied before registering for courses.
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
57
MARKETING — SALES AND ADVERTISING
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
CORE COURSES
Accounting:
A30-31
Distribution
Dl-2
Economics:
Eel -2
Ec3-4
Ec5'6
English:
£1-2
E3.4
semester hours
— required 50
Managerial Accounting 4
Principles of Distribution 4
Business Economics 4
Financing Business Operations 4
Financial Policies and Planning 4
English and Business Communications 4
Business Writing and Reports 4
Industrial Management:
IM8-9 Production Planning and Control 4
Industrial Relations:
IR20 Labor-Management Relations 2
Law:
LI -2 Legal Aspects of Business 1 4
L3-4 Legal Aspects of Business II 4
Mathematics:
M2-3 Mathematics 4
Statistics:
Ec20 Management Statistics 2
Ec21 Management Statistics — Business Applications. 2
LIBERAL ARTS — required
LAl-2 Man and the Physical Universe
LA3-4 Man in Society
24
LAS -6
LA7-8
Man's Cultural Inheritance
Man and Values
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — required 29i
A32 Financial and Administrative Accounting 2'.
D5 Principles of Salesmanship 2V
D20-21 Principles of Advertising 5
D30-31 Foreign Trade 5
D50 Credit Fundamentals 2 J
Ecll Economic Geography 2\
Ec31 Managerial Economics 2]
D7 Sales Promotion 2\
Ec23 Statistical Methods in Forecasting 2
DlO Market Research 2\
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — elective 26',
Selected from the following:
D6 Techniques of Salesmanship
D8 Sales Management
D9 Sales Executive Training
DlO Market Research
Dll Marketing Mgmt. Seminar
D22 Advertising Problems
D23 Advertising Copy
D24 Advertising Production
D25 Advertising Media
D40 Purchasing
D41 Consumer Packaging
D42 Industrial Packaging
D51 Credit Problems
D52 Consumer Credit
Ec7 Investment Principles
130
Ecl2 Government Controls in Business
Ec30 International Economics
Ec34-35 Business Ping, and Research
ElO Effective Speaking for Business
E12 Business Conferences
In3 Insurance for Management
IRl Psychology for Business
OM3 Bus. Organization and Adm.
OM15 Elec. Data Processing Systems
OM16 Elec. Data Programming
Rl Retail Store Management
R2 Retail Store Merchandising
R3 Retail Store Advertising
Tl Transportation Practices
T2 Traffic Management
Courses other than those listed above may be used for elective course credit upon ap-
proval of the Dean. Students should make certain that all prerequisite requirements have
been satisfied before registering for courses.
58
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
semester hours
CORE COURSES — required 50
Accounting:
A30-31 Managerial Accounting 4
Distribution:
Dl-2
Economics:
Eel -2
Ec3-4
Ec5-6
English:
El -2
E3.4
Principles of Distribution 4
Business Economics 4
Financing Business Operations 4
Financial Policies and Planning 4
English and Business Communications 4
Business Writing and Reports 4
Industrial Management:
IM8-9 Production Planning and Control 4
Industrial Relations:
IR20 Labor-Management Relations 2
Law:
LI -2 Legal Aspects of Business I 4
L3-4 Legal Aspects of Business II 4
Mathematics:
M2-3 Mathematics 4
Statistics:
Ec20 Management Statistics 2
Ec21 Management Statistics — Business Applications. 2
LIBERAL ARTS — required
LA 1-2 Man and the Physical Universe
LA3-4 Man in Society
24
LAS -6
LA7-8
Man's Cultural Inheritance
Man and Values
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — required
A32 Financial and Administrative Accounting 2|
A33 Managerial Cost Controls 2i,
D40 Purchasing 2|
D50 Credit Fundamentals 2r,
In3 Insurance for Management 2]
OMl Office Management Practices 2^
OM2 Scientific Mgmt. in Office Practice 21
OM3 Business Organization & Administration 2^
OMlO Office Systems and Procedures 2|
OMll Forms Design and Control 21
OM15 Elec. Data Processing Systems 2^
OM16 Elec. Data Programming 21
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — elective
30
Selected from the following:
D5 Principles of Salesmanship
D20-21 Principles of Advertising
D51 Credit Problems
D52 Consumer Credit
Ec7 Investment Principles
Eel 2 Government Controls in Bus.
Ec23 Statistical Meth. in Forecasting
Ec31 Managerial Economics
Ec34-35 Business Ping, and Research
ElO Effective Speaking for Business
26
130
E12 Business Conferences
IM7 Job Analysis &l Evaluation
IN4-5 Casualty Insurance
IN 10-11 Fidelity, Suretyship & Crime Ins.
IRl Psychology for Business
IR2-3 Human Relations
IR4 Personnel Mgmt. Practices
IR6 Employment Testing
OMl 2 Sys. Analysis & Improvement
Tl Transportation Practices
Courses other than those listed above may be used for elective course credit upon ap-
proval of the Dean. Students should make certain that all prerequisite requirements have
been satisfied before registering for courses.
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
59
PERSONNEL AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
semester hours
CORE COURSES — required 50
Accounting:
A30-31 Managerial Accounting 4
Distribution:
Dl-2
Economics:
Eel -2
Ec3-4
Ec5-6
English:
El -2
E3-4
Principles of Distribution 4
Business Economics 4
Financing Business Operations 4
Financial Policies and Planning 4
English and Business Communications 4
Business Writing and Reports 4
Industrial Management:
IM8-9 Production Planning and Control 4
Industrial Relations:
IR20 Labor-Management Relations 2
Law:
LI -2 Legal Aspects of Business 1 4
L3-4 Legal Aspects of Business II 4
Mathematics:
M2-3 Mathematics 4
Statistics:
Ec20 Management Statistics 2
Ec21 Management Statistics — Business Applications. 2
LIBERAL ARTS — required 24
LAl-2 Man and the Physical Universe LA5-6 Man's Cultural Inheritance
LA3-4 Man in Society LA7-8 Man and Values
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — required 30
A32 Financial and Administrative Accounting 2J
IM2 Work Measurements 1 2 J
1M7 Job Analysis and Evaluation 2^
IR2-3 Human Relations 5
IR4 Personnel Management Practices 2§
IR5 Wage Administration 2 J
IR6 Employment Testing 2 J
IR7 Practical Training Methods 2^
IR21 Labor Legislation — Union-Mgmt. Relations . . . 2|
IR22 Labor Legislation — Standards and Conditions. 2?
IR23 Labor Agreement 2§
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — elective 26
Selected from the following:
A33 Managerial Cost Controls
D5 Principles of Salesmanship
Ec7 Investment Principles
Ecl2 Government Controls in Bus.
Ec23 Statistical Meth. in Forecasting
Ec31 Managerial Economics
Ec34-35 Business Ping. &. Research
ElO Effective Speaking for Business
El 2 Business Conferences
In3 Insurance for Management
IMS Work Simplification I
IM6 Work Measurements
IM13 Industrial Safety
IRl Psychology for Business
IRS Techniques of Supervision
OMl Office Management Practices
OM2 Scientific Mgmt. in Office Practice
OM3 Business Org. i&l Administration
Courses other than those listed above may be used for elective course credit upon ap-
proval of the Dean. Students should make certain that all prerequisite requirements have
been satisfied before registering for courses.
60
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
semester hours
CORE COURSES — required 50
Accounting:
A30-31 Managerial Accounting 4
Distribution:
Dl-2 Principles of Distribution 4
Economics:
Eel -2 Business Economics 4
Ec3-4 Financing Business Operations 4
Ec5-6 Financial Policies and Planning 4
English:
El -2 English and Business Communications 4
E3-4 Business Writing and Reports 4
Industrial Management:
IM8-9 Production Planning and Control 4 ^
Industrial Relations:
IR20 Labor -Management Relations 2
Law:
LI -2 Legal Aspects of Business I 4
L3-4 Legal Aspects of Business II 4
Mathematics:
M2-3 Mathematics 4
Statistics:
Ec20 Managemient Statistics 2
IM20 Management Statistics — Quality Control 2
LIBERAL ARTS — required
LA 1-2 Man and the Physical Universe
LA3-4 Man in Society
24
LA5-6
LA7-8
Man's Cultural Inheritance
Man and Values
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — required 31|
A32 Financial and Administrative Accounting 2^
A33 Managerial Cost Controls 2^
IM2 Work Measurements 1 2^
IMS Work Simplification 1 2|
IMll Production Processes 2|
IM14 Materials Management Seminar 2^
IM15 Manufacturing Mgmt. Seminar 2^
IM30-31 Plant Layout 5
IM40-41 Material Handling Fundainentals 5
M4-5 Graphic & Mathematical Tech. In Industry .... 4
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — elective
Selected from the following:
D40 Purchasing
Ec31 Managerial Economics
IM3 Work Measurements II
IM4 Syn. Time Stds. M.T.M.
1M6 Work Simplification II
IMIO Materials of Production
IM13 Industrial Safety
IM21-23 Quality Control Courses
IM42-51 Material Handling Courses
In3 Insurance for Management
IRl Psychology for Business
Courses other than those listed above may be used for elective course credit upon ap-
proval of the Dean. Students should make certain that all prerequisite requirements have
been satisfied before registering for courses.
_24|
130
1R2-3 Human Relations ^
IR4 Personnel Mgmt. Practices
1R5 Wage Administration
IR6 Employment Testing
1R8 Techniques of Supervision
IR21 Lab. Leg. -Union-Mgmt. Relations
1R22 Lab. Leg. - Stds. &. Conditions
IR23 Labor Agreement
OM3 Bus. Organization & Adm.
OM15 Elec. Data Processing Systems
OM16 Elec. Data Programming
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
61
PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT —
INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL MATERIAL HANDLING
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
semester hours
CORE COURSES — required 50
Accounting:
A30-31 Managerial Accounting ^
Principles of Distribution 4
Business Economics 4
Financing Business Operations 4
Financial Policies and Planning 4
English and Business Communications 4
Business Writing and Reports 4
Distribution:
Dl-2
Economics:
Eel -2
Ec3-4
Ec5-6
English:
El -2
E3-4
Industrial Management:
IM8-9 Production Planning and Control 4
Industrial Relations:
1R20 Labor-Management Relations 2
Law:
Ll-2 Legal Aspects of Business 1 4
L3-4 Legal Aspects of Business II 4
Mathematics:
M2-3 Mathematics 4
Statistics:
Ec20 Management Statistics • 2
IM20 Management Statistics — Quality Control 2
LIBERAL ARTS — required ^-^
LAI -2 Man and the Physical Universe LA5'6 Man's Cultural Inheritance
LA3-4 Man in Society
LA7-8 Man and Values
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — required
♦Applied Mechanics I, II 6
*D.C. and A.C. Theory 6
♦Engineering Drawing I, II "
♦Physics I, II f
IM40-41 Material Handling Fundamentals 5
M4-5 Graphic and Mathematical Tech. in Industry. 4
33
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — elective.
Selected from the following:
A32 Financial and Adminis. Acct.
A33 Managerial Cost Controls
D40 Purchasing
D41 Consumer Packaging
D42 Industrial Packaging &l Packing
IMll Production Processes
IM13 Industrial Safety
1M14 Materials Mgmt. Seminar
1M15 Manufacturing Mgmt. Seminar
IM30'31 Plant Layout
23
130
IM42-51
In3
In4-5
IR2-3
IR7
IRS
OM15
OM16
Tl
T16
Material Handling Courses
Insurance for Management
Casualty Insurance
Human Relations
Practical Training Methods
Techniques of Supervision
Elec. Data Processing
Elec. Data Programming
Transportation Practices
Commercial Warehousing
♦These courses are taken at Lincoln Institute.
Courses other than those listed above may be used for elective course credit upon ap-
proval of the Dean. Students should make certain that all prerequisite requirements have
been satisfied before registering for courses.
62
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
REAL ESTATE
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
semester hours
CORE COURSES — required 50
Accounting:
A30-31 Managerial Accounting 4
Distribution:
Dl-2
Economics
Eel -2
Ec3-4
Ec5-6
English:
El-2
E3-4
Principles of Distribution 4
Business Economics 4
Financing Business Operations 4
Financial Policies and Planning 4
English and Business Communications 4
Business Writing and Reports 4
Industrial Management:
IMS -9 Production Planning and Control 4 f
Industrial Relations:
IR20 Labor-Management Relations 2
Law:
LI -2 Legal Aspects of Business I 4
L3-4 Legal Aspects of Business II 4
Mathematics:
M2'3 Mathematics 4
Statistics:
Ec20 Management Statistics 2
Ec21 Management Statistics — Business Applications. 2 '
LIBERAL ARTS — required 24
LAl-2 Man and the Physical Universe LA5-6 Man's Cultural Inheritance
LA3-4 Man in Society LA7-8 Man and Values
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — required 30
A32 Financial and Administrative Accounting 2j
D5 Principles of Salesmanship 2|
In3 Insurance for Management 2^
REl Real Estate Fundamentals 2^
RE2 Real Estate Law and Conveyancing 2^
RE3 Real Estate Mgmt. and Investment 2|
RE4 Real Estate Finance 2^
RE5 Real Estate Sales and Advertising 2^
RE6 Operating a Real Estate Business 2^
RE7 Real Estate Appraisal — Residential 2^
RES Real Estate Appraisal — Commercial 2|
Ec7 Investm.ent Principles 2§
PROFESSIONAL COURSES
Selected from the following:
Eel 2 Govt. Controls in Business
Ec23 Statistical Meth. in Forecasting
Ec31 Managerial Economics
Ec34-35 Bus. Ping, and Research
DIO Market Research
D20-21 Principles of Advertising
D50 Credit Fundamentals
D51 Consumer Credit
elective 26
130
ElO Effective Speaking for Business
El 2 Business Conferences
In4-5 Casualty Insurance
In6-7 Fire and Allied Lines
InlO-11 Fidelity, Suretyship & Crime Ins.
IRl Psychology for Business
IR2-3 Human Relations
OMl Office Management Practices
Courses other than those listed above may be used for elective course credit upon ap-
proval of the Dean. Students should make certain that all prerequisite requirements have
been satisfied before registering for courses.
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION 63
RETAILING
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
semester hours
CORE COURSES ~ required 50
Accounting:
A30-31 Managerial Accounting 4
Distribution:
Dl-2 Principles of Distribution 4
Economics:
Eel -2 Business Economiics 4
Ec3-4 Financing Business Operations 4
Ec5-6 Financial Policies and Planning 4
English:
El-2 English and Business Comimunications 4
E3-4 Business Writing and Reports 4
Industrial Management:
IM8-9 Production Planning and Control 4
Industrial Relations:
IR20 Labor-Management Relations 2
Law:
LI '2 Legal Aspects of Business 1 4
L3-4 Legal Aspects of Business II 4
Mathematics:
M2-3 Mathematics 4
Statistics:
Ec20 Management Statistics 2
Ec21 Management Statistics — Business Applications. 2
LIBERAL ARTS — required 24
LAl-2 Man and the Physical Universe LA5'6 Man's Cultural Inheritance
LA3-4 Man in Society LA7-8 Man and Values
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — required 29J
A32 Financial and Administrative Accounting 24-
D5 Principles of Salesmanship 2 J
DIO Market Research zl
Dll Marketing Management Seminar 2J
D20-21 Principles of Advertising 5
D50 Credit Fundamentals 2^
Ec23 Statistical Methods in Forecasting 2
Ec31 Managerial Economics 2-J
Rl Retail Store Management 2§
R2 Retail Store Merchandising 2^
R3 Retail Store Advertising 2 J
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — elective 26^
130
Selected from the following:
D6 Techniques of Salesmanship
D7 Sales Promotion
D8 Sales Management
D9 Sales Executive Training
D22 Advertising Problems
D23 Advertising Copy
D24 Advertising Production
D30-31 Foreign Trade
D40 Purchasing
D52 Consumer Credit
Ec7 Investment Principles
Hell Economic Geography
Ecl2 Government Controls in Business
Ec30 International Economics
ElO Effective Speaking for Business
E12 Business Conferences
IRl Psychology for Business
IR4 Personnel Mgmt. Practices
IR6 Employment Testing
IRS Techniques of Supervision
OM3 Bus. Organization and Adm.
R4 Merch. Display for Sales Promo.
Courses other than those listed above may be used for elective course credit upon ap-
proval of the Dean. Students should make certain that all prerequisite requirements have
been satisfied before registering for courses.
64
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
TRANSPORTATION AND TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
semester hours
CORE COURSES — required 50
Accounting:
A30-31 Managerial Accounting 4
Distribution:
Dl-2
Economics:
Eel -2
Ec3-4
Ec5-6
English:
El-Z
E3.4
Principles of Distribution 4
Business Economics 4
Financing Business Operations 4
Financial Policies and Planning 4
English and Business Communications 4
Business Writing and Reports 4
Industrial Management:
IM8-9 Production Planning and Control 4
Industrial Relations:
IR20 Labor-Management Relations 2
Law:
LI -2 Legal Aspects of Business I 4
L3-4 Legal Aspects of Business II 4
Mathematics:
M2-3 Mathematics 4
Statistics:
Ec20 Management Statistics 2
Ec21 Management Statistics — Business Applications. 2
LIBERAL ARTS ^ required 24
LAl-2 Man and the Physical Universe LA5-6 Man's Cultural Inheritance
LA3-4 Man in Society LA7-8 Man and Values
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — required 30
A32 Financial and Administrative Accounting 2^
Tl Transportation Practices 2|
T2 Traffic Management 2|
T3 Adv. Traffic Management Problems 2|
T5 Ocean Transportation 2|
T6 Air Cargo Transportation 2|
T7 Transportation Insurance 2|
T9-10 ICC Practices 5
T14-15 Rates and Tariffs 5
T16 Commercial Warehousing 2^
PROFESSIONAL COURSES — elective 26
Selected from the following:
D5 Principles of Salesmanship
D30-31 Foreign Trade
D50 Credit Fundamentals
D51 Credit Problems
Ecll Economic Geography
Ecl2 Government Controls
Ec30 International Economics
ElO Effective Speaking for Business
El 2 Business Conferences
Im40-41 Material Hndl. Fundamentals
IRl Psychology for Business
Courses other than those listed above may be used for elective course credit upon ap-
proval of the Dean. Students should make certain that all prerequisite requirements have
been satisfied before registering for courses.
IR2-3 Human Relations
IR7 Practical Training Methods
IRS Techniques of Supervision
IR21 Lab. Leg. -Stds. & Cond. of Emp.
1R22 Lab. Leg. - Union-Mgmt. Relations
1R23 Labor Agreement
T4 Selling Transportation Services
T8 Current Transportation Problems
Til Motor Carrier Operations
T13 Freight Claims for Loss &l Damage
T17 Adv. Transportation Economics
Students enrolled in the 'X-Ray
Technology course study exam-
ples of 'X'Ray development errors
under the giddance of Dr. Leon-
ard Sosman.
Dean Everett welcomes a trio of
Springfield secretaries to the Sem-
inar for Secretaries held at An-
dover Inn.
K
1
B VP
'^!^^^^^H
AN ADULT GOES TO COLLEGE
. . . Edwin Gibson, Accounting major, ^
discussing homework assignment with
Instructor John Olson.
. . . guidance and counseling — an i7i-
tegral part of every student's program.
on the job.
time out for stiulies
student becomes teacher as Ted and his wife Anne
discuss Janet's geography lesson.
■^. . . going to one of the University Dances
the Gibsons take a night off for relaxation.
the big day arrives. Mr. Gibson presents the Certificate of Appreciation to his wife while
Dean Everett smiles approval. y
University College
Programs in Technology
66
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
University College in co-operation with the Educational Committee of the Association of
General Contractors has developed the following curriculum to serve the needs of those
interested specifically in preparing for the field of construction. Based upon a foundation of
civil engineering technology, it provides a concentration in modern construction equipment,
methods and procedures with supporting courses in the general field of management. Students
may enroll for individual courses, groups of courses or as degree candidates.
The total credit requirements for the degree are 130 semester hours of credit represented
in the following curriculum:
Course Number
801-2
601-2
701-2
Physics
Engineering Drawing
Engineering Mathematics
Semester Hours
6
6
6
El -2 English and Business Com.
201-2 Surveying I & II
703-4 Calculus
501-2 Applied Mechanics
203 Surveying III
204-5 Highway Eng. & Const.
219 Engineering Geology
503-4 Strength of Materials
301-2 Electrical Theory (Si. Mach.
Eel -2 Business Economics
204 Hydraulics
216 Foundation Engineering
901 Materials of Construction
217 Elements of Design
Ec3-4 Financing Bus. Operations
905 Quantity Surveys for Est.
906 Estimating Const. Costs
A30-31 Managerial Accounting
211-12 Sanitary Water &. Sewg. Eng.
A38 Construction Cost. Account.
903 Build. Const. Proced. Meth.
904 Contracts &. Specifications
907 Equipment and Methods
908 Arch. Treatment and Serv.
RE2 Real Estate Law
IR20 Labor-Management Relations
909-10 Heavy Const. Proc. Meth.
902 Insurance - Const. Safety
911 Purchase Control of Mat.
2K
2
6
3
3
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
67
INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
The Industrial Technology curriculum combines the fundamental courses in one of the
several areas of engineering with an integrated program in management, the humanities and
the social sciences to provide a broad background of training for those who aspire to posi-
tions of managerial responsibility where technical knowledge is required.
The curriculum is offered by University College in conjunction with the Lincoln Institute,
one of the affiliated schools of Northeastern University. The technology requirements may
be earned by satisfactory completion of equivalent courses in an accredited engineering college.
The total credit requirements for the degree are 130 semester hours distributed as follows:
Semester Hours
Technology Credits applicable from Associate Degree 60
[Additional technical courses beyond the Associate Degree require-
ments, and not to exceed 10 semester hours, may be taken upon prior
approval of the Dean of University College; credits so earned will
substitute for management electives.]
Management Courses — Required Core
El-2 English 4
Eel -2 Economics 4
Ec3 Finance 1 2
IM8-9 Industrial Management ... 4
L5 Law for Engineers 2
IR20 Labor-Man. Rel 2
A30-31 Managerial Acct 4
Ec20 Management Statis. . 2
IM20 Man, Statistics-Qual.
Control 2
IRl Psych, for Bus. &
Ind. I m 28^
Liberal Arts — Required
LAl-2 Man and the Physical Universe LA5-6
LA3-4 Man in Society LA7-8
Management Courses — Electives
(chosen from one of the options listed below)
Total semester hours required for degree
24
Man's Cultural Inheritance
Man and Values
173^
130
Production Semester
1M5 Work Simplification I
IM2 Work Measurements I
IMll Production Processes
IM40-41 Material Handling Fund
IM30-31 Plant Layout
Ec31 Managerial Economics
IM15 Manufac. Mgmt. Seminar. . .
IM14 Materials Mgmt. Seminar. . . .
IR2-3 Human Relations
OM3 Business Org. &. Admin
Ec4 Finance II
OPTIONS
Hours
Tech
23 o
Ecl2
21^
Dl-2
21^
D40
5
D5
5
D8
2^
D7
Hi
Tl
232
OMl
5
OM3
2
D50
2
IR2-3
Ec4
al Sales Semester Hours
Government Controls 23^12
Distribution, Prin 4
Purchasing 23^
Prin. of Salesmanship 23^
Sales Management 23^
Sales Promotion 23^
Transportation Practices .... 23^
Office Management Practices . 23^
Business Org. &l Admin 23^2
Credit Fundamentals 23^
Human Relations 5
Finance II 2
Administrative
Ecl2 Government Controls 232
IR2-3 Human Relations 5
In3 Insurance for Mgmt 2} o
IR23 Labor Agreement 23^
IR21 Labor Leg. -Union-Mgt.ReL. 2^|
Ec31 Managerial Economics 23^2
OMl Office Management Practices . 23^
OM3
Dl-2
D40
D50
OM15
OM16
Business Org. (S*. Admin 23^
Distribution, Prin 4
Purchasing 23^
Credit Fundamentals 23^2
Electronic Data Processes. .. . 23^
Electronic Data Programming 23^
Courses other than those shown above may be taken upon approval of the Dean if
they are consistent with the student's educational pattern.
68
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
Leading to Degree of Bachelor of Science
The dynamic changes taking place in the areas of manufacturing and materials manage-
ment bring into sharp focus the necessity for effective co-ordination of all of the contributing
elements from research and development to shipment of the finished product. The program
in Manufacturing Technology designed upon a foundation of engineering courses integrates
the several areas of organization, production, distribution, finance, industrial relations and
controls with special emphasis on the factors in the manufacturing process which deal with
the materials aspect. This is one of the newer curricula to be made available by University
College to recognize this development in industry. The engineering requirements will be
completed through Lincoln Institute. However, satisfactory completion of equivalent courses
will be accepted from any accredited engineering college.
The total credit requirements for the degree are 130 semester hours distributed as follows:
Semester Hours
*60
Technical Courses — Required
701-2 Algebra — Trigonometry
703-4 Anal. Geometry — Calculus
801-2 Physics
601-2 Engineering Drawing
501-2 Applied Mechanics
603-4 Machine Drawing
503-4 Strength of Materials
508-9 Machine Design
301-2 D-C, A-C Theory
303-4 D-C, A-C Machinery
*Students may elect 10 additional semester hours of work in technical subjects to be
applied against the management-technical electives.
Industrial Management Courses — Required
IM5 Work Simplification I
IM2 Work Measurements I
IMll Production Processes
IMIO Materials of Production
IM40-41 Material Handling
IM14 Materials Management
IM15 Manufacturing Management
Eel -2 Business Economics
El -2 English and Bus. Comm.
Ec20 Management Statistics
IM20 Quality Control
IM8-9 Production Planning and Control
36
21^
2K
5
23^
4
4
2
2
4
Liberal Arts — Required
LAI -2 Man and the Physical Universe LA5-6
LA3-4 Man in Society LA7-8
24
Man's Cultural Inheritance
Man and Values
**Management and Technical Courses -
507 Mechanism 3
305 Electronics in Industry 3
204 Hydraulics 3
505-6 Heat Engineering 6
551-2 Mech. Eng. Laboratory 6
Electives
A30-31
Ec31
A33
Ec3-4
Ll-2
IM50
Managerial Accounting.
Managerial Economics .
Mgmt. Cost Controls. . .
Financing Bus. & Ind. . .
Legal Aspects of Bus. I . .
Procurement-Inv. Cont. .
10
4
23^
2^
4
4
4
**Courses other than those suggested as electives may be taken upon approval of the
Dean if they are consistent with the student's educational pattern.
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION 69
SURVEYING TECHNOLOGY
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
The science of surveying is undergoing considerable change in terms of complexity of
methods, equipment and procedures. It precedes and is integrated into all construction
projects. Its relation to all forms of surface and depth measurements makes it of irreplaceable
importance as it precedes and controls all forms of construction. The concurrent trend
toward concentration upon design in civil engineering curricula makes this program, especially
related to the science of surveying, a necessity to adequately prepare those planning to enter
this field as well as to make available a source of information to keep those practicing in the
field professionally current with developments.
Requirements for the degree are 130 semester hours represented in the following cur-
riculum:
801-2 Physics 6
601-2 Engineering Drawing 6
701-2 Engineering Mathematics 6
El -2 English and Business Comm. 4
201-2 Surveying I &. II 6
703-4 Calculus 6
501-2 Applied Mechanics 6
203 Surveying III 3
204-5 Highway Engineering 6
221 Map Projections 3
503-4 Strength of Materials 6
301-2 Electrical Theory &. Mach. 6
LAI -2 Man's Physical Universe 6
303 Electronic Circuits 3
101-2 General Chemistry 6
220 Geodesy 3
LA2-3 Man and Society 6
223-4 Photogrammetry Lab I & II 6
204 Hydraulics 3
215 Geology &. Soils — Eng, Geol. 3
LA5-6 Man's Cultural Heritage 6
225 Photogrammetry Lab 3
211-12 Sanitary Engineering 6
216 Foundation Engineering 3
LA7-8 Man and Values 6
230 City & Regional Planning 3
OM15-16 Computers 6
RE2 Real Estate Law 2^
ElO Effective Speaking iVi
E3-4 Report Writing 4
Registration in the offices of University College.
Dr. Lois Kachenmeister explains the intricacies of a
hair follicle to her students in a course in Anatomy.
University College
Qombined Programs in
Liberal c9lrts and (Management
72
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
COMBINED PROGRAMS IN
LIBERAL ARTS AND MANAGEMENT
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
There are several areas of employment which require as preparatory train-
ing a natural combination of liberal arts with business courses. To meet this
need the Evening College of Liberal Arts offers in conjunction with University
College a program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science.
The degree requires satisfactory completion of three years of study in liberal
arts (72 semester hours of credit) plus fifty (50) semester hours of credit in
management courses. The following programs, as represented in the several
options, are designed to provide the most adequate preparation for the specific
areas of work.
*Liberal Arts Courses:
English
Fine Arts
Government
History
Literature
Philosophy
Psychology
Science
Sociology
Elective Courses
ADMINISTRATION
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
Semester Hours
4
4
6
8
8
4
8
A 6
6
18
72
Management Courses
A30-31 Managerial Accounting
A32 Financial &. Administrative Accounting
Dl-2 Principles of Distribution
D40 Purchasing
D50 Credit Fundamentals
Ecl-2 Business Economics
Ec3-4 Financing Business Operations
Ec5-6 Financial Policy and Planning
Ec20-21 Management Statistics
Ec34-35 Business Planning and Research
IN3 Insurance for Management
IR20 Labor-Management Relations
Ll-2 Legal Aspects of Business I
L3-4 Legal Aspects of Business II
OMl Office Management Practices
OM3 Business Organization &. Administration
Elective Courses
Total Semester Hours Required for Degree
4
2V2
4
2H
23^
4
4
4
4
5
2H
2
4
4
2M
lYi
4
58
130
*Courses in the Liberal Arts for this program are taken through evening course offerings
in the College of Liberal Arts.
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION 73
PERSONNEL AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
*LiberaI Arts Courses Semester Hours
English 4
Fine Arts 4
Government 6
History 8
Literature 8
Philosophy 4
Psychology 12
Science 6
Sociology 8
Elective Courses 1 2 72
Management Courses:
A30-31 Managerial Accounting 4
A32 Financial <Sl Administrative Accounting 23^2
Ecl-2 Business Economics 4
Ec3-4 Financing Business Operations 4
Ec5-6 Financial Policy and Planning 4
Ec20-21 Management Statistics 4
IM2 Work Measurements I 2J^
IM7 Job Analysis and Evaluation 2J^
IR4 Personnel Management Practices 2J^
IR6 Employment Testing 2^
IR7 Practical Training Methods 2H
IR20 Labor-Management Relations 2
IR21 Labor Leg.-Union-Mgmt. Relations 2}^
IR22 Labor Leg. -Standards and Conditions 2}/^
IR23 Labor Agreement 23^
Ll-2 Legal Aspects of Business I 4
L3-4 Legal Aspects of Business II 4
Elective Courses 53-^ 58
Total Semester Hours Required for Degree 130
*Courses in the Liberal Arts for this program are taken through evening course offerings
in the College of Liberal Arts.
74
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
SALES
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
*Liberal Arts Courses
English
Fine Arts
Government
History
Literature
Philosophy
Psychology
Science
Sociology
Elective Courses
Semester Hours
16
72
Management Courses:
A30-31 Managerial Accounting 4
Dl-2 Principles of Distribution 4
D5 Principles of Salesmanship 2^/^
D7 Sales Promotion 23^2
DIO Market Research 2^
D20-21 Principles of Advertising 5
D50 Credit Fundamentals 23^
Ecl-2 Business Economics 4
Ec3-4 Financing Business Operations 4
Ec5-6 Financial Policy and Planning 4
Eel 2 Government Controls 23^
Ec20-21 Management Statistics 4
Ec31 Managerial Economics 2J^
Ll-2 Legal Aspects of Business I 4
L3-4 Legal Aspects of Business II 4
Elective Courses 6
Total Semester Hours Required for Degree
58
130
*Courses in the Liberal Arts for this program are taken through evening course offerings
in the College of Liberal Arts.
University College
institute l^ro grams
Certificates Awarded
76 PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
Credit and Financial Management Institute
Business Management and the public are becoming increasingly aware of the responsibili-
ties and professional obligations of the credit executive, whose work covers every important
area of commercial and industrial activity. Credit dispositions affect the economic, social
and moral welfare of peoples of all levels of our national life.
For the persons aspiring to a career in credit management, training on a professional level
is a necessity. The program offered in the Credit and Financial Management Institute
and through the B.S. Degree Curriculum is designed to qualify credit office personnel and
others, whose interests and work are indirectly related to credit functions, for posts of greater
responsibility and trust.
The Boston Chapter, National Institute of Credit, co-operates with the University College,
Northeastern University, in sponsoring these courses of training. Satisfactory completion
of the courses prepares the students for the examination to qualify for the Awards of Associate
and Fellow of the National Institute of Credit. Examinations are set and given by the National
Institute. Students are asked to consult with the Dean for details of the examinations and
awards.
The Certificate Program
The Certificate requires the completion in University College of forty (40) semester hours
of credit from courses listed below. Students who can establish proficiency in any of the re-
quired courses through practical experience, or who have completed any of them previously
in another institution, may substitute other related courses upon approval of the Dean.
Required Courses
Course hlumbers Courses Semester Hours of Credit
A30-31 Managerial Accounting 4
Ecl-2 Business Economics 4
Ec3-4 Financing Business Operations 4
ElO Effective Speaking for Business 2H
D5 Principles of Salesmanship 23^
D50 Credit Fundamentals 23^
D51 Credit Problems 2^
Ll-2 Legal Aspects of Business I 4
L3-4 Legal Aspects of Business II 4
Elective Courses
A34 Analysis of Financial Statements 23^2
Dl-2 Principles of Distribution 4
D30-31 Foreign Trade 5
D40 Purchasing 2]4
Ec5-6 Financial Policy and Planning 4
El-2 English and Business Communications 4
IRl Psychology for Business 2}/2
IRS Techniques of Supervision 23^
OMl Office Management Practices 23^
B.S. Degree
Credits earned in any of the above courses may be applied toward the semester hours
required for the B.S. degree. Students registering for this program should consult with the Dean
to arrange a program of courses which will most adequately satisfy their training needs.
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION 77
Institute of Distribution
The broad field of distribution represents a facet of our economy which possesses great
challenges and opportunities. The serving of current needs and the creation of new markets
are fundamental to the welfare and progress of our society. Changes are in constant process
in this dymanic field. Some of the major reductions in cost of materials to the consumer
demanded by our competitive system will result in the development of more effective pro-
cedures requiring highly trained personnel.
The Institute of Distribution represents a program of basic courses for persons employed
in as well as for those seeking opportunities in one of its several branches.
The student may enroll for one or more individual courses, complete the requirements
of the Certificate Program, or use the credits earned toward the B.S. degree.
The Certificate Program
The Certificate requires the completion in University College of thirty (30) semester hours
of credit from courses listed below. Students who can establish proficiency in any of the re-
quired courses through practical experience, or who have completed any of them previously
in another institution, may substitute other related courses upon approval of the Dean.
Required Courses
Course Numbers Courses Semester Hours of Credit
Dl-2 Principles of Distribution 4
D-5 Principles of Salesmanship 2J^
D20-21 Principles of Advertising 5
Tl Transportation Practices 2J^
Elective Courses
D6 Techniques of Salesmanship 2}^
D7 Sales Promotion 2]/^
D8 Sales Management 2J^
D9 Sales Executive Training 2J^
DIO Market Research 2H
D22 Advertising Problems 2J4
D23 Advertising Copy 2J^
D25 Advertising Media 2}^
D26 Direct Mail Advertising 2^
D40 Purchasing 2}4
D41 Consumer Packaging 2}/^
D50 Credit Fundamentals 21^
D52 Consumer Credit 2J^
Rl Retail Store Management 2^4
R2 Retail Store Merchandising 23^
R4 Merchandise Display for Sales Promotion 2J^
T2 Traffic Management 2J^
B.S. Degree
Credits earned in any of the above courses may be applied toward the semester hours
required for the B.S. degree. Students registering for this program should consult with the Dean
to arrange a program of courses which will most adequately satisfy their training needs.
78
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
Institute of Industrial and Commercial Material Handling
Material Handling represents the main frontier in production for cost reduction. The po-
tentials are evident when it is estimated by many authorities that in the average plant —
... 50 tons of material are moved for every ton of finished product
. . . handling costs up to 25 cents of every manufacturing dollar
... 25% of all industrial accidents are attributable to material handling
The Institute provides a vigorous and forward-looking program of practical training for
those currently employed in material handling sales, engineering, administration or other
related areas of production and distribution. The program is designed to help meet the need
for personnel trained in this important phase of industrial activity.
The student may select an individual course, complete the requirements of the Certificate
Program, or use the credits earned toward the B.S. Degree Curriculum in Production Man-
agement — Industrial and Commercial Material Handling.
The Certificate Program
The Certificate requires the completion in University College of thirty (30) semester hours
of credit from courses listed below. Students who can establish proficiency in any of the re-
quired courses through practical experience, or who have completed any of them previously
in another institution, may substitute other related courses upon approval of the Dean.
Course hlumbers
Required Courses
Courses
1M5 Work Simplification I
1M8-9 Production Planning and Control
1M40-41 Material Handling Fundamentals
1M42 Material Handling — Problem Analysis
1M43 Material Handling — Cost Determination
1M44 Material Handling — Engineering Principles
Semester Hours of Credit
2V2
4
5
23^
Elective Courses
A30-31 Managerial Accounting
D40 Purchasing
D42 Industrial Packing and Packaging
M2-3 Mathematics
IMll Production Processes
1M13 Industrial Safety
1M30-31 Plant Layout
IM45 Material Handling — Conveyorization
1M46 Material Handling — Commercial Carriers
1M47 Material Handling — Industrial Warehousing
1M48 Material Handling — Yard Handling
1M49 Material Handling — In-Process Handling
1M50 Material Handling — Multi-story Buildings
1M51 Material Handling — Bulk Materials
4
lYi
23^
4
2K
2M
5
2H
23^2
23^
23^
23^
lYi
23^
B.S. Degree
Credits earned in any of the above courses may be applied toward the semester hours
required for the B.S. degree. Students registering for this program should consult with the Dean
to arrange a program of courses which will most adequately satisfy their training needs.
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
79
Institute of Insurance
Designed to meet a demand for a practical approach to the basic principles and practices
of current procedures and operations in the field of insurance, the Institute of Insurance
offers an integrated program of courses, each closely interrelated with the appropriate policy
forms, endorsements and manuals.
These courses should prove of especial value to office workers in insurance companies as
a preparation for advancement or for those who may be employed as or who plan to train to
become agents, brokers, fieldmen or underwriters.
The complete program including thirty (30) semester hours may be completed in two
academic years. The courses will include those listed below as required courses, plus other
elective courses to make a total of thirty (30) semester hours.
The Certificate Program
The Certificate requires the completion in University College of thirty (30) semester hours
of credit from courses listed below. Students who can establish proficiency in any of the re-
quired courses through practical experience, or who have completed any of them previously
in another institution, may substitute other related courses upon approval of the Dean.
Required Courses
Course Numbers
Courses
Semester Hours
of Credit
Inl-2
Insurance Principles
5
In4-5
Casualty Insurance
5
In6-7
Fire and Allied Lines
5
In8-9
Inland Marine Insurance
5
InlO-11
Fidelity, Suretyship and Crime
5
Elective Courses
A30-31 Managerial Accounting
D5 Principles of Salesmanship
Ecl-2 Business Economics
Ec3-4 Financing Business Operations
Ec20-21 Management Statistics
ElO Effective Speaking for Business
IM13 Industrial Safety
Inl3-14 Claims Procedure
Ll-2-3-4 Legal Aspects of Business I-II
4
4
4
4
2M
5
8
B.S. Degree
Credits earned in any of the above courses may be applied toward the semester hours
required for the B.S. degree. Students registering for this program should consult with the
Dean to arrange a program of courses which will most adequately satisfy their training needs.
80
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
Institute of Retailing
Rapid changes have come about in the distribution of merchandise. This is especially true
in the retail store phase of the field. During recent years, many factors such as rapidity of
style changes, the increase in size of retail stores and the keenness of competition have helped
to make the management of a retail business more complex and difficult. Progressive stores
have already done considerable in the nature of applying the scientific approach to some of
these problems. In such a fast moving field, the store management is constantly in search of
those who are qualified through adequate training and experience to assume responsibility
and authority.
The courses included in the Institute of Retailing are designed to provide an integrated
program of study for men and women who desire to train for positions of managerial responsi-
bility in the field of retailing. Students may register for single courses or for the complete
programs.
The Certificate Program
The Certificate requires the completion in University College of thirty (30) semester hours
of credit from courses listed below. Students who can establish proficiency in any of the re-
quired courses through practical experience, or who have completed any of them previously
in another institution, may substitute other related courses upon approval of the Dean.
Required Courses
Course Numbers Courses
Dl-2 Principles of Distribution
D5 Principles of Salesmanship
D20-21 Principles of Advertising
D52 Consumer Credit
Ecl-2 Business Economics
EcZO Managemient Statistics
Rl Retail Store Management
R2 Retail Store Merchandising
R3 Retail Store Advertising
R4 Merchandise Display for Sales Promotion
Semester Hours of Credit
4
2^
5
23^
4
2
2K
23^
2^
2J^
B.S. Degree
Credits earned in any of the above courses may be applied toward the semester hours
required for the B.S. degree. Students registering for this program should consult with the
Dean to arrange a program of courses which will most adequately satisfy their training needs.
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION 81
Institute of Transportation and Traffic Management
Transportation as a phase of the distribution of raw materials and processed merchandise
is assuming a degree of major importance in our American economy. The flexibiUty of the
trucking industry is changing many of our concepts of inventories and methods of operation.
This, plus the cost factor, requires effective management of the handling and shipment of
goods.
Two standards of professional achievement exist today in the field of Transportation and
Traffic Management. One is admission to practice before the bar of the Interstate Commerce
Commission; the other is admission to the American Society of Traffic and Transportation,
Inc. Examinations for the former are given twice yearly by the Interstate Commerce Commis-
sion. Successful completion of the examination qualifies one to present cases and represent
clients before the Commission. Examinations for the latter are announced periodically by the
association. Successful completion of the examination carries with it a certificate of accom-
plishment that is very highly regarded in the fields of Transportation and Traffic Management.
The Institute program outlined below is designed to accomplish two objectives: (1) Provide
an intensive training in the fields of Transportation and Traffic Management, as well as a
supplementary background in the broader aspects of business administration; (2) prepare
individuals specifically for the two examinations discussed above. The courses marked with
an asterisk (*) are those most necessary for this preparation.
The Certificate Program
The Certificate requires the completion in University College of thirty (30) semester hours
of credit from courses listed below. Students who can establish proficiency in any of the re-
quired courses through practical experience, or who have completed any of them previously
in another institution, may substitute other related courses upon approval of the Dean.
Required Courses
Course Numbers Courses Semester Hours of Credit
Tl Transportation Practices 2J^
T2 *Traffic Management 23^
T3 *Advanced Traffic Management Problems 23^
T9-10 *I.C.C. Practices and Procedures 5
T13 *Freight Claims for Loss and Damage 2}^
T14-15 ♦Rates and Tariffs 5
Elective Courses
D42 Industrial Packaging and Packing 23^
Ecl-2 *Business Economics 4
Ecl2 *Government Controls in Business 2}/^
Ll-2-3-4 Legal Aspects of Business I-II 8
T4 Selling Transportation Services 23^
T5 Ocean Transportation 23^
T6 Air Cargo Transportation 23^
T7 Transportation Insurance 23^
Til Motor Carrier Operations 23^
T12 Motor Carrier Traffic Management 23^
T16 Commercial Warehousing 23^
T17 *Advanced Transportation Economics 23^
B.S. Degree
Credits earned in any of the above courses may be applied toward the semester hours
required for the B.S. degree. Students registering for this program should consult with the
Dean to arrange a program of courses which will most adequately satisfy their training needs.
82
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
Labor Relations Institute
The management of labor relations presents the most vital and challenging aspect of our
industrial development of the immediate future. Continuance of our American way of indus-
trial democracy demands a harmonious understanding of the underlying principles of labor
and industrial management for the peaceful adjustment of their common problems.
The Labor Relations Institute of Northeastern University was organized to serve this
need. It is dedicated to the service of both labor and management. It directly concerns the
work of industrial and labor executives, plant managers, personnel directors, union shop
councillors and stewards.
Students may register for the complete program or may take any one or more of the courses
which serve their particular needs. They may complete the entire program by attending three
evenings per week for two years. Each individual course is one semester or sixteen weeks in
length and carries either two or two and one-half semester hours of credit for students quali-
fied for the degree programs of University College.
The Certificate Program
The Certificate requires the completion in University College of thirty (30) semester hours
of credit from courses listed below. Students who can establish proficiency in any of the re-
quired courses through practical experience, or who have completed any of them previously
in another institution, may substitute other related courses upon approval of the Dean.
Required Courses
Course Numbers Courses
Ecl-2 Business Economics
IR20 Labor-Management Relations
IR21 Labor Legislation — Union-Management Relations
IR22 Labor Legislation — Standards and Conditions of Emp
IR23 Labor Agreement — Negotiation and Administration
IR24 Labor Relations Seminar
Semester Hours of Credit
4
2
2H
A30-31
ElO
E12
IM2
IMS
IMS
IM6
IM7
IM13
IRl
IR2-3
IR4
IR5
IR6
IR7
Elective Courses
Managerial Accounting
Effective Speaking for Business
Business Conferences
Work Measurements I
Work Measurements II
Work Simplification I
Work Simplification II
Job Analysis and Evaluation
Industrial Safety
Psychology for Business
Human Relations
Personnel Management Practices
Wage Administration
Em.ployment Testing
Practical Training Methods
4
iy%
2^
2^
23^
2H
iy%
iy%
5
ly^
iy%
2^
B.S. Degree
Credits earned in any of the above courses may be applied toward the semester hours
required for the B.S. degree. Students registering for this program should consult with the
Dean to arrange a program of courses which will most adequately satisfy their training needs.
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
83
Office Management Institute
The profession of office management has developed rapidly in scope and status in response
to the technical and diversified nature of the problems arising and the current trends toward
the scientific approach to the solutions of these problems. Heretofore, the efforts toward
simplified work procedures have been related primarily to the plant ends of production. Its
extension to office procedures is vital to the necessary reduction of the ever-mounting over-
head created by increased costs.
The Office Management Institute is designed to serve those already employed in the field
by providing instruction necessary for simplification and standardization of their opera-
tional tasks. The courses should have an appeal for systems analysts, accountants, office
managers, sales managers, engineers, comptrollers, etc. It also provides a formal and planned
program of training for those intending to make their careers in this profession.
The student may select an individual course, complete the requirements of the Certificate
Program or use the credits earned toward the B.S. degree.
The Certificate Program
The Certificate requires the completion in University College of thirty (30) semester hours
of credit from courses listed below. Students who can establish proficiency in any of the re-
quired courses through practical experience, or who have completed any of them previously
in another institution, may substitute other related courses upon approval of the Dean.
Required Courses
Course hlumbers Courses
A30-31 Managerial Accounting
IRS Techniques of Supervision
OMl Office Management Practices
OM2 Scientific Management in Office Practice
OMIO Office Systems and Procedure
OMll Forms Design and Control
Semester Hours of Credit
4
2K
IYl
Elective Courses
A37 Punch Card Accounting
Ec20-21 Management Statistics
El-2 English and Business Communications
El 2 Business Conferences
IR2-3 Human Relations
IR5 Wage Administrarion
IR6 Employment Testing
IR7 Practical Training Methods
IR20 Labor-Management Relarions
OMl 2 Systems Analysis and Improvement
OMl 5 Electronic Data Processing Systems
2H
4
4
IVi
5
2M
2K
2H
2
2H
2H
B.S. Degree
Credits earned in any of the above courses may be applied toward the semester hours
required for the B.S. degree. Students registering for this program should consult with the
Dean to arrange a program of courses which will most adequately satisfy their training needs.
84
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
Production Management Institute
The Production Management Institute presents an integrated program of courses for those
specifically related to or interested in the plant ends of manufacturing. With each course
designed to treat the subject matter in detail and thereby stand alone as a unit, the program
achieves integration by the use of projects which carry through the several courses in sequence,
developing a complete picture of the methods and procedure encountered in the over-all
practical problems of production. This integration makes possible the thorough study of a
highly technical field with limitless detail which otherwise could be approached only in a
superficial manner.
This program should have direct value to those currently employed in one of the several
operating manufacturing departments as well as those who wish to plan for careers in this
area of management.
The student may select an individual course, complete the requirements of the Certificate
Program or use the credits earned toward the B.S. degree.
The Certificate Program
The Certificate requires the completion in University College of thirty (30) semester hours
of credit from courses listed below. Students who can establish proficiency in any of the re-
quired courses through practical experience, or who have completed any of them previously
in another institution, may substitute other related courses upon approval of the Dean.
Required Courses
Course Numbers Courses
A30-31 Managerial Accounting
M2-3 Mathematics
IMS Work Simplification I
IM8-9 Production Planning and Control
IMll Production Processes
IM12 Estimating for Production
Semester Hours of Credit
4
4
4
2H
Elective Courses
Ec20 Management Statistics 2
IM2 Work Measurements I ' 2}^
IM4 Synthetic Time Standards — M.T.M. 2J^
IM6 Work Simplification II ' 2M
IM7 Job Analysis and Evaluation 2J^
IMIO Materials of Production ■ 2J^
IM13 Industrial Safety ' 2}4
IM20 Quality Control 2
IM30-31 Plant Layout .,5 ■
IM40-41 Material Handling Fundamentals 5 -
IM42 Material Handling Problems 23^
IR2-3 Human Relations 5
IR7 Practical Training Methods 2^
IR8 Techniques of Supervision 2J^
IR20 Labor-Management Relations 2
IR23 Labor Agreement — Negotiations and Administration 2}/^
B.S. Degree
Credits earned in any of the above courses may be applied toward the semester hours
required for the B.S. degree. Students registering for this progam should consult with the
Dean to arrange a program of courses which will most adequately satisfy their training needs.
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
85
Quality Control Institute
The applicarion of statistical methods to the control of quality — a comparatively new
management tool — has produced significant results in:
Improved quality of manufactured product
Increased productivity of labor and machines
Reduction in scrap, rework, tool and machine down-time costs
Decrease in rejects
Increased effectiveness of supervision
Improved quality of purchased materials
Providing of scientific analysis of product specification
Quality Control has effective application to both large and small organizations. It warns
when trouble is imminent and tells where and when to look for the source of the trouble. It
indicates when a process should be changed for increased economy. By appropriate sampling
techniques it provides a constant control of materials used, the production processes and
the inspection of the final product, resulting in reduction of costs and the production of a
higher precentage of acceptable units.
The courses are designed to serve persons specializing in Quality Control or those wishing
to include it in the Degree Program in Production Management.
The Certificate Program
The Certificate requires the completion in University College of thirty (30) semester hours
of credit from courses listed below. Students who can establish proficiency in any of the re-
quired courses through practical experience, or who have completed any of them previously
in another institution, may substitute other related courses upon approval of the Dean.
Required Courses
Course Numbers Courses
Ec20 Management Statistics
M2-3 Mathematics
IMIO Materials of Production
IM20 Quality Control
IM21 Advanced Quality Control
IM22 Management of Quality Control
IM23 Quality Control Seminar
IM32 Industrial E.xperimentation I
Semester Hours of Credit
2
4
21^
2
2J4
2H
2H
M4-5
IMS
IM6
IM8-9
IMll
IRl
IRS
Elective Courses
Graphic and Mathematical Techniques in Industry
Work Simplification I
Work Simplification II
Production Planning and Control
Production Processes
Psychology for Business
Techniques of Supervision
4
2H
2H
4
2H
2H
2K
B.S. Degree
Credits earned in any of the above courses may be applied toward the semester hours
required for the B.S. degree. Students registering for this program should consult with the
Dean to arrange a program of courses which will most adequately satisfy their training needs.
86
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
Real Estate Institute
The social and economic importance of real estate has been impressed upon us since World
War II. Conditions in the field have changed rapidly since that time to the extent that real
estate is no longer a local phenomenon but rather a national problem. It becomes increasingly
important, therefore, that persons be trained in the economics as well as the legal and finan-
cial problems for either personal use or for operational purposes as brokers, financiers, man-
agers, investors or land planners.
The courses comprising the Institute of Real Estate are designed as practical tool courses
for those training for or directly associated with concerns actively engaged in real estate
ownership, conveyancing and management as lawyers, real estate agents and brokers, prop-
erty managers, conveyancers, builders, municipal land planners or employees of banks, in-
surance companies and other financial institutions with major investments in real estate.
The Certificate Program
The Certificate requires the completion in University College of thirty (30) semester hours
of credit from courses listed below. Students who can establish proficiency in any of the re-
quired courses through practical experience, or who have completed any of them previously
in another institution, may substitute other related courses upon approval of the Dean.
Required Courses
Course Numbers Courses
A30-31 Managerial Accounting
REl Real Estate Fundamentals
RE2 Real Estate Law and Conveyancing
RE3 Real Estate Management
RE4 Real Estate Finance
RES Real Estate Sales and Advertising
RE6 Operating a Real Estate Business
RE7 Real Estate Appraisal — Residential
RES
Semester Hours of Credit
4
2K
2K '
2K
23^
lYi
Real Estate Appraisal — - Commercial and Industrial
IV.
Elective Courses
Dl-2 Principles of Distribution
D5 Principles of Salesmanship
D20-21 Principles of Advertising
Ecl-2 Business Economics
Ec20-21 Management Statistics
ElO Effective Speaking for Business
LI -2-3-4 Legal Aspects of Business I-II
RE9 Small Home Construction and Estimating
4
lYi
5
4
4
2>'2
8
B.S. Degree
Credits earned in any of the above courses may be applied toward the semester hours
required for the B.S. degree. Students registering for this program should consult with the
Dean to arrange a program of courses which will most adequately satisfy their training needs.
University College
'T^rograms for ciAdministradve S^^cretaries
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
Institute for Business and Professional Secretaries
Today, more than ever, with the increased tempo of modern production, business and
industry are looking toward qualified women to assume positions of administrative responsi-
bility. To meet these needs women with secretarial training may supplement this background
with further knowledge and information through professional courses related to the opera-
tions of their respective departments or organizations. The combination of proficiency in the
secretarial sciences with training through specialized courses related to their fields of employ-
ment considerably enhances their value and provides the avenue for advancement into po-
sitions of major importance with higher salaries. For those who have not had previous in-
struction in secretarial science, such courses will be included in their programs. Advanced
standing credit, up to a maximum of fifteen (15) semester hours, may be awarded to those
who have satisfactorily completed courses elsewhere and/or can achieve satisfactory per-
formance in the secretarial sciences through proficiency examinations.
Students may register for individual courses, complete the requirements of forty-five (45)
semester hours for the Certificate or apply the credits earned toward the B.S. degree.
The program for each student will be recommended and planned on an individual con-
ference basis. In each case, however, there will be a core of basic required courses which will
be supplemented by elective courses selected to serve most adequately the student's specific
needs. Each student must have completed a basic course in Shorthand and Typewriting at
an approved school as a requirement of admission to this Institute program. Certain sug-
gested programs are outlined below.
Required Courses
Course Semester
hlo. Hours
A30-31 Managerial Accounting. ... 4
Ecl-2 Business Economics 4
El-2 English and Bus. Comm. . . . 4
Course Semester
No. Hours
E3-4 Bus. Writing and Reports . . 4
IRl Psychology for Business. . . . 2}/^
OMl Office Mgmt. Practices 2J^
OM2 Scientific Mgmt. in Off. Prac. 2J^
Suggested Electives in Specialized Areas
Accounting
A32 Fin. and Adm. Acct
A33 Mgrl. Cost Controls
A50-51 Basic Federal Taxes
Ec3-4 Financing Bus. Operations
Ecl2 Government Controls. . . .
Ll-2-3-4 Legal Aspects of Bus. I-II. .
Credit Management
A34 Anal. Fin. Statements 2}'i
D50 Credit Fundamentals 2^
D51 Credit Problems 2}4
D52 Consumer Credit 2} -i
Ec3-4 Financing Bus. Operations . 4
Ec5-6 Fin. Pol. & Planning 4
Ll-2-3-4 Legal Aspects of Bus. I-II. . . 8
Advertising
Dl-2 Principles of Distribution. . . 4
D5 Principles of Salesmanship . 2}^
D7 Sales Promotion 23'2
DIO Market Research 2}^
D20-21 Prin. of Advertising 5
D23 Advertising Copy 2J-'2
D24 Advertising Production .... 23^
D25 Advertising Media 23^
D41 Consumer Packaging 23^
R3 Retail Store Advertising. . . . 23^
R4 Merchandise Display 23^
Finance
214,
A34
2H
Ec3-4
5
Ec5-6
4
Ec7
21^7
Ec20-21
8
Ec32
Ec34-35
Anal. Fin. Statements
Fin. Business Operations. .
Fin. Policy &. Planning. . . .
Investment Principles
Management Statistics. . . .
Monetary Policy
Business Ping. &. Research .
2>^
4
4
4
2>i
5
Engineering
Ec20 Management Statistics 2
M2-3 Mathematics 4
IM5 Work Simplification 1 23^
IM8-9 Prod. Planning Control 4
IMIO Matls. ofProd 23^
IMll Production Processes 2}/^
IM20 Quality Control 2
Foreign Trade
Dl-2 Principles of Distribution. . . 4
DIO Market Research 23^
D30-31 Foreign Trade 5
Ec3-4 Fin. Business Operations. . . 4
Fell Economic Geography 23^
Ec20-21 Management Statistics 4
Ec30 International Economics. . . 23^
Ll-2-3-4 Legal Aspects of Bus. I-II. . . 8
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
89
Course No. Semester Hours
Insurance
Ec20-21 Management Statistics 4
In 1-2 Insurance Principles 5
In4-5 Casualty Insurance 5
In6-7 Fire and Allied Lines 5
In8-9 Inland Marine 5
InlO-11 Fidelity, Surety &L Crime Ins. 5
In 13-14 Claims Procedure 5
IR2-3 Human Relations 5
Ll-2-3-4 Legal Aspects of Bus. MI. . . 8
Law
A50-51
Ecl2
Ll-2-3-4
REl
RE2
Basic Federal Taxes 5
Government Controls 2H
Legal Aspects of Bus. I-II ... 8
Real Estate Fundamentals. . 214
R.E. Law & Convey 23^
Office Management
D40 Purchasing 2}4
D50 Credit Fundamentals 2J4
IM7 Job Analysis and Evaluation 2J2
IR2-3 Human Relations 5
1R6 Employment Testing 2\4
IR7 Practical Training Methods . 2 J 2
IR8 Techniques of Supervision. 2'o
OMl Office Mgmt. Practices 2^2
OMIO Office Systems & Procedures 2^2
OMll Forms Design 2J2
Personnel and Industrial Relations
Ec20-21 Management Statistics 4
IM2 Work Measurements 1 2 ' 2
IM7 Job Analysis and Evaluation 2J2
In4-5 Casualty Insurance 5
IR2-3 Human Relations 5
IR4 Personnel Mgmt. Practices. . 2^2
IRS Wage Administration 21^
IR6 Employment Testing 2^2
IR7 Practical Training Methods. 2^2
IR20 Labor-Mgmt. Relations 2^ 1
IR21 Labor Leg., Un.-Mgmt.Rel.. 2^o
IR22 Lab.Leg.,Stds. &Cond.Emp. 2K>
Production
D40 Purchasing 23/9
M2-3 Mathematics 4
IM2 Work Measurements 1 2^'2
IM5 Work Simplification 1 2}i
IM7 Job Analysis and Evaluation 2^^
IM8-9 Production Ping. &. Control 4
IMIO Matls. of Prod 2} 2
IMll Production Processes 23^
IM13 Industrial Safety 23/^
Ll-2-3-4 Legal Aspects of Bus. I-II. .. . 8
Course No. _ Semester Hours
Purchasing
D5 Principles of Salesmanship. . 23^
D30-31 Foreign Trade 5
D40 Purchasing 23^
Ec20-21 Management Statistics 4
IMIO Matls. of Prod 2^
IMll Production Processes 23^
IM20 Quality Control 2.3^
Ll-2-3-4 Legal Aspects of Business. . . 8
Real Estate
Ec3-4 Fin. Business Operations ... 4
In4-5 Casualty Insurance 5
In6-7 Fire and Allied Lines 5
Ll-2-3-4 Legal Aspects of Bus. I-II. . . 8
REl Real Estate Fundamentals. . 23^
RE2 Real Estate Law &. Convey. 23^
RE3 R.E. Investment &. Mgmt.. . 23^
RE4 Real Estate Finance 23^
RES R-E. Selling and Advertising 23^
RE6 Operating a R.E. Business. . 23^
RE7 R.E. Appraisal — Residential 23^
RE8 R.E. Appraisal-Commercial. 23^
Retailing
Dl-2 Principles of Distribution. . . 4
D5 Principles of Salesmanship. 23^
D52 Consumer Credit 23^
IR2-3 Human Relations 5
IR7 Practical Training Methods. 23^
Rl Retail Store Management. . . 23-^
R2 Retail Store Merchandising. 23^
R3 Retail Store Advertising. ... 23^
R4 Merchandise Display ZJ^
Sales
Dl-2 Principles of Distribution. . . 4
D5 Principles of Salesmanship . 23^
D7 Sales Promotion 23^
D8 Sales Management 23^
DIO Market Research 2 J^
D20-21 Principles of Advertising. . . 5
D23 Advertising Copy 23^
D24 Advertising Production 2}4
D25 Advertising Media 23^
D41 Consumer Packaging 23^
D50 Credit Fundamentals 23^
Ec20-21 Management Statistics 4
Ll-2-34 Legal Aspects of Bus. I-II. . . 8
Transportation & Traffic Management
In4-5 Casualty Insurance 5
In8-9 Inland Marine Insurance. . . 5
Ll-2-34 Legal Aspects of Bus. I-II. . . 8
Tl Transportation Practices. . . 23-^
T2 Traffic Management 23^
T9-10 I.C.C. Prac. &l Proced 5
Til Motor Carrier Operations. . 23^
T14-15 Rates and Tariffs 5
90
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
Course No. Semester Hours
Sales
A30-31 Managerial Accounting. ... 4
Ecl-2 Business Economics 4
Ec3-4 Financing Bus. Operations . 4
Ec5-6 Financial Policy &. Planning 4
Ec20-21 Management Statistics 4
Dl-2 Principles of Distribution .. . 4
D5 Principles of Salesmanship. . I^^z
Course INo.
Sales
D7
D8
DIO
D20-21
D40
D41
Semester Hours \
Sales Promotion 2J^
Sales Management 23^
Market Research 2J^
Principles of Advertising. . , 5
Purchasing 2J^
Consumer Packaging 2^
Elective 14
Courses other than those shown under the options may be taken upon approval of the
Dean if they conform to the student's need. Special programs will be arranged to meet specific
needs of students.
Advanced Secretarial Techniques
Women have demonstrated their value in business and industry by their effectiveness in
handling administrative responsibilities. Today, more than ever, with the increased tempo of
business activity and business complexity, they are being called upon to assume positions of
increasing importance. To meet these growing needs for women qualified by training, the
course Advanced Secretarial Techniques is offered.
While this course is particularly designed as preparation for taking the Certified Professional
Secretary's Examination, the subject matter will prove of great value to all secretaries whose
future will be in the administrative secretarial field.
The course is divided into four sections. Students may enroll for the program by section
or in total. The four sections are: Accounting; Human Relations and Personal Adjustment;
Business Law; Business Organization and Economics.
Residential Seminars for Administrative Secretaries
The forces that are shaping the future will bring to management an accelerated pattern
of new and complex problems. The Professional Secretary, like every member of the man-
agement team, will be called upon to share a larger part of the administrative load. Oppor-
tunities will reward ability and preparation.
The Residential Seminars are of three types — the first which is orientational and explora-
tory in nature, the second which carries into more advanced management concepts and
practices, and the third which, while continuing with certain applications to the work of an
administrative secretary, is primarily concerned with personal development through the
liberal arts.
The Residential Seminars are all conducted off-campus in suitably adapted educational
environments.
University College
Special Programs
Designed to serve specific needs on a non-credit basis
92 PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
Applied Security Analysis — Industrial Approach
University College in joint sponsorship with The Boston Security Analysts Society pro-
vides this advanced course in security analysis for men and women in the investment man-
agement profession or for others who may find such training of value in their work. It is
designed to acquaint the student with methods used by practicing security analysts in their
studies of various industries and to provide practical information useful in the investment
analysis of companies operating in these industries.
The course includes: Basic principles of security analysis; the tools and methods used by
practicing analysts; investment characteristics of the various industries and leading com-
panies; sources of information and statistics; statement analysis; economic background;
investment requirements and policies of different types of financial institutions.
The instructor will outline the problems, trends and investment characteristics of the
industries under discussion and will demonstrate methods used in analyzing and following
the securities of leading companies in these industries. Students will be required to prepare a
written industry analysis under the guidance of a member of the Boston Security Analysts
Society.
Environment and Environmental Testing
This course, offered co-operatively with the Institute of Environmental Sciences, represents
an informative, "up-dating" series of lectures on the latest advancements in this rapidly
developing field — taught by national authorities — for engineers and scientists concerned
with the reliability of performance of equipment under severe environmental conditions.
This comprehensive survey includes: High and low temperature environments; weather
environment and testing; modifying environmental conditions by use of shock and vibra-
tions isolators; designing for shock and vibration; instrumentation for dynamic measure-
ments; shock tests and shock spectra; random vibration; sand, dust, fungus and corrosion
resistance; radiation effects on components' outer space environment; and acoustic noise.
Fundamentals of Purchasing
This course, offered co-operatively with the New England Purchasing Agents Association,
is designed to serve those currently employed as buyers, assistant purchasing agents or those
newly advanced to the responsibilities of the purchasing agent. The course is practical and
deals with the problems encountered in the everyday business operations.
The instruction includes: Organization of the purchasing department; problems of vendor
relationships; purchasing procedures; inventory control policies and methods; cost reduc-
tion through value analysis and standardization; savings through knowledge of traffic classi-
fications and routings; use of substitute materials; standards and specifications; reports and
budget information for management; purchase of capital equipment; legal status of pur-
chasing; market analysis.
Glass, Metal and Vacuum Processes
This course is especially designed for production supervisors and technicians who are
employed by companies whose manufacturing process involves the formation of glass-to-
metal seals and vacuum tight envelopes.
The instruction includes: General requirements for glasses and metals used in vacuum
seals; soft glass seals; hard glass seals; special seals; chemical properties of glass as related to
weathering devitrification, and other sealing characteristics; properties of metals used within
the vacuum envelope; vacuum systems; and vacuum pumps.
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION 93
Motor Vehicle Fleet Supervisors' Course
This standard course, conducted annually by University College in co-operation with the
Institute of Public Safety, Pennsylvania State University, is offered nation wide under the
sponsorship of the National Committee of Motor Vehicle Supervisors' Training. It is de-
signed for fleet supervisors, safety personnel and training directors. It presents a practical
program of supervisory training leading to the reduction in the frequency and severity of
accidents, the lowering of maintenance costs, improvements in efficiency of operation through
better supervision and employer-employee relationships, and the enhancement of public
relations.
Particular attention is given to methods of selecting, training and supervising drivers.
This program is so scheduled as to give each student the maximum opportunity to participate
individually in each of the laboratory and field test exercises.
Motor Vehicle Fleet Maintenance Supervisors' Course
This course will present in practical form the principles and application of Preventive
Maintenance to motor truck, bus, and taxi fleets. It is designed for fleet maintenance super-
intendents, shop foremen, inspectors and maintenance engineers for insurance companies,
training directors and executives related to the problems of effective fleet operation.
It presents a practical program of instruction leading to higher dependability and perform-
ance from the equipment at the lowest possible cost consistent with sound operating practices.
Quality Control
For Inspection and Production Supervision
This course is designed to meet the increasing need of inspection and production super-
vision for a one-semester summary of the more important routine quality control techniques.
It presents the most modern inspection practices and the latest methods of reducing costs
associated with defects. A non-mathematical approach is used, and no prerequisite courses
are necessary. Major emphasis is placed on sampUng acceptance plans and preventing defects
during production.
Instruction includes: TTie theory of sampling; military standard 105-A; acceptance sampling;
prevention of defects; process control; control charts and their use; cost of defects; reporting
methods; and organization for quality control.
Rubber Technology I
Sponsored co-operatively with The Boston Rubber Group, this course outlines a basic and
practical study of the compounding and processing of natural and synthetic rubbers. Com-
mon compounding ingredients, various elastomers as well as basic processing techniques and
equipment are discussed. Some attention is centered upon test methods, quality control,
etc. The course is designed for beginning compounders, salesmen, purchasing agents, pro-
duction supervisors, specification writers, university students and all those interested in
broadening their knowledge of the Rubber Industry.
Rubber Technology II
The course is designed to supplement the Rubber Technology I course, and to provide an
introduction of the principles and practices of rubber compounding which reflects the latest
theoretical concepts. The relationship of polymer structure to properties, and how these
structural characteristics can be used to advantage by the rubber compounder, will be covered.
Five major problems in areas of rubber manufacture such as rubber footwear, wire and
cable and molded products will be presented by guest lecturers. The course will be technical
in content, and as a prerequisite applicants should have either completed the Rubber Tech-
nology I course or have a B.S. in Chemistry.
94 PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
X-Ray Technology Course
The New England Roentgen Ray Society and the Massachusetts X-Ray Technicians join
with University College to provide this special program of training for young men and women
employed in the hospitals whose X-ray training programs have been approved by the Ameri-
can Medical Association. All students must be recommended by the Chief Radiologist as
qualified for admission to the course. In addition to providing basic training for effective
practice, the course also provides preparation for those planning to take the National Ex-
amination to become Registered X-Ray Technicians.
The course covers the following areas: Nursing procedures; positioning; anatomy; dark-
room techniques; special procedures; physics; X-ray techniques; X-ray therapy; isotopes;
office procedures.
Workshop in the Management of Small Business
The Workshop is an advanced level course restricted in enrollment to twenty-five (25)
owner-manager representatives of small business. To attain the homogeneity necessary for
free and worthwhile participation in discussion of a practical nature, separate workshops
are offered for manufacturers, distributors, wholesalers, jobbers, factory representatives,
etc. — and a third for retailers, again by classification.
It recognizes the uniqueness in the types of problems encountered in day-to-day involve-
ment of the small businessman, and uses the discussion approach which does not try to
translate big business into small business situations, but rather accepts the problems of
small business in the context of its own operational environments.
The Workshop is concerned with the 4 M's of Management: Manufacturing — Marketing
or Merchandising — Money — Men.
University College
^Description of Qourses
THE UNIVERSITY reserves the right to withdraw, modify or add to the
courses offered, or to change the order of courses in curricula as may
I seem advisable.
The University further reserves the right to withdraw in any year any
elective or special course for which less than twelve enrollments have been
received. Regular students so affected by such withdrawal will be permitted
to choose some other course. In the case of special students, a full refund of
all tuition and other fees will be made.
The University also reserves the right to change the requirements for gradu-
ation, tuition and fees charged, and other regulations. However, no change in
tuition and fees at any time shall become effective until the school year fol-
lowing that in which it is announced.
All full-year courses are numbered with a double consecutive number and
all half-year courses with a single number. The letter or letters immediately
preceding the numbers indicate the classification of the course. The prerequi-
sites for any course are indicated and enrollment in any course is predicated
on having met or completed the requirements stated.
Credit for a full-year course is contingent upon satisfactory completion of
both semesters.
Credit for one-half of a full-year course is given only upon approval by
the Dean.
ACCOUNTING (A)
Applicants for admission to the College who have had experience in accounting or book-
keeping or who have pursued systematic courses in institutions of less than college grade may
take an examination for placement purposes in Introductory Accounting. Those who pass
this examination will be admitted to Intermediate Accounting and may substitute an elective
course in lieu of Introductory Accounting.
A 1-2 INTRODUCTORY ACCOUNTING
This course provides basic instruction for those who plan to specialize in accounting or
for those who wish to enroll later for more advanced courses. Emphasis is placed upon pro-
prietorship accounts, including books of entry, statements, business practices, adjustments
and an introduction to partnership accounts. Drill and practice work are required for pro-
ficient handling of simple accounting transactions.
(No previous knowledge of bookkeeping or accounting necessary) 4 semester hours credit
CORE COURSE for students in Accounting Curricula
A 3-4 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
A continuation of Introductory Accounting, treating with problems of the partnership
and corporate forms of business entities. Accounts for a manufacturing business are intro-
duced. In addition to the drill and practice work on accounting technique, a mastery of many
accounting principles is required.
{Prerequisite, A 1-2) 4 semester hours credit
95
96 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
A 5-6 ACCOUNTING PROBLEMS
This course is designed to develop the student's reasoning power and his ability to apply the
proper accounting principles in solving a specific problem. Emphasis is placed on principles
and their application rather than on individual situations. Subjects covered are the prepara-
tion of financial statements, accounting for and valuation of cash items, receivables, inven-
tories, liabilities and net worth accounts. Capital stock, treasury stock and surplus are dis-
cussed in detail.
(Prerequisite, A 3-4) 5 semester hours credit
A 7-8 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING PROBLEMS
This course is designed primarily to meet the requirements of students intending to enter
the accounting profession. Application of accounting principles to special situations such as
partnerships, insolvent companies, estates and trusts, installment sales and consignments.
Considerable time is spent on preparation of consolidated statements.
(Prerequisite, A 5-6) 5 semester hours credit
A 9-10 C.P.A. PROBLEMS
A complete review of the theories encountered in A 5, 6, 7, 8, 14, 15, 50, 51. This course is
primarily for students intending to take the state C.P.A. examinations. Considerable practice
is required, using largely problems from previous C.P.A. examinations. Emphasis is placed on
the technique of adequate problem solutions. One feature of the course is a series of three-
hour practice C.P.A. examinations held every third week throughout the course.
(Prerequisites, A 7-8; 11; 14-15; 18-19; 50-51; L 4) 10 semester hours credit
A 11 FUND ACCOUNTING
The concept of "fund" accounting finds its application in the accounting procedures of
governmental units, charities, and educational institutions. This course deals with segregation
of assets and liabilities into funds and self-balancing groups required by the organization of
non-profit enterprises.
Integrated into the principles of funds is the treatment of accounting controls necessitated
by governmental approaches or budgets.
(Prerequisite, A 5-6) 2}/^ semester hours credit
A 12 CONSTRUCTIVE ACCOUNTING
To acquaint students with the principles underlying the construction of accounting systems
and the procedure of system installation. The course is developed by means of problem
projects beginning with an analysis of the accounting needs of a small business. By gradual
steps increasingly larger businesses are studied and accounting systems developed to meet
their needs. Special attention is given accounting records in relation to the expansion of the
accounting system.
(Prerequisite, A 5-6) 2 ^2 semester hours credit
A 13 MATHEMATICS OF ACCOUNTING
Mathematical computations required in business practice and in C.P.A. examinations are
covered. Considerable practice material is assigned to develop facility and accuracy in mathe-
matics.
Arithmetical computations: Percentages, averages, interest, discounts, partial payments,
installment sales, valuation of good will, logarithms, depreciation, gross profit.
Algebraic computations: Tax and bonus problems, determination of net worth of inter-
owned companies.
Actuarial science: Compound interest, compound amounts and present values; ordinary
annuities and annuities due; sinking fund computations; debt amortizations; effective
interest on bonds.
(Prereqwisite, A 5-6) 2}/2 semester hours credit
A 14-15 COST ACCOUNTING
Acquaints the student with the relationship of cost accounting to management and ad-
ministration control and shows how adequate cost systems may further the intelligent manage-
ment of business enterprises. Job order, process, and standard cost systems and their integra-
tion into the general accounting system of the business are studied. Numerous problems and
sets serve as the basis for a study of the various accounts, records, systems, and methods com-
monly used in modern cost accounting.
(Prerequisite, A 5-6) 5 semester hours credit
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 97
A 16-17 ADVANCED COST ACCOUNTING
Intended only for the student who desires to enter the field of cost accounting, this course
presents advanced situations and the more intricate problems encountered in cost accounting
for specialized businesses. Included in the course is a thorough study of distribution and ad-
ministrative costs. Each topic is approached from the point of view of what management may
expect and the use to which cost information may be put.
{Prerequisite, A 14-15) 5 semester hours credit
A 18-19 AUDITING
This course is offered primarily for students who intend to enter Public Accounting. It
covers both theory and practice of auditing with emphasis on statement presentation and
internal control. Procedures employed in balance sheet audits in verifying cash, receiv-
ables, inventories, investments, plant assets, intangibles, deferred charges, liabilities, capital,
income and expense accounts are covered.
Attention is given to pronouncements, research bulletins and statements on auditing pro-
cedure issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Co-ordinated with
the study of auditing principles and procedures is a practice audit simulating the work of
public accountants and the entire work of the course is summarized in an audit report pre-
pared toward the end of the course.
{Prerequisite, A 5-6) {Required of Public Accounting students only) 5 semester hours credit
A 20-21 INTERNAL AUDITING
This course covers both basic auditing theory and a study of the function of the internal
audit as an independent appraisal activity within an organization for the review of ac-
counting, financial and other operations as a basis for service to management. All balance
sheet items are reviewed as to audit verification procedures and internal control standards.
In addition, audit of non-accounting functions such as sales, billing, purchases and inventory
control are covered. Statistical sampling, audit working papers, written audit reports and
other tools of the internal auditor are studied. Case problems in internal auditing and control
are discussed in class. Attention is given to statements and bulletins issued by The American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Institute of Internal Auditors. Accounting
theory is discussed where necessary to clarify auditing procedures.
{Prerequisite, A 5-6) (Required of Commercial and Cost Accounting students)
5 semester hours credit
A 30-31 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
A study of the broad background of accounting and business transactions as a basis for
preparing the student to analyze and interpret intelligently financial statements and other ac-
counting reports. Topics covered are the development of accounting fundamentals, accounts
for the proprietorship, partnership, and corporate forms of business organization, and prepara-
tion of financial statements. 4 semester hours credit
CORE COURSE for students in Non-Accounting Curricula
A 32 FINANCIAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE ACCOUNTING
This is a management approach (for non-accounting majors) to various aspects of control
exercised through budgetary procedures, the analysis and interpretation of financial state-
ments, and other accounting reports as they relate to operation and the formulation of
business policies.
{Prerequisite, A 30-31) 214 semester hours credit
A 33 MANAGERIAL COST CONTROLS
Increasing emphasis on the cost factors of production and distribution necessitates a funda-
mental knowledge of cost procedures on the part of every student training for management
responsibilities. This course is designed to provide a practical coverage of basic cost procedures
related to materials, labor and manufacturing expense control, and their integration with
general manufacturing accounts.
{Prerequisite, A 30-31) 2H semester hours credit
98 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
A 34 ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
This course embodies a study of the techniques used by management, creditors, investors
and regulatory authorities in the analysis and interpretation of financial statements for the
purpose of establishing credit ratings, determining the investment value of a business, testing
the efficiency of operations, and determining whether financial and operating policies, meth-
ods, and practices should be continued or changed. The student's ability to analyze, question,
determine significant omissions, to criticize constructively, and to distinguish between in-
ferences and facts is developed by extensive use of published corporate reports. The com-
panies selected for study are in industries important to the New England economy such as
transportation, power, fuels, lumber, merchandising, textiles, electronics, machinery, paper,
shoes, etc.
{Prerequisites, A 5-6 or 30-31, 32) 2}/^ semester hours credit
A 35-36 CONTROLLERSHIP
Most of the first semester of this course is devoted to the budgeting activities of the con-
troller. Procedures and techniques used in preparing a comprehensive budget are discussed
and illustrated by the compilation of a master budget plan from sales, production, manufac-
turing, selling and administrative expenses through the balance sheet and profit and loss
statement. A comparison of the budget and actual financial statements is prepared.
Following this, the course covers the functions and organization of the controller's depart-
ment, basic techniques employed by the controller, the intepretation of historical results and
their co-ordination into the broad policy-making program of the business. The technical
phases of the controller's work are covered as preparation for the study of his role as reporter,
adviser, and counsellor to business management at all executive levels.
{Prerequisites, A 5-6 or 30-31, 32) 5 semester hours credit
A 37 PUNCH CARD ACCOUNTING
Designed to give accountants, methods men, and executives a working knowledge of punch
card accounting, this course offers a comprehensive coverage of available equipment and of
installation and operational techniques. Included are working demonstrations of International
Business Machines, Remington-Rand, and Underwood-Samas machines; discussion of basic
machine functions and methods designed to produce economical and efficient use of such
equipment. The subjects covered include card and forms design; preparation of operating
manuals; accounting room layout and work scheduling; a detailed presentation of payroll
application, inventory and material, commodity billing, accounts payable, accounts receiv-
able, plant and equipment, and bank deposit accounting.
{Prerequisite, A 3-4 or 30-31) 2}^ sem.ester hours credit
A 50-51 BASIC FEDERAL TAXES
An introductory study of the Federal Income Tax Law and its application to the income
of individuals, partnerships, and corporations, including filing requirements; taxable income,
allowable deduction, gains and losses on sales or exchanges; dividends and stock rights; net
operating losses; types and preparation of returns.
{Prerequisite, A 3-4 or 30-31) 5 semester hours credit
A 52-53 ADVANCED FEDERAL TAXES
This course involves a detailed study and analysis of leading court cases. It will help the
student to obtain a knowledge and understanding of court and treasury reasoning which
define and interpret the Internal Revenue Code and its regulations. The history and devel-
opment of changes affecting important principles and phases of taxation are discussed,
replete with illustrations and examples. The objective is to enable the student independently
to apply the principles and theory learned to problems arising in his own business or per-
sonal practice.
{Prerequisite, A 50-51) 5 semester hours credit
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 99
DISTRIBUTION AND MARKETING (D)
Marketing enters into and influences every field of business and includes not only the direct
process of the sale of goods, but the vuhole organization by which goods find their way from
the original producer to the ultimate consumer. The change in the economic structure during
the past ten years, growing out of higher standards of living, the development of new occu-
pational interests and the shift of population to large cities, has tended to increase the cost
of marketing of goods. ]ust as the elimination of waste in production was the keynote of
business fifteen years ago, the reduction of expense and the introduction of more efficient
methods in distribution are the foremost thought of business leaders today. For this reason
courses in marketing form one of the basic elements in a business education.
D 1-2 PRINCIPLES OF DISTRIBUTION
This course is designed to study the field of distribution as one of the major elements in the
management of any business. Broad in scope, through the management approach it is con-
cerned with the economic and sociological aspects of marketing a product or service from the
producer to the ultimate consumer, exploring all of the interrelated factors and management
tools involved in the various channels and processes.
CORE COURSE (Prerequisite Ec 1-2) 4 semester hours credit
D 5 PRINCIPLES OF SALESMANSHIP
The one all-important aspect of successful salesmanship — an understanding of people,
without which any sales technique becomes routine and ineffective. Based upon what makes
people behave like human beings, it analyzes the basic needs, desires, tastes, habits that
motivate them into buying; their individual differences — the secret to the art of selling
(finding that all-important point of contact); the art of allowing people to sell themselves;
factors which turn refusals into sales. A course for the veteran or the beginner.
ZJ'^ semester hours credit
D 6 TECHNIQUES OF SALESMANSHIP
A techniques course operated on the laboratory-lecture method in which psychological
principles are applied to the basic aspects of selling.
The student learns through visual aids, role-playing techniques, student demonstrations
using modern effective equipment and techniques, guest lecturers, etc., the proper methods
of approach, how to arouse the buying urge, the common obstacles met in selling, the meeting
of sales resistance, the closing of the sale, etc.
The class is limited in sixe to guarantee adequate participation by each student.
(Prerequisite, D 5) 2]/2 semester hours credit
D 7 SALES PROMOTION
The function of sales promotion; the development of plans and materials for stimulating
sales; the consideration of publicity media; the preparation of direct advertising pieces for
use among the sales force of the manufacturer or wholesale distributor; functions and uses of
direct advertising, direct-mail advertising and radio advertising; the planning of sales cam-
paigns; co-ordinating advertising and sales efforts; the preparation of sales manuals, display
techniques, portfolios, etc., for use of the sales force.
{Prerequisites, D 1-2, 20-21) 2}/o semester hours credit
D 8 SALES MANAGEMENT
This course is devoted to the function of the sales manager in terms of his relationship to
the marketing process, involving the aspects of planning, investigation of the market, pricing
the product, planning the sales effort, management and control of the sales personnel and sales
operations. It includes in detail a study of the types of sales organizations, sales policy, sales
campaigns, financing of sales, and the selection, training, and supervision of the sales force.
(Prerequisite, D 5) 2^ semester hours credit
D 9 SALES EXECUTIVE TRAINING
Successful sales managers do not "just happen" — they must be trained. There is no
guarantee that the "star salesman" will become a successful sales manager. Every company's
future is dependent upon a succession of capable men trained to manage its sales.
This purely practical course, placing special emphasis upon the sales personnel, is designed
for sales managers or company sponsored salesmen who have demonstrated management
potentialities; considers on an advanced level the comprehensive function of the sales man-
ager — his varied responsibilities; the importance of setting goals; selection and training of
salesmen; turnover; the high cost of sales: follow-up, records, and periodic appraisal; the
function of leadership; delegation of responsibilities; motivation to procure maximum sales
production.
(Prerequisite, D 6) 2H semester hours credit
100 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
D 10 MARKET RESEARCH
This course deals with the techniques of research investigations in the collection and
utilization of data relating to the problems of marketing. It includes the planning of mail and
field investigations, preparation of material, testing results, interpretation of findings, prepara-
tion of reports leading to the development of new products, sales methods or sales areas.
{Prerequisites, D 1-2, Ec 20-21) 23^ semester hours credit
D 11 MARKETING MANAGEMENT SEMINAR
This course uses the framework of a dynamic economy so that the marketing operation is
integrated into its economic environment. It attempts to incorporate recent developments in
the behavioral sciences such as applied economic theory, social psychology and operations
research.
The course concerns itself with marketing alternatives such as product variation, market-
ing channels, price, advertising, personal selling and the location of the company's operations.
In deciding which particular combination of these alternatives to use in order to solve a given
marketing problem, the student is forced to consider the following: competition, demand, cost,;
the structure of distribution and the law.
Once the typical considerations pertinent to these problems are analyzed, the student uses;
qualitative rules and guides or quantitative measurements of contribution to profit, in choos-
ing the best marketing strategy. Certain patterns of behavior based on experience and observa-
tion aid in eliminating unfeasible strategies. After estimating the effect of the feasible strategies
on company profit, and with the aid of market research techniques to collect information as the
basis for a rational decision, strategy is chosen that will yield the maximum contribution to
company profits. 2}^ semester hours credit
(An advanced level course with enrollment only by approval of the Dean)
D 20-21 PRINCIPLES OF ADVERTISING
A comprehensive course designed to familiarize the student with the nature and scope of
advertising and its place in the commercial and economic structure. History, definition
and functions of advertising. Organization and functions of advertising departments and
advertising agencies. Varieties of advertising and media. Problems, market investigation,
planning campaigns. Laws, ethics, and regulations. A study of the broader aspects of ad-:
vertising with special emphasis on current trends and developments.
5 semester hours credit \
D 22 ADVERTISING PROBLEMS
This course, conducted on a seminar basis, is designed to analyze the sales conditions and
to find the advertising objectives of specific case subjects. It brings into use knowledge previ-
ously gained in the planning of an advertising campaign, the solving of advertising objectives
and the development of advertising strategy, using the most adequate and effective media,
The course is in effect a workshop in which each student personally develops his own adver-.
tising project. 2]/^ semester hours credit ■
{Prerequisite, D 20-21)
D 23 ADVERTISING COPY
A course designed to furnish essential groundwork for successful copy writing. Includes
study of market-analysis, product and consumer research; class discussion of and participa-
tion in comparisons of media and methods, from the standpoint of the copy writer; drill and
practice in writing specific industrial, general, retail, radio and mail-order advertising copy;
development of techniques, vocabulary and facility.
(Prerequisite, D 20-21) 2}/^ semester hours credit
D 24 ADVERTISING PRODUCTION
The methods and techniques of advertising production, including layouts; use of illustra-
tions; the development of typography; types and type selection; composition; engraving proc-
esses; the several printing processes, including letterpress, lithography, and gravure; speci-
fications and estimates.
{Prerequisite, D 20-21) 2}^ semester hours credit
D 25 ADVERTISING MEDIA
This course is intended to prepare the student of advertising for the intelligent choice ol
advertising media requisite to adequate and economical market approach and coverage. Ii
includes practical analysis of consumer, trade and professional magazines, newspapers and
other publications, direct-mail, radio and television, outdoor advertising; fundamental
product research to establish criteria for advertising media selection; a study of relative values
of media from the standpoint of merchandising from manufacturer, through retailers, to the
consumer.
{Prerequisite, D 20-21) 2]/^ semester hours credit
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 101
D 26 DIRECT-MAIL ADVERTISING
A practical presentation of principles and procedures in mail-selling campaigns, including
he aspects of list building; writing effective sales letters, circulars, and catalogs; copy testing;
inalysis of selected direct-mail campaigns; printing and production methods and costs; postal
ates and regulations; and intervals of mailing, etc.
(Prerequisite, D 20-21) l]/^ semester hours credit
D 30-31 FOREIGN TRADE
The course is designed to introduce the student to world trade, its development and current
itatus, the economic and political developments which affect the volume and direction of the
low of goods. Subjects discussed are the balance of international payments; trade agreements;
ariff and non-tariff control measures and policies; export and import departments; middlemen;
breign agents and distributors; branch houses; handling import and export traffic; study and
:hoice of markets; settlement of trade disputes; international banking facilities, foreign credits;
breign exchange; foreign investments and foreign exchange. The execution of foreign trade
locuments will be carried out throughout the course.
(Prerequisite, Ec 1-2) 5 semester hours credit
D 40 PURCHASING
A practical study of the functions and duties of the purchasing agent, the organization and
idministration of his department, and his relations with other departments. The following
ire representative of subjects discussed: the purchasing function, qualifications and responsi-
jilities of the purchasing officer; purchasing organization and procedure; quality determina-
ion, inspection and inventory control; source selection and procurement by manufacture;
3rice policies, forward buying and procurement budgets. 2}/^ semester hours credit
D 41 CONSUMER PACKAGING
This course is designed to cover the many problems to be reckoned with in creating a package
:o meet the high competition of current marketing trends with particular emphasis on color,
irt layout, and design for adaptability to automatic packaging equipment. It involves all of the
3asic package materials and forms, and includes such important topics as "The Evolution of
:he American Market," "Market and Consumer Research" and "Legal Protection." The
:ourse is further highlighted with lectures presented by experts from the packaging field.
(Prerequisite, D 20-21) 2}^ semester hours credit
D 42 INDUSTRIAL PACKAGING AND PACKING
The science of packaging and packing for protection during shipment has experienced
apid advance. This course is devoted to current practices of industry as well as specifications
ipplied to government contracts. Considered in this course are the basic types of containers;
nner packaging; container design and utilization; dynamics of cushioning; government pack-
aging, packing, and marking; testing of materials and containers; consumer packing-machinery
ind equipment; packing, loading, and shipping heavy apparatus; specifications for materials
and containers.
(Prerequisite, IM 40-41) 2}^ semester hours credit
D 50 CREDIT FUNDAMENTALS
This course furnishes instruction in the organization and functions of the commercial
redit department; the classification of credit and the several types of agencies involved; the
factors involved in a credit risk; the investigation of credit factors; credit services.
(Prerequisite, A 3-4 or 30-31) 23^ semester hours credit
D 51 CREDIT PROBLEMS
This course continues into the more detailed problems of the credit manager in determining
credit disposition. The following subjects are included: ratio analysis of financial statements,
statement analysis by comparison, collection problems and procedures, insolvency in its
various forms, creditors' legal aids, credit insurance and guaranties, the general problems of
the credit manager in administering his function of the business organization, activities of the
National Association of Credit Men.
(J'rerequisite, D 50) 2J^ semester hours credit
D 52 CONSUMER CREDIT
This course covers all phases of credit extended to consumers — retail stores; bank personal
loans; consumer financing by banks; real estate financing; bank charge account plans; small
loan companies; sales finance companies; utility companies; credit investigation and evalua-
tion; collection procedures; Credit Bureau operations; legal aspects of credit.
(Prerequisite, D 50) 2 3^ semester hours credit
102 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
ECONOMICS (Ec)
Economics is the basic foundation upon which the general principles of business as a
science are founded. A mastery of the underlying economic lavus enables the student to see
clearly the forces which business men must use in arriving at solutions to their problems.
An appreciation and understanding of economics is a necessary factor in the equipment of a
progressive business man.
Ec 1-2 BUSINESS ECONOMICS
The study of our economic society, its institutions and their practices as essential prereq-
uisites to the successful conduct of business affairs and to the development of intelligent
citizenship. The introductory course aims to provide the significant economic principles and
facts about industry, labor, money, banking, the distribution of income to the factors of pro-
duction, business fluctuations, and forms of social organization. Consideration is given to
current economic problems, in relation to the basic principles and laws, and to their implica-
tions for individuals, business, and government, as well as society at large.
CORE COURSE 4 semester hours credit
Ec 3-4 FINANCING BUSINESS OPERATIONS
The needs for capital in the production and merchandising of goods and services; the sources
of long-term and short-term funds and their utilization form the basis for the introduction to
finance as a basic function of business management. Credit instruments, trade credit, secured '
and unsecured loans, specialized forms of short-term financing and consumer credit are con-
sidered in the first semester. Money, the commercial banking structure, the Federal Reserve :
System, thrift institutions and other financial agencies and services as they relate to operations
of the business firm form the basis of the second semester, which concludes with brief consider- ■
ation of both international and public finance.
CORE COURSE {Prerequisites, Ec 1-2; A 1-2; 3-4 or 30-31) 4 semester hours credit
Ec 5-6 FINANCIAL POLICY AND PLANNING
This course includes a study of the corporate form of organization, the various types of !
securities utilized, and the financial problems involved in promotion and expansion of enter-
prises, in mergers, in sale of properties, and in failures and reorganizations. Attention is de-
voted to the planning aspects of the corporation financial officer's job with respect to budgets,
operating reports and their analysis. Policy miatters such as executive compensation, dividend
policies, pensions and profit-sharing plans are also dealt with.
CORE COURSE (Prerequisite, Ec 3-4) 4 semester hours credit
Ec 7 INVESTMENT PRINCIPLES
The characteristics of the entire range of securities from government bonds to common
stocks form the foundation of this course as they relate to various types of investment pro-
grams. Sources of information, mathematics and mechanics of investment and the differing
analytical approach to various industries are considered primarily from the viewpoint of the
individual private investor interested in practical methods of capital preservation.
{Prerequisite, Ec 5-6) 23^ semester hours credit
Ec 8-9 APPLIED SECURITY ANALYSIS
This course is designed to acquaint the student with methods used by practicing security
analysts in their studies of various industries and to provide practical information useful in
future analysis of companies operating in these industries. It includes review of basic prin-
ciples of Security Analysis; tools used by practicing analysts; analytical study of various in-
dustries comprising our economy, including the major consumer goods, capital goods, service
industries, public utilities and railroads. Practicing analysts who are specialists in their respec-
tive industries will comprise the faculty. These instructors will develop the problems affecting
their industries, the methods used in appraising their outlook, and the approaches to the
problems of analyzing the securities of individual companies within these industries. A term
paper is required of each student, during the preparation and writing of which he is assigned
to a practicing analyst for technical assistance.
{Prerequisites, A 34, Ec 7 or equivalent) 5 semester hours credit
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 103
Ec 10 MANAGEMENT OF PERSONAL FINANCE
The purpose of this course is to give help to young men and women with the financial prob-
lems they face in charting wise programs of handling their personal finances. It is introduced
by a discussion of money, its function, dollar value, and an appreciation of true values in life,
using money to achieve the same. The course continues with a consideration of the following:
expense control through budgeting; wise buying methods and policies — charge accounts,
installment buying; financial institutions for borrowing money; protection against risk to
person and property; methods of saving; the place of life insurance in financial planning; own-
ing a home; investing in securities; trust funds, investment trusts; making a will; business
fluctuations and the planning of personal finances. 2^ semester hours credit
Ec 11 ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY
This course is concerned with the role of geography, geology, and climatology in deter-
mining the centers of population, the location of natural resources, and the development of
agriculture and industry. It considers their location in terms of their natural relationship to
the flow of world trade. The socio-economic principles that underlie the development of re-
sources in different countries and climates are emphasized. It also analyzes the political-
economic aspects of resource distribution and development in the form of trade and world
relationship. 23^2 semester hours credit
Ec 12 GOVERNMENT CONTROLS IN BUSINESS
A study of the economic and political relationships which exist between business and
government with particular reference to the Sherman Act and Anti-Trust Laws; Securities
and Exchange Commission; Interstate Commerce Commission; regulation of public utilities:
the Co-operative Movement; the Social Security Act; government and labor; business regula-
tion by taxation.
(Prerequisite, Ec 1-2) 2}^ semester hours credit
Ec 20 MANAGEMENT STATISTICS
The objective of this course is to introduce the student to statistical techniques and their
application to the analysis of problems in business and industry. It presents the fundamental
concepts underlying analytical methods and serves as a preparation for advanced courses in
statistics and quality control.
It is primarily concerned with descriptive measures of shape, location, and dispersion, an
introduction to basic probability, sampling and simple analysis of observed distributions. The
student also gains practice in tabular and graphic presentation. A part of each session is de-
voted to laboratory practice and solution of problems.
CORE COURSE (Prerequisite: M 2-3) 2 semester hours credit
Ec 21 MANAGEMENT STATISTICS — BUSINESS APPLICATIONS
This course is required for all students not enrolled in the Production or Industrial Manage-
ment curricula. The course is concerned with the testing of simple hypotheses, use of confidence
intervals, and the application to business problems of sampling distributions, particularly the
normal, binomial, Poisson, t, and Chi-square distributions. Problems drawn from business
situations also illustrate the application of the analysis of variance and correlation techniques.
(Prerequisite, Ec 20) 2 semester hours credit
CORE COURSE for all except Production and Industrial Management students
Ec 23 STATISTICAL METHODS IN FORECASTING
This course introduces the student to the application of time series and analysis. Among the
principal topics considered are the measurements of secular trends by free hand and mathe-
matical methods; the measurement of seasonal fluctuations; cyclical fluctuations; the general
nature and calculation of index numbers; and a discussion of regression and correlation.
(Prerequisite, Ec 21) 2 semester hours credit
Ec 30 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS
This course analyzes foreign trade and finance in terms of current practices and theories.
It discusses national welfare and foreign trade; international accounting and what the balance
reveals; the making of international payments and documents used; the rate of exchange,
international equilibrium; foreign trade and the national income; principles behind pro-
tection; trade control through the tariff, import quotas, exchange control and their evalua-
tion; international commodity agreements and commercial treaties; monetary policy prob-
lems; the international gold standard; exchange reserve standards; exchange stabilization
fund; the shortage of dollars; the International Monetary Fund; international investments.
(Prerequisite, Ec 1-2) 2H semester hours credit
104 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
Ec 31 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
The purpose of this course is to show how economic analysis can be used in formulating
business poUcies. It is an attempt to bridge the gap between the logic of economic theory and
the problems of policy for practical management. The course stems from the conviction that
the economic theory of the firm should be the core of work in business administration and
that the procedures and methods of such specialized areas as marketing, production, and
accounting should be related to the broad profit-making objective of business enterprise. In
developing an economic approach to executive decisions, the course draws upon economic
analysis for the concepts of demand, cost, profit, competition, etc., that are appropriate for
the decision. Modern methods of econometrics and market research are employed to the
extent and to the degree that they are necessary for getting estimates of the relevant concept.
(Prerequisites, Ec 1-2, 20-21) 23^ semester hours credit
Ec 32 MONETARY POLICY
The Federal Reserve System is charged with regulating the amount of money in our econ-
omy. Their policies vitally affect the business community. An understanding of Federal Re-
serve and Treasury policies and action is essential to an understanding of our economic
system. The primary purpose of the course is to integrate the student's knowledge about the
causes of inflation and deflation. Discussion centers on the nature of money and credit and
their influence on interest rates, prices and the level of our economy. Monetary theories are
studied to the extent time permits.
(Prerequisite, Ec 5-6) 2H semester hours credit
Ec 34-35 BUSINESS PLANNING AND RESEARCH
To assist business men to make more definite and more accurate business decisions through
a broader understanding of the significant information and statistics regarding our economic
system and its operations is the major objective of this course. Sources of information,
strengths and weaknesses of principal measures of business activity and the use of several
widely accepted indexes in general business forecasting are a major part of the study, as well as
sales forecasting, business cycle analysis and the effects of the broadening relation of govern-
ment policies upon the individual business firm.
(Prerequisites, Ec 5-6, 20-21) 5 semester hours credit
ENGLISH (E)
The value that comes from the effective use of good English in business reports and com-
munications is being increasingly emphasized by business leaders. All students tuho are ':
candidates for the degree or certificate are required to pursue systematic courses in English.
Those having outstanding deficiencies may be required to take additional courses in English.
E 1-2 ENGLISH AND BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
This course is designed to provide instruction in the basic skills of communication so essen-
tial in the proper conduct of business. In addition to a practical view of the principles of gram-
mar and punctuation, the course provides for frequent drill and discussion of word usage,
sentence and paragraph construction, techniques of outlining and summarizing, and vocabu-
lary building. Writing assignments are given in exposition and argumentation to develop ade-
quacy for good usage and expression. In the second half of the year a study is made of currently
accepted forms of business letters and interoffice communications. The course includes read-
ing and discussion of contemporary essays. Entrance into this course is predicated on success-
ful completion of the preparatory English diagnostic examination which will be administered
the first meeting of this class.
CORE COURSE 4 semester hours credit
E 3-4 BUSINESS WRITING AND REPORTS I
The course gives detailed attention to the problems in writing which call for accurate ob-
serving, technical descriptions, collecting of data, rewriting, analyzing problems, interpreting
and evaluating information, defending judgments, drawing conclusions. Different types of
reports, report format, and documentation are studied as well as library and business research
techniques. The writing projects are varied and literary subjects are included as well as those
which are business and professionally oriented. The course work has been planned to meet the
demands for writing which are required of the trained man in business. Assignments in read-
ings are taken from all conventional literary types to encourage an interest in the humanities
and good reading.
CORE COURSE (Prerequisite, E 1-2) 4 semester hours credit
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 105
E 10 EFFECTIVE SPEAKING FOR BUSINESS
Those who wish to speak convincingly, to overcome self-consciousness, and to develop
elf-confidence will find this course meeting their needs. Students are trained in the selection
ind organization of speech materials, the delivery of the speech, and in other important
issentials of effective speaking. The entire course is practical and not theoretical. Work is
;entered around the interests and topics of business men and is specifically adapted to their
leeds. 2 3^ semester hours credit
E 12 BUSINESS CONFERENCES
The management of modern business is conducted to a large extent through the use of
inferences. Increase in the technological aspects of our economy has accentuated the use of this
anagement tool. The objective of this course is to present techniques basic to group leader-
hip. It provides instruction in the planning, participation, and leading of conferences.
uestioning techniques designed to stimulate, shape, and control group response are emphasized.
lasses are limited in size to allow regular and frequent participation by students. The confer-
nce topics are carefully designed so that the discussions are means of disseminating very
worthwhile information regarding business management problems.
2 1/2 semester hours credit
E 20 READING SKILLS
This course is devoted primarily to the development of correct reading techniques which
lead to the ability to read faster with a higher degree of comprehension. Exercises for improving
basic speed and comprehension include work with tachistoscope and films. Special attention
is given to analytical reading and the improvement of study habits. 1 3^ semester hours credit
E 21 VOCABULARY DEVELOPMENT
This course is designed to assist the student in developing an adequate vocabulary and in
improving his ability to use this increased power of words for more effective presentation of
ideas. It includes the important aspects in the development of the English language, how it has
drawn from many other languages important roots, prefixes and suffixes, antonyms for va-
riety and force of expression, etc. J 3^ semester hours credit
E 22 SPEED AND COMPREHENSION IN READING
The ability to read well is a skill of considerable value to students and to those in profes-
sional practice. Efficiency can generally be improved by analysis with subsequent substitution
of good for bad reading habits. Special equipment for instruction and drill exercises are used
to increase reading rate and comprehension. Methods to improve study habits and to develop
an effective vocabulary are included. 2J^ semester hours credit
E 23 CREATIVE THINKING
A development course primarily designed to teach the student to understand and apply
his latent creativity to his vocational activities. Confidence and skill are developed by the
student through directed practice in stimulating Creative Thinking exercises. Considerable
attention is given to idea motivation, imagination development, experience analysis, and
idea evaluation. 1 3^ semester hours credit
E 24 ETHICS FOR MODERN BUSINESS
Man in his social evolution has passed through many stages of development. In contrast to
the "privilege" of a few centuries ago, possession now carries with it responsibility. Modern
management in an automated society must develop an increasing social consciousness and
recognize the full implications of its decisions and actions. Against the background of the
various systems of ethics, this course will critically analyze these implications in the changing
climate in which modern business is conducted. 1 3^ semester hours credit
106 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT (IM)
With the complex and rapidly changing conditions of modern production, the functions of
administration and management must be clearly defined and maximum economies effected.
Through the problem approach, these courses train the student to supplant guesswork and
trial and error processes with organized knowledge and proven management methods.
IM 2 WORK MEASUREMENTS I
This course is concerned with the fundamentals of time study and their use in setting pro-
duction standards. The instruction includes history and background of time study; rating
operator performance; mechanics of setting labor standards; construction and use of simple
multi-variable charts; the value of predetermined time value systems and their variations; pre-
senting time study data to management; the relation of time study to cost control and cost re-
duction; establishing standards for bench groups and conveyor lines; estimating from blue-
prints. Laboratory practice will supplement the classroom instruction.
2 J^ semester hours credit
IM 3 WORK MEASUREMENTS II
Review of stop-watch time study and performance ratings. Introduction to the use of ele-
ment time studies for developing standard data. Incentives for indirect labor including super-
visors, salesmen, etc. Procedure for handling involved time studies. Development of tables,
families of curves, formulae, nomographs, and multi-variable charts for synthetic rate-setting
purposes.
{Prerequisite, IM 2) 2 3^ semester hours credit
IM 4 SYNTHETIC TIME STANDARDS — M.T.M. ^
The development of time values for manufacturing operations using synthetic time stand-
ards is rapidly becoming widely established in industry, making it necessary for those in time
study and its related fields to become acquainted with it. This course is designed to give the
student a knowledge of the fundamentals of what is perhaps the most widely accepted system,
methods-time measurement. This lecture and laboratory course discusses the basic motions
and elemental time values, providing the student with an opportunity to develop time stand-
ards for actual operations encountered in manufacturing operations.
(Prerequisite, IM 2) 2J/^ semester hours credit
IM 5 WORK SIMPLIFICATION I
The course is designed to present the fundamental principles underlying motion analysis
and work simplification. Included in the subjects considered are the following: Process and
operation analysis through the use of process charts, flow diagrams, operation charts, man-
and-machine charts, principles of motion economy. Workplace layout, labor-saving tools and
equipment, laboratory development work. Practical applications of work simplification with
particular emphasis upon cost analysis. 2}^ semester hours credit
IM 6 WORK SIMPLIFICATION II <
Short review of Work Simplification I; advanced study and laboratory practice in operations
analysis and improvement; flow process, multiflow process, and multiple activity charts; work
simplification as an aid to plant layout; camera analysis; work sampling or ratio delay study;
integration of methods and time study; human relations in methods engineering.
(Prerequisite IM 5) 23^ semester hours credit
IM 7 JOB ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION
Basic principles underlying theory of wage calculation, job elements and their definitions,
rating scales, writing job descriptions and specifications, selection of appropriate rating plan,
setting up job factors and maximum point values, use of several methods of determining
specific point values. Development of wage structures. 2}/^ semester hours credit
IM 8-9 PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL
A basic treatment of the planning principles applied to the development and operation ot
a manufacturing unit, including market and sales research; plant design and determination
of required physical facilities; the internal organization; the engineering organization for
development of product; production planning, including scheduling, dispatching, purchasing,
receiving, stockkeeping; and measures of performance. This course accents the controls re-
quired for the orderly operation of the production department. The following subjects related
to planning, scheduling, and control are included: basic organization, plant layout, flow, sales
forecasts, budgeting, planning, routing methods, plant and departmental capacities, cost,
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 107
standardization, ordering, purchasing controls, receiving and storage, scheduling, materials
handling, dispatching and subcontracting, machine loading, assembly, inspection, inventory
control, measures of performance, co-ordination of sales and manufacturing, and introduction
to mechanical means of control.
CORE COURSE 4 semester hours credit
IM 10 MATERIALS OF PRODUCTION
Fundamental to the study of production processes and the control of quality is a knowledge
of the materials of production and the techniques of inspecting the accuracy of processing.
This lecture and laboratory course first considers the study of materials, especially ferrous,
non-ferrous, special alloy metals, plastics, etc., in terms of their basic characteristics, e.g., struc-
ture; hardness; strength in compression, tension, shear; workability; thermal, physical, elec-
trical and chemical properties.
The course continues into the techniques and standard measuring equipment and gauges for
mechanical inspection; discussion of tolerance limitations of machine tools and other proc-
essing equipment in common use.
(Prerequisite, IM 8-9) 2}^ semester hours credit
IM 11 PRODUCTION PROCESSES
Basic to the study of production is a thorough understanding of the processes and shop
production methods employed in the manufacture of products using various types of materials.
Concentrated attention is applied to such processes as castings; hot-working, cold-forming,
and joining of metals; machine shop production methods; plastics and plastic molding. The
common production tools such as shears, presses, press brakes, lathes, boring mills, screw
machines, milling machines, drills, shapers, slotters, planers, broaching machines, grinders, and
saws are studied in detail including their uses, machine capacities, limitations, flexibilities, etc.
Working with actual products accompanied by production blueprints, the student deter-
mines the manufacturing processes required, selects the appropriate machines, equipment and
tool setups. Under certain conditions alternate methods and equipment must be used. These
are evaluated in terms of their practicality and economic advisability. Process sheets are pre-
pared for all manufacturing operations involved for presentation to the production control
department as a basis for scheduling and computation of machine loading charts.
(Prerequisite, IM 8-9) 2}/^ semester hours credit
IM 12 ESTIMATING FOR PRODUCTION
This course is designed to tie together and put to use the material contained in several pre-
requisite courses. It presents the systematic procedures followed in determining the estimated
cost of manufacturing a product in a competitive market. Based upon certain known con-
tractual data such as volume, materials and manufacturing specifications, the procedures in-
clude determination of quantities of raw materials necessary, their sires, shapes, and physical
characteristics; the analysis of the required processes and individual operations, machines
and equipment necessary for fabrication; the determination and cost of tools required; the
analysis of direct labor required for each operation; the burden or overhead chargeable against
each department; and the total manufacturing cost including the sales and administrative
expense.
Working with standard data and actual products with their accompanying manufacturing
blueprints, the students will calculate practical and accurate estimates presented in accepted
form.
(Prerequisites, A 30-31, IM 5, 11) 2^4 semester hours credit
IM 13 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY — INDUSTRIAL ACCIDENT CONTROL
A non-technical course dealing with the organization and administration of a compre-
hensive accident prevention program. It will include an analysis of the basic industrial hazards,
the various factors involved in industrial accidents with corrective action; the responsibilities
and functions of top management, the safety engineer, the supervisor, and the safety commit-
tee; the training of employees, supervisors, and other management personnel; the investigation
and analysis of industrial accidents; protective equipment and clothing; maintaining manage-
ment and employee interest. 2J^ semester hours credit
IM 14 MATERIALS MANAGEMENT SEMINAR
This course is to give the mature experienced student an insight into the managerial respon-
sibilities of a materials control function. This seminar treats the subject with a case study, con-
ference approach, in which the class operating as a team of industrial engineers sets up a ma-
terials control function, staffs it, writes up job descriptions and flow charts, designs forms and
sets up policies. The areas covered are customer service, ordering, scheduling, dispatching,
purchasing, receiving, stockkeeping, warehousing and shipping.
(Prerequisite, IM. 8-9) 23^ semester hours credit
108 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
IM 15 MANUFACTURING MANAGEMENT SEMINAR
This course approaches the problems of manufacturing operations as experienced on the
plant manager level. Reflecting the various elements involved in production planning and
control, it is concerned with the economics of production when considering the aspects of
specialization, simplification, standardization, and diversification as well as expansion, con-
traction, or integration. It includes such factors of production as materials, plant location and
layout, power, maintenance, labor supply, organization, wage policy, etc., and concerns itself
with considering the controls of the manufacturing processes, i.e., product development,
scheduling, inventory, quality, cost, and budgetary controls. 2^2 semester hours credit
(An advanced level course with enrollment only by approval of the Dean)
IM 20 MANAGEMENT STATISTICS — QUALITY CONTROL
This course is required for all students enrolled in the Production or Industrial Management
curricula. This course is an introduction to the elements of statistical quality control and its
use to attain reduction in scrap and rework, lower costs, and reduce complaints. Emphasis
is on the solution of production and engineering problems with the aid of statistical tools to
prevent the manufacture of defects. Statistical principles are demonstrated practically rather
than mathematically, and actual case histories illustrate principles and methods.
The subject material includes determination of machine and process capability, use of histo-
grams to identify abnormal variability, the use of quality control charts for measurable and
nonmeasurable quality characteristics, rational determination of tolerances, scientific sam-
pling methods for process control, acceptance sampling of material by lots and the use of Mili-
tary Standard 105B, current government quality control requirements, and psychological
factors in controlling quality.
(Prerequisite, Ec 20) 2 semester hours credit
IM 21 ADVANCED QUALITY CONTROL
This course is designed primarily for those who require a more detailed understanding of
the application of quality control techniques. The material covered in Quality Control is
enlarged on and a number of the more recently developed techniques are treated in detail.
Application of the methods to several particular industries, such as metal-working, textile,
aircraft, chemical process, electron tube, screw machine products, is studied.
Subjects covered are special purpose control charts; multi-vari charts; pictograms; PD-
diagrams; the Lot Plot inspection method; narrow-limit gauging; variables sampling plans; the
Span Plan for process capability analysis; principles of visual inspection; establishing quality
assurance; check inspection methods; special trouble-shooting techniques. Each student con-
ducts a term project involving application of the methods in his own field.
(Prerequisite, IM. 20) 2}^ semester hours credit
IM 22 MANAGEMENT OF QUALITY CONTROL
A major consideration for effecting a successful quality control program lies in its adminis-
tration. This course is pointed at bringing an appreciation of the non-technical aspects of
administering a quality control program. In developing these concepts, intensive discussion is
given to economics of quality; relation of design and inspection to control of quality; organ-
izing for quality control; quality control engineering; integration of quality functions; methods
of obtaining quality assurance; and case studies.
(Prerequisite, IM 20) 23^ semester hours credit
IM 23 QUALITY CONTROL ROUND TABLE
An integrating course for those who have completed all or a majority of the courses in
Quality Control. Basically designed to test the application of the students' knowledge to actual
industrial situations, most of the work revolves about the students' own problems. For this
reason, the course is strictly limited to those who have a full background in the subject and
are in a position to devote outside time and industry to the application of quality control
technology. Practice in written and oral report presentation is afforded, with emphasis on
methods of selling ideas through reports. The psychology of selling statistical ideas to manage-
ment is discussed. Weekly round-table discussions are held at which the students are expected
to contribute their own experiences. The outside work project constitutes a large share of the
course work.
(Prerequisites, IM 20-21, 22) 2J^ semester hours credit
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 109
IM 24 RELIABILITY ENGINEERING
Complexity of design with the necessity for infallible performance of the product in the field
under increased stress levels is characteristic of the requirements placed upon the manufac-
turer of military equipment, and on a more limited scale materials and parts for civilian goods.
Accompanied by tighter specifications and shorter lead time between design and finished
product, these requirements have created the necessity for a new field of activity involving the
collection and analysis of data relating to design, production, and field performance of the
product in terms of reliability factors. The course will cover in sequence reliability concepts.
Definitions and Military Specifications. Jt then deals with contract negotiations involving
reliability program planning, funding, organization and supervision along with reliability
activities prior to and after design release. It examines vendor and subcontractor reliability
requirements, considers system evaluations and reliability data. It concludes with a study of
basic reliability statistics and quality control with a projection of future trends for this area.
(An advanced level course with enrollment only by approval of the Dean) 2 3^ semester hours credit
IM 30-31 PLANT LAYOUT
This course is taught on a combination lecture and laboratory method using the latest
techniques and equipment employed in industrial practice. Instruction proceeds principally
by the project method where a plant site is chosen for the manufacture of a specific product.
The product is analyzed to determine the processes involved, the number and types of ma-
chines and auxiliary equipment necessary for manufacture. Flow charts are prepared and
machine and equipment location determined using A.S.M.E. approved two-dimensional
templates and three-dimensional scale models.
In addition to the physical arrangement of machines and equipment, consideration is given
to the layout of utilities such as power, light, water, sprinklers, drainage, telephones, heating
equipment, lavatories, etc. Alternate layouts are considered and all cost factors including
estimates of construction changes are evaluated to determine most economical layout. De-
tailed attention is given to the layout of office areas and departments servicing production as
well as areas designed for employee safety and convenience. Design is checked for conformance
to local and state regulations pertaining to building codes, zoning, safety, and fire protection.
Finished layout drawings are prepared for presentation to management.
(Prerequisites, IM 5, 8-9, 11) 5 semester hours credit
IM 32 INDUSTRIAL EXPERIMENTATION I
The two main problems confronting experimenters in the laboratory and in the factory are
the evaluation of data and the design of experiments, both simple and complex. Statistical
methods for solving these problems are essential tools of the process engineer and factory
trouble-shooter. This course in statistical methods is specifically directed at quality control,
engineering, laboratory and other personnel who wish to increase their skill and efficiency
in design and analysis of experiments.
Modern small-sample techniques are applied to industrial problems. The use of statistical
inference to make estimates and set confidence intervals of key characteristics of production
lots and processes, design of single and multiple factor experiments, tests of significance, anal-
ysis of variance, use of the normal, binomial, Poisson, and Chi-Square distributions, as well
as non-parametric methods are discussed. Short cuts and "rough-but-quick" tests are covered.
Accent is on the application of these tools and to solution of typical problems. Throughout,
the emphasis is on avoiding experimental blind alleys, with the associated vital savings in
dollars and days.
(Prerequisites, IM 21, Ec 21-22) 2}/^ semester hours credit
IM 33 INDUSTRIAL EXPERIMENTATION II
The evaluation of data and the design of experiments are essential tools in laboratory re-
search, in pilot plant development, and of the engineer and factory trouble-shooter. Conse-
quently, this course dealing with tests of significance, analysis of variance, correlation tech-
niques, and experimental design is specifically directed at producing greater efficiency and
competency for quality control personnel as well as experimenters of all classes.
The person completing the course will be equipped not only to select an efficient design for
his experimental work, but will also be enabled to make an objective evaluation of the data to
determine whether the variations in the data are significantly different from those which might
be expected purely on a chance basis. It is important to note that the ability to make this kind
of distinction helps avoid experimental blind alleys, with the associated vital savings in dollars
and days.
{Prerequisite, IM 32) 2}4 semester hours credit
no DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
IM 34 INTRODUCTION TO OPERATIONS RESEARCH I
With the increasirig complexity and competitive aspects of our American economy, the
executive of the future must base his management decisions upon facts and data and less upon
pure judgment values. Operations Research is providing, through the scientific approach,
quantitative values for the several variables interacting in the problems with which the de-
cision maker is involved in formulating policy and directing his everyday activities. This
management approach to an introduction to operations research will be taught on the descrip
tive rather than the developmental mathematical basis. It is expected that this course will be
attractive to men with science and technical educational backgrounds who are related through
their employment to the operational problems which face the decision maker on all levels
Any grounding in mathematics through an introduction to calculus and a basic understanding
of statistics will be helpful but not a prime requisite. Part I will be devoted to the Formulation
of the Problem; the Idealized Research Model; the Construction and Solution of the Practica'
Research Model; Testing the Model and Solution; Establishing Controls and Putting the
Solution to Work.
(Prerequisite, Ec 20-21) 2}^ semester hours credit
IM 35 INTRODUCTION TO OPERATIONS RESEARCH II
Part II considers the tools and techniques which are currently available for use in Opera
tions Research. These include Mathematical Statistics, Computers, Symbolic Logic and the
many types of models such as Inventory Models, Allocation Models and Replacement Models
Case studies which demonstrate the Methodology of Operation Research and the use of tool;
and techniques willbe used to further the student's understanding of the Operations Research
approach to the "Executive Type Problem."
(Prerequisite, IM 34) 2J^ semester hours credit
IM 40-41 MATERIAL HANDLING — FUNDAMENTALS
The handling of materials as an integrated part of the production program offers mucl^
promise in efficiency of operation and reduction in manufacturing costs. This course ap
proaches the problem from both the unit workplace environment and the internal flow o
raw materials through the several manufacturing processes to the storage of finished good;
and their loading for shipment. Materials handling equipment will be considered in practica]
terms of engineering characteristics, selection for specific uses, and cost factors of operation
(Prerequisites, IM 8-9, M 2-3) 5 semester hours credit
h
IM 42 MATERIAL HANDLING — PROBLEM ANALYSES i
This course comprises a series of case studies, each designed to illustrate material handlin;;^'^
problems encountered in various types of industries. In the development of the analyses, refer
ence to source material will be required for technical data and specifications toward the selec
tion of equipment and methods which will provide the most economic and effective operation;
consistent with the factors involved.
(Prerequisite, IM 40-41 ) 2 J^ semester hours credit
IM 43 MATERIAL HANDLING — COST DETERMINATION
This course is designed to thoroughly cover all elements of material handling cost includin[
techniques in determination of cost reduction data, operating costs, replacement policies
maintenance costs, etc.
(Prerequisites, A 30-31, IM 40-41) 2}^ semester hours credit
IM 44 MATERIAL HANDLING — ENGINEERING PRINCIPLES
A thorough treatment of those major engineering principles which form the basis of materia
handling equipment design and its application. This course, which is intended primarily fo
those who do not have a formal engineering background, deals with such subjects as horse
power calculations, simple beams, floor loading, effect of ramps, and determination of batter
requirements.
(Prerequisite, IM 40-41) 2}^ semester hours credit
IM 45 MATERIAL HANDLING — CONVEYORIZATION
A comprehensive course in the characteristics, advantages, disadvantages, and practice
application of all types of gravity and powered unit-handling conveyors, including skate whee
roller, live roller, belt, slat, overhead trolley, reciprocating and continuous type lifts, and draj
line systems.
(Prerequisite, IM 40-41 ) 2 J^ semester hours credit
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 111
IM 46 MATERIAL HANDLING — COMMERCIAL CARRIERS
This course deals with the vital handling operations which take place after the finished
roduct leaves the industrial plant. Considerable emphasis is given to the latest developments
I commerical freight terminal handling operations, loading techniques, "on-board" handling
icilities, and the material handling considerations in truck, railroad, ship, and airplane design.
(Prerequisite, IM 40-41) 2H semester hours credit
IM 47 MATERIAL HANDLING — INDUSTRIAL WAREHOUSING
A comprehensive, practical approach to the growing problem of industrial warehousing,
avering such vital fields as space utilization, distribution, stock selection, storage facilities,
>cator systems and equipment application.
(Prerequisite, IM 40-41 ) 2}/^ semester hours credit
IM 48 MATERIAL HANDLING — YARD HANDLING
This course gives particular emphasis to the highly specialized handling techniques used in
le "fresh air" industries such as lumber, petroleum, brick, fishing and shipbuilding. In addi-
on, thorough coverage is given to the field of yard handling of non-ferrous metals, fuel, lum-
er, drums, and refuse coincident to industrial plant operation.
CPrerequisite, IM 40-41) 23^ semester hours credit
IM 49 MATERIAL HANDLING — IN -PROCESS HANDLING
A new concept in materials handling associated with manufacturing and assembly opera-
ons; the role of materials handling in automation, cost control, product design, and produc-
ion control.
(Prerequisite, IM 40-41) lYi semester hours credit
IM 50 MATERIAL HANDLING — MULTI-STORY BUILDING
This course is especially well-suited to industrial New England where a high percentage of the
adustrial plants are multi-storied and of ancient vintage. Special emphasis is given to tech-
liques in vertical transportation and in the maximum utilization of floors of limited capacity
md poor column spacing.
(Prerequisite, IM 40-41) 23^2 semester hours credit
IM 51 MATERIAL HANDLING — BULK MATERIALS
A comprehensive and practical approach to the problems inherent in the handling of fluid,
)Owdered, granular, and lump materials.
(Prerequisite, IM 40-41) 23^2 semester hours credit
INSURANCE (In)
In a complex economic structure, the function of risk bearing becomes vital. The Insurance
industry has experienced tremendous growth in serving this need. The courses offered are basic
in their presentation and are designed to train for effective careers in one of the many di-
visions of operation.
In 1-2 INSURANCE PRINCIPLES
A foundation course to an intelligent understanding of Casualty and Fire Insurance and its
function in our economy; measurement of risk and rates; types of carriers, their organization,
knd regulation; loss adjustment and loss prevention; underwriting and reinsurance. The second
pemester is devoted to an examination of the insurance contract and to a brief survey of the
principal forms of Casualty, Fire, Marine, Surety, and Disability insurance, and their uses.
5 semester hours credit
112 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
In 3 INSURANCE FOR MANAGEMENT
Every business manager has the responsibihty for protection of the assets and continue
life of his company under any eventuaUty. This course, approached from a management view
point, discusses the various risks present in modern business operations, and procedures t
be taken with types of insurance used to indemnify against anticipated losses.
2Y2 semester hours credit
In 4-5 CASUALTY INSURANCE
This is a comprehensive study of casualty insurance. It includes such insurance contraci
as workmen's compensation and employers' liability, accident and health, schedule an
comprehensive general liability, and miscellaneous crime coverages. Special attention is pai
the policy contract, various rating procedures, endorsements, the methods used to determin
premium payments, insurance auditing procedures, etc. The subjects covered are considere
in detail through careful analysis of the several underlying insurance contracts.
(Prerequisite, In 1-2) 5 semester hours credit
In 6-7 FIRE INSURANCE AND ALLIED LINES
This course includes the history and development of Standard Fire Insurance Policies, pr
senting a detailed study of the Massachusetts Standard Fire Policy, its modifying forms an
endorsements; methods of rating; policy writing procedures; and loss handling. It includes
study of extended coverage, consequential loss contracts, and collateral fire lines.
(Prerequisite, In 1-2) 5 semester hours credit
In 8-9 INLAND MARINE INSURANCE
Covers the origin, development and present scope of Inland Marine Insurance and a con
plete analysis of the provisions of transportation policies, property floaters, bailees' customer
floaters and special risk policies. The course is designed to provide a thorough grounding i
the fundamental principles of Inland Marine Insurance, with special emphasis on polic
forms, rates, underwriting and the applicability of the coverages to the needs of the insurin
public.
' (Prerequisite, In 1-2) 5 semester hours credit
In 10-11 FIDELITY, SURETYSHIP, AND CRIME INSURANCE
This course is introduced by a general consideration of crime insurance. Coverage und
fidelity and suretyship is discussed individually, including the various forms of fidelity, judicis
contract, public official bonds, license and permit bonds, miscellaneous surety bonds, burgla
and robbery insurance, and the comprehensive crime policies. The several bond and polic
forms under the foregoing are studied individually, supplemented by the underwriting proc ;
dures in conjunction with the use of the manuals.
(Prerequisite, In 1-2) 5 semester hours credit
\
In 12 COMPREHENSIVE HOMEOWNERS POLICY INSURANCE
A course designed to meet the professional needs of men actively engaged in the insuranc
business. Using policy forms and company manuals as tools of instruction, the course w
tackle the multitude of problems arising out of the attempt to integrate in a single policy tl'
varied types of risks involved in the multi-peril packaging of insurance coverages. The ii
struction will be specifically concerned with the peculiar types of problems arising in sellini
underwriting, claims adjustments, etc., in the Comprehensive Homeowners Insuranc'
Ample opportunity will he provided for discussion of case situations encountered in tl
individual's practice. 23^ semester hours credit j
In 13-14 CLAIMS PROCEDURE |
The function and organization of the claims department; the claims adjuster, his qualii
cations, duties, and responsibilities; the theory and procedures of handling insurance clairrj
This course presupposes a knowledge of the basic coverages, and is handled on a lecture aij
discussion basis, using case studies, however, limited to general casualty, fire, burglary, bonj
and inland marine insurance. ;
(Prerequisites, In 4-5; 6-7; 8-9; 10-11) 5 semester hours credit \
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 113
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS AND PERSONNEL (IR)
The management of human relations in business represents one of the most challenging
aspects of our industrial developments. Opportunities are unlimited for qualified persons in
all phases of management with a sound understanding of the underlying principles of labor-
m.anagement relations. The continuance of our American system of industrial economy
demands a more thorough understanding of the principles underlying labor-management
relations and their responsibilities one to the other and mutually to the public.
IR 1 PSYCHOLOGY FOR BUSINESS
Business psychology is the study of predicting and influencing human behavior in business.
provides an understanding of man's mental life, of how the individual and the group behave
id are influenced in their behavior, and of how the business man may predict and control
s own behavior and that of those with whom he works. The study and analysis of the
udent's own personal problems and behavior constitute a valuable and interesting phase of
le course. 23^ semester hours credit
IR 2-3 HUMAN RELATIONS
Effective handling of human problems has become a factor of vital importance to manage-
ent. This course in human relations in business is the foundation to all personnel policy
id offers an approach or understanding of value not only to those in personnel work but
so to all persons having supervisory relationships. Subjects included for discussion are the
ichniques of approach to situation analysis; problems in selection; training; employee rating;
lange of employee status; supervision; wage policies; complaints and grievances; employee
orale; labor turnover; discipline; health; safety; employee participation; collective bar-
lining; public relations. 5 semester hours credit
IR 4 PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
This course, in contrast to IR 2-3, is specifically related to the organisation, function, and
rocedures of the personnel department. It is concerned with such problems as the organiza-
on of the personnel department; its relationship and responsibility in the total management
rganization; recruitment of manpower; techniques of interviewing and counseling; employee
lection; testing; proper job placement; training; job analysis and evaluation; merit rating;
romotion, transfer, discharge; employee publications; standards and conditions of employ-
lent; personnel forms, records, and reports. 23^ semester hours credit
IR 5 WAGE ADMINISTRATION
The course is a comprehensive study of the underlying theory of industrial wages. Specific
onsideration is given to job and salary analysis and evaluation; merit rating; incentive wages;
age payment plans. The importance of a sound wage structure to healthy employer-employee
clarions and the administration of wages through collective bargaining from the production
s well as the labor relations point of view.
{Prerequisite, IR 4 or 20) 2J^ semester hours credit
IR 6 EMPLOYMENT TESTING
Selection and placement procedures usually comprise several steps, including the interview,
isychometric testing, references, etc., all of which are fitted together to form an over-all judg-
ment. This course is concerned with tests used in business and industry to determine apti-
jjdes, personal characteristics and qualifications for employment, proper job placement,
punselling, promotion, special training, supervisory or executive potentialities. It discusses
;sts in terms of type and purpose, test characteristics, test construction, test interpretation,
se and limitations of testing.
(Prerequisite, Ec 20-21) 2)4, semester hours credit
IR 7 PRACTICAL TRAINING METHODS FOR BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY
Subjects covered range from principles and methods of effective "on-the-job" training to
le handling of formal or informal training groups. The objective is to provide a thorough
rounding in the psychology of learning; techniques of effective teaching; personality qualifi-
ations for successful training; a review of job instruction training (J. I. T.) and job relations
raining (J. R. T.); use of the case analysis method; role playing; training tools; visual aids;
ne value of example and demonstration; methods of analyzing and meeting training needs;
le principles and practices of organizing and administering a training program; follow-up
rocedures to insure results; class projects to provide practical application of material covered
1 the course. 2 }/2 semester hours credit
114 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
IR 8 TECHNIQUES OF SUPERVISION
Supervision is the function of directing, controlling and co-ordinating the combined efFo
of men, machines and materials. Positions of managerial capacity involve the responsibil
of supervision. This course is designed to provide basic instruction in such phases as i
supervisor's responsibilities and objectives; planning the work and employee assignmer
employees' attitudes toward management, equipment and materials; records and repoi
improving individual performance; progress of employees; personnel relations; handling
grievances; training; administering of company policies; matters related to wages; the devel(
ment of a congenial, enthusiastic community of work interest through the co-ordination of i
work of all employees. 2]/2 semester hours credi
IR 20 LABOR-MANAGEMENT RELATIONS
This course provides a basic treatment of labor economics, including the history of the lal
movement and of industrial relations, with emphasis on the present period; theory of coll
tive bargaining; effect of collective bargaining upon income of labor, employment, accumu
tion of capital, and national income. Policies and practices of labor and management in resp
to hiring and layoffs, technological changes, wages and market position, closed and open sh(
union-management co-operation, government regulation of labor relations, etc. The probl
of strikes and lockouts and public policy as to industrial relations are covered.
CORE COURSE 2 semester hours credi;
i\
ic
IR 21 LABOR LEGISLATION — UNION-MANAGEMENT RELATIONS
A study of the legal framework for collective bargaining, beginning with the historical
velopment and the impact of the anti-trust laws on labor unions, and continuing with t
federal and state laws regulating injunctions in labor disputes; the Railway Labor Act; t
National Labor Relations Act; a detailed study of the Labor-Management Relations /
(Taft-Hartley); the procedures, powers, and limitations of the agencies administering t
statutes.
{Prerequisite, IR 20) 2}^ semester hours credi
IR 22 LABOR LEGISLATION — STANDARDS AND CONDITIONS OF
EMPLOYMENT
A course covering the content and relationship of federal and state regulation of wag
hours and working conditions, including minimum wage, hours of work, and child lab
legislation. Old age and survivors, unemployment and workmen's compensation insurar
programs are also covered as well as the anti-discrimination laws covering veterans' re-empk;
ment rights and fair employment practices.
(Prerequisite, IR 20) 2J^ semester hours credh
IR 23 THE LABOR AGREEMENT — NEGOTIATION AND ADMINISTRATIC
The negotiation, re-negotiation, and administration of labor contracts; study of the co
ponent clauses such as union recognition and security, management prerogatives, seniori
vacations, wages, hours, working conditions; grievance analysis and arbitration procedi
developed through case studies in actual labor-management relations as affected by su
clauses, and the entire collective bargaining agreement and relationship.
(Prerequisite, IR 20) 2H semester hours credh
IR 24 LABOR RELATIONS SEMINAR
An advanced discussion of current labor-management problems such as union responsib
ties, management responsibilities, the annual wage, profit sharing, criteria for wage determii,
tion, welfare programs, etc. Cases under consideration will cover problems that are timii
and specific. Class limited in size.
(Prerequisites, IR 20, 21, 22, 23) 2J^ semester hours credit
IR 25 YOUR PERSONALITY
This course is designed to help the student appraise his inner resources so that he mi^i
be better prepared to meet the outer pressures of life. It deals fundamentally with the principj
of psychology of personality. Through a personalized approach, this "inward-looking" coui ij,
enables the individual to interpret his behavior and to develop an understanding which woi
help him to improve his relationships with others. The course also considers methods of me
uring characteristic traits, aptitudes, interest, attitudes. 13^ semester hours credit
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 115
IR 26 CAREER PLANNING
Professional success is the result of well-defined objectives activated by an organized plan of
ocedure. This course considers the basic elements in life planning divided into the aspects
choosing one's life work; the continuing relationships and activities involved in professional
:velopment; and the broader concepts of planning for a well-rounded life. It endeavors to
ovide a systematic basis for the development of a personal profile of abilities and interests —
realistic self-evaluation of these factors in terms of one's future. It includes the techniques of
b-getting as well as consideration of those factors involved in professional growth.
I ]/i semester hours credit
LAW (L)
Underlying the ever-increasing complexity of modern business is a growing body of law
which defines and directs business operations.
L1.2 LEGAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS I
Contracts: nature, kinds and formation of contracts; essential elements; form and interpre-
tion of contracts; breach, remedies and damages. Agency: nature, purpose and formation
agency relationship; rights and duties of principal and agent, scope of agent's authority;
ghts and duties of principal and third persons; termination of agency. Employer and em-
oyee: compensation laws; duties of master; contributory negligence doctrine; injuries to third
arsons. Bailments: nature and kinds; rights and duties of parties. Negotiable instruments:
ills, notes and checks; requirements of a negotiable instrument; negotiation; liabilities and
fenses of parties; procedure upon dishonor; discharge. Personal property: nature and classi-
:ation, methods of acquiring title. Sales: nature of sales contracts; warranties; transfer of
^ tie; rights and remedies of seller and buyer.
' CORE COURSE 4 semester hours credit
L3-4 LEGAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS II
Transportation: duties and liabilities of common carriers. Insurance: formation and func-
on of insurance contract; kinds of policies; legal phases of life, property and other insurance,
uretyship: rights of the surety and the guarantor; rights and duties of the creditor; defenses of
le surety and guarantor. Partnerships: nature, kinds and formation; rights and duties of part-
ners: partner's authority to bind firm; relation of partners and third persons; dissolution and
inding up. Corporations: nature and creation; charter; powers, rights and liabilities; nature
nd kinds of capital stock; rights and liabilities of stockholders, directors and officers. Klort-
ages: rights and duties of mortgagor; rights and duties of mortgagee; rights after default. Real
roperty: landlord and tenant relationship; classification of tenancies; rights and duties of
indlord; rights and liabilities of tenant. Trusts and decedents' estates: wills and intestacy,
ankruptcy: Federal Bankruptcy Acts; acts of bankruptcy; adjudication; rights and duties of
ankrupt; unsecured, secured and priority claims; extensions, compositions, and other debtor-
ilief provisions; discharge.
CORE COURSE {Prerequisite, L 1-2) 4 semester hours credit
LIBERAL ARTS
Courses in the Liberal Arts represent an integrated program which touches upon the humani-
ties as well as the physical and social sciences to provide a well-rounded background of under-
standing essential to modem business management.
Recent economic and technological trends, projected at an accelerated rate into the years
nmediately ahead, are making phenomenal changes in the requisites of the business manager
f the future. Developments in "management science" are struggling to keep pace with
chnological "know-how." The leading thinkers who have charted the course of civilization
nroughout the ages are making us conscious of the new range of responsibility for leader-
hip in today's complex and interdependent society. Our future destiny depends upon a more
ctivc understanding of these interrelationships and interresponsibilities. It is the function
f education to prepare for this new type of management leadership by providing the student
ith an insight into human nature, the forces that have shaped his cultural inheritance, and
lie recognition of the growing importance of business in society and world affairs.
The purpose of education has often been expressed as twofold: (1) teaching the student
ow to earn a living and (2) teaching him how to live. The first objective is approached
tirough professional courses comprising our several curricula in business administration.
116 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
Successful and happy lives are built, however, upon a knowledge and understanding c
the varying environments which envelop one's activities and associations, accompanied b
an ability to adjust to the changes ever present in a dynamic society. It is felt, therefore, tha
the second objective can best be achieved through an integrated and sequential pattern c
instruction which, viewed through the eyes of the individual, considers in a sequentis
evolution the forces which affect him as an individual and govern his activities as a membe
of society. Such a total pattern of instruction of necessity calls upon the store of knowledg
gathered by man over the ages. However, to achieve this objective in a professional prograir
it should not be presented as knowledge for knowledge's sake, but being man-centered i;;
concept relates this knowledge to develop within the student a better understanding ci
himself, and a sensitivity to his varying environments which in effect comprise his life. 1|
should help to develop within him a social consciousness of his responsibilities to societj
and stimulate the development of philosophical concepts which he can use to govern hij
life pattern.
LA 1-2 MAN AND HIS PHYSICAL UNIVERSE
One of the primary functions of any modern educational system is to give those expose
to its influence an opportunity to see themselves in true perspective in relationship to th
sweep of time and the stretch of space. The extent of man's knowledge and the very fac
that there is a fundamental unity of nature prescribes that the artificial departmental frontiei
be broken down.
It is natural, therefore, that this sequence designed to acquaint the student with his relatior
ship to his various environments should start with his physical universe — the physicf
universe with its fixed laws of science — and move gradually yet continuously to the
charted realms of man's quest for guiding philosophic concepts. The acquaintanceshi
thus established should liberalize his thinking and develop within him a sense of belonginj
of participation, an "at homeness" in the world in which he lives.
The pattern is a constant unfolding of man's conquest of nature and opens with a considel
ation of the earth as an astronomical body and of our neighbors in space. It proceeds int
the nature of matter and energy and their applications to everyday living, the physics an
chemistry of modern industrial developments, as well as the more recent developments i
atomic research.
It relates man to the controlled changes in his physical environment through an unde
standing of some aspects of the world's work, its material resources, and some elements c
communication. The inanimate structure is concluded by a consideration of the uncontroUe
elements such as meteorology and the constant process of geologic change in which the histoi
of man is written.
Moving from the inanimate, we next find man as one of the endless variety of life on th
earth. Life is a profound mystery. No one knows with certainty where it came from original)
nor has been able to explain exactly what it is. Study over the years, however, has unravele
some of this mystery. For instance, life became associated with protoplasm which requin
a constant supply of food; living organisms must provide for the perpetuation of their ow
kind; and that to continue, living things must adjust themselves to their environments r
suiting in a constant process of evolution or extinction. Nature maintains its own balanc
and serious effects result from man's disturbance of this balance of nature. Science has mac
extensive discoveries relative to the nature and control of disease, and the application c
Mendelian principles has aided in the improvement of living species.
Man has learned that he must depend upon living things for food and an abundance c
other materials for his complicated activities. He needs to know how his own body operati
in order to take care of it. Not only the intelligent conservation of man's resources bi
actually his continuance as a species requires an understanding of the factors which affe-
all forms of life. These broad objectives are studied within the framework of the history (
life, the geophysical haunts of life, the abundance of life, and the value of life.
6 semester hours credit
LA 3-4 MAN IN SOCIETY
Business today accepts the basic precept that management must get things done throug
people. This necessitates a clearer understanding of the anthropological, biological, ar
psychological factors and forces which govern and direct man's actions. Thus, from tl
broad study of the biotic world, the sequence now moves to a study of man, both as a
individual and as a member of society.
Before one can adequately understand others, he first must understand himself especial
as seen through the eyes of others. Therefore, this course, based upon the fundamentals i
general and differential psychology and the dynamics of personal adjustment, takes 2
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 117
Tospective approach in terms of the student's relationships with others to provide an
derstanding which might result in effectiveness, happiness, harmoniousness, and fullness
satisfaction in his daily living. The course recognizes the needs and motivations which
mulate one's activities as well as the changing pattern involved in the process of maturation
d aging.
We next move into a consideration of the relationships of man within the basic units of
.r society and the problems encountered in his efforts to live together. Here we must consider
e norms which give structure, stability, and order to society through which the factors
volved in the individual patterns of social behavior develop into the broader institutional
tterns of the family, the church, the community, industry, and governments, both national
d international. The student is made to recognize that society is in a state of constant flux
d he is introduced to some of the factors which create this constant change.
(Prerequisite, LA 1-2) 6 semester hours credit
LA 5-6 MAN'S CULTURAL INHERITANCE
Culture is a complex web covering all aspects of life, and every culture is derived from
any sources. It is an accretion of the ages and the result of multifarious influences, emo-
jnal orientations, and precepts, which profoundly influence social behavior. It finds its
ots in anthropology — the study of man — and the changing pattern of man's experiences
roughout history.
Culture is a uniquely human phenomenon. No culture can exist divorced from living
;ings, for culture and society are inseparable. Among all the creatures of the animal kingdom,
an stands alone in his ability to create and sustain a culture. Cultures are processes of
havior constantly changing and modifying and vary at times quite widely even within
lits of a social pattern. It is a composite abstraction usually approached through the study
anthropology, culturology, the social and political sciences, economics, and history, and
ids expression in literature, art, music, etc.
We as Americans have a rich heritage which has come to us from many areas and civiliza-
Dns. It is a heritage which in terms of material and spiritual values has raised man to his
eatest heights. As one philosopher expressed it, however, every living thing contains within
self the seed of its own destruction. Therefore, the preservation of our cultural inheritance
in come only through a firm understanding and recognition of the sacrifices which have
itered into the development of our complex social, economic, and technological develop-
ent to date. The culture we pass on to posterity will be wise and well directed only as we
:e and profit from the history of man over the ages.
Thus this course of necessity must be a composite arising out of fundamental questions
igarding the nature of man, his life, the structural organization of human society and the
leas and issues out of which his ultimate destiny will develop. Out of such thinking, education
ust develop the leadership for a free world.
(Prerequisites, LA 1-2, 3'4) 6 semester hours credit
LA 7-8 MAN AND VALUES
There is an important sense in which every man must be his own philosopher, just as
I a democratic society citizens exercise political choice and make political decisions even
lough they do not actively engage in politics or hold political office. For every man must
ve his own life in a universe which he did not create, in conflict with obstacles against
hich he must constantly push, and he must make choices and decisions which exhibit
is values and appeal to his preferences. If his life is not to be merely mindless, and if he
;fuses to permit his actions to be simply the result of drifting or the spineless acceptance of
le values of others, then he must come to some conclusion about the values which he
ishes to prevail and the nature of the universe in which he lives. Such conclusions are
Dund to be philosophical.
Every man recognizes a relationship with the infinite. In his search for the moral and
hical concepts through which he can express this relationship he must explore the ex-
eriences of others through their meditative writings. These at times are expressed in the
terature of the great books which have shaped man's development, and again in the more
rofound treatises on philosophy, social ethics, comparative religions, etc. E\'eryone, whether
: realizes it or not, has a personal philosophy whether he be ignorant or broadly educated.
may be narrowed and circumscribed by doubts and fears or it may be synthesized from an
nderstanding of the broad gamut of man's thinking, resulting in positive beliefs and intel-
ictual freedom. Every successful life has been wisely charted.
(Prerequisites, LA 1-2, 3-4, 5-6) 6 semester hours credit
118 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
MATHEMATICS (M)
M 1 PREPARATORY MATHEMATICS
An intensive problem-solving course in arithmetic and high school algebra. Topics incluc
manipulation of common and decimal fractions, percentages, interpolation in common refe
ence tables, and solution of simple algebraic equations. An important part of this course
practice in reducing "word problems" to mathematic terms, and thus arrive at solutions in a
orderly sequence. This course has been designed to prepare students for college-level course
in mathematics if they lack practice or training in the topics usually covered in a high schoi
algebra course. Non-credit
M 2-3 MATHEMATICS
This course is the normal prerequisite for all later courses in mathematics, statistics, aii
quality control. During this one-year course, basic mathematical principles and techniques a:
discussed, with application drawn from business and industry, as well as from engineering ar
the sciences. The main concern is to establish an understanding of the fundamental math
matical processes and to acquire facility with modern computational techniques and aid
including the use of alignment charts and the slide rule.
Practical work includes problems in graphic presentation, simple analytic geometry, solutic
of triangles, manipulation of exponents and logarithms as well as a survey of selected topii
in the field of topology and symbolic logic. Entrance into this course is predicated on succes
ful completion of the Preparatory Mathematics diagnostic examination which will be ai
ministered the first meeting of this class.
CORE COURSE 4 semester hours credit
M 4-5 GRAPHIC AND MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES IN INDUSTRY
This lecture and laboratory course is designed to provide students with elements of math
matical techniques and shop drawing essential to study in the field of industrial and produ
tion management.
Instruction in shop drawing includes the use of drafting equipment, the principles of orthi
graphic projection and sketching, blueprint reading, and systems of dimensioning indicatior
of limits and tolerances, designation of locating points, and commercial finishes.
The second half of the course is designed to give the student a working knowledge of plar
trigonometry, analytic geometry, and the calculus. The student will have an opportunity t
practice his skill in solution of more complicated equations and to find maxima and minim
as well as deriving equations for velocity and acceleration in common physical phenomen
The use of determinants in the solution of simultaneous equations and design of alignmei
charts is demonstrated for problems drawn from industry.
(Prerequisite, M 2-3 or equivalent) 4 semester hours credit
700 PRE-ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
This course is devoted to a thorough study of Algebra I and Plane Geometry.
701 ALGEBRA
Although the primary purpose of this course is to lay a thorough groundwork for the sul
sequent courses in analytic geometry, calculus, and applied mechanics, it is neverthele
a complete unit in itself, and will enable the student to handle a considerable number of tP
problems arising in engineering practice.
Proceeding from a rapid review of the fundamental operations of algebra, the work cor
tinues with a thorough study of fractions, functions, linear and quadratic equations, equatioi
in quadratic form, graphs, exponents, complex numbers, binomial expansion, variation, an ^^
equations of higher degree than the second.
{Prerequisite, 700 or Mathematics Placement Test) 3 semester hours credit
ItDC
702 TRIGONOMETRY ™!
This course includes the solution of all triangles by both natural and logarithmic function
identities, radian measure, principal values and the solution of trigonometric equations. Pa
ticular attention is given to the applications of trigonometry to engineering practice.
(Prerequisite, 701) 3 semester hours credit
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 119
703 ANALYTIC GEOMETRY AND DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
This course provides a smooth transition from algebra and trigonometry into the calculus.
:luded are the studies of the straight line, the circle, and conic sections, using rectangular
ordinates only. The graphs of trigonometric, logarithmic, and exponential functions are
;o covered. Then follows the differentiation of algebraic and transcendental functions, both
plicit and implicit, with some applications. Slopes of curves, maxima and minima, derivatives
higher order, velocity and acceleration in rectilinear motion are included.
(Prerequisites, 701, 702) 3 semester hours credit
704 INTEGRAL CALCULUS
This course deals with integration as the inverse of differentiation as well as the limit of sum-
ation. The topics covered are methods of integration; use of integral tables; differential equa-
)ns with separable variables; the differential equation of rectilinear motion; definite integrals;
eas in rectangular co-ordinates; length of curves; areas of surfaces of revolution; volumes of
lids of revolution; multiple definite (iterated) integrals; centroids of plane areas; moment
inertia.
{Prerequisite, 703) 3 semester hours credit
OFFICE MANAGEMENT (OM)
Office management has developed rapidly in scope and status in response to the technical
and diversified nature of the problems arising and the current trends toii^ard the scientific
approach to the solutions of these problems.
OM 1 OFFICE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
This course considers the organizational, human, physical, and operational problems en-
untered by the manager of the modern office. It stresses the importance of the proper
ace of the office management function in effective company organization; the value of
oper selection techniques, supervision, adequate compensation policies, and employee
ations in building up an office force with desirable attitudes and abilities. It discusses prin-
ples of efficient office layout; working conditions; the analysis of office methods and systems;
Drk simplification; the selection and use of office machines; and common office functions,
/cry effort is made to use the student's own office background as a sounding board for the
bject matter. 23^ semester hours credit
OM 2 SCIENTIFIC MANAGEMENT IN OFFICE PRACTICE
This course is intended to provide basic instruction in the tools of modern scientific manage-
ent, work simplification, time study, job evaluation and merit rating; work simplification as
means of improving work methods and procedures through motion study and process
lalysis; time study for work measurement and the establishment of standards; and job evalua-
3n for determining the equivalency among the several jobs as a basis for a wage and salary
ructure. These scientific tools will be applied to office practices. Laboratory exercises will
;company the lectures.
{Prerequisite, OM 1) 2 3^^ semester hours credit
OM 3 BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
This course gives recognition to the function of management as an identifiable, measurable
id transferable activity. The ever-increasing complexity of our economy has forced business
en to look not only at the adequacy of their facilities, equipment, and methods of opera-
3n but also the organization of their management leadership structured to accomplish their
)mpanies' objectives through "people." The approach in this course will concern itself first
ith the profession of management in terms of its nature in its historical evolution to the
odern concepts of centralization, decentralization, management by committee, and the
lifted concept of management including line and staff relationships, the use of specialized
aff, as well as top management organization. Referral will be made by application to selected
•mpanies which have pioneered in this area by appropriate case studies. Organizational
ructures will be analyzed, organizational manuals defining responsibilities, accountability
id programs of management development of employed personnel will be explored. Con-
ieration will be given to the dynamics of organization involved in organizational structure
langes and the problems incidental to such change.
(An advanced level course with enrollment only by approval of the Dean)
120 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
CM 10 OFFICE SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES
This course is devoted to the techniques of system design to most effectively record ai
expedite the operations of the office and/or the factory. It deals with the elements of syste
analysis; methods of obtaining data and recording of existing procedures; procedure chai
and charting techniques; developing, testing, installing, and adjusting new systems; measuri
effectiveness of the system. Considerable time will be devoted to laboratory analysis of certa!
recognized systems and for the discussion of design problems submitted by members of tij
class.
(Prerequisite, OM I) 2J^ semester hours credit
OM 11 FORM DESIGN AND CONTROL
Forms in their relationship to office systems; forms designing tools, drafting techniqui
factors and principles of form design; problems of paper size and quality for specific usaj
carbons, typography and printing specifications; forms housing; the design of general ai
specialized forms including system cards, visible file cards, tickets, bookkeeping and addressi
machine forms, carbon interleaved forms, reproduction forms (hectograph and offset pre
esses), strip accounting forms; forms control organization and administration.
{Prerequisite, OM 10) 2^ semester hours credit
OM 12 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND IMPROVEMENT
Tools and techniques of the systems analyst; the humanics of systems analysis; developi
and presenting recommendations; setting up pilot operations; selling management and t
workers; installing and checking the new operation. This course is conducted on the a
method, using all of the tools of the systems analyst, i.e., process chart, procedure flow cha
forms distribution (flow) chart, work distribution chart, layout flow chart, reports conti
chart, work measurement (productivity) chart, etc. Some problems are presented at the acti
location through plant visitation.
{Prerequisite, OM JO) 23^^ semester hours credit
OM 13 PUNCH CARD MACHINE METHODS I
This course consists of chalk talks, diagrammatic wiring, as well as actual control panel
ing and testing on electric accounting machines. Basic and advanced Control Panel Wiri
will be taught on the following I.B.M. Electric Accounting Machines: Reproducing Pun
(Type 514); Alphabetical Accounting Machine (Types 402-3 and 405); and Collator (Ty
077). It will also cover functional card design and the integration of machine usage in t
scheduling and flow of work. Special course, non-credit
Designed specifically for I.B.M. Electric Accounting Machine Supervisors and Operate
OM 14 PUNCH CARD MACHINE METHODS II
An advanced course, continuing beyond Punch Card Machine Methods I to include I.E.
Accumulating Reproducer (Type 528) and Electronic Calculating Punch (Type 604). Prert
uisite for this course is satisfactory completion of Punch Card Machine Methods I or
equivalent in experience (usually at least three years of responsible employment as an operat
or a supervisor). Special course, non-credit
Designed specifically for I.B.M. Electric Accounting Machine Supervisors and Operate
OM 15 ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING FOR BUSINESS
This course is planned to acquaint the executive, accountant, methods and systems anal
with automatic electronic equipment and its potential applications. It will include a comp
hensive survey of the machine components of such systems, their characteristics, and asseml
to handle various business accounting problems; comparison of speed, capacity, flexibili
reliability and cost; discussion of input and output devices; general and special purpose co
puters and how they work, memory (storage), arithmetic and control elements, elements
programming, number systems, integrated data processing in business, economic advantages
automation and various applications in retail sales, inventory, payroll, and banking accou
ing. Special attention will be given to the smaller systems which are expected to gain wi
acceptance. 23^ semester hours credii
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 121
CM 16 ELECTRONIC DATA PROGRAMMING
aiJAn advanced course intended to further acquaint business managers, accountants, methods
d systems men, etc., with a general knowledge of programming techniques in order that they
ar ly better evaluate the capabilities of the several types of equipment designed for both small
d large systems.
I The course will include a brief review of program concepts with particular emphasis upon
tl e stored program technique; the order structures used in a typical single address variable
)rd length system and a three address fixed word length system; flow charting techniques;
tual demonstrations and exercises in programming typical business applications for both
igle and three address systems in the university computation center; symbolic programming
d automatic programming.
(Prerequisite, OM 15 or the equivalent in experience) 3 semester hours credit
REAL ESTATE (RE)
Real Estate occupies an important position in our social economy. The courses in this
departm.ent are practical in their approach, designed to provide the necessary tools for those
planning careers in any of the several phases of operation within this field.
RE 1 REAL ESTATE FUNDAMENTALS
This course examines real estate's place in our social economy. The operation and forces
the market itself, and its relation to over-all public interest; it includes land economics and
velopment, the market, building and its problems, building construction, brokerage, start-
» a real estate business, mortgage lending, remodeling, insurance, planning and zoning,
Dvernment Legislation — V.A. Loan Guaranty and Federal Housing Administration
'jsurance on G.I. and non-G.I. loans. 23^ semester hours credit
RE 2 REAL ESTATE LAW AND CONVEYANCING
This course covers the legal processes and instruments used in controlling real estate
vnership and transactions involving the acquisition, use, enjoyment and disposition of
al estate and including land titles, estates, contracts, agreements of sale, deeds, mortgages
id foreclosures, easements, liens, leases, landlord and tenant relations and liabilities, pur-
ase and sale of real estate, conveyancing, wills and probate, building and zoning laws,
id insurance.
(Prerequisite, RE 1) 2J^ semester hours credit
RE 3 REAL ESTATE MANAGEMENT AND INVESTMENT
This course offers more of a practical than theoretical approach to the relationship which
;ists between real estate investment and management, placing particular emphasis on the
vantages and risks of investment in real estate, types of real estate investments, the workings
the real estate operator with regard to exchange of real estate and speculation, financing of
al estate purchase and development, the relation of investor to manager and broker, real
tate management as a business, the organization of a management department in a brokcr-
;e firm, management policies, rent and rental problems, the fundamentals of apartment
)use management and co-operative apartments.
(Prerequisites, A 30-31, RE 1,2) 2J/2 semester hours credit
RE 4 REAL ESTATE FINANCE
An advanced course dealing with the current methods of financing real estate, especially
;signed for realtors, bankers, attorneys, appraisers, as well as students pursuing the real
tate program. It considers banking systems, instruments of finance, including discussions
long-term leases and bond issues; techniques of mortgage lending; appraising; financing
irious types of real estate; the effect of income taxes on financing. The functions of the real
tate broker and the government financing agencies form a base for this course. T~hey are
pplemented by discussions pertaining to the influence of federal financing institutions upon
e field of real estate as a segment of our economy.
(Prerequisites, RE 1,2) 2J^ semester hours credit
RE 5 REAL ESTATE SALES AND ADVERTISING
The selling of real estate calls for specialized applications of the principles of selling and
Ivertising, basic to which are the techniques of property listing; the securing, classifying and
lalyzing of prospects; methods employed in selling the various kinds of residential, business
id industrial properties; creative selling; trading and exchanging; financial aids in selling;
e economics and techniques of advertising; women in the field of real estate sales.
(Prerequisite, RE 1) lYl semester hours credit
122 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
RE 6 OPERATING A REAL ESTATE BUSINESS
For the person who is about to enter the real estate brokerage business, and as a refresh
course for those already established in the business, this course offers new ideas from autho
tative sources, as well as general principles and practices of the business. Included in the couri
are lectures and discussions on what real estate embraces, getting started in the real estci
business, establishing an office, pitfalls to avoid, the art of selling, the sale from start to clo;
land subdivision, renting and leasing, women's field in real estate, hiring and training salij
men, advertising, publicity and promotion, and compensation for brokers and salesmen.
(Prerequisite, RE 1,2) 2}/^ semester hours credit\
RE 7 REAL ESTATE APPRAISAL — RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES
This course is designed to provide the student with the basic knowledge and tools nec(
sary to enable him to appraise residential properties. Study is made of valuation concep
the purposes of appraisal; the sources of, collection, and application of data used to prepa
appraisals; the use of tables, residual techniques; special purpose properties, the summatic
and final estimate of value, and the writing of appraisal reports; preparation and presentatic
of expert court testimony.
(Prerequisites, RE 1,2) 2}/^ semester hours credit
RE 8 REAL ESTATE APPRAISAL — COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL
PROPERTIES
Presented in this course is the analyzing of business neighborhoods, the special apprais
functions, as applied to the following commercial and industrial properties: various types
business properties, retail store properties, heavy and light manufacturing properties, wa;
house and waterfront properties, special purpose properties, banks, indoor and outdo
theaters, garages and gasoline stations, office buildings, combination store and offices, hote
apartment buildings; the appraisal reports.
(Prerequisites, RE I, 2) 2J^ semester hours credit
RE 9 SMALL HOME CONSTRUCTION AND ESTIMATING
A practical and authoritative presentation of information invaluable to the contract buildi
the real estate operator or the owner-builder regarding residential construction, remodeli
or repair.
The course deals specifically with the types of house architecture; house styling; mode
subdivision methods; construction details from foundation to roof; selection, scheduling a:
specifications of materials, equipment and services; plans and plan reading; constructi(
specifications; estimating costs of materials, labor, etc.; budgeting finances.
23^ semester hours credit
RETAILING (R)
Retailing occupies one of the major steps in the important field of distribution. Rapid
changes in retail merchandising practices create complex and difficult problems, making a
knowledge of modern control methods necessary.
R 1 RETAIL STORE MANAGEMENT
Development of modern retail organizations, including smaller and larger retail stor
store location and layout, wage payment methods, selling services, receiving and marki
procedures, mail and telephone orders, adjustments, delivery of merchandise, retail accoui
ing and control, and store protection and maintenance. 23^ semester hours credit
R 2 RETAIL STORE MERCHANDISING
This course presents the fundamental principles of retail store merchandising, including
termination of customer demands, purchase planning, pricing, markups and markdowi
merchandise inventories, turnover, merchandising policies, and retail sales promotion. P;
ticular emphasis is given to the emerging pattern of retailing in this country, including t{
growth of suburban stores, discount stores, and self-service operations. The course is present
through short cases and problems taken from actual operating experience of large, mediu
and small stores.
(Prerequisite, R 1) 23^ semester hours creditl
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 123
R 3 RETAIL STORE ADVERTISING
"his course is devoted to the study of the elements of retail advertising. The various media
d by retailers are considered with drill in the preparation of eifective retail copy. A study is
de of institutional, straight merchandise and sales copy as exemplified in current adver-
a ng of important retail concerns. The principles of layout receive attention as well as the
hanics of production, including art work, plates, typography, and printing. The aim is
e furnish a practical foundation fitting students for a creative career in retail advertising.
Prerequisites, D 20-21, R 1) 2}^ semester hours credit
R 4 MERCHANDISE DISPLAY FOR SALES PROMOTION
Display as a tool of sales promotion; the function and organization of the display depart-
nt in the promotion of merchandise through interior and exerior displays; selection and
paration of merchandise for display; the use of display fixtures; creating display arrange-
nts and determining most effective locations; store traffic; impulse buying; display prob-
is of the small stores; seasonal backgrounds; color and illumination effects in window and
e displays; planning and budgeting to co-ordinate with store merchandising and manage-
nt policies.
Prerequisites, D 7, R 3) 2J^ semester hours credit
TRANSPORTATION AND TRAFFIC
MANAGEMENT (T)
The rapid changes in several phases of the transportation industry are creating many
entirely new concepts in the methods and economics of business operation. The transportation
courses below are designed to present a practical approach to the basic principles and practices
of current procedures and operations.
T 1 TRANSPORTATION PRACTICES
The importance of transportation in the American economy; a comparative evaluation of
various available transportation services from the point of view of cost, total time in
nsit, reliability and geographical coverage, including movement of freight by rail, motor,
ter and air carriers, freight forwarders, parcel post and express as well as combinations and
difications of each; classification of freight; rules of classification; basic studies in rates and
ifFs; freight claims, transportation insurance and warehousing. The basic factors involved
cost control are introduced. 2J^ semester hours credit
T 2 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
The application of the principles of transportation and the principles of management to
lustrial activity. The traffic manager in the carrier organization; comparative advantages of
Ferent modes of transportation; selling the transportation service; government regulation
d traffic management; use of tariffs; documentation; miscellaneous charges, rules and regu-
ions. The industrial traffic manager, duties and qualifications; the industrial traffic managc-
nt department; filing of claims, handling of freight; traffic management objectives.
{Prerequisite, T 1) 214 semester hours credit
T 3 ADVANCED TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROBLEMS
This course applies the principles of transportation and the principles of traffic manage-
;nt to the solution of a series of actual and typical problems in industrial traffic manage-
:nt and carrier traffic management, and export and import procedure. The problems em-
dy the application of the precepts of regulation and rate selection, as well as detailed analysis
comparative services and their costs.
(Prerequisites, T 1, 2) 2^ semester hours credit
T 4 SELLING TRANSPORTATION SERVICES
This course deals with the nature and function of transportation service as an item bought
d sold; the various types of transportation service available; matching the proper service to
proper need; engineering the sale of transportation service as contrasted with the hap-
zard "solicitation of freight"; what the transportation salesman should know about service
d rates; legal and ethical restriction on selling transportation service; liaison between sales,
ffic, and operations from a sales viewpoint; various methods of proof that transportation
vice is not intangible.
(Prerequisites, D 5, T 1) 2]A, semester hours credit
124 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
T 5 OCEAN TRANSPORTATION
This course includes the principles and practices of ocean transportation of freight; coi
mon, contract and tramp carrier operations; methods of calculating and applying rates ai
charges in ocean transportation; cargo control; customs procedures; free zones; through mov
ment from and to inland points; port authority operation and port development; legal aspec
of ocean freight movement.
(Prerequisite, T 1) 23^ semester hours credit
T 6 AIR CARGO TRANSPORTATION
This course deals with the chronological development and scope of the air cargo industi
including air mail, air freight, and air express. It considers the characteristics of aircraft as car
carriers; practical applications of the airlines' official tariffs; the competitive position of i
cargo transportation in the over-all transportation system; legal aspects of air cargo transpc
ration; the effects of air transportation on our economy.
{Prerequisite, T 1) 23^ semester hours credit]
T 7 TRANSPORTATION INSURANCE
This course discusses the risks in the transportation industry for which insurance covera
offers protection. It includes the consideration of carrier risks such as public liability in ti'
event of loss of life or personal injury, loss or damage to property, workmen's compensatio
carrier risks such as cargo protection while freight is in transit under common carrier liabilii
coverage from the shipper point of view with respect to in-transit all-risk floater insuranej
rights and liabilities of carrier and shipper in the event of loss or damage; specially design]
insurance coverages for unusual transportation conditions.
(Prerequisite, T 1) 23^ semester hours credit
T 8 CURRENT TRANSPORTATION PROBLEMS
Seminar course in the application of advanced transportation practices to specific requii
ments of industry; the development of optimum transportation cost control based upon t
given conditions in selected case study firms; construction of an effective traffic departmel
liaison of traffic department with other departments of the company; rate record systems f
observation and analysis of current and past transportation costs; specific approaches f
transportation cost reduction, such as reclassification, departures from class rates; priva
carrier operation; shipper and consignee co-operatives, etc.; reliable measurement of transpc
ration cost against standard industrial cost yardsticks; correct measurement of reduction
transportation costs.
{Enrollment only by approval of Instructor or Dean) 2}/^ semester hours credit
T 9-10 INTERSTATE COMMERCE COMMISSION PRACTICE AND
PROCEDURE
A course designed to acquaint management levels in the transportation industry and
the industrial traffic departments of general industry with the responsibilities applicable
the regulation of transportation by the Federal Government; who must execute these
sponsibilities; the procedure by which they are carried out; history and content of Interst;
Commerce Act and its impact upon all industrial activity; purpose and function of the Int
state Commerce Commission; training and preparation for the Interstate Commerce Co
mission Practitioners' Examination, including a study of important cases under the Co
merce Clause of the Constitution; administrative law and procedure; ethics and general ru
of practice.
{Prerequisite, T 1) 5 semester hours credh
T 11 MOTOR CARRIER OPERATIONS
Nature and characteristics of the motor carrier industry; types of motor carrier operations
common, contract, private, as well as local and over-the-road; regulation under the Mo
Carrier Act of 1935; internal organization and administration, traffic management, termii
and garage operation; problems of revenue and cost, capital structure and financial mana
ment, selection, financing, maintenance, and replacement of equipment; industrial relatio
safety and insurance; freight loss and damage claim; accounting, taxation and cost allocatic
tariffs and classification; sales and public relations; trade associations and carrier rate cc
ferences.
(Prerequisite, T 1) IMi. semester hours credi
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 125
T 12 MOTOR CARRIER TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
This course deals with the administrative direction of the motor carrier as contrasted with
e operational direction; the traffic manager as buffer between the carrier and the Interstate
jmmerce Act; co-operation with the sales department in the protection of the carrier's com-
titive position; general and special promulgation of carrier rates; bureau action and inde-
ndent action; development of carrier's gross revenue structure; the relationship of the traffic
anager to carrier ownership; line and staff functions supervised by the traffic manager; liaison
tween traffic, sales and operations from the traffic viewpoint.
(Prerequisite, Til) 2}^ semester hours credit
T 13 FREIGHT CLAIMS FOR LOSS AND DAMAGE
This course presents the practical procedure as well as the legal basis for handling loss and
image claims, including the bill of lading as a contract, development of common carrier
bility; duties of consignee and carrier with regard to acceptance of damaged freight; prepara-
jn, filing and prosecution of freight claims; statute of limitations; damages, usual and un-
ual, as well as direct and indirect.
(Prerequisites, T 1, 2) 23^ semester hours credit
T 14-15 RATES AND TARIFFS
Technical treatment of tariff construction and use; structure of rates; the general rate level;
ocedure of filing; deviations from published tariffs and schedules; classification, exceptions,
mmodity rates, miscellaneous departures; changes in tariffs and classifications; the economic
pects of transportation rates.
(Prerequisites, T 1, 9-10) 5 semester hours credit
T 16 COMMERCIAL WAREHOUSING
Commercial warehousing has become an important and integrated element in the transpor-
tion of freight. This course stresses the possibilities and procedures for reducing the over-all
ansportation and distribution costs while providing improved service through intelligent
lection and utilization of commercial warehousing facilities. It includes types of commercial
arehouses and the function of each; commercial warehouse receipts as a method of short-
rm industrial finance; commercial warehousing as a natural economic method of price sta-
lization and market control; the legal aspects of commercial warehousing.
2J^ semester hours credit
T 17 ADVANCED TRANSPORTATION ECONOMICS
This course looks beyond the mechanics of traffic management toward the more complete
ofessionalization of the transportation executive, including the part played by transporta-
DH in the production process and the marketing process; transportation and the division of
bor; the effect of transportation rates on prices and on the location of industry; carrier rate
ructure; the philosophy of public utility regulation; lawfulness and unlawfulness of carrier
tes.
(Prerequisites, Ec 1-2, T 1, 2) 23^ semester hours credit
cK S «x;
2 >
v-3
JX
o
O
c
13 X
0 C
3
3
4^
u> u
b
0
ti tJ
T)
U in
'V. s
*•
o
c
5J
C
0 -C
■l-J
c 2
C3
a 2
w
C
M
' Ji
X
^
.0
5
"o
M 3
rt
(J Cy
y
u >-
o a
>-
4-)
-a
1)
S
t/5
rt
(/I
Q
S
z
bJ
g
LO
C9
.—1
00
u
Z
CO
1— I
u
o
^
u
t/)
Q
O
0
<
o
nT
Cci
>
o
H
>
• U-i
<
Z
2
O
1 — 1
>
0
H
O
z
<
z
2;
!Ij
3
D
X
<
O
— <u
SSS
a
a;
U
>
-T3
CO 1
CD
C
o ^
c
03
(L»
DC
c
c c
:2,5 s 2 c
::; C rt h —
1> <U U 1) 0^
D d 3 a M
.t: .ti .ti .t; G
^j 4-1 .U^ 4-J p
t/) 1/3 n l/D -ti
1 6
- e
C ^
bE c
^ 8
P 1/3 (/J
O U
>■ '^
£ nnnnananDnDDn
DC O
</3 I— I *->
(/3
o
U
"do
d
d
o
jd
a
>, ^
DC
C
d
O
u
o
^<
e
OA
d
d — u
"^ .2 £
DC <U d DC
■n d 2f « 2
d
o
d
SS
1-1 ^ '-^ —' a
y> ^ ^
- ^ o 3 ^"^
4-1 D
Of dx)
^ ^^
d DC ;:^
rt rt J^
,, DcI S —
c 'd rt ^ d
3 Jr *H ^ C/3
CO ra TO i:fi t-
^ d
gy
logy
geme
d
u- C O rt
HI
£
DC
and T
echnol
nology
Techni
nology
d Man
rt
Cr^ -C Dc-f!, d
S
.2 d y -S 0^ ""
d
OJ
DC
ortat
Lictio
ialT
actur
ingT
Arts
•J
-a
UJ
'rt
.nsp
:istr
ustr
nuf
vey:
eral
o
I-I
1)
s 2 5-^^ Sra
■^ nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn
Cm
a
J3
CQ IJ
Q
oo
g
O
X
C/5
-a
C ^
.an
1^' w ^
DC (U O
DD
o
^ S
OX)
c5
CQ
o
d
4:;
a;
03
o
d
3
DJD
d
o,
M-i
O
-a
03
T3
d
03
Q < Z
6-S
MD
»-i
>
>
0
d
jO
3
03
Tl
d
0
rt
0
r^
j::
V
0
at)
C/1
V
ni'
I— «
n
0
0
u^
0
0
0
>-V-l
j:3
<U
0
6 2
c/5 a,
■^ a
> o
o
u
d
D
^- jd
<U _0B
(U DC
-5 £
O <u
z >
-^ J2 .
^O o
O <« i^
OX =ij
x; DC a
o <u -
DC <« >r
d (-■
>
T3
d
•S 2 d
U ^-J o
■>-' !Q is
rt I— 1 03
"^ ^\'^
03 ^ D
/-I ra ■1-'
(—1 DC 03
c
u- 0
D «
0
►J
u
Q
"2
•73
c
<
U
■fl-
w
h
H
CO
>-'
H
U
z
0
0
l-J
0
0
u
(^
0
w
<
: d
: <U
: 13
d
■u
: <n
• ^
■i-j
: 0
CO
d
: ."^
_d
'c«
: 0
3
: Jd
CQ
c
^ ; ^
»-i-i
.0
d
0
d
: 0
'0
v-i
0
x
_c
: DC
CO
d
d
OJ
0
; '^
■ .2
'4-1
; ^
03
0->
d
: To
•t->
rt
M-H
C
d
^
: OJ
t-
<u
■M
C
l-H
rt
: 0
■l-J
03
^13
•'-'
X
<u
d
■w
0
13
(U
'a
i-i
13
B
'■ ^
d
0
-i^
1— 1 u
6
^-1
0
': >; CO
0
u
OJ
OJ
: M
^J
DC
■■ a
0
JJ
■ 'rt
jd
) d
0
'0
U
u
d
jd
D
d
d
: DC
0
t/3
0
t-i
;-<
'■■ 13
d
*->
a
03
CO
>
OJ
a
4-1
'ui
■1-^
u
^
u
03
>
0
■Ul
1-1
03
'd
«2
"§
: ja
: u
D
(U
l-l
>>
d
13
13
DC
; 6
03
d
0
■l-J
C/3
13
"3
■M
01
d
d
03
D ;
(U
03
: .^
■Ul
<u
■i-*
M
: J2
0
g
-73
: 1j
Z
03
d
d
03
d
; .0
0
>
'■1-1
Tl
■w
13
03
03
d
DC
■1-1
m
CD
d
: ti > :
03
4.J
d
(-1
1 — 1
: Ph 0 Z
■l-J
U
to
l-H
'0
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Offers full-time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan leading to the
degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science; part-time evening
programs available leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts.
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Offers full-time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan leading to the
degree of Bachelor of Science in Education in preparation for teaching in
elementary or secondary schools; part-time evening program also availa-
ble in co-operation with the College of Liberal Arts.
THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Offers full-time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan and part-time
evening programs, both leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration.
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
Offers full-time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan and part-time
evening programs, both leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Engineering.
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
Offers part-time evening programs of adult education designed especially
to meet the needs of employed personnel and leading to the Bachelor of
Science degree or to appropriate associate degrees.
THE LINCOLN INSTITUTE
Offers part-time evening curricula in science and in engineering tech-
nology leading to the degrees of Associate in Science and Associate in
Engineering.
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
Arts and Sciences — Offers day and evening programs leading to the de-
gree of Master of Arts and Master of Science.
Business — Offers evening programs leading to the degree of Master of
Business Administration.
Education — Offers evening and Saturday morning programs leading to
the degree of Master of Education.
Engineering — Offers day and evening programs leading to the degree of
Master of Science with course specification.
All Programs Are Open to Both Men and Women
For further information
regarding any of the above schools or colleges, address
Dr. Gilbert C. Garland, Dean and Director of Admissions
360 Huntington Avenue, Boston 15, Massachusetts, COpley 7-6600
Northeastern
* . University
BULLETIN
1960-1961
ZIhcoIh Jnstitute
EVENING SESSIONS
B O STON 15, MASSACHUSETT S
OFFICE HOURS
AUGUST 24, 1959 — JUNE 25, 1960
Monday — Friday 8:45 a.m. -9:00 p.m.
Saturdays 8:45 a.m.-12:00 noon
JUNE 27, 1960 — AUGUST 20, 1960
Monday — Thursday 8:45 a.m.-8:30 p.m.
Friday 8:45 a.m.-5:00 p.m.
AUGUST 22, 1960 — JUNE 24, 1961
Monday — Friday 8:45 a.m.-8:30 p.m.
Saturdays 8:45 a.m.-12:00 noon
INTERVIEWS
Prospective students, or those desiring advice or guidance regard-
ing any part of the school work or curricula, are encouraged to
arrange for personal interviews with the Dean or other officers of
instruction. Career planning through competent guidance provides
an understanding of professional requirements and develops that
definiteness of purpose so vital to success.
Address communications to
Dean Donald H. MacKenzie
LINCOLN INSTITUTE
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
360 Huntington Avenue, Boston 15, Massachusetts
Telephone COpley 7-6600
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Lincoln Insfifufe
BULLETIN
1960-1961
Evening
Engineering Technology Courses
of College Grade
BOSTON 15, MASSACHUSETTS
Lincoln Institute
CALENDAR
1960
Summer session classes begin June 6
Commencement June 19
Legal Holiday — No class sessions July 4
Summer session classes end September 1
Fall semester classes begin September 1 9
Legal Holiday — No class sessions October 12
Legal Holiday — No class sessions November 1 1
Legal Holiday — No class sessions November 24
Final class session before Christmas recess December 19
1961
First class session after Christmas recess January 3
Final examinations, fall semester January 16-27
Division B and second semester classes begin January 30
Legal Holiday — No class sessions February 22
Legal Holiday — No class sessions April 19
Final examinations,, spring semester May 1 5-24
Make-up Session for \Vednesday classes May 22
Legal Holiday — No class sessions May 30
Summer session classes begin May 31
Northeastern University
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
The Board of Trustees
Robert G. Dodge, Honorary Chairman
Byron K. Elliott. Chairman
Frank L. Richardson, Vice-Chairman
Asa S. Knowles, President of the University
Carl S. Ell, President Emeritus and Chancellor oj the University
Lawrence H. Martin, Treasurer ' Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary
Class of 1960
George R. Brown
Robert G. Dodge
David F. Edwards
Robert L. Johnson
James A. Morton
Frank L. Richardson
Harold B. Richmond
Robert G. Stone
Class of 1961
Lincoln C. Bateson
S. Bruce Black
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Robert G. Emerson
Merrill Griswold
Ernest Henderson
Ray E. Johns
Harry H. Kerr
DwiGHT P. Robinson, Jr.
Class of 1962
George L. Barnes
Godfrey L. Cabot
William C. Chick
Carl S. Ell
Frank L. Farwell
George Hansen
Adrian O'Keeffe
Russell B. Stearns
Robert T. P. Storer
Class of 1963
F. Gregg Bemis
Louis W. Cabot
Byron K. Elliott
Chandler Hovey
Lawrence H. Martin
Augustin H. Parker, Jr.
William M. Rand
Earl P. Stevenson
Asa S. Knowles, Ex Officio
Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees
David F. Edwards, Chairman
George R. Brown
Louis W. Cabot
William C. Chick
Edward Dana
Robert G. Dodge
S. Brlice Black, Vice-Chairman
Carl S. Ell
Robert G. Emerson
Lawrence H. Martin
William M. Rand
Frank L. Richardson
Earl P. Stevenson
Lincoln Institute
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES
The Executive Council of the University
Asa S. Knowles, Chairman
John S. Bailey
Albert E. Everett
Edward S. Parsons
William C. White, Vice-Chairman
Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary
F. Weston Prior
Kenneth G. Ryder
LoRiNO M. Thompson
Arthur A. Vernon
University Cabinet
William C. White, Chairman
Gurth I. Abercrombie
William T. Alexander
John S. Bailey
Lincoln C. Bateson
Thomas J. Cavanagh
Dorothy G. Dissell
Albert E. Everett
Herbert W. Gallagher
Gilbert C. Garland
Emil a. Gramstorff
Roger S. Hamilton
George W. Hankinson
Charles W. Havice
Christopher F. Kennedy
Wilfred S. Lake
Gilbert G. MacDonald
Donald H. MacKenzie
George A. Mallion
Asa S. Knowles,
Roland H. Moody
Rudolph M. Morris
Carl F. Muckenhoupt
Rudolf O. Oberg
Edward S. Parsons
Philip W. Pendleton
F. Weston Prior
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.
Kenneth G. Rmder
George A. Speers
Myron J. Spencer
Richard E. Sprague
J. Kenneth Stevenson
Descomb T. Stewart
William M. Stewart
LoRiNG W. Thompson
Lester S. Vander Werf
Arthur A. Vernon
Roy L. Wooldridge
Ex Officio
William T. Alexander
Albert E. Everett
Roger S. Hamilton
Wilfred S. Lake
Library Committee
Roland H. Moody, Chairman
Kenneth G. Ryder
Lester S. Vander Werf
Arthur A. Vernon
W^illiam C. White
R. Gregg \\^ilfong
University Advisory Committee on Faculty Policy
Chester P. Baker, Chairman
Joseph M. Golemme, Secretary
Louis Cooperstein Arthur R. Foster
E. Lawrence Durham Carlo E. Gubellini
R. Gregg Wilfoxg
Northeastern University
OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY
Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D.
President of the University
Carl S. Ell, A.B., M.S., Ed.M., Sc.D., LL.D., L.H.D.
President Emeritus and Chancellor of the University
William C. White, S.B., Ed.M., Eng.D.
Vice-President and Provost of the University
General Officers of Administration
John S. Bailey, B.S., M.B.A. Director of Public Relations and Personnel
Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A. Financial Officer
Albert E. Everett, S.B., M.B.A., D.C.S. Dean of Adult and Continuing Education
Edward S. Parsons, S.B., Ed.M. Business Manager
F. Weston Prior, B.S. Director of Development
Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A. Dean of Administration of Day Programs
Loring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D. Director of University Planning
Arthur A. Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D. Dean of the Graduate School
Deans of Colleges and Principal Administrative Staff
William T. Alexander, S.B., M.A., Eng.D. P.E. (Mass.) Dean of Engineering
Roger S. Hamilton, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. Dean of Business Administration
Wilfred S. Lake, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. Dean of Liberal Arts
Lester S. Vander Were, A.B., M.A., Ed.D. Dean of Education
Albert E. Everett, S.B., M.B.A., D.C.S. Dean of University College
Donald H MacKenzie, B.Ch.E., S.B., Ed.M. Dean of Lincoln Institute
Carl F. Muckenhoupt, A.B., B.S., Ph.D. Dean of Research Administration
Emil a. Gramstorff, S.B., M.S., P.E. (Mass.) Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering
Roy L. Wooldridge, S.B., Ed.M. Dean of Co-operative Education
Gilbert C. Garland, S.B., Ed.M., Ed.D. Dean of Admissions
Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.LE., Ed.M. Dean of Students
Dorothy G. Dissell, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Dean of Women
Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M. Dean of Freshmen
Charles W. Havice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D., D.D. Dean of Chapel
Rudolph M. Morris, S.B., Ed.M. Registrar of the Colleges
Myron J. Spencer, A.B., M.A. Director of Graduate Study in Business
Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S. Director of University Libraries
Herbert W. Gallagher, S.B. Director of Student Activities
Philip W. Pendleton, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Director of Testing and Counseling Center
Rudolf O. Oberg, S.B., Ed.M. Director of Alumni Relations
George A. Speers, A.B., M.S., Ed.M. Director of Press Bureau
Descomb T. Stewart, A.B. Editor and Director of the Office of University Publications
J. Kenneth Stevenson, B.C.S. . Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds
William M. Stewart, B.S. Manager of the Bookstore
Richard E. Sprague, S.B., B.B.A., M.B.A., Ed.M. Secretary of the Faculty
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., S.B., M.B.A., Ed.M. Bursar
Lincoln Institute
LINCOLN INSTITUTE
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS
Asa S. Knovvles, A.B., A.M., LL.D. President of the University
William C. White, S.B., Ed.M., Ena^.D. Vice-President and Provost of the University
Donald H. MacKenzie, B.Ch.E., S.B., Ed.M. Dean
George A. Mallion, B.Ch.E. Assistant Dean
John S. Bailey, B.S., M.B.A. Director of Public Relations and Personnel
Thomas J. McEneaney, S.B. Placement Officer
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., S.B., M.B.A. , Ed.M. Bursar of the University
J. Kenneth Stevenson, B.C.S. Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds
Rudolf O. Oberg, S.B., Ed.M. Director of Alumni Relations
ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE
Don.a,ld H. M.\cKenzie, Chairman
HoLLis S. Baird Herbert C. Lang
Fletcher S. Boig John R. Leighton
Michael A. Cangiano George A. Mallion
Laurence F. Cleveland Carl Miller
Otis F. Cushman Ernest L. Spencer
Warren C. Dean Frederick A. Stearns
Howard W. Evirs, Jr. Thomas H. Wallace
John L. Freedman George B. Welch
Robert E. Hodgdon
OFFICE STAFF
Mary T. Averill, Administrative Secretary
Katherine a. Crowley, Secretary
Helen D. Crowne, Secretary-Recorder
Doris L. Warren, Secretary-Records
Carol T. Camplese, Clerk-Typist
Alice N. Chilson, Clerk-Typist
10 Northeastern University
FACULTY
The Strength of any educational institution lies in the quality of
its faculty. This is especially true in a technical institute devoted
to the training of mature men and women most of whom are already
employed in their chosen professions.
The instructional staff of the Lincoln Institute is composed of
men who have an active interest in the welfare of ambitious evening
school students. They are men of culture and high ideals and are
well qualified by training and experience to teach in their respec-
tive fields.
(As of February 1, 1960)
George H. Anderson Appointed 1956
Commercial Art Diploma, Vesper George School of Art, 1948; Professional Artist,
Portraiture and Illustration; Marine Engineering Technician, Planning, Design
Division, Boston Naval Shipyard.
Engineering Drawing
Paul A. Andrews Appoi?ited 7959
B.A. Boston University, 1951; M.S. Northeastern University, 1957; Production
Engineer, Microwave Associates, Inc.
General Chemistry
Robert B. ANOtiS, Jr. Appointed 1948
B.S. Northeastern University, 1947; M.S. Harvard University, 1953; P.E. (Mass.);
Section Head, Data Conversion Laboratory, Sylvania Electric Products, Inc.
Direct and Alternating-Current Theory
Roger M. Antoine Appointed 1955
Baccalaureat, Marseille University, 1942; Licence es-Science, Marseille University,
1945; Diploma of Meteorology, Marseille University, 1946; Diploma of Engineering,
Marseille School of Engineering, 1946; Assistant Professor of Mathematics, North-
eastern University.
Adaancsd Mathematics
Robert J. Averiix Appointed 1957
S.B. Northeastern University, 1957; M.S. Northeastern University, 1959; Cam-
bridge Electron Accelerator, Harvard University.
Direct and Alternating-Current Machinery
Russell H. Babcock Appointed 7954
S.B. Tufts College, 1945; S.M. Harvard University, 1947; Diplomate, American
Academy of Sanitary Engineers; P.E. (Mass., Maine, Vermont); Manager, Water
and Waste Division, The Foxboro Co., Foxboro, Mass.
Water Supply, Sewerage and Sewage Disposal
Ralph E. Bach, Jr. Appointed 1956
B.S.E.E. Lehigh University, 1953; M.S. Northeastern University, 1957; Assistant
Professor in Communications, Northeastern University.
Transients in Linear Systems
HOLLis Baird Appointed 1945
Assistant Professor of Physics, Northeastern University; Consulting Engineer, Radio
and Television.
Communication Engineering
Chairman of the Departnunt oj Electronic Engineering
Lincoln Institute 11
John C. Balsa vich Appointed 1957
Massachusetts Radio School, 1956; Electronic Technician, Northeastern University.
Advanced Electronic Laboratory, Electronic Laboratory
Paul F. Barrett Appointed 1958
B.S. University of New Hampshire, 1948; P.E. (New Hampshire); Structural
Engineer, Jackson & Moreland, Inc.
Strength of Materials
William T. Barry, Jr. Appointed 1956
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1930-1932; Tax Accountant, Second Bank-
State Street Trust Company.
Engineering Drawing
Eugene R. Bartlett Appointed 1958
B.S.E.E. Northeastern University, 1957; M.S. Northeastern University, 1959; Re-
search Associate, Electronics Research Project, Northeastern University.
Electronics for Industry Laboratory
Robert T. Bateman Appointed 1957
B.S. University of New Hampshire, 1937; M.A. University of Maine, 1950; Head
of Mathematics Department, Wellesley Senior High School.
Engineering Mathematics
G. Warren Bates Appointed 1949
B.S. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1926; M.A. Boston University, 1938;
Instructor, Medford High School.
Pre- Engineering Mathematics, Engineering Mathematics
Adolph B.^umann Appointed 1955
B.S. Kantonales Technikum, Winterthur, Switzerland, 1940; Graduate Studies,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Staff Engineer, Raytheon Company.
Communication Engineering
Stanley A. Beecoff Appointed 1957
A.E. Lincoln Institute, 1957; Production Engineer, Baldwin-Lima-Hamilton Corp.
Electronic Laboratory
Walton B. Bishop Appointed 1959
B.Ed. Illinois State Normal University, 1939; M.A. Boston University, 1950;
M.S.E.E. Northeastern University, 1954; Electronics Research Engineer, Air Force
Cambridge Research Center.
Pulse Circuits
William P. Blotnick Appointed 1959
S.B. Northeastern University, 1959; Graduate Assistant, Northeastern University.
Ac Machinery Laboratory
Edward Bobroff Appointed 1946
B.M.E. Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, New York, 1940; P.E. (Mass.); Electrical
Engineer, Boston Naval Shipyard.
Advanced Mathematics
Fletcher S. Boio Appointed 1945
B.S. Tufts CoUege, 1932; M.S. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1933; Ed.M.
Tufts College, 1937; Associate Professor of Chemistry, Northeastern University.
Chairman of the Department of Chemistry
General and Organic Chemistry Laboratory
Edward J. Booth Appointed 1956
A.B. Boston College, 1933; Ed.M. Boston College Graduate School, 1937; Assistant
Professor of Mathematics, Northejistern University.
Engineering Mathematics
12 Northeastern University
Charles H. Bouchard Appointed 1957
B.S. Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1951; Sales Engineer, Westinghouse Electric
Corporation.
Direct and Alternating-Current Theory
Kenneth E. BouRquE Appointed 1959
B.S. Northeastern University, 1958; Instructor in Electrical Engineering, North-
eastern University.
Ac Machinery Laboratory
John P. Brady, Jr. Appointed 1958
S.B., M.S. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1953; P.E. (Mass.); Electronic
Project Engineer, Sanborn Company,
Communication Engineering
Donald H. Breslow Appointed 1959
S.B. Brown University, 1954; M.S. Brown University, 1957; Senior Engineer, Avco
Research Laboratory.
Electron Tubes and Circuits
Karl L. Briggs Appointed 1957
B.S. Norwich University, 1924; M.A. Suffolk University, 1955; Head of Mathe-
matics Department, Quincy High School.
Engineering Mathematics
Curtis C. Brooks Appointed 1937
B.M.E. Northeastern University, 1924; A.M Boston University, 1937; Retired.
Advanced Mathematics, Applied Mechanics
Franklyn K. Brown Appointed 1955
Lowell Institute, 1939; B.S.Ed. Northeastern University, 1959; Assistant Professor,
Graphic Science, Northeastern University.
Engineering Drawing
Richard B. Brown, III Appointed 1954
S.B. Northeastern University, 1954; Systems Development Engineer, Sylvania
Electric Products, Inc.
Advanced Electronic Laboratory
William O. Bruehl Appointed 1956
B.S. University of Maryland, 1928; Ordnance Engineer, United States Army
Ordnance Corps; Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern
University.
Mechanical Engineering Laboratory
Morris H. Burakoff Appointed 1957
S.B. University of Massachusetts, 1940; P.E. (Mass.); Senior Engineer, Western
Electric Co., North Andover, Mass.
Electrical Measurements, Alternating-Current Theory
George E. Burdick Appointed 1950
A.B. Boston University, 1949; Section Head, Welding and Services, Raytheon
Company.
Advanced Electronic Laboratory, Electronic Laboratory
John L. Burdick Appointed 195Q
B.S. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1947; S.M. Massachusetts Institute of Tech
nology, 1948; P.E. (Mass. and N. Y.); Senior Engineer, Edwards & Kelcey.
Structural Design
James A. Caffrey Appointed 1952
Ph.B. Boston College, 1922; M.Ed. Boston College. 1926; Instructor in Mathe-
matics, Newman Preparatory School.
Pre-Engineering Mathematics, Engineering Mathematics
Lincoln Institute 13
Francis J. Callahan Appointed 1948
B.S. Northeastern University, 1948; Chief Engineer, Process Engineering, Inc.
Mechanical Engineering Laboratory
Robert E. Cameron Appointed 1956
B.S. Northeastern University, 1951; P.E. (Mass.); Personnel and Office Manager,
Harry R. Feldman, Inc., Engineers.
Surveying
Frank R. Cangiano Appointed 1957
B.S. Boston University, 1957; Instructor in Science and Mathematics, Hobbs Junior
High School, Medford, Mass.
Pre-Engineering Mathematics
Michael A. Cangiano Appointed 1946
S.B. Harvard University, 1933; Ed.M. Tufts College, 1949; Head of Science De-
partment and Junior Submaster, Medford High School.
Engineering Mathematics
Chairman of the Department of Engineering Mathematics
Richard I. Carter Appointed 1950
B.S. Northeastern University, 1952; M.S. Northeastern University, 1956; Assistant
Professor in Electrical Engineering, Northeastern University.
Transients in Linear Systems
Walter J. Casey Appointed 1955
A.B. Boston College, 1951; M.Ed. Boston Teachers College, 1952; Instructor in
Mathematics, Boston Latin School.
Engineering Mathematics
Philip J. Clang Appointed 1957
B.S. University of Connecticut, 1950; P.E. (Mass.); Senior Engineer, Structural,
Jackson & Moreland, Inc., Engineers.
Strength of Materials
Laurence Fuller Cleveland Appointed 1931
B.S. Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1929; M.S. Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology, 1935; P.E. (Mass.); Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering, North-
eastern University.
Direct and Alternating-Current Machinery
Chairman of the Depai tment of Electrical Engineering
Edward V. Cloughertv Appointed 1956
B.S. Boston College, 1952; A.M. Boston University, 1955; Research Staff, Manu-
facturing Laboratories, Inc., Research Division.
Physical Chemistry
[erome J. Connor, Jr. Appointed 1957
S.B. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1953; S.M. Massachusetts Institute
of Technology, 1954; Sc.D. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1959; Structural
Engineer, Watertown Arsenal Laboratory.
Applied Mechanics
R.OGER T. Connor Appointed 1953
A.B. Boston College, 1952; M.Ed. State Teachers College, Boston, 1953; Mathe-
matics Instructor, Boston Technical High School.
Advanced Mathematics
Robert J. Connors Appointed 1947
B.S. Northeastern University, 1948; Manager, Production Engineering, Data Sys-
tems Operation, Sylvania Electric Products, Inc.
Advanced Electronic Laboratory
\lbert L. Coyne Appointed 1948
B.S. University of Maine, 1915; Ed.M. Harvard University, 1937; P.E. (Mass.);
Instructor, Rindge Technical School.
Engineering Drawing
14 Northeastern University
Otis F. Cushman Appointed 7937
B.S, University of New Hampshire, 1932; M.S. University of New Hampshire, 1934;
Associate Professor of Graphic Science, Northeastern University.
Engineering Drawing
Chairman of the Department of Engineering Drawing
Warren C. Dean Appointed 1941
A.B. Boston University, 1931; M.A. Boston University, 1940; Associate Professor of
Mathematics, Northeastern University.
Advanced Mathematics
Chairman of the Department of Advanced Mathematics
J. James Devine Appointed 1939
B.S. University of Rhode Island, 1927; Sc.M. Brown University, 1936; P.E. (Mass.);
Associate Professor of Graphic Science, Northeastern University.
Engineering Drawing
Assistant Chairman of the Department of Engineering Drawing
John F. Dobbyn Appointed 1957
A.B. Harvard University, 1912; Ed.M. Harvard University, 1925; Master, Boston
Latin School.
Pre-Engineering Mathematics, Engineering Mathematics
Jeremiah J. Donovan Appointed 1957
A.B. Boston College, 1951; Ed.M. Boston State Teachers College, 1952; Assistant
Professor, Boston State Teachers College.
Pre-Engineering Mathematics
H. Kenneth Dooley Appointed 1957
B.S. Boston College, 1951; Ed.M. Boston State Teachers College, 1953; Instructor
in Mathematics, Braintree High School.
Pre-Engineering Mathematics
Henry B. Eden Appointed 1957
School of the Museum of Fine Arts, 1951; Art Director, Anco Technical Writing
Services, Inc.
Engineering Drawing
Herbert E. Engel Appointed 1958
B.S. College of the City of New York, 1949; Senior Member, Technical Staff, Radio
Corporation of America.
Electron Tubes and Circuits
Charles Philip Engelhardt, Jr. Appointed 1942
B.S. Harvard University, 1928; Master of Architecture, Harvard University, 1930;
Architect, Kilham, Hopkins, Greeley & Brodie.
Machine Drawing
Howard W. Evirs, Jr. Appointed 1952
B.S. Northeastern University, 1951; P.E. (Mass.); Assistant Executive Engineer,
Fitchburg Gas and Electric Light Company, Boston.
Direct and Alternating-Current Theory
Chairman of the Department of Direct and Alternating-Current Theory
Martin J. Feeney Appointed 1957
B.S. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1931; Ed.M. Boston State Teachers
College, 1938; Principal, Prince District, Boston Public Schools.
Pre-Engineering Mathematics, Engineering Mathematics
WitLiAM D. Finan Appointed 1946
A.B. Boston College, 1938; M.A. Columbia University, 1941; Instructor in English
and Mathematics, Weeks Junior High School, Newton.
Pre-Engineering Mathematics
Lincoln Institute - 15
LouB A. FioRE Appointed 1956
A.E. Lincoln Technical Institute, 1944; B.B.A. Northeastern University, 1946; Chief
Draftsman, Gabriel Electronics Company.
Engineering Drawing
Earlwood T. Fortini Appointed 1957
Lowell Institute School, 1947; Mechanical Engineer, Photon, Inc.
Machine Design
Arthur R. Foster Appointed 1949
B.S. Tufts College, 1945; M.E. Yale University, 1949; P.E. (Mass.); Associate Pro-
fessor of Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern University.
Mechanical Engineering Laboratory
Arthur P. Fredericksen Appointed 1957
Lincoln Institute; Industrial Engineer, Shoe Engineering Dept., United Shoe
Machinery Corp.
Engineering Drawing
John L. Freedman Appointed 1949
S.B. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1932; P.E. (Mass.); Project Engineer,
R. C. A. Airborne Systems Laboratory.
Electron Tubes and Circuits, Electronic Laboratory
Chairman of the Department of Electron Tubes and Circuits
Royal Merrill Frye Appointed 1930
A.B. 1911; A.M. 1912; Ph.D. 1934, Boston University; Dean, College of Advanced
Science; Graduate Division, Northeastern University.
Physics
Charles A. Furciniti Appointed 1957
S.B. Northeastern University, 1957; M.S. Northeastern University, 1959; Engineer,
Raytheon Company.
Direct and Alternating-Current Theory
Bronislaus J. Gedrewicz Appointed 1956
B.S. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1931; Designer, Small Aircraft Engine
Department, General Electric Company.
Engineering Drawing
Harry Gildea Appointed 1959
S.B. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1957; S.M. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1958; Engineer, Sylvania Electric Products.
Semiconductors and Transistors
Arthur Glazer Appointed 1959
S.B. Northeastern University, 1958; Instructor in Electrical Engineering, North-
eastern University.
Ac Machinery Laboratory
Alvin L. Click Appointed 1958
B.S. Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1953; M.S. Rutgers LTniversity, 1955;
Engineer, Raytheon Company.
Semiconductors and Transistors, Electronic Physics
Robert Griswold Appointed 1956
B.S. New Bedford Institute of Technology, 1954; M.S. Northeastern University,
1956; Graduate Student, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Qiialitative and Quantitative Chemistry
Lawrence A. Haines Appointed 1956
A.E. Lincoln Technical Institute, 1953; Sales Engineer, Mason-Neilan Division,
Worthington Corporation.
Engineering Drawing
16 Northeastern University
Joseph L. Hallett, Jr. Appointed 1958
S.B. Northeastern University, 1955; Senior Electronics Engineer, Sylvania Electric
Products.
Electronic Laboratory
Frank A. Hamilton Appointed 1947
A.E. Lincoln Technical Institute, 1939; Structural Engineer, Jackson & More-
land, Inc.
Structural Drawing
Alden G. Handy Appointed 1957
B.S. Boston University, 1924; M.A. Boston University, 1936; Consultant, Optics.
Physics
Francis R. Hankard Appointed 1946
S.B. Northeastern University, 1946; M.A. Boston University, 1949; Chemist, State
Police Laboratories.
Physics
Harry N. Hardsog Appointed 1958
B.S., M.S. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1929; P.E. (Mass.); Assistant
Professor of Physics, Northeastern University.
Physics
Robert L. Harrington Appointed 1948
B.M.E. Clarkson College of Technology, 1939; M.S. Case Institute, 1941; P.E.
(Mass.); Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering, Tufts University.
Heat Engineering
Eric Harrison Appointed 1949
Wentworth Institute, 1920; B.S. Suffolk University, 1937; M.A. Suffolk University,
1951; Instructor in Mechanical Drawing, Medford High School.
Engineering Drawing
HoLLis D. Hatch Appointed 1956
A.B. Harvard College, 1915; Ed.M. Boston Teachers College, 1937; Lecturer in
Physics, Northeastern University.
Physics
Percy H. Hill Appointed 1950
B.M.E. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1944; M.S. Harvard University, 1951;
P.E. (Mass.); Associate Professor in Engineering, Tufts University.
Mechanism
Robert Edgar Hodgdon Appointed 1927
B.S. University of New Hampshire, 1917; M.S. Massachusetts Institute of Technol-
ogy, 1931; Instructor, Rindge Technical School.
Physics
Erhard J. HoFMANN Appointed 1956
B.E.E. 1 954, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Staff Engineer, Lincoln Laboratory,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Direct and Alternate-Current Theory, Electronic Laboratory
Wheaton a. Holden Appointed 1955
A.B. Brown University, 1948; M.A. Boston University, 1949; Assistant Professor,
Northeastern University.
Engineering Drawing
Richard W. Hubbard Appointed 1957
B.S. University of Massachusetts, 1935; Ed.M. Harvard University, 1945; Graduate
School, Northeastern University; Head of Mathematics Department, Weeks Junior
High School, Newton, Mass.
Pre- Engineering Mathematics
Lincoln Institute - 17
Everett L. Hume Appointfd 1950
B.S. 1933, M.S. 1933, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; P.E. (Mass.); Engi-
neer, Jackson & Moreland, Inc.
Hydraulics
Martin Idelson Appointed 1956
B.S.Ch. Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1952; Ph.D. Polytechnic Institute of
Brooklyn, 1955; Scientist, Polaroid Corporation.
Organic Chemistry
Carroll I. Johnson Appointed 1956
S.B. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1950; M.S. Northeastern University,
1958; P.E. (Mass. & Wash.); Plant Manager, Emerson & Cuming, Inc.
Applied Mechanics
Percy E. Jones Appointed 1923
B.S. Boston University, 1930; Instructor in Mathematics, Huntington School.
Pre- Engineering Mathematics
A. Louis Karp Appointed 1956
A.B. Harvard College, 1927; Ed.M. Boston University, 1931; Submaster, Boston
School Department.
Pre-Engineering Mathematics, Engineering Mathematics
Louis Katona Appointed 1959
B.C.E. College of the City of New York, 1944; M.C.E. Polytechnic Institute of
Brooklyn, 1948; P.E. (Mass. and N. Y.); Hydraulic and Sanitary Engineer, Barnes
and Jarnis, Inc.
Hydraulics
Charles W. Kaufman Appointed 195S
B.S. Bridgewater Teachers College, 1939; Ed.M. Boston University, 1940; Science
Teacher, Brighton High School.
Physics
John T. Kkiran Appointed 1957
A.B. Boston College, 1933; A.M. Harvard University, 1935; Master, Boston Latin
School.
Engineering Mathematics
Bernard J. Kiley Appointed 1958
B.E. 1953, M.E. 1954, Yale University; Structural Designer, Clarkeson Engineering
Company, Inc.
Applied Mechanics
Mark M. Kiley Appointed 1955
B,E. Yale University, 1948; M.E. Yale University, 1949; P.E. (Mass., R, I.); Con-
sulting Engineer.
Strength of Materials
William F. King Appointed 1957
B.S. Northeastern University, 1957; M.S. Northeastern University, 1959; Engineer,
Minneapolis-Honeywell, Boston Division.
Advanced Electronic Laboratory, Direct-Current Theory
John J. Klein Appointed 1950
B.S. Northeastern University, 1949; M.S. Northeastern University, 1955; Leader
(Advanced Circuit Development), Missile Electronics and Control Department,
Radio Corporation of America.
Direct and Alternating-Current Machinery Laboratory.
Borah L. Kreimer Appointed 1964
B.S. North Carolina State College, 1940; Ed.M. Northeastern University, 1956;
Assistant Professor of Graphic Science, Northeastern University.
Engineering Drawing
Northeastern University
Horatio W, Lamson Appointed 1945
B.S. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1915; M.A. Harvard University, 1917;
P.E. (Mass.); Research Engineer, Emeritus, General Radio Company.
Alternating-Current Theory, Electrical Measurements
Herbert C. Lang Appointed 1936
B.S. Northeastern University, 1934; P.E. (Mass.); Chief Draftsman, Mason-Neilan
Division of Worthington Corporation.
Machine Drawing
Chairman oj the Department of Machine Drawing
Robert S. Lang Appointed 1955
B.S. Northeastern University, 1945; Ed.M. Boston University, 1954; Assistant Pro-
fessor of Graphic Science, Northeastern University.
Engineering Drawing
Clarence E. LeBell Appointed 1955
Lowell Institute, 1940; Mechanical and Electrical Engineering Designer, Aircraft
Gas Turbine Division, General Electric Co.
Engineering Drawing
John Robert Leighton Appointed 1915
B.C.E. Northeastern University, 1914; Senior Instructor of Strength of Materials,
Wentv^orth Institute.
Applied Mechanics, Strength of Materials
Chairman oJ Department of Applied Mechanics and StreJigth of Materials
Nicholas J. Lembo Appointed 1953
B.S. Boston College, 1951; Ed.M. Boston Teachers College, 1952; Assistant Professor
of Physical Science, State Teachers College at Boston.
Pre- Engineering Mathematics, Engineering Mathematics
Howard Lessoff Appointed 1957
S.B. 1953, M.S. 1957, Northeastern University; Staflf Engineer, Radio Corporation
of America.
Qualitative-Quantitative Chemistry Laboratory
Charles S. Lewis Appointed 1956
S.B. Colby College, 1924; Ed.M. Harvard University, 1926; Head of Science De-
partment, Roslindale High School.
Physics
Demetre p. Ligor Appointed 1959
B.S. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1949; Supervisor, Instrumentation
Manufacturing, Baldwin-Lima-Hamilton Corp.
Electronic Physics, Semiconductors and Transistors
John W. F. Lloyd Appointed 1959
B.S. Northeastern University, 1958; Instructor in Electrical Engineering, North-
eastern University.
Electronics for Industry Laboratory
Edward F. Lobacz Appointed 1951
B.S.C.E. Northeastern University, 1943; M.S.C.E. Harvard University, 1948; P.E.
(Mass.); Supervisory Civil Engineer, (S.M.) U. S. Army Engineer Division, New
England
Structural Analysis
Andrew G. Lofgren Appointed 1946
Lowell Institute, 1932; A. A. Harvard University, 1942; Ed.M. Boston University,
1946; Master, Mechanical Drawing, Boston Technical High School.
Engineering Drawing
Bertram S. Long Appointed 1952
B.S. Northeastern University, 1949; M.S. Northeastern University, 1954; Assistant
Professor of Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern University.
Mechanical Engineering Laboratory
Lincoln Institute 19
Roger G. Long Appointed 1952
A.E. Lincoln Technical Institute, 1950; Graduate Study, Harvard University,
1950-51; B.B.A. Northeastern University, 1953; Chief Engineer, General Com-
munication Company.
Advanced Electronic Laboratory
PC_ENNETH A. Lucas Appointed 1950
S.B. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1925; M.Ed. Boston University, 1931;
P.E. (Mass.); Reg. Land Surveyor (Mass.); Civil Engineer, Whitman & Howard,
Inc.
Surveying
John F. Lutkevich Appointed 1956
A.E. Lincoln Technical Institute, 1952; B.B.A. Northeastern University, 1954;
Engineer, Sylvania Electric Products, Inc.
Machine Drawing, Engineering Drawing
Alexander MacMullen Appointed 1956
B.S. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1951; M.S. Massachusetts Institute
of Technology, 1951; Section Manager, Raytheon Company.
Electronic Physics, Electronic Laboratory
Alvin Mandell Appointed 1950
B.E.E. College of the City of New York, 1943; P.E. (Mass.); M.S. Northeastern
University, 1955; Supervisor, Boeing Airplane Company.
Advanced Electronic Laboratory
Arthur J. Marchand, Jr. Appointed 1955
S.B. 1955, M.S. 1958, Northeastern University; Engineer, Bethlehem Steel Company.
Mechanical Engineering Laboratory
PAsquALE A. Marino Appointed 1959
B.S. Northeastern University, 1956; P.E. (Mass.); Instructor in Mechanical Engi-
neering, Northeastern University.
Heat Engineering
Alexander G. Marshall, Jr. Appointed 1957
A.B. Middlebury College, 1951; M.A. Boston University, 1954; Mathematics
Instructor, Lincoln-Sudbury Regional High School.
Engineering Mathematics
R. Paul Mastrocola Appointed 1957
S.B. Northeastern University, 1957; Mechanical Engineer, Raytheon Company.
Mechanical Engineering Laboratory
John D. Mazgelis Appointed 1957
Industrial Technical Institute, 1956; Customer Engineer, International Business
Machines Corp.
Electronic Laboratory
Francis T. McCabe Appointed 1952
B.S. University of Maine, 1917; Ed.M. Harvard University, 1928; Formerly Head-
master, Rindge Technical School.
Engineering Drawing
Edward F. McCarren, Jr. Appointed 1951
A.E.E. Lincoln Technical Institute, 1951; Engineering Assistant, Baldwin-Lima-
Hamilton Corp.
Advanced Electronic Laboratory
Vernon S. McFarlin Appointed 1953
B.E.E. Northeastern University, 1931; P.E. (Mass.); Supervising Engineer, Boston
Edison Company.
Engineering Mathematics
20 Northeastern University
Eugene L. McLaughlin Appointed 1956
A.B. Boston College, 1929; M.A. Boston College Graduate School, 1931; Head of
Mathematics Department, Hyde Park High School.
Engineering Mathematics
Robert F. McMahon Appointed 1956
B.S. University of Maine, 1953; M.S. Harvard University, 1954; Technical Service
Manager, Keleket X-Ray Division, Tracerlab, Inc.
Engineering Mathematics
Robert L. Meserve Appointed 1954
S.B. Northeastern University, 1951; L.S. (Mass.); Project Engineer, Camp, Dresser
& McKee.
Surveying
Carl Mii ler Appointed 1945
A.B. Harvard University, 1929; LL.B. Boston University, 1933; Ed.M. Boston
Teachers College, 1935; Assistant Principal, Boston School Department.
Engineering Mathematics, Pre-Engineering Mathematics
Chairman of Departnient oj Pre-Engineering Mathematics
Knowlton Miller Appointed 1958
A.B. Harvard University, 1958; Engineer, Radio Corporation of America.
Electron Tubes and Circuits
Richard W. Miller Appointed 1959
B.S. Northeastern University, 1958; Engineering Trainee, Threadwell Tap & Die
Company.
Mechanical Engirieering Laboratory
Ernest E. Mills Appointed 1947
B.S. Northeastern University, 1946; M.S. Northeastern University, 1954; Assistant
Professor of Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern University.
Mechanical Engineering Laboratory
Robert L. Moynihan Appointed 1959
S.B. Northeastern University, 1959; Graduate Assistant, Electrical Engineering
Department, Northeastern University.
Advanced Electronic Laboratory
Julian S. Natanson Appointed 1957
Franklin Technical Institute, 1937-1941; Lowell Institute, 1943; Research and
Development Department, Keystone Manufacturing Co.
Machine Drawing
John R. O'Brien Appointed 1946
A.B. Boston College, 1933; A.M. Boston College, 1934; Head of Mathematics Dept.,
English High School, Boston.
Advanced Mathematics
Ralph W. O'Rourke Appointed 1953
B.S.E. Fitchburg State Teachers College, 1936; M.S. University of Massachusetts,
1938; Instructor in Engineering Drawing and Industrial Management, Apprentice
School, Boston Naval Shipyard.
Engineering Drawing
John N. Ostis Appointed 1955
A.E. Lincoln Institute, 1953; B.B.A. in E. & M., Northeastern University, 1954;
Staff Engineer, Mitre Corporation.
Advanced Electronic Laboratory
Thomas J. Ow^ns Appointed 1952
A.B. Boston College, 1943; Instructor in Mathematics, Quincy High School.
Advanced Mathematics
William E. Palmquist Appointed 1958
B.S. Illinois Institute of Technology, 1955; First Lieutenant, U.S.A.F., Air Force
Cambridge Research Center.
Applied Mechanics
Lincoln Institute ' 21
NoRMAND A. PAquETTE Appointed 1958
A.E. Lincoln Institute, 1956; B.B.A. Northeastern University, 1958; Research
Engineer, Melpar, Inc.
Electronic Laboratory
William M. Parker Appointed 1957
LL.B. Northeastern University, 1925; A.E. Lincoln Institute, 1956; Mechanical
Engineer, Minneapolis-Honeywell Regulator Co., Boston Division.
Engineering Mathematics
William H. Parmenter Appointed 1952
A.E. Lincoln Technical Institute, 1948; B.B.A. Northeastern University, 1952;
Engineer, Baird-Atomic Inc.
Advanced Electronic Laboratory
Donald Paterson Appointed 1959
S.B. Northeastern University, 1958; Teaching Fellow, Northeastern University.
Mechanical Engineering Laboratory
Kenneth C. Perkins Appointed 1955
S.B. Northeastern University, 1951; S.M. Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
1953; Senior Engineer, Hampshii-e Engineering Company.
Direct and Alternating-Current Theory
Bernard D. Perry Appointed 1959
B.E.E. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1952; M.S. Northeastern University, 1956;
Electronic Development Engineer, Laboratory for Electronics.
Electron Tubes and Circuits
Chauncy S. Perry Appointed 1957
B.S. Northeastern University, 1957; M.S. Northeastern University, 1959; Assistant
Project Engineer, Raytheon Company.
Mechanical Engiruering Laboratory
Robert F. Pierce Appointed 1956
B.S. Northeastern University, 1947; Ed.M. Boston University, 1953; Chairman of
Mathematics Department, Westvvood High School.
Advanced Mathematics
Sidney F. Quint Appointed 1954
S.B. Northeastern University, 1946; S.M. Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
1950; P.E. (Mass.); Development Engineer and Group Leader, Raytheon Company.
Electron Tubes and Circuits
Gerard H. Ratcliffe Appointed 1955
A.B. Boston University, 1949; Senior Engineer, Sylvania Electric Products. Inc.
Advanced Electronic Laboratory
Richard S. Rice Appointed 1951
S.B. Thayer School of Civil Engineering, Dartmouth College, 1943; M.S. Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology, 1947; P.E. (Mass.); Structural Engineer, Jackson &
Moreland, Inc., Engineers.
Concrete Design
Edward L. Rich Appointed 1956
B.S. Northeastern University, 1952; M.S. Northeastern University, 1956; Project
Engineer, Sylvania Electric Products, Inc.
Heat Engineering, Strength of Materials
David E. Rosengard Appointed 1946
A.B. Harvard College, 1931; A.M. Harvard University, 1932; Head of Mathematics
Department, Girls Latin School, Boston.
Advanced Mathematics
Barnet Rudman Appointed 1942
A.B. Harvard University, 1921; Ed.M. Boston Teachers College, 1934; Assistant
Professor of Mathematics, Northeastern University.
Advanced Mathematics
22 Northeastern University
Wilfred P. Rule Appointed 1957
S.B. Tufts University, 1953; M.S. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1957;
Assistant Professor of Engineering Graphics, Tufts University.
Mecfianism
Richard M. Rush Appointed 1956
S.B. United States Naval Academy, 1918; M.S. Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology, 1922; Associate Professor of Physics, Northeastern University.
Physics
Albert E. Sanderson Appointed 7936
B.G.E. Northeastern University, 1926; B.S. Northeastern University, 1940; M.S.
Harvard University, 1944; P.E. (Mass.); Associate Professor of Civil Engineering,
Northeastern University.
Structural Design
Frank W. Sarnow, Jr. Appointed 1948
B.S. 1939, B.B.A. 1954, Ed.M. 1958, Northeastern University; P.E. (Mass.); Deputy
Chief, Plant Facilities Office, Watertown Arsenal.
Structural Drawing
Francis Sattin Appointed 1959
S.B. Northeastern University, 1943; P.E. (Mass.); Structural Design Engineer,
Badger Manufacturing Company.
Strength of Materials
Henry Schwartz Appointed 1958
A.B. University of California, 1939; M.Ed. Teachers College, North Adams, 1944;
P.E. (Mass.); Field Engineer.
Physics
Seymour Schwartz Appointed 1959
B.S. Harvard University, 1948; President and Director of Engineering, Transistor
Application, Inc.
Semiconductors and Transistors
Charles F. Seaverns Appointed 1941
Harvard Univensity, 1915-17; Associate in Engineering, Lincoln Institute, 1944;
Graduate work in Education, Boston University, 1945-47; Retired.
Engineering Drawing
Harold M. Sharaf Appointed 1955
B.S., M.S. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1952; Vice-President, Tenco
Electronics, Inc.
Communication Engineering
Freeman D. Shepherd, Jr. Appointed 1959
B.S. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1959; Electronic Research Specialist,
Air Force Cambridge Research Center.
Electronic Physics, Semiconductors and Transistors
Joseph Simons Appointed 1956
B.S. Boston University, 1950; M.Ed. Boston University, 1953; Supervisor of Ap-
prentice Training, Boston Naval Shipyard.
Advanced Mathematics
Gordon N. Smith Appointed 1957
B.S. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1954; P.E. (R. I.): Chief Engineer,
Monitor and Control Division, Fenwal Corporation.
Communication Engineering
Ernest L. Spencer Appointed 1941
B.S. Northeastern University, 1936; M.S. Harvard University, 1943; P.E. (Mass.);
R.L.S. (Mass.); Associate Professor of Civil Engineering, Northeastern University.
Chairman of the Department oj Civil Engineering
Structural Analysis
S. Leonard Spitz Appointed 1955
B.S. Northeastern University, 1946; P.E. (Mass.); Project Engineer, Allied Research
Associates.
Heat Engineering
Lincoln Institute 23
Frederick Arlington Stearns Appointed 1921
B.S. 1917, M.S. 1934, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; P.E. (Mass.); Pro-
fessor of Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern University.
Heat Engineering
Chairman of the Department oj Mechanical Engineering
Robert B. Stitt Appointed 1959
B.B.A. Northeastern University, 1959; Senior Engineer, Edgerton, Germeshausen &
Grier, Inc.
Electronic Laboratory
Maurice Temple Appointed 1956
S.B. Northeastern University, 1947; M.Ed. Boston Teachers College, 1952; Senior
Instructor in Science, Boston Public Schools.
Pre- Engineering Mathematics, Engineering Mathematics
Robert L. Thing Appointed 1957
B.S. 1943, M.S. 1951, University of Illinois; Development Engineer, Mason-Neilan
Division, Worthington Corporation.
Electron Tubes and Circuits
Frank E. TRiresDALE Appointed 1957
B.S. University of Massachusetts, 1950: Assistant Professor in Graphic Science,
Northeastern University.
Engineering Drawing
Frank A. Underwood Appointed 1959
S.B. Northeastern University, 1958; Junior Engineer, Microtech Research Co.
Mechanical Engineering Laboratory
Arthur M. Vuilleumier Appointed 1953
Instructor in Electronics, Massachusetts Trade School; Project Engineer, L. M.
Herman Company, R. C. A. Sound Division Section.
Advanced Electronic Laboratory
Richard Wadler Appointed 1953
A.M.E. Lincoln Technical Institute, 1947; P.E. (Mass.); Senior Engineer, Ray-
theon Company.
Machine Design
William E. Walker, Jr. Appointed 1958
B.S. University of Massachusetts, 1956; M.S. Northeastern University, 1959; En-
gineer, Camp, Dresser & McKee.
Hydraulics
Thomas H. Wallace Appointed 1941
S.B. Boston University, 1933; M.A. Harvard Graduate School, 1936; Ph.D. Boston
University, 1939; Associate Professor of Physics, Northeastern University.
Physics
Chairman oj the Department oJ Physics
John E. Walsh Appointed 1947
A.B. St. Michael's College, 1938; A.M. Boston University, 1940; Head, Advanced
Antenna Research Section, Pickard & Burns, Inc.
Advanced Mathematics
John L. Warner Appointed 1948
B.S. Tufts College, 1942; M.S. Harvard University, 1950; Associate Professor of
Electrical Engineering, Tufts University.
Transmission Liru Theory, Electronics for Industry
George E. WASHBtmN Appointed 1957
S.B. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1909; Ph.D. University of Berlin, 1914;
Retired.
Physics
24 Northeastern University
Charles I. Waterman Appointed 1956
B.S.E.E. Northeastern University, 1947; M.S.E.E. Harvard University Graduate
School of Engineering, 1948; P.E. (Mass.); Senior Engineer, Bay State Electronics
Corp.
Direct and Alternating-Current Theory
Frank S. Weinert Appointed 1957
A.B. Harvard College, 1948; B.S. Columbia University, 1951; M.S. Columbia
University, 1952; Optometrist.
Engineering Mathematics
Morton D. Weinert Appointed 1955
A.B. Harvard University, 1938; Ed.M. Boston Teachers College, 1939; Mathematics
Master, Boston Latin School.
Advanced Mathematics
George B. Welch Appointed 1946
B.S. Bowdoin College, 1922; Ph.D. Cornell University, 1928; Professor of Physics,
Northeastern University.
Electronic Physics, Semiconductors and Transistors
Ralph A. Wellings Appointed 1955
B.S. Boston College, 1955; Mathematics Instructor, Boston Public Schools.
Engineering Mathematics
Ralph E. Wellings Appointed 1944
A.B. Boston College, 1920; A.M. Boston College, 1925; Ed.M. Boston Teachers
College, 1930; Head of Science Department, Brighton High School.
Physics
Karl H. West, Jr. Appointed 1956
B.S. Northeastern University, 1950; M.Ed. Boston Teachers College, 1951; Instruc-
tor in Mathematics, Needham High School.
Engineering Mathematics
Thomas F. Wkfte Appointed 1957
B.S. Mathematics, Boston College, 1951; B.S. Massachusetts Maritime Academy,
1952; M.Ed. Bridgewater State Teachers College, 1952; Instructor of Mathematics,
Quincy High School.
Engineering Mathematics
WiLLARD B. Whittemore Appointed 1957
B.S. in C.E. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1932; Ed.M. Boston Univer-
sity, 1946; C.A.G.S. Boston University, 1956; Instructor in Mathematics, Everett
High School.
Pre- Engineering Mathematics
Joseph F. Willard Appointed 1949
S.B. Northeastern University, 1949; P.E. (Mass.); Assistant Civil Engineer, Elec-
tronic Computer Development, Massachusetts Department of Public Works.
Transportation Engineering
Albert G. Wilson, Jr. Appointed 1948
B.S. in Civil Engineering, Thayer School, Dartmouth, 1946; M.S. Case Institute of
Technology, 1948; P.E, (Mass.); Structural Engineer, Anderson-Nichols Co.
Applied Mechanics
Robert D. Wright Appointed 1955
A.E. Lincoln Institute, 1955; Graduate Study, Northeastern University; Senior
Engineer, Data Systems Operations, Sylvania Electric Products, Inc.
Electron Tubes and Circuits, Advanced Electronic Laboratory
Joseph W. Zeller Appointed 1950
B.S. 1908, M.E, 1938, Tufts University; P.E. (Mass.); Professor Emeritus of Me-
chanical Engineering, Northeastern University.
Machine Design
Lincoln Institute 25
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
AIMS AND SCOPE OF THE UNIVERSITY
Founded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a
privately endowed non-sectarian institution of higher learning
under the General Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature
by special enactment has given the University general degree
granting powers. The University is governed by a Board of Trus-
tees who are elected by and from the Northeastern University
Corporation which is comprised of more than a hundred distin-
guished business and professional men.
From its beginning Northeastern University has had as its domi-
nant purpose the discovery of community educational needs and
the meeting of these in distinctive and serviceable ways. The Uni-
versity has not duplicated the programs of other institutions, but
has sought to pioneer new areas of educational service.
A distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Co-opera-
tive Plan, initiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and
subsequently adopted by the Colleges of Business Administration
(1922), Liberal Arts (1935), and Education (1953). This service-
able educational method enables students to gain valuable prac-
tical experience as an integral part of their college programs and
also provides the means by which they may contribute substan-
tially to the costs of their education. The plan has been extended
to the graduate level in several fields of engineering in co-operation
with industrial corporations located throughout the United States.
In the field of adult education, programs of study have been de-
veloped to meet a variety of needs. Since 1906 evening curricula
have been offered leading to the bachelor's degree in business and
carefully planned to serve mature students who are employed full
time during the day but who are desirous of broadening their
educational background by part-time study. Similar evening pro-
grams in the arts and sciences, in engineering, and in teacher edu-
cation have been added in recent years. All formal courses of study
leading to degrees through evening programs are approved by the
appropriate college faculty and are subject to the same quantitative
and qualitative standards as the regular day curricula.
The following is a brief outline of the aims and scope of the
University's programs.
26 Northeastern University
I. The Five Colleges
1 . The College of Liberal Arts
The College of Liberal Arts offers majors in the usual fields
of the arts and sciences leading to the degrees of Bachelor of
Arts and Bachelor of Science. With the exception of pre-
professional programs, day curricula are normally five years
in length and operated on the Co-operative plan. In all-
majors except chemistry and physics, however, qualified stu-
dents with the approval of the dean may elect to complete
requirements for the degree on a full-time plan in four years.
The College also offers a number of its courses during evening
hours, constituting a program leading to the Bachelor of
Arts degree with curricula in economics, English, history and
government, and sociology.
2. The College of Education
The College of Education offers the option of study on the
conventional four-year full-time plan or on the five-year Co-
operative Plan which provides for a period of teacher-intern-
ship in various school systems of the Greater Boston area.
Both programs lead to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Education and are designed particularly to meet the needs of
high school graduates who desire to prepare themselves for
teaching or administrative positions in elementary and sec-
ondary schools.
The College also offers evening curricula leading to the de-
gree of Bachelor of Science in Education in co-operation with
the College of Liberal Arts.
3. The College of Business Administration
The College of Business Administration offers both day and
evening programs of study in the principal fields of business
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Ad-
ministration. The day programs are offered on the five-year
Co-operative Plan under which students gain substantial
practical experience in the fields for which they are preparing
as an integral part of their undergraduate course of study.
Evening programs offered by the College meet the same
academic requirements as the day curricula and lead to the
same degrees. The evening programs of part-time study nor-
mally extend over approximately eight years.
Lincoln Institute 27
4. The College of Engineering
The College of Engineering" offers five-year co-operative cur-
ricula in civil, mechanical, electrical, chemical, and industrial
engineering leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science with
specification according to the engineering department in
which the student qualified.
The College also offers during evening hours a full program
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Electrical
Engineering. This program extends over nine years, covers
the identical courses given in the day co-operative curriculum,
and meets the same qualitative and quantitative standards of
scholarship.
5. University College
University College, so called because it draws upon the re-
sources of the other Colleges of the University, offers courses
of study leading to certificates, associate degrees, or to Bache-
lor of Science degrees with specification of field of concentra-
tion. Programs of the College are designed specifically to meet
the needs of older, more mature students who wish to under-
take part-time programs of education during evening hours.
xA.lthough it is exclusively an evening College, the quality
standards of instruction and the requirements for its degree
are wholly consistent with those of the other Colleges of
Northeastern University. University College does not dupli-
cate the offerings of the Colleges of Liberal Arts, Business
Administration, Education, and Engineering, but provides
curricula which cut across traditional subject matter areas
and meet the particular needs of adults desiring formal pro-
grams of professional development on a part-time basis.
II. The Graduate School
The Graduate School of the University offers day and evening
programs of study leading to appropriate masters degrees in the
fields of arts and sciences, education, business, and engineering.
Some of these programs are offered on the Co-operative Plan;
others provide teaching and research fellowships for able candi-
dates. Administrative headquarters for all graduate programs are
located on the first floor of the Graduate Center Building where
the offices of the dean and of the several directors of professional
programs are located.
28 Northeastern University
III. Lincoln Institute
Lincoln Institute offers evening programs of study in several
fields of science and engineering technology leading to the degree
of Associate in Science or Associate in Engineering. The courses of
study are of college grade and cover much of the technological
subject matter customarily included in schools of engineering, but
the curricula are less extensive in scope than those required for
the baccalaureate degree in engineering. They prepare students
to work with professional engineers in various technical capacities.
IV. Adult and Continuing Education
The Office of Adult and Continuing Education provides special
programs and services for the business and industrial community.
These include programs in management development, seminars,
conferences, institutes, and forums designed to communicate infor-
mation about current trends in various areas. The Office also
sponsors a Bureau of Business and Industrial Training which sets
up both off-campus and on-campus, short-term, non-credit courses
to meet the specific training needs of industrial organizations in
New England.
V. Research Activities
The Faculty of the University are engaged upon a wide variety
of basic research projects in business, science, social science, and
engineering. These are co-ordinated by the Dean of Research
Administration whose services are University-wide and available
to the Faculties of all the Colleges.
Although Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergradu-
ate and graduate instruction in the areas of arts and sciences, busi-
ness, engineering, and teacher education, the University believes
that the most effective teaching and learning takes place in an
environment characterized by research activities directed toward
extending the frontiers of knowledge.
BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES
University Buildings
LOCATION
Northeastern University is located on Huntington Avenue, Bos-
ton. The main administrative offices of the University are located
in Richards Hail.
Lincoln Institute '" 29
The chief railroad centers of Boston are the North and South
Stations. To reach the University from the North Station, board
an MTA subway car going to Park Street and transfer there to any
Huntington Avenue car. To reach the University from South
Station, board a Cambridge-bound subway train and transfer at
Park Street to a Huntington Avenue car. The "Northeastern"
station is the first stop outside the subway.
HUNTINGTON AVENUE CAMPUS
The principal educational buildings of Northeastern University
are located on a sixteen-acre site in the Back Bay section of Boston.
Only one block to the west of the University lie the famous Boston
Museum of Fine Arts and the beautiful public gardens-park
reservation known as "The Fenway."
Following a long-range development plan, University facilities
have expanded substantially in recent years. In addition to the
seven buildings constructed within the last two decades, several
modernized older buildings are available for specialized uses. The
newer buildings on the campus are interconnected by means of tun-
nels, so that the students may go from building to building without
going out of doors in inclement weather.
In addition to classrooms and instructional offices, the principal
buildings include the following:
Botolph Building — Civil Engineering laboratories
Forsyth Building — Industrial and Mechanical Engineering
laboratories
Greenleqf Building — ROTC headquarters, research facilities
The Robert Gray Dodge Library — ■ Library, drawing rooms
Science Hall — Chemical Engineering and Biology laboratories
The Carl Stephens Ell Student Center — Student Activities, Health
department, chapel, auditorium, and Universit)^ Commons
Richards Hall — Administrative offices. Mechanical Engineering,
Psychology and Chemistry laboratories, bookstore
The Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education Center — gv^mnasium,
cage, rifle range
Hayden Hall — Evening Division offices. Business, Education, and
Electrical Engineering laboratories, art studio
Graduate Center — Administrative offices of the Graduate School,
Physics laboratories and cafeteria
30 Northeastern University
GENERAL INFORMATION
STUDENT BODY
The Students of the Lincoln Institute represent men and women
of earnest purpose and firm endeavor who bring to bear on their
work a thoroughness which promises future success. Their ages last
year ranged from seventeen to fifty-two, the average age being
twenty-six years. Almost all the students are engaged in work during
the day and many different occupations have their representatives
in the student body, a fact which demonstrates that the Institute
can be of service to men in many walks of life. Some students are
preparing to enter engineering work; many are already engaged
in engineering work and are studying to prepare themselves for
increased responsibility and rewards.
TRANSPORTATION
The Railroad Systems entering Boston issue students' tickets to
students under twenty-one years of age. Veterans regardless of age
are eligible for reduced rates on most of the railroads. Applications
for these may be obtained at a railroad office and must be presented
at the school office for signature.
The Administrative Office will do everything possible to make
share-the-ride arrangements among members of the student body
to accommodate those who have transportation problems.
LIBRARY AND STUDY AREAS
The University Library is well equipped in technical literature
and is available for use of students of the Institute. The reading
rooms are open from 9:00 a.m. to 7:30 p.m. on weekdays, and from
9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon on Saturdays. The privilege of obtaining
books from the Boston Public Library is extended to students of
the Institute. Applications for this privilege should be made directly
to the Boston Public Library.
Adequate study areas are available in the Library and Student
Center Building for student use.
TEXTBOOKS AND SUPPLIES
The University Bookstore is operated for the convenience of
the student body. All books and supplies which are required by
the students for their work in the Institute may be purchased at the
Bookstore which is located in the basement of Richards Hall.
Lincoln Institute 31
PLACEMENT SERVICE
It is the policy of the Institute to serve the students whenever
possible by placing them in those positions which promise attractive
opportunities for development and advancement. The Institute can-
not guarantee to place its students, but it does endeavor to keep in
close touch with those who desire placement service and to assist them
in obtaining satisfactory advancements in positions and income. No
charge is made for placement service. Those needing this assistance
should arrange an appointment with the Director of Placement.
VISITORS
Visitors are always welcome at one class session in any depart-
ment. Those who wish to visit any of the classes should call at
the school office and obtain a visitor's card signed by the Dean.
32 Northeastern University
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
REGULAR STUDENTS
Applicants for admission who present evidence of completion
of an approved secondary school course, or the equivalent of
fifteen units (including one unit in Algebra and one in Plane
Geometry), may be admitted as regular students, candidates for
the Degree of Associate in Engineering or Associate in Science and
also eligible to proceed later, if they so desire, to the Degree of
Bachelor of Science in Industrial Technology offered by Univer-
sity College of Northeastern University.
CONDITSONED STUDENTS
Applicants for admission who do not meet the full requirements
for admission as regular students may, at the discretion of the
Committee on Admission, be admitted as conditioned students pro-
vided such secondary school work as has been completed embraces
one unit of Algebra and one unit of Plane Geometry.
A conditioned student whose scholarship is satisfactory but who
has not removed his conditions within the time specified by the
Committee on Admission may be permitted to continue with his
program of studies, but on the completion of the chosen four-year
curriculum he will receive a diploma indicating the completion of
the program, but not carrying the award of the Degree of Asso-
ciate in Engineering or Associate in Science.
SPECIAL STUDENTS
Students who wish to register for a special program or for single
courses may be admitted as special students, not candidates for the
Degree, provided their previous education and training are the
equivalent of the prerequisite requirements for the courses in which
they wish to enroll.
Programs are planned to meet individual needs and should
prove of benefit to those who wish rapid and immediate knowl-
edge of certain fields, whether to supplement former training or
to obtain preparation which will permit them to enter a new line
of endeavor.
Lincoln Institute 33
CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS
Students are admitted to Lincoln Institute in September, Janu-
ary or June. Applicants admitted without entrance deficiencies may
complete the requirements for the Associate Degree in four aca-
demic years by attending three evenings per week.
All applicants admitted to the freshman class as degree candi-
dates are required to take the Mathematics Placement Test which
is given on the following dates:
May 31, 1960 — for June {Summer Term) students
September 12, 1960 — for September {Division A) students
January 23, 1961 — for January {Division B) students
Those who demonstrate satisfactory proficiency in the test will pro-
ceed directly with the prescribed courses for the first year.
Inasmuch as success in the study of engineering is based upon a
proficiency in Mathematics, those who receive a low score in the
Placement Test (either because of inadequate preparatory courses
or because of the length of time elapsed since graduation from
secondary school) are classified as "Pre-Engineering Students" and
must enroll for and satisfactorily complete a special comprehensive
one-term course in Pre-Engineering Mathematics. Upon satisfac-
tory completion of this course they are reclassified as degree
candidates.
DIVISION A STUDENTS
Students starting in September who demonstrate satisfactory
proficiency in the Mathematics Placement Test may, by attendance
on three evenings per week, complete the prescribed courses for the
freshman year in May. They may, however, elect a lighter scholastic
load, thereby extending their programs of study.
Summer courses are not necessary for Division A students carry-
ing the normal course load. However, those enrolled as candidates
for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Industrial Technology
may find it advantageous to complete certain of their management
courses during the summer terms.
DIVISION B STUDENTS
Students starting in January and demonstrating satisfactory
achievement in the Mathematics Placement Test may complete
two of the three freshman year courses by attending three evenings
per week from January to the middle of July.
34 Northeastern University
PRE-ENGINEERING STUDENTS
Students who demonstrate in the Mathematics Placement Test
a need for review in Mathematics are classified as Pre-Engineering
Students and must enroll for the course Pre-Engineering Mathe-
matics. This course, consisting of Algebra and Plane Geometry, is
available in each of the three terms starting in September, January
or June.
During the Fall and Spring Terms the course meets on Tuesday
and Friday evenings from 6:50-9:30 p.m. In the Summer Term it
meets three evenings a week for the first six weeks and two evenings
a week for the next eight weeks.
Students enrolling for Pre-Engineering Mathematics in Septem-
ber may also concurrently enroll in the course Engineering Draw-
ing. Satisfactory completion of Pre-Engineering Mathematics would
then permit them to enroll in January for the regular Engineering
Mathematics course. By taking Physics in the Summer Term they
would then be ready to start the Sophomore year in September.
However, attendance during the summer is not obligatory.
Students enrolled for Pre-Engineering Mathematics in the Janu-
ary and Summer Terms can complete but this one course. This,
however, will qualify them to continue in September as degree
candidates in the full freshman program.
Lincoln Institute 35
ADMINISTRATIVE REGULATIONS
APPLICATIONS FOR ADMISSION
Applications for admission should be filed as early as possible
in order that the necessary investigations may be made and the
status of each student definitely determined before the opening day.
STUDENTS ADMITTED WITH ADVANCED STANDING
Advanced Standing Credit may be granted for work completed
in other approved colleges or institutions provided the courses
taken were equivalent to those offered by the Lincoln Institute. It
will be necessary for the applicant to obtain an official transcript
of record together with a catalogue and present them to the Dean
before any action can be taken. This should be done no later than
one week before the opening of the semester.
REGISTRATION
Each student is required to present himself at the school office,
and to have his course approved by the Dean or his assistants and
to complete his registration.
Students should avoid late registrations since no one is permitted
to join a class after the second session. No deduction from tuition fees
is made because of late enrollment.
THE SCHOOL YEAR
The school year is divided into two semesters of sixteen weeks
each. The first semester extends from September 19 to January 27,
and the second semester from January 30 to May 24. The summer
term extends from May 31 to August 31, 1961.
During the summer term Pre-Engineering Mathematics, Al-
gebra, Trigonometry, Engineering Drawing I and II, Physics I
and II, are the only courses offered.
SESSIONS
Classes meet on weekday evenings. There are no classes on
Saturdays. A full schedule will include three evenings a week. All
classes meet from 6:50 to 9:30 p.m.
36 Northeastern University
ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS
Class rolls close after the second session. Therefore, a student
must attend either the first or second class session to be eligible for
admission to a course.
A careful record of attendance upon class exercises is kept for
each student. Absence from regularly scheduled classes on any sub-
ject will seriously affect the standing of the student.
A minimum attendance record of 75 per cent must be main-
tained in each class before a student will be admitted to examina-
tion. Students will be dropped from the class roll when their ab-
sences exceed 25 per cent of the class sessions. A student dropped for
this reason cannot be reinstated and no refund of tuition will be granted.
Students who are unavoidably absent from class may receive the
homework assignments by telephoning the school office.
TESTS AND QUIZZES
Final examinations are required upon the completion of all
courses. Tests are held throughout the term at the discretion of the
instructors.
A student desiring to make up a missed test or quiz must obtain a
petition form from the Institute office, complete the petition and
pay the required fee of $3.00 in the Bursar's office. The receipted
original must then be filed in the Institute office and the student's
copy countersigned.
Make-up tests will be given on a Saturday at 1 :30 p.m. in a desig-
nated room.
Petitionsmust befiledin accordance with the schedule listed below. Following
is a list of petition and make-up dates for the school year 1960-1961 :
For Test Must file Must take
Missed in Petition by Test on
Sept. or Oct. 12:00 noon, Saturday, November 5 November 19
November 12:00 noon, Saturday, December 3 December 17
December 12:00 noon, Saturday, January 7 January 21
February 12:00 noon, Saturday, March 4 March 18
March 12:00 noon, Saturday, April 8 April 22
April or May 9:00 p.m., Monday, May 1 May 13
In the event that an absence is known in advance, a petition may
be filed before the quiz is missed. No petition will be accepted after the
dates specified for ANT reason.
Any student who does not take the make-up test as scheduled will
lose this make-up privilege.
Lincoln Institute 37
TRANSFERS
Students are not permitted to change from one course to another
without first consulting the Dean and receiving a Transfer Order
signed by him.
GRADING SYSTEM
The following system of grading is used:
A — Superior Work
B — Above Average Work
C — Average Work
D — Lowest Passing Grade
Inc — Incomplete (Given only when final
examination is missed)
F — Failure
A grade of "F" is a definite failure and the student must repeat
the course in its entirety. No special examination will be allowed.
MAKE-UP EXAMINATIONS
The following policies govern make-up of final examinations:
If a student is absent from a final examination, he will receive a
grade of "Inc." He may then petition for a special make-up final
examination. This is a privilege which may be granted by the
Committee on Education and is dependent upon the quality of
the work the student has done throughout the course. If granted,
the examination must be taken prior to the next final examination
period. Failure to remove the "Inc" will result in it being changed
to an "F."
The fee for each make-up examination is $5.00.
QUALITY POINTS
The method of figuring quality points is as follows:
Each semester course grade of "A" is multiplied by 4; each "B"
is multiplied by 3; each "C" is multiplied by 2; each "D" is multi-
plied by 1 ; and each "F" or "Inc" is multiplied by 0.
If a course meets two evenings per week, the point value will be
doubled. Then the total number of quality points divided by the
total number of course nights completed shall be the quality point
average.
A student must achieve a quality point average of 1.75 to gradu-
ate from the Institute.
38 Northeastern University
REPORTS OF STANDING
A report of the student's standing is issued at the end of each
semester. Grades are mailed to the students and will not be given out
at the school office. Under no circumstances will grades be given
over the telephone. In the case of students who are under twenty-
one years of age, reports may be sent to parents in the event of un-
satisfactory work on the part of the student, non-compliance with
administrative regulations, continued absence, and withdrawal.
Parents of minors may obtain reports at any time on request.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Students may register for single subjects or for complete courses
provided such registration meets with the approval of the Dean;
but to receive the Degree of Associate in Engineering or Associate
in Science, the student must fulfill the following conditions:
a. He must complete all the courses of his particular curriculum,
either by attendance at this Institute, or by receiving advanced
standing credit for those courses, or the equivalent of those
courses, as determined by the Dean.
b. He must pass such final examinations as are required in the
courses he has pursued. The various curricula have been ar-
ranged so that the courses can be completed in four years.
However, an extension of time will be granted to those who
wish to take longer to meet the requirements for graduation.
c. Regardless of the advanced standing credit he receives, he
must have been in attendance for at least a year preceding the
date on which he expects to graduate; that is, he must complete
at least one full year's work in the Lincoln Institute.
d. He must have achieved a quality point average of at least 1.75
in the courses taken in the Institute. Courses for which a student
has been awarded Advanced Standing Credit will not be
counted in determining a student's scholastic average.
e. Upon graduation, honors will be conferred based upon the fol-
lowing quality point averages:
3.0 — ^ Honor 3.5 — High Honor 3.75 — Highest Honor
In order to be eligible for honor graduation, a student must
have completed at least two full years of work in the Lincoln
Institute.
Lincoln Institute 39
ATTENDANCE AT COMMENCEMENT
All candidates for a first degree (bachelor or associate) are re-
quired to attend Commencement in the year of qualification. First
degrees in absentia are awarded only to candidates excused for
personal or immediate-family illness, military service, or employ-
ment obligations beyond the control of the candidate.
A petition to receive a degree in absentia must be presented to
the dean of the school or college in which the candidate qualifies.
Each petition will be acted upon by the academic dean involved.
ACADEMIC STANDARDS
It is expected that the students will at all times endeavor to
achieve a high record of attainment. The Committee on Education
reserves the right to review all students' records and deny readmis-
sion to those students who fall below a minimum quality require-
ment. This requirement has been established as follows:
In order to be allowed to remain in the Institute, a student must
have achieved a quality point average of 1.2 at the completion of
18 semester hours, 1.4 at the completion of 36 semester hours, and
1.6 at the completion of 54 semester hours. It should be further
noted that a student who accumulates more than 18 semester
hours of failures will not be eligible to continue in the Institute.
METHODS OF INSTRUCTION
Instruction is given by means of lectures, recitations, laboratory
work and practical work in the drawing rooms. Great value is set
upon the educational effect of these exercises, which constitute the
foundation of each of the courses. Oral and written examinations
are held at the discretion of the instructors.
The attention of every student is drawn to the fact that home
assignments must be dutifully done and written work submitted
as assigned if the student's grade is not to be seriously affected.
Willful disregard of this matter will result in disciplinary action by
the Administrative Officers.
SUBJECTS OF INSTRUCTION
On pages 56 to 70 will be found a detailed statement of the scope
of the subjects offered in the various courses. The subjects are num-
bered for convenience of reference in consulting the various curric-
ulum schedules.
Required courses, and those prerequisite thereto, must have been
successfully pursued before any advanced course may be taken.
40 Northeastern University
TUITION AND OTHER FEES
MATRICULATION FEE
A matriculation fee of SI 0.00 must accompany the initial appli-
cation for admission to the Institute. This fee is not refundable.
TUITION
Tuition fees are based on a charge of $15.00 a semester hour.
The tuition fee, therefore, is $45.00 for a 3 semester hour course
and $90.00 for a 6 semester hour course. The charge for Pre-
Engineering Mathematics is $90.00.
A student who is carrying a normal load of three evenings per
week would have a tuition charge of $135.00 per semester.
Tuition is charged on a semester basis payable at the beginning
of each semester. As a convenience to students, at their request
and without additional charge, the Student Accounts Office will
allow this bill to be paid in two payments.
LATE PAYMENT FEE
Payments are due by Saturday of the week in which the bill is
dated. If payment is not made, or a deferred payment agreement
arranged, by that date, a late fee of $2.00 is charged.
DEFERRED PAYMENT PRIVILEGE
Occasionally situations develop — usually beyond the control of
the student — which make it difficult to meet the payments in the
manner outlined above. Under such circumstances the student is
advised to discuss his problem personally with the Student Ac-
counts Office where a convenient deferred payment agreement
can be worked out. A service fee of $2.00 is charged for this privilege.
LATE REGISTRATION FEE
Students are urged to register well in advance of the official
opehing of the semester, since any student who registers after Satur-
day of the opening week of the School term is charged a Late Reg-
istration Fee of $5.00.
Lincoln Institute 41
CHEMISTRY FEE
All students taking Chemistry are charged a Chemistry labora-
tory deposit of $15.00, payable in September. Those students taking
Organic Chemistry are required to make an additional deposit of
$10.00 at the beginning of the second semester.
The unused portion of the deposit will be refunded after deduc-
tions are made for breakages, chemicals, supplies and non-re-
turnables.
SPECIAL EXAMINATION FEES
The fee for each special examination for conditioned students, or
for students who have for justifiable cause omitted to take the
regular scheduled final examinations, is $5.00. The fee must be
paid when the petition is filed.
The fee for each special test or quiz missed during the month is
$3.00 which must be paid when the petition is filed.
GRADUATION FEE
On completing the curricular requirements for the Degree of
Associate in Engineering or Science, the student will pay a gradua-
tion fee of $20.00. This fee must be paid by May 1 in the year of
the student's graduation.
BOOKS AND SUPPLIES
Students purchase their own textbooks and work materials. The
cost varies according to the subject for which the student is enrolled.
The average cost for a normal program of three subjects is about
$25.00. Textbooks for a single course range from $4.00 to $15.00.
Students taking Engineering Drawing should be prepared to
expend a sum of approximately $18.00 for drawing supplies and
$22.00 for a set of drawing instruments in addition to the text-
books which cost approximately $9.50.
REFUND OF TUITION
The University provides all instruction and accommodations on
an academic semester basis; therefore, no refunds are granted ex-
cept in cases where students are compelled to withdraw on account
of personal illness or other reasons beyond their control. In no event
will a refund be made if the individual's attendance is recorded
beyond the fifth class session. A student must complete an official
withdrawal application before being considered for refund. Ques-
tions regarding refunds should be discussed with the Bursar's Office.
42 Northeastern University
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
The Lincoln Institute offers evening programs of study leading
to the degree of Associate in Engineering in the major fields of Civil,
Mechanical, Electrical and Electronic Engineering Technology,
and the degree of Associate in Science in the field of Chemistry.
The courses of study are of college grade and cover much of the
technological subject matter customarily included in schools of
engineering but the curricula are less extensive in scope than those
required for the baccalaureate degree in engineering. They prepare
students to work with professional engineers in various technical
capacities.
Students normally attend on a schedule of three evenings a week
for four years. In those cases where students are unable to carry all
of the work prescribed in any year, the Dean will grant an exten-
sion and determine the order in which courses shall be taken to
satisfy prerequisite requirements.
The credits earned in the Associate Degree programs can be used
to satisfy the engineering requirements for the Degree of Bachelor
of Science in Industrial Technology which is offered in conjunction
with University College of Northeastern University.
Lincoln Institute
43
CHEMISTRY
Leading to the Degree of Associate in Science
The Science of Chemistry has undergone a marked development in recent years.
It has grown out of the discoveries of the chemical laboratories which have launched
many new industries whose production processes involve chemical as well as physical
change. The chemist is in demand and his aid is sought in the operation of plants pro-
ducing drugs, oils, rayon and cellophane, plastics and various synthetic products result-
ing from intensive research during the war. The chemist may assist in the creation of
more economical manufacturing processes, promote the development of manufacturing
by-products, and be instrumental in the discovery of new products in the research
laboratories.
In addition to the fundamental courses in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, a
considerable amount of time is devoted to more advanced work in chemistry. Since the
field is so varied, the curriculum has been designed to give the students a broad training
rather than a specialized training in one specific industry.
Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or the
Pre-Engineering Mathematics Course. (700)
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
Second Semester
Course
No.
Course
Semester
Hours
Course
No.
Course
Semester
Hours
701
601
801
Algebra
Engineering Drawing I
Physics I
.. 3
. . 3
.. 3
9
702
602
802
Trigonometry
Engineering Drawing
Physics II
II
.. 3
. . 3
.. 3
9
703
101
151
SECOND YEAR
Analytical Geometry and
Differential Calculus . . .
General Chemistry I
General Chem. Lab I . . . .
704 Integral Calculus 3
102 General Chemistry II 3
152 General Chem. Lab II. .. . 3
103 Qualitative Chemistry. ... 3
153 Qualitative Analysis Lab. . . 3
501 Applied Mechanics 1 3
THIRD YEAR
104
154
502
Quantitative Chemistry ... 3
Quantitative Analaysis Lab 3
Applied Mechanics II 3
FOURTH YEAR
107 Physical Chemistry I 3
105 Organic Chemistry I 3
155 Organic Chem. Lab. I. . . . 3
108
106
156
Physical Chemistry II .
Organic Chemistry II .
Organic Chem. Lab II
44
Northeastern University
CIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Leading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering
The field of Civil Engineering has to do with the planning and building of all kinds
of structures and public works. Today its major branches include topographical, munic-
ipal, railroad, highway, structural, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering. It covers land
surveying, the building of railroads, soil mechanics, harbors, docks, the construction of
sewers, water works, streets and highways, the design and construction of flood control
projects, bridges, buildings, walls, foundations, and all fixed structures.
This curriculum is designed to ofTer the relatively compact body of principles upon
which much of the work of Civil Engineering depends. It is intended to prepare young
men to assist in the work of design and construction of structures, to assist in solving
the problems of water supply, and to undertake intelligently the supervision of work in
allied fields of engineering and general contracting.
Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or the
Pre-Engineering Mathematics Course. (700)
FIRST
YEAR
Firs! Semester
Second Semester
Course
Semester
Course
Semester
No.
Course
Hours
JVo.
Course
Hours
701
Algebra
Engineering Drawing I
Physics I
. . 3
.. 3
.. 3
702
602
802
Trigonometry
. . 3
601
801
Engineering Drawing
Physics II
II
. . 3
.. 3
9
9
703
201
501
SECOND YEAR
Analytical Geometry and
Differential Calculus .... 3
Surveying 1 3
Applied Mechanics I 3
704 Integral Calculus 3
202 Surveying II 3
502 Applied Mechanics II 3
THIRD YEAR
203 Transportation Engineer-
ing 3
503 Strength of Materials I 3
213 Structural Drawing I 3
204 HydrauHcs 3
504 Strength of Materials II . . . 3
214 Structural Drawing II ... . 3
FOURTH YEAR
207 Concrete Design 1 3
205 Structural Analysis 1 3
t209 Structural Design I 3
1211 Water Supply 3
208 Concrete Design II 3
206 Structural Analysis II 3
t210 Structural Design II 3
t212 Sewerage and Sewage Dis-
posal 3
t Students elect one of these two courses.
Lincoln Institute
45
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Leading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering
The Electrical Engineering profession affords a wide diversification of employment
opportunities. The Electrical industry and the general field of Electrical Engineering
are generally divided into two main branches, one having to do with electrical power
and the other, electronics and communications. The power group deals principally with
larger equipment and apparatus employing heavy currents; the communications
group involves more delicate equipment with smaller current values. Electrical En-
gineering thus includes the generation, transmission and distribution of electrical
energy for light and power purposes, the application of d-c and a-c machinery to in-
dustry, and the operation of all types of electrical equipment, including communica-
tions, radio and electronic apparatus.
This course of study provides a good theoretical background with practical appli-
cations. Instruction is carefully planned and the time is divided among lectiire, labora-
tory testing, homework and reports.
Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or the
Prc-Engineering Mathematics Course. (700)
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
Course Semester
No. Course Hours
701 Algebra 3
601 Engineering Drawing I . . . 3
801 Physics I 3
Course
No.
SECOND YEAR
703 Analytical Geometry and
Differential Calculus. ... 3
301 D-c Theory 3
501 Applied Mechanics I 3
704
302
502
THIRD YEAR
303 D-c Machinery 3
353 D-c Machinery Lab 3
503 Strength of Materials I . . . 3
Second Semester
Course
Semester
Hours
702 Trigonometry 3
602 Engineering Drawing II . . 3
802 Physics II 3
Integral Calculus 3
A-c Theory 3
Applied Mechanics II ... . 3
304 A-c Machinery 3
354 A-c Machinery Lab. I . . . . 3
504 Strength of Materials II . . .. 3
355 A-c Machinery Lab. II .
305 Electronics for Industry.
505 Heat Engineering I
FOURTH YEAR
356 Electronics for Industry
Lab 3
306 Transmission-Line
Theory 3
506 Heat Engineering II 3
46
Northeastern University
ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Leading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering
This course is designed to train students for the various branches of the field of
Electronics. The new advancements in the fields of radio, television, radar and sonar
created by the urgencies of w^ar have opened up greater opportunities for intellectual
pioneering in these fields of engineering than in other branches of the profession.
Since electron tubes and circuits function around the principles of Electricity, this
subject is adequately treated in the second year of the course. After a thorough study
of the various types of electron tubes and their basic circuits in the third vear, the fourth
year is devoted to the various important fields that the student may wish to enter, such
as Ck)mmunications, Microwaves and Radar, and the new fields of Transistors and
Tele-metering.
The whole course is a good balance between theory and practice, and experiments
involving electron tubes and their applications are used through the last three semesters
of the course. Laboratory reports and homework problems are used to supplement the
experiments and lectures so that the student will absorb the material in a thorough
manner.
Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or the
Pre-Eng;neering Mathematics Course. (700)
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
Course Semester Course
No. Course Hours No.
701 Algebra 3 702
601 Engineering Drawing I . . . 3 602
801 Physics 1 3 802
Second Semester
Semester
Course Hours
Trigonometry 3
Engineering Drawing II . 3
Physics II 3
9_
Integral Calculus 3
A-c Theory 3
Semiconductors and
Transistors 3
703 Analytical Geometry and
Differential Calculus. ... 3
301 D-c Theory 3
401 Wave Propagation 3
SECOND YEAR
704
302
402
**407
457
**405
Electron Tubes and
Circuits I
THIRD
6
3
9
YEAR
**406
456
Electron Tubes and
Circuits II
Electronic Lab
. . 6
403
Electrical Measurements ,
. . 3
9
Communication
Engineering I . . . .
Advanced Electronic
Lab. I
FOURTH YEAR
**408
458
Communication
Engineering II 6
Advanced Electronic
Lab. II 3
*Two nights per week.
Lincoln Institute
47
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Leading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering
The field of mechanical engineering is concerned with the harnessing of our power
resources by means of machinery to perform useful work. In contrast to civil engineering
which deals primarily with static forces, mechanical engineering is more concerned
with the mechanics of motion or kinetics. And because moving parts require constant
care and adjustment, there is the task not only of designing and installing complicated
machinery, but also of operating it efficiently after it has been installed.
Among the major branches of mechanical engineering are included power, pro-
duction engineering, machine and machine-tool design, railway mechanical engineer-
ing, automotive engineering, aeronautical engineering, refrigerating engineering, air
conditioning engineering, and the numerous mechanical problems related to modern
industrial operation.
This program of study is designed to give the student considerable training in the
principles of mechanical engineering technology and equip him for advancement in the
many subdivisions of this branch of engineering.
Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or the
Pre-Engineering Mathematics Course. (700)
Cours
No.
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
Course
Semester
Hours
701 Algebra 3
601 Engineering Drawing I . . . 3
801 Physics 1 3
Second Semester
Course Semester
No. Course Hours
702 Trigonometry 3
602 Engineering Drawing II . . 3
802 Physics II 3
703 Analytical Geometry and
Differential Calculus .... 3
603 Machine Drawing I 3
501 Applied Mechanics I 3
SECOND YEAR
704
604
502
Integral Calculus 3
Machine Drawing II 3
Applied Mechanics II ... . 3
THIRD YEAR
507 Mechanism 3
503 Strength of Materials I . . . . 3
505 Heat Engineering I 3
204
504
506
Hydraulics
Strength of Materials II.
Heat Engineering II ... .
508 Machine Design 1 3
551 Mechanical Engineering
Laboratory 1 3
" Engineering Elective 3
FOURTH YEAR
509
552
Machine Design II
Mechanical Engineering
Laboratory II
Engineering Elective ....
''The electives available are Concrete Design, Dc-Ac Theory, General Chemistry
Lectuae, Structural Analysis, Structural Drawing, Surveying.
48 Northeastern University
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Students who are interested in pursuing a program in Industrial
Engineering Technology should enroll for the Associate Degree in
Mechanical Engineering Technology.
Upon completion of this program they should then enroll in
University College for the Manufacturing Management program.
Satisfactory completion of these two phases will allow a student
to qualify for the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Industrial
Technology.
CONTROL SYSTEMS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
The rapid technological advances of the space age bring a need
for the specialist to keep his own technical development abreast of
the changes. Attuned to this need is the special sequence of courses
offered by Lincoln Institute for technical personnel engaged in
research and development related to control systems. Here the
complex technology of engineering systems is effectively analyzed
through basic foundation courses for the man wishing to advance
his professional growth in either of two specific areas:
Control Systems
Control Devices
Admission qualifications include the Associate Degree in Elec-
trical or Electronic Engineering or its equivalent in education or
experience. Graduates out of college ten or more years will also
find the program helpful for up-grading in current developments.
Each course carries four units of credit per year. A certificate is
awarded upon satisfactory completion of sixteen units of credit
selected from among courses listed below:
Transients in Linear Systems Statistical Inferences
Pulse Circuits Probability Theory
Transistor Circuit Engineering Operations Research
Radar Engineering Microwave Theory
Analog and Digital Computers Communications Theory
Servomechanisms
A unit equals one hour of instruction per week for a sixteen
week semester. Tuition for these courses is charged at the rate of
$30.00 per unit.
Those interested in this program are urged to contact the school
ofhce and request a special brochure describing the program in
full detail.
Lincoln Institute
49
ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Industrial Technology
The Engineering and Management curriculum combines the fundamental courses
in one of the several areas of engineering with an integrated program in management,
the humanities and the social sciences to provide a broad background of training for
those who aspire to positions of managerial responsibility where technical knowledge
is required.
The curriculum is offered by University College in conjunction with the Lincoln
Institute, one of the affiliated schools of Northeastern University. The engineering
requirements may be earned by satisfactory completion of equivalent courses in an
accredited engineering college.
The total credit requirements for the degree are 130 semester hours distributed as
follows: Semester Hours
Engineering Credits applicable from Associate Degree 60
Additional technical courses beyond the Associate Degree
requirements, and not to exceed 10 semester hours, may
be taken upon prior approval of the Dean of University
College; credits so earned will substitute for management
electives.
Management Courses — Required Core
English 4
Economics 4
Finance I 2
Industrial Management 4
Law for Engineers 2
Liberal Arts — Required
LAI -2 Man and the Physical Universe
LA3-4 Man in Society
Management Courses ^ Electives
(chosen from one of the options listed below)
Total semester hours required for degree
Labor-Management Relations
Managerial Accounting
Statistics
Managerial Statistics
Psych, for Bus. & Ind. I
LA5-6 Man's Cultural Inheritance
LA7-8 Man and Values
28
24
18
130
OPTIONS
Production
Work Simplification I
Work Measurements I
Production Processes
Material Handling
Production Plan. & Control
Quality Control
Plant Layout
Managerial Economics ....
Manufacturing Mgmt
Materials Mgmt
Human Relations
Business Org. & Admin. . . .
Finance II
Semester Hours
2
2
'.'.'.'.'.'. 2H
5
4
.. 2V2
.. 5
.. 2H
.. 2H
.. 21^
.. 5
.. 23^
.. 2
Technical Sales
Government Controls
Distribution, Prin
Purchasing
Salesmanship
Sales Management
Sales Promotion
Transportation Practices . . . .
Office Management Practices
Business Org. & Adm
Credit Fundamentals
Human Relations
Finance II
Semester Hours
21^
4
iVo
2>|
2H
2M
. 2H
. 2y2
. 21^
■ 21^
. 5
. 2
Administrative
Government Controls 23^
Human Relations 5
Insurance for Mgmt 23^
Labor Agreements 23^
Labor Legislation 23^
Managerial Economics 23^
Office Management Practices 23^
Courses other than those shown above may be taken upon approval of the Dean if
they are consistent with the student's educational pattern.
Business Org. & Admin 23^
Distribution, Prin 4
Purchasing 23^
Credit Fundamentals 23^
Electronic Data Processes 23^
Adv. Data Proc.-Programming . ... 23^
50 Northeastern University
ENGINEERING LABORATORY EQUIPMENT
The Lincoln Institute has available for its use all of the laboratory
facilities of the College of Engineerin " These include the following:
CIVIL ENGINEERING LABORATORIES
A considerable amount of demonstration equipment including
many models is available for use in the study of structures, hydrau-
lics, sanitary engineering, highways, concrete and soil mechanics.
Surveying
The Department of Civil Engineering is provided with a variety
of excellent and up-to-date equipment for field work. The instru-
ments have been chosen to make possible the working out of ad-
vanced as well as elementary field problems, and to acquaint the
students with the principal makes and types of instruments in
general use including several calculating machines.
Hydraulics, Sanitary, and Bacteriological Engineering
These laboratories, located on the basement and first floors of the
Botolph Building, are equipped with demonstration measuring
devices for use in connection with the courses in hydraulics.
Complete equipment is also provided for studies of water soften-
ing, filtration, coagulation, analysis of water and sewage by the
photelometer, and analysis of bacterial condition of water and
sewage. Specialized equipment for advanced courses in sanitary
research is also available.
Highway Materials
(Cement, Concrete, Soils, and Asphalt)
Located on the first floor of the Botolph Building, this modern,
temperature-humidity-controlled laboratory is equipped for con-
ducting all the routine tests on cement, aggregate and concrete.
Considerable equipment is available for conducting research work
Equipment is also available for conducting a major portion of the
accepted tests on bituminous materials and aggregates as used in
highway work as well as Marshall Stability Unit for bituminous
concrete. Soil Mechanics equipment consists of a general soil
sampler, wet-mechanical grain-size analysis, Tri-axial Test equip-
ment, Permeability, OMC unit, CBR equipment, two Tri-axial
units and four Consolidation loading frames, and a Hydraulic Con-
solidometer.
LiNCOLj^ Institute 51
Aerial Photogrammetry
The apparatus in this laboratory may be used to instruct the
students in the basic principles of photogrammetry, or may be used
to instruct the students in the.rnore technical phases of photogram-
metry such as horizontal ontrol, vertical contiol, stereoscopic
plotting, mechanical triangulation, and the tri-metrogon method
of plotting.
CHEMICAL LABORATORIES
For experiments and investigations in Chemistry there are avail-
able three laboratories with the following equipment:
Analytical Chemistry
The laboratory for Analytical Chemistry is fully equipped for
giving instruction in the usual undergraduate courses. Each student
is supplied with the necessary laboratory glassware, porcelain, and
the standard pieces of hardware. Special equipment of all needed
types is available.
This laboratory is equipped with high pressure steam, vacuum,
and the facilities usually found in an analytical laboratory. The
various instruments and other chemical equipment necessary for
the examination, testing, and analysis of the raw materials, inter-
mediate and final products of the various industries are at hand.
The electrical equipment includes a Kimley electro-analysis
machine for the determination of copper, lead, nickel, and zinc;
a Hevi-duty electric furnace for use in ignition and combustion
work; and a Freas drying oven capable of adjustment for various
temperatures. Power is available in a variety of d-c and a-c voltages.
An adjoining balance room is equipped with balances suitable
for quantitative analytical work.
Inorganic Chemistry
In the locker assigned to each student for his individual use are
the articles needed more or less continually by him as he does his
experiments in the laboratory sessions. He has a liberal supply of
glass, porcelain, metal and other articles. Additional pieces of ap-
paratus are issued from the stockroom or otherwise made available
for use in particular experiments where they are needed.
The laboratories are equipped with general facilities appropriate
to this course, such as gas, electricity, cold and hot water, fume
hoods.
52 Northeastern University
Organic Chemistry
The needed equipment is available. There are individual lockers
and apparatus, fume hoods for general use, and special equipment,
as required.
Drying operations are carried out with the aid of a steam-heated
drying chamber and electrically heated drying oven. Steam lines
on the benches supply the steam for steam distillations, eliminating
the necessity of individual steam generators.
ELECTRiCAL ENGINEERING LABORATORIES
The Electrical Engineering laboratories are located in Hayden
Hall. Three laboratories are included in this unit: Dynamo; In-
dustrial Electronics and Control; and Communications Labora-
tories.
Dynamo
This laboratory is provided with both 60 cycle per second three-
phase, 230-volt alternating-current and 115/230-volt three-wire
direct-current sources. The equipment includes more than sixty
motors and generators of different types together with the neces-
sary auxiliary equipment to operate and test them. The motors and
generators have been selected so as to reduce as much as possible
the risk from high voltage while making available to the students a
representative range of commercial apparatus.
Industrial Electronics and Control Laboratory
This laboratory is designed to offer experiments in the application
of electronic tubes and circuits to industry. In addition to basic
electronic-control circuits, there are larger pieces of equipment,
including the control of d-c generator voltage, d-c motor speed
control, thyraton and ignitron rectifiers, electronic synchronization
of a-c sources, and induction heating, as well as servomechanism
devices.
Communications Laboratory
This laboratory is equipped with apparatus to demonstrate and
test the many ramifications of electronic equipment used in low,
audio, radio-frequency and high-frequency circuits. Available
are' many electronic instruments, including vacuum-tube volt-
meters, cathode-ray oscilloscopes, audio and radio-frequency oscil-
lators, wave-analyzers, pulse-generators and equipment operating
Lincoln Institute 53
at radar frequencies, as well as many other types used in telephone,
radio, and television communication circuits; included also is equip-
ment planned for teaching the principles of electrical measurements
and calibrations.
ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING LABORATORIES
The Electronics laboratories are located in the Forsyth Building
and Hayden Hall.
Electron Tubes and Circuits
Equipment is available to study the operating of all types of
electron tubes that are normally used, extending from diodes
through to beam tubes, gas triodes, photocells, cathode ray tubes,
transistors, and the various rectifier, amplifier and other basic
circuits used with them, including vacuum tube voltmeters, im-
pedance bridge, regulated power supplies, resistance coupled am-
plifiers, inverse feedback amplifiers, wide band oscilloscopes, audio
generators and lecher wire.
Communication Engineering
Equipment available for this course includes crystal oscillators,
audio and radio oscillators, narrow and wide band and power
radio frequency amplifiers, frequency doublers, plate and grid
modulation units, modulation meters, radio frequency transmission
lines, push-pull audio amplifiers, Q-meters, intermodulation meter
and transistor circuits. The frequency modulation apparatus in-
cludes balanced modulators, reactance modulators, phase modu-
lators, discriminators, panoramic adapters, limiters, and networks.
The RCA dynamic demonstrator, plus detector, and IF amplifier
units are used for receiver experiments.
Apparatus for television and radar circuitry includes sweep
oscillators and amplifiers, synchronizing circuits, video amplifiers,
delay lines, multivibrators, counters, clipping, shaping, and tele-
vision receiving equipment. A complete rack of television test
equipment is available. This includes a sweep generator, marker
generator, wide band oscilloscope, master voltohmyst, wave an-
alyzer, etc. The RCA dynamic generator is used for complete TV
receiver studies. Apparatus for wave guides, frequency counters,
analogue computers and slotted lines is also available.
To keep up with the expanding field of Electronics, both equip-
ment and experiments are added and modified each year.
54 Northeastern Universfty
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
The Industrial Engineering Laboratory is located in the Forsyth
Building and is devoted exclusively to methods engineering and
time study analysis. This laboratory is completely equipped with
the latest facilities and tools used by industrial engineers. Besides
the general equipment consisting of benches, tables, lathes, jigs,
fixtures, and racks, the laboratory has an ample supply of time
study boards, stop watches and timers for time study work. There
is also available complete motion picture equipment and micro-
chronometers for micromotion work.
Students in the Department of Industrial Engineering also share
in the use of the Mechanical Engineering Laboratories.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORIES
The Mechanical Engineering Department has a well-equipped
laboratory, containing a large variety of modern machines and
occupying over 10,000 square feet of floor space in the basement of
Richards Hall, as well as about the same area in the basement of
the Forsyth building. Special areas have been set aside and equipped
for oil testing, mechanics research, and similar purposes. Auxiliary
equipment is, of course, available for making all the usual tests and
measurements. g,^^^ p^^^^
This equipment includes a wide variety of steam engines, tur-
bines, pumps, heat exchangers, and measuring instruments.
Testing Materials and Heat Treatment
For tension, compression, bending, and shearing tests, the labora-
tory is equipped with a 300,000 lb. capacity Riehle, a 200,000 lb.
and a 50,000 lb. capacity Olsen, as well as several smaller testing
machines. For other tests the laboratory has torsional testing ma-
chines, impact testers, fatigue testers, hardness testers, extensom-
eters, oil testing equipment, calorimeters, as well as instruments
for measuring speed, vibration, temperatures, pressures and flow
of fluids.
For heat treatment studies, electric furnaces and a gas-fired
furnace are available. Equipment magnifying up to 2600 diameters
is available for photographing crystalline structures, and the labora-
tory has polaroid equipment for photoelastic stress analysis.
Machine Shop
Adjoining the laboratory is a machine shop fully equipped with
machine tools and welding equipment.
Lincoln Institute " 55
Internal Combustion, Aeronautics, and Miscellaneous
The internal combustion equipment includes a number of gas
and oil, automobile, airplane, and Diesel engines. Most of these are
set up for running experimental tests, but several are available for
dismantling and demonstration purposes.
An open circuit Venturi type wind tunnel having a three-foot
throat and capable of 120 miles per hour wind velocity is available
for experimental and demonstration work in the measurement of
air forces on model planes and other structures.
In addition to the above equipment, there is an oil-fired steam
boiler, hot-air furnace, unit heater, air conditioning units, centrif-
ugal fan and several weirs for measuring water flow.
Metallography tests with microscopes and photographic ap-
paratus may be performed.
DESIGN AND DRAFTING ROOMS
The School possesses large, light, and well-equipped drawing
rooms for the carrying on of the designing and drafting which form
so important a part of engineering work. These rooms are supplied
with individual drawing tables and stools. Drafting room black-
boards are equipped with traveling straightedge devices which
facilitate speed and accuracy in blackboard demonstrations.
PHYSICS DEPARTMENT
Two large amphitheater lecture rooms, located in the Graduate
Center Building, are provided with motion picture facilities, a
public address system, a projection galvanometer, and a demon-
stration table equipped with water, compressed air, exhaust and
both a-c and d-c electrical outlets.
The equipment which is used for illustrating the fundamental
principles of physics has been carefully selected and adapted espe-
cially for lecture demonstrations. The following is a partial list of
the available apparatus that supplements the usual equipment for
this purpose: Hartl optical disk; eight-foot slide rule; vacuum
pumps; calorimeters; optical benches with associated equipment;
large demonstration cathode-ray oscilloscope; spectroscopes; pro-
jection apparatus; Van de Graaff electrostatic generator; sound and
wave apparatus.
56 Northeastern University
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
The Lincoln Institute reserves the right to withdraw, modify, or
add to the courses offered or to change the order or content of
courses in any curriculum.
The Lincoln Institute further reserves the right to change the
requirements for graduation, tuition and fees charged, and other
regulations. However, no change in tuition and fees at any time
shall become effective until the school year following that in which
it is announced.
Any changes which may be made from time to time pursuant to
the above policy shall be applicable to all students in the school,
college, or department concerned, including former students who
may re-enroll.
CHEMISTRY
101 General Chemistry I
This course will instruct in the fundamental ideas of matter and energy;
properties of gases, liquids, and solids; molecular and atomic weights;
theory of valence; classification of the elements; chemistry of metals and
non-metals; the solution of all types of problems to illustrate practical
applications.
{Prerequisite, 701 , 702, 801 , 802) 3 semester hours credit
102 General Chemistry II
A continuation of General Chemistry I; ionic reactions; electi'ochemis-
try; introduction to organic chemistry including industrial applications to
petroleum, rubber, synthetic resins, plastics; chemotherapy; introduction
to qualitative analysis.
{Prerequisite, 101) 3 semester hours credit
103 Qualitative Chemistry
The object of this course is not only to give instruction in analytical
procedure and technique, but also to give the student a knowledge of the
application of the fundamental concepts of solutions to the laboratory work.
A portion of the time is devoted to the formulation of numerical terms
which are essential to the understanding of the mass action law, ionic
equilibria, solubility product, hydrolysis, and redox constants.
{Prerequisite, 101, 102) 3 semester hours credit
104 Quantitative Chemistry
\i is the purpose of this course to give to the student a realization of the
scientific development of quantitative methods. Each of the major opera-
tions such as weighing, measurement of volumes, titration, filtration,
ignition, and combustion, is considered from the standpoint of the theo-
Lincoln Institute ' 57
retical principles involved, and with due consideration of the manipulative
technique necessary.
This is followed lay the combination of these operations and their appli-
cation to actual analysis, including a comprehensive study of volumetric
methods and of the more elementary parts of gravimetric analysis.
As the correct calculation of analytical results is of no less importance
than the actual procedures of analysis, a number of problems form a very
important part of the course.
{Prerequisite, 703) 3 semester hours credit
105 Organic Chemistry I
This course presents the general principles of structure, nomenclature,
preparation, uses and reactions of the most important types of aliphatic
carbon compounds. The topics in order are: Petroleum and coal prod-
ucts, halogen compounds, alcohols, ethers, aldehydes and ketones, car-
boxylic acids and derivatives, and carbohydrates.
{Prerequisite, 101 , 102) 3 semester hours credit
106 Organic Chemistry li
A continuation of Organic Chemistry I. Topics included are: Aromatic
hydrocarbons, phenols, halogen derivatives, nitrogen compounds, dyes,
sulfur compounds, polyfunctional compounds, stereoisomerism, natural
and synthetic polymers, alicyclic and heterocyclic compounds.
(Prerequisite, 105) 3 semester hours credit
107 Physical Chemistry I
This lecture course covers the fundamentals of physical chemistry. The
topics discussed include: The three states of matter, the solution laws,
surface phenomena and colloids, thermochemistry, and chemical equi-
librium.
{Prerequisite, 104, 704) 3 semester hours credit
108 Physical Chemistry II
This course continues lecture course Physical Chemistry I and includes
the topics: Ionic equilibrium, electrochemical cells and electrolysis, kinet-
ics of chemical reactions, atomic and molecular structure, and radio-
activity. Practical applications of these fundamentals are discussed when-
ever possible.
{Prerequisite, 107) 3 semester hours credit
151 General Chemistry Laboratory I
This course consists of a series of laboratory experiments operated in
conformance with the lecture course in General Chemistry I.
{Prerequisite, 101 or concurrently) 3 semester hours credit
152 General Chemistry Laboratory II
This course consists of a series of laboratory experiments operated in
conformance with the lecture course in General Chemistry II.
{Prerequisite, 151, 102 or concurrently) 3 semester hours credit
58 Northeastern University
153 QuaSitative Analysis Laboratory
This course applies the material covered in Qualitative Chemistry to
actual problems. After some preliminary experiments, certain procedures
are combined and the separations and identifications made on both known
and unknown solutions. Finally, these are combined into a comprehensive
system of analysis which is applied to artificially prepared mixtures and
industrial materials. Careful manipulations, thoroughness in observation,
and accuracy in arriving at conclusions are expected of each student.
{Prerequisite, 151, 152, 103 or concurrently) 3 semester hours credit
154 Quantitative Analysis Laboratory
This is a laboratory course intended to illustrate by actual use the
various analytical methods considered in Quantitative Chemistry. After
certain preliminary experiments designed to acquaint the student with the
apparatus used, volumetric analysis, including acidimetry and alkalimetry,
oxidation, reduction, and precipitation methods are taken up. This is
followed by simple gravimetric analyses.
{Prerequisite, 153, 104 or concurrently) 3 semester hours credit
155 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I
This course is co-ordinated with the lecture course Organic Chemistry I
and deals with the preparation and reactions of the aliphatic compounds.
{Prerequisite, 105 or concurrently) 3 semester hours credit
156 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II
This course is co-ordinated with the lecture course Organic Chemistry II
and deals with the preparation and reactions of the aromatic compounds.
{Prerequisite, 155, 106 or concurrently) 3 semester hours credit
CIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
201 Surveying I
A course of lectures which treats the basic principles, such as taping,
compass, theory and use of the transit as applied to both random and
closed traverses, diflTerential leveling, profile leveling, and double-rodded
leveling. The D.M.D. and Rectangular Co-ordinate methods of comput-
ing, plotting and running traverses are stressed and especially as they may
apply to such work or procedure as outlined by the Massachusetts Land Court .
The theory and use of the plane table, including the intersection,
resection, and three point problem is also studied.
{Prerequisite, 702) 3 semester hours credit
202 Surveying II
A course of lectures and problems on simple curves (railroad curves and
circular arcs), vertical curves, compound curves and Stadia surveying.
The method of obtaining cross-sectional areas is taught. The student is
instructed in the preparation of earthwork tables and the solution of the
Mass diagram.
{Prerequisite, 201) 3 semester hours credit
Lincoln Institute ' 59
203 Transportation Engineering
This course consists principally of a discussion of modern highway
engineering practices. The general features of routing, such as horizontal
and vertical curves, rates of grade, superelevation, and traffic control are
studied both from the viewpoint of safety and economics. Materials and
tests of materials used in the construction of both highway and airport
projects are discussed, including drainage problems and frost-action in
subgrades. The major portion of the course is spent on the construction
procedure of the several types of roadways. These consist of the low-cost
types such as stabilized soils, gravel, and crushed stone. The higher-cost
types of roadways such as Penetrated Macadam, Portland cement con-
crete, brick pavements, and Asphaltic Concrete are included. A brief dis-
cussion of airport design and layout concludes the course.
The application of the latest research development is considered
throughout the entire course.
{Prerequisite, 202) 3 semester hours ciedit
204 Hydraulics
This course is a study of the principles of both hydrostatics and hydro-
dynamics. The subjects considered are the pressure on submerged areas
together with their points of application; the laws governing the flow of
fluids through orifices, short tubes, nozzles, weirs, pipe lines, and open
channels; Reynolds numbers; and viscosity.
{Prerequisite, 501 , 502, 704) 3 semester hours credit
205 Structural Analysis I
First term in this theory course covers the equilibrium of forces and
structures by analytical and graphical methods. Shear and moment dia-
grams are reviewed and expanded. Analytical and graphical analysis of
roof trusses and mill building frames are worked out. The use of influence
lines in analyzing loads on beams, girders, and trusses is discussed as
well as absolute maximum moment in beams.
{Prerequisite, 504) 3 semester hours credit
206 Structural Analysis II
The work in the second term consists of analyzing the stresses in various
types of railroad and highway bridge trusses by means of move-up load
method and equivalent uniform loadings. Deflections of beams and
trusses by Method of \"irtual Work (dummy load) Moment- Area, Slope
and Deflection, 3-Moment Equations, Method of Least Work as well as
Moment Distribution methods are used to analyze Indeterminate Struc-
tures.
{Prerequisite, 205) 3 semester hours credit
207 Concrete Design I
A consideration of the theoretical and practical principles involved in
the design of reinforced concrete structures. The foUowing subjects are
thoroughly discussed: The manufacture of Portland cement; the specifica-
tion requirements for fine and coarse aggregates, as well as the computa-
60 Northeastern University
tions of Concrete Mix Properties and the Physical Properties of Concrete;
the design and analysis of reinforced rectangular beams, beams reinforced
for compression and "T" beams. Both Tabular design and the Trans-
formed Area methods are used in the foregoing. The principles involved in
web reinforcement for diagonal tension as well as bond and shear stresses
are discussed and problems worked out. Consideration is given to the inter-
pretation of the American Concrete Institute Building Code Requirements.
{Prerequisite, 504) 3 semester hours credit
208 Concrete Design II
This course consists of the design and detailing of an interior bay of a
building using one-way slabs, T-beams, and continuous girders. Composite
beams and the various types of columns with both axial and eccentric
loads as well as isolated and combined footings, both on soil and piles,
are discussed and design problems worked out. The course concludes with
a discussion and the design of retaining walls.
{Prerequisite, 207) 3 semester hours credit
209 Structural Design I
This course consists of a study of the design of such structural units as
steel beams, girders, columns, trusses, riveted connections and steel frames
as a whole. Particular attention is given to the practical phases of con-
struction and their relation to design. The design of structural timber is
also studied. In the first half of the year the student is given many prob-
lems which he works out at home and in class.
(Prerequisite, 214, 504) 3 semester hours credit
210 Structural Design II
The work in this course consists of designing and detailing larger and
more complicated structures or portions of structures such as a plate girder,
highway bridge or building frame.
{Prerequisite, 209) 3 semester hours credit
211 Water Supply
A general course in water supply engineering. The following items arc
studied: Future population forecasting; quality and quantity of water for
various uses; rainfall; runoflf; ground water and surface water collection
and storage; water treatment processes such as slow and rapid sand filter,
hardness, iron and other impurities removal; disinfection; and the design
of distribution systems.
{Prerequisite, 204) 3 semester hours credit
212 Sewerage and Sewage Disposal
This course is concerned primarily with the collection and disposal of
sewage and storm water. The following specific items are considered:
Quantity of sewage and storm water; sewerage systems; collection of
data necessary for the design of these systems; and a discussion of the
modern methods of sewage treatment and sewage plant operation.
{Prerequisite, 204) 3 semester hours credit
Lincoln Institute 61
213 Structural Drawing I
The course in Structural Drawing consists of making shop drawings of
the various members of modern steel frames. After making drawings of
structural sections and standard connections, the student is given data
from which he makes framing plans and shop details using both riveted
and welded construction.
{Prerequisite, 601, 602) 3 semester hours credit
214 Structural Drawing II
Using the basic information from Structural Drawing I problems in
drawing and detailing portions of a steel frame building, bridge girder and
roof truss are undertaken.
{Prerequisite, 213) 3 semester hours credit
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
301 Direct-Current Theory
This course is designed to give the student the required understanding
of fundamental direct-current circuit theory. It deals with such concepts as
electric current, electromotive force, resistivity and resistance, insulation,
Ohm's law, series and parallel d-c circuits, d-c power and energy, Kirch-
hoff's laws, superposition and Thevenin's theorems, magnetism, magnetic
fields and electromagnetic circuits, d-c instruments, and inductive and
capacitive d-c transient circuits.
{Prerequisite, 701, 702) 3 semester hours credit
302 Alternating-Current Theory
In this course lectures and problems are presented dealing with funda-
mental alternating-current circuit theory. Involved are sinusoidal, non-
sinusoidal electromotive forces and currents, vector representation of sine
waves, complex and polar notation, voltage, current, impedance, admit-
tance, power and power factor calculations for series and parallel a-c cir-
cuits, resonant conditions, network theorems, magnetically-coupled cir-
cuits, a-c instruments and elementary polyphase systems.
{Prerequisite, 301) 3 semester hours credit
303 Direct-Current Machinery
This course involves the principles of operation and testing methods
of d-c machinery. It includes the consideration of shunt, series, and com-
pound motors and generators, with emphasis on problems of commuta-
tion, armature reaction, losses, efficiencies, stray power, ratings, methods
of test as well as auxiliary equipment such as protective devices. The
application of d-c machinery to industry is also involved. A review of
complex algebra will be given in the latter part of this course.
{Prerequisite, 301) 3 semester hours credit
304 Alternating-Current Machinery
This course involves the theory of single-phase and polyphase trans-
formers, as well as a-c machinery. Construction and principles of opera-
62 Northeastern University
tion of the constant-potential, constant-current, autotransformer, and
other types of transformers are considered with emphasis on the vector
diagrams, core losses and methods of test. Attention is also given to the
principles of operation of the a-c induction motor, synchronous motor and
alternator. The theory of operation, characteristics, load conditions and
methods of testing are considered in detail.
{Prerequisite, 302, 303) 3 semester hours credit
305 Electronics for Industry
This course deals with the basic electron tubes, especially those used in
industry for control purposes, as well as electronic control and regulation
circuits. A study of the high-vacuum diode and triode, thyratron and
phototube is made as well as amplifier theory, rectification and filtering,
and general industrial control circuit application.
(Prerequisite, 302, 303) 3 semester hours credit
306 Transmission and Distribution Theory
This course is concerned with the problems pertaining to the transmis-
sion and distribution of a-c energy at power frequencies. Typical trans-
mission-line problems are considered, involving normal and abnormal
or fault conditions. The method of symmetrical components is used in the
solution of certain problems. Also considered is protective and station
equipment as well as trends in the power industry.
{Prerequisite, 304) 3 semester hours credit
353 Direct-Current Machinery Laboratory
This course is designed to apply the information gained from the course
Direct-Current Machinery. A number of tests are performed on d-c shunt,
series and compound motors as well as tests on d-c shunt and compound
generators. Involved also are experiments on parallel operation of d-c
generators, stray power and opposition tests.
{Prerequisite, 303 or concurrently) 3 semester hours credit
354 Alternating-Current Machinery Laboratory I
This course off"ers laboratory work paralleling the lectures of the course
Alternating-Current Machinery and includes experiments on a-c power
circuits, polyphase circuits, polyphase power measurements, constant-
potential transformers, constant-current transformer, and synchronous
machinery.
{Prerequisite, 304 or concurrently) 3 semester hours credit
355 Alternating-Current Machinery Laboratory 11
This course includes tests on the single-phase and three-phase induction
motors, the brush-shifting motor, as well as investigation of induction-
motor windings, and tests on the Amplidyne generator.
{Prerequisite, 354) 3 semester hours credit
Lincoln Institute 63
356 Electronics for Industry Laboratory
This laboratory course offers an introduction to the subject of the con-
trol and regulation of industrial equipment and processes by electronic
means. Experiments are performed on the diode, triode, phototube and
thyratron as well as the control of motor speed and generator voltage by
electronic circuits. Available also are experiments on induction and
dielectric heating, ignition three-phase rectifier and the thyratron six-tube
rectifier. A portion of this laboratory will be devoted to the study of the
components and operation of elementary servomechanisms.
{Prerequisite, 305) 3 semester hours credit
ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
401 Wave Propagation
Designed especially for students taking the Electronic Engineering
curriculum, this course deals with the fundamental principles of waves,
with particular applications to electromagnetic radiation. Interference,
diflfraction, and polarization will be treated in detail. A considerable part
of the course will be devoted to the study of antennas and the properties
of the ionosphere.
{Prerequisite, 701, 702, 807, 802) 3 semester hours credit
402 Semiconductors and Transistors
This course covers the theory of semiconductors and transistors, and
is about evenly divided between fundamental physics and circuits. Topics
include nature of semiconductors, crystal diodes, holes and the transistor,
photoelectric effect, junction transistors, electronics of transistors, circuits
and circuit theory.
{Prerequisite, 301) 3 semester hours credit
403 Electrical Measurements
The successful use of modern electronic equipment in the research or
development laboratory and in many operational fields requires a knowl-
edge of the equipment and techniques employed in making precise elec-
trical measurements. This course is intended to give the student a thorough
understanding of the modern equipment and procedures used in making
accurate d-c and a-c measurements of voltage, current, power, resist-
ance, capacitance, inductance, impedance, frequency, tube characteristics,
etc. Both the direct and the more accurate substitution methods are in-
vestigated. Various procedures for instrument calibration are studied. The
factors limiting and controlling the precision of the results are analyzed.
This lecture course provides a sound basis for future laboratory work.
{Prerequisite, 704, 301, 302) 3 semester hours credit
405 Electron Tubes and Circuits I
This course begins with a review of electron theory, then the theory of
electron emission by thermionic, photoelectric, secondary and field means,
including the study of the construction and processing of various types of
cathodes. The construction and evacuation of tubes is discussed. The diode
64 Northeastern University
tube with space charge phenomena is studied, leading to the control of
electrons in vacuum tubes. The static and dynamic characteristics of vari-
ous tube types are covered. Rectifier action is studied for both vacuum and
gas filled tubes, together with the control of discharges in gas filled tubes.
A study is made of multipurpose and special tubes, followed by the vacuum
and gas tubes as control devices.
Single and polyphase rectifier circuits are studied, including choke and
condenser input filters, and electronically regulated power supplies.
Triodes and multigrid tubes and their equivalent amplifier circuits are
discussed, followed by the cathode ray tube as a display device.
{Prerequisite, 301 , 302, 704) 6 semester hours credit
406 Electron Tubes and Circuits II
This course starts with audio frequency amplifiers, first studying the
voltage type and later power amplifiers. Included are the following topics:
Distortion; Decibels; Input admittance; Resistance and Transformer
coupling; D-c amplifiers; Photo-tube amplifiers; Current amplifiers;
Volume control methods; Sources of noise; Maximum power output;
Plate efficiency; Push-pull amplifiers; Classes A, AB and B operation; and
Feedback amplifiers. Transistor characteristics are studied, followed by
Transistor circuits as applied to small signal amplifiers. Various transistor
amplifier configurations are compared and the equivalent circuits are
derived.
{Prerequisite, 405) 6 semester hours credit
407 Communication Engineering I
This course opens with tuned voltage amplifiers, admittance and neu-
tralization circuits, including grounded grid amplifiers, followed by class
C and B power amplifiers, and then the study of LC oscillators, including
the various feedback circuits, crystal oscillators, parasitic oscillations and
special oscillator circuits. This is followed by a study of amplitude modu-
lators, detectors and mixers, and then amplitude modulated transmitters
and super-heterodyne receivers. Attention will be given to problems of
selectivity, sensitivity, stability and fidelity of receivers.
{Prerequisite, 406) 6 semester hours credit
408 Communication Engineering II
This course begins with a study of wave guides and then continues with
Frequency and Phase Modulation with reference to the production and
detection of these types of modulation and the response of networks, and
detection of F.M., P.M. waves. Then the study of Wave Shaping and Pulse
Circuits is introduced, including the Multivibrator, Blocking Oscillator,
Clipping and Clamping Circuits. Microwave tubes such as the Klystron,
Traveling Wave Tube, Magnetrons are included. Study of Television in-
cludes Video Amplifiers, Synchronization Circuits, and Color Television.
A survey of Radar and Radio aids to navigation completes this course.
{Prerequisite, 407) 6 semester hours credit
Lincoln Institute 65
456 Electronic Laboratory
This course opens with an evening on the correct use of the test equip-
ment used in the experiments.
The experiments in this course cover most of the subjects that have
been covered by lecture in Electron Tubes and Circuits I and II. They
include electron emission, gas diodes, triodes, transistor characteristics,
filter circuits, iron core reactors, thyratrons, half and full w^ave rectifiers,
voltage-regulated power supplies, voltage amplifiers, resistance coupled
cascade amplifiers, feed-back amplifiers, photocells, sawtooth generators,
cathode ray tubes and oscilloscopes. The use of impedance bridges and
RF transmission lines is included in this course.
Laboratory reports are required on each experiment and the class is
broken up into small groups so that each student has an adequate chance
to participate in the experiment. A final examination is also given.
{Prerequisite, 406 or concurrently) 3 semester hours credit
457 Advanced Electronic Laboratory I
The experiments in this course cover the theory subjects studied in the
Communication Engineering course and advanced audio subjects from
Electron Tubes and Circuits II. They include transistorized audio ampli-
fiers, push-pull audio amplifiers, transformer coupled audio amplifiers,
narrow and wide band intermediate frequency amplifiers, detectors, dis-
tortion in audio amplifiers, video amplifiers, testing and alignment of com-
plete radio receivers, frequency multipliers, crystal oscillators, power
oscillators, audio oscillators. Class B and C RF amplifiers including neu-
tralization, amplitude modulated RF amplifiers, balanced modulators,
single side band generators, standing wave measurements, and use of
Q-meters.
{Prerequisite, 407 or concurrently) 3 semester hours credit
458 Advanced Electronic Laboratory li
The experiments in this course cover the theory subjects studied in the
Communication Engineering II course. They include discriminators,
ratio detectors, gated beam tubes, limiters, reactance modulators, net-
works in FM circuits, blocking oscillators and deflection circuits, clipping
and clamping circuits, frequency dividing circuits used as counters,
Phantastrons and multivibrators. A complete television receiver in the
form of a demonstrator is also studied for alignment, waveforms and trou-
ble shooting, also pulse delay lines, analog computers, wave guides, slotted
lines and transient circuits.
{Prerequisite, 408 or concurrently) 3 semester hours credit
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
501 Applied Mechanics I
The subjects treated are collinear, parallel, concurrent, and non-
concurrent force systems in a plane; the determination of the resultant
66 Northeastern University
of such systems by both algebraic and graphical means, the forces re-
quired to produce equilibrium in such systems; stresses in trusses and
frames.
{Prerequisite, 701 , 702, 801) 3 semester hours credit
502 Applied Mechanics II
A continuation of Applied Mechanics I in which the subjects treated
are problems involving static friction, such as the inclined plane and the
wedge; force systems in space; first moments as applied to the determina-
tion of centers of gravity of areas and solids; second moments and the
application to the determination of moments of inertia of plane and solid
figures, radius of gyration, polar moment of inertia, product of inertia.
{Prerequisite, 501) 3 semester hours credit
503 Strength of Materials I
This course comprises the study of the stresses and strains in bodies
subjected to tension, compression, and shear; mechanical properties of
materials; special cases of stress due to axial loads; shear and bending
moment in beams; a study of the common theory of beams with descrip-
tion of the stress distribution; design of beams.
{Prerequisite, 501, 502, 704) 3 semester hours credit
504 Strength of Materials II
This is a continuation of Strength of Materials I and includes the con-
sideration of the deflection of statically determinate beams; the strength
of shafting and springs due to torsional stress; combined stresses in
members due to compression, tension and bending; riveted and welded
joints; thin hollow cylinders; columns, and brief consideration of strains
and the relation of the stresses on different planes in a body.
{Prerequisite, 503) 3 semester hours credit
505 Heat Engineering I
The purpose of the course is to familiarize the student with the theory
of heat as applied to prime movers.
The fundamentals of thermodynamics are discussed in this course and
include the general theory of heat and matter; first and second laws of
thermodynamics; equations of state; fundamental equations of thermo-
dynamics; laws of perfect gases; properties of vapors including use of
tables and charts; and the general equation for the flow of fluids. Par-
ticular emphasis is given to the properties of steam, the use of the steam
tables, and the Mollier diagram.
Included in this course is a study of fuels and combustion of fuels as
applied to steam boilers. Steam generators and auxiliaries are discussed
as well. A large number of problems related to the apparatus considered
are solved.
{Prerequisite, 701, 702, 801, 802) 3 semester hours credit
506 Heat Engineering II
This course is a continuation of Heat Engineering I and includes the
descriptions of the many kinds of apparatus used in the steam power
plant such as steam engines, turbines and auxiliary equipment, including
Lincoln Institute " 67
pumps, condensers, heaters, fans, etc. In addition to the above, such
items as draft, chimneys, coal and ash handling equipment, piping and
valves as well as power plant layouts are studied. Besides the study of
steam apparatus, air compressors, internal combustion engines, gas
turbines and refrigeration are briefly considered. Problems related to
the above equipment are solved.
{Prerequisite, 505) 3 semester hours credit
507 Mechanism
Study of displacement, velocity and acceleration of basic mechanisms
employed in machine design. Analysis and design of cams, rolling contact
drives and linkages. Theory of gear tooth design. Properties and limitations
of involute gears. Design of simple and epicyclic gear trains. Analog" com-
puter analysis.
{Prerequisite, 501 , 502, 603, 604) 3 semester hours credit
508 Machine Design I
The first semester course in Machine Design consists of the following
topics: Materials and their properties; stress analysis, dynamic stresses
and stress concentration; stresses in long and short columns such as con-
necting rods and links, fatigue of metals and endurance diagrams as used
in reversed stresses; general manufacturing considerations; design of
weldments.
{Prerequisite, 504) 3 semester hours credit
509 Machine Design II
The second semester consists mainly of the following: Riveting as
applied to machine elements; design of screw fastenings; keys, pins and
cotters; press, shrink and friction joints; flat, helical and torsion springs;
cylinder heads and cover plates; brakes, flyAvheel design, gearing.
{Prerequisite, 508) 3 semester hours credit
551 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory I
This course includes a series of experiments upon various kinds of
equipment to demonstrate under actual conditions the principles de-
veloped in several courses. Tests on instrumentation, flow measurement,
hydraulic machinery, stationary steam and internal combustion engines
and simple testing of materials are performed. A report on the results
obtained from the test and comparisons between related equipment is
written for each experiment.
{Prerequisite, 504, 506) 3 semester hours credit
552 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory II
This course is a continuation of Mechanical Engineering Laboratory I
with a series of experiments upon more advanced types of equipment.
Tests are run on heating, refrigerating and air conditioning eqiupment,
additional steam and internal combustion engines having a greater num-
ber of possible variables, and various materials of construction.
{Prerequisite, 551) 3 semester hours credit
68 Northeastern University
DRAWING
601 Engineering Dra'wing I
This course is planned to meet the requirements of a class composed
of students who have had no previous instruction in drafting, and also
for those who may have had one or two years' work in preparatory schools.
Solutions are required for both class and home assignments. The topics
studied in these assignments include technique practice, lettering, geo-
metric constructions, orthographic projections and auxiliary views.
A lecture is given at the opening of each class and individual instruction
is given during the remainder of the class period.
3 semester hours credit
602 Engineering Drawing II
This course is a continuation of Engineering Drawing I. Solutions are
required for both class and home assignments. The topics studied in these
assignments include development of objects, isometric, cavalier and cabi-
net drawing, intersections, sections, helix and application, screw threads,
dimensions and inking. A number of practical problems are included
which relate to future professional courses.
A lecture is given at the opening of each class, and individual instruc-
tion is given during the remainder of the class period. The work in courses
Engineering Drawing I and II is planned to give the student a thorough
training in the fundamental principles of Engineering Drawing so that he
may easily do the drafting required in his professional course.
{Prerequisite, 607) 3 semester hours credit
603 Machine Drawing I
This course is conducted on a lecture-laboratory basis with the student
working out problems under supervision. The fundamental principles
representing the shape and specifying the size of such machine elements
as castings, forgings, fabricated weldings, etc., are taught. The mediums
used are multi-view orthographic projection, auxiliary and sectional views,
along with the appropriate dimensioning techniques. Lectures and read-
ing assignments are correlated with the classroom problems and cover
such topics as the drawing techniques applicable to the particular study,
American Standard drafting-room practices, methods and materials of
machine production, fractional and decimal dimensioning systems, fasten-
ers, bearings, lubrication, stamping, methods of reproduction, etc.
The types of drawings made and analyzed include preliminary machine
sketches and assemblies, dimensioned detail working drawings from ma-
chine assemblies and assembly drawings from machine details.
(Prerequisite, 607, 602) 3 semester hours credit
604 Machine Drawing II
This course begins with belt drives, spur, rack, internal, worm and bevel
gears. These are followed by plate, face and cylindrical cams. Other sub-
jects include piping, clutches, couplings, jigs, fixtures and die casting.
The last half of this course is devoted to design layouts of a simple jig,
stamping machine and reducing gear box.
{Prerequisite, 603) 3 semester hours credit
Lincoln Institute 69
MATHEMATICS
700 Pre-Engineering Mathematics
This course is devoted to a thorough study of Algebra I and Plane
Geometry.
701 Algebra
Although the primary purpose of this course is to lay a thorough ground-
work for the subsequent courses in Analytical Geometry, Calculus, and
Applied Mechanics, it is nevertheless a complete unit in itself, and will
enable the student to handle a considerable number of the problems aris-
ing in engineering practice.
Proceeding from a rapid review of the fundamental operations of
Algebra, the work continues with a thorough study of fractions, functions,
linear and quadratic equations, equations in quadratic form, graphs,
exponents, complex numbers, binomial expansion, variation, and equa-
tions of higher degree than the second.
{Prerequisite, 700 or Mathematics Placement Test)
3 semester hours credit
702 Trigonometry
This course includes the solution of all triangles by both natural and
logarithmic functions, identities, radian measure, principal values and the
solution of trigonometric equations. Particular attention is given to the
applications of Trigonometry to engineering practice.
{Prerequisite, 701) 3 semester hours credit
703 Analytic Geometry and Differential Calculus
This course provides a smooth transition from algebra and trigonometry
into the Calculus. Included are the studies of the straight line, the circle,
and conic sections, using rectangular coordinates only. The graphs of
trigonometric, logarithmic, and exponential functions are also covered.
Then follows the differentiation of algebraic and transcendental functions,
both explicit and implicit, with some applications. Slopes of curves,
maxima and minima, derivatives of higher order, velocity and accelera-
tion in rectilinear motion are included.
{Prerequisite, 701, 702) 3 semester hours credit
704 Integral Calculus
This course deals with integration as the inverse of differentiation as
well as the limit of summation. The topics covered are methods of integra-
tion; use of integral tables; differential equations with separable variables;
the differential equation of rectilinear motion; definite integrals; areas in
rectangular coordinates; length of curves; areas of surfaces of revolution;
volumes of solids of revolution; multiple definite (iterated) integrals;
entroids of plane areas; moment of inertia.
{Prerequisite, 703) 3 semester hours credit
70 Northeastern University
PHYSICS
801 Physics I
This course covers the principles of mechanics. Among the topics cov-
ered are force; energy; work; statics; elasticity; linear, rotational and
harmonic motion; liquids and gases.
Each lecture is followed by a demonstration period and a problem
period in which the student learns the practical application of the physical
laws being studied.
{Prerequisite, 701 , 702 or concurrently) 3 semester hours credit
802 Physics II
This course includes a study of wave motion, sound, heat, light and
electricity. The section in heat involves thermometry, expansion, calorim-
etry, behavior of gases, vaporization and transfer of heat. Under the
subject of light are reflection, refraction, dispersion, diflfraction and inter-
ference, lenses, and optical instruments. The study of electricity includes
magnetism, electrostatics, resistance, capacitance, inductance, alternat-
ing currents, and series and parallel circuits.
As in course Physics I each lecture is followed by both a demonstration
period and a problem period.
{Prerequisite, 801 , 702 or concurrently) 3 semester hours credit
o
51
»— o
— CQ
c3
a,
: z
< -■
O
z
0)
3
C
>
<
c
o
c
3
Z
o
CO
B
<°
.2
C
%
o
3
3 -^
^ c
E .5
I 3
t^
D
§ 'bb
S
D
G
O
3
a
'a,
S
3
O
D
o
5 □
m
■l-J t/5
CT3
Q
V
o
>
c-
r/)
V
u
P
O
w<
>-
o
<M
fi
o
o
lU
-d
>
o
C3
O
O
o
bc
G
■|
O
G
o ■
O K
o S
o "^
bO 3
G o
-d g
3 j-^
bj:
<
U
a
V
"-" -.
n
> -H
Ki TJ
1
^ J^
CQ HH bJD
tn
a
C
r3
c
^ 0
ID "
O
0
c
<
O
CT
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 !
1 1
H
<
H
CO
>
H
O
z
o
<
u
o
J
o
o
X
o
in
o
w
<
lU
bo
G
G
03
-a
o
G
>
3
M <
3
o
o
fcJD
G
O
1)
s^
u
be
c
^
(U
'o
o
-G
^
o
M
1)
o
S
,__i
c
,(_»
.5
.a
d
3
-a
2
Xi
O
OT
fi
^^
D-
G
C3
u
'to
OT
72
a
c3
O
G
3
"^
-Q
u
o
O
rt
s
13
3
u
lU
u
t>
OJ
tl
1_
lU
be
be
3-
Q
Q
a
o
V
OJ
o
bo
-G
^
cd
G
O
o
flj
S
G
WJ
O
W3
bc
u
G
G
G
o
■-3
'-B
a,
..
03
C3
o
J^ -^ ^
O -^ .^ G
-J
o
o
G
S-i
'Si
;-i
Si
O
G
G
-o
u
,u
^ D n D
.2, 2
G P5
° H
U
Id
C
%
o
u3S
>
o
<u
(U (U
o
u
a
>
"bb
X
o
u
a
ID
>
Oh
^ O
an
(U o
^o-l
*->
4->
J3
4-)
.S3
G
-«-)
o
13
1
a
oj
'a
X!
<
o
■!->
>
Si
bfl
p
X
lb
tn
G
Xi
o
Sh
bi
0 -t
u
Vl
o
CI,
a.
(U
■^
bo
<
E
"C
K. 2
G
i~
c
>
1— (
> 2
03
<L
^
O X
ii
1-
C
V
lU
O U
>
^
>
i-J w
c
'bb
en
1.
o
J2
Oh
G
.9
s-
c
Ul
o
«3
"0
a o
o z
G
c/3
<U
iZ
P-
Xi
G
U
£ 5
CJ
G
c
c
G
-^
u
cr
• —
•—
M
o
4J
o 9
&.
be
0.
a.
J3
2 S
G
S-
C
!-
c
G
o
s
03
_o
oc
s_
bJD
O
a,
O
1
OJ
-G
X
IX
1
o
Chemi
Civil
Elect
l-H
ii
en
G
C
c
>
c
-- >
o
.^
KJ
1
i.
G
03
DDD
D
en
>
o;
>
O
a,
C3
(U
X
:l
OJ
G
X3
G
G
bp
Ci,
<
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Offers full-time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan leading to the
degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science: part-time evening
programs available leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts.
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Offers full-time day curricula on the Co-opera ti\e Plan leading to the
degree of Bachelor of Science in Education in preparation for teaching in
elementarx' or secondary schools; part-time evening program also availa-
ble in co-operation with the College of Liberal Arts.
THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Offers full-time day curricula on the Co-operati\e Plan and part-time
evening programs, both leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration.
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
Offers full-time day curricula on the Co-operati\e Plan and part-time
evening programs, both leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Engineering.
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
Offers part-time evening programs of adult education designed especially
to meet the needs of employed personnel and leading to the Bachelor of
Science degree with course specification or to appropriate associate de-
grees.
THE LINCOLN INSTITUTE
Offers part-time e\ening curricula in science and in engineering tech-
nology' leading to the degrees of Associate in Science and Associate in
Engineering.
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
Arts and Sciences — Offers da\" and e\ening programs leading to the de-
grees of Master of Arts and Master of Science.
Business — Offers evening programs leading to the degree of Master of
Business Administration.
Education — Offers evening and Saturday morning programs leading to
the degree of Master of Education.
Engineering — Offers day and evening programs leading to the degree of
Master of Science with course specification.
All Programs Are Open to Both Men and Women
For further information
regarding any of the above schools or colleges, address
Dr. Gilbert C. G.arl.and, Dean and Director of Admissions
360 Huntington Avenue, Boston 15, Massachusetts, COpley 7-6600
^'^l
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GRADUATE SCHOOL
PROGRAMS IN
ARTS AND SCIENCES
CATALOGUE 1960-1961
BOSTON 15, MASSACHUSETTS
APRIL I960
INTERVIEW PERIODS and REGULAR SESSIONS
1960 Summer Session
Interview Period ^iay 23-June 4
Registration Period ^^^y 23-June 4
Regular Session June 6-July 29
1960-61 First Semester
Interview Period Aug. 22-Sept. 10
Registration Period Aug. 22-Sept. 10
Regular Session Sept. 12- Jan. 20
1960-61 Second Semester
Interview Period Jan. 9-Jan. 28
Registration Period Jan. 9-Jan. 28
Regular Session Jan. 30-AIay 26
1961 Summer Session
Interview Period May 22-June 3
Registration Period May 22-June 3
Regular Session June 5-July 28
REGULAR OFFICE HOURS
Monday through Friday 8:45 a.m.- 5:00 p.m.
Saturday 8:45 a.m. -12:00 noon
SPECIAL OFFICE HOURS i
DURING REGISTRATION PERIODS ONLY
Monday through Friday 8:45 a.m.- 8:00 p.m.
Saturday 9:00 a.m. -12:00 noon
The office is closed on all legal holidays.
Requests for Bulletins and information about graduate work in the!
Arts and Sciences Programs should be addressed to
DEAN OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
Northeastern University
360 Huntington Avenue, Boston 15, Massachusetts
COpley 7-6600
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GRADUATE SCHOOL
PROGRAMS IN
ARTS AND SCIENCES
CATALOGUE 1960-1961
LEADING TO THE DEGREES OF
MASTER OF SCIENCE AND MASTER OF ARTS
BOSTON 15, MASSACHUSETTS
APRIL I960
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
AT
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
ARTS AND SCIENCES
Teaching Fellow Programs leading to a Master of Science or a
Master of Arts degree in the fields of Chemistry, English, History,
Government, Physics, and Psychology.
Evening Programs in Chemistry, ]\'Iathematics, and Physics, leading
to the Master of Science degree.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Teaching Fellow Programs in Accounting leading to the Master of
Business Administration degree.
Evening Programs leading to the Master of Business Administration
degree.
EDUCATION
Late Afternoon, Evening, and Saturday Morning Programs leading
to the Master of Education degree.
ENGINEERING
Co-operative Programs leading to the Master of Science degree
in Chemical Engineering, in Civil Engineering with a major in Struc-
tures, in Mechanical Engineering with a major in Mechanics, and in
Electrical Engineering.
.Evening Programs leading to a Master of Science degree in Civil
Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Communications, Engineering
Management, Engineering Mechanics, and Mechanical Engineering.
GRADUATE SCHOOL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Academic Calendar 4
Map of University 6
The Board of Trustees 8
General University Committees 9
Administrative Organization of Graduate School 11
Teaching Staff 13
History of Graduate Work 16
Buildings and Facilities 18
Teaching Fellow Programs 20
Evening Graduate Programs
Requirements for Admission 21
Classification of Students 21
Requirements for Degrees 22
Grades and Transfer of Credits 23
Tuition and Fees 24
Curricula and Course Descriptions
Chemistry 29
English 34
Government 37
History 39
Mathematics 42
Physics 48
Psychology 55
N0RTHEAS1 '^RN UNIVERSITY
ACADEMIC V ^LENDAR
MAY I960 -JUNE 1961
SUMMER SESSION I960
Interview and Registration Period
Monday-Saturday
May 23-June 4
Memorial Day, Office Closed
Monday
May 30
Classes Begin
Monday ' ■'■
June 6
Independence Day, No Classes
Monday
July 4
Classes End
Tuesday
July 26
Examination Period
Wednesday-Thursday July 27-July 28
FIRST SEMESTER 1960-1961
Interview and Registration Period
Laljor Day, Office Closed
Classes Begin
Columbus Day, No Classes
Veterans' Day, No Classes
Thanksgiving Vacation
Classes Resume
Christmas Vacation
Classes Resume
Classes End
Examination Period
No Classes
Monday-Saturday
Monday
Monday ' .,-.
Wednesday
Friday '. '
One Week
Monday
Two Weeks
Tuesday
Friday
Monday-Friday
Monday-Friday
SECOND SEMESTER 1960-1961
Interview and Registration Period
Classes Begin
Washington's Birthday, No Classes
Patriots' Day, No Classes
Classes End
Make-up for Classes Missed
Wed., April 19
Examination Period
Aug. 22-Sept. IC
Sept. 5
Sept. 12
Oct. 12
Nov. 11
Nov. 21-Nov. 2^
Nov. 28
Dec. 20-Jan. 2
Jan. 3
Jan. 13
Jan. 16-Jan. 20
Jan. 23-Jan. 27
Monday-Saturday
Jan. 9-Jan. 28
Monday
Jan. 30
Wednesday
Feb. 22
Wednesday
April 19
Friday
May 12
Wednesday
May 17
Monday-Friday
May 22-May 2
GRADUATE SCMOOL
CALE^^DAR
APRIL !, I960 'JUNE 30,
.760
APRIL
M T W T F S
I 2
14 5 6 7 8 9
I II 12 13 14 15 16
' 18 19 20 21 22 23
[ 25 26 27 28 29 30
MAY
S M T W T F S
I 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 II 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 3!
961
JUNE
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 II
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
JULY
M T W T F S
I 2
14 5 6 7 8 9
) II 12 13 14 15 16
' 18 19 20 21 22 23
^ 25 26 27 28 29 30
AUGUST
S M T W T F S
I 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 1112 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 3!
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
I 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
II 12 13 14 15 16 17
!8 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
OCTOBER
? 3 4 5 6 7 8
MO II 12 13 14 15
b 17 18 19 20 21 22
} 24 25 26 27 28 29
) 31
NOVEMBER
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 II 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
DECEMBER
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
II 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
JANUARY
M T W T F S
2 3 4 5 6 7
I 9 10 II 12 13 14
i 16 17 18 19 20 2!
: 23 24 25 26 27 28
• 30 31
1961
FEBRUARY
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 II
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28
MARCH
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 II
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
APRIL
M T W T F S
I
3 4 5 6 7 8
' 10 II 12 13 14 15
. 17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
MAY
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 II 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
JUNE
S M T W T F S
I 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
II 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Robert G. Dodge, Honorary Chairvian
Byron K. Elliott, Chairman
Frank L. Richardson, Vice Chairman
Asa S. Knowles, President of the University
Carl S. Ell, President Emeritus and Chancellor of the University
Lawrence H. Martin, Treasurer
Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary
Class of I960
George R. Brown
Robert G. Dodge
David F. Edwards
Robert L. Johnson
James A. Morton
Frank L. Richardson
Harold B. Richmond
Robert G. Stone
Class of 1961
Lincoln C. Bateson
S. Bruce Black
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Robert G. Emerson
Merrill Griswold
Ernest Henderson
Ray E. Johns
Harry H. Kerr
Dwight p. Robinson, Jr.
Class of 1962
George L. Barnes
Godfrey L. Cabot
William C. Chick
Carl S. Ell
Frank L. Farwell
George Hansen
Adrian O'Keeffe
Russell B. Stearns
Robert T. P. Storer
Class of 1963
F. Gregg Bemis
Louis W. Cabot
Byron K. Elliott
Chandler Hovey
Lawrence H. Martin
AuGusTiN H. Parker, Jr.
William M. Rand
Earl P. Stevenson
Asa S. Knowles, ex officio
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
David F. Edwards, Chairman
S. Bruce Black, Vice Chairman
George R. Brown
Louis W. Cabot
William C. Chick
Edward Dana
Robert G. Dodge
Carl S. Ell
Robert G. Emerson
Lawrence H. Martin
William M. Rand
Frank L. Richardson
Earl P. Stevenson
GRADUATE SCHOOL
9
GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES
The Executive Council of the University
Asa S. Knowles, Chairman
William C. White, Vice Chairman
Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary
John S. B.^ilet
F. Weston Prior
Albert E. Everett
Kenneth G. Ri-der
Edward S. Parsons
Loring M. Thompson
Arthur A. Vernon
University Cabinet
William C. White, Chairman
GURTH I. AbERCROMBIE
Rudolph M. Morris
William T. Alexander
Carl F. Muckenhoupt
John S. Bailey
Rudolf 0. Oberg
Lincoln C. Bateson
Edward S. Parsons
Thomas J. Cavanagh
Philip W. Pendleton
Dorothy G. Dissell
F. Weston Prior
Albert E. Everett
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.
Herbert W. Gall.^gher
Kenneth G. Ryder
Gilbert C. Garland
George A. Speers
Emil a. Gramstorff
M'i'RON J. Spencer
Roger S. Hamilton
Richard E. Spr-^gue
George W. Han kin son
J. Kenneth Stevenson
Charles W. Havice
Descomb T. Stewart
Christopher F. Kennedy William M. Stew.\rt
Wilfred S. Lake
Loring M. Thompson
Gilbert G. MacDonald
Lester S. Vander Werf
Donald H. MacKenzie
Arthur A. Vernon
George A. Mallion
Roy L. Wooldridge
Roland H. Moody
Asa S. Knowles, ex officio
Library Committee
RoL-^ND H. Moody, Chairman
William T. Alexander
Kenneth G. Rtoer
Albert E. Everett
Lester S. Vander Werf
Roger S. Hamilton
Arthur A. Vernon
Wilfred S. Lake
William C. White
R. Gregg Wilfong
University
Advisory Committee on Faculty Policy
Chester P. Baker, Chairman
Joseph M. Golemme, Secretary
LoLis Cooperstein
Arthur R. Foster
E. Lawrence Durham Carlo E. Gubellini
R. Gregg Wilfong
to NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY -
Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D. President oj the University
Carl S. Ell, A.B., M.S., Ed.M., Sc.D., LL.D., L.H.D.
President Emeritus and Chancellor of the University
WiLLL^M C. White, S.B., Ed.M., Eng.D.
Vice President and Provost oj the University
General Officers of Administration
John S. Bailey, B.S., M.B.A. Director oj Public Relations and Personnel
Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A. Financial Officer
Albert E. Everett, S.B., M.B.A., D.C.S. Dean oj Adult and Continuing Education
Edward S. Parsons, S.B., Ed.M. Business Manager
F. Weston Prior, B.S. Director oj Development
Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A. Dean oj Administration
LoRiNG M. Thompson, B.S.. M.S., M.A., Ph.D. Director oj University Planning
Arthur A. Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D. Dean oj the Graduate School
Deans of Colleges and Principal Administrative Staff
William T. Alexander, S.B., M.A., Eng.D., P.E. (Mass.)
Dean oj Engineering
Roger S. Hamilton, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. Dean oj Business Administration
Wilfred S. Lake, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. Dean oj Liberal Arts
Lester S. Vander Were, A.B., M.A., Ed.D. Dean oj Education
Albert E. Everett, S.B., M.B.A., D.C.S. Dean oj the University College
Donald H. Mackenzie, B.Ch.E., S.B., Ed.M. Dean oj Lincoln Institute
Carl F. Muckenhoupt, A.B., B.S., Ph.D. Dean oj Research Administration
Emil a. Gramstorff, S.B., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)
Dean oj Graduate Study in Engineering
Roy L. Wooldridge, S.B., Ed.M. Dean oj Co-operative Education
Gilbert C. G.arland, S.B., Ed.M., Ed.D. Dean oj Admissions
Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M. Dean oj Students
Dorothy G. Dissell, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Dean oj Women
Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M. Dean oj Freshmen
Charles W. Havice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D., D.D. Dean oj Chapel
Rudolph M. Morris, S.B., Ed.M. Registrar oj the Colleges
Myron J. Spencer, A.B., M.A. Director oj Graduate Study in Business
Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S. Director oj University Libraries.
Herbert W. Gallagher, S.B. Director of Student Activities
Philip W. Pendleton, B.A.. M.A., Ph.D.
Director oj Testing and Counseling Center
Rudolf O. Oberg, S.B., Ed.M. Director oj Alumni Relations
George A. Speers, A.B., M.S., Ed.M. Director oj Press Bureau
Descomb T. Stew.'Vrt, A.B.
Editor and Director oj Office oj University Publications
J. Kenneth Stevenson, B.C.S. Superintendent oj Buildings and Grounds
William M. Stewart, B.S. Manager oj the Bookstore
Richard E. Sprague, S.B., B.B.A., M.B.A., Ed.M. Secretary oj the Faculty
D.-vniel J. Roberts, Jr., S.B., M.B.A., Ed.M. Bursar
GRADUATE SCHOOL 11
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
Arthur Andrew Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D. Dean of the Graduate School
Emil Anton Gramstorff, S.B., M.S. Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering
George William Hankinson, A.B., S.B., M.S.
Assistant Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering
Myron Jay Spencer, A.B., M.A.
Director of Graduate Study in Business Administration
Lester Seth Vander Were, A.B., M.A., Ed.D.
Dean of College of Education, Director of Graduate Study in Education
Janice Walker, A.B. Registrar of the Graduate School
Charles Michael Devlin, B.S. Administrative Assistant
University Advisory Committee on Graduate School Policy
Arthur Andrew Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D., Chairman
Dean of the Graduate School
Janice Walker, A.B., Secretary Registrar of the Graduate School
Elmer Henry Cutts, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of History and Chairman of the Department
E. Lawrence Durham, A.B., M.A. Associate Professor of Social Science
M.artin White Essigmann, S.B., M.S.
Professor of Electncal Engineering and Chairman of the Department
.A.LFRED John Ferretti, B.S., M.S.
Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Chairman of the Department
Emil Anton Gramstorff, S.B., M.S.
Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering and Professor of Civil Engineering
George William Hankinson, A.B., S.B., M.S.
Assistant Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering,
and Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
Morris A. Horowitz, B.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Economics and Chairman of the Department
Barkev Kibarl^n, B.S., M.B.A., Ph.D.
Assistant Professor of Marketing and Adveriinn-g
Giovanni Lanza, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Physics
Robert Andrews Shepard, B.S., Ph.D.
Professor of Chemistry and Chairman of the Department
MmoN Jay Spencer, A.B., M.A.
Director of Graduate Study in Business Administration
and Professor of Economics
Ralph Anderson Troupe, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
Research Professor of Chemical Engineering
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Lester Seth Vander Were, A.B., M.A., Ed.D.
Dean of College of Education and Director of Graduate Study in Education
William Crombie White, S.B., Ed.M., Eng.D.
Vice-President and Provost of the University
Edward Rice Willett, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Finance and Chairman of the Department
Asa Sm.^llidge Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D. (ex officio)
President of the University
Committee on Graduate Study in Arts and Sciences
Arthur Andrew Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D., Chairman
Dean of the Graduate School and Professor of Chemistry
Elmer Henry Cutts, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of History and Chairman of the Department
Frederick William Holmes, A.B., M.A. i
Professor of English and Chairman of the Department
Reginald Gage Lacount, S.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Physics and Chairman of the Department
Wilfred Stanley Lake, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. Dean of College of Liberal Arte
Giovanni Lanza, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Physic^
Antonio Libero Mezzacappa, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Modern Languages and Chairman of the Department
Franklin Norvish, B.S., M.A. Associate Professor of English
Kenneth Gilmore Ryder, A.B., M.A.
Associate Professor of History and Dean of Administratiori
Robert Andrews Shepard, B.S., Ph.D.
Professor of Chemistry and Chairman of the Department
Harold Leroy Stubbs, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. Professor of Mathematic,
A. Bertrand Warren, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Psychology and Chairman of the Department
William Crombie White, S.B., Ed.M., Eng.D.
Vice-President and Provost of the Universit%
R. Gregg Wilfong, A.B., M.A.
Associate Professor of Government and Chairman of the Departmen
GRADUATE SCHOOL
13
TEACHING STAFF
The teaching staff of the Graduate Arts and Sciences Programs is
composed of regular full-time faculty members of Northeastern Uni-
versity, members of the faculties of neighboring institutions, and
private engineers and scientists. The composition of the teaching
staff during any particular school year is dependent upon the courses
offered during that year. The teaching staff of the Graduate Arts and
Sciences programs includes the following:
Charles 0. Ahonen
Edward R. Atkinson
David W. Barkley
Irwin S. Bernstein
Eugene J. Blackman
Edw.^rd M. Cook
Elmer H. Cutts
Philip Davis
John Drougas
Leonard G. Eyges
V^ictor S. Frank
1 Arthur J. Freeman
Royal M. Frye
S'orbert L. Fullington
Samuel M. Giveen
Richard E. Grojean
iVALTER HaUSER
Professor of Physics, Merrimack College
Arthur D. Little, Inc.
Assistant Professor of Government, Northeastern
University
Senior Scientist, Avco Mfg. Corp.
Assoc. Prof, of English, Northeastern University
Assoc. Prof, of Mathematics, Northeastern University
Professor of History, Northeastern University
Staff Member, Lincoln Lab., Mass. Inst, of
Technology
Chemiiit, Arthur D. Little, Inc.
Div. Leader, Theoretical Physics, Lincoln Lab.,
Mass. Inst, of Technology
Manager, Organic Chem. Research, Dewey and
Almy Chemical Company
Research Physicist, Watertown Arsenal
Professor of Physics, Merrimack College
Assistant Professor of History, Northeastern
University
Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Northeastern
University
Asst. Prof, of Physics, Northeastern University
Staff Member, Lincoln Lab., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology
u
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Francis B. Hildebkand
Frederick W. Holmes
David M. Howell
Albert D. Johnson
Nelson H. Kemp
George Khirall^
Robert D. Klein
Giovanni Lanza
Leonard Lesensky
Everett C. Marston
Nathan G. Parke, III
Stefan Peters
John R. Rees
Sumner M. Rosen
Norman Rosenblatt
Lawrence Rosenfeld
Edward W. Ross
Abraham Spector
Victor R. Staknis
Tien-Fan Tao
Richard J. Turyn
Rocco H. Urbano
Alfred Viola
Irving Weiss
Robert N. Wiener
R. Gregg Wilfong
Arthur Wouk
HUSEYIN YlLMAZ
A-'ssoc. Pro}, oj Mathematics, Mass. Inst, of
Technology
Professor oj English, Northeastern University
Assoc. Prof, oj Chemistry, Northeastern University
Research Physicist, Air Force Cambridge Research
Center
Senior Scientist, Research Lab., Avco Mfg. Corp.
Asst. Projessor oj English, Northeastern University
Research Associate, Northeastern University
Assoc. Proj. of Physics, Northeastern University
Physicist, Raytheon Company
Professor of English, Northeastern University
President Parke Mathematical Laboratories, Inc.
Consulting Actuary
Research Fellow in Physics, Harvard University
Asst. Prof, of Economics, Northeastern University
Asst. Prof, of History, Northeastern University
Director of Research, The Rusan Corp.
Head of Math. Sec, Watertown Arsenal Laboratory
Howe Laboratory of Ophthalmology, Massachusetts
General Hospital
Assoc. Prof, of Mathematics, Northeastern
University
Teaching Fellow, Harvard University
Adv. Research Eng., Sylvania Electric Products, Inc.
Mathematician, Air Force Cambridge Research
Center
Asst. Prof, of Chemistry, Northeastern University
Statistician, The Mitre Corporation
Asst. Prof, of Chemistry, Northeastern University
Assoc. Prof, of Government, Northeastern University
Senior Engineer, Sylvania Electric Products, Inc.
Senior Research Staff, Sylvania Electric Prod., Inc.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 15
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Northeastern University is incorporated as a philanthropic institu-
tion under the General Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature,
by special enactment, has given the University general degree granting
powers.
The Corporation of Northeastern University consists of men who
occupy responsible positions in business and the professions. This
Corporation elects from its membership a Board of Trustees in whom
the control of the institution is vested. The Board of Trustees has four
standing committees: (a) an Executive Committee which has general
supervision of the financial and educational policies of the University;
(b) a Committee on Buildings which has general supervision over the
building needs of the University; (c) a Committee on Funds and In-
vestments which has the responsibility of administering the funds of
the University; (d) a Committee on Development which is concerned
with furthering the development plans of the University.
Founded in 1898, Northeastern University, from its beginning, has
had as its dominant purpose the discovery of human and social needs
and the meeting of these needs in distinctive and highly serviceable
ways. While subscribing to the most progressive educational thought
and practice, the University has not duplicated the programs of other
institutions but has sought "to bring education more directly into the
service of human needs."
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
The College of Liberal Arts offers majors in the usual fields of the
arts and sciences leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science. With the exception of pre-professional programs,
day curricula are normally five years in length and operated on the
Co-operative Plan. However, in all majors except Chemistry and
Physics, qualified students, with the approval of the Dean, may elect
to complete the requirements for the degree on a full-time plan in four
years.
te NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
The College of Liberal Arts offers certain of its courses during
evening hours, constituting a program of three years' duration equiva-
lent in hours to one-half the requirements for the A.B. or S.B. degree.
The degree of Associate in Arts is conferred upon those who complete
this program. A complete A.B. program is also offered in the evening
division with curricula in Economics, History and Government, and
Sociology, " ;: ; ■■
The College of Education offers the option of study on the conven-
tional four-year full-time plan or on the five-year Co-operative Plan.
Both programs lead to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education.
These are designed particularly to meet the needs of high school
graduates who desire to prepare themselves for teaching and adminis-
trative positions in elementary and secondary schools.
The College of Business Administration offers five-year co-operative
curricula in Accounting, Business Management, Finance and Insur-
ance, Industrial Relations, and Marketing and Advertising leading to
the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Administration.
The School of Business — operated during evening hours — offers
undergraduate curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Business
Administration in Accounting, Management, Law and Business, En-
gineering and Management, Liberal Arts and Business. For students
who because of occupational reasons desire shorter programs concen-
trating in specific areas, Institutes awarding the certificate are offered
in various fields. '
The College of Engineering offers five-year co-operative curricula
in Civil, Mechanical, Electrical, Chemical, and Industrial Engineering
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science with specification accord-
ing to the department in which the student qualifies.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Graduate work was started for teaching fellows in 1940 and has
since expanded into six departments.
In response to a need for evening work on the graduate level, course
work in certain engineering areas was started in 1948. This program
GRADUATE SCHOOL 17
developed rapidly, and at present evening programs leading to the
Master of Science degree are given in seven engineering and science
departments. A co-operative graduate program in engineering was
started in 1956, and at present degrees from this plan of study are
offered by four engineering departments.
The evening graduate work was expanded in 1951 by a program
leading to the Master of Business Administration degree; in 1953 a
similar program was initiated to allow students to earn a Master of
Education degree in late-afternoon or evening classes.
The teaching fellow programs enable graduate students to further
their academic training while they obtain valuable experience in
teaching. The evening programs are designed for those who wish to
carry on advanced study on a part-time basis while continuing their
regular employment. In the co-operative programs students alternate
work periods with study periods so that industrial experience can be
obtained along with advanced academic training. The courses in all
programs have been designed to give penetrating understanding of
fundamentals as well as a breadth of knowledge in allied fields.
18 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES
LOCATION
Northeastern University is located on Huntington Avenue in the Back Bay
section of Boston. The main administrative offices of the University are
located in Richards Hall.
The chief railroad centers of Boston are the North and South Stations. To
reach the University from the North Station, board an MTA subway car
going to Park Street and transfer there to any Huntington Avenue car. To
reach the University from the South Station, board a Cambridge-bound
subway train and transfer at Park Street to a Huntington Avenue car. The
"Northeastern" station is the first stop outside the subway.
HUNTINGTON AVENUE CAMPUS
The principal educational buildings of Northeastern University are located
on a sixteen-acre site in the Back Bay section of Boston. Only one block to
the west of the University lie the famous Boston Museum of Fine Arts and
the beautiful public gardens-park reservation known as "The Fenway."
Following a long-range development plan. University facilities have ex-
panded substantially in recent years. In addition to the six buildings con-
structed within the last two decades, several modernized older buildings are
available for specialized uses. The newer buildings on the campus are inter-
connected by means of tunnels, so that the students may go from building
to building without going out of doors in inclement weather. All of the build-
ings are used in common by the students of the four colleges.
In addition to classrooms and instructional offices, the principal buildings
include the following:
Botolph Building — Civil Engineering Laboratories
Cabot Physical Education Center — Gymnasium, Cage, Rifle Range
Dodge Library — Library, Drawing Rooms
Ell Student Center — Student Activities, Health Department, Chapel,
Auditorium, and University Commons
Forsyth Building — Industrial and Mechanical Engineering Laboratori^
Graduate Center — Administrative Offices of the Graduate School,
Physics Laboratories, and Cafeteria.
Greenleaf Building — ROTC Headquarters, Research Facilities
Hayden Hall — Offices of the University College, Business, Education,
and Electrical Engineering Laboratories, Art Studio
Richards i7aZZ — Administrative Offices, Mechanical Engineering, Psy-
chology and Chemistry Laboratories, Bookstore
Science Hall — Chemical Engineering and Biology Laboratories
Graduate School
Regulations
20 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GRADUATE SCHOOL REGULATIONS
TEACHING FELLOW PROGRAMS
ADMISSION
A limited number of graduate students are enrolled in Teaching
Fellowship Programs in Chemistry, English, Government, History,
Physics, and Psychology. Two years are needed for completion of the
requirements for the degree under these programs.
The admission requirements are given under the departmental
headings; in general, applicants must show an ability to profit from
graduate work. Transcripts and letters of recommendation must be
filed with the application by March 15 of the year in which graduate
work is to be started. Applications must be made on forms secured
from the Dean of the Graduate School.
REGISTRATION
At the beginning of each semester, all students must register in the
Graduate School office.
FEES
A diploma fee of $20 is payable one month before the date at which
the degree is to be awarded.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREES OF MASTER OF SCIENCE
AND MASTER OF ARTS
A total of thirty semester hours of course work, including a thesis,
is required. A minimum of twenty credits must be taken in the field
of concentration.
Foreign language and comprehensive examination requirements are
at the option of the department.
GRADUATE SCHOOL
THESIS
The regulations concerning the forms of the thesis may be obtained
from the Graduate School office or the head of the department con-
cerned.
SCHOLASTIC PERFORMANCE
Each student must maintain a standard of performance acceptable
to the Committee on Graduate Study in Arts and Sciences.
EVENING PROGRAM
ADMISSION
For admission to the Evening Graduate Program, applicants must
have a bachelor's degree from an accredited program in the appro-
priate field. A personal interview with the Dean of the Graduate
School is required of all students wishing to enter any of the programs.
A transcript of the applicant's prior college training should be pre-
sented at that time; if this is not possible, such material should be
filed within six weeks after registration. No second registration will be
allowed, nor will any grades of courses taken in the first registration
period be issued until a transcript has been received and reviewed.
REGISTRATION
At the beginning of each semester, all students must register in the
Graduate School office at the times indicated on the calendar.
Students in the evening part-time program, after a review of their
transcript, will be classified as regular or special.
Regular Students: Students who have a bachelor's degree from an
accredited program with acceptable quality of undergraduate work
are designated as Regular Students.
Special Students: Students whose undergraduate record is not accept-
able for regular classification are designated as Special Students.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
DEGREE CANDIDACY
Admission to a course or courses does not constitute acceptance as
a candidate for a master's degree.
A student who has achieved regular classification and who has
completed twelve credits of required courses in his maj or with a grade
of B will be admitted to degree candidacy.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE
AND MASTER OF ARTS
Thirty semester hours of course work are required for the degree of
Master of Science or Master of Arts. The programs of required and
elective courses are given in a later section.
To make an effective total program, the selection of elective courses
may be one of penetration and specialization in a given field, or it
may be one cutting across related fields giving supporting breadth to
the student's education. Department heads and the Dean of the
Graduate School are readily available for counsel in the selection of
electives. In every case, the student must be able to comply with the
prerequisites or preparation requirements of his course selections.
STUDY LOAD
All graduate students are limited to a program of four semester
hours of course work per semester unless granted special permission
by the Committee on Graduate Study in Arts and Sciences to carry a
heavier course load. Thus, those who carry two evenings a week (four
semester hours of course work) continuously for both semesters may
complete the requirements of thirty semester hours for the degree
within four years. Some students may find it possible to shorten this
period to three years by enrolling in the Summer Sessions.
GRADUATE SCHOOL
GRADING SYSTEM
The performance of students in graduate courses will be recorded
by the instructor by use of the following grades :
A — Excellent
This grade is given to those students whose
performance in the course has been of very
high graduate caliber.
B — Satisfactory
This grade is given to those students whose
performance in the course has been at the level
necessary for graduate credit.
C —Fair
This grade is used to indicate that the stu-
dent's performance in the course may be ac-
ceptable but is not consistently at the level
expected in graduate work.
F — Failure
This grade is used to indicate unsatisfactory
work.
In addition, the following letter designations are used:
E — Course registration canceled for nonattendance.
I — Incomplete, without quality designation. This
is used when a student does not take the final
examination or otherwise fails to complete the
work of the course.
S — Satisfactory, without quality designation. This
is used for thesis work.
W — Withdrawn without prejudice.
An average of not less than B must be obtained in thirty course
credits in order to qualify for the master's degree. If a grade of F is
obtained in a required course, the course must be repeated and a
grade of B or better obtained. If a grade of F is obtained in an
elective course, this course may either be repeated or another elective
course substituted for it. In the case of a repeated elective course, a
grade of B must be obtained. A maximum of thirty-four course
credits may be undertaken in qualifying for the degree.
The designation "I" will be changed to a grade upon removal of
the "I" provided deficiencies are made up by the end of the semester
following the one in which the "I" was reported. If the course defi-
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
ciencies are not made up within the specified time, the grade of I
will automatically become a grade of F. Missed final examinations
cannot be made up without the approval of the Dean or Director of
the program involved. Approval for such make-up is given only for
emergency reasons and must be obtained within one month following
the date of the missed examination.
WITHDRAWALS
No withdrawal from a course is allowed after the tenth class session.
Any student who is absent from three class periods in succession
without excuse is dropped from the class.
The University provides all instruction and accommodations on an
academic semester basis; therefore, no refunds are granted except in
cases where students are compelled to withdraw because of personal
illness or other reasons beyond their control. A student must com-
plete an official withdrawal application at the Graduate School office
before being considered for a refund. In no case are refunds made
after a student has attended the fifth session of a class. Questions
regarding refunds should be discussed with the Bursar's office.
TIME LIMITATIONS
Course credits earned in the program of graduate study are valid
for a maximum period of eight years. This time limitation is likewise
applicable to any offered transfer credits.
TRANSFER OF CREDITS
Not more than eight semester hours of graduate credit may be
transferred from other institutions towards the degree of Master of .
Science or Master of Arts at Northeastern. Grades in courses offered
for transfer must be B or higher. Acceptance of credits for transfer
will not be approved until the student is admitted to candidacy, and
then only if the work submitted for transfer credit is consonant with
the objective of the approved program.
TUITION AND FEES
The policies governing the amount and the regulations pertaining
to the payment of tuition and fees are established by the Executive
Council of Northeastern University. The Council reserves the right
to change these regulations at any time. Such changes will apply to
students currently enrolled as well as new applicants for admission.
GRADUATE SCHOOL
1. Schedule of Tuition and Fees
Registration Fee — payable at time of first registration $10.00
Matriculation Fee — for establishment of degree can-
didacy for students who have been in registra-
tion prior to September, 1959 10.00
Tuition — per course 60.00
Late Payment Fee — for failure to pay tuition on
specified date 2.00
Make-up Final Examination Fee 5.00
Graduation Fee — payable on or before May 1 of
year in which student expects to graduate 20.00
2. Payments
Tuition statements will be mailed to the students by the Student
Accounts office and are payable on or before the date specified.
Checks should be drawn payable to "Northeastern University."
VETERANS
Veterans who expect to obtain educational benefits from the
Veterans Administration should visit the Northeastern University
Veterans office, Room 245, Richards Hall, prior to registration.
The Veterans office at Northeastern University is operated by the
University and is prepared to give any assistance the veteran may
require in obtaining Veterans benefits.
CLASS HOURS, INSTRUCTIONAL CALENDAR
During the first and second semesters each course meets one evening
per week for two hours for sixteen weeks, including the final examina-
tions. In the summer session each course meets twice a week for a
period of eight weeks. For opening and closing dates of these sessions,
consult the Academic Calendar of this Bulletin.
INTERVIEW AND REGISTRATION DATES. OFFICE HOURS,
AND CLASS SCHEDULES
For dates of the interview and registration periods and office hours,
consult the inside front cover. The registration circulars issued in
August, January, and May provide information regarding class meet-
ing times and teaching staff as well as listing the course offerings for
the first semester, second semester, and summer session, respectively.
Copies of these circulars may be obtained from the office of the Dean
of the Graduate School, Northeastern University, Boston 15, Massa-
chusetts, or by calling COpley 7-6600.
Curricula
and
Course Descriptions
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
The curricula of the various degree programs are given under each
departmental heading. The descriptions of courses offered by the
several departments are given so that prospective students may obtain
a view of the course coverage. Preparation courses are indicated in
each instance. Not all courses are offered every year, but the course
offerings will be arranged in such a manner that students may make
continuous progress toward the degree.
The number of students enrolled in each class will be limited to
permit effective teaching at the graduate level and the University
reserves the right to cancel any course for which an insufficient number
of students apply. i
One semester hour credit is awarded for the work represented by a
class meeting for one hour each week for one regular sixteen-week
semester. Each of the courses numbered over 100 carry two semester
hours credit. Courses numbered below 100 are those offered for
students who need to make up certain undergraduate deficiencies.
These courses carry no graduate credit.
GRADUATE SCHOOL
29
CHEMISTRY
TEACHING FELLOW PROGRAM
CURRICULUM— MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY
Admission Requirements — An undergraduate degree with a major
in Chemistry.
Departmental Requirements — Thesis credits — 8
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
11.221 Adv. Org. Chem 2 11.222
11.521 Intro, to Research 2 11.508
11.331 Thermodynamics 2 11.332
11.501 Thesis 1 11.502
Second Semester
Adv. Org. Chem 2
Seminar 1
Atom, and Molec. Struct. 2
Thesis 2
SECOND YEAR
First Semester
11.111 Adv. Inorg. Chem 2
11.237 Phys. Org. Chem 2
11.335 Adv. Phys. Chem 2
11.503 Thesis 2
8
Electlves
11.244 Biochemistry 2
11.333 Chemical Kinetics 2
11.412 Optical Methods of Anal. 2
11.245 Biochemistrv 2
Second Semester
11.112 Adv. Inorg. Chem 2
11.238 Phys. Org. Chem 2
11.510 Seminar 1
11..504 Thesis 3
8
11.240 Mechanisms of Organic
Reactions 2
11.413 Electrochem. Methods
of Analysis 2
so
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
EVENING PART-TIME PROGRAM
CURRICULUM— MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY
Applicants for this program should have a Bachelor of Science
degree with a major in Chemistry. Graduates in other science fields
may be required to satisfy some undergraduate deficiencies.
Required Courses:
11.111, 112
11.221, 222
11.237
or
11.240
11.331
11.332
11.333
or
11.334
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 4
Advanced Organic Chemistry 4
Physical Organic Chemistry
Mechanism of Organic Reactions 2
Thermodynamics 2
Atomic and Molecular Structure 2
Chemical Kinetics
Solutions of Electrolytes 2
' 16
Elect'
ive v.«ourses:
Six semester hours must be selected from chemistry course offerings.
Eight additional semester hours may be selected from any of the
'Course offerings physics or mathematics provided the student has the
required preparation and/or prerequisites.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 31
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
I I.I 1 1 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: One year of Physical Chemistry and one year of Inorganic
Chemistry
Course Content: Periodic classification of the elements, characteristics based
on electronic structure, complex ion formation, oxidation-reduction, chemistry
of the non-metals.
11.112 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 11.111 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Course Content: Advanced treatment of the chemistry of metals, chemical
properties of the solid state, and recent developments in the field of co-
ordination compounds and the mechanisms and stereochemistry of inorganic
reactions. The significance of nuclear properties, nuclear changes, and tracer
studies in inorganic chemistry is an integral part of the course.
11.221 Advanced Organic Chemistry (Offered yearly, Isf sem.)
Preparation: One and one-half years of Organic Chemistry
Course Content: An intensive coverage of the principal classes of organic
compounds, their syntheses and their reactions. Chemical methods of struc-
ture determination.
11.222 Advanced Organic Chemistry (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 11.221 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Course Content: A discussion of modem valence theory which leads to the
electron theory of organic chemistry. This theory is made the basis of a
study of aromatic substitution, acid-base phenomena and free radicals.
11.237 Physical Organic Chemistry (Offered yearly, 1st sem.) ...
Preparation: 11.222 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Course Content: Correlation of structure of organic molecules and physical
properties : gross physical properties, stereochemistry, dipole moments.
I 1.238 Physical Organic Chemistry (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 11.237 Physical Organic Chemistry
Course Content: Continuation of 11.237. Ultraviolet, infrared, and Raman
Spectra, electron and X-ray diffraction, nuclear magnetic resonance, acidity
and basicity.
11.240 Mechanisms of Organic Reactions (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 11.236 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Course Content: Consideration of the fundamental factors influencing the
course of a chemical reaction. Study of the structural environment changes
in mechanisms of organic reactions.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
11.243 Natural Products (Offered yearly, 2ncl sem.)
Preparation: 11.222 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Course Content: Structure determination, synthesis and transformations of
selected classes of organic compounds of biological importance.
11.244 Biochemistry (Offered 196 I -62, 1st sem.)
Preparation : 11.243 Natural Products and one year of Physical Chemistry
Course Content : The structure and reactions of proteins, amino acids carbo-
hydrates, lipids. Reactions involved in biological oxidation and in metabolism.
11.245 Biochemistry (Offered 1961 -62, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 11.243 Natural Products and one of Physical Chemistry
Course Content: The structure and reactions of heterocyclic compounds,
nucleic acids and enzymes. Reactions of these compounds in metabolism. Role
of vitamins, hormones, and minerals in metabolism. ,
11.331 Thermodynamics (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: One year of Physical Chemistry
Course Content: First law of thermodynamics, thermochemistry second law,
chemical equilibrium, solutions.
11.332 Atomic and Molecular Structure (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: One year of Physical Chemistry
Course Content: Atomic spectra, atomic structure, introduction to wave
mechanics, structure of matter, nature of chemical bond.
11.333 Chemical Kinetics (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 11.332 Atomic and Molecular Structure
Course Content: Transition state and collision theories of chemical reactions.
Reaction velocity in gaseous and liquid systems. Catalysis, chain reactions.
11.334 Solutions of Electrolytes (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: One year of Physical Chemistry
Course Content : Theory of solutions of electrolytes, acids and bases, electro-
lytic conductance, electrochemistry.
11.340 Nuclear Chemistry (Offered 1961-62, Is+sem.)
Preparation: One year of Physical Chemistry
Course Content: Nuclear compositions, study of isotopes, natural and
artificial radioactivity, nuclear reactions.
11.412 Optical Methods of Analysis (Offered 1960-6! , 1st sem.)
Preparation: One year of Physical Chemistry
Cdurse Content: Theory of emission and absorption spectroscopy, spectro-
photometry, colorimetry, microscopy, and refractometry as applied to
chemical analysis.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 33
1 1.413 Electrochemical Methods of Analysis (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: One year of Physical Chemistry
Course Content: Theory of potentiometry, conductivity, polarography,
amperometry, coulometry, and oscillometry as applied to chemical analysis.
11.611 High-Polymer Theory and Practice (Offered yearly, Ist sem.)
Preparation: An undergraduate course in Organic Chemistry and one in
Physical Chemistry
Course Content: Basic principles of polymer chemistry. Description and
classification of high polymers. Addition and condensation polymerization
reactions. Survey of natural and synthetic commercial polymers, including
industrial methods of preparation. Introduction to the study of polymer
structure and relation of structure to properties.
11.612 High-Polymer Theory and Practice (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 11.611 High-Polymer Theory and Practice
Course Content: Rheological, mechanical, thermal, optical, electrical and
chemical properties of high polymers. Survey of rubbers, plastics and fibers
and their various industrial applications. The major fields in which polymers
are used will be discussed. Emphasis wiU be placed on modern practices and
their relation to theoretical principles.
COURSES GIVEN IN THE DAY ONLY
11.335 Advanced Physical Chemistry (Offered yearly, Ist sem.)
Preparation: 11.332 Advanced Physical Chemistry
Course Content: Introduction to statistical mechanics. Application to
chemical kinetics, crystalline and liquid states. Light scattering of polymers.
I 1.501 - I 1.504 THESIS (Offered yearly)
Course Content: Experimental work under department direction.
I 1 .508 - II .5 1 0 SEMINAR (Offered yearly)
Course Content: Reports on current fields of investigation.
11.521 Introduction to Research (Offered yearly, Ist sem.)
Preparation: Admission to graduate program
Course Content: Lectures by members of the chemistry faculty on methods
and techniques of research. Brief experimental problems to introduce
specialized research techniques.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
ENGLISH
TEACHING FELLOW PROGRAM
CURRICULUM—MASTER OF ARTS IN ENGLISH
Admission Requirements — A bachelor's degree from an accredited
institution. The undergraduate program should include fifteen
semester hours of English.
Departmental Requirements — Thesis credits — 6 ; , ;
Reading knowledge of one foreign language
FIRST YEAR
Fall Term
30.131 Grammatical Analysis . . 2 30.140
30.101 The English Novel 2 30.112
30.501 Thesis-Seminar 1 30.502
Elective 2
7
Spring Term
General Semantics 2
Modern British Drama . . 2
Thesis-Seminar 1
Elective 2
7
SECOND YEAR
Fall Term
30.121 Principles of Literary
Criticism 2
30.103 Early American Fiction . . 2
30.503 Thesis-Seminar 2
Elective 2
Spring Term
30.132 Introduction to
Linguistics 2
30.118 Modern American Drama 2
30.504 Thesis-Seminar 2
Elective 2
8
8
GRADUATE SCHOOL
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
30.121 Principles of Literary Criticism (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: An examination of the basic principles of literary criticism
as they appear in the work of major critics of classical antiquity and of
English Uterature from the Renaissance to the present. The lectures stress
Plato, Aristotle, Longinus, Sidney, Dryden, Johnson, Coleridge, Hazlitt,
Arnold, and T. S. Eliot. The readings include the work of important minor
critics. Assigned papers require practical application of the principles of
criticism.
30.131 Grammatical Analysis (Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Course Content: A consideration of the structural elements of sentences, the
substituting of functions, and the principles of analysis. Punctuation is
studied as a body of structural signals. Modem language patterns are viewed
in the light of their historic development.
30.132 Introduction to Linguistics (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Course Content : The aim of the course will be to acquaint the student with
the more important principles of linguistics as a science. Phonetics, phonemics,
and phonology will receive considerable attention, as will also patterning,
process, meaning, and others of the larger aspects of language. The approach
will be descriptive and comparative. Reference and collateral work will be
necessary.
30.140 General Semantics (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: Meaning as a structural relationship involving language,
thought, experience, emotion, and the world around us. The relationship
of symbolism to reality and the analysis of language as communication and
as a determinant of culture and civilization. Applications from several fields,
including hterature, art, philosophy, and science.
COURSES NOT GIVEN IN THE EVENING
30.101 The English Novel (1750-1850) (Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Course Content : Backgroimd and sources of the first English novels, followed
by a study of types and techniques which developed during the last half
of the eighteenth century; detailed consideration of major representative
novelists from Richardson to the early Victorians.
36 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
30.103 Early American Fiction (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Course Content: A study of the development of fiction in America prior to
the Civil War. Emphasis will be placed on the romances of Hawthorne and
Melville.
30.112 Modern British Drama (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: A study of the major dramatists of England and Ireland
during the latter part of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, with special
emphasis upon the works and theories of Shaw, Barrie, Galsworthy, Synge,
O'Casey, Maugham, Coward, Eliot, and Fry.
30.118 Modern American Drama (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: A study of the major American dramatists during the
twentieth century with special emphasis upon the reflection of the thinking
and the cultural pattern of America as seen in the works of O'Neill, Anderson,
Sherwood, Odets, Hellman, Saroyan, Wilder, WilHams, Miller.
30.501-4 THESIS— SEMINAR (Offered every semester)
Course Content : The thesis is written under the direction of the department.
GRADUATE SCHOOL
37
GOVERNMENT
TEACHING FELLOW PROGRAM
CURRICULUM— MASTER OF ARTS IN GOVERNMENT
Admission Requirements — A bachelor's degree from an accredited
institution with the undergraduate program including at least
fifteen semester hours of government.
Departmental Requirements — Thesis credits — 6
Comprehensive examination
FIRST YEAR
Fall Term
22.171 U. S.-Soviet Relations .
22.131 Recent Political Theory
22.501 Thesis-Seminar
Elective
22.180
22.200
22.502
Spring Term
Nationalism 2
Seminar in Public
Administration 2
Thesis-Seminar 1
Elective 2
7
SECOND YEAR
Fall Term
22.231 Seminar in U. S.
Foreign Policy 2
22.151 Federal Legislative
Process 2
22.503 Thesis-Seminar 2
Elective 2
Spring Term
22.190 Comparative Political
Parties 2
22.160 Federal Administrative
Process and Public Policy 2
22.504 Thesis-Seminar 2
Elective 2
8
8
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
22.171 United States-Soviet Relations (Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Course Content : A study of the relations between the United States and the
Soviet Union from 1917 to the present. Such topics as the Soviet poUtical
system, the "non-recognition" period, and the origins and nature of the
present power conflict are stressed.
22.180 Nationalism (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: An examination of the evolution and role of nationalism
in contemporary international relations. Representative nationalistic move-
ments and theories are covered.
22.190 Comparative Political Parties (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: A comparative study of the background, organization, and
function of political parties in contemporary democratic governments. The
role and influence of two-party and multi-party systems in the democratic
process are considered.
22.231 Seminar in United States Foreign Policy
(Offered 1960-61. 1st sem.)
Course Content: An examination of the role of the United States in world
politics. Historical background, analysis of problems involved in policy
formulation and execution, and specific contemporary issues are covered.
COURSES NOT GIVEN IN THE EVENING
22.131 Recent Political Theory (Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Course Content: An examination of ideas from the time of the French and
American revolutions to the present, with special emphasis upon the impact
of economic and technical change, in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries,
on the course of Western political thought.
22.151 Federal Legislative Process (Offered 1960-61, ist sem.)
Course Content: A study of Congress and the effect on Federal legislation
of the activities of the administrative and judicial branches, with particular
stress on Congressional-Presidential relations.
22.160 Federal Administrative Process and Public Policy
(Offered 1960-61. 2nd sem.)
Course Content: An examination of the processes of policy execution in the
Federal government with focus on the role of the President.
22.200 Seminar in Public Administration (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: A study of selected problems in public administration at
all. levels, with special attention to state and local processes.
22.501-504 THESIS— SEMINAR (Offered every semester)
Course Content : Thesis supervision by individual members of the department.
GRADUATE SCHOOL
HISTORY
TEACHING FELLOW PROGRAM
CURRICULUM— MASTER OF ARTS IN HISTORY
Admission Requirements — A bachelor's degree from an accredited
institution with the undergraduate program including at least
fifteen semester hours of history. If this program did not include
a course in historiography or its equivalent, 23.100 Historiography
must be taken.
Departmental Requirements — Thesis credits — 6
Reading knowledge of French, German or Russian
Comprehensive examination
FIRST YEAR
Fall Term
Spring Term
23.105 Intellectual History of
Europe 2
23.109 Seminar in Modem
English History 2
23.501 Thesis 1
23.100 Historiography
or
Elective 2
23.106 Intellectual History
of Europe 2
23.112 History of France
1870 to Present 2
23.502 Thesis 1
Elective 2
SECOND YEAR
Fall Term
23.115 Social and Economic 23.116
History of Modern Europe 2
23.121 Seminar in Russian 23.118
History 2 23.504
23.503 Thesis 2
Elective 2
8
Spring Term
Social and Economic
History of Modem Europe 2
Modem German History. 2
Thesis 2
Elective 2
8
'40 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
23.100 Historiography (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Course Content: This course traces the development of historical writing
from ancient times to the present. All the major historians are studied.
Their styles, philosophies, methods of research and writing, as well as their
accuracy in reporting, are analyzed. In addition, the varieties of source
materials and the available bibliographies are examined. Students will be
required to show ability in using the historical sources and constructing
historical narratives by producing many written papers for this course.
23. 1 05 Intellectual History of Europe ( 1 600- 1 800)
(Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Course Content: The intellectual development of seventeenth and eigh-
teenth century Europe, as a background to more recent thought, is the
subject matter of this course. Political, scientific, and philosophic thought
will be emphasized, though other aspects will be considered also. Theories
of absolutism and popular sovereignty, Newtonian science, and the Age?
of Enlightenment will be developed in full.
23.106 Intellectual History of Europe (1800-1959) i
(Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.) !
Course Content: This course is a continuation of 23.105 and as such wUl
receive basically the same emphasis. It will treat extensively the various
socialist movements and their conservative counterparts; nonsocialist radical
thought such as anarchism and nihilism; the growth of evolutionary theory;
and the twentieth century phenomenon of totalitarianism.
23.1 10 American Social History to 1820 (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Course Content: The ethnological foundation of American civilization, the
ways Americans made their livings, the ways in which they lived, their
religion, education, arts and amusements, are the main subjects of this course.
23.1 1 I American Social History from 1820 (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: The central theme in this course is the effect on American
life of the great growth of industry, the unprecedented rise of science and
invention, and the rapid increase of population in the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries.
23.115 Social and Economic History of Europe (1600-1815)
(Offered 1960-61. 1st sem.)
Course Content: This course deals with the development of the social and
economic institutions of modern Europe. Beginning with the rise of capitalism
and the age of exploration, it traces the expansion of colonialism and
mercantilism, and their effect upon the growth of nationalism. The social and
economic institutions of the great empires of Spain, France, and England,
as well as the effects of the French Revolution, receive serious emphasis.
GRADUATE SCHOOL p
23.1 16 Social and Economic History of Europe (1815-1959)
(Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: This course is a continuation of 23.115. The social and
economic trends that began with the Age of Enlightenment and the French
Revolution are studied. The expansion of capitalism and imperialism; the rise
of national states in Europe; the development of socialistic philosophies; the
implications of the scientific discoveries of Charles Darwin; the origins and
consequences of the two world wars; and the contemporary conflict between
capitalism and communism are aU emphasized.
COURSES NOT GIVEN IN THE EVENING
23.109 Seminar in Modern English History (Offered 1961-62, ist sem.)
Course Content: This seminar will deal with a fairly narrow span or topic
in English history on a yearly basis. It will presuppose a basic knowledge
of EngUsh history and will require extensive work on a term paper as well as
assigned readings.
23.1 12 History of France (1870 to the present)
(Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: This course traces the development of the French nation
from the Third Republic to the Fifth Republic. The problems growing out
of the Franco-Prussian War; the causes and the results of World War I;
the search for stability and justice in a period of social, political, and
economic tension; the coUapse of France in World War II; and the rise of
a new France are all studied.
23.1 18 Modern German History (1870 to the present)
(Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: The importance of Germany in the late nineteenth and
twentieth century will be explored in all its various facets. While the emphasis
will be on internal development, Germany's relations with her neighbors and
her aspirations for empire will, of necessity, receive adequate treatment.
23.121 Seminar in Russian History (Offered 1960-61, Ist sem.)
Course Content: This seminar will deal with a fairly narrow span or topic
in Russian histor>' on a yearly basis. It will presuppose a basic knowledge of
Russian history and will require extensive work on a term paper as well as
assigned readings.
23.501 -504 THESIS SUPERVISION (Offered every semester)
Course Content : Written under the direction of the department.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
MATHEMATICS
EVENING PART-TIME PROGRAM
CURRICULUM— MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MATHEMATICS
Applicants for this program should have a bachelor's degree in a
program which contained nine semester hours beyond integral calculus,
including two semesters of advanced calculus. If the mathematics
which the student took went only through differential equations, or
if advanced calculus was not in his program, the deficiency may be
satisfied by taking 14.101 and 14.102. These will count as graduate
credit electives.
Required Courses: ' I
14.320, 321 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable 4
14.323, 324 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable 4
14.241 Modern Algebra 2
10
Elective Courses:
Ten semester hours credit must be elected from other mathematics
or physics courses. The remainder may be taken from any engineer-
ing, mathematics, or physics courses for which the student has the
necessary preparation.
GRADUATE SCHOOL
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
The following non-credit course is offered for those students whose
undergraduate mathematical preparation is weak because they have
not had differential equations or because they have been away from
formal mathematical work for some time.
14.50 Introduction to Differential Equations
(Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.)
Preparation: Differential and Integral Calculus
Course Content : Standard methods of solving ordinary differential equations ;
equations of first order and first degree; linear equations of higher order with
constant co-efficients, method of undetermined co-efficients, variation of
parameters; first-order equations of higher degree; special second-order equa-
tions with variable co-efficients.
GRADUATE COURSES
14.101 Advanced Mathematics (Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.)
Preparation: Differential Equations
Course Content: Topics related to differential equations, including systems
of equations, solution by Laplace transforms, and solution by series. Legendre
and Bessel functions, Fourier series, orthogonal functions. Differentiation
and integration of functions of several variables.
4.102 Advanced Mathematics (Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd senn.)
Preparation: 14.101 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content : Fundamental operations with vectors, linear vector spaces,
matrices, linear transformations, orthogonal transformations, diagonalization
of matrices, quadratic forms. Scalar and vector fields, gradient, line integrals,
divergence and curl, divergence theorem, Stokes' theorem. Partial differential
equations, wave equation, heat flow, Laplace equation, vibration of rectangu-
lar and circular membrane.
14.103 Mathematics for Chennical Engineers (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
(Open only to co-operative chemical engineering students)
Preparation: Bachelor of Science degree in Chemical Engineering and Dif-
ferential Equations
Course Content: A consolidation of mathematical procedures most used by
chemical engineers. Attention is given to the problem of expressing a physical
situation in mathematical language.
U NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
14.105 Advanced Ma+hema-Ucs (Offered yearly, Istsem.)
(Open only to co-operative electrical engineering students)
Preparation : Differential Equations
Course Content: Properties of series; absolute and uniform convergence;
application of power series to solution of differential equations and approxi-
mation problems. Numerical analysis; solution of differential equations by
Runge-Kutta method and by Taylor series, Sturm-Liouville systems and
othogonal functions; Gram-Schmidt procedure; Fourier-Bessel and Legendre
series. Solution of partial differential equations of physics using above
techniques.
14.106 Advanced Ma+henfia+ics (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
(Open only to co-operative electrical engineering students)
Preparation: 14.105 Advanced Mathematics
Course Coyitent: Linear vector spaces, matrices, linear transformations,
orthogonal transformations, diagonalization of matrices, quadratic forms.
Introduction to the mathematics of probability and statistics; discrete and
continuous probability distributions, including binomial, Poisson, and normal.
14.200 Numerical Analysis (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 14.201 Principles of Automatic Computation or knowledge of
programming
Course Content: Numerical solution of linear and non-linear systems of
equations with aid of determinants, matrices. Newton's method, method of
steepest descent, direct and inverse interpolation, Lagrange interpolation
formula, Aitken's method, numerical differentiation and integration. Curve
fitting by least squares with the use of orthogonal polynomials. Harmonic
analysis. Each student will be expected to completely analyze, program and
run at last one major problem on the University digital computer.
14.201 Principles of Automatic Computation (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Differential Equations
Course Content: Description of computing processes and programming of
digital computers. Basic concepts of computation on a stored program
computer as well as a detailed study of the preparation of specific programs
in machine language and problem oriented languages for the IBM 650
Computer. Introduction to automatic programming including interpretation
and compilation. Binary, octal, and decimal number systems. Application
of general purpose digital computers to numerical problems in mathematics
and physics.
GRADUATE SCHOOL J^
14.205 Difference Equations (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: Formulation and solution of difference equations; approxi-
mate solution of engineering problems by finite-difference methods ; relaxation
techniques; stability and convergence of approximate methods. Applications
to elastic systems, electrical networks, filters, potential theory, wave propaga-
tion, heat flow, etc.
14,220 Statistics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 14.230 Probability
Course Content: Fundamental statistical methods. Tests of significance and
estimation based on large or small samples; simple correlation and linear
regression; introduction to analysis of variance and sequential analysis.
Application to quality control and other engineering problems.
14.230 Probability (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Differential and Integral Calculus
Course Content: Permutations and combinations; addition and multiplica-
tion theorems including Bayes' theorem. Discrete and continuous probability
distributions including binomial, Poisson and normal with applications.
4.241 Modern Algebra (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Prerequisite: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: Introduction to the general algebraic properties of groups,
rings, ideals, fields, and algebras.
14.242 Modern Algebra (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation : 14.241 Modem Algebra
Course Content: Properties of general fields; Galois fields, abstract vector
spaces. General linear transformations; matrices and their properties;
diagonalization and inversion of matrices. Application to solution of algebraic
equations, ordinary differential equations, boundary value problems, and
integral equations.
14.300 Fourier Series and Boundary Value Problems
(Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content : A problem course dealing with the application of trigonom-
etric series and integrals and related forms to differential equations and
boundary value problems.
Jfi NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
14.310 Vec+or Analysis (Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: The theory and method of vector analysis as applied in
physics and applied mathematics.
14.320 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable
(Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation : 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: The general theory of functions of a complex variable,
Cauchy's theorem, Taylor's and Laurent's series, the theory of residues,
conformal mapping, the Schwartz-Christoffel transformation.
14.32! Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable
(Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 14.320 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable
Course Content: This course continues 14.320 and extends the development
of the general theory of functions of a complex variable to more advanced
topics. Application of the theory to physical and engineering problems.
14.323 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 14.242 Modern Algebra or 14.321 Theory of Functions of a
Complex Variable
Course Content: Theory of sets, metric spaces and applications to the
topology of the real line and Euclidean N-space, closed and open sets, con-
tinuous and uniformly continuous functions. Connected, totally bounded,
and compact sets. Heine-Borel theorem, extension theorems for continuous
functions and applications to integration theory.
14.324 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation : 14.323 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable
Course Content: Integration theory on abstract measure spaces and its
specialization to Lebesgue theory on the real line Outer measure, signed
measure, measurable functions. Lebesgue convergence theorem, Radon-
Nikodym theorem, product measures and Fubini's theorem. Vitali coverings,
Lebesgue Stieltjs integral and applications to probability theory.
14.340 Calculus of Variations (Offered 1960-61 , 2nd sem.)
Preparation : 14.101 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: The minima of simple integrals in non-parametric form in
three-space. Necessary and sufficient conditions for a minimum, fields, the
Hamilton-Jacobi theory.
GRADUATE SCHOOL " ^7
14.530 Partial Differential Equations (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: Types of equations which are widely used in engineering.
The vibrating string, Laplace's equation, the flow of heat. Fourier series and
integrals, Bessel and Legendre functions, orthogonal functions.
14.540 Non-Linear Differential Equations (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation : Consent of the Department
Course Content: The topological methods of Poincare, the work of van der
Pol. Oscillations, non-linear resonance, and other applications.
14.550 Integral Equations (Offered 1960-61 , 1st sem.)
Preparation: Consent of the Department
Course Content: Linear integral equations, eigen-value theory, relation to
infinite systems and differential equations, applications in mechanics and
physics.
14.600 Differential Geometry (Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Preparation : 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content : Differential properties of space curves, developable surfaces,
curved surfaces, and systems of curves on surfaces.
14.700 Topology (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics (may be taken concurrently)
Course Content: A survey of the fundamental problems of topology, that
branch of geometry which studies those properties of geometric figures which
remain invariant under bicontinuous transformations, and a discussion of its
significance to most fields of modern mathematics. Detailed study of metric
and general topological spaces with application to real variables, differential
equations; fundamental theorem of algebra.
k8
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
PHYSICS
TEACHING FELLOW PROGRAM
CURRICULUM— MASTER OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS
Admission Requirements — A bachelor's degree from an accredited
institution with an undergraduate program that included twelve
semester hours of physics with modem physics and mathematics
through differential equations.
Departmental Requirements — Thesis credits — 6
FIRST YEAR
Fall Term
15513 Theoretical Mechanics ... 2 15.314
15.717 Statistical Mechanics 15.214
and ThermodjTiamics .... 2
15.503 Electromagnetic Theory . 2 15.504
15.905 Thesis 1 15.906
7 '
SECOND YEAR
Fall Term
15.111 Mathematical Physics ... 2 15.216
15.215 Quantum Mechanics 2
15.255 Atomic and Nuclear 15.222
Physics 2 15.901
15.907 Thesis 2
— 15.908
8
Spring Term
Theoretical Mechanics ... 2
Introduction to
Quantum Mechanics 2
Electromagnetic Theory . 2
Thesis 1
Spring Term
Advanced Quantum
Mechanics 2
Advanced Nuclear Physics 2
Current Problems in
Research 2
Thesis 2
GRADUATE SCHOOL 49
EVENING PART-TIME PROGRAM
CURRICULUM— MASTER Of SCIENCE IN PHYSICS
Applicants for this program should have a bachelor's degree from
an accredited institution. The undergraduate program should include
mathematics through differential equations and twelve semester hours
of physics, including modem physics. If the mathematics background
is lacking in differential equations, 14.50 may be taken to satisfy
this requirement.
Required Courses:
14.101, 102 Advanced Calculus 4
15.211, 212 Introduction to Quantum Theory 4
15.111, 112 Mathematical Physics '. 4
15.220 Introduction to Nuclear Physics 2
15.901 Current Research Problems in Physics 2
16
Elective Courses:
Eight semester hours must be selected from other physics courses.
Six semester hours may be selected from any engineering, mathe-
matics, or physics courses for which the student has the necessary
preparation.
50 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
COURSES OPEN ONLY TO ENGINEERING AND
MATHEMATICS MAJORS
15.101 Theoretical Physics (Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: The basic methods and fundamental theories forming the
classical foundation of physics. A mathematical formulation of these concepts
illustrates in application the standard fields of physics such as mechanics and
electromagnetic fields.
15.102 Theoretical Physics (Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.)
Preparation : 15.101 Theoretical Physics
Course Content: This course continues the work of 15.101 with application
of the basic concepts of physics to the fields not covered in the first semester,
such as thermodynamics, statistical mechanics, hydrodynamics, and if time
permits, the extension of these concepts to the more recent fields.
15.105 Advanced Physics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
(Open only to co-operative electrical engineering students)
Preparation: 14.106 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: Selected topics of theoretical physics of special interest to
electrical engineers. Emphasis is placed on electrostatics anad wave propa-
gation.
15.201 Modern Physics (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparatio7i : 15.101 Theoretical Physics
Course Content: A study of the physical discoveries made since 1900. Intro-
duction to special relativity. The discovery of the electron; its emission from
matter. The origins of quantum theory with Planck and Einstein. The
nuclear atom and the Bohr theory of hydrogen and its spectrum.
Schrodinger's wave mechanics. Atomic structure and optical spectra.
15.202 Modern Physics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 15.201 Modem Physics
Course Content: A continuation of the first semester. X rays. Wave mech-
anics of bulk matter: specific heats, ideal gases, crystaUine sohds. The
atomic nucleus '■ natural radioactivity, isotopes, artificial radioactivity, the
neutron, the proton, the positron, particle accelerators, nuclear reactions,
nuclear forces, fission and fusion. Cosmic rays and fundamental particles.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 51
15.225 Semiconductor Physics (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Differential Equations
Course Content: A study of the mechanisms of conduction in solids, excess
electrons and holes as current carriers, n-type and p-type semiconductors,
p-n junctions, rectifiers and transistors. Comparison of metals, insulators,
and semiconductors from an introductory quantum viewpoint. Considera-
tions of surface states, crystal growth, and the effect of imperfections in
crystals.
15.226 Semiconductor Physics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 15.225 Semiconductor Physics or its equivalent
Course Content: Studies of electrical and physical properties of semicon-
ductors, thermoelectricity, resistivity, mobility, and lifetimes of current
carriers. Hall Effect, conversion of solar energy, photoelectric effects, surface
effects. Scattering, diffusion, structure of p-n junctions,, transistor and
rectifier theory. Basic theories of wave mechanics, statistical mechanics,
and band structure applied to semiconductors.
COURSES OPEN TO STUDENTS WITH THE NECESSARY
PREPARATION
15.111 Mathematical Physics (Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.)
Preparation : Admission to Mathematics or Physics Graduate Program
Course Content: The formulation and solution of the partial differential
equations of physics. Special emphasis is given to orthonormal functions and
their use in the solution of partial differential equations.
15.1 12 Mathematical Physics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 15.111 Mathematical Physics
Course Content: This course continues the work of 15.111 and applies and
extends the methods developed. An introduction to group theory' and its use
in the solution of physical problems.
15.123 Introduction to the Theory of Relativity
(Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: Tensor analysis, transformation of coordinate systems.
Inertial frames. Failure of Galilean transformations in electromagnetic theory.
Lorentz transformations and Relativistic Mechanics. Applications. Principle
of equivalence and introduction to the general theory.
15.211 Introduction to Quantum Theory (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content : Postulational formulation of quantum mechanics. The basic
theory in both operator and matrix formulation. An introduction to the
philosophy and structure of quantum theory. Application to atomic spectra.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
15.212 Introduction to Quantum Theory (Offered yearly, 2ncl sem.)
Preparation: 15.211 Introduction to Quantum Theory
Course Content: This course continues the work of 15.211. Time independent
and time dependent perturbation theory. The use of group theory and
application to physical problems.
15.213 Advanced Quantum Mechanics (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 15.212 Introduction to Quantiun Theory
Course Content : Elements of quantum theory of radiation. Elements of field
theory. Finemon diagrams and elementary particles.
15.220 Introduction to Nuclear Physics (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 15.212 Introduction to Quantum Theory
Course Content : Radioactivity, alpha, beta, and gamma ray spectra. Nuclear
structure and nuclear forces. Interaction of charged particles, neutrons, and
photons with matter. Detection and measurement of charged particles, neu-
trons and photons. Nuclear reactions.
15.222 Advanced Nuclear Physics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 15.220 Introduction to Nuclear Physics (or equivalent)
Course Content : General properties of nuclei and theories of nuclear struc-
ture and composition. Nuclear forces and statistics. The general and formal
theory of nuclear reactions.
15.231 Solid State Physics (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 15.212 Introduction to Quantum Theory
Course Content: This course reviews certain aspects of thermodynamics,
statistical mechanics and quantum theory for application to the theory of
the solid state and develops the classical and modern theories of the solid state.
15.232 Solid State Physics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 15.231 Solid State Physics
Course Content: This course continues the work of 15.231. A study of the
optical properties of crystals and metals. Statistical mechanics of electrons.
Fermilevels, Brillouin zones and modern theories of conduction. Application
to semiconductors and transistors.
15.250 Plasma Physics (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Prerequisites: 15.102 Theoretical Physics or 15.504 Electromagnetic Theory
Course Content: Motion of charged particles in fields. Boltzmann theory
applied to plasmas. Treatment of waves in plasmas. Charged particle inter-
actions. Derivation of the equations of hydrodynamics. Plasma oscillations
and an introduction to the theory of magnetohydrodynamics.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 53
15.252 Upper A+mospherlc Physics (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Prerequisites: 15.250 Plasma Physics
Course Content: Mathematical formulation of idealized equilibrium atmos-
pheres. Geoelectric and geomagnetic fields. Physics of the ionosphere. Solar
and cosmic radiation. Meteor physics. Theoretical and experimental examin-
ations of current space technology problems.
15.315 Theoretical Mechanics (Not open to Civil and Mechanical En-
gineering majors) (Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: A study of the fundamental laws of statics and dynamics.
The equilibrium state and an introduction to the calculus of variations. For-
mulation of mechanics according to Newton, Lagrange and Hamilton. Appli-
cations.
15.316 Theoretical Mechanics (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 15.315 Theoretical Mechanics
Course Content: This course continues the work of 15.315 and develops the
transformation theory of mechanics. Application to particles and rigid bodies.
5.503 Electromagnetic Theory (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content : The classical theory of the electromagnetic field as described
by Maxwell's Equations. The problems of electro and magneto statics.
5.504 Electromagnetic Theory (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 15.503 Electromagnetic Theory
Course Content: This course continues the work of 15.503. Time dependent
fields. The basic problems in radiation propagation and diffraction of electro-
nagnetic waves.
15.901 Current Research Problems in Physics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation : Consent of the department
Course Content: Papers reviewing some of the more important fields of
interest in physics.
COURSES GIVEN IN THE DAY ONLY
15.105 Advanced Physics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
(Open only to co-operative electrical engineering students)
^reparation: 14.106 Advanced Mathematics
ourse Content: Selected topics of theoretical physics of special interest to
electrical engineers. Emphasis is placed on electrostatics and wave propaga-
tion.
6i NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
15.214 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: Admission to Teaching Fellow Program
Course Content: Failure of classical mechanics to account for atomic phe-
nomena; development of old quantum theory. Indetermination principle,
correspondence principle and their consequences. Schrodinger equation and
solution of simple problems.
15.215 Quantum Mechanics (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 15.214 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics
Course Content: Solution of three dimensional problems by use of Schrod-
inger equation. Hilbert space, operation and matrices. Time independent and
time dependent perturbation theory.
15.216 Advanced Quantum Mechanics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 15.215 Quantum Mechanics
Course Content: Elements of quantimi theory of radiation and of field
theory. Feinmann diagrams. Elementary particles.
15.255 Atomic and Nuclear Physics (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 15.504 Electromagnetic Theory
Course Content: Relativistic dynamics and review of atomic physics. Static
properties of nuclei. Radioactivity. Nuclear reactions.
15.313 Theoretical Mechanics (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Admission to the Teaching Fellow Program
Course Content: A study of the fundamental laws of statics and dynamics.
The equilibrium state and an introduction to the calculus of variations
Formulation of mechanics according to Newton, Lagrange and Hamilton
Applications.
15.314 Theoretical Mechanics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: This course continues the work of the first semester anc|
develops the transformation theory of mechanics. Application to particles
and rigid bodies.
15.717 Statistical Mechanics and Thermodynamics
(Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Course Content : A discussion and development of laws of classical mechanic!
when the initial state of the system under consideration cannot be specifiec
with the accuracy that would be theoretically required. Development of th^
thermodynamic laws from this point of view. Discussion of Maxwell
Boltzman, Fermi-Dirac, Einstein-Bose statistics.
15.905-15.908 THESIS (Offered yearly)
Experimental or theoretical work under the direction of the department.
GRADUATE SCHOOL
55
PSYCHOLOGY
TEACHING FELLOW PROGRAM
CURRICULUM— MASTER OF ARTS IN PSYCHOLOGY
Admission Requirements — A bachelor's degree from an accredited
institution with a major in Psychology. Students with fifteen
semester hours of psychology will be considered.
Departmental Requirements — Thesis credits — 6
Reading knowledge of French or German
FIRST YEAR
Fall Term
25.101
25.111
25.151
Statistics in Psychology .
Advanced Experimental
Psychology
Thesis
Elective
2 25.104
25.112
. 2
. 1 25.152
. 2
Spring Term
The Nature of Motivation 2
Advanced Experimental
Psychology 2
Thesis 1
Elective 2
7
25.121
25.105
25.153
SECOND YEAR
Fall Term
Tests and Test Procedures 2 25.108
Learning 2 25.130
Thesis 2 25.154
Elective 2
8
Spring Term
Personality Theory 2
History of Psychology ... 2
Thesis 2
Elective 2
8
56 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
25.101 Statistics in Psychology (Offered 1960-61, Isf sem.)
Preparation : A basic course in Statistics through simple analysis of variance
Course Content: This course is concerned with some of the more complex
quantitative methods available for the analysis of psychological data. Such
topics as tests of significance, multiple and partial correlation, complex
analysis of variance, covariance, sampling techniques, and nonparametric
methods will be considered.
25.104 The Nature of Motivation (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Course Content : This course is concerned with the nature and determinants
of motivation, the instigators of thought and action. Dealing with both
animal and human motives, but centering mainly upon the latter, the basic
theories as well as relevant experimental evidence and methodological prob-
lems will be considered. Members of the class will participate in the presen-
tation of material.
25.108 Personality Theory (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Course Content : This course is concerned with a study of the various theories
which have made important contributions to an understanding of the human
personality. Emphasis will be placed upon those theories which have evolved
since 1900, but some attention will be given to prior contributory influences.
Readings from original sources will supplement class work.
25.121 Tests and Test Procedures (Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Preparation: A basic course in Statistics
Course Content : This course offers a survey of the various kinds of psycho-
logical tests currently available. A number of representative, widely used
tests will be considered intensively. Principles of test construction will be
dealt with, accompanied by practice in the construction of a "new" test.
Specific topics include assessment of validity and reliability, establishment of
norms, and item analysis.
COURSES NOT GIVEN IN THE EVENING
25.105 Learning (Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Course Content : The course is concerned with the factors involved in human
and animal learning. Various theoretical approaches will be discussed, and a
major emphasis will be placed upon relevant experimental findings. Such
topics as conditioning, problem solving, transfer, acquisition of skills, and
retention will be considered.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 57
5.1 I I Advanced Experimental Psychology (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
'ourse Content: Students will carry out and report on experiments in a
ariety of areas of behavior. Such areas as psychophysics (vision and audi-
on), preception, cognitive processes, and learning will be treated.
5. 112 Advanced Experimental Psychology (Offered 1960-61 , 2nd sem.)
reparation: 25.111 Advanced Experimental Psychology
'ourse Content : Students will design, carry out and report on several original
xperiments in areas of their choosing. Problems of experimental design and
lethodology will be considered.
5.130 The History of Psychology (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
ourse Content: This course attempts to evaluate modern psj^hology in the
ght of its historical origins. The historical background provided by philos-
phy, as well as by the physical, social, and medical sciences, will be con-
dered in detail. Members of the class will participate in the presentation of
le material.
5.151 -25.154 THESIS (Offered yearly)
xperimental work under the direction of the department.
GIFTS AND BEQUESTS
Northeastern University will welcome gifts and bequests for the following
purposes:
(a) For its building program.
(b) For general endowment.
(c) For specific purposes which may especially appeal to the donor.
It is suggested that, when possible, those contemplating gifts or bequests
confer with the President of the University regarding the University's needs
before legal papers are drawn.
The legal name of the University is "Northeastern University." However, in
the making of gifts and bequests to Northeastern, the following wording is
suggested: "Northeastern University, an educational institution incorporated
under the laws of Massachusetts and located in Boston, Massachusetts."
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
3ffcrs full-time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan leading to the
legrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science; part-time evening
Drograms available leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts.
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
3ffer.s full-time day curricula on tlie ('o-ojK'rative Blan leading to the degree
)f Bachelor of Science in Education in preparatiton for teaching in elcmen-
ary or secondar}' schools; part-time evening program also availaMe in
o-operation with the College of Liberal Arts.
THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Dtfcrs full-time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan and part-time evening
urograms both leailing to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business
Administration.
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
Dffers full-time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan and part-time cxening
programs Ijoth leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering.
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
irts and Sciences — Offers day and cNcning jirdgrams leading to the degrees
of Master of Arts and Master of Science.
Business — Offers evening programs leading to the degree of Master of
Business Administration.
Education — Offers evening and Saturday morning programs leading to the
degree of Master of Education.
Engineering — Offers daj' and evening programs leading to the degree of
Master of Science with course specification.
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
Dffers part-time evening programs of adult education designcii es])ecially to
iieet the needs of employed personnel and leading to the Bachelor of Science
legree with course specification or to appropriate associate degrees.
THE LINCOLN INSTITUTE
Dffers part-time evening curricula in science and in engineering technology
eading to the degrees of Associate in Science and Associate in Engineering.
All Programs Are Open to Both Men and Women
For further information
regarding any of the above schools or colleges, address
Dr. Gilbert C. Garland, Dean and Director of Admissions
oGO Huntington Avenue, Boston 15, Massachusetts, COpley 7-GOOO
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GRADUATE SCHOOL
PROGRAMS IN
EDUCATION
CATALOGUE 1960-1961
BOSTON 15, MASSACHUSETTS
APRIL I960
Interview Periods and Regular Sessions
1960 SUMMER SESSION
Interview Period June 20-June 25
Registration Period June 20- June 25
Regular Session June 27-Aug. 5
1960-1961 FIRST SEMESTER
Interview Period Sept. 12-Sept. 17
Registration Period Sept. 12-Sept. 17
Regular Session Sept. 19-Jan. 28
1960-1961 SECOND SEMESTER
Interview Period Jan. SO-Feb. 4
Registration Period Ian. 30-Feb. 4
Regular Session Feb. 6-June 3
1961 SUMMER SESSION
Interview Period lune 19- June 24
Registration Period June 19-June 24
Regular Session June 26-Aug. 5
REGULAR OFFICE HOURS
Monday Through Friday 8:45 a.m.- 5:00 p.m.
Saturday • • 8:45 a.m. -12:00 noon
SPECIAL OFFICE HOURS
DURING REGISTRATION PERIODS ONLY
Monday Through Friday 8:45 a.m.- 8:00 p.m.
Saturday • ■ 9:00 a.m. -12:00 noon:
The office is closed on all legal holidays.
Reciuests for Bulletins and information about graduate work in th
Education Division should be addressed to
DIRECTOR, EDUCATION PROGRAMS
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
Northeastern University
360 Huntington Avenue, Boston 15, INIassachusetts
COpley 7-6600
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GRADUATE SCHOOL
PROGRAMS IN
EDUCATION
CATALOGUE 1960-1961
LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF EDUCATION
BOSTON 15, MASSACHUSETTS
APRIL I960
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
AT
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
I
ARTS AND SCIENCES
Teaching Fellow Programs leading to a Master of Science or a
Master of Arts degree in the fields of Chemistry, English, History-
Government, Physics, and Psychology.
Evening Programs in Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics, leading
to the Master of Science degree.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Teaching Fellow Programs in Accounting leading to the Master oi
Business Administration degree.
Evening Programs leading to the Master of Business Administratior
degree.
EDUCATION
Late Afternoon, Evening, and Saturday Morning Programs leading
to the Master of Education degree.
ENGINEERING
Co-oj)erative Programs leading to the Master of Science degree
in Chemical Engineering, in Civil Engineering with a major in Struc-
tures, in Mechanical Engineering with a major in Mechanics, and ir
Electrical Engineering.
' Evening Programs leading to a Master of Science degree in Civi
Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Communications, Engineering
Management, Engineering Mechanics, and Mechanical Engineering.
\
GRADUATE SCHOOL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Academic Calendar .:...;.'...: "'.....; 4
VIap of University 6
Che Board of Trustees '. 8
jEneral University Committees : . . '. 9
k.dministrative organization of graduate school 11
.""baching Staff 13
IiSTORY OF Graduate Work 16
iuildings and facilities 18
jVening Graduate Programs
Requirements for Admission 20
Classification of Students 20
Requirements for Degree 21
Grades and Transfer of Credits 22
Tuition and Fees 23
n
)URRICULA AND CoURSE DESCRIPTIONS 27
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
MAY I960 -JUNE 1961
SUMMER SESSION I960
Interview and Registration Period
Classes Begin
Independence Day, No Classes
Classes End
Examination Period
Monday-Saturday
Monday
Monday
Friday
Monday-Friday
June 20- June 25
June 27
July 4
July 29
Aug. 1-Aug. 5
FIRST SEMESTER 1960-1961
Interview and Registration Period
Monday-Saturday
Sept.
12-Sept. 17
Classes Begin
Monday
Sept.
19
Columbus Day, No Classes
Wednesday
Oct.
12
Veterans' Day, No Classes
Friday
Nov.
11
Thanksgiving Vacation
One Week
Nov.
21-Nov. 2
Classes Resume
Monday
Nov.
28
Christmas Vacation
Two Weeks
Dec.
20-Jan. ;
Classes Resume
Tuesday
Jan.
3
Classes End
Saturday
Jan.
21
Examination Period
Monday-Saturday
Jan.
23-Jan. 2
No Classes
Monday-Saturday
Jan.
30-Feb. 4
SECOND SEMESTER 1960-1961
Interview and Registration Period
Classes Begin
Washington's Birthday, No Classes
Spring Vacation
Classes Resume
Classes End
Memorial Day, No Classes
Examination Period
Monday-Saturday
Monday
Wednesday
One Week
Monday
Saturday
Tuesday
Monday-Saturday
Jan. 30-Feb.
Feb. 6
Feb. 22
April 17-April
April 24
May 27
May 30
May 29-June
GRADUATE SCHOOL
CALENDAR
APRIL I, I960 -JUNE 30, 1961
I960
APRIL
> M T W T F S
I 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 II 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
MAY
S M T W T F S
I 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
JUNE
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 II
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
JULY
S M T W T F S
I 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 II 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
n
AUGUST
S M T W T F S
I 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 II 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
I 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
II 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
OCTOBER
S M T W T F S
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 II 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
!3 24 25 26 27 28 29
to 31
NOVEMBER
M
W
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 II 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
DECEMBER
S M T W T F S
I 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
II 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
JANUARY
i M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 II 12 13 14
5 16 17 18 19 20 21
2 23 24 25 26 27 28
9 30 31
1961
FEBRUARY
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 II
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28
MARCH
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 II
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 3!
APRIL
M T W T F S
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
? 10 II 12 13 14 15
ib 17 18 19 20 21 22
IJ 24 25 26 27 28 29
)
MAY
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 II 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
JUNE
S M T W T F S
I 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
II 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
I
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Robert G. Dodge, Honorary Chairman
Byron K. Elliott, Chairman
Frank L. Richardson, Vice Chairman
Asa S. Knowles, President of the University
Carl S. Ell, President Emeritus and Chancellor of the University
Lawrence H. Martin, Treasurer
Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary
Class of I960
George R. Brown
Robert G. Dodge
David F. Edwards
Robert L. Johnson
James A. Morton
Frank L. Richardson
Harold B. Richmond
Robert G. Stone
Class of 196!
Lincoln C. Bateson
S. Bruce Black
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Robert G. Emerson
Merrill Griswold
Ernest Henderson
Ray E. Johns
Harry H. Kerr
Dwight p. Robinson, Jr.
Class of 1962
George L. Barnes
Godfrey L. Cabot
William C. Chick
Carl S. Ell
Frank L. Farwell
George Hansen
Adrian O'Keeffe
Russell B. Stearns
Robert T. P. Storer
Class of 1963
F. Gregg Bemis
Louis W. Cabot
Byron K. Elliott
Chandler Hovey
Lawrence H. Martin
Augustin H. Parker, Jr.
William M. Rand
Earl P. Stevenson
Asa S. Knowles, ex officio
EXECUTIVE COMMIHEE OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
David F. Edwards, Chairman
S. Bruce Black, Vice Chairman
George R. Brown
Louis W. Cabot
William C. Chick
Edward Dana
Robert G. Dodge
Carl S. Ell
Robert G. Emerson
Lawrence H. Martin
William M. Rand
Frank L. Richardson
Earl P. Stevenson
GRADUATE SCHOOL
GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMIHEES
The Executive Council of the University
Asa S. Knowles, Chairman
William C. White, Vice Chairman
Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary
FoHN S. Bailey
AxBERT E. Everett
Edward S. Parsons
jrURTH I. AbERCROMBIE
iViLLiAM T. Alexander
ToHN S. Bailey
jIncoln C. Bateson
Thomas J. Cavanagh
)0R0THY G. DiSSELL
Llbert E. Everett
Ierbert W. Gallagher
JiLBERT C. Garland
mil a. Gramstorff
loGER S. Hamilton
jEorge W. Hankinson
/HARLES W. HaVICE
Christopher F. Kennedy
Vilfred S. Lake
iILBERT G. MacDoNALD
)oNALD H. Mackenzie
jEORGE A. MaLLION
!,0LAND H. Moody
F. Weston Prior
Kenneth G. Ri-der
LoRiNG M. Thompson
Arthur A. Vernon
University Cabinet
William C. White, Chairman
Rudolph M. Morris
Carl F. Muckenhoupt
Rudolf 0. Oberg
Edward S. Parsons
Philip W. Pendleton
F. Weston Prior
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.
Kenneth G. Ryder
George A. Speers
M"iTiON J. Spencer
Richard E. Sprague
J. Kenneth Stevenson
Descomb T. Stewart
William M. Stewart
Loring M. Thompson
Lester S. Vander Werf
Arthur A. Vernon
Roy L. Wooldridge
[/iLLiAM T. Alexander
lbert E. Everett
.oger S. Hamilton
/iLFRED S. Lake
Asa S. Knowles, ex officio
Library Committee
RoL.\ND H. Moody, Chairman
Kenneth G. Ryder
Lester S. Vander Werf
Arthur A. Vernon
William C. White
R. Gregg Wilfong
University Advisory Committee on Faculty Policy
Chester P. Baker, Chairman
Joseph M. Golemme, Secretary
)UIS COOPERSTEIN ArTHUR R. FoSTER
Lawtjence Durham Carlo E. Gubellini
R. Gregg Wilfong
10 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY
Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D. President of the Universiti
Carl S. Ell, A.B., M.S., Ed.M., Sc.D., LL.D., L.H.D.
President Emeritus and Chancellor of the Universiti
William C. White, S.B., Ed.M., Eng.D.
Vice President and Provost oj the Universit
General Officers of Adminisfra+ion
John S. Bailey, B.S., M.B.A. Director of Public Relations and Personne
Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A. Financial Office
Albert E. Everett, S.B., M.B.A., D.C.S. Dean of Adult and Continuing Educatioi
Edward S. Parsons, S.B., Ed.M. Business Manage^]
F. Weston Prior, B.S. Director of Developmen
Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A. Dean of Administratio
LoRiNG M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D. Director of University Plannin
Arthur A. Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D. Dean of the Graduate Schoi
im
.IS
Deans of Colleges and Principal Adnninistrative Staff
William T. Alexander, S.B., M.A., Eng.D., P.E. (Mass.)
Dean of Engineerir
Roger S. Hamilton, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. Dean of Business Administratio
Wilfred S. Lake, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. Dean of Liberal Ar
Lester S. Vander Werf, A.B., M.A., Ed.D. Dean of Educatic
Albert E. Everett, S.B., M.B.A., D.C.S. Dean of the University Colleii
Donald H. Mackenzie, B.Ch.E., S.B., Ed.M. Dean of Lincoln Institu
Carl F. Muckenhoupt, A.B., B.S., Ph.D. Dean of Research Administratic
Emil a. Gramstorff, S.B., M.S., P.E. (Mass.) f™
Dean of Graduate Study in Engineerii
Roy L. Wooldridge, S.B., Ed.M. Dean of Co-operative Educatit
Gilbert C. Garland, S.B., Ed.M., Ed.D. Dean of Admissio
Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M. Dean of Studen
Dorothy G. Dissell, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Dean of Wom<
Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M. Dean of Freshm<
Charles W. Havice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D., D.D. Dean of Cha%
Rudolph M. Morris, S.B., Ed.M. Registrar of the Colleg
Myron J. Spencer, A.B., M.A. Director of Graduate Study in Busim
Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S. Director of University Librari
Herbert W. Gallagher, S.B. Director of Student Activit
Philip W. Pendleton, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Director of Testing and Counseling Cent
Rudolf O. Oberg, S.B., Ed.M. Director of Alumni Relatic
George A. Speers, A.B., M.S., Ed.M. Director of Press Bure
Descomb T. Stewart, A.B.
Editor and Director of Office of University Publicatic
J. Kenneth Stevenson, B.C.S. Superintendent of Buildings and Grour
William M. Stewart, B.S. Manager of the Booksti
Richard E. Sprague, SJB., B.B.A., M.B.A., Ed.M. Secretary of the Facu^f^
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., S.B., M.B.A., Ed.M. Bur,
!
GRADUATE SCHOOL - 11
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
lRThur Andrew Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D. Dean of the Graduate School
MIL Anton Gramstorff, S.B., M.S. Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering
rEORGE WiLLIAM HaNKINSON, A.B., S.B., M.S.
Assistant Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering
Itron Jay Spencer, A.B., M.A.
Director of Graduate Study in Business Administration
ester Seth Vander Werf, A.B., M.A., Ed.D.
Dean of College of Education, Director of Graduate Study in Education
iNicE Walker, A.B. Registrar of the Graduate School
harles Michael Devlin, B.S. Administrative Assistant
University Advisory Committee on Graduate School Policy
RTHUR Andrew Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D., Chairman
Dean of the Graduate School
nice Walker, A.B., Secretary Registrar of the Graduate School
[.MER Henry Cutts, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
I Professor of History and Chairman of the Department
Lawrence Durham, A.B., M.A. Associate Professor of Social Science
artin White Essigmann, S.B., M.S.
Professor of Electrical Engineering and Chairman of the Department
.FRED John Ferretti, B.S., M.S.
Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Chairman of the Department
Ai-L Anton Gramstorff, S.B., M.S.
Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering and Professor of Civil Engineering
;oRGE William Hankinson, A.B., S.B., M.S.
Assistant Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering,
and Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
DRRis A. Horowitz, B.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Economics and Chairman of the Department
rkev Kib.\rl\n, B.S., M.B.A., Ph.D.
Assistant Professor of Marketing and Advertising
3VANNI Lanza, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Physics
BERT Andrews Shep.\rd, B.S., Ph.D.
Professor of Chemistry and Chairman of the Department
nsoN Jay Spencer, A.B., M.A.
Director of Graduate Study in Business Administration
and Professor of Economics
[.PH Anderson Troupe, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
Research Professor of Chemical Engineering
IS NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Lester Seth Vandeb Werf, A.B., M.A., EdX).
Dean of College of Education and Director of Graduate Study in EducatioT\
William Crombie White, S.B., Ed.M., Eng.D.
Vice-President and Provost of the Universiti
Edward Rice Willbtt, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Finance and Chairman of the Departmen
Asa Smallidge Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D. (ex officio)
President of the Universit;
Committee on Graduate Study in Education
Lester Seth Vander Werf, A.B., M.A., Ed.D., Chairman
Dean of College of Education, Director of Graduate Education Program
Thomas James Cavanagh, A.B., Ed.M. Asst. Dean of College of Educatio
Eugene Lawrence Durham, A.B., M.A. Associate Professor of Social Scienc
Charles Francis Haley, B.S., Ed.M. Assistant Professor of Educatio
Frank E. Marsh, A.B., Ed.M. Assistant Professor of Educatio
Arthur Andrew Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D.
Dean of the Graduate School and Professor of Chemistr
William Crombie White, S.B., Ed.M., Eng.D.
Vice President and Provost of the Universit
Robert Gregg Wilfong, A.B., M.A.
Associate Professor of Government and Chairman of the Departmer
I
GRADUATE SCHOOL
13
TEACHING STAFF
The teaching staff of the Graduate Education Programs is composed
)f regular full-time faculty members of Northeastern University and
nembers of the faculties of neighboring institutions. The composition
)f the teaching staff during any particular school year is dependent
ipon the courses offered during that year. The teaching staff of the
Graduate Education Programs includes the following:
IjpBERT L. Berk
HOMAS J. Cavanagh
•avid Cook
OPE F. Danielson
UGENE Lawrence Durham
Eugene Ferguson
HARLES Francis Haley
ARDNER W. Handy
ICHARD Hubbard
BERT W. Koch
ary J. Lee
riVE B. MacPherson
Educational Psychologist, Winthrop Foundation.
Massachusetts Eye and Ear Infirmary
Asst. Dean of College of Education, Northeastern
University
Asst. Prof, of Education and Counselor in Testing
& Counseling Center, Northeastern University
Asst. Prof, of Education, Northeastern University
Assoc. Prof, of Social Science, Northeastern
University
Teacher, Newton High School
Asst. Prof, of Education and Director of Student
Teaching, Northeastern University
Instructor in Arithmetic, Administrative Assistant,
and Teacher-Counselor, Winchester Junior High
School
Lecturer in Mathematics, Northeastern University
Audiologist and Speech Pathologist, Winthrop
Foundation, Massachusetts Eye and Ear Infirmary
Instructor in Education, Northeastern University
Teacher, Somerville Public Schools
u
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Reuben J. Margolin
Frank E. Marsh
Albert E. Navez
Margaret M. Otto
Alice L. Palubinskas
Guy a. Petralia
William A. Philbrick, Jr.
GusTAv S. Rook -
Gershen Rosenbloom
Katherine Torrant
Donald K. Tucker
E. Davis Woodbury
Harold S. Zamansky
Counseling Psychologist, Director Member-Em-
ployee Program, U. S. V. A. Hospital, Brockton
Asst. Prof, oj Education, Northeastern University
Head of Science Department, Newton High School
& Jr. College
Special Education Counselor, Newton Public'^
Schools
Asst. Prof, of Psychology, Tufts University
Vice-Principal, Arlington High School
State Supervisor of Speech Handicapped, Hard of
Hearing, and Deaf, Department of Education,,
C ommonwealth of Massachusetts
Prof, of Graphic Science, Northeastern University.
Chief Psychologist, Boston Floating Hospital
Constdtant in Reading, Newton Public SchooU
Asst. Prof, of Education, Northeastern University
Superintendent of Schools, Milton ]
Asst. Prof, of Psychology, Northeastern Universiti
GRADUATE SCHOOL 15
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Northeastern University is incorporated as a philanthropic institu-
tion under the General Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature,
by special enactment, has given the University general degree granting
powers.
The Corporation of Northeastern University consists of men who
occupy responsible positions in business and the professions. This
Corporation elects from its membership a Board of Trustees in whom
the control of the institution is vested. The Board of Trustees has four
standing committees: (a) an Executive Committee which has general
supervision of the financial and educational policies of the University;
(b) a Committee on Buildings which has general supervision over the
building needs of the University; (c) a Committee on Funds and In-
vestments which has the responsibility of administering the funds of
the University; (d) a Committee on Development which is concerned
with furthering the development plans of the University.
Founded in 1898, Northeastern University, from its beginning, has
had as its dominant purpose the discovery of human and social needs
and the meeting of these needs in distinctive and highly serviceable
ways. While subscribing to the most progressive educational thought
and practice, the University has not duplicated the programs of other
institutions but has sought "to bring education more directly into the
service of human needs."
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
The College of Liberal Arts ofifers majors in the usual fields of the
arts and sciences leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science. With the exception of pre-professional programs,
lay curricula are normally five years in length and operated on the
o-operative Plan. However, in all majors except Chemistry and
Physics, qualified students, with the approval of the Dean, may elect
o complete the requirements for the degree on a full-time plan in four
/■ears.
16 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
The College of Liberal Arts offers certain of its courses durin;
evening hours, constituting a program of three years' duration equiva
lent in hours to one-half the requirements for the A.B. or S.B. degree
The degree of Associate in Arts is conferred upon those who complet
this program. A complete A.B. program is also offered in the evenin
division with curricula in Economics, History and Government, ani
Sociology.
The College of Education offers the option of study on the conven
tional four-year full-time plan or on the five-year Co-operative Plar
Both programs lead to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Educatior
These are designed particularly to meet the needs of high schoc
graduates who desire to prepare themselves for teaching and adminis
trative positions in elementary and secondary schools.
J
The College of Business Administration offers five-year co-operativ
curricula in Accounting, Business Management, Finance and Insui
ance, Industrial Relations, and Marketing and Advertising leading t
the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Administration. j
The School of Business — operated during evening hours — offei
undergraduate curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Businej
Administration in Accounting, Management, Law and Business, Er
gineering and Management, Liberal Arts and Business. For student
who because of occupational reasons desire shorter programs concer
trating in specific areas. Institutes awarding the certificate are offere
in various fields.
The College of Engineering offers five-year co-operative curricul
in Civil, Mechanical, Electrical, Chemical, and Industrial EngineeriD
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science with specification accord
ing to the department in which the student qualifies.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Graduate work was started for teaching fellows in 1940 and hs
since expanded into six departments. ^jl
In response to a need for evening work on the graduate level, coun
work in certain engineering areas was started in 1948. This prograi
GRADUATE SCHOOL 17
developed rapidly, and at present evening programs leading to the
Master of Science degree are given in seven engineering and science
departments. A co-operative graduate program in engineering was
started in 1956, and at present degrees from this plan of study are
offered by four engineering departments.
The evening graduate work was expanded in 1951 by a program
leading to the Master of Business Administration degree; in 1953 a
similar program was initiated to allow students to earn a Master of
Education degree in late-afternoon or evening classes.
The teaching fellow programs enable graduate students to further
Lheir academic training while they obtain valuable experience in
teaching. The evening programs are designed for those who wish to
3arry on advanced study on a part-time basis while continuing their
'egular employment. In the co-operative programs students alternate
;vork periods with study periods so that industrial experience can be
obtained along with advanced academic training. The courses in all
urograms have been designed to give penetrating understanding of
(fundamentals as well as a breadth of knowledge in allied fields.
18 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES
LOCATION
Northeastern University is located on Huntington Avenue in the Back Bayi
section of Boston. The main administrative offices of the University are
located in Richards Hall.
The chief railroad centers of Boston are the North and South Stations. To
reach the University from the North Station, board an MTA subway car
going to Park Street and transfer there to any Huntington Avenue car. To
reach the University from the South Station, board a Cambridge-bound
subway train and transfer at Park Street to a Huntington Avenue car. The
"Northeastern" station is the first stop outside the subway.
HUNTINGTON AVENUE CAMPUS
The principal educational buildings of Northeastern University are located
on a sixteen-acre site in the Back Bay section of Boston. Only one block to
the west of the University lie the famous Boston Museum of Fine Arts and
the beautiful public gardens-park reservation known as "The Fenway."
Following a long-range development plan, University facilities have ex-
panded substantially in recent years. In addition to the six buildings con-!
structed within the last two decades, several modernized older buildings are-l
available for specialized uses. The newer buildings on the campus are inter-
connected by means of tunnels, so that the students may go from building
to building without going out of doors in inclement weather. All of the build-
ings are used in common by the students of the four colleges.
In addition to classrooms and instructional offices, the principal buildings
include the following:
Botolph Building — Civil Engineering Laboratories
Cabot Physical Education Center — Gymnasium, Cage, Rifle Range
Dodge Library — Library, Drawing Rooms
Ell Student Center — Student Activities, Health Department, Chapel
Auditorium, and University Commons
Forsyth Building — Industrial and Mechanical Engineering Laboratories
Graduate Center — Administrative Offices of the Graduate School
Physics Laboratories, and Cafeteria.
Greenleaf Building — ROTC Headquarters, Research Facilities
Hayden Hall — Offices of the University College, Business, Education
and Electrical Engineering Laboratories, Art Studio
Richards Hall — Administrative Offices, Mechanical Engineering, Psy
chology and Chemistry Laboratories, Bookstore
Science Hall — Chemical Engineering and Biology Laboratories
Graduate School
Regulations
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GRADUATE SCHOOL REGULATIONS
ADMISSION
For admission to the Graduate Programs, applicants must liave
bachelor's degree from an accredited program in the appropriate field
A personal interview with the Director of Graduate Education Pro
grams is required of all students wishing to enter any of the programs
A transcript of the applicant's prior college training should be present
ed at that time; if this is not possible, such material should be filec
within six weeks after registration. No second registration will be al
lowed, nor will any grades of courses taken in the first registratioi
period be issued until a transcript has been received and reviewed.
j
REGISTRATION 1
At the beginning of each semester, all students must register in th
Graduate School office at the times indicated on the calendar.
Students in the evening part-time program, after a review of thei
transcript, will be classified as regular or special.
Regular Students: Students who have a bachelor's degree from an ad
credited program with acceptable quality of undergraduate work an
designated as Regular Students. ,
Special Students: Students whose undergraduate record is not accept
able for regular classification are designated as Special Students.
DEGREE CANDIDACY
Admission to a course or courses does not constitute acceptance a;
a candidate for a Master's degree.
A student who has achieved regular classification and who has comi
pleted twelve credits of required courses in has major with a grade o
B will be admitted to degree candidacy.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 21
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF EDUCATION
The programs for students without a teaching certificate require
34 semester hours of work including six semester hours of practice
teaching. The programs in School Guidance, Special Education, and
School Psychology require 34 semester hours credit including four
semester hours of practical experience. All other programs require 30
semester hours of work and a minimum of twelve courses.
By special arrangements with the Director of Graduate Education
programs a thesis may be approved to the extent of four semester
hdurs credit.
STUDENT TEACHING
1. The prerequisite courses for starting practice teaching are:
Elementary Teaching
21.301 Child Psychology
21.305 Psychology of Learning and Thinking
or
21.306 Advanced Psychology of Learning and Thinking
21.220 Principles of Teaching
Two specialized methods courses.
Secondary Teaching
21.303 Adolescent Psychology
21.305 Psychology of Learning and Thinking
or
21.306 Advanced Psychology of Learning and Thinking
One specialized methods course.
2. Applications for student teaching must be filed by June 1 for
issignments in the Fall semester and by November 1 for assignments
n the Spring semester.
3. All placements are made by the Director of Student Teaching,
students are not permitted to make any independent arrangements
vith school systems.
4. Student teachers must complete 15 consecutive weeks of full-time
ixperience in a public school.
STUDY LOAD
All graduate students are limited to a program of six semester hours
>f course work per semester unless granted special permission by the
Committee on Graduate Study in Education to carry a heavier course
oad. Thus, those who carry two courses a semester continuously for
,
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
both semesters may complete the requirements of thirty semester
hours for the degree within three years. Some students may find it
possible to shorten this period by enrolling in the Summer Sessions.
GRADING SYSTEM
The performance of students in graduate courses will be recorded
by the instructor by use of the following grades:
A Excellent
This grade is given to those students whose performance;
in the course has been of very high graduate caliber.
B Satisfactory
This grade is given to those students whose performance,
in the course has been at the level necessary for graduate
credit. ' |
C Fair
This grade is used to indicate that the student's perform-
ance in the course may be acceptable but is not consist-j
ently at the level expected in graduate work.
F Failure
This grade is used to indicate unsatisfactory work.
In addition, the following letter designations are used:
E Course registration canceled for nonattendance.
I Incomplete, without quality designation.
This is used when a student does not take the final
examination or otherwise fails to complete the work of
the course.
S Satisfactory, without quality designation.
This is used for student teaching and the practical experi-
ence in guidance and psychology.
W Withdrawn without prejudice.
An average of not less than B must be obtained in thirty course
credits in order to qualify for the master's degree. If a grade of F ij
obtained in a required course, the course must be repeated and a grade
of B or better obtained. If a grade of F is obtained in an elective
course, this course may either be repeated or another elective course:
substituted for it. In the case of a repeated elective course, a grade
of B must be obtained. A maximum of thirty-four course credits maj
be undertaken in qualifying for the degree.
The designation "I" will be changed to a grade upon removal of th( Iji,
"I" provided deficiencies are made up by the end of the semester follow
nl
GRADUATE SCHOOL
ing the one in which the "I" was reported. If the course deficiencies are
not made up within the specified time, the grade of "I" will automat-
ically become a grade of F. Missed final examinations cannot be made
up without the approval of the Dean or Director of the program in-
volved. Approval for such make-up is given only for emergency
reasons and must be obtained within one month following the date of
the missed examination.
WITHDRAWALS
No withdrawal from a course is allowed after the tenth class session.
A.ny student who is absent from three class periods in succession
rithout excuse is dropped from the class.
The University provides all instruction and accommodations on an
academic semester basis; therefore, no refunds are granted except in
eases where students are compelled to withdraw because of personal
Illness or other reasons beyond their control. A student must complete
m oJ0&cial withdrawal application at the Graduate School office before
Deing considered for a refund. In no case are refunds made after a
tudent has attended the fifth session of a class. Questions regarding
•efunds should be discussed with the Bursar's office.
TIME LIMITATIONS
Course credits earned in the program of graduate study are valid
"or a maximum of eight years. This time limitation is likewise appli-
able to any offered transfer credits.
TRANSFER OF CREDITS
Not more than eight semester hours of graduate credit may be
jl-ransferred from other institutions towards the degree of Master of
education at Northeastern. Grades in courses offered for transfer
lust be B or higher. Acceptance of credits for transfer will not be
pproved until the student is admitted to candidacy, and then only if
he work submitted for transfer credit is consonant with the objective
f the approved program.
TUITION AND FEES
The policies governing the amount and the regulations pertaining
0 the payment of tuition and fees are established by the Executive
Council of Northeastern University. The Council reserves the right to
hange these regulations at any time. Such changes will apply to
:udents currently enrolled as well as new applicants for admission.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
1. Schedule of Tuition and Fees
Registration Fee — for full time students payable at
• time of first registration $10.00
Matriculation Fee — for part-time students who have
established degree candidacy 10.00
Tuition — per course for graduate credit 60.00
for six semester hours of practice teaching 90.00
Late Payment Fee — for failure to pay tuition on
specified date 2.00
Make-up Final Examination Fee 5.00
Graduation Fee — payable on or before May 1 of year
in which student expects to be graduated 20.00
S. Payments
Tuition statements will be mailed to the students by the Student
Accounts office and are payable on or before the date specified.
Checks should be drawn payable to "Northeastern University." ,
VETERANS
Veterans who expect to obtain educational benefits from the Vet-
erans Administration should visit the Northeastern University Veterans
office, Room 245, Richards Hall, prior to registration. The Veterans
office at Northeastern University is operated by the University and is
prepared to give any assistance the veteran may require in obtaining
Veterans' benefits.
CLASS HOURS. INSTRUCTIONAL CALENDAR
During the first and second semesters each course meets one evening
per week for two hours for sixteen weeks, including the final examina-
tions. In the summer session each course meets twice a week for a
period of eight weeks. For opening and closing dates of these sessions,
consult the Academic Calendar of this Bulletin.
INTERVIEW AND REGISTRATION DATES, OFFICE HOURS.
AND CLASS SCHEDULES
For dates of the interview and registration periods and office hours,
consult the inside front cover. The registration circulars issued in
August, January, and May provide information regarding class meet
ing times and teaching staff as well as listing the course offerings for
the first semester, second semester, and summer session, respectively
Copies of these circulars may be obtained from the office of the Di-
rector of Graduate Education Programs, Northeastern University;
Boston 15, Massachusetts, or by calling COpley 7-6600.
Curricula
and
Course Descriptions
The curricula of the various degree programs are given under each
departmental heading. The descriptions of courses offered by the
several departments are given so that prospective students may obtain
a view of the course coverage. Preparation courses are indicated in
each instance. Not all courses are offered every year, but the course
offerings will be arranged in such a manner that students may make
continous progress toward the degree.
The number of students enrolled in each class will be limited to
permit effective teaching at the graduate level, and the University
reserves the right to cancel any course for which an insufficient number
of students apply.
In some courses one-semester hour credit is awarded for the work
represented by a class meeting for one hour each week for one regular
sixteen-week semester. In other courses one and one-half hours' credit
are awarded for the work represented by a class meeting for one hour
each week for one regular sixteen-week semester. The credits for each
course are designated in the following section.
GRADUATE SCHOOL
27
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
SPECIALIZED PROGRAMS
Degree: Master of Education
Admission Requirements: A Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts
degree from an accredited institution and a teacher's certificate.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
All students are required to complete the four courses listed under
A below. In addition, each student is required to select six credits of
professional core courses listed under B below.
21.401 Social Foundations of Education
21.402 Social Foundations of Education
21.306 Advanced Psychology of Learning and Thinking
21.340 Research Methods in Education
School Administration :
School Guidance:
Special Education and
School Psychology:
21.201 Fund.
21.202 Fund.
of Administration I
of Administration II
21.371 Fund, of Guidance I
21.372 Fund, of Guidance II
21.351 Sp. Ed. of Excep. Children I
21.352 Sp. Ed. of Excep. Children II
3
3
3
3
12
3
3
ELECTIVE PROFESSIONAL COURSES
Twelve credits of professional courses must be elected unless Liberal
Arts courses are substituted to the extent of four semester hour credits.
The following preferred electives are recommended:
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
School Administration :
School Guidance :
Special Education :
School Psychology
21.205 Admin, of the School Unit I
21.206 Admin, of the School Unit II
21.304 Mental Health
21.216 Super, of Instr. in the
■'-'" •• " Sec. School ■ "
or
21.217 Super, of Instr. in the
EI. School
21.422 American Gov. and Ed.
21.322 Tests and Measurements
21.374 Counseling
21.304 Mental Health
21.373 Occupational Information
21.323 Meas. of Intelligence
21.324 Adv. Meas. of Intelhgence
21.323 Meas. of Intelligence
21.324 Adv. Meas. of Intelligence
21.355 An. of Read. Disabilities
21.357 Teaching the Slow Learner
21.358 Teaching the Gifted Child
21.307 Abnormal Psychology I
21.308 Abnormal Psychology II
21.320 Statistics ' -
21.322 Tests and Measurements
21.323 Meas. of Intelligence
21.324 Adv. Meas. of Intelligence
LIBERAL ARTS COURSES
Certain Liberal Arts courses given in the Arts and Science Programs
are available for electives. A maximum of 18 credits in this field may
be taken by special permission of the Director of the Graduate Educa-
tion Programs.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
The programs in School Guidance, Special Education, and School
Psychology require field experience in addition to the professional and
elective courses to complete a total of 34 semester hour credits. These
requirements can be met by the following courses when such field
experience has already been satisfied:
School Guidance: 21.375
Special Education: 21.325
School Ps3Thology: 21.325
Field Experience in Guidance 4
Field Experience in Psychology 4
Field Experience in Psychology 4
GRADUATE SCHOOL 29
FIFTH-YEAR PROGRAMS FOR TEACHER PREPARATION
CURRICULA FOR STUDENTS WITHOUT A TEACHING CERTIFICATE
The teacher certificate requirements of the Commonwealth of Massa-
chusetts are as follows. Students meeting these requirements can
)btain provisional certification in the other northeastern states.
Elementary School Teacher
Kindergarten through Grade VIII
1. A bachelor's degree or a diploma from a four-year course in a
ormal school approved by the Board of Education.
2. Included in each candidate's program of preparation there shall
e a minimum of eighteen semester hours in education courses approved
or the preparation of elementary school teachers, with not less than
:wo semester hours in supervised student teaching in the elementary
grades. The remaining semester hours shall include courses covering
two or more of the following areas :
I Educational Psychology, including Child Growth
and Development
Philosophy of Education
Methods and Materials in Elementary Education
Curriculum Development in Elementary Education
Secondary School Teacher
Junior High School Teacher
1. A bachelor's degree or a diploma from a fom--year course in a
lormal school approved by the Board of Education.
2. Included in each candidate's program of preparation there shall
)e a minimum of twelve semester hours in education courses approved
or the preparation of secondary school teachers, with not less than two
emester hours in supervised student teaching in the secondary schools.
The remaining semester hours in secondary education shall include
.ppropriate courses in two or more of the following areas:
Educational Psychology, including Adolescent
Growth and Development
Philosophy of Education
Methods and Materials in Secondary Education
Curriculum Development in Secondary Education.
so
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
3. At least eighteen semester hours of preparation at the college
level in the major subject field or fields, and nine semester hours in
the minor subject field or fields. , -^
Programs in elementary and secondary education are available for
students who wish to obtain a Master of Education Degree and also
complete the above professional requirements. These programs require
34 semester hours credit, of which six must be practice teaching. All
students are required to complete the six courses listed below. The
required additional courses for each program are listed under B below.
21.401 Social Foundations of Education
21.402 Social Foundations of Education
21.306 Advanced Psychology of Learning and Thinking
21.340 Research Methods in Education
21.220 Principles of Teaching
21.230 Student Teaching with Related Seminar
Elementary Teaching:
B
21.212 Curric. of the Amer.
Elem. School
21.301 Child Psychology
Four courses in
specialized methods
Secondary Teaching: 21.210
21.303
21.322
Curric. of the Amer.
Sec. School
Adoles. Psychology
Tests and Measurements
At least one course in
specialized methods
At least two electives
21
3
2
8
13
3
2
2
2
4
13
\
GRADUATE SCHOOL
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
21.200 Fundamentals of Administration (Offered summer 1961)
Course Content: A combination of courses 21.201 and 21.202
Credit : 6 semester hours
21.201 Fundamentals of Administration I (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Course Content: Designed for those planning to enter administration as well
as teachers, principals, and school administrators, this course offers a thorough
discussion and analysis of modern administrative practices. Local, state, and
federal relationships in the structure of American education; the expanding
role of the administrator; supervision and the improvement of instruction;
and the field of special school services will be included.
Credit : 3 semester hours
21.202 Fundamentals of Administration II (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: Problems associated with the planning, construction, and
operation of the school plant ; financing education ; business management ; and
the increasingly important area of public relations will be considered. The
course should be of particular interest and value to teachers and administra-
tors who are concerned with improving professional competence and promot-
ing effective teamwork in the administration of a school system.
' Credit : 3 semester hours
121.205 Administration of the School Unit I (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
liCowrse Content: The school principalship will be placed in focus as a key
! position in public education. Among other points of emphasis involving the
complex role of the principal will be the development of competencies in
building management, the analysis and improvement of the educational pro-
gram, and the selection and development of personnel. The course will be
of sufficient breadth to be of assistance to teachers as well as those presently
serving in the fields of administration and supervision.
Credit : 2 semester hours
: 21.206 Administration of the School Unit II (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
I Course Content : The total responsibilities associated with school principal-
. ships will be considered in this course. Administrative principles applying to
i 9oth the elementary and secondary levels will be discussed. Special emphasis
^ill be placed on meeting the educational needs, guidance, curriculum evalua-
I :ion and revision, business management, extracurricular activities, administer-
ng the school plant, and interpreting the school program to the community.
The course is designed to serve those preparing to become principals, as well
is to guide administrators in the field.
Credit : 2 semester hours
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
21.208 Adminis-iration of the School Unit (Offered summer 1962)
Course Content: A combination of courses 21.205 and 21.206
Credit : 4 semester hours
21.210 Curriculum of the American Secondary School
(Offered yearly, 2nd sem., and summer I960)
Course Content: This course is designed for in-service and prospective
teachers, principals, and supervisors who seek experience and assistance in
dealing with such problems as the following: improving and enriching the
subject curriculum; developing a core curriculum; general and special educa-
tion; planning integrated units of work; providing for skill learning in an
experience curriculum; co-operative development of criteria for curriculum
evaluation; and effective use of evaluative criteria for secondary schools.
Credit: 3 semester hours
21.212 Curriculum of the American Elementary School
(Offered yearly, 2nd sem., and summer I960) '
Course Content: Consideration will be given to actual teaching situations as
they exist in the modern elementary classroom, and emphasis will be placed
on specific situations contributing to effective learning, sound curriculum-
building, and evaluation. This course is open to teachers, supervisors, princi-
pals, and others interested in the modern elementary school program.
Credit: 3 semester hours
21.216 Supervision In the Secondary School (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.
Course Content: This course is designed to meet the needs of those teachers
seeking to prepare themselves for supervisory responsibilities as well as super
visors and administrators desiring to improve themselves. Major topics to b(
discussed are: the relationship between administrators and supervisors; thf
leadership role and responsibilities of the supervisor; mutual responsibilitiei
between supervisor and faculty; personnel problems; discipline in the super-
visory picture; types of supervision; relationship with other supervisors;
curriculum improvement; teacher evaluation and professional guidance; and
the psychological impact of supervision on the total educational framewori
and school administration.
Credit : 2 semester hours
21.217 Supervision In the Elementary School (Offered yearly, 1st sem.]:
Course Content : This course will deal with the leadership role of the element-!
ary school principal in the supervision of the instructional program. How the
principal can work with individual teachers and with groups of teachers tc
improve instructional methods and to develop curriculum content will b(
GRADUATE SCHOOL
basic to the course. Consideration will be given, also, to the involvement of
lay people in curriculum development. The course is intended for principals,
beginning principals, and teachers who are planning to go into supervisory
work.
Credit : 2 semester hours
21.220 Principles of Teaching
(Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem., and sunnmer I960)
Course Content: An exploration of the factors involved in effective teaching.
Emphasizes the basic need for understanding of the learner and the learning
process. Considers the improved methods of organization and evaluation in
modern instructional programs.
Credit : 3 semester hours
21.230 Student Teaching with Related Seminar
(Offered yearly, ls+ and 2nd sem.)
Preparation: See requirements under Graduate School Regulations.
Course Content : Here the student is provided opportunity in a public school
to assume responsibility for organizing learning experiences in his major area
under expert supervision. Separate seminars for elementary and secondary
majors meeting weekly will run concurrently with the student teaching period
and deal with problems encountered in the classroom.
Credit : 6 semester hours
i|2l.24l Arithmetic and Its Teaching I (Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
\Course Content: This course is designed to strengthen the elementary class-
iroom teacher's understanding and appreciation of arithmetic. Special emphasis
iwill be placed upon our decimal system of notation, meanings, relationships,
and processes of the fundamental operations as well as problem analysis and
estimation. At the same time, consideration will be given to the meaningful
approach of teaching arithmetic to elementary school pupils and the methods
involved.
Credit : 2 semester hours
M.242 Arithmetic and Its Teaching II (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
bourse Content: A continuation of the study of elementary arithmetic, its
neaning and practice, embracing problem-solving techniques and applying
ihem to fundamentals of whole numbers, common and decimal fractions, per
lent, scaling and graphing, and measurements. Consideration will be given
0 topics and materials which serve to challenge the more able and ambitious
)upils.
'Credit : 2 semester hours
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
21.243 The Teaching of High School Mathematics
(Offered yearly, Isf sem.)
Course Content: This course covers a careful study of the place of mathe-
matics in the senior high school curriculum. Attention is given to the aims,
organization, and methods of teaching the subject. It is designed to give
practical suggestions to senior high school teachers of mathematics and deals
with real classroom problems. Trends in high school mathematics and acceler-
ated programs for the fast learner will be considered.
Credit : 2 semester hours
21.244 The Teaching of Junior High Mathematics I
(Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: Methods and materials for grades seven through nine in
mathematics. The place and importance of general mathematics in the cur-
riculum will be considered. Current trends in junior high mathematics and
accelerated programs for the fast learner will be discussed. ]
Crerfit .• 2 semester hours . -.
i
21.245 The Teaching of High School Science I (Offered yearly, 1st sem.);
Course Content: The first half of a two-semester course, principally for sec-
ondary school teachers. Problems of observations of scientific facts, their
discovery, the derivation of scientific principles from elaboration of hypotheses,
experimentation and reasoning with these facts will be analyzed in terms of
the learning processes. The different fields of science will be considered,
stressing especially their interdependence and their unity of methods and ol
reasoning. Stress will be laid on recent advances in science and their relation
to older discoveries. Particular attention will be paid to the background
knowledge and preparation of the secondary school science teacher.
Credit : 2 semester hours
21.246 The Teaching of High School Science II
(Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: A continuation of 21.245. During the second half of th(
course plans for modern science courses in various fields will be elaborated
Credit : 2 semester hours
21.248 Workshop in Elementary Science (Offered summer I960)
Course Content: Attention will be given to ways teachers may bring to theii
classrooms simple and effective projects, materials, and experiments in th(
various phases of science such as machines, weather, solar system, etc. Con
sideration will be given to field trips and other devices to strengthen the tota
integrated program at the elementary level.
Credit : 2 semester hours
GRADUATE SCHOOL
21.249 The Teaching of Social Studies (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Course Content: A study of developments in methods, materials, and cur-
riculmn. Consideration will be given to such topics as the following: the
teacher of the social studies; objectives of social studies instruction; social
studies programs; controversial issues; current events; visual and auditory
aids; field trips; evaluation. These and others will be studied in their relation
to the experiences and interests of the members of the class. Particular
emphasis on the role of the social studies in education for citizenship.
iCredit : 2 semester hours
21.250 Workshop In Play Production (Offered summer I960)
■Course Content : A laboratory course designed to aid the public school teacher
in selecting and preparing a play for production. Major topics to be discussed
will be: the role of the director as a co-ordinator of activities; the responsi-
bility of the director to analyze, block, design and rehearse the play; and the
responsibility of the director to supervise the commercial aspects of dramatic
activity.
Credit: 2 semester hours
21.251 The Teaching of Language Arts In the Elementary School
(Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
{bourse Content : Emphasis will be given to best ways to meet the general ob-
ectives of the four basic communication skills — reading, writing, speaking,
md listening — and how each relates to the other in the development of
jhildren.
'Credit : 2 semester hours
M.252 The Teaching of Reading in the Elementary School
(Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
ourse Content : This course will deal with factors which must be considered in
;he preparation of teachers of reading. Topics to be discussed will include
mportant changes in the teaching of reading (methods and materials) and
'easons for the changes. Reading readiness — what it is, and factors to be
onsidered. Levels of instruction — how to plan a reading program for any
rade.
Credit: 2 semester hours
11.253 The Teaching of Oral and Written Expression In the Secondary
School (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
bourse Content: For teachers of all subjects. Classroom procedures to moti-
vate pride in our mother tongue. Methods of attaining skill in the important
mguage conventions, and in stimulating creative thinking. Discussion of
•roblems of speaking and oral reading; of teaching straight thinking; of grow-
36 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
ing sentences; of vocabulary ; of spelling; of punctuation. Reexamination anc
redirection of teaching methods.
Crerfii; 2 semester hours ,, - , -,,
21.254 The Teaching of Reading and Literature in the Secondary Schoo
(Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: For all secondary school teachers. Study of improvement o:
reading speed and comprehension by revised study habits, proper motivation
diagnostic tests, and appropriate materials. Surveys and discussions of de
velopmental reading programs. Methods effective in intensive and extensiv
reading. Criteria for choosing literature and teacher qualifications essential t(
its effective presentation. Special suggestions in the teaching of fiction, drama
poetry, non-fiction, and creative listening.
Credit : 2 semester hours
21.255 The Teaching of Modern Languages in the Secondary School
(Offered 1961-62, I st sem.)
Course Content : This course intends to explore the degree to which educationa
theory and psychology of learning can be adapted to the teaching situatioi
existing today in our complex public school organization. Through the work
shop method and group discussions, the most effective types of class activities
subject unit presentation, assignments, examinations, teaching aids, etc., wil^
be considered. The needs and problems of the members of the class wil
determine the content and progress of the course.
Credit : 2 semester hours
21.257 The Unit-Project Method in Industrial Arts
(Offered summer, I960)
Course Content: The organization of industrial arts topics into functional
units is the basic technique for instructional improvement. Emphasis wi]
be placed upon the development and implementation in the school shop o
the pupil work materials of the unit. Also involved are the proper delimita
tion of the unit and the strategy to be employed by the teacher as a uni
progresses. For practical value, members of the class will have experience i]'
the organization of industrial arts topics into units. The exchange of unit
developed will be encouraged for common benefit and wider experimentatiorl
Credit: 2 semester hours
itl
21.260 Seminar in Problenns in Industrial Arts Teaching
(Offered summer, 1961)
'Course Content: Course will be addressed to a study of problem situation
in Industrial Arts Education. Causes of problems arising in matters of in
struction, course making, management, and administration will be analyzed
GRADUATE SCHOOL
Each student will be expected to submit a clearly defined problem which he
[intends to work on during the course. Such research problems, or field
projects, will become the basis of seminar discussion.
Credit: 2 semester hours
21.261 The Teaching of General Business Subjects
(Offered yearly, Isf sem.)
Course Content: This course investigates current trends in the teaching ol
social business subjects, such as general business, economics, economic geog-
raphy, business law, and consumer education. Objectives, nature of subject
matter, teaching aids and devices, tests and measurements, textbooks, and
supplementary materials are studied.
Credit : 2 semester hours
21.262 Improvement in Instruction In Business Skill Subjects
(Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
'bourse Content: This course is offered to teachers who are interested in
irriving at improved methods of teaching shorthand, typewriting, and tran-
scription. Topics to be discussed include: prognosis, diagnosis, and remedial
caching; the development of speed and accuracy; the articulation of the
business skill subjects with general educational subjects; use of audio-visual
lids. Members of the class will be encouraged to submit their own successful
reaching devices or their own individual problems in this field.
Credit: 2 semester hours
1.271 Technical Drawing and Descriptive Geometry
(Offered 1st sem. 1960-61)
ourse Content: The course will develop the general principles underlying
/[ulti-View Representation using the Direct Method and show applicability to
11 types of views (principal, auxiliary, oblique). The concepts of Descriptive
eometry dealing with space angularity, perpendicularity, parallelism, inter-
ection, and skewness between lines, surfaces, and solids will be correlated
rith their pictorial and multi-view representations. Applications of these
oncepts to more general treatments of sections and intersections; surface
evelopnients ; axonometric, oblique, and perspective pictorials; shades and
tadows; as well as problems dealing with space vector systems; topographic
lyouts, etc., will be included. The major aim of the course will be toward
lacing the construction, analysis, reading, and visualization of three-dimen-
sional concepts on a foundation of logic and reason.
redit: 2 semester hours
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
21.272 Advanced Graphics (Offered 2nd sem. 1960-61)
Course Content: The course will develop methods by which the theoremi
and constructive techniques of plane, solid, and descriptive geometry ma]
be applied in graphically representing, analyzing, and solving problems havin
mathematical or scientific implications. The following topics will be developec
to a depth commensurate with the mathematical and scientific background o:
the participants: (a) basic geometric constructions (exact and approximate'
involving lines, curves, and polygons; (b) graphical equivalents to mathe
matical operations in arithmetic, algebra, trigonometry, analytic geometry
and calculus; (c) graphical analysis of curves having scientific application
(conic sections, involutes, roulettes, periodic functions, etc.) ; (d) design'
construction, and application of charts (bar, rectilinear, logarithmic, polar'
trilinear, etc.) for the presentation and analysis of empirical data; (e) vecto?
geometry solutions involving displacements, velocities, accelerations, forces
relative motions, etc.; (f) elements of nomography, topographic mapping a;
well as spatial relationship problems of mathematical or scientific origin.
Credit : 2 semester hours , . j
21.301 Child Psychology (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.) ,
Course Content: A study is made of the child as he develops from infancy
through the elementary school years. The primary emphasis is upon hi
emotional, social, and intellectual development. Physical development is dis
cussed only in its relation to these other factors. The child is considered in hi
home and peer environment as well as in the school environment. Case histor;
material is studied. Some attention is paid to the theoretical formulations o;
child behavior.
Credit: 2 semester hours
!l
21.303 Adolescent Psychology
(Offered yearly, ls+ sem. and summer I960)
Course Content: Social, emotional, and intellectual development is traced
through the junior and senior high school years. Problems in family relai
tionships and in the adolescent's social environment are considered as well a
his adjustment in school. Case history material is included.
Credit : 2 semester hours
1
J
21.304 Mental Health (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: This course will study conditions leading to the most ef
fective social adjustment. Consideration will be given to the relationshi]
between the maturation process and mental health, the predeterminants c
;naladjustment and its prevention, and will place special stress on thos
factors that encourage the attainment of emotional maturity. Some timi
will be given to a study of community mental health programs. Informatio:
bearing on mental health from the fields of psychiatry, psychology, sociologj
i
GRADUATE SCHOOL
jhysiology, and medicine will be synthesized and evaluated. This course
hould be of interest to teachers, personnel and guidance workers, psycholo-
;ists, social workers, rehabilitation therapists, and other groups.
Iredit : 2 semester hours
1.305 Psychology of Learning and Thinking
(Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd senn., and sumnner I960)
lourse Content: This course is designed to introduce the public school
eacher and the educational administrator to the more important psycholog-
3al principles and processes involved in effective learning and thinking,
onsideration is given to such topics as productive thinking, kinds of learn-
Qg, the role of organizational factors in effective learning, problem-solving
)ehavior, and concept formation.
i^redit: 3 semester hours
1.306 Advanced Psychology of Learning and Thinking
(Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.)
, ^reparation: 21.305 or its equivalent
\^ourse Content: This course will deal more intensively, and at a more
I advanced level, with some of the material introduced in 21.305. Additionally,
J 'onsideration will be given to such topics as emotional and motivational
j actors in learning, processes involved in retention and forgetting, the de-
li elopment of language, and classroom climate. Pertinent research and
( heories in the various areas will be examined, and the student wiU partici-
f late in classroom discussion and presentation of the various topics.
' hedit : 2 semester hours
1.307 Abnormal Psychology I (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
^ourse Content: This is a two-semester course designed for educators and
thors concerned with the ways in which personality may become disordered.
- careful survey of theories of personality development will serve as a base
3r discussing the malfunctioning personahty as seen in the possible types of
roblems that may occur at various levels of development. Particular at-
3ntion will be paid to problems of a neurotic nature and the types of defen-
ve processes and attempts at problem solution that are noted. Case studies
nd films wiU serve as illustrations wherever possible.
'redit : 2 semester hours
1.308 Abnormal Psychology II (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
reparation: 21.307 or its equivalent
'ourse Content: This course will continue to examine the etiology and
l/mptoms of the more serious personality disorders. Such problems as con-
uct disorders, psychosomatic disorders, and psychoses will come under
Ifi NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
discussion. The current methods of clinical diagnosis and treatment will be
reviewed. Case studies will be integrated with lectures and discussed. ij"
Credit : 2 semester hours '
21.309 Group Development (Offered yearly, Ist sem.)
Course Content: Emphasis in this course will be directed toward under-
standing the deeper questions of group growth, behavior, and action funda-
mental to developing solutions to the complex problems of group life. Stu-
dents will learn to act as a group, to act democratically, to examine theii
strengths and weaknesses, to make group decisions, to become alert to new:
ideas and actions, to discover the pulse of a group and why one group is
productive while another is non-productive. The group will examine inten
sively such areas as group process, sociodrama, sociometric techniques, at-
titude testing, social action project development, and communication blocks
in human relations.
Credit : 2 semester hours
^1
te
21.312 The Emotionally Disturbed Child (Offered 2nd sem. 1961-62)
Course Content: Educators will study identification techniques for regulai
classroom use. Diagnostic procedures and referral agencies wUl be explored
Skills to be employed in helping the emotionally disturbed child who remains
in the regular classroom will be developed. An analysis will be made oi
problems of administration and participation in a team situation where
emotionally disturbed children function in a segregated group. | i
Credit : 2 semester hours i
I k
21.320 Statistics (Offered 2nd sem. 1960-61) ft
Course Content : A first course in the statistical techniques used in educational
research and in psychological testing. Measures of central tendency, varia
bility, correlation, chi square, analysis of variance, and multiple regressioE
will be among the topics considered. The student's mathematical background
need not be beyond elementary algebra.
Credit: 2 semester hours
21.322 Tests and Measurements (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: The principles and problems of psychological testing as
applied to the field of education are discussed. Some consideration is givcD
to elementary statistical concepts as they apply to test construction and the
general problem of evaluation. Consideration is given to the proper selectior
of tests for classroom and system-wide use. The student is made familial
with some of the currently used tests. The Stanford-Binet and Wechsler-
Bellevue represent intelligence testing; the Metropolitan Achievemeni
Tests, the Iowa Silent Reading Tests, Differential Aptitude Tests, and the
American Council on Education Psychological Examination are considered
as group evaluations; the Strong and Kuder Inventories are considered as
GRADUATE SCHOOL 4I
Qterest measurements. A very brief introduction is given to questionnaire
,nd projective types of personality assessments. Attention is given to the
mprovement of teacher-made tests, and the student spends some time in the
onstruction of an achievement test in his own area of interest.
Credit: 2 semester hours
1.323 Measurement of Intelligence (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
*reparation: 21.322 Tests and Measurements or approval of instructor
lourse Content: Deals with the nature of intelligence and its individual
leasurement using standardized techniques. Major emphasis is on the ad-
hinist ration, scoring, and interpretation of the Stanford-Binet (Form L),
I nd a certificate will be issued to those who complete the testing requirements
nder supervision. Other individual tests will be discussed, including the
^Yechsler Scales; and consideration will be given to the intellectual evalua-
liion of individuals presenting special problems.
' '!redit : 2 semester hours
1.324 Advanced Measurement of Intelligence
(Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
'reparation: The Measurement of Intelligence and evidence of competency
V with the Stanford-Binet Scale.
ifowrse Content : Deals with the individual measurement of intelligence utiliz-
ig the Wechsler Scales. Major emphasis is on the administration, scoring,
ad interpretation of these scales, and a certificate will be issued to those
.udents who complete the testing requirements under supervision. Con-
deration will be given to the intellectual evaluation of individuals pre-
jnting special problems and to the adjunct diagnostic features of the Wech-
er Scales.
redit: 2 semester hours
1.325 Field Experience in Psychology
reparation: Arrangement for this experience is made by consultation with
the Director of Graduate Study in Education.
curse Content: Persons wishing to concentrate graduate study in the field
' School Psychology and who may never have been employed in such service
m acquire 120 or more hours of such experience by working under super-
sion in an approved school psychology program.
redit: 4 semester hours
1.340 Research Methods in Education
(Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem., and summer, I960)
ourse Content: Emphasis will be placed upon approaches to the study of
lucational problems. Students will review elementary statistical concepts.
actors involved in the selection and formulation of a research problem as
ell as in the collection, scaling, and interpretation of data will be explored.
J^ NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Attention will be given to the conduct of controlled experiments, surveys
exploration studies, historical research, and action research projects, wit!
stress being placed upon the preparation of the report and the practical ap-
plication of findings. Guides to references in special areas will be reviewed
Credit: 3 semester hours •: i
21.351 The Nature, Management, and Special Education of Exceptional
Children (Offered yearly, 1st sem.) i
Course Content: A two-semester survey course for educators and all othen
concerned with one or more aspects of exceptional children. It will involve f
study of the nature, etiology, diagnosis, treatment, and special education of th('
various problems of these children. This half of the course deals witl
physical handicap, visual impairment, organic disorders, brain injury, speed
disorder, and hearing impairment. Lectures, discussions, clinical demonstra-
tions, and films provide greater appreciation, understanding, and insight intc^
the manifold problems of the exceptional child.
Credit: 3 semester hours
21.352 The Nature, Management, and Special Education of Exceptiona
Children (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: This half of the course deals with intellectual deviate^
(both gifted and retarded), reading disabilities, behavior and emotional dis
orders, vocational problems, delinquency, and a consideration of the psycho
logical aspects of visual impairment.
Credit : 3 semester hours
21.353 Introduction to Speech and Hearing (Offered 1st sem. 1 960-6 |J
Course Content: A consideration of the fundamentals of normal speed
development and the hearing process; etiological factors, symptomatolog;'
and classification of speech and hearing disorders; speech improvement versu
speech therapy; the basic concepts underljdng the problems of the speed
handicapped, the hard of hearing, and the deaf; an orientation course fo
teachers, school administrators, psychologists, social workers, and nurses.
Credit: 2 semester hours
i
k
21.354 Applied Phonetics (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: A survey of past and present phonetic systems; acquisi
tion and application of the International Phonetic Alphabet; analysis of th
vowel and consonant sounds of American English with phonetic transcriptio:
of typical and individual speech; the place of phonetics in speech and hearin
therapy; the variables affecting standards for speech sounds and pronuncia
tion.
Credit : 2 semester hours
GRADUATE SCHOOL
1.355 Analysis and Treatment of Reading Disabilities
(Offered yearly, 1st sem., and summer, I960)
reparation: 21.350 and 21.351, or teaching experience, or courses in child
psychology, or courses in reading.
\ourse Content: A consideration of reading problems in terms of types of
I jviations from the normal reading process. The course will include dis-
i ission of the nature of reading disabilities, their causes, methods of diagnosis,
id methods of remediation. ■ ,
,redit: 2 semester hours
1.356 Industrial Arts and Crafts for Special Classes
(Offered 2nd sem. 1960-61)
ourse Content: Industrial Arts for Special Class teaching. A course in the
56 of tools and construction that will prepare a teacher for Special Class
aching. Will consider the building of a background knowledge of shop tools
id their uses plus the practical shop experiences of working through some
•ejects, both in wood-working and metal work. The equipment necessary
r a Special Class Industrial Arts room will be listed, and experience in use
' such equipment will be provided,
redif ,• 3 semester hours
.357 Teaching the Slow Learner (Offered summer, I960)
ourse Content: A study of the types of slow-learning children — the
entaUy retarded, the educationally retarded, the emotionally handicapped
lildren who are enrolled in the regular classrooms — with emphasis on the
laption of the curriculum to effect an adequate adjustment for these children.
f ther aspects to be studied will be the diagnosis and classification of re-
: rded children ; the help from the home, the church, and other community
I .sources; the extent of therapy in the school program; a study of the
I sychology of the retarded child in relation to a flexible curriculum for his
•owth and development.
redit: 2 semester hours
i.358 Teaching the Gifted Child (Offered 2nd sem. 1961-62)
ourse Content: A study of the research on the gifted child will be made,
eluding the physical, social, and emotional development of such children.
leans of identifying the gifted child will be presented. The various methods
providing adequate educational opportunities will be reviewed such as:
irichment, segregated classes, acceleration, and special programs.
redit : 2 semester hours
1.359 Domestic Arts for Special Classes (Offered summer, I960)
ourse Content : A course for teachers of Special Classes to help them become
repared to teach and integrate a Domestic Arts program in the total cur-
I^ NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
riculum of the retarded child. The practical aspects of buying, food prepara
tion, serving, and preservation will be studied. Clothing will cover th
areas of buying, mending, sewing and laundering. Good health practices h
the home will be outlined, and means of correlating these learnings into th
total program will be developed.
Credit .• 2 semester hours
21.370 Fundamentals of Guidance (Offered summer, I960)
Course Content: A combination of courses 21.371 and 21.372.
Credit: 6 semester hours
21.371 Fundamentals of Guidance: Basic Concepts
(Offered yearly, Istsem.)
Course Content: The purpose of this course will be to examine criticalb
basic concepts and techniques of school guidance. The role of the teacher
administrator, and guidance specialist will be explored through the analysis
of individual case problems encountered at elementary, secondary, and post
secondary school levels. Attention will be directed to practices of gathering
information about individuals and giving aid to them through individua
counsel and related activities.
Credit : 3 semester hours
21.372 Fundamentals of Guidance: Programs and Policies
(Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: A review of student personnel programs in local schooli.
and colleges will be related to an analysis of merging trends of guidanci
policy and practice in the modern American school. Divergent trends ii
counseling and recent research in the areas of occupational choice and ju
venile delinquency will provide a basis for evaluating the qualifications anc
responsibilities of school guidance personnel and the place of guidance in th(
school curriculum.
Credit : 3 semester hours
Ij
21.373 Occupational Information (Offered summer, I960)
Course Conteyit: This course is designed to serve as a background for teachen
and counselors. The following areas of occupational information will b(
emphasized: occupational trends in relation to social and economic changes
classification and description of job opportunities, collecting and evaluating
occupational information, and compilation and maintenance of files on o&
cupational source materials.
Credit : 2 semester hours
21.374 Counseling (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Course Content : This course is planned to give teachers an understanding oi
GRADUATE SCHOOL 45
ounseling theories and to provide elementary proficiencies in counseling
tudents on problems of educational, vocational, social, and emotional adjust-
lent. Typical case materials will be presented to the class for analysis and
iscussion. Members of the class will participate in counseling sessions.
■ redit: 2 semester hours
1.375 Field Experience in Guidance
reparation: Arrangement for this experience is made by consultation with
the Director of Graduate Study in Education.
l^ourse Content: Persons wishing to concentrate graduate study in the field
[f guidance and who may have had no experience in guidance work in the
ihools can acquire 120 hours or more of such experience by working under
bpervision in the Testing and Counseling Center of the University and/or
|i a guidance program in a public school.
redit: 4 semester hours
1.400 Social Foundations of Education (Offered yearly, summer)
ourse Content: A combination of courses 21.401 and 21.402.
redit : 6 semester hours
11.401 Social Foundations of Education (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
bourse Content: A course designed to increase understanding of human
jehavior and to develop objectivity and perspective in viewing society,
luman personality will be viewed in its dynamic aspects and in relationship
j3 group influences. The American school will be analyzed as a social institu-
'on within the broader framework of a dynamic social system.
{redit: 3 semester hours
1.402 Social Foundations of Education (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
ourse Content: Investigation of contemporary trends and issues and a-
ilysis of personal and social problems in American society. Emphasis will
B placed upon critical analysis of American ideals and values and the role
the school in a democratic society.
redit : 3 semester hours
1.403 Personality in Culture (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
ourse Content: In this course consideration will be given to the develop-
ent of personality in a number of different cultures. The role of constitu-
onal, physiological, cultural, and social factors will be emphasized. Attention
ill be given to the variety of ways in which men satisfy their strivings
ithin different cultural patterns. The conclusions reached in the study of
rsonality development in other cultures will be applied to the educational
rocesses in our society.
redit : 2 semester hours
J+6 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
21.410 The Impact of Science on Civilization
(Offered summer, 1961) f
Course Content: This course will deal with the impact of science on varioi
phases of our civilization such as production and consumption of foo(
health of individuals, and medicine, public health, populations and thei
growth, utilization of natural resources, production of energy and its utilize
tion, problems of education. The course is intended to provide extensi^
scientific and unified bases for study by teachers who are interested i
introducing the concepts of unified sciences in their teaching.
Credit: 2 semester hours ■
In
21.411 Electronics for Teachers (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.) I'oi
Course Content: This course is designed to cover electronic developmen
in recent years that are of interest to high school students of science.
review of the principles of various electron tubes, and the superheterodyift
receiver plus radio-telephone transmitters will be followed by studies 'i^i
radar, recording and reproduction of speech and music, television, and tl le
more important uses of electron tubes in industrial electronics and aircra rj
devices.
Credit: 2 semester hours v
21.422 American Government and Education
(Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.) ' ':
Course Content: A study of the relationship of government and educati(nt
in a democratic society. After considering the historical role of Americju
Government in education, special emphasis wiU be given to such contempora ' i e
problems as academic freedom, federal aid to education, fiscal policy, segreg; ip
tion, and separation of church and state.
Credit: 2 semester hours . -, ,
21.435 Semantics for Teachers (Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Course Content: The implications for education of the new discoveries
linguistics, theory of communication, and general semantics. Among tl"'
topics to be included will be techniques for training more mature thinkir ®
better communication, reading and listening for meaning, more alert obser\
tion, etc. The course will describe principles and techniques useful i i"
teachers at any age-level of the schools and will include methods for t
teacher to improve his own evaluation and communication.
Credit: 3 semester hours
21.451 Workshop in Arts and Crafts (Offered summer I960)
Course Content: A course designed to aid in the teaching of Arts and Cra
to all children including special classes. Emphasis will be on the creation
designs and the technique of their practical application to objects of evei
^,5i
GRADUATE SCHOOL p
ay use as interpreted in various media related to stenciling, linoleum-block
rinting, glass decoration, mosaics, collage, pen lettering, papier-mache,
rayons, etc. Instruction will be flexible enough to suit the needs of each
lember enrolled. No past experience is necessary.
'redit: 2 semester hours
1.474 History of Educational Thought (Offered summer, 1961)
iourse Content: A combination of courses 21.475 and 21.476.
'redit: 4 semester hours
1.475 History of Educational Thought I (Offered yearly, ist sem.)
ourse Content: This course will examine educational theory and practice
itj'om antiquity to the Reformation. An attempt will be made to apply
.)ciological and philosophical viewpoints to systems of education, beginning
nth primitive societies and continuing through Oriental civilizations, the
(assical period of Greece and Rome, the early and medieval Christian eras,
he Renaissance period, and the Reformation.
Credit: 2 semester hours
476 History of Educational Thought II
(Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
ourse Content: A continuation of 21.475. The course deals with the devel-
Dment of educational theory and practice from the time of the Reformation
io> the present. Among the topics considered are: the transition from human-
:3m to realism in education; rationalism and naturalism, as these are reflected
education; psychologizing education; the growth of the curriculum; the
?|iew" education.
redit : 2 semester hours
477 Philosophy of Education (Offered Ist sem., 1960-1961)
')urse Content: This course will analyze the various philosophies of education
th reference to their historical background and with particular emphasis
,i)on their relation to contemporary educational practice. For example, the
iss will consider such themes as educational aims, values and curriculum;
-vligious and moral education; intellectual freedom; the relationship between
tihool and society, and between the school and the individual.
1.501 - 21.502 Thesis
mrse Content : Original study under the direction of the department.
J^8 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
OFF-CAMPUS COURSES
Offered if there is sufficient demand in local communities. T]
contents of these courses are comparable to on-campus courses
may be altered to fit particular requirements of local school systen:
21.330 Workshop in Mental Health
Credit: 2 semester hours - ■'■
21.331 Workshop in Mental Health and Guidance
Credit : 2 semester hours
21.332 Senninar in Inter-Group Relations
Credit: 2 semester hours
21.333 Workshop in Human Relations
Credit: 2 semester hours
21.334 Seminar in Case Problems
Credit: 2 semester hours
1
21.335 Institute on Exceptional Children
Credit: 2 semester hours
1
I
I
GRADUATE SCHOOL 49
NON-PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSES
ENGLISH
0.121 Principles of Literary Criticism (Offered 1960-61, Istsem.)
■ ourse Content: An examination of the basic principles of literary criticism
s they appear in the work of major critics of classical antiquity and of
Inglish literature from the Renaissance to the present. The lectures stress
"lato, Aristotle, Longinus, Sidney, Dryden, Johnson, Coleridge, Hazlitt,
.mold, and T. S. Eliot. The readings include the work of important minor
ritics. Assigned papers require practical application of the principles of
jriticism.
b. 131 Grammatical Analysis (Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
'ourse Content: A consideration of the structural elements of sentences, the
ibstituting of functions, and the principles of analysis. Punctuation is
udied as a body of structural signals. Modern language patterns are
ewed in the light of their historic development.
D. 132 Introduction to Linguistics (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
ourse Content : The aim of the course will be to acquaint the student with
le more important principles of linguistics as a science. Phonetics, phonem-
s, and phonology will receive considerable attention, as will also patterning,
recess, meaning, and others of the larger aspects of language. The approach
ill be descriptive and comparative. Reference and collateral work will be
).I40 General Semantics (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
' ourse Content: Meaning as a structural relationship involving language,
lought, experience, emotion, and the world around us. The relationship of
mbolism to reality and the analysis of language as communication and as
determinant of culture and civilization. Applications from several fields,
eluding literature, art, philosophy, and science.
50 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GOVERNMENT
22.171 United States — Soviet Relations
(Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Course Content: A study of the relations between the United States and t
Soviet Union from 1917 to the present. Such topics as the Soviet politi
system, the "non-recognition" period, and the origins and nature of i
present power conflict are stressed.
22.180 Nationalism (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Course Content : An examination of the evolution and role of nationalism
contemporary international relations. Representative nationahstic moveme]
and theories are covered.
II
It
i|
22.190 Comparative Political Parties (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.
Course Content: A comparative study of the background, organization, a
function of political parties in contemporary democratic governments. T
role and influence of two-party and multi-party systems in the democra
process are considered.
22.23! Seminar in United States Foreign Policy
(Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Course Content: An examination of the role of the United States in wo
politics. Historical background, analysis of problems involved in pol
formulation and execution, and specific contemporary issues are covered
Ke
GRADUATE SCHOOL 51
HISTORY
1. 1 05 Intellectual History of Europe ( 1 600- 1 800)
(Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
nirse Content: The intellectual development of seventeenth and eighteenth
iDtury Europe, as a background to more recent thought, is the subject
itter of this course. Political, scientific, and philosophic thought will be
iphasized, though other aspects will be considered also. Theories of
solutism and popular sovereignity, Newtonian science, and the Age of
ilightenment will be developed in full.
106 Intellectual History of Europe (1800-1959)
(Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
mrse Content: This course is a continuation of 23.105 and as such will
eive basically the same emphasis. It will treat extensively the various
a jialist movements and their conservative counterparts; non-socialist radical
1 Jught such as anarchism and nihilism; the growth of evolutionary theory;
ra d the twentieth centurv.
115 Social and Economic History of Europe (1 600-1 8 1 5)
(Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
urse Content: This course deals with the development of the social and
{ )nomic institutions of modern Europe. Beginning with the rise of capital-
1 and the age of exploration, it traces the expansion of colonialism and
» rcantilism, and their effect upon the growth of nationalism. The social
i economic institutions of the great empires of Spain, France, and England,
well as the effects of the French Revolution, receive serious emphasis.
116 Social and Economic History of Europe (1815-1959)
(Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
urse Content: This course is a continuation of 23.115. The social and
nomic trends that began with the Age of Enlightenment and the French
volution are studied. The expansion of capitahsm and imperialism; the
of national states in Europe; the development of socialistic philosophies;
implications of the scientific discoveries of Charles Darwin; the origins
I consequences of the two world wars; and the contemporary conflict
ween capitalism and communism are all emphasized.
GIFTS AND BEQUESTS
Northeasfern University will welcome gifts and bequests for the following
purposes:
(a) For its building program.
(b) For general endowment.
(c) For specific purposes which may especially appeal to the donor.
It is suggested that, when possible, those contemplating gifts or bequests
confer with the President of the University regarding the University's needs
before legal papers are drawn.
The legal name of the University is "Northeastern University." However, in
the making of gifts and bequests to Northeastern, the following wording is
suggested: "Northeastern University, an educational institution incorporated
under the laws of Massachusetts and located in Boston, Massachusetts."
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
ffers full-time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan leading to the
grees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science: part-time evening
rograms available leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts.
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
ffers full-time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan leading to the degree
: Bachelor of Science in Education in preparatiton for teaching in elemen-
Lry or secondary schools; part-time evening program also available in
)-operation with the College of Liberal Arts.
THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
ffers full-time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan and part-time evening
:ograms both leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business
dministration.
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
ffers full-time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan and part-time evening
rograms both leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering.
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
rts and Sciences — Offers day and evening programs leading to the degrees
of Master of Arts and Master of Science.
usiness — Offers evening programs leading to the degree of Master of
Business Administration.
ducation — Offers evening and Saturday morning programs leading to the
degree of Master of Education.
ngineering — Offers day and evening programs leading to the degree of
. Master of Science with course specification.
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
fers part-time evening programs of adult education designed especially to
eet the needs of employed personnel and leading to the Bachelor of Science
gree with course specification or to appropriate associate degrees.
THE LINCOLN INSTITUTE
ifers part-time evening curricula in science and in engineering technology
iding to the degrees of Associate in Science and Associate in Engineering.
All Programs Are Open to Both Men and Women
For further injormation
regarding any of the above schools or colleges, address
Dr. Gilbert C. Garland, Dean and Director of Admissions
360 Huntington Avenue, Boston 15, Massachusetts, COpley 7-6600
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GRADUATE SCHOOL
PROGRAMS IN
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
CATALOGUE 1960-1961
BOSTON 15, MASSACHUSETTS
APRIL I960
'■S^^^Hi
Interview Periods and Regular Sessions
I960 Summer Session
Interview Period May 31 -June 1
Registration Period May 31 -June 1
Regular Session June 13-Aug.
1960-1961 First Semester
Interview Period Aug. 29-Sept. 1
Registration Period Aug. 29-Sept. 1
Regular Session Sept. 19-Jan. 2
1960-1961 Second Semester
Interview Period Jan. 16-Feb.
Registration Period Jan. 16-reb.
Regular Session Feb. 6-June
1961 Summer Session
Interview Period May 29-June ]
Registration Period May 29-June J
Regular Session June 12-Aug.
REGULAR OFFICE HOURS
Monday through Friday 8:45 a.m.- 5:00 p.ni
Saturday 8:45 a.m. -12:00 noq
SPECIAL OFFICE HOURS
DURING REGISTRATION PERIODS ONLY
Monday through Friday 8:45 a.m.- 8:00 p.n
Saturday 9:00 a.m.-12:00 noc
The office is closed on all legal holidays.
Requests for Bulletins and information about graduate work in t'
Business Administration Programs should lie addressed to
DIRECTOR. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION PROGRAMS
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
Northeastern University
360 Huntington Avenue, Boston 15, Massachusetts
COpley 7-6600
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GRADUATE SCHOOL
PROGRAMS IN
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
CATALOGUE 1960-1961
LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BOSTON 15, MASSACHUSETTS
APRIL I960
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
AT
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
ARTS AND SCIENCES ,
Teaching Fellow Programs leading to a Master of Science or i
Master of Arts degree in the fields of Chemistry, English, History,
Government, Physics, and Psychology.
Evening Programs in Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics, leadinj
to the Master of Science degree.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Teaching Fellow Programs in Accounting leading to the Master o
Business Administration degree.
Evening Programs leading to the Master of Business Administratioi
degree.
EDUCATION
Late Afternoon, Evening, and Saturday Morning Programs leading
to the Master of Education degree.
ENGINEERING ^ ,
Co-operative Programs leading to the Master of Science degre
in Chemical Engineering, in Civil Engineering with a major in Struc
tures, in Mechanical Engineering with a major in Mechanics, and i:
Electrical Engineering. ■ •;
, Evening Programs leading to a Master of Science degree in Civi
Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Communications, Engineerin
Management, Engineering Mechanics, and Mechanical Engineering,
ii
GRADUATE SCHOOL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CADEMic Calendar 4
Iap 01- University 6
'he Board of Trustees 8
ENERAL University Committees 9
DMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION OF GRADUATE ScHOOL 10
BACHING Staff 13
JSTORY OF Graduate School 16
uildings and facilities 18
raduate Programs
Requirements for Admission 20
Classification of Students .:. 20
Requirements for Degrees 21
Grades and Transfer of Credits 22
Tuition and Fees 23
SURRICULA AND CoURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Teaching Fellow Program 28
Evening Part-Time Program 28
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
MAY 1 960 -JUNE 1961
SUMMER SESSION I960
Interview and Registration Period
Classes Begin
Independence Day, No Classes
Classes End
Examination Period
Tuesday-Saturday
Monday
Monday
Tuesday
May 31-June 11
June 13
July 4
Auer. 2
Wednesday-Thursday Aug. 3-Aug. 4
FIRST SEMESTER 1960-1961
Interview and Registration Period
Monday-Saturday
Aug. 29-Sept. 17
Labor Day, Office Closed
Monday
Sept. 5
Classes Begin
Monday
Sept. 19
Columbus Day, No Classes
Wednesday
Oct. 12
Veterans' Day, No Classes
Friday
Nov. 11
Thanksgiving Vacation
One Week
Nov. 21-Nov. 25
Classes Resume
Monday i.
Nov. 28
Christmas Vacation
Two Weeks
Dec. 20-Jan. 2
Classes Resimie
Tuesday
Jan. 3
Classes End
Friday
Jan. 20
Examination Period
Monday-Friday
Jan. 23-Jan. 27
No Classes
Monday-Friday
Jan. 30-Feb. 3
SECOND SEMESTER 1960-1961
Interview and Registration Period
Monday-Saturday
Jan. 16-Feb. 4
Classes Begin
Monday
Feb. 6
Washington's Birthday, No Classes
Wednesday
Feb. 22
Patriots' Day, No Classes
Wednesday
April 19
Classes End
Friday
May 19
Make-up for Classes Missed
Wed., April 19
Wednesday
May 24
Examination Period
Monday-Friday
May 29-June 2
GRADUATE SCHOOL
CALENDAR
APRIL 1. I960 -JUNE 30.
1961
I960
APRIL
MAY
JUNE
5 M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12 3 4
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
8 9 10 II 12 13 14
5 6 7 8 9 10 II
0 II 12 13 14 15 16
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
7 18 19 20 2! 22 23
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
14 25 26 27 28 29 30
29 30 31
26 27 28 29 30
JULY
AUGUST
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
7 8 9 10 II 12 13
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
0 II 12 13 14 15 16
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
II 12 13 14 15 16 17
7 18 19 20 21 22 23
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
!4 25 26 27 28 29 30
III
28 29 30 31
25 26 27 28 29 30
OCTOBER
NOVEMBER
DECEMBER
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
1
12 3 4 5
1 2 3
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
6 7 8 9 10 II 12
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
II 12 13 14 15 16 17
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
27 28 29 30
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
)0 31
ii
1961
JANUARY
FEBRUARY
MARCH
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
12 3 4
12 3 4
8 9 10 II 12 13 14
5 6 7 8 9 10 II
5 6 7 8 9 10 II
5 16 17 18 19 20 21
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
!2 23 24 25 26 27 28
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
!9 30 31
26 27 28
26 27 28 29 30 31
APRIL
MAY
JUNE
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
1
12 3 4 5 6
1 2 3
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
7 8 9 10 II 12 13
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
9 10 II 12 13 14 15
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
II 12 13 14 15 16 17
6 17 18 19 20 21 22
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
!3 24 25 26 27 28 29
28 29 30 31
25 26 27 28 29 30
to
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Robert G. Dodge, Honorary Chairman
Byron K. Elliott, Chairman
Frank L. Richardson, Vice Chairman
Asa S. Knowles, President oj the University
Carl S. Ell, President Emeritics and Chancellor of the University
Lawrence H. Martin, Treasurer
Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary
Class of I960
George R. Brown
Robert G. Dodge
David F. Edwards
Robert L. Johnson
James A. Morton
Frank L. Richardson
Harold B. Richmond
Robert G. Stone
Class of 1961
Lincoln C. Bateson
S. Bruce Black
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Robert G. Emerson
Merrill Griswold
Ernest Henderson
Ray E. Johns
Harry H. Kerr
D wight p. Robinson, Jb.
Class of 1962
George L. Barnes
Godfrey L. Cabot
William C. Chick
Carl S. Ell
Frank L. Far well
George Hansen
Adrian O'Keeffe
Russell B. Stearns
Robert T. P, Storer
Class of 1963
r. Gregq Bemis
Louis W. Cabot
Byron K. Elliott
Chandler Hovey
Lawrence H. Martin
Augustin H. Parker, Jr.
William M. Rand
Earl P. Stevenson
Asa S. Knowles, ex officio
EXECUTIVE COMMIHEE OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
David F. Edwards, Chairman
S. Bruce Black, Vice Chairman
George R. Brown
Louis W. Cabot
William C. Chick
Edward Dana
Robert G. Dodge
Carl S. Ell
Robert G. Emerson
Lawrence H. Martin
William M. Rand
Frank L. Richardson
Earl P. Stevenson
GRADUATE SCHOOL
GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMIHEES
The Executive Council of the University
Asa S. Knowles, Chairman
William C. White, Vice Chairman
Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary
ToHN S. Bailey
Albert E. Everett
Edward S. Parsons
5URTH I. AbERCROMBIE
VillL'Vm T. Alexander
OHN S. Bailey
jIncoln C. Bateson
Thomas J. Cavanagh
Dorothy G. Dissell
k.LBERT E. Everett
Jerbert W. Gallagher
Gilbert C. Garland
Lmil a. Gramstorff
loGER S. Hamilton
}eorge W. Hankinson
Charles W. Ha vice
Christopher F. Kennedy
ViLFRED S. Lake
jIlbert G. MacDonald
Donald H. MacKenzib
jEORGE A. MaLLION
iloLAND H. Moody
F. Weston Prior
Kenneth G. Ryder
LoRiNG M. Thompson
Arthur A. Vernon
University Cabinet
William C. White, Chairman
Rudolph M. Morris
Carl F. Muckenhoupt
Rudolf O. Oberg
Edward S. Parsons
Philip W. Pendleton
F. Weston Prior
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.
Kenneth G. Ryder
George A. Speers
Myron J. Spencer
Richard E. Sprague
J. Kenneth Stevenson
Descomb T. Stewart
William M. Stewart
Loring M. Thompson
Lester S. Vander Werf
Arthur A. Vernon
Roy L. Wooldridge
Villiam T. Alexander
Albert E. Everett
loGER S. Hamilton
Vilfred S. Lake
Asa S. Knowles, ex officio
Library Comnfiittee
Rol.\nd H. Moody, Chairman
Kenneth G. Ryder
Lester S. Vander Werf
Arthuh a. Vernon
William C. White
R. Gregg Wilfong
University Advisory Committee on Faculty Policy
Chester P. Bakee, Chairman
Joseph M. Golemme, Secretary
jOuis Cooperstein Arthur R. Foster
i. Lawrence Durham Carlo E. Gubellini
R. Gregg Wilfong
10 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY
Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D. President of the University
Carl S. Ell, A.B., M.S., Ed.M., Sc.D., LL.D., L.H.D.
President Emeritus and Chancellor oj the University
William C. White, S.B., Ed.M., Eng.D.
Vice President and Provost of the University
General Officers of Administration
John S. Bailey, B.S., M.B.A. Director oj Public Relations and Personnel
Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A. Financial Officer
Albert E. Everett, S.B., M.B.A., D.C.S. Dean of Adult and Continuing Education
Edward S. Parsons, S.B., Ed.M. Bxisiness Manager
F. Weston Prior, B.S. Director of Development
Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A. Dean of Administration
Loring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D. Director of University Planning
Arthur A. Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D. Dean of the Graduate School
Deans of Colleges and Principal Administrative Staff
William T. Alexander, S.B., M.A., Eng.D., P.E. (Mass.)
Dean of Engineering
Roger S. Hamilton, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. Dean of Business Administration
Wilfred S. Lake, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. Dean of Liberal Arts
Lester S. Vander Were, A.B., M.A., Ed.D. Dean of Education
Albert E. Everett, S.B., M.B.A., D.C.S. Dean of the University College
Donald H. Mackenzie, B.Ch.E., S.B., Ed.M. Dean of Lincoln Institute
Carl F. Muckenhoupt, A.B., B.S., Ph.D. Dean of Research Administration
Emil a. Gramstorff, S.B., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)
Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering
Roy L. Wooldridge, S.B., Ed.M. Dean of Co-operative Education
Gilbert C. Garland, S.B., Ed.M., Ed.D. Dean of Admissions
Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M. Dean of Students
Dorothy G. Dissell, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. • Dean of Women
Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M. Dean of Freshmen
CH.ARLES W. Havice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D., D.D. Dean of Chapel
Rudolph M. Morris, S.B., Ed.M. Registrar of the Colleges ;^\i^^
Myron J. Spencer, A.B., M.A. Director of Graduate Study in Business i
Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S. Director of University Librariesj{
Herbert W. Gallagher, S.B. Director of Student Activitieslr'''
Philip W. Pendleton, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Director of Testing and Counseling Center iBk
Rudolf 0. Oberg, S.B., Ed.M. Director of Alumni Relations ■.
George A. Speers, A.B., M.S., Ed.M. . Director of Press Bureau i"'
Descomb T. Stewart, A.B.
Editor and Director of Office of University Publications Ih
J. Kenneth Stevenson, B.C.S. Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds
William M. Stewart, B.S. Manager of the Bookstore
Richard E. Sprague, S3., B.B.A., M.B.A., Ed.M. Secretary of the Faculty ^^
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., S.B., M.B.A., Ed.M. Bursar
GRADUATE SCHOOL 11
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
yiTHUB Andrew Veknon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D. Dean of the Graduate School
5mil Anton Gramstorff, S.B., M.S. Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering
jEORGE William Hankinson, A.B., S.B., M.S.
Assistant Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering
Mtron Jay Spencer, A.B., MA.
Director of Graduate Study in Business Administration
jester Seth Vander Werf, A.B., M.A., Ed.D.
Dean of College of Education, Director of Graduate Study in Education
Fanice Walker, A.B. Registrar of the Graduate School
harles Michael Devlin, B.S. Administrative Assistant
University Advisory Committee on Graduate School Policy
Lrthur Andrew Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D., Chairman
Dean of the Graduate School
anice W.alker, A.B., Secretary Registrar of the Graduate School
Llmer Henry Cutts, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of History and Chairman of the Department
5. Lawrence Durham, A.B., M.A. Associate Professor of Social Science
VIartin White Essigmann, S.B., M.S.
Professor of Electrical Engineering and Chairman of the Department
Alfred John Ferretti, B.S., M.S.
Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Chairman of the Departm^ent
mil Anton Gramstorff, S.B., M.S.
Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering and Professor of Civil Engineering
eorge William Hankinson, A.B., S.B., M.S.
Assistant Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering,
and Associate Professor of Civil Engineenng
VloRRis A. Horowitz, B.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Economics and Chairman of the Department
3ABKEV Kibarian, B.S., M.B.A., Ph.D.
Assistant Professor of Marketing and Advertising
Giovanni Lanza, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Physics
Robert Andrews Shepard, B.S., Ph.D.
Professor of Chemistry and Chairman of the Departm,ent
.VI toon Jay Spencer, A.B., M.A.
Director of Graduate Study in Business Administration
and Professor of Economics
ilALPH Anderson Troupe, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
Research Professor of Chemical Engineering
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Lester Seth Vander Werf, A.B., M.A., Ed.D.
Dean of College oj Education and Director of Graduate Study in Education
William Crombie White, S.B., Ed.M., Eng.D.
Vice-President and Provost of the University
Edwabd Rice Willett, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Finance and Chairman of the Department
Asa Smallidge Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D. (ex officio)
President of the University
Committee on Graduate Study in Business Administration
Myron Jay Spencer, A.B., M.A., Chairman
Director of Graduate Study in Business and Professor of Economics
Neil H. Borden, Jr., B.A., M.B.A. . . Instructor in Marketing,
Charles Henry Dufton, A.B., M.A.
Professor of Marketing and Advertising and Chairman of the Department
John M. Button, B.S., M.B.A. Instructor in Management j^i
Joseph Manuel Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A.
Professor of Accounting and Chairman of the Department ''*
h
Roger Stanton Hamilton, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. Dean of Business Administration
Lyman Albert Keith, B.S., M.A., M.B.A. 1
Professor of Business Management and Chairman of the Department '"'
Barkev Kibarian, B.S., M.B.A., Ph.D.
Assistant Professor of Marketing and Advertising \
Angel N. Rugina, B.S., M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Finance ,|,
T. Y. Shen, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Statistician, Federal Reserve Bank, Boston, Massachusetts]
Albert Slavin, B.S., Ed.M., C.P.A. Associate Professor of Accounting
Arthur Andrew Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D.
Dean of the Graduate School and Professor of Chemistryjl
William Crombie White, S.B., Ed.M., Eng.D.
, . V Vice President and Provost of the University
Edward Rice Willett, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Finance and Chairman of the Department I
i
GRADUATE SCHOOL
13
TEACHING STAFF
The teaching staff of the Graduate Business Administration Program
s composed of regular full-time faculty members of Northeastern
University, members of the faculties of neighboring institutions, and
persons employed in responsible business positions. The composition
)f the teaching staff during any particular school year is dependent
ipon the courses offered during that year. The teaching staff of the
raduate Business Administration Program includes the following:
\bthtjr p. Alexander
FoHN W. Bagwill, Jr.
Clifford A. Bean
STeil H. Borden, Jr.
tephen G. Burke
Toseph Connolly
Ralph G. Dacey
foHN M. Button
Paul J. Erickson
Robert Evans, Jr.
WiLLL\M J. Frost
Francis C. Genovese
Roman S. Gorski
hJJohn J. Graham
ouglas a. Green
idney Herman
JuLLAN E. Jackson
Rudolph A. Johnson
Gabriel T. Kerekes
Partner, Alexander & Langenhagen
Staff Assistant, Planning, Raytheon Compayiy
Market Analyst, Raytheon Company
Instructor in Marketing, Northeastern University
Assistant to General Mgr., Walter Baker, Div. of
General Foods
Assistant to Vice-President of Sales, Hickox
Manufacturing Company
Vice-President, Compo Shoe Machinery
Corporation
Instructor in Management, Northeastern
University
Director of Center for Management Development,
Northeastern University
Asst. Prof, of Industrial Relations, Mass. Inst,
of Technology
President, Frost Development, Inc.
Babson Institute of Business Administration
Investment Consultant
Attorney at Law
Industrial Consultant
Asst. Prof, of Economics, Northeastern University
Prof, of Business Law, Northeastern University
Babson Institute of Business Administration
Babson Institute of Business Administration
u
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Barkev Kibarian
Ivory L. Lyons
John E. Marshall
Ernest Modern
Paul Norton
Paul L. Poston
Sumner M. Rosen
Angel N. Rugina
Harry Saunders
T. Y. Shen
Albert Slavin
Frank Turgeon
Leslie E. Woods
Asst. Prof, oj Marketing and Advertising,
Northeastern University
Asst. Prof, of Economics, Northeastern University
Babson Institute of Business Administration
Field Examiner, National Labor Relations Board
Industrial Consultant
Asst. Prof, of Management, Northeastern
Universit y
Asst. Prof, of Economics, Northeastern University
Assoc. Prof, of Economics and Finance,
Northeastern University
Investment and Security Analyst,
H ooper-Kimball, Inc.
Statistician, Federal Reserve Bank of Boston
Assoc. Prof, of Accounting, Northeastern
University
Security Analyst, Keystone Custodian Funds, Inc.
Director of Personnel and Industrial Relations,
Raytheon Com.p.any
»
!(
GRADUATE SCHOOL 15
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Northeastern University is incorporated as a philanthropic institu-
iion under the General Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature.
3y special enactment, has given the University general degree granting
Dowers.
The Corporation of Northeastern University consists of men who
)ccupy responsible positions in business and the professions. This
orporation elects from its membership a Board of Trustees in whom
,he control of the institution is vested. The Board of Trustees has four
tanding committees: (a) an Executive Committee which has general
upervision of the financial and educational policies of the University;
[b) a Committee on Buildings which has general supervision over the
)uilding needs of the University; (c) a Committee on Funds and In-
/■estments which has the responsibility of administering the funds of
,he University; (d) a Committee on Development which is concerned
vith furthering the development plans of the University.
Founded in 1898, Northeastern University, from its beginning, has
lad as its dominant purpose the discovery of human and social needs
md the meeting of these needs in distinctive and highly serviceable
vays. While subscribing to the most progressive educational thought
md practice, the University has not duplicated the programs of other
nstitutions but has sought "to bring education more directly into the
lervice of human needs."
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
The College of Liberal Arts offers majors in the usual fields of the
rts and sciences leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and
"Bachelor of Science. With the exception of pre-professional programs,
lay curricula are normally five years in length and operated on the
^o-operative Plan. However, in all majors except Chemistry and
?hysics, qualified students, with the approval of the Dean, may elect
0 complete the requirements for the degree on a full-time plan in four
"■ears.
16 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
The College of Liberal Arts offers certain of its courses during
evening hours, constituting a program of three years' duration equiva-
lent in hours to one-half the requirements for the A.B. or S.B. degree.
The degree of Associate in Arts is conferred upon those who complete
this program. A complete A.B. program is also offered in the evening
division with curricula in Economics, History and Government, and
Sociology.
The College of Education offers the option of study on the conven-
tional four-year full-time plan or on the five-year Co-operative Plan.;
Both programs lead to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education.;
These are designed particularly to meet the needs of high school
graduates who desire to prepare themselves for teaching and adminis-
trative positions in elementary and secondary schools.
The College of Business Administration offers five-year co-operative
curricula in Accounting, Business Management, Finance and Insur-
ance, Industrial Relations, and Marketing and Advertising leading to
the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Administration.
The School of Business — operated during evening hours — offers?
undergraduate curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Business!
Administration in Accounting, Management, Law and Business, En-
gineering and Management, Liberal Arts and Business. For students
who because of occupational reasons desire shorter programs concen-
trating in specific areas. Institutes awarding the certificate are offered
in various fields.
The College of Engineering offers five-year co-operative curricula I
in Civil, Mechanical, Electrical, Chemical, and Industrial Engineering
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science with specification accord- ]
ing to the department in which the student qualifies.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Graduate work was started for teaching fellows in 1940 and haSj
since expanded into six departments. |
In response to a need for evening work on the graduate level, course
work in certain engineering areas was started in 1948. This program
GRADUATE SCHOOL 17
developed rapidly, and at present evening programs leading to the
IMaster of Science degree are given in seven engineering and science
departments. A co-operative graduate program in engineering was
started in 1956, and at present degrees from this plan of study are
offered by four engineering departments.
The evening graduate work was expanded in 1951 by a program
leading to the Master of Business Administration degree; in 1953 a
similar program was initiated to allow students to earn a Master of
[Education degree in late-afternoon or evening classes.
The teaching fellow programs enable graduate students to further
jtheir academic training while they obtain valuable experience in
teaching. The evening programs are designed for those who wish to
carry on advanced study on a part-time basis while continuing their
regular employment. In the co-operative programs students alternate
work periods with study periods so that industrial experience can be
obtained along with advanced academic training. The courses in all
programs have been designed to give penetrating understanding of
fundamentals as well as a breadth of knowledge in allied fields.
18 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES
LOCATION
Northeastern University is located on Huntington Avenue in the Back Bay
section of Boston. The main administrative offices of the University are
located in Richards Hall.
The chief railroad centers of Boston are the North and South Stations. To
reach the University from the North Station, board an MTA subway car
going to Park Street and transfer there to any Huntington Avenue car. To
reach the University from the South Station, board a Cambridge-bound
subway train and transfer at Park Street to a Huntington Avenue car. The
"Northeastern" station is the first stop outside the subway.
HUNTINGTON AVENUE CAMPUS
The principal educational buildings of Northeastern University are located
on a sixteen-acre site in the Back Bay section of Boston. Only one block to
the west of the University lie the famous Boston Museum of Fine Arts and
the beautiful public gardens-park reservation known as "The Fenway."
Following a long-range development plan, University facilities have ex-
panded substantially in recent years. In addition to the six buildings con-
structed within the last two decades, several modernized older buildings are
available for specialized uses. The newer buildings on the campus are inter-
connected by means of tunnels, so that the students may go from building
to building without going out of doors in inclement weather. All of the build-
ings are used in common by the students of the four colleges.
In addition to classrooms and instructional offices, the principal buildings:
include the following:
Botolph Building — Civil Engineering Laboratories
Cabot Physical Education Center — Gymnasium, Cage, Rifle Range
Dodge Library — Library, Drawing Rooms
Ell Student Center — Student Activities, Health Department, Chapel,!
Auditorium, and University Commons
Forsyth Building — Industrial and Mechanical Engineering Laboratories
Graduate Center — Administrative Offices of the Graduate School,
Physics Laboratories, and Cafeteria.
Greenleaf Building — ROTC Headquarters, Research Facilities
Hayden Hall — Offices of the University College, Business, Education,
and Electrical Engineering Laboratories, Art Studio
Richards Hall — Administrative Offices, Mechanical Engineering, Psy-
chology and Chemistry Laboratories, Bookstore
Science Hall — Chemical Engineering and Biology Laboratories
Graduate School
Regulations
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GRADUATE SCHOOL REGULATIONS
ADMISSION
For admission to the Graduate Programs, applicants must have a
bachelor's degree from an accredited program in the appropriate field
A personal interview with the Director of Graduate Business Admin-
istration Programs is required of all students wishing to enter any ol
the programs. A transcript of the applicant's prior college trainin
should be presented at that time ; if this is not possible, such material
should be filed within six weeks after registration. No second registra-
tion will be allowed, nor will any grades of courses taken in the firsi
registration period be issued until a transcript has been received and
reviewed.
REGISTRATION
At the beginning of each semester, all students must register in the
Graduate School office at the times indicated on the calendar.
Students in the evening part-time program, after a review of theii
transcripts, will be classified as regular or special.
Regular Students: Students who have a bachelor's degree from ar
accredited program with acceptable quality of undergraduate wori
are designated as Regular Students.
Special Students: Students whose undergraduate record is not ac-
ceptable for regular classification are designated as Special Students
DEGREE CANDIDACY
Admission to a course or courses does not constitute acceptance ai
a candidate for a Master's degree.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 21
A student who has achieved regular classification and who has
completed twelve credits of required courses in the program with a
grade of B or better, will be admitted to degree candidacy.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER
OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Thirty semester hours of work are required for the degree of Master
Df Business Administration. The program of required and elective
ourses is given in a later section.
To make an effective total program, the selection of elective courses
nay be one of penetration and specialization in a given field, or it may
3e one cutting across related fields giving supporting breadth to the
student's education. Department heads and the Director of the Gradu-
ite Business Administration Programs are readily available for coun-
el in the selection of electives. In every case, the student must be
ible to comply with the prerequisites or preparation requirements of
lis course selections.
In cases where additional evidence of qualification for graduate
tudy would appear to be necessary, the applicant may be required
:o take the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business, admin-
stered by the Educational Testing Service. The test is designed to
neasure aptitude for graduate study in business and is not a measure
)f knowledge in specific subjects. No special preparation is required.
There is no passing or failing score on the test. The test is given at a
ocal university and arrangements are made directly by the applicant
vith the Educational Testing Service.
STUDY LOAD
All graduate students are limited to a program of four semester
lours of course work per semester unless granted special permission
)y the Director of Graduate Study in Business Administration to
sarry a heavier course load. Thus, those who carry two evenings a
veek (four semester hours of course work) continuously for both
emesters, may complete the requirements of thirty semester hours for
he degree within four years. Some students may find it possible to
horten this period to three years by enrolling in the Summer Sessions.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GRADING SYSTEM
The performance of students in graduate courses will be recorded
by the instructor by use of the following grades:
A — Excellent
This grade is given to those students whose
performance in the course has been of very
high graduate caliber.
B — Satisfactory
This grade is given to those students whose
performance in the course has been at the level
necessary for graduate credit. f
C —Fair
This grade is used to indicate that the stu-
dent's performance in the course may be ac-
ceptable but is not consistently at the level
expected in graduate work.
F — Failure
This grade is used to indicate unsatisfactory
work.
In addition, the following letter designations are used:
E — Course registration canceled for nonattendance.
I — Incomplete, without quality designation. This
is used when a student does not take the final
examination or otherwise fails to complete the
work of the course.
S — Satisfactory, without quality designation. This
is used for thesis work.
W — Withdrawn without prejudice.
An average of not less than B must be obtained in thirty course
credits in order to qualify for the master's degree. If a grade of F is
obtained in a required course, the course must be repeated and a
grade of B or better obtained. If a grade of F is obtained in an
elective course, this course may either be repeated or another elective
course substituted for it. In the case of a repeated elective course, a
grade of B must be obtained. A maximum of thirty-four course
credits may be undertaken in qualifying for the degree.
The designation 'T" will be changed to a grade upon removal of
tne "I" provided deficiencies are made up by the end of the semester
following the one in which the "I" was reported. If the course defi-
181
GRADUATE SCHOOL
ciencies are not made up within the specified time, the grade of I will
automatically become a grade of F. Missed final examinations cannot
36 made up without the approval of the Dean or Director of the
urogram involved. Approval for such make-up is given only for emer-
gency reasons and must be obtained within one month following the
iate of the missed examination.
WITHDRAWALS
No withdrawal from a course is allowed after the tenth class session.
^ny student who is absent from three class periods in succession
vithout excuse is dropped from the class.
The University provides all instruction and accommodations on an
icademic semester basis; therefore, no refunds are granted except in
ases where students are compelled to withdraw because of personal
llness or other reasons beyond their control. A student must complete
n official withdrawal application at the Graduate School office before
>eing considered for a refund. In no case are refunds made after a
tudent has attended the fifth session of a class. Questions regarding
efunds should be discussed with the Bursar's office.
TIME LIMITATIONS
Course credits earned in the program of graduate study are valid
3r a maximum period of eight years. This time limitation is likewise
pplicable to any offered transfer credits.
TRANSFER OF CREDITS
Not more than eight semester hours of graduate credit may be
•ansferred from other institutions towards the degree of Master of
usiness Administration at Northeastern University. Grades in courses
Efered for transfer must be B or higher. Acceptance of credits for
•ansfer will not be approved until the student is admitted to can-
idacy, and then only if the work submitted for transfer credit is
msonant with the objective of the approved program.
TUITION AND FEES
The policies governing the amount and the regulations pertaining
the payment of tuition and fees are established by the Executive
oimcil of Northeastern University. The Council reserves the right
> change these regulations at any time. Such changes will apply to
udents currently enrolled as well as new applicants for admission.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
1. Schedule of Tuition and Fees
Registration Fee — payable at time of first registra
tion $10.00
Tuition — per course 60.00
Late Payment Fee — for failure to pay tuition on
specified date 2.00
Make-up Final Examination Fee 5.00
Graduation Fee — payable on or before May 1 of
year in which student expects to graduate 20.00
2. Payments
Tuition statements will be mailed to the students by the Student
Accounts oflSce and are payable on or before the date specified.
Checks should be drawn payable to "Northeastern University."
VETERANS }
Veterans who expect to obtain educational benefits from the Vet-
erans Administration should visit the Northeastern University Vet-
erans office, Room 245, Richards Hall, prior to registration. The'
Veterans oflfice at Northeastern University is operated by the Univer-
sity and is prepared to give any assistance the veterans may require
in obtaining Veteran's benefits.
CLASS HOURS. INSTRUCTIONAL CALENDAR
During the first and second semesters each course meets one evening
per week for two hours for sixteen weeks, including the final examina
tions. In the summer session each course meets twice a week for i
period of eight weeks. For opening and closing dates of these sessions
consult the Academic Calendar of this Bulletin.
INTERVIEW AND REGISTRATION DATES, OFFICE HOURS.
AND CLASS SCHEDULES
For dates of the interview and registration periods and office hours
consult the inside front cover. The registration circulars issued ii
August, January, and May provide information regarding class meet
ing times and teaching staff as well as listing the course offerings fo:
the first semester, second semester, and summer session, respectively
Qopies of these circulars may be obtained from the ofiice of Th<
Graduate School, Northeastern University, Boston 15, Massachusetts
or by calling COpley 7-6600
If
Curricula
and
Course Descriptions
26 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
The objective of the Graduate School of Business is to provide ai
opportunity for men and women to develop themselves for positions o:
responsibility in the business community. The faculty believes in th(|
value of graduate study in business for employed students. Experi;
ence has shown that high standards of performance can be effectivelj
maintained by such students whose backgrounds stimulate and pro>
mote interest, appreciation, and understanding of advanced course;
of instruction.
Business Administration in a complex economy requires the inter
relationship of many specialized areas. The function of the adminis
trator is largely one of coordinating through effective policy the con
tributions of many specialized skills. ;
In developing the graduate program, the Committee on CurricuL
and Standards has incorporated the thoughts expressed by successfu
business executives as to what is most effective in the development o
those who assume managerial responsibilities. To accomplish thes
objectives, the faculty is composed of men of professional competenc
who have had extensive experience in business and industry, in addi
tion to their academic training.
In contrast to narrow specialization in a specific area, the gradual
program offered in the Graduate School aims at scope or breadth c
GRADUATE SCHOOL 27
jnderstanding. The required courses cut across the several major
ireas of operation with which the executive must deal on the policy
evel, including advanced consideration of the varied problems in
Drganization, production, distribution, finance, labor relations, etc.
Through the required and elective courses the student is provided an
)pportunity to pursue his major interest as well as secure an under-
itanding of the forces influencing our economy.
The descriptions of courses offered by the several departments are
;iven so that prospective students may obtain a view of the course
leverage. Preparation courses are indicated in each instance. Not all
lourses are offered every year but the course offerings will be arranged
n such a manner that students may make continuous progress toward
he degree.
The number of students enrolled in each class will be limited to
lermit effective teaching at the graduate level and the University
eserves the right to cancel any course for which an insufficient number
f students apply.
One semester hour credit is awarded for the work represented by a
lass meeting for one hour each week for one regular sixteen-week
emester.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
TEACHING FELLOW PROGRAM
CURRICULUM — MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
A limited number of people are accepted each year as teaching
fellows in the Accounting Department of the College of Business
Administration. The admission requirements are a B.S. degree in
Business Administration from an accredited institution. Thirty semes-
ter hours of work are required including a thesis to the extent of six
semester hours. This program normally takes two years, and the
sequence of courses is arranged after consultation with the Director
of Graduate Business Administration Programs.
EVENING PART-TIME PROGRAM
CURRICULUM — MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Applicants who are deficient in accounting, economics, industrial
technology, mathematics or statistics will be required to take credit-
carrying foundation courses in these topics offered by the Graduate
School.
Such requirements will be prescribed by the Director of Graduate
Business Administration Programs when the transcript of under-
graduate work has been reviewed.
In addition to any needed foundation courses, each student must
take twenty semester hour credits of required courses as described
in Area II and ten semester hour credits of elective courses as
described in Area III.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
AREA I — FOUNDATION COURSES
The following courses are given for graduate credit to remedy preparatory
deficiencies and to enable all students to proceed on more equal footing toward
the M.BA. degree, which requires 30 additional credit hours.
14.151 Mathematics for Business Administration I
(Offered yearly, I si sem.)
Prerequisite : The equivalent of one year of college algebra
Course Content : An introduction to some of the modern concepts of mathe
matics such as linear programming, theory of games, probability, vectors and
GRADUATE SCHOOL 29
matrices. While primarily a mathematics course, apphcations will be made
to Business Administration and the social sciences, particularly economics.
14.152 Mathematics for Business Administration II
(Offered yearly, 2nci sem.)
Prerequisite: 14.151 Mathematics for Business Administration I
Course Content: A continuation of 14.151 I Mathematics for Business Ad-
ministration
20.101 Statistical Analysis (Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.)
Course Content: This course is devoted to a general survey of quantitative
methods in business and economics. Topics include the principles and applica-
tion of correlation, regression, time series analysis, and index numbers.
20.103 Managerial Economics I (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Course Content: Macro-economic analysis, the structure of national income
accounts; underlying determinants of aggregate economic activity; recent
theoretical models of disequilibrium, growth and fluctuations; emplo\Tnent
and wage levels.
20.104 Managerial Economics II (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Prerequisite: 20.103 Managerial Economics I
Course Content: Micro-economic analysis, approaches to a theory of de-
mand; cost behavior in the individual firm; programming the capital
budget; implications of varying market structures for price-output relation-
ships.
20.107 Money, Finance, and Fiscal Policy (Offered Summer, I960)
Course Content: Monetary theory related to theories of finance; the im-
portance and behavior of money in the financial sector of total economic
activity; empirical findings in this area with evaluations of monetary and
fiscal policy.
tl.lOI Managerial Accounting (Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.)
Course Content: This course is designed to acquaint the student with the
interrelationship of accounting, controlling, and reporting for the industrial
and commercial enterprise. Greater emphasis is placed upon the result of
general and corporate accounting procedures rather than the procedures
:hemselves.
The origin and background of financial statements and budgets are con-
sidered to develop a better understanding of management's search into the
qualitative aspect of accounting with respect to the management process.
•5.103 Industrial Technology (Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.)
'curse Content: Subjects treated include product engineering and design,
,)roduction planning and control, time and motion study, certain aspects of
Vage and salary administration, design of manufacturing processes and plant
^cation and layout. Emphasis w^Ul be placed on the problems involved in
idministration of these activities.
30 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
The course makes use of technical notes, case problems, and text material
to provide the student with basic knowledge and tools available for reaching
administrative decisions on technological aspects of industrial problems.
AREA II — REQUIRED COURSES
The following courses are required of all students who wish to complete
the requirements for the Master of Business Administration degree.
41.234 Control (Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.)
Course Content: An indispensable tool for better managerial control is the
establishment and operation of budgets. Requisites to successful budgeting
and essential steps in budgetary control with the procedures for carrying out
budget policies will be studied. ControUership — the accounting and statistical
function of business — is concerned with the responsibility of providing "fact-
finding" information for top management in decision making. The work of;
the controller in obtaining and organizing the necessary data for managerial
utilization will be an essential part of the course.
43.213 Marketing I (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Course Content: The objectives of this course are two-fold: to provide the
student with a broad but comprehensive understanding of basic marketing
functions, institutions, and policies, and to develop the students' ability to
recognize and deal with marketing problems. Particular attention is placed
on defining the role of marketing in the economy as well as in the business firm.
The course requires that marketing situations be examined from the marketing
practitioner's point of view involving analysis, decision, and programs of
action. Sections of the course cover the consumer, both ultimate and industrial,
product policy, channels of distribution, and pricing. Attention is also given
to advertising, personal selling, marketing research, and integrated sales
programs.
43.214 Marketing II (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Prerequisite : 43.213 Marketing I
Course Content: Continuation of 43.213 Marketing I
44.209 Finance I (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Course Content: A study of the methods of selection and development of the
optimum financial structure for the business firm, including financial activation
of the organization and efficient maintenance of its operation; sources of initial
as well as of operating capital; dividend policy and dividend payment pro-
cedure; organization for finance, including capital budgeting, tax planning,
long-range fiscal planning; financing for reorganization, merger, and liquida-
tion; international aspects of financial control; analysis of financial statements
and the significance of operating ratios.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 31
44.210 Finance II (Offered yearly, 2ncl sem.)
Prerequisite : 44.209 Finance I
Course Content: A continuation of 44.209 Finance I.
45.206 Administrative Processes (Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd senn.)
Prerequisites: 44.209, 44.210 Finance I and II
45.211, 45.212 Production I and II
43.213, 43.214 Marketing I and II
Course Content : This course is concerned, at the top management level, with
the problems involved in "the organizational and structural processes related
to administrative and organizational operation. It presents an integrated
approach to the policy and planning function as it cuts across departmental
lines of control. Advantages and disadvantages of various types of organiza-
tion are explored and discussed in terms of optimum values involved.
45.211 Production I (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Course Content: Top management consideration of the responsibilities and
function in organizing for, planning, and controlling the procedures of pro-
duction. The course considers the modern tendencies of industrial develop-
ment, specifically integration, concentration, consolidation, specialization,
standardization, and diversification. It includes a study of the consumptive
demand to determine markets and what to manufacture; factors affecting
the industrial site, such as accessibility to raw materials, adequate labor supply,
itransportation service and costs; plan and design, construction and layout for
effective production flow; selection of equipment; the coordination of output
with demand; seasonal production; production planning; inventory control;
quality control; procurement; cost control; methods of compensation of labor.
145.212 Production II (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Prerequisite: 4:5.211 Production I
iCourse Content: A continuation of 45.211 Production I.
!
145.231 Human Relations in Business Organizations I
I (Offered yearly, Isf sem.)
\Course Content : The basic purpose is to give the student an opportunity to
'develop a way of thinking about human behavior in organizations that wiU
[enable him to play an effective administrative role.
The usual setting for administrative activity includes powerful social and
)sychological forces governing behavior. Administrators must think clearly
n the face of changing situations in which they are involved both as indi-
viduals with personal needs and as major determinants of the satisfaction
)f others.
Classroom and written work focuses on the analysis and discussion of con-
!rete case situations describing the behavior of individuals and groups in
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
various work settings. The case work is supplemented by readings that intro-|
duce the student to concepts developed by researchers, teachers and practi-l
tioners in the field of business administration with respect to human relations
in industry.
45.232 Human Relations in Business Organizations II
(Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Prerequisite: 45.231 Human Relations in Business Organizations I
Course Content: A continuation of 45.231 Human Relations in Business
Organizations I with emphasis on analysis of individual behavior. The objec-i
tive is to give the student an opportunity to improve his skill in understanding
others as well as his ability to communicate.
AREA III — ELECTIVE COURSES
Each student must take ten semester hour credits from the followin|
courses with a maximum of six from any single functional elective group.
A — FUNCTIONAL ELECTIVES
Finance
44.212 Investment Management (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: This course reviews investment objectives and discusse
various methods of building an investment portfolio to achieve given objec
tives.
Emphasis will be placed on those aspects of security market operation whicl
will be useful to the businessman and which will furnish background for thos
who may be interested in the brokerage business.
Production
45.203 Manufacturing Management (Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.
Course Content: This case discussion course approaches the problems c
manufacturing operations as experienced on the plant manager level. Reflect!
ing the various elements involved in production planning and control, it i
concerned with the economics of production when considering the aspects c
specialization, simplification, standardization, and diversification as well a
expansion, contraction, or integration. It includes such factors of productio
as materials, plant location and layout, power, maintenance, labor supply
organization, wage policy, etc., and concludes with cases considering th-i
controls of the manufacturing processes, i.e., product development, scheduling
inventory, quality, cost, and budgetary controls.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 33
Marketing
43.241 Advertising Management (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Prerequisite : 43.214 Marketing II
ICourse Content : This course deals primarily with the formulation of advertis-
iing policy and programs from a top management point of view. Emphasis
is placed on determining the "mix" of marketing elements, with emphasis on
iidvertising, that satisfies the particular situations of various businesses. The
L)bjective of the course is not to train advertising technicians; rather, it is to
j^ive a view point and training to those who may be required to formulate,
administer, or evaluate advertising and marketing programs. Course work
ponsists of readings, text material, and case discussions. Both industrial and
jionsumer goods advertising are covered.
•3.205 Marketing Management (Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.)
'Jonrse Content: Based upon a management point of view, this course is
leci.-ion-oriented and analytical. It sets forth a definite way of looking at
urrent developments in marketing management and marketing practice.
lerent developments in the behavioral sciences, mainly economics, psychology,
nd sociology, are related to responsibilities of marketing management.
3.242 Marketing Research (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
''curse Content: The art of scientific investigation is applied to typical
laiketing problems such as product research, advertising and sales control.
. step-by-step procedure for defining a problem and carrj'ing out the research
ec(>>sary for its solution is developed. Special emphasis- is given to motivation
:>?oarch and operations research techniques developed by social scientists and
lathematicians for the solution of marketing problems.
Human Relations
Z.2I5 Industrial Relations (Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.)
'ourse Content: A study of managerial practice and pohcy relative to the
icognition and solution of problems pertaining to employer-employee rela-
ons in industry; effective handling of controversial questions between man-
cement and the union, including contract negotiation, grievance procedure,
id arbitration; communication between management, the union, and the
link and file; wage policies, including job evaluation, incentives, income
►curity benefit plans, and labor costs; labor productivity; the problems of
Wernment controls in industrial relations; and the responsibilities of
anagement and labor in a modern economy.
B — GENERAL ELECTIVE GROUP
L202 Case Studies in Business Enterprise (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
mrse Content : A survey of the history of industrial endeavor and business
S^ NORTHEASTERN Ui 'VERSITY
activity from its rudimentary stages to the iresent day, with careful attentio
to the evolution of business management, r.-'ing successful and unsuccessfii
examples by case history; discussion of the r?:. ji^hat business plays in shapin;
our economy and society as well as the effect - -ur social and economic ordej
upon the business firm; special emphasis is ,/. en to the control of businet
by the state, monetary policies, public finance£:'ie rise of banks, corporation
commodity and stock exchanges, and their reg.iation and control.
20.204 Government and Business (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Course Content : The expanding scope of the government's economic and socii
activities is bringing about a much closer relationship between governmei
and business. The course analyzes the role of government as a regulatir^
force as well as the nature and impact of govermnental fiscal, economic, ar'
social policies upon the conduct of business. The political and econom'
philosophies behind greater government participation in the economic structu
of the nation, as indicated by public utility, anti-trust, and labor and soci
legislation; the responsibilities accruing to government as the result of i'
participation in the regulation and shaping of our economic endeavor, i.(
high level production, stabilized employment and worker's income, housini
foreign policy, and industrial mobilization. Case studies and analyses of tl
legislative framework within which government participation in the econom^
structure is set make up the background of the course.
20.206 Economic Development (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.) |ii
Course Content: This course deals with the enumeration, delineation ai'",
assessment of variables which determine the level and the nature of econom
activity. ^ ■ ■
An introductory discussion of the economic factor in civilization is follow^
by an examination of the psychological, social and political influences (
economic change. The role of various economic institutions in secul
development is analyzed.
20.208 International Economic Relations (Offered yearly, 2nd sem
Course Content: The course will deal with two major areas: the rudimer
of international economics and a survey of current problems in internatior
relations. The topics in the first area include: theory of international trad
balance of payment problems; tariff policy and multilateral trade; capr
movements. The topics in the second area include: problems of industr
countries versus undeveloped countries; institutions of international econon
cooperation such as International Monetary Fund, World Bank, and Comm
Markets. Not recommended for those who have had a good course in int(
national trade.
45.208 Management of Small Enterprises (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Course Content: Analysis of all phases of operation of a small busine
GRJ^ WATE SCHOOL 35
ncluding selection of field o- duct, organizing, financing and setting up a
small business, sales strategv, lit operations, cash flows, cost controls, and
jrofit planning primarily tb ^h discussion of small business organization
ases.
C — ELECTIVf . FROM OTHER PROGRAMS
Selected courses given in Engineering Management and in the Arts and
science Programs by the Economics Department are also available as electives.
5uch courses are given in the circular which is issued for each semester.
0.211 Business Cycles and Forecasting (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
'ourse Content: The major business cycle theories are introduced together
ith a survey of the statistical history of fluctuations in business activity
ith particular reference to capitalism in the United States. Heavy emphasis
in the techniques and weaknesses of forecasting; its importance to the
conomy, specific industries, and the individual firm.
^6. 101 Business Law I (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
lourse Content: A concentrated graduate-level review of the basic elements
f business law. It is designed to acquaint the student with the vocabulary
nd the principles of law which have a major impact on managerial decisions,
^his course will not provide a basis for applying principles of law to business
roblems but should stimulate the student to further study and make him
ognizant of the need for counsel when legal problems arise.
6.102 Business Law II (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Prerequisite: 46.101 Business Law I
curse Content: A continuation of 46.101 Business Law I.
GIFTS AND BEQUESTS
Northeastern University will welcome gifts and bequests for the following
purposes:
(a) For its building program.
(b) For general endowment.
(c) For specific purposes which may especially appeal to the donor.
It is suggested that, when possible, those contemplating gifts or bequests
confer with the President of the University regarding the University's needs
before legal papers are drawn.
The legal name of the University is "Northeastern University." However, in
the making of gifts and bequests to Northeastern, the following wording is
suggested: "Northeastern University, an educational institution incorporated
under the laws of Massachusetts and located in Boston, Massachusetts."
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
)ffers full-time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan leading to the
legrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science; part-time evening
)rograms available leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts.
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
)ffers full-time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan leading to the degree
f Bachelor of Science in Education in preparatiton for teaching in elemen-
ary or secondary schools; part-time evening program also available in
o-operation with the College of Liberal Arts.
THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
)ffers full-time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan and part-time evening
)rograms both leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business
administration.
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
)ffers full-tune day curricula on the Co-operative Plan and part-time evening
)rograms both leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering.
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
irts and Sciences — Offers day and evening programs leading to the degrees
of Master of Arts and Master of Science.
business — Offers evening programs leading to the degree of Master of
Business Administration.
Miication — Oft'ers evening and Saturday morning programs leading to the
degree of Master of Education.
ngineering — Offers day and evening programs leading to the degree of
Master of Science with course specification.
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
)ffers part-time evening programs of adult education designed especially to
leet the needs of emplo}'ed personnel and leading to the Bachelor of Science
egree with course specification or to appropriate associate degrees.
THE LINCOLN INSTITUTE
)ffers part-time evening curricula in science and in engineering technology
ading to the degrees of Associate in Science and Associate in Engineering.
All Programs Are Open to Both Men and Women
For jurther injonnation
regarding any of the above schools or colleges, address
Dr. Gilbert C. Garland, Dean and Director of Admissions
360 Huntington Avenue, Boston 15, Massachusetts, COpley 7-6600
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GRADUATE SCHOOL
PROGRAMS IN
ENGINEERING
CATALOGUE 1960-1961
BOSTON 15, MASSACHUSETTS
APRIL I 960
Interview Periods and Regular Sessions
1960 SUMMER SESSION
Interview Period May 23-June
Registration Period May 23-.Tune
Regular Session June 6-July 2
1960-61 FIRST SEMESTER
Interview Period Aug. 22-Sept. 1
Registration Period Aug. 22-Sept. Ij
Regular Session Sept. 12-Jan. 2:
1960-61 SECOND SEMESTER
Interview Period Jan. 9-Jan. 2|
Registration Period Jan. 9-Jan. 5|
Regular Session Jan. 30-May
1961 SUMMER SESSION
Interview Period May 22-June
Registration Period May 22-June
Regular Session June 5-July 4.
REGULAR OFFICE HOURS
Monday through Friday 8:45 a.m.- 5:00 p.ii
Saturday 8:45 a.m. -12:00 noc
SPECIAL OFFICE HOURS
DURING REGISTRATION PERIODS ONLY
Monday through Friday 8:45 a.m.- 8:00 p.n
Saturday 9:00 a.m.-12:00 noc
The office is closed on all legal holidays.
Requests for Bulletins and information about graduate work in tl
Engineering Programs should be addressed to
DEAN. ENGINEERING PROGRAMS
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
Northeastern University
360 Huntington Avenue, Boston 15, Massachusetts
COpley 7-6600
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GRADUATE SCHOOL
PROGRAMS IN
ENGINEERING
CATALOGUE 1960-1961
LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE
BOSTON 15, MASSACHUSETTS
APRIL I960
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
AT
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
ARTS AND SCIENCES
Teaching Fellow Programs leading to a Master of Science or
Master of Arts degree in the fields of Chemistry, English, Histor
Government, Physics, and Psychology.
Evening Programs in Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics, leadii
to the Master of Science degree.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION *
Teaching Fellow Programs in Accounting leading to the Master
Business Administration degree.
Evening Programs leading to the Master of Business Administrati( i
degree.
EDUCATION
Late Afternoon, Evening, and Saturday Morning Programs leadii
to the Master of Education degree.
ENGINEERING
Co-operative Programs leading to the Master of Science degr
in Chemical Engineering, in Civil Engineering with a major in Stru
tures, in Mechanical Engineering with a major in Mechanics, and
Electrical Engineering.
Evening Programs leading to a Master of Science degree in Ci"^
Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Communications, Engineerii
Management, Engineering Mechanics, and Mechanical Engineering
GRADUATE SCHOOL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CADEMic Calendar 4
IIap of University 6
'he Board of Trustees 8
reneral university committees 9
lDministrative Organization of Graduate School 10
'baching Staff 13
[iSTORY OF Graduate School 17
luildings and facilities 19
!o-operative Graduate Programs 22
Evening Graduate Programs
RequireDients for Admission 23
Classification of Students 23
Requirements for Degree 24
Grades and Transfer of Credits 25
Tuition and Fees 26
'URRICULA AND CoURSE DESCRIPTIONS
^ Civil Engineering 31
Mechanical Engineering 38
Electrical Engineering 47
Chemical Engineering 58
Engineering Management 62
Nuclear Engineering 68
General Engineering 68
Mathematics 69
Physics 73
4 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
MAY I960 -JUNE 1961
SUMMER
SESSION I960
1
Interview and Registration Period
Monday-Saturday
May 23-June 4
Memorial Day, Office Closed
Monday
May 30
Classes Begin
Monday
June 6
Independence Day, No Classes
Monday
July 4
Classes End
Tuesday
July 26
Examination Period
Wednesday-Thursday July 27-July 25,i
FIRST SEMESTER 1960-1961
Interview and Registration Period
Labor Day, Office Closed
Classes Begin
Columbus Day, No Classes
Veterans' Day, No Classes
Thanksgiving Vacation
Classes Resume
Christmas Vacation
Classes Resume
Classes End
Examination Period
No Classes
Monday-Saturday
Monday
Monday
Wednesday
Friday
One Week
Monday
Two Weeks
Tuesday
Friday
Monday-Friday
Monday-Friday
SECOND SEMESTER 1960-1961
Interview and Registration Period
Classes Begin
Washington's Birthday, No Classes
Patriots' Day, No Classes
Classes End
' Make-up for Classes Missed
Wed., April 19
Examination Period
Monday-Saturday
Mondaj^
Wednesday
Wednesday
Friday
Wednesday
Monday-Friday
Aug. 22-Sept. 1
Sept. 5
Sept. 12
Oct. 12
Nov. 11
Nov. 21-Nov. 2
Nov. 28
Dec. 20- Jan. 2
Jan. 3
Jan. 13
Jan. 16-Jan. 20
Jan. 23- J an. 27
Jan. 9-Jan. 28 '
Jan. 30
Feb. 22
April 19
May 12
May 17
May 22-May 2
GRADUATE SCHOOL
APRIL
APRIL
S M T W T F S
I I 2
13 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 II 12 13 14 15 16
7 18 19 20 21 22 23
4 25 26 27 28 29 30
CALENDAR
, I960 -JUNE 30,
I960
MAY
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 II 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
961
JUNE
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 II
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
JULY
) M T W T F S
I 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 I! 12 13 14 15 16
7 18 19 20 21 22 23
4 25 26 27 28 29 30
I
AUGUST
S M T W T F S
I 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 II 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 3!
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
I 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
II 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
OCTOBER
M
W
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 II 12 13 14 15
6 17 18 19 20 21 22
3 24 25 26 27 28 29
0 31
NOVEMBER
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 II 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
DECEMBER
S M T W T F S
I 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
II 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
JANUARY
w
1961
FEBRUARY
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
MARCH
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
3 9 10 II 12 13 14
5 6 7 8 9 10 II
5 6 7 8 9 10 II
5 16 17 18 19 20 21
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
I 23 24 25 26 27 28
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
? 30 31
26 27 28
26 27 28 29 30 31
APRIL
MAY
JUNE
M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
1
12 3 4 5 6
1 2 3
> 3 4 5 6 7 8
7 8 9 10 II 12 13
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MO II 12 13 14 15
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
II 12 13 14 15 16 17
» 17 18 19 20 21 22
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
\ 24 25 26 27 28 29
28 29 30 31
25 26 27 28 29 30
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Robert G. Dodge, Honorary Chairman
Byron K. Elliott, Chairman
Frank L. Richardson, Vice Chairman
Asa S. Knowles, President oj the University
Carl S. Ell, President Emeritus and Chancellor oj the University
Lawrence H. Martin, Treasurer
Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary
Class of I960
George R. Brown
Robert G. Dodge
David F. Edwards
Robert L. Johnson
James A. Morton
Frank L. Richardson
Harold B. Richmond
Robert G. Stone
Class of 1961
Lincoln C. Bateson
S. Bruce Black
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Robert G. Emerson
Merrill Griswold
Ernest Henderson
Ray E. Johns
Harry H. Kerr
DwiGHT P. Robinson, Jr.
Class of 1962
George L. Barnes
Godfrey L. Cabot
William C. Chick
Carl S. Ell
Frank L. Farwell
George Hansen
Adrian O'Keeffe
Russell B. Stearns
Robert T. P. Storer
Class of 1963
F. Gregg Bemis
Louis W. Cabot
Byron K. Elliott
Chandler Hovey
Lawrence H. Martin
Augustin H. Parker, Jr.
William M. Rand
Earl P. Stevenson
Asa S. Knowles, ex officio
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
David F. Edwards, Chairman
S. Bruce Black, Vice Chairman
Carl S. Ell
Robert G. Emerson
Lawrence H. Martin
William M. Rand
Frank L. Richardson
Earl P. Stevenson
George R. Brown
Louis W. Cabot
William C. Chick
Edward Dana
Robert G. Dodge
GRADUATE SCHOOL
GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES
The Executive Council of the University
Asa S. Knowles, Chairman
William C. White, Vice Chairman
Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary
John S. Bailey
Albert E. Everett
Edward S. Parsons
GURTH I. AbERCROMBIE
William T. Alexander
John S. Bailey
Lincoln C. Bateson
Thomas J. Cavanagh
Dorothy G. Dissell
Albert E. Everett
Herbert W. Gallagher
Gilbert C. Garland
Emil a. Gramstorff
Roger S. Hamilton
George W. Han kin son
Charles W. Havice
Christopher F. Kennedy
Wilfred S. Lake
Gilbert G. MacDonald
Donald H. MacKenzie
George A. Mallion
Roland H. Moody
F. Weston Prior
Kenneth G. Ryder
Loring M. Thompson
Arthur A. Vernon
University Cabinet
William C. White, Chairman
Rudolph M. Morris
Carl F. Muckenhoupt
Rudolf O. Oberg
Edward S. Parsons
Philip W. Pendleton
F. Weston Prior
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.
Kenneth G. Ryder
George A. Speers
My'ron J. Spencer
Richard E. Sprague
J. Kenneth Stevenson
Descomb T. Stewart
AViLLiAM M. Stewart
Loring M. Thompson
Lester S. Vander Werf
Arthltr a. Vernon
Roy L. Wooldridge
SViLLiAM T. Alexander
\.LBERT E. Everett
S,OGER S. Hamilton
SViLFRED S. Lake
Asa S. Knowles, ex officio
Library Committee
R0L.AND H. Moody, Chairman
Kenneth G. Ry'der
Lester S. Vander Werf
Arthur A. Vernon
William C. White
R. Gregg Wilfong
University Advisory Committee on Faculty Policy
Chester P. Baker, Chairman
Joseph M. Golemme, Secretary
jOuis Cooperstein Arthur R. Foster
Lawrence Durham Carlo E. Gubellini
R. Gregg Wilfong
10
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY
Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D. President of the University
Carl S. Ell, A.B., M.S., Ed.M., Sc.D., LL.D., L.H.D.
President Emeritus and Chancellor of the Vniversit'.
William C. White, S.B., Ed.M., Eng.D.
Vice President and Provost oj the Universit'
General Officers of Administration
John S. Bailey, B.S., M.B.A. Director of Public Relations and Personne
Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A. Financial Office
Albert E. Everett, S.B., M.B.A., D.C.S. Dean of Adult and Continuing Educatio',
Edw.vrd S. Parsons, S.B., Ed.M. Business Manage
F. Weston Prior, B.S. Director of Developmen
Kenneth G. Rider, A.B., M.A. Dean of Administratio-
LoRiNG M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D. Director of University Plannin
Arthur A. Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D. Dean of the Graduate Schoc
Deans of Colleges and Principal Administrative Staff
William T. Alexander, S.B., M.A., Eng.D., P.E. (Mass.)
Dean of Engineerin
Dean of Business Administratio
Roger S. Hamilton, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Wilfred S. Lake, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Lester S. Vander Were, A.B., M.A., Ed.D.
Albert E. Everett, S.B., M.B.A., D.C.S.
Donald H. M.\cKenzie, B.Ch.E., S.B., Ed.M.
Carl F. Muckenhoupt, A.B., B.S., Ph.D.
Emil a. Gramstorff, S.B., M.S., P.E. (Mass.)
Dean of Graduate Study in Engineerin
Roy L. Wooldridge, S.B., Ed.M. Dean of Co-operative Educatio
Gilbert C. Garland, S.B., Ed.M., Ed.D. Dean of Admissior.
Dean of Liberal Art
Dean of Educatio
Dean of the University Colleg
Dean of Lincoln Institut
Dean of Research Administratio
Dean of Student.
Dean of Wome
Dean of Freshme
Dean of Chapi
Registrar of the College
Director of Graduate Study in Businet
Director of University Librarie
Director of Student Activitie
Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M.
Dorothy G. Dissell, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M.
Charles W. Havice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D., D.D.
Rudolph M. Morris, S.B., Ed.M.
Myron J. Spencer, A.B., M.A.
Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S.
Herbert W. Gallagher, S.B.
Philip W. Pendleton, B.A., M.A., Ph.D
Director of Testing and Counseling Centt
Rudolf O. Oberg, S.B., Ed.M. Director of Alumni Rela,tio%
George A. Speers, A.B., M.S., Ed.M. Director of Press Burea
Descomb T. Stewart, A.B.
Editor and Director of Office of University Publicatior,
J. Kenneth Stevenson, B.C.S. Superintendent of Buildings and Grouno
'William M. Stewart, B.S. Manager of the Bookstor
Richard E. Sprague, S.B., B.B.A., M.B.A., Ed.M. Secretary of the Facult
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., S.B., M.B.A., Ed.M. Bursi
GRADUATE SCHOOL 11
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
^THXTR Andrew Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D. Dean of the Graduate School
5mil Anton Gramstorff, S.B., M.S. Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering
jEOKGE William Hankinson, A.B., S.B., M.S.
Assistant Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering
VItbon Jay Spencer, A.B., M.A.
Director of Graduate Study in Business Administration
IiEsteb Seth Vander Werf, A.B., M.A., Ed.D.
Dean of College of Education, Director of Graduate Study in Education
[anice Walker, A.B. Registrar of the Graduate School
IJharles Michael Devlin, B.S. Administrative Assistant
University Advisory Committee on Graduate School Policy
Arthur Andrew Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D., Chairman
Dean of the Graduate School
anice Walker, A.B., Secretary Registrar of the Graduate School
Ilmer Henry Cutts, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of History and Chairman of the Department
Lawrence Durham, A.B., M.A. Associate Professor of Social Science
kl.^RTiN White Essigmann, S.B., M.S.
Professor of Electrical Engineering and Chairman of the Department
ALFRED John Ferretti, B.S., M.S.
Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Chairman of the Department
MIL Anton Gramstorff, S.B., M.S.
Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering and Professor of Civil Engineering
lEORGE William Hankinson, A.B., S.B., M.S.
Assistant Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering,
and Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
doRRis A. Horowitz, B.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Economics and Chairman of the Department
Iarkev KibarL'^n, B.S., M.B.x\., Ph.D.
Assistant Professor of Marketing and Advertising
riovANNi Lanza, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Physics
loBERT Andrews Shep.ard, B.S., Ph.D.
Professor of Chemistry and Chairman of the Department
Iyron J.^y Spencer, A.B., M.A.
Director of Graduate Study in Business Administration
and Professor of Economics
Lalph Anderson Troupe, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
Research Professor of Chemical Engineering
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Lester Seth Vander Werf, A.B., M.A., Ed.D.
Dean of College of Education and Director of Graduate Study in Education
William Crombie White, S.B., Ed.M., Eiig.D.
Vice-President and Provost of the University^-
Edward Rice Willett, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of Finance and Chairman of the Department
Asa Smallidge Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D. (ex officio)
President of the University
Committee on Graduate Engineering Study
Emil Anton Gramstorff, S.B., M.S., Chairman
Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering and Professor of Civil Engineerinc,
William Thurlow Alexander, S.B., M.A., Eng.D.
Dean of the College of Engineering and Professor of Industrial Engineerinc.
Charles Osc.^r Baird, Jr., S.B., M.S.
Professor of Civil Engineering and Chairman of the Department
Chester Packard Bakbr, S.B., M.A.
Professor of Chemical Engineering and Chairman of the Departments
Martin White Essigmann, S.B., M.S. I
Professor of Electrical Engineering and Chairman of the Departm,eni
J!
Alfred John Ferretti, S.B., M.S.
Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Chairman of the Department
George William Hankinson, A.B., S.B., M.S.
Assistant Dean of Graduate Study in Engineering, ana
Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
Arthur Elmer Keating, S.B.
Professor of Industrial Engineering and Chairman of the Department
Ralph Anderson Troupe, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
Research Professor of Chemical Engineering
Arthur Andrew Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D. Dean of the Graduate Schoot
and Professor of Chemistry
William Crombie White, S.B., Ed.M., Eng.D.
Vice President and Provost of the Universit%
Roy L. Wooldridge, S.B., Ed.M. . _ Dean of. Co-operative Educatiot
'i
ill
GRADUATE SCHOOL
IS
TEACHING STAFF
The teaching staff of the Graduate Engineering Programs is com-
osed of regular full-time faculty members of Northeastern University,
iiembers of the faculties of neighboring institutions, and private
ngineers. The composition of the teaching staff during any particular
chool year is dependent upon the courses offered during that year.
I'he teaching staff of the Graduate Engineering Programs includes the
)llowing:
'aul J. Ahearn
ICHARD W. AlBRECHT
IROME L. AlTMAN
:th a. Armen
ALPH E. Bach, Jr.
LAN D. Bailey
DNEY D. Black
KLvn S. Blanchard, Jr.
30RGE G. BoGREN
VINO BOSINOFF
.LEN J. BURDOIN
.4RCELL0 J. CaRRABES
VERIO CeRULLO
E-Hou Chang
SIL L. COCHRUN
ELLEN H. COLBURN
WARD M. Cook
/an d j uric
:tor Ellin s
Asst. Director, Rodman Lab., Watertoxvn
Arsenal
Senior Engineer, Fay, Spofford & Thorndike, Inc.
Senior Engineer, Laboratory jar Electronics
Asst. Professor of Accounting, Northeastern
University
Asst. Prof, oj Research in Comm.,
Northeastern University
Research Associate, Northeastern University
Supervisor, Electro-Mech. Devel., Thomson
Lab., General Electric Co.
Asst. Prof, of Mech. Eng., Northeastern
University
Partner, Weston and Sampson
Engineenng Specialist, Sylvania Electric
Products
Project Engineer, Metcalf and Eddy
Asst. Prof, of Elect. Eng., Northeastern
University
Assoc. Prof, of Accounting, Northeastern
University
Prof, of Research in Comm., Northeastern
University
A^st. Prof, of Elec. Eng., Northeastern
University
Commercial Engineer, Boston Edison Company
Assoc. Prof, of Mathematics, Northeastern
University
Asst. Prof, of Elect. Eng., Northeastern
University
Computer Engineer, Sylvania Electric Products
14
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
Martin W. Essig:tann
Alfred J. Ferretti
David R. Freeman
Ephraim Gitelman
R,obert M. Green
Peter Griffith
Herbert L. Groginsky
James F. Haley
Frank E. Heart
David J. Herder
Albert E. Hickey, Jr.
David E. Higginbotham
Arthur E. Keating
Nicholas P. Kernvv^eis
Peter S. King
John J. Klein
Robert S. Kleinschmidt
Robert C. Kihn
Earle R. Laste
Joseph H. Lenney
Pascal Levesque
Walter H. Lob
' Morton Loewenthal
Bertram S. Long
Prof, of Elect. Eng., Northeastern University
Prof, of Mech. Eng., Northeastern University
Asst. Prof, of Industrial Engineering,
Northeastern University
Electrical Engineer, Minneapolis-Honeywell
Sales Promotion Engineer, The Foxboro
Company
Asst. Prof, of Mech. Eng., Mass. Inst, of
Technology
Staff Engineer, Raytheon Company
Consulting Soil Engineer, Haley and Aldrich
Computer Engineer, Lincoln Lab., Mass.
List, of Technology
Adv. Development Engineer, General Electric
Company
Manager, Human Factors Dept., Itek
Corporation
A.ssoc. Prof, of Elect. Eng., Tufts University
Prof, of Industrial Eng., Northeastern Universit
Asst. Prof, of Elect. Eng., Northeastern
University
Asst. Prof, of Marketing, Mass. Inst, of
Technology
Sr. Member, Tech. Staff, Airborne Systems
Lab., R.C.A.
Asst. Prof, of Civil Engineering , Northeastern
University
Plant Accountant, General Electric Company
Instructor in Elect. Eng., Northeastern
University
Asst. Prof, of Civil Eng., Northeastern
University
Chief of Metallurgical Research, Raytheon
Company
Assoc. Prof, of Research in Comm.
Northeastern University
Staff Member, Lincoln Lab., Mass. Inst, of
Technology
Asst. Prof, of Mech. Eng., Northeastern
University
GRADUATE SCHOOL
15
HN E. Marshall
OBERT N. Martin
)\VARD MaSKALENKO
AROLD K. McAfee
ILLIAM M. Murray
[CHARD J. NiCKERSON
SEPH A. Nordstrom
ephen J. O'Xeil
aoMAS E. Phalen, Jr.
Spencer Rochefort
vrnet L. Rosenthal
. Stephen Schloss
3NALD E. Scott
ENRY Simon
SOMAS C. Stockebrand
\LPH A. Troupe
entaro tsutsumi
.exander Vanderburgh, Jr.
hn H. Wells
3BERT B. Wilcox
iTHUR W. Winston
.viN J. Yorra
HN ZOTOS
Proj. of Mgmt. Division, Bahson Institute,
and Management Consultant
Instructor in Elect. Eng., Northeastern
University
Assoc. Prof, of Elect. Eng., Tufts University
Engineer, Fay, Spo fjord & Thorndike, Inc.
Prof, of Mech. Eng., Mass. Inst, of Technology
Asst. Prof, of Mech. Eng., Mass. I^ist. of
Technology
A.ssoc. Prof, of Industrial Eng., Northeastern
University
President, Systems Engineering, Inc.
Asst. Prof, of Mech. Eng., Northeastern
University
Assoc. Prof, of Research in Comm.,
Northeastern University
Chief of Laboratory, Mass. Dept. of Public
Health
Instructor in Mathematics, Northeastern
University
Prof, of Elect. Eng., Northeastern University
Technical Staff , Bell Telephone Laboratories
Staff Engineer, Lincoln Lab., Mass. Inst, of
Technology
Research Prof, of Chem. Eng., Northeastern
University
Principal Engineer, Jackson and Moreland, Inc.
Staff Member, Lincoln Lab., Mass. Inst, of
Technology
Principal Engineer, Structural, Jackson and
Moreland, Inc.
Project Mgr., Missile Sys. Lab., Sylvania
Waltham Labs.
Senior Physicist, Physics Dept. National
Research Corp.
Asst. Prof, of Mech. Eng., Northeastern
University
Metallurgist, Rodman Lab., Watertown Arsenal
16 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Northeastern University is incorporated as a philanthropic instit
tion under the General Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislate
by special enactment, has given the University general degree grantii
powers. I
The Corporation of Northeastern University consists of men wl
occupy responsible positions in business and the professions. Tl:
Corporation elects from its membership a Board of Trustees in whc
the control of the institution is vested. The Board of Trustees has fo
standing committees: (a) an Executive Committee which has genei
supervision of the financial and educational policies of the Universit;
(b) a Committee on Buildings which has general supervision over t'
building needs of the University; (c) a Committee on Funds and I
vestments which has the responsibility of administering the funds
the University; (d) a Committee on Development which is concern
with furthering the development plans of the University.
Founded in 1898, Northeastern University, from its beginning, h
had as its dominant purpose the discovery of human and social nee
and the meeting of these needs in distinctive and highly serviceal
ways. While subscribing to the most progressive educational thoug
and practice, the University has not duplicated the programs of oth
institutions but has sought "to bring education more directly into t
service of human needs."
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
The College of Liberal Arts offers majors in the usual fields of t
arts and sciences leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts ai
Bachelor of Science. With the exception of pre-professional progran
day curricula are normally five years in length and operated" on t
Co-operative Plan. However, in all majors except Chemistry ai
Physics, qualified students, with the approval of the Dean, may ele
to complete the requirements for the degree on a full-time plan in fo
years. ^
GRADUATE SCHOOL 17
The College of Liberal Arts offers certain of its courses during
evening hours, constituting a program of three years' duration equiva-
lent in hours to one-half the requirements for the A.B. or S.B. degree.
The degree of Associate in Arts is conferred upon those who complete
this program. A complete A.B. program is also offered in the evening
division with curricula in Economics, History and Government, and
Sociolog5^
The College of Education offers the option of study on the conven-
tional four-year full-time plan or on the five-year Co-operative Plan.
Both programs lead to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education.
These are designed particularly to meet the needs of high school
graduates who desire to prepare themselves for teaching and adminis-
trative positions in elementary and secondary schools.
The College of Business Administration offers five-year co-operative
curricula in Accounting, Business Management, Finance and Insur-
ance, Industrial Relations, and Marketing and Advertising leading to
the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Administration.
The School of Business — operated during evening hours — offers
undergraduate curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Business
(Administration in Accounting, Management, Law and Business, En-
gineering and Management, Liberal Arts and Business. For students
who because of occupational reasons desire shorter programs concen-
trating in specific areas. Institutes awarding the certificate are offered
(in various fields.
(
The College of Engineering offers five-year co-operative curricula
in Civil, Mechanical, Electrical, Chemical, and Industrial Engineering
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science with specification accord-
ling to the department in w^hich the student qualifies.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Graduate work was started for teaching fellows in 1940 and has
since expanded into six departments.
In response to a need for evening work on the graduate level, course
work in certain engineering areas was started in 1948. This program
18 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
developed rapidly, and at present evening programs leading to the
Master of Science degree are given in seven engineering and science
departments. A co-operative graduate program in engineering was
started in 1956, and at present degrees from this plan of study are
offered by four engineering departments.
The evening graduate work was expanded in 1951 by a program
leading to the Master of Business Administration degree; in 1953 a
similar program was initiated to allow students to earn a Master of
Education degree in late-afternoon or evening classes.
The teaching fellow programs enable graduate students to further
their academic training while they obtain valuable experience in
teaching. The evening programs are designed for those who wish to
carry on advanced study on a part-time basis while continuing their
regular employment. In the co-operative programs students alternate
work periods with study periods so that industrial experience can be
obtained along with advanced academic training. The courses in all
programs have been designed to give penetrating understanding of
fundamentals as well as a breadth of knowledge in allied fields.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 19
BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES
LOCATION
Northeastern University is located on Huntington Avenue in the Back Bay
i section of Boston. The main administrative offices of the University are
located in Richards Hall.
The chief railroad centers of Boston are the North and South Stations. To
I reach the University from the North Station, board an MTA subway car
going to Park Street and transfer there to any Huntington Avenue car. To
reach the University from the South Station, board a Cambridge-bound
subway train and transfer at Park Street to a Huntington Avenue car. The
"Northeastern" station is the first stop outside the subway.
HUNTINGTON AVENUE CAMPUS
The principal educational buildings of Northeastern University are located
on a sixt€en-acre site in the Back Bay section of Boston. Only one block to
the west of the University lie the famous Boston Museum of Fine Arts and
the beautiful public gardens-park reservation known as "The Fenway."
Following a long-range development plan, University facilities have ex-
panded substantially in recent years. In addition to the six buildings con-
structed within the last two decades, several modernized older buildings are
available for specialized uses. The newer buildings on the campus are inter-
connected by means of tunnels, so that the students may go from building
to building without going out of doors in inclement weather. All of the build-
ings are used in common by the students of the four colleges.
In addition to classrooms and instructional offices, the principal buildings
include the following:
Botolph Building — Civil Engineering Laboratories
Cabot Physical Education Center — G>Tnnasium, Cage, Rifle Range
Dodge Library — Library, Drawing Rooms
Ell Student Center — Student Activities, Health Department, Chapel,
Auditorium, and University Commons
Forsyth Building — Industrial and Mechanical Engineering Laboratories
Graduate Center — Administrative Offices of the Graduate School,
Physics Laboratories, and Cafeteria.
Greenleaf Building — ROTC Headquarters, Research Facilities
Hayden Hall — Offices of the University College, Business, Education,
and Electrical Engineering Laboratories, Art Studio
Richards Hall — Administrative Offices, Mechanical Engineering, Psy-
chology and Chemistry Laboratories, Bookstore
Science Hall — Chemical Engineering and Biology Laboratories
Graduate School
Regulations
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GRADUATE SCHOOL REGULATIONS
CO-OPERATIVE PLAN IN ENGINEERING
ADMISSION
A limited number of graduate students are enrolled in the Cc
operative Graduate Program, in which alternate periods of work an
study are carried on. Two years are needed for completion of th
requirements for the degree under this program.
Applicants should have a degree in the appropriate engineerin
field, and their undergraduate record must show an ability to profi
from graduate work. Transcripts and letters of recommendation mus
be filed with the application by March 15 of the year in which gradu
ate work is to be started. Applications must be made on forms secure
from the Dean of the Graduate Engineering Programs.
REGISTRATION
At the beginning of each academic term, all students must registe
in the Graduate School office.
FEES
Tuition is $225 per term. An application fee of $10 is payable a
the time of the first registration.
A graduation fee of $20 is payable on or before May 1st of the yea
in which the student expects to receive his degree.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE
A total of thirty semester hours of work, which may include
thesis, is required. The curricula of the programs are specified by tl
departments. " ^
THESIS
The regulations concerning the forms of the thesis may be obtaine
from the Graduate School office or the head of the department coi
cerned.
SCHOLASTIC PERFORMANCE
Each student must maintain a standard of performance acceptab
to the Committee on Graduate Engineering Study.
GRADUATE SCHOOL
23
WORK AND ACADEMIC SCHEDULES
Students will be assigned to Division A or Division B. Division A
tudents will start the fall term of graduate courses on September 12,
960 while Division B students will start their employment on this
ate. Each term runs for ten weeks after which there is an alternation
f work and graduate courses as outlined. The curricula are shown in
he sections describing the courses of the respective departments.
Se-pt. 12 Nov. 21 Jan. 80 April 10 June 16
10 weeks 10 weeks 10 weeks 10 weeks
lass Periods
Vork Periods
Div. A
Div. B
Div. B
Div. A
Div. A
Div. B
Div. B
Div. A
EVENING PROGRAM
ADMISSION
For admission to the Evening Graduate Program, applicants must
ave a bachelor's degree from an accredited program in the appro-
Tiate field. A personal interview with the Dean of Graduate Engineer-
ag Programs is required of all students wishing to enter any of the
irograms. A transcript of the applicant's prior college training should
le presented at that time ; if this is not possible, such material should
16 filed within six weeks after registration. No second registration will
le allowed, nor will any grades of courses taken in the first registration
eriod be issued until a transcript has been received and reviewed.
REGISTRATION
At the beginning of each semester, all students must register in the
jrraduate School ofl&ce at the times indicated on the calendar.
Students in the evening part-time program, after a review of their
ranscript, will be classified as regular or special.
legular Students: Students who have a bachelor's degree from an
ccredited program with acceptable quality of undergraduate work
re designated as Regular Students.
Ipecial Students: Students whose undergraduate record is not accept-
,ble for regular classification are designated as Special Students.
21^ NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
DEGREE CANDIDACY
Admission to a course or courses does not constitute acceptance as
a candidate for a Master's degree.
A student who has achieved regular classification and who ha
completed twelve credits of required courses in his major with a grade
of B or better, will be admitted to degree candidacy.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE
Thirty semester hours of course work are required for the degree oi
Master of Science. The programs of required and elective courses
are given in a later section.
To make an effective total program, the selection of elective courses
may be one of penetration and specialization in a given field, or it
may be one cutting across related fields giving supporting breadth to
the student's education. Department heads and the Dean of the
Graduate Engineering Programs are readily available for counsel in
the selection of electives. In every case the student must be able to
comply with the prerequisites or preparation requirements of his
course selections.
STUDY LOAD
All graduate students are limited to a program of four semester
hours of course work per semester unless granted special permission
to carry a heavier course load. Thus, those who carry two evenings
a week (four semester hours of course work) continuously for both
semesters may complete the requirements of thirty semester hours for
the degree within four years. Some students may find it possible to
shorten this period to three years by enrolling in the Summer Sessions.
GRADUATE SCHOOL
GRADING SYSTEM
The performance of students in graduate courses will be recorded by
the instructor by use of the following grades :
A Excellent
This grade is given to those students whose performance in
course has been of very high graduate caliber.
B Satisfactory
This grade is given to those students whose performance in
the course has been at the level necessary for graduate credit.
C Fair
This grade is used to indicate that the student's performance
in the course may be acceptable but is not consistently at
the level expected in graduate work.
F Failure
This grade is used to indicate unsatisfactory work.
In addition, the following letter designations are used:
E Course registration canceled for nonattendance.
I Incomplete, without quality designation. This is used when
a student does not take the final examination or otherwise
fails to complete the work of the course.
S Satisfactory, without quality designation. This is used for
thesis work.
W Withdrawn without prejudice.
An average of not less than B must be obtained in thirty course
credits in order to qualify for the master's degree. If a grade of F is
obtained in a required course, the course must be repeated and a grade
of B or better obtained. If a grade of F is obtained in an elective
course, this course may either be repeated or another elective course
substituted for it. In the case of a repeated elective course, a grade of
B must be obtained. A maximum of thirty-four course credits may
be undertaken in qualifying for the degree.
The designation 'T" will be changed to a grade upon removal of
the "I" provided deficiencies are made up by the end of the semester
following the one in which the 'T" was reported. If the course defi-
ciencies are not made up within the specified time, the grade of "1" will
automatically become a grade of F. Missed final examinations can-
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
not be made up without the approval of the Dean or Director of the
program involved. Approval for such make-up is given only for
emergency reasons and must be obtained within one month following
the date of the missed examination. ..
WITHDRAWALS
No withdrawal from a course is allowed after the tenth class session.
Any student who is absent from three class periods in succession
without excuse is dropped from the class. ' .'■: . ■
The University provides all instruction and accommodations on an
academic semester basis; therefore, no refunds are granted except
in cases where students are compelled to withdraw because of personal
illness or other reasons beyond their control. A student must complete
an official withdrawal application at the Graduate School office before
being considered for a refund. In no case are refunds made after a
student has attended the fifth session of a class. Questions regarding
refunds should be discussed with the Bursar's office.
TIME LIMITATIONS
Course credits earned in the program of graduate study are valid
for a maximum period of eight years. This time limitation is likewise
applicable to any offered transfer credits.
TRANSFER OF CREDITS
Not more than eight semester hours of graduate credit may be
transferred from other institutions towards the degree of Master of
Science at Northeastern University. Grades in courses offered for
transfer must be B or higher. Acceptance of credits for transfer will
not be approved until the student is admitted to candidacy, and then
only if the work submitted for transfer credit is consonant with the
objective of the approved program.
TUITION AND FEES
The policies governing the amount and the regulations pertaining
to the payment of tuition and fees are established by the Executive
Council of Northeastern University. The Council reserves the right
to change these regulations at any time. Such changes will apply to
students currently enrolled as well as new applicants for admission.
1. Schedule of Tuition and Fees
Application Fee — payable at time of first registration $10.00
GRADUATE SCHOOL 27
Matriculation Fee — for establishment of degree can-
didacy for students who have been in registration
prior to September, 1959 10.00
Tuition — per course 60.00
Late Payment Fee — for failure to pay tuition on
specified date 2.00
Make-up Final Examination Fee 5.00
Graduation Fee — payable on or before May 1 of year
in which student expects to graduate 20.00
2. Payments
Tuition statements will be mailed to the students by the Student
Accounts Office and are payable on or before the date specified.
Checks should be drawn payable to "Northeastern University."
VETERANS
Veterans who expect to obtain educational benefits from the Vet-
erans Administration should visit the Northeastern University Veterans
Office, Room 245, Richards Hall, prior to registration. The Veterans
Office at Northeastern University is operated by the University and
is prepared to give any assistance the veteran may require in obtaining
Veterans benefits.
CLASS HOURS, INSTRUCTIONAL CALENDAR
During the first and second semesters each course meets one eve-
ning per week for two hours for sixteen weeks, including the final
examinations. In the summer session each course meets twice a week
for a period of eight weeks. For opening and closing dates of these
sessions, consult the Academic Calendar of this Bulletin.
INTERVIEW AND REGISTRATION DATES. OFFICE HOURS,
AND CLASS SCHEDULES
For dates of the interview and registration periods and office hours,
consult the inside front cover. The registration circulars issued in
August, January, and May provide information regarding class meet-
ing times and teaching staff as well as listing the course offerings for
the First Semester, Second Semester, and Summer Session, respectively.
Copies of these circulars may be obtained from the Office of the Dean
of the Graduate Engineering Programs, Northeastern University,
Boston 15, Massachusetts, or by calling COpley 7-6600.
Curricula
and
Course Descriptions
The curricula of the various degree pro^. "ams are given under each
departmental heading. The descriptions of courses offered by the
several departments are given so that prospective students may obtain
a view of the course coverage. Preparation courses are indicated in
each instance. Not all courses are offered every year, but the course
offerings will be arranged in such a manner that students may make^
continuous progress toward the degree.
The number of students enrolled in each class will be limited tc
permit effective teaching at the graduate level and the Universitj
reserves the right to cancel any course for which an insufficient numbei
of students apply.
One semester hour credit is awarded for the work represented by t
class meeting for one hour each week for one regular sixteen-weet
semester. Each of the courses numbered over 100 carry two semestei
hours credit. Courses numbered below 100 are those offered foi
students who need to make-up certain undergraduate deficiencies
These courses carry no graduate credit.
GRA ATE SCHOOL
SI
CIVI! ENGINEERING
GRADUATE r -OPERATIVE PROGRAM
CURRICULUM— MAS OF SCIENCE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
FIRST YEAR
First Term
1.401 Indeterminate Structures. 2
1.503 Soil Mechanics 2
2.201 Theory of Elasticity 2
14.101 Advanced Mathematics . . 2
8
1.402
1.504
2.202
14.102
Second Term
Indeterminate Structures . 2
SoU Mechanics 2
Theory of Elasticity 2
Advanced Mathematics . . 2
8
SECOND YEAR
First Term Second Term
1.403 Indeterminate Structures. 2 1.506 Soil Testing Laboratory
1.505 Soil Mechanics 2 1.602 Design of Structures . . .
1.601 Design of Structures 2 1.902 Thesis or Electives . . . .
1.901 Thesis or Electives 2
8
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
EVENING PART-TIME PROGRAMS
CURRICULUM— MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
Applicants for this program should have a Bachelor of Science in
Civil Engineering.
Required Courses:
Structures Major
1.401, 402, 403
Indeterminate Structures 6
1.503, 504, 505
Soil Mechanics 6
1.601, 602
Design of Structures 4
16
Sanitary Major
1.201, 202
Sanitary Engineering 4;
1.203 I
Sanitary Chemistry 2'
1.204 \
Sanitary Bacteriology 2
1.205a, 205b \
Sanitary Analysis 4,
1.206a, 206b
Sanitary Laboratory 4'
16
Elective Credits:
Fourteen semester hours may be selected from the preferred elective
group given below or from any of the course offerings of the Graduate
Engineering or Science Programs, provided the student has the re-
quired preparation and/or prerequisites.
Preferred Electives:
1508 Industrial Waste 2
1.209 Stream Sanitation 2
1.211, 212
Advanced Hydraulics .... 4
1.213, 214 Hydrology 4
1.404 Indeterminate Structures . 2
1.501, 502 Cement and
Concrete Technology .... 4
1.506 Soil Testing Lab 2
1.605 Prestressed Concrete .... 2
2.200 Advanced Mechanics
of Materials 2
2.201, 202
Theory of Elasticity 4
2.203 Advanced Mechanics of
Materials 2
2.213, 214 Advanced Dynamics 4
9.950 The Systems Approach . . 2
14.101, 102
Advanced Mathematics . . 4
GRADUATE SCHOOL
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
1.201 Sanitary Engineering (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: A two-semester undergraduate course in Sanitary Engineering
Course Content: The theory and practice of water treatment and the basic
design of water treatment works, including: slow sand filtration, sedimenta-
tion, coagulation, rapid sand filtration, softening, disinfection, corrosion con-
trol, iron removal, and fluoridation.
1.202 Sanitary Engineering (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: A two-semester undergraduate course in Sanitary Engineering
Course Content : The theory and practice of sewage treatment and the basic
design of sewage treatment works, including : requirements of receiving waters,
screening, grit removal, sedimentation, Imhoff tanks, chemical treatment,
trickling filters, sand filters, activated sludge process, treatment and disposal
of sludge in digesters, drying beds and filters, and disinfection.
1.203 Sanitary Chemistry (Offered 1961-62. 1st sem.)
Preparation: Two semesters of undergraduate General Chemistry
Course Content: An advanced course of o-eneral chemistry stressing the basic
chemical laws as they apply to the field of sanitary engineering. The course
would encompass the following: fundamental laws, stoichiometry, gas laws,
atomic structure, periodic system, hydrogen, alkali metals, halogens, oxygen
group, aluminum group, carbon, nitrogen group, iron and manganese, acidi-
metric normality, oxidation and reduction, and oxidation potential.
1.204 Sanitary Bacteriology (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 1.203 Sanitary Chemistry
Course Content : A course of study in the field of bacteriology with emphasis
on those phases of bacteriology employed by the sanitary engineer, namely,
growth, form, environment, enzymes, disinfection, carbon cycle, nitrogen
cycle, molds, yeasts, iron bacteria, sulphur bacteria, bacteriology of water
and sewage, bacteriology of milk, swimming pools, and quantitative bac-
teriology.
1.205a Sanitary Analysis (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Prerequisite: 1.203 Sanitary Chemistry and 1.204 Sanitary Bacteriology
Course Content: A laboratory course applying the principles of quantitative
chemical analysis to the treatment of water and sewage. "Standard Methods"
of analysis of water and sewage (chemical and bacteriological) are employed.
The writing and interpretation of sanitary reports are stressed.
1.205b Sanitary Analysis (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 1.205a Sanitary Analysis
Course Content: A continuation of the laboratory course of 1.205a. Further
analysis of water and sewage is pursued. The reporting and interpretation of
sanitary reports are again stressed.
S4 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
1.206a Sanitary Laboratory (Offered 1961-62, I si sem.)
Prerequisite: 1.205b Sanitary Analysis
Course Content: A laboratory course studying water purification and the
writing of reports on the following topics: aeration, coagulation, odor and
taste removal, corrosion, and softening.
1.206b Sanitary Laboratory (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 1.206a Sanitary Laboratory
Course Content: A continuation of course 1.206a, but studying sewage
treatment and written reports on the following topics: B. 0. D., chemical
precipitation, sludge filtration, chlorination, activated sludge, and sludge
digestion.
1.208 Industrial Waste (Offered 1960-61. 1st sem.)
Preparation : 1.203 Sanitary Chemistry and 1.204 Sanitary Bacteriology
Course Content : A study of various manufacturing processes and their waste
problems, together with methods of utilization, treatment, and disposal of
their waste products. Specific processes that can be adapted to specific waste
and their necessary concomitant structures are studied with the viewpoint of
designing suitable treatment plants.
1.209 Stream Sanitation (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation : 1.203 Sanitary Chemistry and 1.204 Sanitary Bacteriology
Course Content: This course deals with the basic principles of stream
sanitation and corrective control methods. The topics taken up in this course
include the following: aerobic and anaerobic decomposition, oxygen balance,
carbon dioxide, oxidation, reduction, bacterial pollution, industrial pollution,
sewage pollution, water supply, shellfish, fish life, riparian rights, recreation,
and general stream sanitation.
1.211 Advanced Hydraulics (Offered 1961-62, ls+ sem.)
Preparation: Two semesters of undergraduate Hydraulics
Course Content : An advanced course in Hydraulics, presenting the following
concepts : energy, continuity, momentmn, flow nets, significance of the Froude
and Reynolds numbers, fluid motion in a closed conduit, open channels,
surface resistance, dimensional analysis, dynamic similarity, theory of models,
and pipe networks.
1.212 Advanced Hydraulics (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 1.211 Advanced Hydraulics
Course Content: A continuation of course 1.211, with further study of open
channel flow, backwater curve, drawdown curve, hydraulic jump, location of
hydraulic jump, transitions in channels, theory of waves, cavitation, and water
hammer.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 35
1.213 Hydrology (Offered 1960-61 , Ist sem.)
Preparation: Undergraduate courses in Differential and Integral Calculus
Course Content : A study of the principles of statistical methods as applied to
Hydraulic and Sanitary Engineering.
1.214 Hydrology (Offered 1960-61. 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 1.213 Hydrology
Course Content: A continuation of course 1.213, emphasizing the following:
the collection and sampling of raw data with an aim to predicting such
phenomena as precipitation, run-off, floods, and stream flow. Analysis, corre-
lation, and accuracy of these predictions are studied and compared by arith-
metic and graphical methods.
1.401 Indeterminate Structures (Offered yearly, Ist sem.)
Preparation : Undergraduate courses in Differential and Integral Calculus and
Theory of Structures
Course Content : Analysis of structures starting with a review of elementary
theory, indeterminateness, stability, deflections, and proceeding to the analysis
of indeterminate beams and trusses with strain energy (Castigliano), moment
area, and theorem of three moments.
1.402 Indeterminate Structures (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 1.401 Indeterminate Structures
Course Content: Continuation of course 1.401. Analysis of indeterminate
frames, arches, and trusses by virtual work, slope deflection, and moment dis-
tribution. Effect of variable stiffness considered. Colunm analogy.
1.403 Indeterminate Structures (Offered yearly, Ist sem.)
Prerequisite: 1.402 Indeterminate Structures
Course Content: Continuation of course 1.402. Shear and moment distri-
bution in the analysis of broken-story frame building for horizontal and
vertical loads. Influence lines for indeterminate frames and trusses. Cables
and suspension systems. Circular domes. Planar structure analyzed for loads
perpendicular to its plane. Space frameworks. Introduction to Relaxation
Methods.
1.404 Indeterminate Structures (Offered 1960-61 , 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 1.403 Indeterminate Structures
Course Content: Included in this course are the following: Southwell's
Relaxation Method, its application to pin-jointed frameworks and to rigid-
jointed frameworks; secondary stresses in trusses, by classical methods and
by iterative methods ; analysis of towers and cables for electrical transmission
lines, catenaries on inclined spans, and bimetallic cables.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
1.501 Cement and Concrete Technology (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Undergraduate course in Materials of Engineering
Course Content: The following topics are considered: manufacture, physical
and chemical properties of the various types of Portland cement, chemical
and physical properties of aggregates, control of concrete materials, concrete
mix design methods, factors aflfecting the properties of plastic concrete and
concrete mix control. Three laboratory periods will be held during this
semester.
1.502 Cement and Concrete Technology (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 1.501 Cement and Concrete Technology
Course Content: A continuation of course 1.501, studying the following:
physical properties and durability of hardened concrete, effect of aggregate
characteristics on properties of concrete, including alkali-aggregate reactions,
consideration of admixtures used in concrete manufacture such as air-entrain-
ment, wetting, dispersion, pozzolanic materials, and use of lightweight aggre-
gates. Special topics such as 'Tumps-crete" methods, intrusion (Prepakt)
concrete, soil cement, and dynamic modulus will be discussed. Two laboratory
periods will be held during this semester.
1.503 Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering
(Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Undergraduate courses in Differential and Integral Calculus
Course Content: Phase relationships; soil classification and identification;
subsurface explorations; seepage and ground water flow; theory of con-
sohdatlon.
1.504 Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering
(Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 1.503 Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering
Course Content: Stress distribution, settlement analyses; stress deformation
and strength properties; stability of slopes and embankments.
1.505 Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering
(Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Prerequisite: 1.504 Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering
Course Content: Lateral pressures; retaining wall and bulkhead design;
bearing capacity of footings, piers, pile foundations; practical applications;
uncertainties in design assumptions.
1.506 Soil Testing Laboratory (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 1.503 Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering
Course Content: A laboratory course covering classification tests (Atterberg
limits, specific gravity and grain size analysis), compaction, permeability,
consolidation, strength characteristics (unconfined compression, triaxial com-
pression and California Bearing Ratio) and field control tests.
GRADUATE SCHOOL S7
1.601 Design of Structures (Offered yearly, Ist sem.)
Prerequisite: 1.402 Indeterminate Structures
Course Content: An advanced course in structural design of steel and
concrete including: critical inspection of building frames with emphasis on
economics and selection of type, loft buildings, tall buildings, mill buildings,
wind forces, and riveted and welded wind bracing connections.
1.602 Design of Structures (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 1.601 Design of Structures
Course Content: A continuation of course 1.601, including the following
topics: columns, columns in bending, requirements for lateral support, pre-
stressing in steel and concrete, design of structures for dynamic loads, stress
design vs. limit design, and timber design.
1.605 Prestressed Concrete (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: Undergraduate course in Reinforced Concrete Design
Course Content: The following topics are considered: basic design concepts,
properties of materials used for prestressing, review of research in prestressed
concrete, construction practice covering various methods of both pre-tension-
ing and post-tensioning used to date, discussion of tests, and economics of
prestressed concrete.
1.901 THESIS (Open only to co-operative students)
Course Content: Analytical and/or experimental work conducted under
the auspices of the department.
1.902 THESIS
Course Content: A continuation of 1.901
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
GRADUATE CO-OPERATIVE PROGRAM
CURRICULUM-
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
FIRST YEAR
First Term
2.201 Theory of Elasticity .... 2
2.211 Vibration Theory 2
14.101 Advanced Mathematics 2
Electives 2
8
Second Term
2.202 Theory of Elasticity .... 2
2.212 Vibration Theory 2
14.102 Advanced Mathematics . . 2
Electives 2
SECOND YEAR
First Term
2.213 Advanced Dynamics 2 2.214
2.901 Thesis or Electives 2 2.902
Electives 4
8'' ■ '^
Second Term
Advanced Dynamics 2
Thesis or Electives 2
Electives 2
6
GRADUATE SCHOOL
EVENING PART-TIME PROGRAMS
CURRICULUM-
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Applicants for this program should have a Bachelor of Science
degree in Mechanical Engineering.
Required Courses:
Mechanics Major
2.201, 202 Theory of Elasticity.
2.213, 214
2.211, 212
or
2.221, 222
14.101, 102
Advanced Dynamics
Vibration Theory
Fluid DjTiamics .... 4
Advanced
Mathematics 4
16
Heat-Power Major
2.301, 302 Heat Transfer 4
2.311, 312 Advanced
Thermodynamics ... 4
2.501, 502 Power Plant
Economics 4
14.101, 102 Advanced
Mathematics 4
16
Elective Courses:
Eight semester hours must be selected from the preferred elective courses listed
below. These preferred elective courses must have the approval of the Chairman
of the Department of Mechanical Engineering or the Dean of the Graduate
Engineering Programs. Six additional semester hours may be selected from any
of the course offerings of the Graduate Engineering or Science Programs provided
the student has the required preparation and/or prerequisites.
Preferred Electives:
2.200 Advanced Mechanics of 2.402
Materials 2 2.511,
2.203 Advanced Mechanics of 2.701,
Materials 2 2.707,
2.205 Experimental Stress 2.709,
Analysis 2
2.207 Theory of Plasticity 2 2.801
2540 Advanced Kinematics ... 2
2.250 Advanced Machine Design 2 2.802
2.260 Dynamical Problems in 2.803
Machine Design 2
2.401 Pumps 2 9.950
15.223,
Fans and Blowers 2
512 Power Plant Design . 4
702 Physical Metallurgy . 4
708 Process Metallurgy . 4
710 Advanced Physical
Metallurgy 4
Fimdamentals of
Instrumentation 2
Industrial Process Control 2
Automatic Control
Engineering 2
The Systems Approach . . 2
224 Nuclear Physics for
Engineers 4
J^Q
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
EVENING PART-TIME PROGRAMS
CURRICULUM-
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Applicants for this program should have a Bachelor of Science
degree in engineering supported by appropriate concentration in the
area of undergraduate Mechanics.
Required Courses:
2.201, 202 Theory of Elasticity. 4
2.213, 214 Advanced Dynamics. 4
2.211, 212 Vibration Theory
or
2.221, 222 Fluid Dynamics 4
14.101, 102 Advanced
Mathematics 4
Elective Courses:
Eight semester hours must be selected from the preferred elective courses listed
below. These preferred elective courses must have the approval of the Chairman
of the Department of Mechanical Engineering or the Dean of the Graduate
Engineering Programs. Six additional semester hours may be selected from any
of the course offerings of the Graduate Engineering or Science Programs provided
the student has the required preparation and/or prerequisites.
Preferred Eiectives:
2.200 Advanced Mechanics of 2.240
Materials 2 2.250
2.203 Advanced Mechanics of 2.260
Materials 2
2.205 Experimental Stress 9.950
Analysis 2
2.207 Theory of Plasticity 2
Advanced Kinematics ... 2
Advanced Machine Design 2
Dynamical Problems in
Machine Design 2
The Systems Approach . . 2
GRADUATE SCHOOL 41
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
2.200 Advanced Mechanics of Materials
(Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.)
Preparation: Strength of Materials
Course Content : Stresses at a point, theories of failure, thick cylinders under
elastic and plastic deformation, shear stress distribution, location of shear
center, bending stresses due to non-symmetrical loading, bending of flat plates,
curved beams, the significance of fatigue, stress concentration, the resistance
of materials to stress. Experimental methods and practical problems are dis-
cussed.
2.201 Theory of Elasficify (Offered yearly, Isf sem.)
Preparation: One year of Strength of Materials, 14.101 Advanced Mathe-
matics (may take simultaneously).
Course Content: Analysis of stress and strain in two and three dimensions,
principal stresses and strains, differential equations of equilibrium, boundary
conditions, compatibility equations, stress function, determination of dis-
placements, equilibrium conditions in terms of displacements. Solution of
problems in two dimensions.
2.202 Theory of Elasfici+y (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 2.201 Theory of Elasticity, 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
(may take simultaneously).
Course Content: A continuation of 2.201 with application to the solution of
problems in three dimensions.
2.203 Advanced Mechanics of Materials (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Prerequisite: Differential Equations and 2.200 Advanced Mechanics of
Materials
Course Content: Buckling of compression members with and without trans-
verse loads; eccentricity and curvature, comparison of general design expres-
sions for columns, torsion of non-circular sections, contact stresses, solution
of plates by grid analogy.
2.205 Experimental Stress Analysis (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Prerequisite: 2.200 Advanced Mechanics of Materials or equivalent
Course Content: Theoretical and practical consideration of methods of
determining stress distributions. The fundamental theory basic to the various
methods will be emphasized and a comparison of the results obtainable by
these methods will be made. Photoelasticity, brittle lacquers, strain gauge
techniques, and instrumentation are a few of the methods given consideration.
2.207 Theory of Plasticity (Offered 1960-6! , 1st sem.)
Prerequisite : 2.202 Theory of Elasticity
Course Content: The mathematical theory of plasticity and its engineering
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
applications; the laws of plastic flow; general stress-strain relations, plastic
flow in thick- walled bodies, plastic torsion.
2.211 Vibration Theory and Applications (Offered yearly, Ist sem.)
Preparation: Differential Equations, Dynamics
Course Content: Single degree of freedom; damping, forced vibration,
resonance, phase relationships, vibration isolation, multiple degrees of free-
dom; free and forced vibration with and without damping, extensional and
torsional oscillations and electrical analogies, frequency equation, energy in a
vibrating system, energy methods of solution, Rayleigh's Method.
2.212 Vibration Theory and Applications (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 2.211 Vibration Theory and Applications
Course Content: A continuation of 2.211 including systems with distributed
mass and stiffness, critical speeds of shafts, engine balancing, stability criteria,
gyroscope, non-linear vibrations, experimental study of vibrations, graphical
and semigraphical analysis, Fourier analysis.
2.213 Advanced Dynamics (Offered yearly, Ist sem.)
Preparation: Dynamics, 14.101 Advanced Mathematics (may take simul-
taneously).
Course Content : Application of fundamental laws of motion. Dynamics of a
particle, rectilinear motions in a resisting medium, linear and non-linear
vibrations, motion in a plane, motion of a projectile. Linear and angular
momentum, impact,
2.214 Advanced Dynamics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 2.213 Advanced Dynamics, 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
(may take simultaneously).
Course Content: Further applications of laws of motion. Engine balancing,
kinetic energy and work, dynamics of systems with constraints, generalized
coordinates, LaGrangian Equations, Hamilton's Principle, Euler's Equations,
rotation of a rigid body.
2.221 Fluid Dynamics (Offered yearly, Ist sem.)
Preparation: Hydraulics, Dynamics, 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: Principles of incompressible fluid flow in two and three
dimensions, stream function, velocity potential, application of complex
variables, analytic functions, orthogonal nets, conformal maps, two and three
dimensional flow problems.
2.222 Fluid Dynamics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 2.221 Fluid Dynamics
Course Content: Continuation of two dimensional incompressible flow
problems by conformal mapping, Blasius theorem, Jonkowski airfoils, Schwarz-
Christoffel theorem, free streamlines, Vortex flow, introduction to boundary
layer theory.
GRADUATE SCHOOL '1^3
2.240 Advanced Kinematics (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Kinematics
Course Content: Geometry of constrained motion, with applications to point
paths; kinematic analysis and synthesis; types of mechanisms; study of
geometry of constrained motion in two and three dimensions.
2.250 Advanced Machine Design (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 2.200 Advanced Mechanics (or equivalent), Dynamics, Ma-
chine Design.
Course Content : Analysis, layout, and design of machines and machine parts.
2.260 Dynamical Problems in Machine Design
(Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 2.214 Advanced Dynamics
Course Content : Methods for determining dynamic characteristics of mecha-
nisms. Design of devices for specific velocities and accelerations under given
force systems.
2.301 Heat Transfer (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Elements of Heat Transfer, 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: Heat Transfer by conduction in steady state, two dimen-
sional applications, cylindrical coordinates, relaxation method, field mapping
solutions, non-steady state conduction, heating and cooling of solids, Schmidt's
method and electrical analogy solutions. Radiation, basic definitions, theoreti-
cal aspects, application to engineering problems, geometry factor, HottelV
determinant type solutions, gas radiation and furnace design.
2.302 Heat Transfer (Offered 1960-61. 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 2.301 Heat Transfer
Course Content: Dimensional analysis; Reynolds, Prandtl and Nusselt num-
bers; Reynolds analogy; elements of boundry layer theory and contributions
of Prandtl, Taylor, von Karman and Martinelli; forced convection, natural
convection, condensation and boiling; Nusselt's derivation; analogy of heat
and mass transfer, diffusion of fluids and application to drying problems.
2.31! Advanced Thermodynamics (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Thermodynamics, Differential Equations
Course Content: Laws of thermodynamics, properties of substances, steady
and unsteady flow, reversibility, contributions of Carnot and Clausius, ideal
gases, gas and steam tables, mixtures of ideal gas, air-water mixtures, processes
involving chemical reactions and mixing.
2.312 Advanced Thermodynamics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 2.311 Advanced Thermodynamics
Course Content : Thermodynamic relations for pure substances, contributions
of Maxwell, Clapeyron, Gibbs, Hemholtz, Vander Waal and Beattie-Bridg-
U NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
man; law of corresponding states; thermodynamics of chemistry, solutions,
combustion; equilibrium criteria; unstable, meta-stable, neutral and stable,
and critical states; equilibrium of heterogeneous substances, chemical po-
tential, phase rule, osmotic pressure and surface tension.
2.401 Pumps (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation : Hydraulics
Course Content: Flow of fluids in pipes and ducts, head on pumps, fans and
blowers; development of head, net positive suction head, cavitation and
specific speed of pumps; affinity laws, selection of pumps to suit various
operating conditions and methods of driving; automatic operation, types of
construction and materials used, methods of priming centrifugal pumps,
pumping of chemicals, oils and sludges, special problems of pump installation
and operation, water hammer in pump discharge lines.
2.402 Fans and Blowers (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 2.401 Pumps, Thermodynamics
Course Content : Flow of air in pipes and ducts, fan characteristics and laws,
various types of fan wheels, inlet and outlet connections, fan capacity control,
fan selection and testing. Compression of air and gases, flow in pipes, head on
blowers, performance curves, effect of changes in speed and inlet conditions,
construction, regulation, selection, installation and testing. Axial flow fans
and blowers. Positive pressure blowers.
2.501 Power Plant Economics (Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Preparation : Thermodynamics
Course Content: Cost of power and heat as required by various types of
factories, hospitals, and other large buildings. Distribution of steam to
groups of buUdings for the most economical use of steam. Effective use of
exhaust and bled steam for process, heat and air conditioning. Costs of
power and heat by an isolated plant compared to that of purchased power.
2.502 Power Plant Economics (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Preparation : 2.501 Power Plant Economics
Course Content: A continuation of 2.501, including computations covering
an isolated steam plant with supplementary Diesel equipment and public
utilities breakdown connections.
2.51! Power Plant Design (Offered 1960-61. 1st sem.)
Preparation: 2.312 Advanced Thermodynamics
Course Content: Latest development in the theory and design of modern
power generation for isolated and central stations. Computations for a small
central station involving the size and type of boiler, prime movers, feed water
heater, pumps, coal handling equipment.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 45
2.512 Power Plant Design (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 2.511 Power Plant Design
Course Content: A continuation of 2.511, including an analysis and compu-
tations covering equipment for an isolated plant, including steam generating
units, engines or turbines, condensing equipment, piping and general auxiliaries.
2.701 Physical Metallurgy (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Engineering Materials
Course Content: Introduction to Physical Metallurgy encompassing Crj^stal-
lography; equilibrium and nonequilibrium phase studies for 1, 2 and 3
component systems; theory of mechanical working of metals including elastic
and plastic deformation, impact, fatigue, and creep; and theories of relieving
work effects including recovery, recrystallization, and grain growth.
2.702 Physical Metallurgy (Offered yearly, 2nd senn.)
Preparation: 2.701 Physical Metallurgy
Course Content: The application of Physical Metallurgy theories to the
study of the chemical and physical properties of iron, cast iron, steel, copper
and nickel base alloys, aluminum, magnesium, and titanium.
2.707 Process Metallurgy (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Engineering Materials
Course Content: Vacuum systems; high temperatures, measurement and
control; atmospheres; heat treating techniques; preparation of pure metals
and single crystals; powder metallurgy; X-ray radiography.
2.708 Process Metallurgy (Offered 1960-6 1 , 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 2.707 Process Metallurgy
Course Content: Melting and casting; hot working processes; cold working
processes; welding and alloy processes; mechanical working; cleaning and
plating; gauging inspection and nondestructive testing.
2.709 Advanced Physical Metallurgy (Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Preparation : Calculus and one year of physical chemistry, or 2.702 Physical
Metallurgy
Course Content: Dislocation theories, electrical and magnetic properties of
metals; deformation of metals; effect of permanent deformation; effects of
elevated temperature; theories of oxidation; fracture.
2.710 Advanced Physical Metallurgy (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Preparation : Calculus and one year of physical chemistry, or 2.702 Physical
Metallurgy
Course Content: Nucleation processes and structure of castings; allptropic
transformations; phase rule and interpretation of equilibriimi diagrams;
solid-solid phase transformations; diffusion and age-hardening.
46 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
2.801 Fundamentals of Instrumentation (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Bachelor of Science degree
Course Content: Theoretical principles underlying the design and operation
of instruments for measurement and/or control. Analysis of stimulus-
response relations. Industrial instruments for measurement and control,
including those based on pneumatic and electrical mechanisms.
2.802 Industrial Process Control (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 2.801 Fundamentals of Instrumentation
Course Content: Fundamental principles involved in automatic control of
industrial processes. Economic considerations. Application of control in-
struments to obtain automatic control of temperature, pressure, fluid flow,
liquid level, humidity, pH.
2.803 Automatic Control Engineering (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: Differential Equations and 2.801 Fundamentals of Instrumen-
tation
Course Content: Fundamental principles of feedback systems, stabihty
criteria, proportional derivative and integral action, physical components of
feedback systems.
2.901 THESIS (Open only to co-operative students)
Course Content: Analytical and/or experimental work conducted under
the auspices of the department.
2.902 THESIS
Course Content: A continuation of 2.901.
GRADUATE SCHOOL
47
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
GRADUATE CO-OPERATIVE PROGRAM
CURRICULUM-
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
FIRST YEAR
First Term
3.203 Analog & Digital Comp.. . 2
3.401 Transients in Linear Sys. 2
14.105 Advanced Mathematics . . 2
Electives 2
snd Te
3.402 Transients in Linear Sys. 2
3.901 Electric Circuit Theory . . 2
3.951 Seminar 2
Electives 2
SECOND YEAR
First Term Second Term
3.902 Electric Circuit Theory . . 2 15.105 Advanced Physics 2
3.953 Thesis or Electives 2 3.954 Thesis or Electives 2
14.106 Advanced Mathematics . . 2 Electives 2
Electives 2 —
— 6
U8
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
EVENING PART-TIME PROGRAMS
CURRICULUM-
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Applicants for this program should have a Bachelor of Science
degree in Electrical Engineering.
Required Courses:
Electronics-Communication Major
3.401, 402 Transients in Linear
Systems 4
3.901, 902 Electric Circuit
Theory 4
14.101, 102 Advanced
Mathematics 4
15.101, 102 Theoretical Physics . 4
16
Elective Courses:
Electric-Power Major
3.401, 402 Transients in Linear
Systems 4
3.611, 612 Advanced Electrical
Machinery 4
3.911, 912 Electric Power
Circuits 4
14.101, 102 Advanced
Mathematics 4
16
Eight semester hours must be selected from the following preferred elective
courses in the student's major field. Six additional semester hours may be selected
from any of the course offerings of the Graduate Engineering or Science Programs
provided the student has the required preparation and/or prerequisites.
Preferred Electives:
3.101, 102, 103
Servomechanisms 6
3.201, 202 Pulse Circuits 4
3.204 Digital Computer Coding
and Logic 2
3.215 Computing and Control
Devices 2
3.221, 222 Radar Engineering . . 4
3.231, 232 Switching Circuits . . 4
3.301, 302 Theory of
Microwaves 4
3.311 High-Voltage Engineering 2
3.411 Power System Stability . . 2
3.412 Protective Relaying 2
3.501, 502, 503 Communication
Theory 6
3.601, 602 Industrial Electronics 4
3.605, 606 Transistor Circuit
Engineering 4
3.701, 702 Electronic
Engineering 4
3.801, 802 Application of
Microwaves 4
3.803, 804 Electromagnetic
Wave Propagation . . 4
3.915 Electric Power
Distribution 2
9.950 The Systems Approach . . 2
15.201, 202 Modern Physics .... 4
15.223, 224 Nuclear Physics
for Engineers 4
15.231, 232 Solid State Physics . . 4
15.250 Plasma Physics 2
15.252 Atmospheric Physics .... 2
GRADUATE SCHOOL
P
CURRICULUM— MASTER OF SCIENCE IN COMMUNICATIONS
Applicants for this program should have a Bachelor's degree with
twelve semester hours of physics, including electricity and magnetism,
and mathematics through differential equations.
Required Courses:
3.501
3.901, 902
14.101, 102
15.101, 102
3.502
3.503
Communication Theory 2
Electric Circuit Theory 4
Advanced Mathematics 4
Theoretical Physics 4
Communication Theory
or
Communication Theory 2
16
Elect
ive ^.yourses:
Eight semester hours must be selected from the following preferred
elective courses. Six additional semester hours may be selected from
any of the course offerings of the Graduate Engineering or Science
Programs provided the student has the required preparation and/or
prerequisites.
Preferred Electives:
3.201, 202 Pulse Circuits 4 3.801,
3.204 Digital Computer Coding
and Logic 2 14530
3.215 Computing and Control 14.241
Devices 2 15.223,
3.221, 222 Radar Engineering ... 4
3.231, 232 Switching Circuits . . 4 15.225
3.301, 302 Theory of 15.226
Microwaves 4 15.231,
3.401, 402 Transients in Linear 15.250
Systems 4 15.252
3.605, 606 Transistor Circuit 15.503,
Engineering 4
3.701, 702 Electronic
Engineering 4
802 Application of
Microwaves 4
Probability 2
Modem Algebra 2
224 Nuclear Physics
for Engineers 4
Physics of Semiconductors 2
Transistor Physics 2
232 Solid State Physics . . 4
Plasma Physics 2
Atmospheric Physics .... 2
504 Electromagnetic
Theory 4
W NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
■ DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
The present trend in the field of electrical engineering is toward a
greater emphasis on physico-mathematical techniques. Hence, the
electrical curricula of the contemporary graduate schools are empha-
sizing the analytical approach to electrical engineering problems rather
than the purely empirical. Accordingly, the courses outlined below
have been designed to present particularly the analytical methods
used in solving various types of modern electrical engineering prob-
lems, without, however, neglecting altogether those practical considera-
tions necessary for engineering application. Where appropriate, lab-
oratory demonstrations and exercises have been included.
3.101 Servomechanisms Theory (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Transient analysis using Laplace transforms
Course Content: A comprehensive treatment of the methods of analysis and
compensation as apphed to closed-loop control systems. Use of Laplace-
transformation techniques for the formulation and manipulation of transfer
functions and signal-flow diagrams. Frequency-response analysis with em-
phasis on vector-contour techniques using linear and logarithmic representa-
tion of transfer functions. Adjustments and optimum design considerations
using lead and integral-compensation techniques.
3.102 Advanced Servomechanisms (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 3.101 Servomechanisms Theory
Course Content: Servomechanisms theory embodying analysis and synthesis
using logarithmic representation of transfer-function vector contours. Various
compensation methods and the techniques of network design. Study of dy-
namic characteristics of electrical, mechanical, and hydraulic components
used in typical servomechanisms. Quantitative specification, design, and test-
ing of complex feedback control systems. Class demonstrations of typical
servomechanisms and components.
3.103 Advanced Feedback Control Systems (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 3.102 Advanced Servomechanisms
Course Content: Advanced studies of feedback control systems using fre-
quency-response techniques and compensation. Design for minimum integral-
square error. System design in presence of constraints. Methods of obtaining
transient response from frequency response. Introduction to root-locus
method. Components performance, specification, and design. Theory of
analysis of non-linear and discontinuous systems. Consideration and study of
non-linear effects such as saturation, backlash, and friction. Also, the effects
of discontinuities such as sampling and quantization.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 61
3.201 Pulse and Digital Circuits (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation : Transient analysis using Laplace transforms, electronic circuits
Course Content: A treatment of the principles and techniques of pulse-
forming and pulse-processing circuits basic to radar, television, digital com-
putation, pulse-modulation systems, and data-processing systems. A review
of wave-shaping circuits and transistor-circuit fundamentals, followed by a
study of wide-band linear amplifiers of pulse signals. Piecewise-linear tech-
niques and graphical methods of analysis as applied to such non-linear circuits
as clippers, clampers, binaries, multivibrators, and sweep generators. The
devices considered are instnmiented with tubes, semi-conductor devices such
as transistors and diodes, magnetic-circuit elements, super-conductive elements,
etc.
3.202 Pulse and Digital Circuits (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation : 3.201 Pulse and Digital Circuits
Course Content: Extension of the methods of 3.201 to the analysis and design
of pulse transformers, blocking oscillators, d-c to d-c converters, delay lines,
distributed-line amplifiers, counting circuits, logical circuits, gates and voltage
comparators. Typical pulse and digital systems are discussed with some con-
sideration given to receiver noise figure, and methods of improving the signal-
to-noise ratio.
3.203 Introduction to Analog and Digital Computers
(Offered yearly, 1st sem., day only)
Preparation: A Bachelor of Science degree which includes coverage of elec-
tronic circuits.
Course Content: This course provides an introduction to the understanding
and utilization of analog and digital computers. The elements of analog com-
putors are discussed, including adders, integrators, multipliers and function
generators. Illustrative examples are given and the scale factor problem is
discussed in detail. The basic elements of digital computers are discussed,
including counters, storage devices, logic circuits and input equipment. An
introduction is given to programming problems for solution on digital
machines.
3.204 Digital Computer Coding and Logic (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: A Bachelor's degree in Engineering or Science
Course Content: This course is designed as a survey of the basic logic and
techniques involved in the design and use of digital computers. Topics dis-
cussed will include the following : functions of a computer, logical design, basic
components, principles of coding, input and output systems.
Considerable time will be spent on the translation of arithmetical and
logical operations into digital computer instructions. Examples will be taken
from typical business, engineering, scientific, and real-time control problems.
It is expected the course will include at least one visit to a large scale com-
puter in the Boston area.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
3.215 Computing and Control Devices (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: Advanced electronic circuits, including coverage of basic pulse
circuits
Course Content: Review of pulse circuit fundamentals. Engineering organi-
zation of computers. Boolean algebra; electronic switching circuits, electro-
mechanical components, basic magnetic circuits; reliability techniques;
acoustic, electrostatic and magnetic storage techniques; digital control imits;
transducers, operational-digital techniques; current and future developments.
3.221 Radar Engineering (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation : Transients, Basic Electronic Circuits
Course Content: This course emphasizes the systems aspects of radar en-
gineering. Included among the topics are the prediction of radar range per-
formance; a discussion of pulsed, CW, and MTI radars; tracking radars;
radar transmitters and antennas.
3.222 Radar Engineering (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 3.221 Radar Engineering
Course Content: Continuation of 3.221, a further consideration of the systems
aspects of radar engineering. This course covers radar receivers; detection of
radar signals in noise; electromagnetic propagation; clutter and weather
effects; system design principles and examples of radar systems.
3.231 Switching Circuits (Offered yearly, 1st senn.)
Preparation : A Bachelor's degree in Engineering or Science
Course Content: Basic relay networks will be treated by the methods of
switching algebra. Combinational, sequential and counting circuits will be
given as well as the theory of error detecting and translating circuits.
3.232 Switching Circuits (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 3.231 Switching Circuits
Course Content: Application of the material covered in 3.231 Switching Cir-
cuits. This includes work with iterative networks, sequential circuits, and
special coding techniques. '
3.301 Theory of Microwaves (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Advanced calculus, including coverage of Laplace's and the
wave equations, vector analysis and the calculus of vectors \
Course Content: The static and time-varying electric and magnetic fields
Integral and differential forms of Maxwell's equations, and boundary relations.
Scalar and vector potentials. Circuit concepts at high frequencies. Poynting's
vector and energy theorems. Development of wave equations. Plane waves w
dielectric and conducting media.
3.302 Theory of Microwaves (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 3.301 Theory of Microwaves
Course Content: Development of transmission line equations and their solu-'
tions. Transmission line charts. TE and TM modes in hoUow rectangular and
circular waveguides. The impedance concept, energy density and power floM
GRADUATE SCHOOL 53
in waveguides. General microwave-circuit theorems. The termination of a
single waveguide. The junction of several waveguides. Impedance and ad-
mittance matrices. Scattering matrix.
3.311 High-Volfage Engineering (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: A-C Theory
Course Content: Insulation of the solid and liquid types. Lightning, surge
protection in general, and insulation coordination. Corona. Destructive and
non-destructive testing methods.
3.401 Transients in Linear Systems (Offered yearly, Ist and 2nd sem.)
Preparation : Undergraduate course in transient analysis using Laplace trans-
forms.
Course Content: A comprehensive treatment covering the application of
Laplace transforms to the determination of the responses of representative
engineering systems, including those involving electrical, mechanical, hydraulic,
and thermal components.
3.402 Transients in Linear Systems (Offered yearly, Ist and 2nd sem.)
Preparation : 3.401 Transients in Linear Systems
Course Content: A continuation of 3.401 to include application to more
complex systems. Complex- variable theory, as it relates to the evaluation of
the inversion integral, is covered. Application is made to the determination
of stability criteria and of the behavior of distributed-parameter systems.
Solution of linear difference equations by the Laplace-transform method, and
their appHcations.
3.41 1 Power System Stability (Offered 1961-62, Ist sem.)
Preparation: Polyphase A-C Circuits, A-C Machinery
Course Content : Includes a study of steady-state power limits and transient
stability of electric power systems.
3.412 Protective Relaying, as Applied to Power Systems
(Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: Polyphase A-C Circuits, A-C Machinery
Course Content: Types of relays, calculation of short-circuit currents, the
selection of the proper relay, and the solution of practical relaying problems.
3.50! Communication Theory — Introduction
(Offered yearly, Ist and 2nd sem.)
Prerequisite: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics, or 3.402 Transients in Linear
Systems, or 3.902 Electric Circuit Theory.
Course Content : First of three courses on Communication Theory to present
an engineering analysis of statistical communication problems. This course
is designed to provide the basic tools for the study of Information theory and
Detection theory which are the subject matters of the two following courses.
Particular subjects include: signal theory, Fourier analysis, power spectrum
and correlation function, sampling theorem, spectrum and noise in amplitude,
angular and pulse modulation, an introduction to probability theory.
'54 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
3.502 Communication Theory — Information Theory
(Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Prerequisite: 3.501 Communication Theory — Introduction
Course Content: Second course on Communication Theory to present an
engineering analysis of statistical communication problems. This course can
be taken in addition to 3.503 although it is treated independently of that
course. The course deals principally with three aspects of Information
Theory: the statistical measure of information, the determination of channel
capacity and the fundamental coding theorems.
3.503 Communication Theory — Detection Theory
(Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.) '
Prerequisite: 3.501 Communication Theory — Introduction
Course Content: Third course on Communication Theory to present an
engineering analysis of statistical communication problems. This course can
be taken in addition to 3.502 although it is treated independently of that
course. The course deals with the theories of detection and extraction of
signals in the presence of noise. Particular subjects include: description of
random processes, detection process as testing of hypothesis, correlation
detection, matched filtering, optium linear filtering and prediction.
3.601 Industrial Electronics (Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Basic Electronics and Circuits
Course Content: Emission, conduction of gases. Thermionic vacuum and gas
tubes, cold-cathode tubes, phototubes and photoelectric cells. Study of the
oscilloscope; electromagnetic and electrostatic deflection and focusing in
cathode-ray tubes; sweep circuits, control circuits, etc. Apphcations of the
oscilloscope. Design and analysis of electronic circuits employing phototubes,
pulsed-light sources, etc.
3.602 Industrial Electronics (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 3.601 Industrial Electronics
Course Content: Review of meter movements. Electronic instrumentation
and measurements. Magnetic control devices. Consideration of recently de-
veloped circuit elements including saturable reactors, etc. Magnetic amplifiers.
3.605 Transistor Circuit Engineering (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation : Basic Electronics and Electric Circuits
Course Content : Non-mathematical introduction to transistor physics. Equi-
valent circuits and mathematical analysis of basic amplifier configurations.
D-C bias circuits. Noise.
3.606 Transistor Circuit Engineering (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 3.605 Transistor Circuit Engineering
Course Content: Design of audio and power amplifiers. High-frequency
operation, radio-frequency amplifiers, and oscillators. Switching circuits.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 65
3.611 Advanced Electrical Machinery (Offered yearly, Ist sem.)
Preparation: A-C Theory, A-C and D-C Machinery
Course Content: Analytical development of the principles of operation of
rotating electrical machinery. Special topics in the operation of D-C machines
and A-C synchronous machines.
3.612 Advanced Elec+rical Machinery (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation : 3.611 Advanced Electrical Machinery
Course Content: Special topics in the operation of transformers, A-C asyn-
chronous machines, and fractional-horsepower machines. Transient operation
of electrical machines. Theory of dynamic operation of electrical machines in
servomechanisms and control systems.
3.70! Electronic Engineering (Offered yearly, Ist sem.)
Preparation: Basic Electronics and Circuits, 3.402 Transients in Linear
Systems
Course Content : Laplace transform theory is extended to cover linear active
circuits, with emphasis on stability considerations. Signal-flow graphs, Nyquist
diagrams, log-db plots, and root-locus methods are considered. The methods
are illustrated by examples from stagger-tuned amplifiers, selective R-C
amplifiers, pulse amplifiers, computer amplifiers, and d-c amplifiers.
3.702 Electronic Engineering (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 3.701 Electronic Engineering
Course Content: The use of Laplace transform theory and active circuit
theory in the design of vacuum-tube and transistor amplifiers which must
meet exacting requirements of some sort. Stagger-tuned amplifiers with
maximum gain-bandwidth product, pulse amplifiers with maximum hnear
ranges, amplifiers with crystal and mechanical filters, and amplifiers with mini-
mum noise and maximum sensitivity.
3.801 Application of Microwaves (Offered yearly, Ist sem.)
Prerequisite : 3.302 Theory of Microwaves
Course Content: Review of microwave circuit theorems. Generalized wave-
guide theory formulated by Schwinger. Waveguide circuit elements, obstacles
and discontinuities. Dielectrics in waveguides. Ferrites in waveguides — the
microwave gyrator. Theory of cavity resonator and its equivalent circuits.
Radiation of microwaves. Retarded potentials. Far-zone and near-zone fields
due to charge and current distributions.
3.802 Application of Microwaves (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation : 3.801 Application of Microwaves
Course Content: Theory of the antenna. The driven antenna as a circuit
element. Coupled antennas and transmission lines. The receiving antenna as
a circuit element. Antenna arrays. Generation of microwaves. Klystrons and
magnetrons. The periodical structures. Traveling- wave amplifiers and oscilla-
tors. Microwave measurements, including the measurements of wavelength,
frequency, frequency spectrum and impedances. Theory of diffraction of
microwaves. Scattering by conducting sphere, cylinder and plane obstacles.
S6 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
3.803 Electromagnetic Wave Propagation (Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics or equivalent
Course Content: Topics in wave propagation of prime importance in com-
munications. Review of fundamentals of Maxwell's theory and wave equa-
tions. Theory of propagation over flat and spherical earth. Influence of
ground constants. Theory of refraction, absorption and scattering in the
troposphere. Tropospheric scatter communication characteristics.
3.804 Electromagnetic Wave Propagation (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 3.803 Electromagnetic Wave Propagation
Course Content : Continuation of wave propagation theory. Ionized media.
Propagation through and reflection from ionized layers. Characteristics of the
ionosphere and their significance to communications. Ionospheric scatter com-
munication. Reflections from meteor trails and their use for burst communi-
cation. Survey of noise sources. Communication through random multipath
media.
3.901 Electric Circuit Theory (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation : A-C Circuit Theory, Differential Equations
Course Content: General analysis of n-loop networks by loop current and
branch voltage variables using matrix algebra. Driving-point and transfer
immittances. The two terminal-pair, image parameters, conventional filter
theory including constant "k" and "m"-derived filters. Bartlett's bisection
theorem, the symmetrical lattice, and lattice-derived filters.
3.902 Electric Circuit Theory (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation : 3.901 Electric Circuit Theory
Course Content : Discussion of the necessary and sufficient conditions for the
physical realizability of impedance functions, positive real functions, and
Hurwitz polynomials. The Foster and Cauer canonic forms for R-L and R-C
networks. The Brune process as well as the work of Darlington, Cauer and
Bode are discussed.
3.911 Electric Power Circuits (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Polyphase A-C Circuits, A-C Machinery
Course Content: Review computation of line constants. Study of skin and
proximity effects. Steady-state analysis of short and long lines by analytical
and graphical means. Equivalent circuits. Power-factor correction. Inter-
ference with communications and other circuits.
3.912 Electric Power Circuits (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 3.911 Electric Power Circuits or equivalent
Course Content : Fundamentals of symmetrical components. Study of imped-
ance to sequence currents of short and long transmission lines, cables, trans-
former banks, and machines. Grounding of power systems. Application of
symmetrical and related components to steady-state analysis of balanced and
unbalanced power circuits. : '
GRADUATE SCHOOL 57
3.915 Electric Power Distribution (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.]
Prerequisite: 3.912 Electric Power Circuits or consent of instructor
Course Content: Loads and their characteristics, including distribution,
density, growth, demand, diversity factor, load factor, power factor, power
and lighting loads; types of distribution systems, D-C and A-C; primary
distribution, including radial and network, substation location, arrangement
of primary circuits, regulation, primary voltage; secondary distribution,
including radial, network, feeders, transformers, regulation; transformer size,
location, loading connections, and characteristics; voltage regulation; pro-
tective devices; overhead and underground construction.
3.951 SEMINAR (Open only to co-operative students)
Course Content: A comprehensive survey of the literature in the field of
the student's proposed thesis. Written and oral reports summarize the
survey findings. A two-hour class session is held each week during which
the student is informed about library survey methods or discusses topics of
current scientific interest led by faculty or guest lecturers.
3.953 THESIS (Open only to co-operative students)
Course Content: Analytical and/or experimental work conducted under
the auspices of the department.
3.954 THESIS ■
Course Content: A continuation of 3.953.
58
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
GRADUATE CO-OPERATIVE PROGRAM
CURRICULUM-
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
FIRST YEAR
1960-196!
First Term
4.711 Thermodynamics 2
4.811 Mass Transfer (Distil.) ... 2
Electives 4
Second Term
4.822 Transport Phenomena
4.902 Thesis
Electives
SECOND YEAR
1961-1962
First Term
Mass Transfer (Diffus.)
Second Terr
4.813 Mass Transfer (Diffus.) . . 2
4.903 Thesis 2
Electives 4
8
4.722 Chemical Eng. Kinetics
4.904 Thesis
Electives
Eight semester hours must be selected from the preferred elective courses
listed below. Up to six semester hours may be selected from any of the course
offerings of the Graduate School in Engineering or Mathematics provided the
student has the required preparation or prerequisites.
PREFERRED ELECTIVES
(Minimum of 8 credits)
First Term
Second Term
4.111
Prop, of Liquids & Gases.
2
4.222
Colloidal &
4.405
Fluid Mechanics &
Amorphous Mat
2
Heat Trans.
2
4.302
Design Eng. —
4.103
Mathematics for
Chemical Proc
2
Chemical Engineers
2
4.104
Computational Procedures
2
GRADUATE SCHOOL 59
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
COURSES OPEN ONLY TO CO-OPERATIVE STUDENTS
4.104 Computational Procedures for Chemical Engineers
Preparation : Bachelor of Science degree in Chemical Engineering, including
Differential Equations
Course Content: The various computational procedures used for the solution
of complex chemical engineering problems are studied and compared. The
use of the IBM 650 digital computer for more rapid solutions is indicated
wherever necessary.
4.11 I Properties of Liquids and Gases
Preparation : Bachelor of Science degree in Chemical Engineering or Chem-
istry
Course Content: A presentation and critical analysis of methods of corre-
lating and estimating the physical properties of gases and liquids.
4.222 Colloidal and Amorphous Material
Preparation: Bachelor of Science degree in Chemical Engineering or Chem-
istry
Course Content: Survey of colloidal science and detailed study of surface
phenomena. Structure and properties of interfaces, functions and uses of
surfactants; emulsification, foaming and detergency. Thermodynamics and
kinetics of nucleation and crystal growth. Adhesion and adhesives. Applica-
tion of surface phenomena to chemical process technolog}'.
4.302 Design — Chemical Processes
Preparation: Bachelor of Science degree in Chemical Engineering
Course Content : A study of some of the techniques used by project engineers
in process design. The design of a chemical process is undertaken as a student
project.
4.405 Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer
Preparation : Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer
Course Content: A study of the fundamentals of fluid dynamics which are
lia-ic to an understanding of convection heat transfer.
4.711 Thermodynamics
Preparation: Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics
''nurse Content: A thermodynamic analysis of processes of interest to the
chemical engineer. Thermodynamics is used as a tool and a method of
approach to the solution of industrial problems. Fundamental principles are
reviewed to the extent needed.
60 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
4.722 Chemical Engineering Kinetics
Preparation : Thermodynamics, Chemical Engineering Kinetics or equivalent
Course Content: A review is made of the principles of reaction kinetics.
Problems for solution similar to those encountered in the design and opera-
tion of reaction equipment are selected to illustrate important principles.
4.811 Mass Transfer (Distillation)
Preparation: Unit Operations or equivalent
Course Content: Review of the physical chemistry background of distillation
and rectification covering development of phase equilibria relationships and
thermodynamic evaluation of experimental data. This is a more complete
and advanced treatment of distillation than is possible in an undergraduate
course.
4.813 Mass Transfer (Diffusion) . <
Preparation: Unit Operations or equivalent
Course Content: Development of basic rate equations for mass transfer
involved in the transfer of materials between phases. Absorption and extrac-
tion processes are studied.
4.822 Transport Phenomena i
Preparation: Unit Operations or equivalent
Course Content: A consideration of the relationships of Mass, Momentum
and Energy Transfer. Fundamental equations of change covering the trans-
port of momentum, heat and mass are developed to illustrate the essential
unity of the transport processes. Molecular, microscopic and mascroscopic
systems are studied. It will be seen that much of the theory behind the
engineering calculations on which the Unit Operations of chemical engineer-
ing are based can be organized and integrated in terms of equations of
change.
4.902 THESIS
Course Content: Analytical and/or experimental work conducted under the
auspices of the department.
4.903 THESIS
Course Content: A continuation of 4.902.
4.904 THESIS
Course Content: A continuation of 4.903.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 61
COURSES OFFERED IN THE EVENING ONLY
4.241 Corrosion Fundamentals (Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Bachelor of Science degree
Course Content: Economic factors, basic theories, types, behaviors of
specific systems and protection against corrosion are studied. Wherever
possible, engineering applications of the principles studied are emphasized.
4.503 Chemical Data Estimation (Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: Bachelor of Science degree
Course Content: Methods of obtaining physical and thermodynamic proper-
ties of chemical compounds and systems without resorting to laboratory
investigations. Latest empirical relationships and physical and thermodynamic
laws are introduced to obtain data for plant design and other chemical and
engineering uses.
62 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT
EVENING PART-TIME PROGRAM
CURRICULUM-
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT
Applicants for this program should have a Bachelor of Science
degree in Industrial Engineering. Applicants with degrees in other
branches of engineering will be required to make up any deficiencies
in industrial management, accounting, and statistics. The Graduate
School offers certain courses to satisfy these deficiencies.
Required Courses:
5.101 Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise 2
5.102 Engineering Economy 2
5.201 Finance 2
5.202 Industrial Budgeting 2
5.203 Industrial Forecasting 2
5.301 Manufacturing Analysis 2
5.401 Marketing 2
5.601 Human Factors in Industrial Operations 2
Elective Courses:
Four semester hours must be selected from the following preferred elective
courses in the student's major field. Ten additional semester hours may be
selected from any of the course offerings of the Graduate Engineering or Science
Programs provided the student has the required preparation and/or prerequisites.
Preferred ElecHves:
5.103 Engineering and Research Administration 2
5.104 Engineering Surveys and Reports 2
5.106 Executive Development 2
5.304 Advanced Work Measurement 2
5.305, 306 Advanced Quality Control 4
5.501, 502 Introduction to Operations Research 4
5.602 Seminar in Contemporary Industrial Problems 2
5.603 Labor Relations 2
3.204 Digital Computer Coding and Logic 2
9.950 The Systems Approach 2
14.101, 102 Advanced Mathematics 4
GRADUATE SCHOOL
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
Non-credit courses for the purpose of fulfilling deficiencies in order
to proceed with the Engineering Management program.
5.50 Industrial Management (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering
Course Content: An introduction to the general problems of competitive
industry and modem scientific management methods. Origin of the factory
system, development of management principles and types of organizational
structures; overall policies; plant location and layout; machinery and equip-
ment; transportation and material handling; plant services, maintenance r
research, patents, design and development; manufacturing economics.
5.51 Industrial Management (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 5.50 Industrial Management
Course Content: A continuation of course 5.50 with particular emphasis on
personnel management and practices. Production control, quality control,
motion and time study, purchasing, selling, foremanship, wage and salary
administration, job evaluation and merit rating, personnel, union relations,
cost reduction and control, computers, operations research.
5.52 Industrial Accounting (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering
Course Content: A foundation in basic principles and bookkeeping pro-
cedures. Recording of the ordinary transactions of a trading business, the
preparation of financial statements and the handling of controlling accounts
and subsidiary ledgers. Clerical work is minimized and stress laid on the
service of accounting to management and successful business operation.
5.53 Industrial Accounting and Business Statistics
(Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 5.52 Industrial Accounting
Course Content: A continuation of course 5.52 providing a foundation in
cost accounting theory and practice. Introduction to budgetary practices
and procedures, statement analysis and interpretation.
The latter portion of time in this course is devoted to the use of statistical
data in business. A study is made of the nature, source, collection, and organi-
zation of statistical facts ; the presentation of such facts in tabular or graphic
form; the various averages and measures of dispersion; time series analysis;
use of index numbers.
5.54 Engineering Statistics (Offered Summer, I960)
Preparation: Business Statistics portion of 5.53
Course Content: A continuation of the statistical portion of 5.53 with
emphasis on the engineering applications of statistics. Statistical inferences
concerning a mean, significant differences, miscellaneous types of inference;
correlation in general, including simple hnear, multiple and partial correlation.
Introduction of statistical theory as apphed in quality control.
64 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
GRADUATE COURSES
5.101 Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise
(Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.)
Preparation: Industrial Management
Course Content: A comprehensive study of the development and growth of
industrial enterprises, both large and small, and the management philosophies
which have spelled success or failure. An examination of the competitive
relations of the companies within each industry. Financial statements; dis-
cussion of fourteen important operating ratios and trends in a wide range of
American industry. Business failures and conclusions as to causes. Plarming
to meet customers' needs calls for discussion of market and economic research,
customer research, product design and styling, and of engineering research
and development. Centralized policy and decentralized administration in
large organizations, and attendant problems, are examined, and their appli-
cation in smaller organizations discussed. The importance of human rela-
tions; the development of executive personnel at all levels.
5.102 Engineering Economy (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering
Course Content: The fundamental objective is to explain the technique of
answering the "Will it pay?" question in engineering situations. The time
value of money; the variance of points of view of the accountant and the
engineer as affecting the solution are clearly brought out. Discussions of
replacement economy include consideration of the M.A.P.I. formula and
theory. • ,
5.103 Engineering and Research Administration
(Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 5.101 Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise
Course Content: Current developments in the management of research
activities and the background of engineering, research, and development in
industry; the responsibilitj' of management for engineering and research
programs; choice of objectives and plans, magnitude of projects and pro-
grams, evaluation of research, administration of personnel; engineering and
research facilities; relationship of research to other functional areas of the
organization.
5.104 Engineering Surveys and Reports (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation : 5.101 Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise
Course Content : Principles and methods employed by engineers in surveying
and reporting on existing and proposed industrial operations. Development
of criteria for such evaluation. Problems of applying appropriate units of
measurement for such criteria. Oral and written reports on an actual indus-
trial survey.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 65
5.106 Executive Development (Offered 1960-61, 2ncl sem.)
Preparation : 5.101 Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise
Course Content : The impact of new corporate dimensions — popular owner-
hip, professional management; public responsibility; the customer; ethical
tandards. The challenge of top-range planning, information for decision
making, human motivation, social-political questions impinging on the business
3ommunity. Managerial philosophies — decentralization and attendant prob-
ems; development of men; leading through persuasion not command;
integration, teamwork, balanced communications. Sharing the vision of the
future.
201 Finance (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 5.101 Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise
Course Content : A study of the financial structure of the American economy
ind of the financial organization of business units. An analysis of the basic
principles governing the financial operations of business, including adminis-
trative tools of financial management, and the principles and instruments of
short-term and long-term financing. A resume of such topics as methods of
i^aluing a business, promotion, expansion, consolidation, refinancing and
reorganization.
.202 Industrial Budgeting (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Industrial Accounting
Course Content: Budgeting in industry todaj^ The introduction of budgeting
procedures in business. Preparation, execution, and control of budgets. Sales,
nventory, production, expense, cash, research, and investment budgets.
5.203 Industrial Forecasting (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
'^reparation: Industrial Statistics
Course Content : The classical techniques of forecasting and their relative
advantages and disadvantages. Particular emphasis is directed toward the
accessary requirements and aptitudes of the forecaster himself — his scientific
ipproach, familiarity with the questions to be answered and the uses that
.vill be made of those answers; knowledge of sources of data within and
)utside of the company; resourcefulness and ability in developing his own
lata in the field; devising procedures for pretesting the product, the adver-
ising, the promotion, the distribution, and most important, the sales per-
"ormance. Forecasting as an aid to management in making long-range plans.
>.30i Manufacturing Analysis (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
reparation: Bachelor of Science degree. Industrial Statistics, Industrial
Vlanagement.
'bourse Content: Study of the development of conceptual models to repre-
ent industrial operations and study of the usefulness and limitations of such
nodels provides an introduction to the more intensive treatment that will
)e provided in the Operations Research sequence that follows as an elective
irea. Models included are process flow charts, Gantt charts and other
66 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
schematic models as well as more intensive study into mathematical models
such as linear programming, Monte Carlo analysis, analysis of variance, and
total value analysis. Some aspects of the use of large computers in the
treatment of such models is studied.
5.304 Advanced Work Measurement (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Bachelor's degree in Industrial Engineering or equivalent
Course Content: Critical evaluation of methods and time study procedures
and research techniques including systems analysis, memo-motion, work
sampling, construction of standard data, conveyor line balancing and multiple
machine operations. Curve and nomograph construction, multi-variable
charts. Predetermined time systems. Financial and non-financial incentives.
5.305 Advanced Quality Control (Offered I 960-61 , I si sem.)
Preparation: 5.301 Manufacturing Analysis
Course Content: Inspection versus quality control. Standards of quality.
Economics of quality. Organization for quality control. Acceptance of
quality-inspector's errors. Paper work involved. Process capability analysis —
the Span Plan. Analysis of results.
5.306 Advanced Quality Control (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 5.305 Advanced Quality Control
Course Content: Total quality control. Statistical aspects of design, pro-
duction, and measurement. Assembly tolerances, detection of causes of
defects. Control charts for continuous variates, fraction defective, and
number of defects. Bases for selection of sampling plans, and critical
evaluation of various plans.
5.401 Marketing (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 5.101 Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise
Course Content : The structure and operation of our distributing mechanism
and the functioning of its various parts. The Federal Trade Commission and
its enforcement of interstate commerce and foreign trade legislation as
affecting trade practices; trade association activities, permissive and barred.
Various aspects of marketing such as product development, market research,
direction of the sales force, advertising, warehousing, and other distribution
costs, all as affected by competitive pricing and distribution policies. The
role of service. Value from the buyer's standpoint.
5.501 Introduction to Operations Research (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 5.301 Manufacturing Analysis
Course Content : An introduction to the various techniques used in Operations
Research, i.e., the development of mathematical models for industrial de-
cision problems, followed by a more intensive study of linear programming
and some total value maximization and minimization models such as
optimum inventory. Study of actual problem situations is emphasized.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 67
5.502 Introduction to Operations Research (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 5.501 Introduction to Operations Research
Course Content: A continuation of the study begun in 5.501 commencing
wdth a consideration of incremental analysis in optimization models. Later
study concerns the influence of uncertainty in mathematical models including
emphasis on total value and incremental analysis problems as well as some
treatment of queuing theory. Both rigorous mathematical developments and
approximation techniques such as the Monte Carlo technique are considered.
Here again study of actual problem situations is emphasized.
5.601 Human Factors in Industrial Operations
(Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Bachelor's degree in Industrial Engineering or equivalent
Course Content : A consideration of the knowledge and methods in the field
of management of human relations in industry. Emphasis is placed on the
effects of various patterns of human organization on morale and effectiveness.
Topics discussed include executive education, formal and informal organiza-
tion, motivation, and communications.
5.602 Seminar in Contemporary Industrial Problems
(Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 5.101 Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise
Course Content: Study of contemporary industrial and economic issues and
developments. Development of facility in appraisal of current trends. Stimu-
lation of interest in business relationships with government, labor, and the
public.
5.603 Labor Relations (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: Bachelor's degree in Industrial Engineering or equivalent
Course Content: This course considers the historical background as well as
the current scene in labor relations. The role of the union, how it has
developed, the role of management, its development, and the role of the
pubhc as developed in the legislation are all considered. Some attention is
paid to foreign labor movements by way of contrast, but the main emphasis
IS on the scene in the United States. Topics considered are union organiza-
tion, forms of collective bargaining, union-management co-operation, Wagner
ict, Taft-Hartley Act, and the Landrum-Griffin Act.
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
NUCLEAR ENGINEERING
Consideration is being given to the need for a graduate program
in Nuclear Engineering, to be offered in the evening. The following
courses cover introductory material which would be needed in such
a program. These courses are open to graduates with a Bachelor of
Science degree and may be used as electives in any engineering
program.
15.223 Nuclear Physics for Engineers I (Offered 1960-6!, Is+sem.)
Preparation : 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: Atomic structure with emphasis on the nucleus. Study of
radiation. Characteristics, transmission, absorption, detection, and measure-
ment. Nuclear reactions. Isotope formation and radioactive decay. Cross
sections for absorption, scattering, fission.
15.224 Nuclear Physics for Engineers II (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 15.223 Nuclear Physics for Engineers I
Course Content: Motion of charged particles in electromagnetic fields;
motion of plasma in electromagnetic fields; Debay lengths, penetration of
plasma in magnetic fields. Pinch effect and other principle apphcations.
GENERAL ENGINEERING
9.950 The Systems Approach (Offered 1960-61, Isf sem.)
Preparation: Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering ,|
Course Content: This course is intended for graduate engineers who have
had some experience in the management of system development projects,
or who expect to get that opportunity in the near future. The course will
provide an operational definition of the systems approach by relating the
formal and empirical aspects of the scientific method to the orderly develop-
ment and objective evaluation of such complex man-machine data-processing
systems as air traffic control, missile guidance, radar early warning, etc.
The lectures will cover in a qualitative way a variety of mathematical models
useful in the rational design of the system, including probability, game theory,
decision theory, information theory, linear programming, and network syn-
thesis. Simulation on analog and digital computers will be reviewed. The
human operator will be considered as a sensor and decision-making element.
System evaluation will be discussed in terms of the requirements for good
experimental design including problem generation, performance criteria and
measurement, and analysis of variance. The course will not aim at meticulous
irjstruction in any of the individual disciplines, but will show their relationship,
utility and limitations. Readings and courses will be recommended for detailed
exposition. Inferences will be drawn for the management of an interdis-
cipHnary system design team.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 69
MATHEMATICS
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
The following non-credit course is offered for those students whose under-
graduate mathematical preparation is weak because they have not had
differential equations or because they have been away from formal mathe-
matical work for some time.
GRADUATE COURSES
14.50 Introduction to Differential Equations
(Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.)
Preparation : Differential and Integral Calculus
Course Content: Standard methods of solving ordinary differential equations:
equations of first order and first degree; linear equations of higher order
with constant co-efficients, method of undetermined co-efficients, variation
of parameters; first-order equations of higher degree; special second-order
equations with variable co-efficients.
14.101 Advanced Mathematics (Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.)
Preparation: Differential Equations
Course Content: Topics related to differential equations, including systems
of equations, solution by Laplace transforms, and solution by series. Legendre
and Bessel functions, Fourier series, orthogonal functions. Differentiation
and integration of functions of several variables.
14.102 Advanced Mathennatics (Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 14.101 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: Fundamental operations with vectors, linear vector spaces,
matrices, linear transformations, orthogonal transformations, diagonalization
of matrices, quadratic forms. Scalar and vector fields, gradient, line integrals,
divergence and curl, divergence theorem, Stokes' theorem. Partial differ-
ential equations, wave equation, heat flow, Laplace equation, vibration of
rectangular and circular membrane.
14.103 Mathematics for Chemical Engineers (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
(Open only to co-operative chemical engineering students)
Preparation: Bachelor of Science degree in Chemical Engineering and Dif-
ferential Equations
Course Content: A consolidation of mathematical procedures most used by
chemical engineers. Attention is given to the problem of expressing a physical
situation in mathematical language.
70 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
14.105 Advanced Mathematics (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
(Open only to co-operative electrical engineering students)
Prepai'ation : Differential Equations
Course Content: Properties of series; absolute and uniform convergence;
application of power series to solution of differential equations and approxi-
mation problems. Numerical analysis; solution of differential equations by
Runge-Kutta method and by Taylor series, Sturm-Liouville systems and
orthogonal functions; Gram-Schmidt procedure; Fourier-Bessel and Legendre
series. Solution of partial differential equations of physics using above
techniques.
14.106 Advanced Ma+hema+lcs (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
(Open only to co-operative electrical engineering students)
Preparation: 14.105 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: Linear vector spaces, matrices, linear transformations,
orthogonal transformations, diagonalization of matrices, quadratic forms.
Introduction to the mathematics of probability and statistics; discrete and
continuous probability distributions, including binomial, Poisson, and normal.
14.200 Numerical Analysis (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 14.201 Principles of Automatic Computation or knowledge of
programming
Course Content: Numerical solution of linear and non-linear systems of
equations with aid of determinants, matrices. Newton's method, method of
steepest descent, direct and inverse interpolation, Lagrange interpolation
formula, Aitken's method, numerical chfferentiation and integration. Curve
fitting by least squares with the use of orthogonal polynomials. Harmonic
analysis. Each student will be expected to completely analyze, program and
run at least one major problem on the University digital computer.
14.201 Principles of Automatic Computation (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Differential Equations
Course Content: Description of computing processes and programming of
digital computers. Basic concepts of computation on a stored program com-
puter as well as a detailed study of the preparation of specific programs in
machine language and problem oriented languages for the IBM 650 Com-
puter. Introduction to automatic programming including interpretation and
compilation. Binary, octal, and decimal number systems. Application of
general purpose digital computers to numerical problems in mathematics
and physics.
14.205 Difference Equations (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: Formulation and solution of difference equations; approxi-
mate solution of engineering problems by finite-difference methods; relaxation
techniques; stability and convergence of approximate methods. Applications
to elastic systems, electrical networks, filters, potential theory, wave propaga-
tion, heat flow, etc.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 71
4.220 Statistics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
'reparation: 14.230 Probability
bourse Content: Fundamental statistical methods. Tests of significance and
estimation based on large or small samples; simple correlation and linear
regression; introduction to analysis of variance and sequential analysis.
A.pplication to quality control and other engineering problems.
14.230 Probability (Offered yearly, Isf sem.)
Preparation: Differential and Integral Calculus
Course Content: Permutations and combinations; addition and multiplication
theorems including Bayes' theorem. Discrete and continuous probability
distributions including binomial, Poisson and normal with applications.
14.241 Modern Algebra (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Prerequisite: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: Introduction to the general algebraic properties of groups,
rings, ideals, fields, and algebras.
14.242 Modern Algebra (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation : 14.241 Modem Algebra
Course Content: Properties of general fields; Galois fields, abstract vector
spaces. General linear transformations; matrices and their properties; diag-
onalization and inversion of matrices. Application to solution of algebraic
equations, ordinary differential equations, boundary value problems, and
integral equations.
14.300 Fourier Series and Boundary Value Problems
(Offered 1961-62, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: A problem course dealing with the apphcation of trigono-
metric series and integrals and related forms to differential equations and
boundary value problems.
14.310 Vector Analysis (Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: The theory and method of vector analysis as applied in
physics and applied mathematics.
14.320 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable
(Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: The general theory of functions of a complex variable,
Cauchy's theorem, Taylor's and Laurent's series, the theory of residues,
conformal mapping, the Schwartz-Christoffel transformation.
14.321 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable
(Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation : 14.320 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable
Course Content: This course continues 14.320 and extends the development
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
of the general theory of functions of a complex variable to more advanced:
topics. Application of the theory to physical engineering problems.
14.323 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 14.242 Modern Algebra or 14.321 Theory of Functions of a
Complex Variable
Course Content: Theory of sets, metric spaces and applications to the
topology of the real line and Euclidean N-space, closed and open sets,
continuous and uniformly continuous functions. Connected, totally bounded,
and compact sets. Heine-Borel theorem, extension theorems for continuous
functions and applications to integration theory.
14.324 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 14.323 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable
Course Content: Integration theory on abstract measure spaces and its
specialization to Lebesgue theory on the real line Outer measure, signed
measure, measurable functions. Lebesgue convergence theorem, Radon-
Nikodym theorem, product measures and Fubini's theorem. Vitali coverings,
Lebesgue-Stieltjes integral and applications to probability theory.
14.340 Calculus of Variations (Offered 1960-61 , 2nd sem.)
Preparation : 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: The minima of simple integrals in non-parametric form in
three-space. Necessary and sufficient conditions for a minimum, fields, the
Hamilton- Jacobi theory.
14.530 Partial Differential Equations (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: Types of equations which are widely used in engineering.
The vibrating string, Laplace's equation, the flow of heat. Fourier series and
integrals, Bessel and Legendre functions, orthogonal functions.
14.540 Non-Linear Differential Equations (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Consent of the Department
Course Content: The topological methods of Poincare, the work of van der
Pol. Oscillations, non-linear resonance, and other applications.
14.550 integral Equations (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Consent of the Department
Course Content: Linear integral equations, eigen-value theory, relation to
infinite systems and differential equations, applications in mechanics and
physics.
14.600 Differential Geometry (Offered 1961-62, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content : Differential properties of space curves, developable surfaces,
curved surfaces, and systems of curves on surfaces.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 73
14.700 Topology (Offered 1960-61. 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics (may be taken concurrently)
Course Content: A survey of the fundamental problems of topology, that
branch of geometry which studies those properties of geometric figures
which remain invariant under bicontinuous transformations, and a dis-
cussion of its significance to most fields of modern mathematics. Detailed
study of metric and general topological spaces with apphcation to real
variables, differential equations; fundamental theorem of algebra.
PHYSICS
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
COURES OPEN ONLY TO ENGINEERING AND
MATHEMATICS MAJORS
15.101 Theoretical Physics (Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: The basic methods and fundamental theories forming the
classical foundation of physics. A mathematical formulation of these con-
cepts illustrates in application the standard fields of physics such as mechanics
and electromagnetic fields.
15.102 Theoretical Physics (Offered yearly, 1st and 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 15.101 Theoretical Physics
Course Content: This course continues the work of 15.101 with application
of the basic concepts of physics to the fields not covered in the first
semester, such as thermodynamics, statistical mechanics, hydrodynamics, and,
if time permits, the extension of these concepts to the more recent fields.
15.105 Advanced Physics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
(Open only to co-operative electrical engineering students)
Preparation: 14.106 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: Selected topics of theoretical physics of special interest
to electrical engineers. Emphasis is placed on electrostatics and wave
propagation.
15.201 Modern Physics (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 15.101 Theoretical Physics
Course Content : A study of the physical discoveries made since 1900. Intro-
iuction to special relativity. The discovery of the electron; its emission
74 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
from matter. The origins of quantum theory with Planck and Einstein. The
nuclear atom and the Bohr theory of hydrogen and its spectrum. Schrod-
inger's wave mechanics. Atomic structure and optical spectra.
15.202 Modern Physics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 15.201 Modern Physics
Course Content: A continuation of the first semester. X rays. Wave
mechanics of bulk matter: specific heats, ideal gases, crystalline solids. The
atomic nucleus: natural radioactivity, isotopes, artificial radioactivity, the
neutron, the proton, the positron, particle accelerators, nuclear reactions,
nuclear forces, fission and fusion. Cosmic rays and fundamental particles.
15.225 Semiconductor Physics (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: Differential Equations
Course Content: A study of the mechanisms of conduction in solids, excess
electrons and holes as current carriers, n-type and p-type semiconductors,
p-n junctions, rectifiers and transistors. Comparison of metals, insulators,
and semiconductors from an introductory quantum viewpoint. Considerations
of surface states, crystal growth, and the effect of imperfections in crystals.
15.226 Senniconductor Physics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 15.225 Semiconductor Physics or its equivalent
Course Content: Studies of electrical and physical properties of semicon-
ductors, thermoelectricity, resistivity, mobility, and lifetimes of current
carriers. Hall Effect, conversion of solar energy, photo-electric effects, surface
effects. Scattering, diff'usion, structure of p-n junctions, transistor and rec-
tifier theory. Basic theories of wave mechanics, statistical mechanics, and
band structure applied to semiconductors.
COURSES OPEN TO STUDENTS WITH THE NECESSARY
PREPARATION
15.123 Introduction to the Theory of Relativity
(Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: Tensor analysis, transformation of coordinate systems.
Inertial frames. Failure of Galilean transformations in electromagnetic
theory. Lorentz transformations and Relativistic Mechanics. Applications.
Principle of equivalence and introduction to the general theory.
15.211 Introduction to Quantum Theory (Offered yearly, isf sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: Postulational formulation of quantum mechanics. The
basic theory in both operator and matrix formulation. An introduction to
the philosophy and structure of quantum theory. Application to atomic
spectra.
f
GRADUATE SCHOOL 75
15.212 Introduction to Quantum Theory (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 15.211 Introduction to Quantum Theory
Course Content: This course continues the work of 15.211. Time independent
and time dependent perturbation theory. The use of group theory and
apphcation to physical problems.
15.213 Advanced Quantum Mechanics (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 15.212 Introduction to Quantum Theory
Course Content: Elements of quantum theory of radiation. Elements of
field theory. Finemon diagrams and elementary particles.
15.220 Introduction to Nuclear Physics (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 15.212 Introduction to Quantum Theory
Course Content : Radioactivity, alpha, beta and gamma ray spectra. Nuclear
structure and nuclear forces. Interaction of charged particles, neutrons,
and photons with matter. Detection and measurement of charged particles,
neutrons and photons. Nuclear reactions.
15.222 Advanced Nuclear Physics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
preparation: 15.220 Introduction to Nuclear Physics (or equivalent)
\Course Content: General properties of nuclei and theories of nuclear
structure and composition. Nuclear forces and statistics. The general
,nd formal theory of nuclear reactions.
15.231 Solid State Physics (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
preparation: 15.212 Introduction to Quantum Theory
]Course Content: This course reviews certain aspects of thermodynamics,
statistical mechanics and quantum theory for application to the theory of
jthe solid state and develops the classical and modern theories of the solid
itate.
15.232 Solid State Physics (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 15.231 Solid State Physics
Course Content: This course continues the work of 15.231. A study of the
Dptical properties of crystals and metals. Statistical mechanics of electrons.
Fermilevels, Brillouin zones and modem theories of conduction. Application
to semiconductors and transistors.
15.250 Plasma Physics (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
rerequisites : 15.102 Theoretical Physics or 15.504 Electromagnetic Theory
'ourse Content: Motion of charged particles in fields. Boltzmann theory
ipplied to plasmas. Treatment of waves in plasmas. Charged particle inter-
ictions. Derivation of the equations of hydrodynamics. Plasma oscillations
md an introduction to the theory of magnetohydrodynamics.
15.252 Upper Atmospheric Physics (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Prerequisites: 15.250 Plasma Physics
"Jourse Content: Mathematical formulation of idealized equilibrium atmos-
16 NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
pheres. Geoelectric and geomagnetic fields. Physics of the ionosphere. Solar
and cosmic radiation. Meteor physics. Theoretical and experimental examina-
tions of current space technology problems.
15.315 Theoretical Mechanics (Not open to Civil and Mechanical En-
gineering majors) (Offered 1960-61, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: A study of the fundamental laws of statics and dynamics.
The equilibrium state and an introduction to the calculus of variations.
Formulation of mechanics according to Newton, Lagrange and Hamilton.
Applications.
15.316 Theoretical Mechanics (Offered 1960-61, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 15.315 Theoretical Mechanics
Course Content: This course continues the work of 15.315 and develops
the transformation theory of mechanics. Application to particles and rigid
bodies.
15.503 Electromagnetic Theory (Offered yearly, 1st sem.)
Preparation: 14.102 Advanced Mathematics
Course Content: The classical theory of the electromagnetic field as de
scribed by Maxwell's Equations. The problems of electro and magneto statics.-
15.504 Electromagnetic Theory (Offered yearly, 2nd sem.)
Preparation: 15.503 Electromagnetic Theory
Course Content : This course continues the work of 15.503. Time dependent
fields. The basic problems in radiation propagation and diffraction of electro-
magnetic waves.
GIFTS AND BEQUESTS
Northeastern University will welcome gifts and bequests for the following
purposes:
(a) For its building program.
(b) For genera! endowment.
(c) For specific purposes which may especially appeal to the donor.
It is suggested that, when possible, those contemplating gifts or bequests
confer with the President of the University regarding the University's needs
before legal papers are drawn.
The legal name of the University is "Northeastern University." However, in
the making of gifts and bequests to Northeastern, the following wording is
suggested: "Northeastern University, an educational institution incorporated
under the laws of Massachusetts and located in Boston, Massachusetts."
NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY
THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Offers full-time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan leading to the
degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science; part-time evening
programs available leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts.
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Offers full-time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan leading to the degree
of Bachelor of Science in Education in preparatiton for teaching in elemen-
tary or secondary- schools; part-time evening program also available in
co-operation with the College of Liberal Arts.
THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Offers full-time da}- curricula on the Co-operative Plan and part-time evening
programs both leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business
Achninistration.
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
Offers full-time day curricula on the Co-operative Plan and part-time evening
programs both leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering.
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
Arts and Sciences — Offers day and evening programs leading to the degrees
of Master of Arts and Master of Science.
Business — Offers evening programs leading to the degree of Master of
Business Administration.
Education — Offers evening and Saturday- morning programs leading to the
degree of Master of Education.
Engineering — Offers day and evening programs leading to the degree of
Master of Science with course specification.
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
Dffers part-time evening programs of adult education designed especially to
neet the needs of employed personnel and leading to the Bachelor of Science
legree with course specification or to appropriate associate degrees.
THE LINCOLN INSTITUTE
3tfers part-time evening curricula m science and in engineering technology
eading to the degrees of Associate in Science and Associate in Engineering.
All Programs Are Open to Both Men and Women
For further information
regarding any of the above schools or colleges, address
Dr. Gilbert C. Garland, Deaii and Director of Admissions
360 Huntington Avenue, Boston 15, Massachusetts, COpley 7-6600
^1
w
ELLS BINDERY INC.
ALTHAM, MASS.
SEPT. 1960
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11